Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 22, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Motricity, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3663   20-1059798
(State of incorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

601 108th Avenue Northeast

Suite 900

Bellevue, WA 98004

(425) 957-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

601 108th Avenue Northeast

Suite 900

Bellevue, WA 98004

(425) 957-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Mark D. Director

Christian O. Nagler

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

(212) 446-4900 (facsimile)

  

William H. Hinman, Jr.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2550 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 251-5000

(650) 251-5002 (facsimile)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

   Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock $0.01 par value per share

  $250,000,000   $17,825
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 22, 2010

                 Shares

LOGO

Motricity, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Motricity, Inc.

Motricity is offering                  of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                  shares. Motricity will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We intend to apply for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MOTR”.

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discount

   $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to Motricity

   $    $

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $    $

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about                         .

Joint Bookrunners

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan

Joint Lead Managers

 

Barclays Capital   Deutsche Bank Securities   RBC Capital Markets

Co-managers

 

Baird   Pacific Crest Securities

Prospectus dated                         .


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

   1

S UMMARY H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

   8

R ISK F ACTORS

   12

S PECIAL N OTE R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

   30

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

   31

D IVIDEND P OLICY

   32

C APITALIZATION

   33

D ILUTION

   35

S ELECTED H ISTORICAL C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

   37

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

   40

B USINESS

   72

M ANAGEMENT

   86

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

   90

P RINCIPAL AND S ELLING S TOCKHOLDERS

   113

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

   115

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

   119

S HARES E LIGIBLE FOR F UTURE S ALE

   125

M ATERIAL U NITED S TATES F EDERAL I NCOME T AX C ONSIDERATIONS TO N ON -U NITED S TATES H OLDERS

   128

U NDERWRITING

   131

L EGAL M ATTERS

   136

E XPERTS

   136

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

   137

I NDEX TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-1

Through and including                      (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have developed from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications and other published industry sources, including the Yankee Group’s “Global Mobile Forecast,” September 2009, and “Content Delivery Platforms: The Multimedia Service Delivery Vehicle,” February 2007. In the fourth quarter of 2009, Yankee Group updated its Content Delivery Platform report and intends to issue the updated report in the first half of 2010. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the data. In addition, we use the term “wireless carrier” throughout this prospectus for simplicity, and by its use we intend to reference traditional carriers that provide mobile services over their own network as well as non-carrier mobile service providers that provide mobile services over the networks of others, such as TracFone Wireless. We also use the phrase “top five wireless carriers in the U.S.”; that refers to the top five wireless carriers by number of subscribers.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and consider the entire prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes thereto before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Except as otherwise required by the context, references to “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” are to Motricity, Inc. Unless otherwise indicated, we have derived industry data from publicly available sources that we believe are reliable.

Motricity

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services. Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized mobile data experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. By enabling wireless carriers to deliver a personalized subscriber experience, we enhance their ability to attract and retain mobile subscribers, increase the average revenue per user for mobile data services, or mobile data ARPU, and reduce network overhead and operating costs. We also facilitate effective monetization for mobile content and application providers by making it easier for them to reach millions of targeted subscribers with customized offerings.

Our mCore platform provides mobile subscribers with access to over 30 million unique pieces of third-party content or applications that we optimize and deliver to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. We have access to more than 200 million mobile subscribers through our customers, and we currently provide mobile data services to over 30 million of these subscribers monthly. Our operations are predominantly based in the U.S., with international operations in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Singapore. Our customers include the top five wireless carriers in the U.S.: Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile USA and TracFone Wireless. To date, over $3 billion in revenue has been generated by our customers through the use of our mobile data services platform. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2009, we generated revenue of $117.1 million.

Industry Background

An extensive mobile data services ecosystem has developed, consisting of numerous industry participants including wireless carriers, mobile device manufacturers, operating system developers, and mobile content and application providers. This ecosystem is changing rapidly as new mobile devices and operating systems are introduced into the market, new mobile content and applications are developed, and as mobile subscribers demand an enhanced and personalized subscriber experience. Today’s mobile subscribers expect their mobile device to be able to do more than make phone calls or send a text message—they want to be able to access information, check email, keep up with their social networks, and download the latest content and applications.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Wireless carriers operate in a highly competitive market and face growing challenges to attract and retain mobile subscribers and increase total mobile data ARPU. Historically, many wireless carriers provided mobile data services directly to their mobile subscribers through internally developed proprietary solutions. Over time, the wireless ecosystem has become increasingly complex, with evolving technologies and a proliferation of mobile devices running different operating systems. Accordingly, it has become more difficult for wireless carriers to manage the rapid evolution of this wireless data ecosystem on their own. Additionally, the growth dynamics of the mobile data services market has attracted non-carrier participants, including Apple and Google, into the market, threatening carriers ability to monetize their significant marketing and capital investments. These relatively new entrants are offering access to mobile content and applications through their own solutions and are capturing an increasing portion of the market.

The Yankee Group, an independent market research firm, estimates that the number of mobile subscribers in the U.S. will grow from 269 million in 2008 to 301 million in 2012, and worldwide will grow from 3.99 billion in 2008 to 5.13 billion in 2012. The Yankee Group estimates that the proportion of adult U.S. subscribers owning smartphones increased to 14% in 2009 from 11% in 2008 and 8% in 2007. The share of smartphones as a percentage of the overall mobile device market is projected to continue growing. With the advent of the Internet and the evolution of wireless networks and mobile phones, mobile subscribers have increased their demand for mobile content, including information, images, music and video, and for mobile applications, including games and productivity tools. The Yankee Group estimates that the mobile data services market in the U.S. will grow from $35 billion in 2008 to $47 billion in 2012, and worldwide will grow from $174 billion in 2008 to $244 billion in 2012. The mobile data services market predominantly includes data access, content and applications, commerce and messaging services. We believe that the current market for our services is the mobile content delivery platform market, which includes portals and storefronts. Given the complexity of this market, wireless carriers often use third-party content delivery platforms to deliver mobile data services to their subscribers. The Yankee Group estimates that the North American market for mobile content delivery platforms will grow from $443 million in 2008 to $780 million in 2012, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 15% and worldwide will grow from $2.5 billion in 2008 to $3.9 billion in 2012, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 12%. This market is projected to continue to grow as wireless carriers continue to improve the speed and quality, and lower the total cost, of mobile data services, and as mobile phone manufacturers continue to develop and deliver mobile phones with increasing levels of features and functions.

The Motricity Solution

Through our mCore service delivery platform, we provide a comprehensive suite of managed service offerings including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which deliver numerous benefits to the following participants in the mobile data ecosystem:

Wireless Carriers.     We use customizable, modular solutions that help wireless carriers rapidly develop, deploy and bill for mobile data services. Our mCore platform allows wireless carriers to deliver a high value, carrier-branded mobile data experience, which provides their mobile subscribers with easy access to desired content and applications. This enhanced subscriber experience enables wireless carriers to more effectively attract and retain mobile subscribers, as well as increase and maintain mobile data ARPU. Our managed services platform reduces wireless carrier network overhead and operating costs, and simplifies the relationships between wireless carriers and content and application providers.

Mobile Content and Application Providers.     We facilitate effective monetization for mobile content and application providers by providing access to millions of mobile subscribers on a targeted

 

 

2


Table of Contents

and non-targeted basis across carriers. Our mCore platform also facilitates user-friendly uploading of content and applications, ensures efficient billing and settlement, and provides quality assurance for delivery of mobile content and applications.

Mobile Subscribers.     Wireless carriers can select from some or all of our services to construct and deliver a customized, carrier-branded, and highly personalized mobile data experience that allows their mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant, location-based content and services, engage in social networking, and download, send and receive digital media. In addition, the mCore service delivery platform allows mobile subscribers to manage the content and applications that they use most frequently.

Our Strengths

 

  Ÿ  

Strong Relationships with Wireless Carriers .      We have been an integral partner with our wireless carrier customers, assisting them with key phases of their mobile data services strategies, including design, development, deployment, provisioning, management, billing and customer support.

 

  Ÿ  

Deep Integration within the Mobile Data Ecosystem .    Through our deep integration with our wireless carrier customers’ systems, and our integration with a growing number of content and application providers, we facilitate the delivery of an enhanced mobile data experience to our customers’ mobile subscribers.

 

  Ÿ  

Highly Scalable Platform.     Our mCore service delivery platform has been built using flexible modular architecture that enables wireless carriers to deliver a highly scalable and highly reliable, carrier-branded subscriber experience.

 

  Ÿ  

Comprehensive Expertise in Managed Service Operations .    We develop, implement and operate a very large and complex managed service environment, servicing over 30 million active users monthly across multiple carriers and geographies with a carrier-grade level of quality and reliability.

 

  Ÿ  

Expansive Device Portfolio and Onboarding Process .     We customize, test and maintain highly personalized mobile data experiences for an ever-expanding population of mobile devices ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones utilizing advanced operating systems such as Symbian, Blackberry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant Insights into Subscriber Behavior and Effective User Experience s.    Our mCore platform can capture a wide range of subscriber behavior and usage patterns across multiple carriers. We leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized subscriber experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions and services.

 

  Ÿ  

Independence and Neutrality .    We are content, network, operating system and mobile device type independent, which enables our interests to be closely aligned with our wireless carrier customers’ interests.

Our Growth Strategy

 

  Ÿ  

Focus our efforts on expanding the breadth of our solutions with industry leading participants, leveraging our strong relationships with the top five wireless carriers in the U.S.;

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our business into developed and emerging international markets, such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America, by applying our expertise gained from the U.S. market and fully leveraging the capabilities and scale of the mCore platform;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Advance our technological leadership through the enhancement of the mCore platform, and the introduction of new solutions that increase the total value we provide to our carrier and enterprise customers;

 

  Ÿ  

Leverage our core competencies, technologies, and existing market position to broaden our offerings and customer base and advance into new market segments;

 

  Ÿ  

Gain additional scale and technology through opportunistic acquisitions that expand our total market opportunity, provide complementary technologies and solutions, and aid our international expansion efforts; and

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance our smartphone solutions to fully capitalize on the extensive capabilities of these devices and their significant market adoption.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. You should consider carefully such risks before deciding to invest in our common stock. These risks include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

we depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenues, and the loss of a key customer or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key customer could significantly reduce our revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

the mobile data service industry is, and likely will continue to be, characterized by rapid technological changes, which will require us to develop new service enhancements, and could render our existing services obsolete;

 

  Ÿ  

the market in which we operate is highly competitive and many of our competitors have significantly greater resources; and

 

  Ÿ  

open mobile phone operating systems and new business models may reduce the wireless carriers’ influence over access to mobile data services, and may reduce the total size of our market opportunity.

Additional Information

Our company began as Power By Hand LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company, formed in 2001. In 2003, PBH Holdings LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company, acquired all of Power By Hand LLC’s membership interests and PBH Holdings, LLC subsequently reincorporated in Delaware in 2003. In 2004, we formed Power By Hand, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which merged with PBH Holdings, LLC, and PinPoint Networks, Inc. that same year, with Power By Hand, Inc. as the surviving entity. In 2004, we changed our name from Power By Hand, Inc. to Motricity, Inc.

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc., which we refer to as InfoSpace Mobile, for a cash purchase price of $135 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business. We viewed InfoSpace Mobile as a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. Through its mCore platform, InfoSpace Mobile offered many of the same services we provided to our customers through our Fuel platform. InfoSpace Mobile also operated a large development organization, with an emphasis on professional services for their carrier customers. In the acquisition, in addition to acquiring the mCore platform and a number of leased U.S. datacenter facilities, we acquired a 224-person employee base,

 

 

4


Table of Contents

additional contracts with certain of our new and pre-existing customers, including AT&T and Verizon Wireless, and the Bellevue, Washington office facilities that we now use as our corporate headquarters.

Our corporate headquarters is located at 601 108 th Avenue Northeast, Suite 900, Bellevue, Washington 98004. Our telephone number is (425) 957-6200. Our website address is www.motricity.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. “Motricity” and other trademarks of ours appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus contains additional trade names and trademarks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply an endorsement or sponsorship of us by such companies, or any relationship with any of these companies.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

                 shares

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders

                 shares

 

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive proceeds of approximately $         million from our offering of our common stock, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the shares are offered at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. We will use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, general corporate purposes and for funding capital expenditures and acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional details. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Dividend Policy

We currently do not expect to pay dividends or make any other distribution on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See “Dividend Policy” for additional details.

 

Proposed trading symbol on NASDAQ Global Market

“ MOTR ”

 

Risk Factors

Investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and all other information included in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

reflects a         -for-         reverse split of our common stock that will be effective upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes that our common stock will be sold at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their option to purchase additional shares;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

assumes the conversion of all outstanding mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock into                  shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares related to unexercised stock options and                  shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares of restricted stock and stock options to be granted to certain officers, directors and employees in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  warrants to purchase shares of common, preferred and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data for our business. You should read these tables along with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for 2006, 2007 and 2008, set forth below, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. In light of our acquisition of the mobile division of InfoSpace, or InfoSpace Mobile, on December 28, 2007, our financial statements only reflect the impact of the acquisition from that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are not necessarily meaningful. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 21,903      $ 35,171      $ 103,151      $ 74,835      $ 88,744   
                                        

Operating expenses:

          

Direct third-party costs

     2,201        3,709        5,451        3,493        8,148   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,561        9,468        33,000        24,039        23,720   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     24,617        16,229        52,261        43,784        24,203   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     8,403        7,119        10,228        7,535        8,505   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     11,239        10,334        26,052        19,424        13,948   

Depreciation and amortization(1)

     5,925        10,322        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Restructuring(2)

     1,084        1,283        3,236        2,016        1,957   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges(3)

     —          26,867        29,130        24,538        5,806   

Abandoned transaction charge(4)

     —          2,600        —          —          —     
                                        

Total operating expenses

     63,030        87,931        180,917        140,382        96,517   
                                        

Operating loss

     (41,127     (52,760     (77,766     (65,547     (7,773

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     (1,110     1,155        2,714        2,786        (1,659

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   
                                        

Net loss from continuing operations

     (42,237     (51,605     (76,828     (64,093     (10,837

Net loss from discontinued operations(5)

     (12,960     (24,928     (1,072     (1,072     —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations(5)

     —          (1,360     (127     (127     —     
                                        

Net loss

     (55,197     (77,893     (78,027     (65,292     (10,837

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred dividends

     (5,942     (8,095     (22,427     (16,819     (17,966
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (61,139   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (82,111   $ (28,803
                                        

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
    2006   2007   2008   2008   2009
    (In thousands, except per share data)

Basic and fully diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(6)

  $(0.71)   $(0.99)   $(1.15)   $(0.94)   $(0.32)

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in computing basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(6)

  85,896   86,939   87,652   87,447   88,740

Pro forma net loss attributable to holders of common stock (unaudited)(6)

         

Pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

         

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock used in computing pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited)(6)

         

 

     As of September 30, 2009
     Actual     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(7)
     (In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,627     

Working capital

     32,947     

Total assets

     177,208     

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     —       

Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     411,581     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (277,599  

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows Data:

          

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ (43,209   $ (41,499   $ (28,745   $ (27,741   $ 16,272   

Cash flows from investing activities

     (55,849     (133,507     (14,735     (12,798     516   

Cash flows from financing activities

     83,244        236,275        (9,644     (13,346     (11,534

Investments in property and equipment included within investment activities

   $ (17,328   $ (4,594   $ (8,389   $ (3,752   $ (4,015

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
June 30,
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009
     (In thousands)

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

          

Adjusted EBITDA(8)

   $ (33,897   $ (11,000   $ (21,497   $ (21,615   $ 11,888

 

(1) Depreciation and amortization by function:

 

       Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2006    2007    2008    2008    2009
     (In thousands)

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 2,938    $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 12,426    $ 6,928

Product development and sustainment

     1,462      1,548      2,237      1,379      1,489

Sales and marketing

     4      307      2,075      1,499      1,516

General and administrative

     1,521      1,157      423      249      297
                                  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,925    $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 15,553    $ 10,230
                                  

 

(2) Our restructuring charges relate to costs associated with closing and relocating facilities, relocating certain key employees and severance costs following the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(3) The impairments in 2008 and 2009 relate primarily to integration activities following our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 and to certain non-core operating assets. The 2007 impairments relate to goodwill due primarily to changes in consumer purchase habits. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(4) In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to an existing investor as a fee for providing a financing commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed.
(5) In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited the direct to consumer business and a business we refer to as media and entertainment (“media and entertainment”) at various times during 2007 and 2008.
(6) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(7) The Pro Forma As Adjusted column of this consolidated balance sheet data table reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, the issuance and sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an initial public offering price of $              per share, and the receipt of proceeds of this offering after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us, the reclassification of the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and the recording of stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of this offering, as if these events had occurred as of September 30, 2009.
(8) See our discussion of Adjusted EBITDA as a non-GAAP financial measure immediately following these footnotes.

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss From Continuing Operations

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss from continuing operations plus interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring, asset impairments and abandoned transaction charges, and less interest and other income (expense), net. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of liquidity calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., referred to herein as GAAP, and should be viewed as a supplement to, not a substitute for, our results of operations presented on the basis of GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA does not purport to represent cash flow provided by, or used in, operating activities as defined by GAAP. Our statement of cash flows presents our cash flow activity in accordance with GAAP. Furthermore, Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily comparable to similarly-titled measures reported by other companies.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is used by and is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:

 

  Ÿ  

EBITDA is widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and

 

  Ÿ  

investors commonly adjust EBITDA to eliminate the effect of restructuring and stock-based compensation expenses, which vary widely from company to company and impair comparability.

We use Adjusted EBITDA:

 

  Ÿ  

as a measure of operating performance to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis;

 

 

10


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations; and

 

  Ÿ  

in communications with the board of directors, stockholders, analysts and investors concerning our financial performance.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss from continuing operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the fiscal periods indicated is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
     (Unaudited, in thousands)  

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (42,237   $ (51,605   $ (76,828   $ (64,093   $ (10,837

Interest and other (expense) income, net

     1,110        (1,155     (2,714     (2,786     1,659   

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   

Depreciation and amortization

     5,925        10,322        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Restructuring, asset impairments and abandoned transaction charges

     1,084        30,750        32,366        26,554        7,763   

Stock-based compensation

     221        688        2,344        1,825        1,668   
                                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (33,897   $ (11,000   $ (21,497   $ (21,615   $ 11,888   
                                        

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe describe the most significant, but not all, risks of an investment in our common stock, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks and uncertainties could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Operations

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenues. The loss of a key customer or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key customer could significantly reduce our revenues.

We depend, and expect to continue to depend, on a limited number of significant worldwide wireless carriers for a substantial portion of our revenues. Currently, the top five wireless carriers in the U.S. use our services. In the event that one or more of these major wireless carriers decides to reduce or stop using our managed and professional services, we could be forced to shift our marketing focus to smaller wireless carriers, which could result in lower revenues than expected and increased business development, marketing and sales expenses. This could cause our business to be less profitable and our results of operations to be adversely affected.

In addition, a change in the timing or size of a purchase by any one of our key customers could result in significant variations in our revenue and operating results. Our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on our ability to effect sales to a small number of customers. Any revenue growth will depend on our success in selling additional services to our large customers and expanding our customer base to include additional customers that deploy our solutions in large-scale networks serving significant numbers of subscribers.

In 2008, we generated approximately 42% and 12% of our total revenue from contracts with AT&T Mobility LLC, or AT&T, and Verizon Wireless or their affiliates, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we generated approximately 55% and 19% of our total revenue from contracts with AT&T and Verizon Wireless or their affiliates, respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2008. Our current five largest customers accounted for approximately 67% of our revenues in 2008 and 83% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Certain of our customer agreements expire in mid to late 2010, including agreements with AT&T and Verizon Wireless. Failure to renew our agreements with AT&T, Verizon Wireless or our other large customers would materially reduce our revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

The mobile data services industry is, and likely will continue to be, characterized by rapid technological changes, which will require us to develop new service enhancements, and could render our existing services obsolete.

The market for content and applications for mobile devices is characterized by rapid technological change, with frequent variations in user requirements and preferences, frequent new product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to enhance and expand our existing services, develop new technology that addresses the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of wireless carriers and their subscribers, respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices and license leading technologies that will be useful in our business in a cost-effective

 

12


Table of Contents

and timely way. We may not be able to successfully use new technologies or adapt our current and planned services to new customer requirements or emerging industry standards. The introduction of new products embodying new technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing services obsolete, unmarketable or uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint.

The market in which we operate is highly competitive and many of our competitors have significantly greater resources.

The mobile data communications services market is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive. Our competitors include mobile device manufacturers, search engines, portals and directories, and wireless service integrators. Competition in the wireless industry throughout the world continues to increase at a rapid pace as consumers, businesses and governments realize the market potential of wireless communications products and services. In addition, new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share, to our detriment. There may be additional competitive threats from companies introducing new and disruptive solutions. Some of our competitors may be better positioned than we are. Although we have attained a significant position in the industry, many of our current and potential competitors may have advantages over us, including:

 

  Ÿ  

longer operating histories and market presence;

 

  Ÿ  

greater name recognition;

 

  Ÿ  

access to larger customer bases;

 

  Ÿ  

single source solutions that deliver mobile devices, hardware, services and infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

economies of scale and cost structure advantages;

 

  Ÿ  

greater sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution, technical, financial and other resources; and

 

  Ÿ  

government support.

These competitors also have established or may establish financial or strategic relationships among themselves or with our existing or potential customers or other third parties. In addition, some of our competitors have used and may continue to use aggressive pricing or promotional strategies, have stronger relationships on more favorable terms with wireless carriers and may devote substantially greater resources to system development than we do. These relationships may affect customers’ decisions to purchase services from us.

We also face competition from existing service providers in the international markets in which we already compete or may enter. For example, in India we compete with numerous companies, some of which are solely focused on the local mobile data services market, are directly owned and managed by local citizens. These factors could provide local competitors with advantages over us, particularly if the local government enacts laws or policies that favor local competitors or restrict or disadvantage us because our international operations are part of a U.S.-domiciled company. Other competitors in international markets are subsidiaries of larger companies with established local operations, and with greater experience and resources. In other countries that we may enter, there may be incumbent competitors presently selling data services products. These incumbents may have competitive advantages that could impede our expansion and growth in these countries.

Open mobile phone operating systems and new business models may reduce the wireless carriers’ influence over access to mobile data services, and may reduce the total size of our market opportunity.

We derived 31% of our revenue based on the number of active mobile subscribers who accessed mobile content and applications through our customers’ carrier-branded mobile web portals for the nine

 

13


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2009. However, with the growth of the iPhone and smartphone business models, our customers’ services may be bypassed or become inaccessible. These business models, which exclude carrier participation beyond transport, along with the introduction of more mobile phones with open operating systems that allow mobile subscribers to browse the Internet and, in some cases, download applications from sources other than a carrier’s branded services, create a risk that some carriers will choose to allow this non-branded Internet access without offering a competitive value-added carrier-branded experience as part of their solution set. These so-called “open operating systems” include Symbian, BlackBerry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS. We believe wireless carriers need to offer branded services that can compete head-to-head with the new business models and open technologies in order to retain mobile subscribers and increase ARPU. Although our solutions are designed to help wireless carriers deliver a high value, competitive mobile data experience, if mobile subscribers do not find these carrier-branded services compelling, there is a risk that mobile subscribers will use open operating systems to bypass carrier-branded services and access the mobile Internet. It is also possible one or more wireless carriers will adopt a non-carrier branded, third-party web portal model. To the extent this occurs, the total available market opportunity for providing our current services and solutions to carriers may be reduced.

Our sales cycle can be long, which may make our revenues and operating results less predictable.

Wireless carriers must typically make substantial investments to deploy our mobile data services solution. As a result, the typical sales cycle for our services is long, averaging nine to twelve months per customer. Many of the potential customers for our services have only recently begun to evaluate the benefits of expanding their offerings of mobile services, and many have only recently designated personnel to evaluate, procure and implement new mobile services. We believe that we may be required to spend a significant amount of time and resources educating potential customers on the use and benefits of our services, and in turn, we expect potential customers to spend a significant amount of time performing internal reviews and obtaining authorization to purchase our services. Furthermore, the emerging and evolving nature of mobile data technological standards and services may lead potential customers to postpone purchasing decisions.

We have a history of net operating losses and may continue to suffer losses in the future.

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we had net losses of approximately $10.6 million, $22.5 million, $55.2 million, $77.9 million and $78.0 million, respectively, and an accumulated deficit of approximately $267 million as of December 31, 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we had a net loss of approximately $10.8 million. If we cannot become profitable, our financial condition will deteriorate, and we may be unable to achieve our business objectives.

We compete with in-house mobile data solutions similar to those we offer.

The mobile data service industry is evolving rapidly to address changing industry standards and the introduction of new technologies and network elements. Wireless carriers are constantly reassessing their approaches to delivering mobile data to their subscribers, and one or more of our customers could decide to deploy an in-house mobile data delivery service solution that competes with our services. Even if the mobile data delivery services offered by a mobile service provider’s in-house solution were more limited than those provided by our services, a wireless carrier may elect to accept limited functionality or services in lieu of providing a third party access to its network. An increase in the use of in-house solutions by wireless carriers could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

14


Table of Contents

We have a significant relationship with a development vendor, and changes to that relationship may result in delays or disruptions that could harm our business.

We rely upon development vendors to provide additional capacity for our technical development and quality assurance services. Our primary development vendor is GlobalLogic, Inc., a software research and development company providing software development services primarily from its offices in India and Ukraine. Our current agreement with GlobalLogic terminates on December 29, 2011. GlobalLogic may only terminate this agreement for cause. If GlobalLogic were, for any reason, to cease operations, we might be unable to replace it on a timely basis with a comparably priced provider. We would also have to expend time and resources to train any new development vendor that might replace GlobalLogic. If GlobalLogic were to suffer an interruption in its business, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its software development operations, or if we had to change development vendors, our ability to provide services to our customers would be delayed and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Demand for our managed and professional services depends on increases in carrier subscribers’ use of mobile data services and mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and on our customers’ continued investment and improvement in wireless networks.

Our services comprise a mobile data service delivery platform that enables wireless carriers to monitor and charge their subscribers for access to mobile applications, content and programs that are developed by third parties and hosted by us. The revenue derived from carriers based on their mobile subscribers accessing mobile content through their branded mobile web portals accounted for 31% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Our ability to generate revenues from our services will depend on the extent to which businesses and consumers continue to adopt and use mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and to receive products and services via their mobile devices. While many consumers use mobile devices to communicate, the majority of consumers do not presently use mobile devices to access the mobile Internet or obtain other products or services. Consumers and businesses may not significantly increase their use of mobile data services and mobile devices to access the mobile Internet and to obtain products and services as quickly as our business model contemplates. If consumers do not continue to increase their use of mobile data services, our business, operating results and financial condition will be adversely impacted.

Further, increased demand by consumers for mobile data services delivered over wireless networks will be necessary to justify capital expenditure commitments by wireless carriers to invest in the improvement and expansion of their networks. Demand for mobile data services might not continue to increase if there is limited availability or market acceptance of mobile devices designed for such services; the multimedia content offered through wireless networks does not attract widespread interest; or the quality of service available through wireless networks does not meet consumer expectations. If long-term expectations for mobile data services are not realized or do not support a sustainable business model, wireless carriers may not commit significant capital expenditures to upgrade their networks to provide these services, the demand for our services will decrease, and we may not be able to increase our revenues or become profitable in the future.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information, the value of our technology could be adversely affected.

Our business relies upon certain unpatented or unregistered intellectual property rights and proprietary information, including the mCore platform. Consequently, although we take measures to keep our key intellectual property rights and proprietary information confidential, we may not be able to protect our technology from independent invention by third parties. We currently attempt to protect most of our key intellectual property through a combination of trade secret, copyright and other intellectual property laws and by entering into employee, contractor and business partner confidentiality

 

15


Table of Contents

agreements. Such measures, however, provide only limited protection, and under certain circumstances we may not be able to prevent the disclosure of our intellectual property, or the unauthorized use or reverse engineering or independent development of our technology. This may allow our existing and potential competitors to develop products and services that are competitive with, or superior to, our services.

Further, we intend to expand our international presence by targeting countries with large populations and propensities for adopting new technologies. However, many of these countries’ intellectual property laws are not as stringent as those of the U.S. Effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protections may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries. As a result, we may not be able to effectively prevent competitors in these countries from using or infringing our intellectual property rights, which would reduce our competitive advantage and ability to compete in these regions or otherwise harm our business. In the future, we may also have to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources. In addition, such litigation may not be successful.

Consolidation in the telecommunications industry may reduce the number of our customers and negatively impact our financial performance.

The telecommunications industry continues to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among telecommunications service providers and between telecommunications service providers and other entities. Should one of our significant customers consolidate with another company or enter into such an alliance and decide either to use a different mobile data service provider or to manage its transactions internally, it could have a negative material impact on our prospects. These consolidations and alliances may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any decreases in revenue if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes decline.

We expect that our revenue will fluctuate, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our revenue is subject to fluctuations due to the timing of sales of high-dollar professional services projects. Because these projects occur at irregular intervals and the dollar values vary based on customer needs, we may experience quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in revenue. In addition, any significant delays in the deployment of our services, unfavorable sales trends in our existing service categories, or changes in the spending behavior of wireless carriers could adversely affect our revenue growth. If our revenue fluctuates or does not meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, our stock price would likely decline.

Our customer contracts lack uniformity and often are complex, which subjects us to business and other risks.

Our customers include some of the largest wireless carriers which have substantial purchasing power and negotiating leverage. As a result, we typically negotiate contracts on a customer-by­customer basis and sometimes accept contract terms not favorable to us in order to close a transaction, including indemnity, limitation of liability, refund, penalty or other terms that could expose us to significant financial or operating risk. If we are unable to effectively negotiate, enforce and accurately and timely account and bill for contracts with our key customers, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

In addition, we have contractual indemnification obligations to our customers, most of which are unlimited in nature. If we are required to fulfill our indemnification obligations relating to third-party

 

16


Table of Contents

content or operating systems that we provide to our customers, we intend to seek indemnification from our suppliers, vendors, and content providers to the full extent of their responsibility. Even if the agreement with such supplier, vendor or content provider contains an indemnity provision, it may not cover a particular claim or type of claim or may be limited in amount or scope. As a result, we may or may not have sufficient indemnification from third parties to cover fully the amounts or types of claims that might be made against us. Any significant indemnification obligation to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We provide service level commitments to our customers, which could cause us to incur financial penalties if the stated service levels are not met for a given period and could significantly reduce our revenue.

Our customer agreements provide service level commitments on a monthly basis. Our service level commitment varies by customer. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability and/or degraded performance of our service, we may incur financial penalties. Our revenue could be significantly impacted if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. The failure to meet our contractual level of service availability may require us to credit affected customers for a significant portion of their monthly fees, not just the value for the period of the downtime. As a result, failure to deliver services for a relatively short duration could result in our incurring significant financial penalties. Service level penalties represented 4% of total revenue in 2008 and 1% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Any system failure, extended service outages, errors, defects or other performance problems with our managed and professional services could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses.

We use datacenters to deliver our platform and services. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

We host our services and serve all of our customers from five datacenter facilities located around the U.S. We operate two datacenter facilities located in Washington State. The other three facilities are operated by third parties in Georgia, Massachusetts and North Carolina. We do not control the operations at the third-party facilities. All of these facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. They also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, denial of service attacks, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the third-party facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Although we maintain off-site tape backups of our customers’ data, we do not currently operate or maintain a backup datacenter for any of our services, which increases our vulnerability to interruptions or delays in our service. Interruptions in our services might harm our reputation, reduce our revenue, cause us to incur financial penalties, subject us to potential liability and cause customers to terminate their contracts.

Capacity constraints could disrupt access to our services, which could affect our revenue and harm our reputation.

Our service goals of performance, reliability and availability require that we have adequate capacity in our computer systems to cope with the volume of traffic through our mCore service delivery platform. As our operations grow in size and scope, we will need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers and their subscribers enhanced services, capacity, features and functionality. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources before the volume of our business rises, with no assurance that our revenues will grow. If our systems cannot be expanded in a timely manner to cope

 

17


Table of Contents

with increased traffic we could experience disruptions in service, lower customer and subscriber satisfaction and delays in the introduction of new services. Any of these problems could impair our reputation and cause our revenue to decline.

Our research and development investments may not lead to successful new services or enhancements.

We will continue to invest in research and development for the introduction of new enhancements to existing services designed to improve the capacity, data processing rates and features of our services. We must also continue to develop new features and to improve functionality of our platform based on specific customer requests and anticipated market needs. Research and development in the mobile data services industry, however, is complex, expensive and uncertain. We believe that we must continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. If we continue to expend a significant amount of resources on research and development, but our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction of service enhancements that are competitive in the marketplace, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and market share.

Our solutions are complex and may take longer to develop than anticipated, and we may not recognize revenue from new service enhancements until after we have incurred significant development costs.

Most of our services must be tailored to meet customer specifications. In addition, our international customers often require significant customization of our platform to meet local needs. As a result, we often develop new features and enhancements to our existing services. These new features and enhancements often take substantial time to develop because of their complexity and because customer specifications sometimes change during the development cycle. We often do not recognize revenue from new services or enhancements until we have incurred significant development costs. In addition to delayed recognition of revenue from such new services and enhancements, our operating results will suffer if the new services or enhancements fail to meet our customers’ expectations.

We believe our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our services to customers located outside of the U.S. As a result, our business is susceptible to risks associated with international sales and operations.

In addition to the U.S., we currently operate in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Singapore, and we intend to expand our offering of mobile data services into a number of additional international markets in the near future. As a result, we are subject to the additional risks of conducting business outside the U.S., which may include:

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs associated with localization of our services, including translations into foreign languages and adaptation to local practices and regulatory requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties managing and staffing international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

delays resulting from difficulty in obtaining export licenses, tariffs and other trade barriers and restrictions on export or import of technology;

 

  Ÿ  

less stringent intellectual property protections;

 

  Ÿ  

unexpected changes in, or impositions of, legislative, regulatory or tax requirements and burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws and other factors beyond our control;

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

general geopolitical risks in connection with international operations, such as political, social and economic instability;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-corruption and bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in diplomatic, trade or business relationships;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign currency fluctuations that may substantially affect the dollar value of our revenue and costs in foreign markets;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign exchange controls that may prevent or limit our ability to repatriate income earned in foreign markets; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens.

We have limited experience operating in foreign jurisdictions and are rapidly building our international operations. Operating in international markets requires significant management attention and financial resources. The investment and additional resources required to establish operations and manage growth in other countries may not produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

Our ability to use net operating and certain built-in losses to reduce future tax payments may be limited by provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, and may be subject to further limitation as a result of future transactions.

Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, contain rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an ownership change, which is generally any change in ownership of more than 50% of its stock over a three-year period, to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses recognized in the years after the ownership change. These rules generally operate by focusing on ownership changes involving stockholders who directly or indirectly own 5% or more of the stock of a company and any change in ownership arising from a new issuance of stock by the company. Generally, if an ownership change occurs, the yearly taxable income limitation on the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and certain built-in losses is equal to the product of the applicable long term tax exempt rate and the value of the company’s stock immediately before the ownership change. As a result, we may be unable to offset our taxable income with losses, or our tax liability with credits, before such losses and credits expire.

In addition, it is possible that future transactions (including issuances of new shares of our common stock and sales of shares of our common stock) will cause us to undergo one or more additional ownership changes. In that event, we generally would not be able to use our pre-change loss or certain built-in losses prior to such ownership change to offset future taxable income in excess of the annual limitations imposed by Sections 382 and 383 and those attributes already subject to limitations (as a result of our prior ownership changes) may be subject to more stringent limitations.

Competition for our employees is intense and failure to recruit and retain skilled personnel could negatively affect our financial results as well as our ability to maintain relationships with clients and drive future growth.

We provide sophisticated mobile data delivery platforms and services to our customers. To attract and retain customers, we believe we need to demonstrate professional acumen and build trust and strong relationships, and that we must identify, recruit, retain and motivate new hardware and software engineers, programmers, technical support personnel and marketing and sales representatives. Competition is intense for skilled personnel with engineering, product development, technical and marketing and sales experience, and we may not be able to identify individuals that possess the

 

19


Table of Contents

necessary skills and experience, or we may not be able to employ these individuals on acceptable terms and conditions, or at all. Moreover, competition has been increasing the cost of hiring and retaining skilled professionals, a trend which could adversely affect our operating margins and financial results. Our business and growth may suffer if we are unable to hire and retain skilled personnel.

We rely heavily on our executive officers and other key employees for the success of our business and the loss of our executive team could adversely impact our business.

We believe our success will depend in part upon retaining the services of executive officers and other key employees. Many of our executive officers joined our company within the last two years. If our executive officers or non-executive key employees leave and we cannot replace them with suitable candidates quickly, we could experience difficulty in managing our business properly. This could harm our business prospects, client relationships, employee morale and financial results. We currently maintain a key-person life insurance policy on our chief executive officer.

Our ability to sell our services is highly dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings, and our failure to offer high quality support and services would have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Our customers depend on our support organization to resolve issues relating to our mCore service delivery platform. We believe that a high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our services and future enhancements to mCore. Failure to effectively assist our customers in deploying their mobile data portals and storefronts, quickly resolve post-deployment issues, and otherwise provide effective ongoing support would adversely affect our ability to sell our services to existing customers and could harm our reputation among potential customers. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. As a result, our failure to maintain high quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on the development of content and applications by third parties, and if wireless carriers and their subscribers do not find such content compelling, our sales could decline.

Our business is dependent on the availability of content and applications for mobile devices that wireless carriers and their subscribers find useful and compelling. A significant percentage of our revenue is derived from the sale of applications and content through storefronts and portals we operate for our wireless carrier customers. We also believe that demand for our services will increase as the number of applications and the volume of mobile content increases because our services facilitate the navigation and organization of large numbers of applications and large amounts of content. We do not develop applications or content; rather, we facilitate the sale and consumption of applications and content developed by third parties through our wireless carrier customers. If third-party developers fail to create content and applications that wireless carriers and their subscribers find useful and compelling, our sales would decline, and that would have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions may contain undetected software errors, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business.

Our solutions are highly technical and have contained and may contain undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our solutions may only be discovered after a solution has been deployed and used by our wireless carrier customers. Any errors, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our solutions after commercial release could result in loss of revenue or

 

20


Table of Contents

delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers and increased service cost, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention away from the business and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our services. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage is inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We may engage in acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

We expect to make selective domestic and international acquisitions of, and investments in, businesses that offer complementary products, services and technologies, augment our market coverage, and/or enhance our technological capabilities. We may also enter into strategic alliances or joint ventures to achieve these goals. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition, investment, alliance, or joint venture opportunities or consummate any such transactions or relationships on terms and conditions acceptable to us. Such transactions or relationships that we enter into may not be successful. In addition, acquisitions and investments outside of the U.S. involve unique risks related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

These transactions or any other acquisitions or dispositions involve risks and uncertainties, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. The integration of acquired businesses may not be successful and could result in disruption to other parts of our business. In addition, the integration may require that we incur significant restructuring charges. To integrate acquired businesses, we must implement our management information systems, operating systems and internal controls, and assimilate and manage the personnel of the acquired operations. The difficulties of the integrations may be further complicated by such factors as geographic distances, lack of experience operating in the geographic market or industry sector of the acquired business, delays and challenges associated with integrating the business with our existing businesses, diversion of management’s attention from daily operations of the business, potential loss of key employees and customers of the acquired business, the potential for deficiencies in internal controls at the acquired business, performance problems with the acquired business’ technology, difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience, exposure to unanticipated liabilities of the acquired business, insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition, and our ability to achieve the growth prospects and synergies expected from any such acquisition. Even when an acquired business has already developed and marketed products and services, there can be no assurance that product or service enhancements will be made in a timely fashion or that all pre-acquisition due diligence will have identified all possible issues that might arise with respect to such acquired assets.

Any acquisition may also cause us to assume liabilities, record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing and potential impairment charges, incur amortization expense related to certain intangible assets, increase our expenses and working capital requirements, and subject us to litigation, which would reduce our return on invested capital. Failure to manage and successfully integrate the acquisitions we make could materially harm our business and operating results.

Any future acquisitions may require additional debt or equity financing, which in the case of debt financing, will increase our leverage and, in the case of equity financing, would be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any decline in our perceived credit-worthiness associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our ability to borrow and result in more restrictive borrowing terms. As a result of

 

21


Table of Contents

the foregoing, we also may not be able to complete acquisitions or strategic transactions in the future to the same extent as in the past, or at all. These and other factors could harm our ability to achieve anticipated levels of profitability at acquired operations or realize other anticipated benefits of an acquisition, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to manage future growth effectively, our business could be harmed.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, rapid growth. Our revenue from continued operations grew from $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2004 to $103.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. We also increased the number of our full-time employees from 88 at December 31, 2004 to 338 at December 31, 2008. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, operational and financial infrastructure. To manage growth effectively, we must continue to improve and enhance our managerial, operational and financial controls, and train and manage our employees, and expand our employee base. We must also manage new and existing relationships with customers, suppliers, business partners and other third parties. These activities will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources. If we fail to maintain the efficiency of our organization as we grow, our profit margins may decrease, and we may be unable to achieve our business objectives.

We have recently recognized significant impairment losses related to our goodwill, intangible assets and property and equipment. Additional impairment losses may be recognized which would adversely affect our financial results.

We are required under GAAP to test goodwill for impairment annually and to assess our amortizable intangible assets and long-lived assets, as well as goodwill, for impairment when events or changes in circumstance indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors which have led to impairments in the past include changes in business strategy, restructuring of the business in connection with acquisitions, actual performance of acquired businesses below our expectations and expiration of customer contracts. Unanticipated events or changes in circumstances could impact our ability to recover the carrying value of some or all of these assets. In addition, we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future which would increase the amount of such assets on our books that would be subject to potential future impairment. In the event any of our current or future assets became impaired, the associated impairment charge could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our business involves the use, transmission and storage of confidential information, and the failure to properly safeguard such information could result in significant reputational harm and monetary damages.

Our business activities involve the use, transmission and storage of confidential information. We believe that we take commercially reasonable steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect and store, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. If such unauthorized disclosure or access does occur, we may be required, under existing and proposed laws, to notify persons whose information was disclosed or accessed. We may also be subject to claims of breach of contract for such disclosure, investigation and penalties by regulatory authorities and potential claims by persons whose information was disclosed. The unauthorized disclosure of information may result in the termination of one or more of our commercial relationships and/or a reduction in customer confidence and usage of our services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

22


Table of Contents

We may be subject to liability for our use or distribution of information that we receive from third parties.

As part of our business, we obtain content and commercial information from third parties. When we distribute this information, we may be liable for the data contained in that information. There is a risk that we may be subject to claims related to the distribution of such content such as defamation, negligence, intellectual property infringement, violation of privacy or publicity rights and product or service liability, among others. Laws or regulations of certain jurisdictions may also deem some content illegal, which may expose us to additional legal liability. We also gather personal information from subscribers in order to provide personalized services. Gathering and processing this personal information may subject us to legal liability for, among other things, defamation, negligence, invasion of privacy and product or service liability. We are also subject to laws and regulations, both in the U.S. and abroad, regarding the collection and use of subscriber information. If we do not comply with these laws and regulations, we may be exposed to legal liability.

Some of the agreements by which we obtain content do not contain indemnity provisions in our favor. Even if a given contract does contain indemnity provisions, they may not cover a particular claim or type of claim or the party granting indemnity may not have the financial resources to cover the claim. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover fully the amounts or types of claims that might be made. Any liability that we incur as a result of content we receive from third parties could adversely impact our results of operations.

Actual or perceived security vulnerabilities in mobile devices could negatively affect our business.

The security of mobile devices and wireless networks is critical to our business. Individuals or groups may develop and deploy viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that attack mobile devices and wireless networks. Security experts have identified computer worms targeted specifically at mobile devices. Security threats could lead some mobile subscribers to reduce or delay their purchases of mobile content and applications in an attempt to reduce the security threat posed by viruses, worms and other malicious software. Wireless carriers and device manufacturers may also spend more on protecting their wireless networks and mobile devices from attack, which could delay adoption of new mobile devices that tend to include more features and functionalities that facilitate increased use of mobile data services. Actual or perceived security threats, and reactions to such threats, could reduce our revenue or require unplanned expenditures on new security initiatives.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls or are unable to remediate the deficiencies in our internal controls, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the process of documenting and reviewing our internal controls and procedures. Beginning with fiscal year 2011, we will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing this assessment. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. If we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market’s

 

23


Table of Contents

confidence in our financial statements could decline and the market price of our common stock could be adversely impacted.

With respect to fiscal year 2007, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to insufficient personnel within our accounting function and inadequate accounting policies and procedures documentation. With respect to fiscal year 2008, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting related to documentation, recordkeeping and personnel issues. We have since recruited and are continuing to recruit additional finance and accounting personnel and we have improved our accounting policies and procedures documentation to address these observations. Nevertheless, our remediation efforts may prove inadequate and there can be no assurance that additional weaknesses or deficiencies will not be identified. If material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control exist and go undetected, our financial statements could contain material misstatements that, when discovered in the future could cause us to fail to meet our future reporting obligations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property rights could force us to incur significant costs.

We cannot be certain that our services do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Many parties in the telecommunications and software industries have begun to apply for and obtain patent protection for innovative proprietary technologies and business methods. Given that our platform interacts with various participants in the mobile data ecosystem, existing or future patents protecting certain proprietary technology and business methods may preclude us from using such proprietary technology or business methods, or may require us to pay damages for infringement or fees to obtain a license to use the proprietary technology or business methods (which may not be available or, if available, may be on terms that are unacceptable), or both, which would increase our cost of doing business. In addition, litigation concerning intellectual property rights and the infringement of those rights, including patents, trademarks and copyrights, has grown significantly over the last several years and is likely to grow further in the future. If we become the subject of infringement claims, we may be forced into litigation, which will require us to devote significant resources and management time and attention to defend against such infringement claims. If it is determined that our services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, we may be required to pay damages or enjoined from using that technology or forced to obtain a license (which may not be available or, if available, may be on terms that are unacceptable) and/or pay royalties to continue using that technology. The assertion of intellectual property infringement claims against our technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Government regulation of the mobile industry is evolving, and unfavorable changes or our failure to comply with regulations could harm our business and operating results.

As the mobile industry continues to evolve, we believe greater regulation by federal, state or foreign governments or regulatory authorities becomes more likely. For example, we believe increased regulation is likely in the area of data privacy, and laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information, could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing our ability to utilize this information for the purpose of continued improvement of the overall mobile subscriber experience. In addition, any regulation of the requirement to treat all content and application provider services the same over the mobile Internet, sometimes referred to as net neutrality regulation, could reduce our customers’ ability to make full use of the value of our services. Further, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations to access the Internet may be imposed.

 

24


Table of Contents

Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchange over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the mobile Internet and the viability of mobile data service providers, which could harm our business and operating results. Finally, any further or more restrictive regulation of the ability of wireless carriers to include charges for goods and services in a mobile subscriber’s bill or their ability to offer up these capabilities to third parties, such as ourselves, on a bill-on-behalf-of basis could negatively impact our business.

Our use of open source software could limit our ability to commercialize our services.

We have incorporated open source software into our services. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our services. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our services, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue sales of our services, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in our services could reduce our ability to compete successfully.

In the future, we may require additional amounts of capital to execute our business plan. We may require capital to complete planned upgrades and enhancements to our products and services, increase our investment in capital equipment to support new and existing customers, extend our marketing and sales efforts, expand internationally and make strategic acquisitions if attractive opportunities become available. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the time and cost of our service enhancements, the rate of mobile data subscriber growth, the acceptance rate of mobile devices as multi-functional computing platforms, the demand for wireless applications, the time and cost of successfully entering into new customer contracts and the amount of investment needed to achieve our sales and marketing objectives.

Based on our current cash balances and projected revenues, and taking into account the additional capital we expect to receive from this offering, we estimate that we will have sufficient capital to execute our near term business plans and maintain positive cash flow. However, this may not be the case. Further, we may not have sufficient capital to take advantage of opportunities for strategic acquisitions of significant complementary or competitive businesses that could enhance our business and operating results. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that further restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. We may not be able to raise any additional capital that we may require on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we cannot obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms when needed, we may not be able to pursue some elements of our current strategy and business plan, and we may not be able to achieve our financial objectives.

 

25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no established trading market for our common stock, and the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in the public trading markets. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined through negotiations among the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell your shares above the initial public offering price, and you may suffer a loss on your investment. In addition, an active trading market for our common stock following this offering may not develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using our common stock as consideration.

Broad market and industry factors also may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Factors that could cause wide fluctuations in the stock price may include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated variations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

overall conditions or trends in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

addition or loss of significant customers;

 

  Ÿ  

competition from existing or new products;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the market valuations of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations, new services or service enhancements;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures or capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

  Ÿ  

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities or industry analysts that elect to follow our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, including sales by our directors and officers.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our common stock immediately following this offering. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, whether or not we are successful in such litigation.

 

26


Table of Contents

Requirements associated with being a public company will increase our costs, as well as divert company resources and management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and executive officers.

Prior to this offering, we have not been subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or the other rules and regulations of the SEC or any securities exchange relating to public companies. We will comply with Section 404(a) (management’s report on financial reporting) under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the year ending December 31, 2010 and will comply with Section 404(b) (auditor’s attestation) no later than the year ending December 31, 2011. We are working with our legal, independent accounting, and financial advisors to identify those areas in which changes or enhancements should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and obligations as a public company. Some such areas include corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures, and financial reporting and accounting systems. We have made, and will continue to make, changes in these and other areas. However, the expenses that will be required in order to prepare adequately for becoming a public company could be material. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies will also require considerable time and attention of management. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur, the timing of such costs or the impact that our management’s attention to these matters will have on our business. In addition, the changes we make may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis or at all.

In addition, being a public company could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees and our executive team.

Our principal stockholders may exert substantial influence over us and may exercise their control in a manner adverse to your interests.

Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of an option to purchase additional shares by the underwriters, funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and entities beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn will own             ,             , and              shares, respectively, or approximately         %,         %, and         %, respectively, of our outstanding common stock. Because a limited number of persons may exert substantial influence over us, transactions could be difficult or impossible to complete without the support of those persons. It is possible that these persons will exercise control over us in a manner adverse to your interests. For more information regarding ownership of our outstanding stock by our principal and selling stockholders, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell additional equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Based on                  shares outstanding as of                             , upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

27


Table of Contents

We, our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, which may be extended upon the occurrence of specified events, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. However, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

After the expiration of the lock-up agreements, up to          restricted securities may be sold into the public market in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted under Rule 144. Of these restricted securities,                  shares will be available for sale approximately 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to volume or other limits under Rule 144. In addition, once the lock-up agreements expire, stockholders holding                  shares of these restricted securities will have registration rights that could allow those holders to sell their shares freely through a future registration statement filed under the Securities Act. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for more information on these registration rights.

Furthermore,                  shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options or restricted stock that will be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering and                  shares available for grant under our equity incentive plans following the closing of this offering, if issued or granted, will become eligible for sale in the public market once permitted by provisions of various vesting agreements, lock-up agreements and Rule 144, as applicable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately          million shares of our common stock for issuance under these equity incentive plans. For additional information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” If these additional shares of common stock are, or if it is perceived that they will be, sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

In light of our acquisition of the mobile division of InfoSpace on December 28, 2007, our operating results only reflect the impact of the acquisition from that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as owners of the mobile division of InfoSpace may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability. Furthermore, our brief operating history has resulted in revenue and profitability growth rates that may not be indicative of our future results of operations. As a result, the price of our common stock may be volatile.

In addition, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, our direct to consumer business, which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008, and a business we refer to as media and entertainment (“media and entertainment”), which was discontinued in 2008. The loss from discontinued operations in the 2008 period includes losses from these discontinued businesses.

As a result of the foregoing factors, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected in the future.

 

28


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these reports or analysts. If any of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our stock, or if our operating results do not meet the analysts’ expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if any of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish regular reports on our business, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used in the operation and growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Accordingly, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your common stock as a result of this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is considerably more than the pro forma, net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. This reduction in the value of your equity is known as dilution. This dilution occurs in large part because our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         in pro forma, net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the front cover page of this prospectus. In addition, following this offering, purchasers in the offering will have contributed         % of the total consideration paid by our stockholders to purchase shares of common stock. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.” In addition, if we raise funds by issuing additional securities, the newly-issued shares will further dilute your percentage ownership of our company.

Our management will have broad discretion over the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on their judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes and for capital expenditures, which may in the future include investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or products. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that do not directly or exclusively relate to historical facts. As a general matter, forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. We generally identify forward looking statements by terminology such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words, but the absence of these words does not necessarily mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding “our expectation that international revenue will increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue” and “our anticipated levels of capital expenditures during the next year.”

Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance, current plans, estimates, expectations and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements.

The following uncertainties and factors, among others (including the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus), could affect our future performance and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements:

 

  Ÿ  

our expectations regarding our revenues, expenses and operations and our ability to sustain profitability;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our customer base and relationships with wireless carriers and content and application providers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated growth strategies and sources of new revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

unanticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees and staff our operations appropriately;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to estimate accurately for purposes of preparing our consolidated financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

our international expansion plans;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with governmental regulations; and

 

  Ÿ  

our spending of the net proceeds from this offering.

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Unless required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, after the date of this prospectus.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million from the sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts of $         million and estimated expenses of $         million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We plan to use the net proceeds of the offering for working capital, general corporate purposes and for funding capital expenditures and acquisitions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time.

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities.

 

31


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is limited by the covenants of our credit facility and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities.

 

32


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2009:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma, as adjusted, basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the sale by us of                  shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

 

  Ÿ  

the use of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, as described in “Use of Proceeds”;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of 297,599,948 shares of our mandatorily redeemable preferred shares to 337,394,261 common shares at fixed conversion rates;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of 29,404,456 shares of our mandatorily redeemable preferred shares to                  common shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of 34,698,425 shares of our preferred stock to                  common shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

the recording of approximately $12.6 million stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of this offering.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The information presented in the table below has not been adjusted to reflect the anticipated reverse stock split.

 

     As of September 30,
2009
     (unaudited)
     Actual     Pro Forma,
As Adjusted(1)
     (in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19.6      $             
              

Debt:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ —        $  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     —       
              

Total debt

     —       
              

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     411.6     
              

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,613,944 shares authorized, 7,338,769 shares issued and outstanding, actual,              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     17.4     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 625,000,000 shares authorized, 113,492,955 shares issued and outstanding, actual,              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     0.1     

Additional paid-in capital

     —       

Accumulated deficit

     (295.2  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     0.1     
              

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (277.6  
              

Total capitalization

   $ 134.0      $  
              

 

33


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The outstanding share information set forth above is as of September 30, 2009 and:

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares related to unexercised stock options and shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares of restricted stock or stock options to be granted to certain officers, directors and employees in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  warrants to purchase shares of common, preferred and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

34


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your investment will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of                      was approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , after giving effect to the exercise of all manditorily redeemable preferred stock warrants and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and after giving effect to estimates of certain expenses that we expect to be reimbursed, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                      would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering, as illustrated by the following table:

 

Initial public offering price per share

   $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share prior to this offering as of                     

   $  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to stockholders purchasing shares in this offering

  
      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

  
      

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new stockholders

   $  
      

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by $         million, our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share, and the dilution to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

35


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of                      the differences between the existing stockholders and the new stockholders in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The calculations, with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering, reflect an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
       Number    Percentage     Amount    Percentage    

Existing stockholders

             $                        $             

New investors

            
                          

Total

      100.0   $                 100.0  
                          

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors in this offering and by all investors by $         million and would increase (decrease) the percentage of shares purchased and percentage of total consideration paid by new investors         % and         %, respectively, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the percentage of our shares held by existing equity owners would decrease to approximately         % and the percentage of our shares held by new stockholders would increase to approximately         %.

The outstanding share information set forth above is as of                      and:

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares related to unexercised stock options and shares of our common stock reserved for future grants under our equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  shares of restricted stock or stock options to be granted to certain officers, directors and employees in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

excludes                  warrants to purchase shares of common, preferred and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

If all stock options and warrants with exercise prices less than the initial public offering price are exercised, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will increase to                  shares of our common stock, or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. In light of our acquisition of the mobile division of InfoSpace on December 28, 2007, our financial statements only reflect the impact of that acquisition since that date, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult.

The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year.

The unaudited information was prepared on a basis consistent with that used in preparing our audited consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the unaudited periods.

The following selected consolidated financial data is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

37


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                       (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenues

  $ 1,871      $ 17,875      $ 21,903      $ 35,171      $ 103,151      $ 74,835      $ 88,744   

Operating expenses:

             

Direct third-party costs

    25        3,797        2,201        3,709        5,451        3,493        8,148   

Datacenter and network operations (1)

    —          2,625        9,561        9,468        33,000        24,039        23,720   

Product development and sustainment (1)

    —          8,190        24,617        16,229        52,261        43,784        24,203   

Sales and marketing (1)

    21        8,717        8,403        7,119        10,228        7,535        8,505   

General and administrative (1)

    10,087        9,632        11,239        10,334        26,052        19,424        13,948   

Depreciation and amortization (1)

    392        2,997        5,925        10,322        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Restructuring (2)

    —          180        1,084        1,283        3,236        2,016        1,957   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges (3)

    —          —          —          26,867        29,130        24,538        5,806   

Abandoned transaction charge (4)

    —          —          —          2,600        —          —          —     
                                                       

Total operating expenses

    10,525        36,138        63,030        87,931        180,917        140,382        96,517   
                                                       

Operating Loss

    (8,654     (18,263     (41,127     (52,760     (77,766     (65,547     (7,773

Interest and other (expense) income, net

    (643     124        (1,110     1,155        2,714        2,786        (1,659
                                                       

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

    (9,297     (18,139     (42,237     (51,605     (75,052     (62,761     (9,432

Provision for income taxes

    —          —          —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   
                                                       

Net loss from continuing operations

    (9,297     (18,139     (42,237     (51,605     (76,828     (64,093     (10,837

Cumulative effect of accounting change

    —          (235     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss from discontinued operations (5)

    (1,262     (4,081     (12,960     (24,928     (1,072     (1,072     —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations (5)

    —          —          —          (1,360     (127     (127     —     
                                                       

Net loss

    (10,559     (22,455     (55,197     (77,893     (78,027     (65,292     (10,837

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred dividends

    (1,597     (2,784     (5,942     (8,095     (22,427     (16,819     (17,966
                                                       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,156   $ (25,239   $ (61,139   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (82,111   $ (28,803
                                                       

Basic and fully diluted net loss per share

  $ (0.18   $ (0.30   $ (0.71   $ (0.99   $ (1.15   $ (0.94   $ (0.32
                                                       

Weighted average number of shares of common stock used in computing basic net loss per share (6)

    65,783        83,740        85,896        86,939        87,652        87,447        88,740   

Pro forma net loss attributable to holders of common stock (unaudited) (6)

             

Pro forma basic net loss per share (unaudited) (6)

             

Weighted average number of shares of common stock used in computing pro forma basic and fully diluted net loss per share (unaudited) (6)

             
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:               (Unaudited)                          

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,099      $ 21,958      $ 6,143      $ 67,418      $ 14,299      $ 13,568      $ 19,627   

Working capital

    10,071        17,688        5,769        74,478        30,698        37,295        32,947   

Total assets

    31,765        68,611        114,599        289,391        195,447        202,932        177,208   

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

    2,055        4,031        5,344        16,295        3,234        4,086        —     

Total mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    46,753        77,450        164,037        372,406        394,135        388,704        411,581   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (24,312     (30,084     (88,142     (152,510     (249,867     (232,053     (277,599

 

38


Table of Contents

 

(1) Depreciation and amortization is not included in each respective operating expense category. The allocation by function is as follows:

 

       Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
     2004    2005    2006    2007    2008    2008    2009
     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)         (Unaudited)
              

(In thousands)

    

Datacenter and network operations

   $  —      $ 487    $ 2,938    $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 12,426    $ 6,928

Product development and sustainment

     —        —        1,462      1,548      2,237      1,379      1,489

Sales and marketing

     —        —        4      307      2,075      1,499      1,516

General and administrative

     392      2,510      1,521      1,157      423      249      297
                                                

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 392    $ 2,997    $ 5,925    $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 15,553    $ 10,230
                                                

 

(2) Our restructuring charges relate to costs associated with closing and relocating facilities, relocating certain key employees and severance costs following the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(3) The impairments in 2008 and 2009 relate primarily to integration activities following our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 and to certain non-core operating assets. The 2007 impairments relate to goodwill due primarily to changes in consumer purchase habits. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further details.
(4) In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common stock to an existing investor as a fee for providing a financing commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed.
(5) In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited the direct to consumer and media and entertainment businesses at various times during 2007 and 2008.
(6) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and opinions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions and services that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services to their wireless subscribers. Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized subscriber experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. Our mCore platform provides mobile subscribers with access to over 30 million unique pieces of third-party content or applications that we optimize for delivery to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. To date, over $3 billion in revenue has been generated by our customers through the use of our mobile data services platform. We have access to over 200 million mobile subscribers through our U.S. wireless carrier customers, and we currently provide mobile data services to over 30 million of these subscribers monthly.

The majority of our revenue consists of managed services revenue, charged on a monthly basis to our wireless carrier and other customers under contracts with initial terms ranging from one to three years in duration. Managed services revenue consists of fees we charge to manage, host and support our solutions and to provide other related services to our customers, and includes both fixed fees and variable, activity-based charges. In addition, we charge professional service fees to customize, implement, and enhance our solutions. Our wireless carrier customers include the five largest providers in the U.S., by number of subscribers. Revenue from the five largest wireless carriers accounted for 83% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 55% and 19% of total revenue, respectively. In addition to wireless carriers, our customers include some of the leading content and application providers in the U.S. We generated approximately 95% of our total revenue in the U.S. during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. As we pursue expansion opportunities with international wireless carriers, we expect international revenue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue.

We expect our growth to be heavily dependent upon our ability to maintain strong relationships with the top five U.S. wireless carriers, as well as our ability to develop new relationships with wireless carriers in developed and emerging markets, such as Southeast Asia, India and Latin America. In addition, we expect our growth to depend upon the increased adoption of our mCore service delivery platform by our customers and an increase in the activity conducted on our platform by our customers’ subscribers. Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will be affected as we incur additional expenses to expand our sales, marketing, development and general and administrative capabilities. As we establish and expand our operational capabilities internationally, we will incur additional operating expenses and capital-related costs.

 

40


Table of Contents

We were founded in 2001 with a mission to develop a mobile data services business, and our strategy has evolved as the mobile data services industry has developed and expanded. We focused originally on Palm-based technology and related solutions which dominated the mobile data services market before wireless data services based on cellular telephony technology were developed and widely deployed by the wireless carriers. As the wireless data services market has developed we expanded the scope and nature of our data services to support wireless carriers and their subscribers. Since 2003, we have completed eight acquisitions as part of the process of developing and expanding our mobile services business. These included initial acquisitions of companies primarily engaged in the Palm-based data services market and subsequent acquisitions of companies engaged in the wireless data services market, as the wireless carriers and handset manufacturers came to dominate the mobile data services market. In December 2007, in our largest acquisition to date, we acquired the assets of the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc., which we refer to as InfoSpace Mobile, a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry. Due to the rapidly evolving nature of the mobile data services market and changes in our business strategy over time, in each of the last several years we have recognized impairment charges related to both acquired and internally developed assets. In addition, we have exited our direct to consumer and media and entertainment businesses, which are currently reflected as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements. These discontinued businesses include our original mobile data services business and several of our earlier acquisitions. As a consequence of the rapidly evolving nature of our business and our limited operating history, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of revenue and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

The InfoSpace Mobile Acquisition and Business Strategy Realignment

In December 2007, we acquired InfoSpace Mobile for a cash purchase price of $135 million and the assumption of certain liabilities. The acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business. We viewed InfoSpace Mobile as a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. Through its mCore platform, InfoSpace Mobile offered many of the same services we provided to our customers through our then existing platform, called Fuel. InfoSpace Mobile also operated a large development organization, with an emphasis on professional services work. In the acquisition, in addition to acquiring the mCore platform and a number of leased U.S. datacenter facilities, we acquired a 224-person employee base, additional contracts with certain of our new and pre-existing customers, including AT&T and Verizon Wireless, and the Bellevue, Washington office facilities that we now use as our corporate headquarters. We financed the acquisition through the issuance of $177.3 million of Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and warrants.

Since completing the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we have significantly restructured our business. Due to the similar capabilities and features of the mCore and Fuel platforms, we conducted an evaluation of the mCore and Fuel platforms and concluded that it would be inefficient to continue managing and developing two incompatible technologies. As a result, we elected to phase out our legacy Fuel platform and began migrating our customers to an enhanced version of the acquired mCore platform. In 2008, we moved our headquarters from Durham, North Carolina to Bellevue, Washington. In mid-2008, we adopted several business initiatives to increase the operating efficiencies of the combined business, including eliminating redundant positions and functions, outsourcing a portion of our development activities to India and consolidating our network operations into five datacenters. In addition, we have more recently begun to move our business focus toward the sale of comprehensive managed services solutions, utilizing our more standardized architecture, and to de-emphasize the more highly customized, professional services intensive approach. We believe that this evolution of our business strategy will accelerate innovation in our service offerings for the benefit of our wireless carrier customers and their subscribers while reducing costs to the carriers.

 

41


Table of Contents

Prior to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we provided mobile data services to wireless carriers and content and application providers using our proprietary Fuel platform. In addition, we operated two other lines of business, direct to consumer and media and entertainment. In 2007 and 2008, in connection with this business strategy realignment, we sold our direct to consumer business and discontinued our media and entertainment business. We then heightened our focus on our existing managed services model predominately for the wireless carriers. As part of our plan to pursue this more focused business strategy, our board of directors and our chief executive officer recruited additional senior management executives with substantial experience working with large carriers and managing significantly larger business organizations. In the first half of 2009, we completed the migration of all of our customers from the Fuel platform to mCore, except for AT&T’s storefront. We expect AT&T to fully migrate to the mCore platform in 2010.

Primarily due to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, our total revenue increased to $103.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Sources of revenue

Our revenue is earned predominantly under contracts ranging from one to three years in duration with our wireless carrier and other customers. Under the typical contract, we provide one or more of our managed services, for which we charge fixed, periodic or variable, activity-based fees (or a combination of both), and often also charge professional service fees to implement the specific mCore solutions required by the customer. We typically charge fixed monthly managed service fees to host the solutions and provide other support and services as required by the customer. Managed service fees vary by contract based on a number of factors including the scope of the solutions deployed, IT processing and bandwidth capacity requirements and the nature and scope of any other support or services required by the customer. Surcharges are typically included for excessive IT capacity requirements based on customer usage. Professional service fees primarily relate to work required for the initial customization and implementation of our mCore solutions for customers, as well as for customer-specified enhancements, extensions or other customization of the solutions following initial implementation. Professional services are typically provided on a fixed fee basis, depending on the scope and complexity of the individual project. Professional services fees from time to time may include charges for computer hardware and third-party software related to implementing our solutions.

Most of our customer contracts include a variable fee based on one of several measures, including the number of wireless subscribers who use our mCore solutions each month, the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed, or specified rates for individual transactions processed, depending on the specific type of service involved. We typically receive a monthly subscription fee from our wireless carrier customers for each active portal user, where active usage is defined as utilizing the service at least one to three times per calendar month depending on the customer contract. We also receive from our wireless carrier customers a portion of the gross dollars generated by all transactions conducted through our digital storefronts, ranging from approximately 3% to 15%. In addition, from our content and application provider customers, we typically receive either a share of gross dollars generated for each premium message, or a fee for each standard message, delivered through the mCore platform. Individual carrier and content provider contracts often contain monthly minimum charges for usage-based fees or transaction-based charges for all or a portion of the contract term, based on various factors including the size of the customer’s subscriber base and the expected rate of subscriber usage of our services.

Due to the nature of the services we provide, our customer contracts contain monthly service level requirements that typically require us to pay financial penalties if we fail to meet the required

 

42


Table of Contents

service levels. We recognize these penalties, when incurred, as a reduction in revenue. Typical service level requirements address down time or slow response of our services that impact mobile subscribers and response time in addressing customer requests. Potential penalties vary by contract and range from near zero to as much as 100% of monthly recurring revenue, depending on the severity and duration of the service issue. Service level penalties represented 4% of total reported revenue in 2008 (during integration of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition) and 1% of total reported revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Operating expenses

We classify our operating expenses into six categories: direct third-party, datacenter and network operations, product development and sustainment, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization. Our operating expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, which include salaries, bonuses, commissions, payroll taxes, employee benefit costs and stock-based compensation expense. Other operating expenses include datacenter and office facility expenses, computer hardware, software and related maintenance and support expenses, bandwidth costs, and marketing and promotion, legal, audit, tax consulting and other professional service fees. We charge stock-based compensation expense resulting from the amortization of the fair value of stock option grants to each option holder’s functional area. We allocate certain facility-related and other common expenses such as rent, office and IT desktop support to functional areas based on headcount.

Direct Third-Party Expenses.     Our direct third-party expenses consist of the costs of certain content that we contract for directly on behalf of our wireless carrier customers, as well as certain computer hardware and software that we acquire on behalf of one major carrier customer. We expect these costs to increase as a percentage of revenue as we directly contract for additional content for our carrier customers and to the extent licensing costs for customer-specific, third-party software increase.

Datacenter and Network Operations .    Datacenter and network operations expenses consist primarily of personnel and outsourcing costs for operating our datacenters, which host our mCore solutions on behalf of our customers. Additional expenses include facility rents, power, bandwidth capacity and software maintenance and support. We have been consolidating our datacenters since the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, which has reduced datacenter and network operations costs. We expect, however, to expand our datacenter and our network capabilities in order to support the expected growth in mobile data usage by mobile subscribers. We expect our datacenter and network operations expenses to increase in absolute dollars but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

Product Development and Sustainment .    Product development expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and costs from our development vendors. Our product development efforts include improving and extending the functionality and performance of our service delivery platform, developing new solutions, customizing and implementing our solution set for our customers and providing other service and support functions for our solutions. Product development costs related to software used solely on an internal basis to provide our services, which we refer to as internal use software, are capitalized and amortized over the expected asset life. We expect that product development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to enhance and expand our suite of solutions and services, but will decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, commissions earned by our sales personnel and the cost of marketing programs. In order to continue to grow our business and awareness of our services, we expect that we will commit additional resources to our sales and marketing efforts. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over time as we work to expand our U.S. and international customer bases.

 

43


Table of Contents

General and Administrative .    General and administrative expenses, referred to herein as G&A, primarily consist of personnel costs for our executive, finance, legal, human resources and administrative personnel, as well as legal, accounting and other professional fees and facilities-related expenses. We expect our G&A expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization expenses consist primarily of depreciation on computer hardware and leasehold improvements in our datacenters, depreciation of capitalized software development costs, and amortization of purchased intangibles. We expect that depreciation and amortization expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our datacenters and our suite of solutions, but decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

Other income (expense), net

Other income and other expenses, net consists of interest we earn on our cash and cash equivalents, interest expense we incur as a result of our borrowings, if any, and non-operating income and expenses. It also includes income or expense relating to changes in the fair value of our outstanding warrants to purchase mandatorily redeemable preferred shares.

Income tax provision

Income tax expenses for 2008 and 2009 to date primarily consist of a deferred U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the InfoSpace Mobile assets. Due to our history of operating losses, we have accumulated substantial net operating and capital losses, which constitute the majority of our deferred tax assets. Because of our history of operating losses, we maintain full valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets and consequently are not recognizing any tax benefit related to our current pre-tax losses. If we achieve sustained profitability, subject to certain provisions of the U.S. federal tax laws that may limit our use of these accumulated losses, we will evaluate whether we should eliminate or reduce the valuation allowances which would result in immediate recognition of a tax benefit and we would begin recording income tax provisions based on our earnings and applicable statutory tax rates going forward. Due to our large net operating loss carryforwards, we do not expect to pay U.S. federal income taxes in the next several years.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

The following critical accounting policies are those accounting policies that, in our view, are most important in the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include those involved in recognition of revenue, business combinations, software development costs, valuation of goodwill, valuation of long-lived and intangible assets, provision for income taxes, accounting for stock-based compensation and discontinued operations. Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus provides additional information about these critical accounting policies, as well as our other significant accounting policies.

 

44


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

We derive our revenues from contracts that include individual or varying combinations of our managed services and often include professional service fees to customize and implement the specific software platform solutions required by individual customers. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. The timing of revenue recognition in each case depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each arrangement and the nature of our deliverables and obligations.

Our carrier customer contracts typically consist of professional service fees, a fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution, and a variable monthly subscription fee based on one of three measures: the number of wireless subscribers using our software solutions each month, the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed, or specified rates for individual transactions processed. Certain arrangements also include minimum monthly fee provisions, monthly fees for providing additional managed services required by the customer and/or service level requirements related to the hosted solutions which often entail financial penalties for non-compliance. Professional service fees typically include both initial fees to customize and implement the specific software solution and fees to enhance the functionality of the software solution, which may occur any time during the contractual term of the arrangement. Under most of our contracts, the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software. Accordingly, the professional service fees associated with the arrangement do not constitute a separate earnings process and consequently are deferred and recognized over the longer of the contractual term of the arrangement or the estimated period the customer is expected to benefit from the software platform or enhancement. In determining the expected benefit period, we assess factors such as the historical trends, data used to establish pricing in the arrangement, discussions with customers in negotiating the arrangement and the period over which the customer could be expected to recover and earn a reasonable return on the professional service fees. At September 30, 2009, our balance sheet reflected deferred revenue of $14.7 million, which consists primarily of such professional service fees. We recognize the related hosting and other managed service fees and the variable, activity-based fees as revenue on a monthly basis when they are earned.

Under certain arrangements, the customer has the right to take possession of the software and it is feasible for the customer, without significant penalty, to either self-host the software on its own hardware or contract with another entity for hosting service. Such multiple-element arrangements are analyzed to separate the software and non-software elements and to assess if fair value is determinable for each non-contingent element on a stand-alone basis. The fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution is considered a non-software component for which we establish fair value through substantive renewal rates included in the contract. We recognize the managed service fee on a monthly basis as earned. The variable monthly subscription fee is considered a contingent fee and is recognized when the contingency is resolved and the related fee is earned each month. We use the residual method to establish the fair value of the professional service fees and recognize the professional service fees under these arrangements when the associated milestones have been achieved and accepted by the customer.

We provide premium messaging services to subscribers of wireless carriers on behalf of third-party vendors and earn a fixed percentage of the related revenue. We bill the carriers for transactions conducted by their subscribers and provide settlement services for the third-party vendors based on payments received from the carriers. We have determined it is appropriate to record our net share of the billings to carriers as service revenue rather than the gross billing amount. The primary considerations for this determination are:

 

  Ÿ  

the third-party vendor sells its content or service directly to the wireless carriers’ subscribers and is considered the primary obligor;

 

45


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the carriers have a contractual relationship with their subscribers and are directly responsible for billing and collecting premium messaging fees from their subscribers and resolving billing disputes;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers establish gross pricing for the transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the wireless carriers generally pay us a fixed percentage of premium messaging revenues actually collected from their subscribers; and

 

  Ÿ  

we have limited risks, including no inventory risk and limited credit risk, because the carriers generally bear the risk of collecting fees from their subscribers and we are obligated to remit to the third-party vendor only their share of the funds we actually receive from the carrier.

Business combinations

We have completed eight business combinations since 2003. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, with any amount in excess of such allocations designated as goodwill. We make significant judgments and assumptions in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, especially with respect to acquired intangibles. Using different assumptions in determining fair value could materially impact the purchase price allocation and our financial position and results of operations.

Several methods are commonly used to determine fair value. For intangible assets, we typically use the “income method.” This method starts with our forecast of all expected future net cash flows. These cash flows are then adjusted to present value by applying an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risk factors associated with the cash flow streams. Some of the more significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the income method and other methods include:

 

  Ÿ  

the amount and timing of projected future cash flows;

 

  Ÿ  

the discount rate selected to measure the risks inherent in the future cash flows;

 

  Ÿ  

the acquired company’s competitive position; and

 

  Ÿ  

the assessment of the asset’s life cycle and the competitive trends impacting the asset, including consideration of any technical, legal, regulatory, or economic barriers to entry.

Software development costs

We account for our mCore solutions as internal use software. We capitalize the cost to develop the software once the preliminary development efforts have been completed successfully, management has authorized and committed to project funding, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria are expensed as incurred. Once the solution is placed in service, such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the solution, generally three years. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional features or functionality or that extend the life of the underlying solution are capitalized and expensed over the remaining estimated useful life of the enhancements.

Valuation of goodwill

Our business acquisitions typically result in the recording of goodwill, and we periodically assess whether the recorded value of goodwill has become impaired. We test for potential impairment annually, in the fourth quarter of each year, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable. Testing for impairment of goodwill

 

46


Table of Contents

involves estimating the fair value of the associated reporting unit and comparing it to its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is lower than the carrying value, then a more detailed assessment is performed comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the fair value of the assets and liabilities plus the goodwill carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the fair value of its assets and liabilities plus goodwill, then an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by the difference.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. We use valuation techniques consistent with the market approach and income approach to measure fair value for purposes of impairment testing. An estimate of fair value can be affected by many assumptions, requiring that management make significant judgments in arriving at these estimates, including the expected operational performance of our businesses in the future, market conditions and other factors. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows—including sales volumes, pricing, market penetration, competition, technological obsolescence and discount rates—are consistent with our internal planning. Significant changes in these estimates or their related assumptions in the future could result in an impairment charge related to our goodwill.

The $74.7 million of recorded goodwill at December 31, 2008, and September 30, 2009 relates entirely to our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In conjunction with our strategy reassessment in 2007 to focus primarily on the mobile network operator business and prior impairment or disposition of goodwill in our other reporting units, we have combined the reporting unit for our 2006 U.S. messaging acquisition, GoldPocket Wireless, Inc., which we refer to as GPW, with our mobile network operator reporting unit resulting in one enterprise level reporting unit for purposes of our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008 and going forward. Our impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2008 indicated we had significant excess of fair value over the net book value of our Company such that a 50% decrease in our projected net cash flow or a doubling of the discount rate would not have resulted in impairment of our goodwill.

In 2007 and 2008, we fully impaired $33.7 million of goodwill associated with acquisitions completed prior to our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In the third quarter of 2008, it became apparent that revenue from GPW would not achieve expectations, which resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $6.8 million. During 2007, we recorded a $26.9 million impairment charge related to goodwill associated with our mobile network operator reporting unit, which represents our primary operations, and our GPW reporting unit. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit, prior to inclusion of the InfoSpace Mobile assets and operations, indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits were resulting in lower revenues and net cash flows than originally expected, requiring a goodwill impairment of $12.1 million. The annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the marketplace were resulting in lower revenues and net cash flows than originally expected, requiring a goodwill impairment of $14.8 million.

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets

We periodically evaluate events or changes in circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of our long-lived and intangible assets may not be recoverable or that the useful lives of the assets may no longer be appropriate. Factors which could trigger an impairment review or a change in the remaining useful life of our long-lived and intangible assets include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in our use of the assets or in our business strategy, loss of or changes in customer relationships and significant negative industry or economic trends. When indications of impairment arise for a particular asset or group of assets, we assess the future recoverability of the carrying value of the asset (or asset group) based on an

 

47


Table of Contents

undiscounted cash flow analysis. If carrying value exceeds projected, net, undiscounted cash flows, an additional analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset (or asset group), typically a discounted cash flow analysis, based on an income and/or cost approach, and an impairment charge is recorded for the excess of carrying value over fair value.

The process of assessing potential impairment of our long-lived and intangible assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. An estimate of future undiscounted cash flow can be affected by many assumptions, requiring that management make significant judgments in arriving at these estimates. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows including sales volumes, pricing, market penetration, competition and technological obsolescence are consistent with our internal planning. Significant future changes in these estimates or their related assumptions could result in an impairment charge related to individual or groups of these assets.

Our intangible assets, other than goodwill, of $11.0 million at September 30, 2009, relate entirely to customer relationships associated with our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We are amortizing the recorded value of this intangible asset over its estimated useful life of approximately eight years utilizing a variable methodology.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recognized impairment charges of $5.8 million related primarily to our GPW long-lived and intangible assets. In June 2009, we received notification that our future revenue stream associated with a significant customer obtained as part of the GPW acquisition would likely be eliminated. We performed an impairment analysis, which resulted in impairment charges of $1.9 million and $3.3 million associated with the GPW customer list and GPW capitalized software, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded long-lived and intangible asset impairment charges of $22.3 million including $17.7 million recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. These impairment charges included $8.4 million related to software assets acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on information received indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our search and storefront solutions. Of this amount, $3.8 million was recognized in third quarter and $4.6 million was recognized in the fourth quarter. We also recognized impairments of $12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. The $12.7 million included $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington and the planned consolidation and shutdown of certain datacenter facilities. The other restructuring-related impairment of $4.5 million was associated with the planned early shutdown of and migration of customers from the Fuel software solution platform to the mCore platform. We had redundant software solution platforms as a result of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition and, based on specific migration plans developed in cooperation with our customers during the third quarter, it was determined the Fuel platform would not generate sufficient revenues to recover the remaining carrying value of the software platform. As a result, we impaired the remaining software carrying value. The remaining $1.2 million impairment related to the remaining customer relationship intangible from our 2005 M7 Networks, Inc. acquisition, as we no longer had customers utilizing that technology.

Income taxes

We are subject to federal and various state income taxes in the U.S., and to a lesser extent, income-based taxes in various foreign jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Canada and Singapore, and we use estimates in determining our provision for these income taxes and the recognition of deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets, related valuation

 

48


Table of Contents

allowances, current tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities are determined separately by tax jurisdiction. In making these determinations, we estimate tax assets, related valuation allowances, current tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities, and we assess temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. We recognize only tax positions that are “more likely than not” to be sustained based solely on their technical merits. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgment that is subject to audit by tax authorities in the ordinary course of business.

At December 31, 2008, our gross deferred tax assets consisted primarily of domestic net operating losses and book to tax differences in fixed assets, as well as research and development credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2008, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $208 million and $72 million, respectively, which begin to expire at varying dates starting in 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and in the current year for state income tax purposes. Because of our history of generating operating losses, we maintain full valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets and consequently do not recognize tax benefits for our current operating losses. If we achieve sustained profitability, we will assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized through the ability to utilize them to offset our expected future tax obligations, subject to certain provisions of the U.S. federal tax laws that may limit our use of these accumulated losses. If we determine it is likely that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will be realized, we will eliminate or reduce the corresponding valuation allowances which would result in immediate recognition of an associated tax benefit. Going forward, we will reassess the need for any remaining valuation allowances or the necessity to recognize additional valuation allowances in the future based on our then current and expected future financial performance. In the event we do eliminate all or a portion of the valuation allowances in the future, we will begin recording income tax provisions based on our earnings and applicable statutory tax rates from that time forward.

As a result of the InfoSpace Mobile asset acquisition at the end of 2007, we record a U.S. tax provision each subsequent period for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition. The tax amortization of the goodwill results in a deferred tax liability which does not provide a source of income for purposes of evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax assets. This results in recognition of income tax each period through 2022 corresponding to the tax amortization period of the goodwill. This provision has no cash tax implications absent liquidation of our Company and would otherwise only be adjusted or reversed to the extent our book goodwill balance would be impaired in the future.

Stock-based compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based awards, including stock options, to employees using the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense was measured on the date of award as the difference, if any, between the deemed fair value of our common stock and the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of options granted. The option exercise prices and fair value of our common stock are determined by our board of directors based on a review of various objective and subjective factors. No compensation expense was recorded for stock options issued to employees prior to January 1, 2006 because all options were granted in fixed amounts and with fixed exercise prices at least equal to the fair value of our common stock at the date of grant.

Effective January 1, 2006, we changed our accounting treatment to recognize compensation expense based on the fair value of all share-based awards granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled on or after that date. This compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for all time-based vesting awards. We continue to account for share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006 under the intrinsic value method.

 

49


Table of Contents

For share-based awards subsequent to January 1, 2006, we estimate the fair value of such awards, including stock options, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of share-based awards requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the award and expected stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based awards granted since January 1, 2008, are set forth below:

 

     2008    2009

Expected life of options granted

   5 years    5 years

Expected volatility

   58%    58%

Range of risk-free interest rates

   2.8% - 3.3%    1.7% - 1.9%

Expected dividend yield

   0%    0%

The assumptions used in determining the fair value of share-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties. As a result, if factors change, and we use different assumptions, our share-based compensation could be materially different in the future. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on a U.S. Treasury instrument with a term similar to the expected term of the share-based award. The expected term of options has been estimated utilizing the vesting period of the option, the contractual life of the option and our option exercise history. Because there was no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, we lacked company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, in estimating our expected stock volatility, we have taken into account volatility information of publicly-traded peer companies, and we expect to continue to use this methodology until such time as we have adequate historical data regarding the volatility of our publicly-traded stock price. Also, we recognize compensation expense for only the portion of options that are expected to vest. Accordingly, we estimated future forfeitures of stock options based on our historical forfeiture rate, taking into account unusual events such as employee attrition due to the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. If our actual forfeiture rate varies from our historical rates and estimates, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

All our employee stock options were granted at exercise prices equal to the fair value of common stock as of the grant date, except for the December 11, 2009 grant with an exercise price of $1.00, as described further below. As of September 30, 2009, we had $3.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of stock options granted from January 1, 2008 through December 15, 2009, and the per share exercise price of each option grant:

 

Date of Grant

   Number    Exercise Price

January 1, 2008

   5,552,103    $ 0.80

February 7, 2008

   1,655,559      0.80

February 5, 2009

   1,758,752      0.81

May 4, 2009

   433,000      0.81

December 11, 2009

   224,500      1.00

December 11, 2009

   237,000      1.31

December 14, 2009

   299,000      1.31

The fair value of our common stock, for the purpose of determining the grant prices of our common stock option grants, was estimated by our board of directors, with input from management and in certain cases, an independent valuation firm. Our board of directors exercised judgment in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on various factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the prices for our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock sold to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

50


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the rights, preferences and privileges of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

the hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development and revenue growth;

 

  Ÿ  

the lack of an active public market for our common and preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

industry information such as market growth and volume;

 

  Ÿ  

the execution of strategic and customer agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

the risks inherent in the development and expansion of our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company given prevailing market conditions and the nature of and history of our business; and

 

  Ÿ  

the acquisitions of companies that we have completed.

We believe consideration of these factors by our board of directors was a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for those periods. Estimation of the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, however, and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimate of fair value.

The fair value of our common stock as of the January 1, 2008 and February 7, 2008 grant dates was estimated by the board of directors to be $0.80 per share. Due to the proximity of the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007 to these grants, the issuance of the Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to a subset of existing and new investors to fund the acquisition was considered the most objective approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for purposes of these grants. We sold 190.8 million shares of Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock at a price of $0.9694 per share. Each share is convertible into one share of common stock and has a liquidation preference equal to the $0.9694 issue price plus cumulative unpaid dividends of $0.038776 per annum, whether declared or not. Based on the pre-money valuation associated with the Series I preferred stock issuance of $295 million, which was negotiated between the board and investors participating in the Series I financing round, and the Series I proceeds of $185 million, we estimated the fair value of the common stock to be $0.80 by deducting the liquidation preferences of Series A, B, C, D and E as of such date from the post-money valuation of $480 million and divided by the number of fully diluted shares outstanding as of such date.

In early 2008, following the closing of the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile in December 2007, we finalized our plans to integrate the business and initiated implementation of the plans, including relocating our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington. Significant progress was also made during that period toward the eventual disposition of the discontinued business lines. We updated our financial forecasts as of April 2008 based on the progress made in the integration process, the additional knowledge of the InfoSpace Mobile business gained and initiatives undertaken to increase revenues and reduce operating expenses of the combined business.

We engaged an independent third-party valuation firm to assist the board of directors in performing a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock as of April 30, 2008, for stock option grants. The valuation firm calculated enterprise value by using an asset-based approach, a market-based approach, determined primarily by the recent issuance of the Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, and an income-based approach. After considering these methods, the valuation firm relied primarily on the income-based approach utilizing the discounted cash flow method to determine

 

51


Table of Contents

enterprise value. The discounted cash flow analysis incorporated three different scenarios based on different exit or terminal values, each incorporating three different market condition assumptions which were probability weighted. Assumptions utilized in each discounted cash flow scenario were:

 

  Ÿ  

our expected revenue, operating performance, cash flow for the current and future years, determined as of the valuation date based on our estimates;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate, which is applied to discretely forecasted future cash flows in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows; and

 

  Ÿ  

a terminal value multiple, which is applied to our last year of discretely forecasted operating results to calculate the residual value of our future cash flows.

The enterprise value was then allocated to our shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, preferred stock, warrants to purchase shares of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and common stock, and common stock, using option pricing theory. This methodology treats the various components of our capital structure as a series of call options on the proceeds expected from a future liquidity event. These call options are then valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model estimates the fair value of each individual security based on the enterprise value of the Company and assumptions based on the securities’ rights and preferences. The option pricing method also requires assumptions regarding the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, and the estimated volatility of our equity securities. For this purpose, an initial public offering was assumed to occur in three to five years and estimates of the volatility of our stock were based on available information on the volatility of capital stock of comparable publicly traded companies. The value of each of the call options is deducted from the enterprise value with the remainder being the value attributed to the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of 20% was applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. On the basis of this analysis the board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.81 per share as of April 30, 2008, which was substantially unchanged from the $0.80 valuation as of the closing of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

Over the remainder of 2008 and the early part of 2009, we completed much of the post-acquisition integration of InfoSpace Mobile and other restructuring of our business. Financial results were better than expected over this period but economic conditions continued to deteriorate which reduced our confidence in our longer-term forecasts and expectations regarding the timing and potential for a public stock offering. For common stock valuation purposes, the impact of the improved short-term operating performance was assumed to be offset by the greater uncertainty regarding future prospects. On this basis, the board of directors estimated that the fair value of our common stock continued to be $0.81 per share on February 5, 2009 and May 4, 2009.

In the second quarter of 2009, we experienced improvements in our operating performance and in the economic outlook, including in the capital markets, which led our board of directors to perform another valuation of our common stock, in part based on an updated valuation by a third-party valuation firm. Greater than expected operating efficiencies achieved recently, higher projections of future growth with greater confidence and giving greater weight to a public stock offering in a two-year time frame resulted in an increase in value to $1.00 per share as of June 30, 2009. Our compensation committee approved stock option grants, primarily for new employees, on August 5, 2009 subject to completion of this valuation. Prior to completion of the valuation for June 30, 2009, the board of directors determined the need to perform another common stock valuation as of September 30, 2009, based on events during the third quarter. Our operating performance continued to improve during the third quarter and discussions occurred with several investment banks regarding a potential initial public offering of our common stock in 2010. Based primarily on greater weight placed on a near-term public stock offering and a reduction in the discount for the lack of marketability from 20% used in earlier valuations to 5%, the common stock was valued at $1.31 per share as of September 30, 2009. Since the valuations as of June

 

52


Table of Contents

30, 2009 and September 30, 2009 were both finalized by the board of directors on December 11, 2009, the options approved on August 5, 2009, were granted at the $1.00 price, but due to the increase in fair value of our common stock to $1.31, will be treated as “in the money” grants on December 11, 2009.

Restricted stock is granted to certain employees as part of their total compensation package. All grants of restricted stock prior to October 25, 2006 are fully vested except for 367,641 shares which vest in April 2010. All restricted shares granted on or after October 25, 2006 are subject to a double trigger vesting requirement consisting of time-based vesting and occurrence of a qualified sale or qualified public offering which would include the offering contemplated by this prospectus. These employees are not required to be employed as of the occurrence of a qualified event to receive shares for which the time-based vesting has occurred based on the period of their employment. If no qualified event occurs within ten years, the stock is forfeited. Under these terms, vesting of the shares is not probable until a qualified event is probable; therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized related to the grant of these shares of restricted stock. Upon closing of a qualified sale or qualified public offering, those shares subject to the double trigger for which time-based vesting has occurred will become vested and we will immediately recognize compensation expense for those shares. Had a qualified event occurred on September 30, 2009, the compensation expense recognized immediately would have been $12.6 million and additional compensation expense of approximately $14.1 million will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.

Discontinued operations

In connection with our business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, the results of which are reflected in our operating results as discontinued operations. The discontinued lines of business were direct to consumer, which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008, and media and entertainment, which was discontinued in 2008. We have reclassified all of the revenues and associated operating expenses which would no longer be incurred upon disposition of the business to discontinued operations for all periods presented. Any gains and losses from the sale of the businesses are also reported in discontinued operations.

 

53


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth components of our results of operations, including both continuing and discontinued operations, for the periods indicated.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 21,903      $ 35,171      $ 103,151      $ 74,835      $ 88,744   

Operating expenses

          

Direct third-party costs

     2,201        3,709        5,451        3,493        8,148   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,561        9,468        33,000        24,039        23,720   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     24,617        16,229        52,261        43,784        24,203   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     8,403        7,119        10,228        7,535        8,505   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     11,239        10,334        26,052        19,424        13,948   

Depreciation and amortization

     5,925        10,322        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Restructuring

     1,084        1,283        3,236        2,016        1,957   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     —          26,867        29,130        24,538        5,806   

Abandoned transaction charge

     —          2,600        —          —          —     
                                        

Total operating expenses

     63,030        87,931        180,917        140,382        96,517   
                                        

Operating loss

     (41,127     (52,760     (77,766     (65,547     (7,773
                                        

Other income (expense), net

          

Other income (expense)

     (2,206     79        1,892        2,053        (1,667

Interest and investment income, net

     1,740        2,157        1,315        1,225        229   

Interest expense

     (644     (1,081     (493     (492     (221
                                        

Other income (expense), net

     (1,110     1,155        2,714        2,786        (1,659
                                        

Pre-tax loss from continuing operations

     (42,237     (51,605     (75,052     (62,761     (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (42,237     (51,605     (76,828     (64,093     (10,837

Loss from discontinued operations

     (12,960     (24,928     (1,072     (1,072     —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     —          (1,360     (127     (127     —     
                                        

Net loss

   $ (55,197   $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (65,292   $ (10,837
                                        

Depreciation and amortization by function:

 

     Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2006    2007    2008    2008    2009
     (Dollars in thousands)

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 2,938    $ 7,310    $ 16,824    $ 12,426    $ 6,928

Product development and sustainment

     1,462      1,548      2,237      1,379      1,489

Sales and marketing

     4      307      2,075      1,499      1,516

General and administrative

     1,521      1,157      423      249      297
                                  

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,925    $ 10,322    $ 21,559    $ 15,553    $ 10,230
                                  

 

54


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  

As a Percentage of Total Revenues from Continuing Operations

          

Total revenues

   100   100   100   100   100

Operating expenses:

          

Direct third-party costs

   10      11      5      5      9   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

   44      27      32      32      27   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

   113      46      51      59      27   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

   38      20      10      10      10   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

   51      29      25      26      16   

Depreciation and amortization

   27      30      21      21      11   

Other charges

   5      87      31      35      9   
                              

Total operating expenses

   288      250      175      188      109   
                              

Operating loss

   (188   (150   (75   (88   (9
                              

Other income (expense), net

   (5   3      3      4      (2
                              

Pre-tax loss from continuing operations

   (193   (147   (72   (84   (11

Provision for income taxes

   0      0      2      2      1   
                              

Loss from continuing operations

   (193 )%    (147 )%    (74 )%    (86 )%    (12 )% 
                              

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

Revenues

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 65,101    $ 61,180    $ (3,921   (6.0 )% 

Professional services

     9,734      27,564      17,830      183.2   
                        

Total revenues

   $ 74,835    $ 88,744    $ 13,909      18.6
                        

Our total revenues increased $13.9 million, or 18.6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. Managed services revenue accounted for 68.9% and 87.0% of our revenue for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, while professional services accounted for 31.1% and 13.0%, respectively. The increase in revenues was due to the $17.8 million increase in professional services revenue, partially offset by the $3.9 million reduction in managed services revenue. The increase in professional services revenue was primarily due to a large portal customization and implementation project, which included $4.0 million of associated computer hardware and third-party software costs, completed during 2009 for which we recognized the revenue based on completion milestones. The reduction in managed services revenue is primarily due to expiration of several small storefront contracts and lower storefront-related revenues from two large customers. We generated 95% of our revenue in the U.S. for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

55


Table of Contents

Revenue from our five largest customers, which represent the five largest wireless carriers in the U.S., represented 83% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 55% and 19% of total revenue, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, revenue from our five largest customers represented 67% of our total revenue, with AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounting for 37% and 12% of total revenue, respectively. No other customers accounted for more than 10% of our revenue during these periods.

Operating expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party costs

   $ 3,493    $ 8,148    $ 4,655      133.3

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     24,039      23,720      (319   (1.3

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     43,784      24,203      (19,581   (44.7

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     7,535      8,505      970      12.9   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     19,424      13,948      (5,476   (28.2

Depreciation and amortization

     15,553      10,230      (5,323   (34.2

Restructuring

     2,016      1,957      (59   (2.9

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     24,538      5,806      (18,732   (76.3
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 140,382    $ 96,517    $ (43,865   (31.2 )% 
                        

Our operating expenses were $96.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $140.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease of $43.9 million, or 31.2%, is primarily attributable to the $19.6 million decrease in product development expense, the $5.5 million decrease in general and administrative expense, the $5.3 million decrease in depreciation and amortization expense, and significantly lower goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the prior year period. Excluding the impact of restructuring and goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges, operating expenses decreased $25.1 million during the nine-month period of 2009, even though direct third-party costs increased $4.7 million. The reduction is primarily driven by operating efficiencies as a result of the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008 after the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. These activities included the relocation of our corporate headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, the cost efficiencies from outsourcing a portion of our development activities and consolidation of our datacenters.

Direct third-party costs

Direct third-party costs increased $4.7 million, or 133.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The increase is primarily due to the cost of computer hardware and third-party software purchased on behalf of a major customer as part of a large custom portal development and implementation project.

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $0.3 million, or 1.3%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower labor related costs, as we have consolidated datacenter operations since completing the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007.

 

56


Table of Contents

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $19.6 million, or 44.7%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower labor-related costs as a result of operating efficiencies realized from the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008. Further expense reductions were driven by the cost efficiencies from outsourcing a portion of our development activities to India.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, increased $1.0 million, or 12.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The increase is due to increases in our sales and marketing headcount as we grow the business.

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

General and administrative expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $5.5 million, or 28.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower labor-related costs as a result of operating efficiencies realized from the integration and restructuring activities we initiated in 2008.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $5.3 million, or 34.2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding 2008 period. The decrease is primarily due to lower depreciation expense as a result of consolidating datacenters, impairing the remaining value of certain datacenter assets determined to be no longer recoverable and impairing certain capitalized software development costs.

Restructuring

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we incurred restructuring charges to close our office in the United Kingdom, move our remaining employees in Durham, North Carolina from our former headquarters facility to a smaller facility and assign the lease for our former headquarters facility to a third party.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we incurred restructuring charges related to relocating our headquarters and certain key personnel to Bellevue, Washington and eliminating redundant functions and positions as a result of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

The $5.8 million of impairments in the 2009 period relate primarily to writing off the remaining asset balances of $1.9 million and $3.6 million associated with the GPW customer list and capitalized software, respectively.

The $24.5 million of impairments in the 2008 period consisted of:

 

  Ÿ  

$6.8 million to impair the remaining GPW goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

$3.8 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on the likelihood that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our storefront solution;

 

  Ÿ  

$12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold

 

57


Table of Contents
 

improvements associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington and the planned shutdown of certain datacenter facilities, as well as $4.5 million for the planned shutdown of the Fuel software solution platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

$1.2 million to impair the remaining customer relationship intangible from our 2005 M7 Networks, Inc. acquisition.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2008     2009    
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense)

   $ 2,053      $ (1,667   $ (3,720

Interest and investment income, net

     1,225        229        (996

Interest expense

     (492     (221     271   
                        

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 2,786      $ (1,659   $ (4,445
                        

Other income of $2.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 is primarily the result of billings to InfoSpace, Inc. (during an agreed transition period) for use of shared facilities acquired as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. The higher net interest and investment income in the 2008 period reflect primarily the higher cash and investment balances during the 2008 period relative to 2009. Our interest expense decreased to $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, due to the repayment of our remaining outstanding debt in April 2009.

Provision for income taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   Change  
     2008    2009    $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 1,332    $ 1,405    $ 73    5.5

Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 primarily consists of a U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding that there is insufficient evidence of our future ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

Discontinued operations

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   Change
         2008             2009       
     (Dollars in thousands)

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (1,072   $ —      $ 1,072

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

   $ (127   $ —      $ 127

The loss from discontinued operations in the 2008 period consists of losses from the portion of the direct to consumer business line sold in 2008 and the media and entertainment business discontinued in 2008.

 

58


Table of Contents

Net loss

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change
     2008     2009    
     (Dollars in thousands)

Net loss

   $ (65,292   $ (10,837   $ 54,455

The major factors leading to the $54.5 million decrease in net loss to $10.8 million were:

 

  Ÿ  

A $13.9 million increase in revenue resulting from increased professional services fees, partially offset by reduced managed services revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

A $43.9 million reduction in total operating expenses due primarily to a $18.7 million reduction in impairment charges and other expense reductions associated with the outsourcing of certain development activities to India and the completion by late 2008 of many major elements to integrate the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including elimination of most redundant functions and staffing, relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, and consolidation of certain datacenters; and

 

  Ÿ  

A $1.2 million reduction in losses from discontinued operations and related losses upon disposition.

These improvements in operating results were partially offset by a $4.4 million reduction in other income (expense) due primarily to the absence of fees in 2009 that were charged to InfoSpace, Inc. in 2008 (during an agreed transition period) for InfoSpace’s use of certain facilities that we acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007.

Year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
           2007                2008          $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 31,772    $ 85,677    $ 53,905    169.7

Professional services

     3,399      17,474      14,075    414.1   
                       

Total revenues

   $ 35,171    $ 103,151    $ 67,980    193.3
                       

Our total revenues were $103.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $68.0 million, or 193.3%. This increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile at the end of 2007. InfoSpace Mobile generated approximately $55 million of revenue in 2007, prior to our acquisition of the business. The organic growth of Motricity revenue was approximately 13% from 2007 to 2008, and the growth rate from the acquired InfoSpace Mobile business was slightly higher at 15%. In both instances, we believe this growth represents additional revenues from existing customers. The structure of the customer arrangements under the InfoSpace Mobile business model resulted in a higher percentage of revenue from professional services relative to Motricity, which is reflected in the high growth in professional services revenue in our 2008 results.

 

59


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
     2007    2008    $      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party costs

   $ 3,709    $ 5,451    $ 1,742       47.0

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,468      33,000      23,532       248.5   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     16,229      52,261      36,032       222.0   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     7,119      10,228      3,109       43.7   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     10,334      26,052      15,718       152.1   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,322      21,559      11,237       108.9   

Restructuring

     1,283      3,236      1,953       152.2   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     26,867      29,130      2,263       8.4   

Abandoned transaction charge

     2,600      —        (2,600    —     
                         

Total operating expenses

   $ 87,931    $ 180,917    $ 92,986       105.7
                         

Our operating expenses were $180.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $93.0 million, or 105.7%. In 2008, operating expenses were significantly higher relative to 2007 as a result of our acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. We operated for much of 2008 with duplicate work forces and facilities in North Carolina and Washington while we executed acquisition integration activities and relocated our headquarters to Bellevue. As a percentage of revenue, our total operating expenses decreased to 175% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 250% for 2007, primarily as a result of the significant revenue increase, proportionately lower asset impairment charges and decreases in other operating expenses in the second half of 2008 as initial integration activities were completed.

Direct third-party costs

Direct third-party costs of $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 represents an increase of $1.7 million, or 47.0%, compared to 2007. Direct third-party costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 5.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 10.5% in 2007, reflecting better leverage on content-related expenses in 2008 primarily as a result of the significant increase in revenue.

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, increased $23.5 million, or 248.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the corresponding 2007 period. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, which had multiple, large datacenters with higher operating expenses. We operated for most of 2008 with duplicate infrastructure and also incurred additional operating expenses in connection with integrating the acquired infrastructure.

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, increased $36.0 million, or 222.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile at the end of 2007. InfoSpace Mobile operated with a substantially larger development organization, in part due to greater emphasis on professional services work, and relied more heavily on the use of higher cost contract labor. In addition, we operated for most of 2008

 

60


Table of Contents

with duplicate resources to support and integrate the two different software infrastructures, mCore and Fuel, which are based on different technologies.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, increased $3.1 million, or 43.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase is primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 20.2% in 2007. The reduction in expenses as a percentage of revenue reflects our decision to reduce marketing and certain sales activities while we revamped our service offerings during the process of integrating the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, including the mCore and Fuel solution and service platforms. During this integration process we enhanced and extended the capabilities of the mCore platform to provide a more comprehensive and robust offering, and thereafter began to market and sell services utilizing that platform more aggressively.

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

G&A expense, excluding depreciation, increased $15.7 million, or 152.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile, as we were operating with duplicate infrastructure and conducting acquisition integration activities for much of the year. G&A expense as a percentage of revenue decreased to 25.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 29.4% in 2007, due mainly to elimination of redundant functions and staffing in the second half of 2008.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased from $10.3 million in 2007 to $21.6 million in 2008, or 108.9%, due to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. A total of $58.4 million of property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets was recorded as part of the purchase price allocation for the acquisition. This increased the balance of our depreciable and amortizable assets by 193%, which resulted in the higher depreciation expense in 2008.

Restructuring

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we incurred restructuring charges related to relocating our headquarters and certain key personnel to Bellevue, Washington, and eliminating redundant functions and positions following completion of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

In the first half of 2007, we closed our San Diego and Los Angeles, California offices and relocated employees to our corporate headquarters (then located in Durham, North Carolina).

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

The $29.1 million of impairment charges in the 2008 period consisted of:

 

  Ÿ  

$6.8 million to impair the remaining GPW goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

$8.4 million related to software assets from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition based on the likelihood that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our search and storefront solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

$12.7 million related to restructuring of the business following the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition including $8.2 million to impair computer software, furniture and fixtures, leasehold improvements and other assets associated with moving our headquarters to Bellevue,

 

61


Table of Contents
 

Washington, the planned shutdown of certain datacenter facilities, as well as $4.5 million for the planned shutdown of the Fuel software solution platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

$1.2 million to impair the remaining customer relationship intangible from our 2005 acquisition of M7 Networks, Inc.

In 2007, we recorded asset impairment charges of $26.9 million to write off the goodwill associated with our mobile network operator reporting unit, which represents our primary operations, and a large portion of the goodwill associated with the GPW reporting unit. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits were producing lower revenues and margins than originally forecasted, resulting in a goodwill impairment of $12.1 million. In addition, the annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the messaging marketplace generated lower revenues and cash flows than were originally projected, resulting in a goodwill impairment of $14.8 million.

Abandoned transaction charge

In 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase common shares to an existing investor as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed. The expense of $2.6 million represents the fair value of the warrant upon issuance.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
         2007             2008          Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other income

   $ 79      $ 1,892       $ 1,813   

Interest and investment income, net

     2,157        1,315         (842

Interest expense

     (1,081     (493      588   
                         

Total other income (expense), net

   $ 1,155      $ 2,714       $ 1,559   
                         

Other income of $1.9 million for 2008 is primarily the result of billings to InfoSpace, Inc. (during an agreed transition period) for use of facilities that we acquired as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition at the end of 2007. Our interest and investment income, net of interest expense, was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to higher average cash and investment balances during 2007 and lower average debt balances during 2008.

Income tax provision

 

     Year Ended December 31,     
         2007            2008        Change
     (Dollars in thousands)

Income tax provision

   $ —      $ 1,776    $ 1,776

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily consists of a deferred U.S. tax provision for the difference between book and tax treatment of goodwill associated with the acquisition of the InfoSpace Mobile assets. We maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding there is insufficient evidence of our future ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

 

62


Table of Contents

Discontinued operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change
           2007                 2008           
     (Dollars in thousands)

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (24,928   $ (1,072    $ 23,856

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     (1,360     (127      1,233

The loss from discontinued operations in both periods consists primarily of losses from the direct to consumer business line sold in two transactions in 2007 and 2008 and the media and entertainment business discontinued in 2008. The substantially higher losses in 2007 resulted primarily from high marketing and operating expenses related to the media and entertainment business, which were largely mitigated late in 2007 in conjunction with the decision to wind down the business. Results for 2007 also include a goodwill impairment of $2.9 million related to the direct to consumer business.

Net loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2007                 2008          
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (134

The net losses for both periods were consistent, although different factors contributed to the losses in each year as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

The InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, combined with revenue growth from both former InfoSpace Mobile and Motricity customer accounts resulted in 2008 revenue growth of $68.0 million, or nearly 193%, compared to 2007. The growth in revenue was more than offset by the additional cost structure acquired as part of InfoSpace Mobile.

 

  Ÿ  

A $93.0 million (105.7%) increase in operating expenses from 2007 to 2008 primarily reflects the significant cost structure acquired in the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition. The operating expenses that experienced the most significant increases in 2008 included datacenter and network operations, which was up 248.5%, product development and sustainment, which was up 222.0%, G&A, which was up 152.1%, and depreciation and amortization, which was up 108.9%.

 

  Ÿ  

In 2007, the net loss included losses from discontinued operations and related sales of $26.3 million compared to losses of $1.2 million in 2008.

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
           2006                2007          $    %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Managed services

   $ 21,017    $ 31,772    $ 10,755    51.2

Professional services

     886      3,399      2,513    283.6   
                       

Total revenues

   $ 21,903    $ 35,171    $ 13,268    60.6
                       

Our total revenues of $35.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 represent an increase of $13.3 million, or 60.6%, compared to revenues of $21.9 million for 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to new customers and higher managed services revenue from the AT&T storefront.

 

63


Table of Contents

Operating expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
           2006                2007          $     %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Direct third-party costs

   $ 2,201    $ 3,709    $ 1,508      68.5

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,561      9,468      (93   (1.0

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     24,617      16,229      (8,388   (34.1

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     8,403      7,119      (1,284   (15.3

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     11,239      10,334      (905   (8.1

Depreciation and amortization

     5,925      10,322      4,397      74.2   

Restructuring

     1,084      1,283      199      18.4   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     —        26,867      26,867      —     

Abandoned transaction charge

     —        2,600      2,600      —     
                        

Total operating expenses

   $ 63,030    $ 87,931    $ 24,901      39.5
                        

Our operating expenses were $87.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 an increase of $24.9 million, or 39.5%. The increase is attributable to the goodwill and long-lived asset impairment and abandoned transaction charge which totaled $29.5 million in 2007. Excluding the impairment and abandoned transaction charge, operating expenses decreased in 2007 due primarily to lower product development and sustainment expenses in 2007.

Direct third-party costs

Direct third-party costs of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 represents an increase of $1.5 million, or 68.5%, compared to 2006. The increase in 2007 is due to the higher cost of content associated with growth in our customer base. Direct third-party costs as a percentage of revenue increased slightly to 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 10.0% in 2006.

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

Datacenter and network operations expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $0.1 million, or 1.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the corresponding 2006 period. The decrease is primarily due to technology and operating efficiencies, which more than offset additional capacity requirements resulting from growth in customer business.

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

Product development and sustainment expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $8.4 million, or 34.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the corresponding 2006 period. The decrease is primarily due to higher expenses incurred in 2006 to set-up additional customers utilizing the Fuel platform.

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

Sales and marketing expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $1.3 million, or 15.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to the corresponding 2006 period. The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in international sales and marketing costs associated with termination of international expansion plans initiated in 2005.

 

64


Table of Contents

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

G&A expense, excluding depreciation, decreased $0.9 million, or 8.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the corresponding 2006 period. The decrease is primarily due to a workforce reduction that occurred in the last quarter of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased from $5.9 million in 2006 to $10.3 million in 2007, or 74.2%, due mainly to growth in property and equipment related to additional investment in the Fuel platform and furniture and fixtures for a new headquarters facility in Durham, North Carolina that we occupied beginning October 2006.

Restructuring

In the first quarter of 2007, we closed our San Diego and Los Angeles, California offices, and relocated employees to our corporate headquarters (then located in Durham, North Carolina).

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

In 2007, we recorded goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $26.9 million to write-off the goodwill associated with our mobile network operator and GPW reporting units. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits produced lower revenues and margins than originally forecasted, resulting in a goodwill impairment of $12.1 million. In addition, the annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the messaging marketplace generated lower revenues and cash flow than were originally projected, resulting in the goodwill impairment of $14.8 million.

Abandoned transaction charge

In 2007, we issued to an existing investor a warrant to purchase common shares as consideration for a financial commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed. The expense of $2.6 million represents the fair value of the warrant upon issuance.

Other income (expense), net

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
           2006                 2007            Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense)

   $ (2,206   $ 79       $ 2,285   

Interest and investment income, net

     1,740        2,157         417   

Interest expense

     (644     (1,081      (437
                         

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (1,110   $ 1,155       $ 2,265   
                         

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred other expense of $2.2 million primarily as a result of the expiration of an unexercised option to purchase a business. Our interest and investment income, net of interest expense, of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was essentially unchanged from the 2006 period.

 

65


Table of Contents

Income tax provision

The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was zero, as we maintain a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets which precludes us from recognizing a tax benefit for our current operating losses. Our lack of profitability historically is a key factor in concluding that there is insufficient evidence of our future ability to realize any future benefits from our deferred tax assets.

Discontinued operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2006                 2007           $  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (12,960   $ (24,928   $ (11,968

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

   $ —        $ (1,360   $ (1,360

The loss from discontinued operations in both years consists primarily of losses from the direct to consumer business line sold in two transactions in 2007 and in 2008 and the media and entertainment business discontinued in 2008. The substantially higher losses in 2007 resulted primarily from high marketing and operating expenses related to the media and entertainment business. In late 2007, we made the decision to wind down the business. Results for 2007 also include a goodwill impairment of $2.9 million related the direct to consumer business.

Net loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
           2006                 2007           Change  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (55,197   $ (77,893   $ (22,696

Our net loss in 2007 was $77.9 million, an increase of $22.7 million from 2006. The higher loss in 2007 was primarily due to increased operating expenses and losses from discontinued operations and losses upon dispositions in 2007, partially offset by increased revenues. Operating expenses in 2007 included $26.9 million of goodwill and long-lived asset impairments and an abandoned transaction charge of $2.6 million. In addition, losses from discontinued operations and related loss upon dispositions were $26.3 million compared to losses from discontinued operations in 2006 of $13.0 million. These increases were partially offset by a $13.3 million increase in revenues and a net $4.6 million decrease in all the other operating expense categories in 2007.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We have financed our operations primarily through issuances of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, and more recently, from cash provided by operating activities. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including funding capital expenditures and additional acquisitions. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any agreements or understandings in place with respect to any additional acquisitions, although we are continually exploring potential acquisition opportunities.

Our principal sources of liquidity as of September 30, 2009 consisted of cash of $19.6 million and $14.4 million of availability under our $25.0 million revolving credit facility.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our principal needs for liquidity have been to fund operating losses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions and for debt service. We expect that working capital requirements, capital expenditures and acquisitions will continue to be our principal needs for liquidity over the near term. Working capital requirements are expected to increase as a result of our growth, both organically and through future acquisitions. The main portion of our capital expenditures has been, and is expected to continue to be, for datacenter facilities and equipment and product development. We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and cash equivalents (including the net proceeds from this offering) and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months, although such sources of liquidity may not be sufficient to fund any significant acquisitions we might decide to pursue. Our existing revolving credit facility matures in April 2011. We anticipate that to the extent we require additional liquidity, we will seek to increase borrowing availability under our existing credit facility, pursue a new, expanded bank borrowing facility, explore additional debt or equity financing options or pursue a combination of some or all of these alternatives.

The credit markets have experienced extreme volatility and disruption that reached unprecedented levels during late 2008 and through much of 2009. The market for new debt financing (including bank borrowing) was extremely limited, and in some cases debt financing was available only on very expensive terms or not at all. While market conditions have improved recently, the credit markets—and the capital markets generally, including the equity markets—remain volatile and capital availability remains relatively limited. Accordingly, if we require additional debt or equity financing, we may not be able to obtain it on terms we consider favorable to us or at all. In addition, our liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations and fund our capital requirements depends upon the future financial performance of our business, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control. While the severe recession that negatively affected the global economy beginning in 2008 may be coming to an end, general economic conditions and the prospects for renewed economic growth throughout the world remain uncertain. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that future borrowings will be available under our credit facilities or otherwise, or that additional sources of liquidity will be available in amounts sufficient to meet our future liquidity needs.

Although we have no specific current plans to do so, if we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we would likely need to incur additional debt or sell additional equity to finance such transactions.

Cash Flows

As of September 30, 2009 and as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.6 million, $14.3 million, $67.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively.

Operating Activities

For the first nine months of fiscal 2009, operating activities provided $16.3 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $10.8 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization amounts of $10.2 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $5.8 million, non-cash lease expense of $3.9 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.7 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $4.2 million decrease in accounts receivable due to strong collection efforts and the timing of collections surrounding our professional service projects and a $5.4 million increase in deferred revenue attributable primarily to increased billing for our professional services. These sources of cash were partially offset by an $8.5 million decrease in accounts payable due primarily to lower operating expenses.

 

67


Table of Contents

For the first nine months of fiscal 2008, operating activities used $27.7 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $65.3 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $15.6 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $24.5 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.8 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $1.4 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $3.2 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets due to the consolidation of resources from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition and a $3.4 million increase in deferred revenue, attributable to increased billings for professional services. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $13.9 million decrease in accounts payable due to the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition from 2007 that increased accounts payable at December 31, 2007.

In fiscal 2008, operating activities used $28.7 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $78.0 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $21.6 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $29.1 million and stock-based compensation expense of $2.3 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $2.0 million decrease in accounts receivable and an increase of $7.1 million in deferred revenue, attributable to increased professional services billings. These sources of cash were offset primarily by a $16.8 million decrease in accounts payable due primarily to payments of liabilities assumed as part of the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007.

In fiscal 2007, operating activities used $41.5 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $77.9 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $10.9 million, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges of $29.7 million and an abandoned transaction charge of $2.6 million. Working capital sources of cash were related to a $2.7 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets and an increase in deferred revenue of $0.8 million. These sources of cash were primarily offset by an $11.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to accounts receivable balances from the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition.

In fiscal 2006, operating activities used $43.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $55.2 million, less non-cash items including depreciation and amortization of $6.8 million. Working capital sources of cash were primarily related to a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets and a $7.0 million increase of accounts payable. These sources of cash were offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $4.7 million.

Investing Activities

Investing activities have involved primarily purchases of businesses and capital expenditures. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we had acquisition costs of $137.0 million (incurred to acquire InfoSpace Mobile) and $1.1 million, respectively. We incurred no acquisition costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, our capital expenditures totaled $4.0 million. Our capital expenditures are typically for routine purchases of computer equipment to maintain and upgrade our technology infrastructure and for development of software to provide services to our customers. We anticipate future capital expenditures for maintenance, support and enhancements of existing technology and continued investments in new technologies. Our software development investments consist primarily of development, testing and deployment of new applications and new functionality to existing applications. We expect our capital expenditures over the next year to increase to approximately $20.3 million due primarily to increased software development activity. Although we have financed some of these purchases in the past, we anticipate funding future capital expenditures with cash flows from operations.

Financing Activities

Until recently, financing activities have provided us with funding for all of our liquidity needs, including operating losses, capital expenditures and acquisitions. In 2007, we financed the acquisition

 

68


Table of Contents

of InfoSpace Mobile and subsequent operating needs of the business with proceeds from the issuance of Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs, totaling $221.7 million.

Due to recent improvements in the operating performance of our business and the absence of any additional acquisitions, we repaid our outstanding debt in April 2009 and have not needed to borrow additional amounts under our credit facility or obtain other financing to fund operations and capital expenditures. However, we have used the revolving credit facility in the past to fund a portion of our operating needs and may need to do so again in the future. Our cash flows from operations fluctuate from period to period due to various factors, known and unforeseen. These factors may include changes in working capital from inconsistent timing of cash receipts and payments for items such as accounts payable, incentive compensation, changes in deferred revenue, interest payments and other various items. In addition, significant acquisitions and organic growth impact net cash flows from operations due to growth in revenue and associated working capital requirements.

Credit Facility

We are party to a credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank pursuant to which we can borrow up to $25 million in secured loans. The availability under the credit facility is subject to a borrowing base calculated based on qualifying accounts receivable. The interest rate on any borrowings is based on the lender’s prime rate plus a range of between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA. The minimum interest rate is 5.50%. The credit facility restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, and enter into transactions with affiliates. The credit facility requires us to maintain a “tangible net worth” of $15 million. The credit facility terminates in April 2011. As of September 30, 2009, there were no outstanding amounts under the credit facility and we had borrowing capability of up to approximately $14 million.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

As of December 31, 2008, our contractual obligations and other commitments were as follows:

 

     Payments due by Period
     Total    Less than
1 year
   1-3 years    3-5 years    More than
5 years
     (Dollars in thousands)

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 17,198    $ 5,390    $ 9,710    $ 2,098    $ —  

Commitments to network service providers(2)

   $ 12,208    $ 6,008    $ 6,200    $ —      $ —  
                                  

Total

   $ 29,406    $ 11,398    $ 15,910    $ 2,098    $  
                                  

 

(1) Includes operating lease commitments for facilities and equipment that we have entered into with third parties. Also includes the payments associated with the lease of our former corporate headquarters in Durham, North Carolina that was assigned to a third party effective May 1, 2009. As a result of the assignment, we are required to pay 23 months of rent on behalf of the assignee and make a $0.3 million payment at the end of that period to subsidize future operating expenses. As of December 31, 2008, we had placed in escrow $0.95 million as security for our original lease, and that sum was returned to us upon assignment of the lease. As of September 30, 2009, we have placed in escrow $1.4 million as security for the last 10 payments to be made under the assignment of the lease.
(2) We have entered into several agreements with third-party network service providers.

 

69


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet financing arrangements or other financing activities with special-purpose entities other than our operating leases.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

At September 30, 2009, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.6 million. These amounts are held primarily in cash and money market funds. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates.

We are exposed to interest rate risk to the extent we incur borrowings under our credit facility. Any borrowings under our revolving credit facility will bear interest at floating rates based on the lender’s prime rate plus a range of between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA, with a minimum interest rate of 5.50%. For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. We do not expect to incur significant borrowings under our credit facility in 2010, and therefore we do not believe that a 10% increase in interest rates would have a significant impact on our operating results, future earnings, or liquidity.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing costs of labor, supplies and equipment. We do not believe that inflation has had any material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. Although we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to offset these higher costs fully through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Fair Value

In August 2009, the FASB issued guidance on measuring liabilities at fair value, which provides clarification that in circumstances where a quoted market price in an active market for an identical liability is not available, a reporting entity must measure fair value of the liability using one of the following techniques: the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities which trade as assets; or another valuation technique, such as a present value technique or the amount that the reporting entity would pay to transfer the identical liability or would receive to enter into the identical liability that is consistent with the provisions of authoritative guidance. This statement becomes effective for the first reporting period, including interim periods, beginning after issuance. We will adopt this statement beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 but do not expect it to have a material impact on our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

In September 2009, the FASB ratified a consensus which will significantly affect the revenue recognition accounting policies for transactions that involve multiple deliverables. This consensus

 

70


Table of Contents

requires companies to allocate revenue in arrangements involving multiple deliverables based on the estimated selling price of each deliverable, even though those deliverables are not sold separately either by the company itself or other vendors. This consensus eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements have objective and reliable evidence of fair value before a company can recognize the portion of the overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of vendor-specific objective evidence and third-party evidence for one or more elements in a multiple-element arrangement, companies will estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element, whether delivered or undelivered, based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those estimated selling prices are evidenced by vendor-specific objective evidence, third-party evidence of fair value, or are based on the company’s judgment.

This consensus will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. However, early adoption is permitted. If a company elects early adoption and the period of adoption is not the beginning of its fiscal year, the requirements must be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the fiscal year. Retrospective application to prior years is permitted, but not required. In the initial year of application, companies are required to make qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the impact of the changes. In many circumstances, the new guidance under this consensus will require significant changes to a company’s revenue recognition policies and procedures, including system modifications. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of this consensus on our financial position and results of operations, but do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile data solutions that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services. Our mCore service delivery platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking and download content and applications. We also leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized mobile data experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. Our mCore platform provides mobile subscribers with access to over 30 million unique pieces of third-party content or applications, that we optimize and deliver to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. We have access to over 200 million mobile subscribers through our wireless carrier customers, and we currently provide mobile data services to over 30 million of these subscribers on a monthly basis.

Our mCore service delivery platform simplifies the relationships between wireless carriers and mobile content and application providers, and provides significant benefits to the participants in the mobile data ecosystem. By enabling wireless carriers to deliver a personalized subscriber experience, we enhance their ability to attract and retain mobile subscribers and increase the average revenue per user for mobile data services, or mobile data ARPU. Additionally, through our managed service approach, we help carriers reduce operating costs. We facilitate effective monetization by mobile content and application providers by making it easier for them to reach millions of targeted and non-targeted subscribers with customized offerings. Finally, mCore provides the highest levels of quality assurance for the delivery, as well as the efficient billing and settlement, of mobile content and applications.

Our operations are predominantly based in the U.S., with international operations in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Singapore. Our customers include the top five wireless carriers in the U.S. market: Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile USA and TracFone Wireless. To date, over $3 billion in revenue has been generated by our customers through the use of our mobile data services platform. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2009, we generated revenue of $117.1 million.

Industry Background

The Market for Mobile Data Services

The number of mobile subscribers has grown rapidly over the past 10 years. The Yankee Group, an independent market research firm, estimates that the number of mobile subscribers in the U.S. will grow from 269 million in 2008 to 301 million in 2012, and worldwide will grow from 3.99 billion in 2008 to 5.13 billion in 2012. Emerging markets, such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America, are experiencing the most rapid growth in mobile subscribers. Early mobile subscribers used mobile phones primarily for voice services, as mobile data services were not available on the initial wireless networks. The Yankee Group estimates that the proportion of adult U.S. subscribers owning smartphones increased to 14% in 2009 from 11% in 2008 and 8% in 2007. The share of smartphones as a percentage of the overall mobile device market is projected to continue growing. With the advent of the Internet and the evolution of wireless networks and mobile phones, mobile subscribers have increased their demand for mobile content, including information, images, music and video, and for mobile applications, including games and productivity tools.

 

72


Table of Contents

The Yankee Group estimates that the mobile data services market in the U.S. will grow from $35 billion in 2008 to $47 billion in 2012, and worldwide will grow from $174 billion in 2008 to $244 billion in 2012. The mobile data services market predominantly includes data access, content and applications, commerce and messaging services. We believe the current market for our services is the mobile content delivery platform market, which includes portals and storefronts. Given the complexity of this market, wireless carriers often use third-party content delivery platforms to deliver mobile data services to their subscribers. The Yankee Group estimates that the North American market for mobile content delivery platforms will grow from $443 million in 2008 to $780 million in 2012, which represents a compound annual growth rate of 15%, and worldwide will grow from $2.5 billion in 2008 to $3.9 billion in 2012 which represents a compound annual growth rate of 12%. This market is projected to continue to grow as wireless carriers continue to improve the speed and quality, and lower the total cost, of mobile data services, and as mobile phone manufacturers continue to develop and deliver mobile phones with increasing levels of features and functions, addressing mobile subscriber demand. Additionally, as mobile subscribers become more aware of the ever-increasing amount of available mobile content and applications, their use of mobile data services is projected to grow for the foreseeable future.

Wireless Carrier Dynamics

Wireless carriers operate in a highly competitive market and face growing challenges to attract and retain subscribers and expand total ARPU. As the demand for mobile data services continues to grow, the following industry dynamics affect wireless carriers:

Mobile Voice ARPU Declining.     As the market for mobile voice services has matured and become more commoditized, competition among wireless carriers to acquire and retain subscribers has intensified, placing greater downward pressure on voice services revenue. The Yankee Group estimates that monthly mobile voice ARPU in the U.S. will decline from $42.12 in 2008 to $37.42 in 2012, and worldwide will decline from $15.39 in 2008 to $12.30 in 2012.

Mobile Data ARPU Increasing .    The rising capabilities of data-enabled mobile devices combined with the increasing capacity and speed of wireless networks has resulted in significant growth in the demand for mobile data services. Mobile data ARPU has been increasing, which we believe is due to wireless carriers aggressively marketing new mobile data services and pricing plans to attract and retain mobile subscribers. The Yankee Group estimates that the monthly mobile data ARPU in the U.S. will increase from $11.03 in 2008 to $13.10 in 2012, and worldwide will grow from $3.93 in 2008 to $4.05 in 2012. As wireless carriers continue to spend billions of dollars upgrading their wireless networks to handle the accelerated growth in data traffic, they are expected to continue to focus on growing mobile data revenue.

Competition Increasing.     The growth dynamics of the mobile data services market and mobile devices and their operating systems have attracted non-carrier participants into the market, including Apple and Google. These relatively new entrants are offering access to mobile content and applications through their own solutions and are capturing a greater portion of value being created in the mobile data market. We believe that, as Apple, Google and other participants continue to focus on this market opportunity, and as open standards continue to proliferate, wireless carriers will experience stronger competitive pressure to design, develop and deploy leading-edge mobile data service solutions that will enable them to compete in an increasingly open marketplace.

Mobile Subscriber Loyalty Being Challenged.     Retaining mobile subscribers has become more difficult given the wider adoption of number portability, in which subscribers are able to retain their phone numbers even if they change wireless carriers, and the accelerated adoption of prepaid mobile service plans, particularly in international markets. The difficulty in retaining subscribers grows as new competitive mobile devices and platforms are introduced into the market and as new entrants take

 

73


Table of Contents

more aggressive approaches toward acquiring new customers. Additional threats arise as Internet incumbents like Google and Yahoo! enter the mobile market and offer mobile subscribers alternative means to access and consume mobile data services.

Mobile Data Ecosystem Complexity Increasing.     A complex mobile data ecosystem has developed as a result of the large and growing mobile data services market opportunity, and the diversification of industry participants involved, including wireless carriers, mobile device manufacturers, operating system developers, and mobile content and application providers. This ecosystem will continue to change rapidly as new mobile devices and operating systems are introduced into the market, new mobile content and applications are developed, and as mobile subscribers continue to make greater demands for an enhanced and personalized subscriber experience.

Challenges of Internally Developed Solutions Increasing .    Historically, many wireless carriers provided mobile data services directly to their mobile subscribers through internally developed proprietary solutions. These solutions predominantly consisted of point solutions for specific needs. As the mobile data ecosystem becomes more complex, wireless carriers are challenged to manage the ever-changing dynamics in the mobile data services market. Wireless carriers have to spend significant time, capital and other resources to develop, implement, maintain and upgrade their internal solutions. As wireless carriers are increasingly required to focus their efforts on wireless network deployment and subscriber acquisition, they have faced greater challenges in delivering the type of high value subscriber experience required to compete and fully capitalize on opportunities within the mobile data services market.

Smartphone Market Share Increasing. With the launch of the newest versions of the iPhone, Android and Blackberry, smartphones are becoming an increased percentage of phones serviced by the wireless carriers. The Yankee Group estimates that the proportion of adult U.S. subscribers owning smartphones increased to 14% in 2009 from 11% in 2008 and 8% in 2007. The share of smartphones as a percentage of the overall mobile device market is projected to continue growing. We believe that these smartphone users tend to use more data services and have more full featured web browsers. As the percentage of smartphones increases further, wireless carriers will need to understand how to extend their mobile data services to allow for application and content delivery to these new phones.

Mobile Content and Application Provider Dynamics

Mobile content and application providers operate in a highly fragmented market and face increasing challenges to cost-effectively reach the broadest base of mobile subscribers and monetize their offerings. As the demand for mobile data services grow, the following industry dynamics affect mobile content and application providers:

Limited Reach and Distribution.     The mobile content and application provider community consists of hundreds of thousands of participants, most of whom, we believe, do not have the experience, scale or resources necessary to effectively and affordably access mobile subscribers.

Limited Infrastructure .    Most mobile content and application providers do not have the necessary infrastructure to effectively monetize their mobile offerings. They generally have limited capabilities with respect to delivery, quality assurance, purchase confirmation, billing and settlement. In addition, given the wide variety of mobile devices in the market, with different screen sizes and resolution, mobile content and applications must be adapted to each possible configuration in order to enhance the subscriber experience. Content and application providers continue to face challenges each year with non-delivered content and applications, poor customer service and mobile phone or wireless network compatibility issues.

 

74


Table of Contents

Mobile Subscriber Dynamics

As the mobile phone increasingly becomes an indispensable part of their everyday lives, mobile subscribers are demanding an enhanced, personalized subscriber experience, with easy access to content and applications on a real-time basis. As the demand for mobile data services grow, the following industry dynamics affect mobile subscribers:

Increasing Mobile Device Capabilities and Aggressive Pricing Plans .    Mobile subscribers are rapidly upgrading their mobile devices, and often select devices with the latest features and capabilities. In addition, through increased competition in the mobile data market, mobile subscribers have access to attractively priced mobile service plans and promotions.

Growth of Wireless in Emerging International Markets .    In emerging international markets, mobile devices and mobile data services are becoming more affordable to consumers. Consumers in emerging markets are more often using mobile devices as their primary means to access the Internet and mobile content and applications. As wireless networks continue to penetrate these emerging markets, mobile subscribers and the demand for mobile data services are expected to continue to grow.

Access to the Increasing Variety of Mobile Data Services.     Currently, mobile subscribers often have difficulty locating, connecting to, downloading and using the ever-increasing variety of mobile data services available on their mobile devices, such as checking email, keeping up with social networks, and downloading the latest content and applications. In addition, poorly designed user interfaces and content and applications that are not optimized for mobile devices often inhibit the mobile subscriber experience.

Enhanced Personalization and Customization.     Mobile subscribers are demanding a more personalized experience with mobile data services, including real-time access to personally relevant and location-based content and services and social networking. As the mobile phone becomes increasingly integrated into their everyday lives, mobile subscribers are demanding the ability to customize their mobile data experience to meet their preferences.

Demand for Content Delivery Platforms

Given the complexity of the mobile data ecosystem, with evolving technologies and a proliferation of mobile devices and operating systems, the current landscape in the mobile data services market has become increasingly challenging for wireless carriers to manage effectively on their own. We believe that, by partnering with a content platform provider, wireless carriers are able to more effectively leverage their brands to provide an enhanced subscriber experience with mobile data services, enabling them to attract and retain subscribers and increase mobile data ARPU. In addition, wireless carriers are seeking to utilize subscriber usage data to provide a more relevant, timely and personalized user experience that is secure, private, and customized for targeted offerings. By partnering with a content delivery platform provider, wireless carriers are able to optimize their mobile data services strategy, and to focus on their core competencies.

The Motricity Solution

We have designed and developed the mCore service delivery platform to deliver numerous benefits, including the following:

Wireless Carriers.     We use customizable, modular solutions that enable wireless carriers to rapidly develop, deploy, and deliver mobile data services. Wireless carriers are able to deliver a high value, carrier-branded mobile data experience, which provides their mobile subscribers with easy

 

75


Table of Contents

access to desired content and applications. We believe that this enhanced subscriber experience enables wireless carriers to attract and retain mobile subscribers and increase mobile data ARPU. At the same time, our platform can reduce wireless carrier network overhead and operating costs and simplify the relationships between wireless carriers and content and application providers.

Mobile Content and Application Providers.     We enable mobile content and application providers to reach millions of mobile subscribers across carriers, and thereby more effectively monetize their mobile offerings. We believe mCore also facilitates efficient billing and settlement, and provides quality assurance for delivery of mobile content and applications.

Mobile Subscribers.     We enable wireless carriers to deliver a high value, highly personalized mobile data experience to their subscribers, with simple, real-time access to relevant and desired mobile content and applications. Our mCore platform provides the tools for mobile subscribers to easily locate and access personally relevant and location-based content and services, engage in social networking, and download, send and receive digital media. In addition, mCore allows mobile subscribers to manage the content and applications that they use most frequently.

Our Strengths

Strong Relationships with Wireless Carriers.     We have well-established relationships with the top wireless carriers in the U.S. market, including Verizon Wireless, AT&T, Sprint, T-Mobile USA and TracFone Wireless. We believe that we have been an integral partner with our wireless carrier customers and have assisted them with all phases of their mobile data services strategies, including design, development, deployment, provisioning, management, billing and customer support.

Deep Integration within the Mobile Data Ecosystem .    Our mCore service delivery platform is deeply integrated into our wireless carrier customers’ systems, with the result that we can more effectively deliver an enhanced mobile data experience to their subscribers. We connect directly into our wireless carrier customers’ wireless network infrastructure as well as their provisioning and billing systems and their customer care systems. We also provide various interfaces to enable our wireless carrier customers to directly manage the content and presentation of their mobile data service experience. In addition, as our platform becomes more deeply integrated with an increasing number of content and application providers, we provide carriers with greater access to content and application providers.

Highly Scalable Platform.     Our mCore service delivery platform has been built using a flexible modular architecture that enables wireless carriers to deliver a highly scalable and highly reliable, carrier-branded experience.

Comprehensive Expertise in Managed Service Operations.     We develop, implement and operate a very large and complex managed service environment, serving over 30 million monthly active users across multiple carriers and geographies with a carrier-grade level of quality and reliability. We deliver these services to the world’s leading carriers, application and content providers ranging in complexity from roll-out and testing of minor customizations to major new strategic initiatives involving numerous third parties and onboarding of content and roll-out of a continually expanding set of devices. Our managed service environment consists of thousands of servers across multiple data centers and is capable and contracted to deliver highly reliable service delivery reaching up to 99.999% availability.

Expansive Device Portfolio and Onboarding Process.     We customize, test and maintain highly personalized mobile data experiences for an ever expanding population of mobile devices ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones that utilize advanced operating systems such as Symbian, Blackberry, Android, Windows Mobile and webOS. Our onboarding process includes device profiling,

 

76


Table of Contents

testing and performance management across each carrier customers’ handset portfolio. We support mobile devices from over 12 manufacturers as well as a wide range of run time environments and network protocols.

Significant Insights into Subscriber Behavior and Effective User Experiences .    Our mCore platform can capture a wide range of subscriber behavior and usage patterns across multiple carriers. We are also a recognized leader in the design and development of user interfaces intended to enhance the mobile subscriber experience. We leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to provide a highly personalized subscriber experience and targeted mobile marketing solutions. Our solutions currently enable the delivery of mobile data services to over 30 million mobile subscribers monthly, which gives us exposure to one of the largest mobile subscriber communities in the world.

Independence and Neutrality .    We are content, network, operating system and mobile device type independent, with a sole focus on effectively and efficiently delivering the most relevant content and applications to mobile subscribers in real-time. Our independent position enables our interests to be closely aligned with our wireless carrier partners, thereby fostering cooperation among the constituencies that comprise the mobile ecosystem for the benefit of mobile subscribers and their mobile data experiences. We leverage our design, deployment, provisioning, management, and customer support strategies across all participants in the mobile data ecosystem, thereby optimizing our mobile data solutions and services for the benefit of our customers and their subscribers.

Our Growth Strategy

Expand Our Strong Relationships with Our Wireless Carrier Customers.     We intend to continue to expand our relationships with industry-leading participants, particularly the top five wireless carriers in the U.S.

Expand International Presence.      We intend to expand our business in developed and emerging international markets, such as those in Southeast Asia, India and Latin America. We intend to apply our expertise gained from the U.S. market and fully leverage the capabilities and scale of the mCore platform to enable the rapid deployment of advanced mobile data services in these new markets in a cost-effective and efficient manner.

Maintain and Extend Our Technological Leadership.     We believe that we are a market leader in mobile data services and solutions in terms of technological capabilities, market share and range of service offerings, and we intend to expand on this position. We intend to continue to enhance the mCore platform, and introduce new solutions that increase the total value we provide to our carrier and enterprise customers.

Advance Into New Market Segments.      We intend to leverage our core competencies, technologies, and existing market position to broaden our offerings and customer base and advance into new market segments. We intend to leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to expand our offerings of highly targeted mobile marketing solutions.

Gain Additional Scale and Technology Through Opportunistic Acquisitions.     We have historically acquired various businesses and technologies to grow our revenue and service capabilities. We expect to continue targeting acquisition candidates in the mobile data services market that have revenue expansion opportunities or complementary technology and solutions. We also expect to evaluate acquisition candidates that will enable us to expand our business and to enter markets adjacent to our core business or into new geographic markets.

 

77


Table of Contents

Enhance Smartphone Solutions .    We intend to extend further our support for new versions of smartphones and extend our support for data-rich applications which have higher rates of data consumption on these mobile devices. In addition, we will continue to leverage our subscriber behavior insights and user interface expertise to offer more personalized and richer experiences to smartphones. We expect to fully capitalize on the extensive capabilities of smartphones and their significant market adoption.

Our Solutions and Services

We design, develop, implement and support a comprehensive suite of hosted mobile data solutions, which we offer on a hosted, managed service basis. Our solutions include the following:

mCore Portal .    mCore Portal is a carrier-branded mobile destination accessible through over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones. mCore Portal provides an easy to reach entry point to the mobile Internet and gives wireless carriers an ongoing, high-value position in the evolving mobile data value chain.

mCore Storefront .    mCore Storefront enables secure mobile content and application merchandising and purchasing through carrier-branded digital storefronts. These digital storefronts can be accessible through web-based, wireless application protocol (WAP) and short message service (SMS) technologies. mCore Storefront serves as the primary conduit between our wireless carrier customers and their mobile subscribers for content and application discovery, purchase and delivery.

mCore Search .    mCore Search, which we bundle with our other solutions, is a customizable search technology for the mobile Internet. A single search box enables mobile subscribers to search for any information, content or application on the Internet. Through deep integration with the wireless carrier’s advertising platform, mCore Search provides the ability for carriers to serve targeted, relevant and contextual ads.

mCore Managed Web .    mCore Managed Web provides mobile subscribers with an optimized, powerful and easy-to-use mobile web browsing experience.

mCore Gateway .    mCore Gateway provides companies that are seeking to leverage mobile capabilities for direct customer contact with real-time, push-based access to mobile subscribers with SMS or multimedia messaging service (MMS) alerts. mCore Gateway allows these enterprise customers to reach over 200 million mobile subscribers in the U.S. and Europe and provides functionality to distribute millions of messages with a high degree of reliability and speed. mCore Gateway also provides a means to charge for the delivery of digital products through wireless carrier billing facilities.

Our professional services include the following:

Solution Consulting.     Our solution professionals actively engage with customers to define mobile trends, analyze effectiveness of existing solutions and recommend programs and solutions to enhance the mobile data subscriber experience. Our solution professionals have the experience and understanding of the mobile data ecosystem to enable our customers to optimize their mobile data strategies.

Mobile Design.     Our mobile design professionals enable wireless carriers to create unique, integrated mobile experiences for their mobile subscribers. We employ functional and technical design techniques across a number of design elements including subscriber experience, wireless network and mobile device features, system integration and processes. We have a comprehensive library of proven designs and tools that help us leverage our skill set across the mobile data ecosystem.

 

78


Table of Contents

Solution Implementation.     Our implementation professionals provide expertise in every phase of the implementation process, including customization, configuration, integration, system launch and ongoing enhancement and maintenance.

Operational Management and Customer Support.     Once mCore is deployed, we provide support services to wireless carriers to maintain and monitor their service deployment, including content and technology management, the introduction of new phones and system billing and settlement. We also provide customer support to wireless carriers and their ecosystem of partners to resolve issues directly relating to the performance of the mCore platform.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our mobile web portal, storefront, and other managed web solutions to wireless carriers through our sales organization. Additionally, we sell our messaging gateway and billing services to the top mobile aggregators and enterprise customers through our sales organization. As of November 30, 2009 our sales and marketing organization consisted of 43 employees located predominantly in the U.S., with additional staff located in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and Singapore.

Sales.     A senior vice president for global sales centrally manages our sales organization. Within this organization, we have teams focused on selling to wireless carriers, mobile aggregators and enterprise customers. Employees in our sales support and sales engineering group are engaged during the design and implementation process to offer insight into customer requirements, technical solutions and cost evaluation. Our sales organization has been predominantly focused on selling to the top wireless carriers in the U.S. We are now expanding our focus to Southeast Asia, India, Latin America, and other emerging markets.

Marketing and Product Management.     Our marketing and product management organizations focus on defining our product requirements, educating wireless carriers, media and industry analysts on our managed services approach, building brand awareness and supporting the efforts of the sales organization. We market our solutions through industry events, public relations efforts, sales materials and our Internet site. Additionally, we work directly with wireless carriers to help them better target and promote our joint offerings. We leverage our data-rich insights into subscriber behavior and our user interface expertise to help drive subscriber adoption and usage. We believe the combination of these efforts creates awareness of our business, solutions and managed services approach, as well as helps drive our overall business growth.

 

79


Table of Contents

Platform and Architecture

The mCore service delivery platform enables wireless carriers to design, configure, customize, and implement mobile data services. mCore is designed to bring together the three primary participants in the mobile data services ecosystem: wireless carriers, mobile content and application providers and mobile subscribers. By bringing these participants together, mCore facilitates the distribution and use of mobile content and applications, electronic commerce, and other mobile data marketing services. The mCore platform and its position in the mobile data services ecosystem are demonstrated below in Figure 1.

LOGO

Figure 1: mCore Service Delivery Platform in the Mobile Ecosystem

Key features and benefits of the mCore service delivery platform are as follows:

Tight integration with Carriers’ Systems .    mCore is able to be integrated with our customers’ systems, including provisioning, billing and settlement, customer care and product analytics, and messaging. This integration provides a more customized and seamless user experience, enabling wireless carriers to offer one-click billing for digital products, as well as location-based services that can create a more compelling user experience.

Modular Architecture.     mCore is comprised of several mobile technology components that are modular in nature and provide the flexibility to integrate with our customers’ systems, or third-party mobile content and application providers, on an as-needed basis. This modular architecture, commonly referred to in the industry as Service-Oriented Architecture, enables us to insert, replace, or remove functionalities in targeted areas without impacting our customers’ systems. Additional resources can be added with little to no interruption of service to our customers and their subscribers. In addition, this modular architecture allows mCore to be adopted from the smallest of deployments to the largest, with customizable features and functions depending on the carriers’ requirements and specifications.

 

80


Table of Contents

Cost-Efficiency.     mCore is a centralized, hosted solution through which we can deliver a broad range of mobile data services, on a managed service basis, at a total cost that we believe is lower than most internally developed solutions. By leveraging our solutions across the mobile data ecosystem and its participants, we are able to derive economies of scale that enable us to share the cost savings with our constituencies.

Reliability .    mCore is hosted at our carrier-grade hosting facilities in separate geo-redundant datacenters. Our datacenters are highly reliable, using resilient and redundant network devices, servers, storage, HVACs, and power equipment as well as best-of-class service monitoring and management to deliver our services.

Adaptability .    mCore separates core functionalities from customer-specific customization and integration through the use of adapters. These adapters are developed for each deployment to enable us to integrate our platform into the wireless carrier’s system, including authentication, billing, ringback tones and message service center. This design feature enables us to develop and deploy our product roadmap in parallel with deployment activities, which helps us achieve our time-to-market goals.

Flexible and Scalable Architecture.     mCore was designed to deliver the highest quality, carrier-grade service to some of the largest carriers in the world. Today, mCore supports over 30 million mobile subscribers monthly through its distributed architecture, hosts over 30 million unique pieces of mobile content or applications and provides the capability to reach over 200 million subscribers. mCore is designed to scale easily for mobile subscribers’ increased data consumption, expanding subscriber bases through the addition of individual service elements, such as servers and databases. mCore has also been designed with the flexibility and modularity to deliver a wide range of content, including text, graphics, audio and video to a wide range of mobile devices.

Design-Time and Run-Time Environment .    mCore provides a design-time and run-time environment for the delivery of mobile data services. The design-time environment consists of management tools with workflow capabilities for service design and deployment, while the run-time environment is the live, in-production experience with which subscribers interact. The design-time environment enables our customers to design the layout of pages, provision new text and images and merchandise content that are subsequently published to the run-time environment. The design-time environment provides us and our customers with the ability to implement changes in the user experience without requiring a new code deployment, which decreases development time and breakage risk.

Mobile Device and Operating System Independent .    mCore is mobile device and operating system independent and is able to deliver mobile data services to over 2,000 different mobile phone models, ranging from entry level feature phones to smartphones, and most mobile operating systems. As mobile device and operating system capabilities become increasingly more varied, we believe mCore’s independent approach will enable wireless carriers to deliver an enhanced user experience to their subscribers without having to specifically develop products for each device and operating system.

Data-Rich Insights into Subscriber Behavior .    mCore can store a comprehensive record of mobile subscriber activities, transactions and interactions. We and our customers are able to directly access this data or obtain custom analysis and reporting regarding subscriber behavior.

Security Compliance .    All security policies, processes and controls are aligned with the ISO 27001 Information Security Management standard as validated by an annual third party audit. Additionally, specific key operational processes—incident management, change management, release management, and service monitoring and control—were designed with support from third party subject matter experts to align with ITIL, the Industry standard framework for IT service management and

 

81


Table of Contents

support. A third-party audit has established that we are in compliance with the ISO 27001 Information Security Management standard. Through this compliance, we have a comprehensive Information Security Management System in place that consists of an enterprise-wide security steering committee, adherence to statutory, legislative, and contractual security requirements, and an information security risk management program.

Post-Deployment Capabilities .    mCore provides monitoring, reporting and ongoing insights into the overall health of the system for our customers as well as the entities that interact with it, including mobile subscribers. Monitors provide both “warning” and “error” states, enabling our customers to react to anomalies prior to an actual error condition. mCore also includes customer care tools which enable a wireless carrier’s customer care representatives to view their mobile subscribers’ interactions with the system, and to troubleshoot and service subscriber inquiries in real time.

Customers and Vendors

Customers

As of September 30, 2009, our customers included seven carriers and over 190 content and application providers worldwide. As discussed below, we have strong, established and strategic relationships with a number of industry-leading wireless carriers. In addition to those relationships, we have agreements to provide messaging services, such as standard text messaging programs and premium (paid) content delivery, to a wide array of entertainment, marketing and other customers.

Wireless carriers.     We have customer agreements with the top five major wireless carriers in the U.S. and numerous other wireless carriers in the U.S. and internationally. We provide various services, including portal, storefront and/or messaging services for these carriers; some carriers use all of our services. In addition, we have agreements with most U.S. wireless carriers for connectivity to our enterprise gateway. Our agreements vary as to the services we provide to each carrier and in how we charge for those services. Some of our agreements contain per subscriber fees for portal services and revenue sharing arrangements for storefront services. Some of our agreements also contain service-level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform.

AT&T Mobility .    Our largest customer by revenue is AT&T Mobility, LLC. We have several agreements with AT&T including our Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement under which we host AT&T’s MediaNet and ATT.net portals, and our 2006 Master Services Agreement under which we host AT&T’s MediaMall storefront. Under the portal agreement, we receive a monthly fee based on the number of subscribers, with a volume discount, as well as certain fixed fees. The portal agreement contains service level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform. The portal agreement expires on April 22, 2011; however, it is terminable by AT&T without cause upon six months’ notice. As to the storefront agreement, we are currently operating under an extension to October 2010, which does not contain cancellation provisions. However, AT&T has the right to terminate on 90 days’ notice, which can be given after April 30, 2010.

Verizon Wireless.     After AT&T, our next largest customer is Cellco Partnership (d.b.a. Verizon Wireless). We host Verizon’s portals under our 2004 WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement. Under our Verizon portal agreement, we receive a monthly fee based on the number of subscribers, with a volume discount, as well as certain fixed fees. The portal agreement contains service level agreements under which we commit to certain availability and performance metrics and are subject to financial penalties if we fail to perform. Verizon may terminate for convenience. The agreement expires on July 31, 2010, but will automatically renew for six-month periods unless either party elects not to renew upon 60 days’ notice.

 

82


Table of Contents

Vendors

We utilize strategic relationships with offshore and domestic vendors to increase technical resource capacity in the areas of technical development and quality assurance. We are in the process of expanding these relationships to assist in the expansion of our product development efforts. On an as needed basis, these vendors can also be utilized to assist in sales engineering and demo development. We have agreements in place with our vendors, particularly offshore vendors, that allow us to properly manage and oversee vendor activities across the organization.

We have a strategic relationship with GlobalLogic, Inc., a leading software research and development company with over 3,000 employees providing services worldwide. GlobalLogic has assisted our Solution and Services group, and we anticipate using the company to supplement our newly-expanded Product Development group. Our Master Services Agreement with GlobalLogic became effective on September 30, 2008, and expires on December 29, 2011, unless renewed. We may terminate this agreement upon breach or change in control, or without cause upon 90 days notice and payment of a termination fee, if the termination without cause occurs more than 12 months before December 29, 2011.

Competition

The mobile data communications market for products and services continues to be competitive and fragmented. The widespread and rising adoption of open industry standards, rapidly changing technology trends and burgeoning consumer demand has made it easier for new market entrants, existing competitors and non-traditional players to introduce new products and services that compete with our products. With the rapid growth and adoption of mobile data services, we expect competition to increase. As such, we believe there are a number of important factors to compete effectively in our market, including:

 

  Ÿ  

strong mobile data expertise;

 

  Ÿ  

scalable and highly reliable products and services;

 

  Ÿ  

advanced user interface capabilities and subscriber insight;

 

  Ÿ  

knowledge and delivery capabilities across a wide array of content and applications;

 

  Ÿ  

service integration capabilities across a wide range of devices, networks and standards;

 

  Ÿ  

sufficient scale and operational efficiencies to be able to offer the most cost effective solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

high level of customer support;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to onboard a wide range of devices and content; and

 

  Ÿ  

adaptability to rapidly changing demand, technology and products external to our offerings.

Our competitors include mobile device manufacturers, wired search engines, Internet portals and directories, and wireless service integrators. In our current offerings, we compete with, among others, Amdocs and Ericsson in the portal and storefront businesses, and with Sybase, OpenMarket, Ericsson, mBlox and other wireless messaging providers in our messaging aggregation business. Additionally, we face the risk that our customers may seek to develop in-house products as an alternative to those currently being provided by us. Due to the dynamic and fragmented data services market, we are also increasingly encountering competition from new market entrants like Microsoft, IBM, Apple, Yahoo!, Google and other providers of software applications and content delivery solutions.

 

83


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an essential element of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret, patent and other intellectual property laws of the U.S. and other countries, as well as confidentiality agreements and license agreements to protect our intellectual property. Our intellectual property includes trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and we are involved in numerous licensing arrangements. Our employees and independent contractors are required to sign agreements acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any ownership that they may claim in those works.

Our core intellectual property is our software that we use to provide services to our customers. We generally host all of our software, although some customers have the right to self-host in some circumstances. We rely primarily on copyright and trade secrets to protect our software and other technology. We do not routinely register our copyrights in our software. Trade secrets are difficult to protect, but we seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes by, in part, confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, and other contractors.

We are the owner of 18 trademarks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark office, including MOTRICITY and MCORE, and 15 trademarks registered internationally. We also have one trademark application pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and we are filing an application in Singapore.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Bellevue, Washington and comprises approximately 65,000 square feet of space leased through December 20, 2013. We also perform a range of business functions out of offices in Durham, North Carolina. We have sales and product development functions in the United Kingdom and regional sales offices in the Netherlands and Singapore. We also operate two leased datacenter facilities located in Washington State. In addition, we lease three third-party operated datacenters located in Georgia, Massachusetts and North Carolina to provide services to our customers. We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and sufficient and suitable for the conduct of our business. As our existing leases expire and as we continue to expand our operations, we believe that suitable space will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

We are a party in four purported class action lawsuits brought against us by individuals on behalf of customers receiving premium content from our content providers. The cases allege that we and our content providers charged consumers for mobile phone content without proper authorization and/or engaged in misleading marketing for premium content. The cases seek unspecified damages. The cases are:

 

  Ÿ  

Camellia Walker individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. Motricity, Inc., California Superior Court, Alameda County, filed July 3, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

Susan Rynearson individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. Motricity, Inc., Washington Superior Court, King County, filed April 16, 2008;

 

  Ÿ  

Baker v. Sprint and New Motion, Inc. (Motricity is a third-party defendant), Eleventh Judicial Circuit Court, Miami-Dade County, claim against Motricity filed May 29, 2008; and

 

  Ÿ  

Vicky Stewart individually and on behalf of a class of similarly situated individuals v. New Motion, Inc. and Motricity, Inc., Minnesota District Court, Hennepin County, claim against Motricity filed October 1, 2009.

 

84


Table of Contents

The class representatives in the above matters all purchased content from Atrinsic, Inc. d/b/a New Motion, Inc. Atrinsic content is also at issue in several similar lawsuits brought against carriers who have, in turn, sought indemnification from us. Atrinsic has recently entered into a settlement in a class action not involving us that, if approved, is expected to release us from most, if not all of the claims asserted in the above actions and carrier indemnity claims.

In addition, we are involved in an unrelated proceeding with Atrinsic, Inc. in which Atrinsic seeks an accounting of sums paid by us and unspecified damages for Atrinsic subscribers whose subscriptions failed to renew due to a technical issue. We have counterclaimed for unpaid minimum fees due under our existing agreement. The case is Atrinsic, Inc. v. Motricity, Inc., AAA arbitration, filed June 25, 2009.

Defending lawsuits requires significant management attention and financial resources and the outcome of any litigation, including the matters described above, is inherently uncertain. We do not, however, currently expect that the ultimate costs to resolve pending matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

From time to time, we may be subject to additional legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course.

Employees

As of November 30, 2009, we had 346 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced any employment-related work stoppages and consider relations with our employees to be good.

 

85


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

In connection with this offering we intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The following summary of our executive officers and directors contains references to provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, including the composition of the board of directors and its committees.

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages, as of January 22, 2010. All of our directors hold office for the remainder of the full term in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The composition of the committees of the board of directors will be determined at the completion of this offering. Executive officers serve at the request of the board of directors. Other than as described below, there are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Ryan K. Wuerch

   42    Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Founder

Jim Smith

   42    President and Chief Operating Officer

Allyn P. Hebner

   57    Chief Financial Officer

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   50    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

James Ryan

   44    Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer

Chris Dorr

   47    Chief Human Resources Officer

Hunter C. Gary

   35    Director

Lady Barbara Judge

   62    Director

Suzanne H. King

   45    Director

Sohail Qadri

   49    Director

Brian Turner

   50    Director

Set forth below is information concerning our executive officers and directors.

Ryan K. Wuerch founded Motricity in 2001, and has served as chief executive officer since 2001, and chief executive officer and chairman since 2002. Previously, Mr. Wuerch was president of Learning 2000, Inc. an education software company, from 1998 to 2001. Prior to Learning 2000, Mr. Wuerch served as senior vice president of ShapeRite, a nutritional supplement manufacturer, from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Wuerch was named the 2005 Carolinas’ Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year. He serves on the boards of the CTIA Wireless Foundation, the Miss America Organization, and ambassador for the Internet Innovation Alliance.

Jim Smith has served as our president and chief operating officer since January 2009. Previously, from 2001 to 2008, Mr. Smith served as vice president and business unit general manager at Avaya, Inc. a communications systems company. Before Avaya, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Smith was chief operating officer and co-founder of Vector Development, an e-commerce operating company. Earlier in his career, from 1989 to 1999, Mr. Smith held multiple positions with Accenture, most recently as an associate partner.

Allyn P. Hebner has served as our chief financial officer since March 2009. From August 2008 through February 2009, he served as a consultant to our company through Tatum, LLC, an executive services company, with whom he is still a non-participating partner. Previously, Mr. Hebner served as vice president, controller and chief accounting officer at T-Mobile USA, from April 2000 to April 2007. He has also held senior financial management positions at Puget Sound Energy, Washington Energy Company and Allwaste, Inc.

 

86


Table of Contents

Richard E. Leigh, Jr. has served as our senior vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary since September 2008. Previously, from 2006 to 2008, Mr. Leigh served as a legal consultant and advisor to Paul Allen’s Vulcan Inc. and its affiliate, the Seattle Seahawks of the National Football League. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Leigh served as executive vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary of Cell Therapeutics, Inc. From 1997 to 2004, Mr. Leigh served as vice president and general counsel to Vulcan Inc. and from 1997 to 2000, he served as vice president and general counsel to the Seattle Seahawks. Prior to that, he spent eight years as a corporate attorney with the Seattle law firm of Foster Pepper PLLC, where he was a partner. Mr. Leigh currently serves on the Board of Trustees of the Flying Heritage Collection, a museum housing Paul Allen’s private collection of world-class 20th century military aviation.

James Ryan has served as our chief strategy and marketing officer since May 2009. Previously, from January 2008 to November 2008, Mr. Ryan served as president and chief executive officer of CMWare, Inc., a mobile optimization technology company. Prior to CMWare, Inc., from June 2007 to December 2007, Mr. Ryan served as president and chief executive officer of Mobile Campus, a mobile marketing company. Prior to Mobile Campus, from November 2003 to May 2007 Mr. Ryan was vice president of consumer data services for AT&T Mobility. Mr. Ryan has also served as president and chief executive officer of Teltier Technologies, a wireless solutions company, as vice president of strategic business development for O2, chief technology officer for Genie Internet and vice president of data services for Sprint PCS.

Chris Dorr has served as our chief human resources officer since June 2009. Previously, Mr. Dorr was human resources director for Microsoft from 2003 to 2009. Prior to Microsoft, from 2001 to 2003, Mr. Dorr led the human resources function for two companies—i2 Technologies and Brown and Caldwell. Mr. Dorr also helped establish the human resources function at Scient Corporation from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Dorr’s first 12 years in human resources were spent with American Express and MCI Communications.

Hunter C. Gary has served as one of our directors since 2007. Since 2003, Mr. Gary has served as the chief operating officer of Icahn Sourcing LLC, an entity owned by Mr. Carl Icahn, where he is responsible for monitoring and managing cost efficiency opportunities for businesses in which Mr. Carl Icahn has an interest. Since 2007, Mr. Gary has served as a director of WestPoint International, Inc., a company which is engaged in the home textiles business. Since 2008, Mr. Gary has served as a director of American Railcar Industries, Inc., a company that is primarily engaged in the business of manufacturing covered hopper and tank railcars. Mr. Gary is married to Mr. Carl Icahn’s wife’s daughter.

Lady Barbara Judge has served as one of our directors since January 2010. Since 2002, Lady Judge has been chairman of the United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority. From 2004 to 2007, Lady Judge was the deputy chairman of the United Kingdom Financial Reporting Council in London. From 2002 through 2004, she was a director of the Energy Group of the United Kingdom’s Department of Trade and Industry. Earlier in her career, Lady Judge served as a commissioner of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, was a partner at Kaye, Scholer, Fierman, Hays & Handler, and was a regional director at Samuel Montagu & Co. Ltd. Lady Judge serves as a director of Massey Energy Company and ATP Oil & Gas Corporation.

Suzanne H. King has served as one of our directors since 2004. Ms. King has been with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. since 1995, as a partner since 1999, where she focuses on information technology investments and manages the firm’s marketing and investor relations functions. Ms. King serves as a director of Approva corporation, a financial information technology company, and Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology. Ms. King has served as a director of Cyveillance, Inc., an information technology security company, Quantum Bridge Communications, a broadband

 

87


Table of Contents

communications company, and Guardent, a security service provider. Prior to joining New Enterprise Associates, Ms. King led the financial team at XcelleNet, Inc., a developer of system management software for remote access. Ms. King also worked as a senior auditor for Arthur Andersen & Co., specializing in emerging information technology companies. Ms. King was a charter member of the Kauffman Fellows program and is a certified public accountant.

Sohail Qadri has served as one of our directors since November 2009. From March 2007 to October 2008, he was group director of strategy, business development and performance innovation for Telefónica S.A., a communications services company. Mr Qadri served on Telco, Telecom Italia’s Controlling Shareholder board as one of Telefónica’s representative directors, and also served as director of Telefónica O2 Czech Republic. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Qadri held various positions with O2 plc, before it was acquired by Telefónica S.A. in 2006. Mr Qadri was a member of O2 plc’s executive committee and for part of the period sat on the company’s board. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Qadri was the director of mobility for British Telecom’s mobile division, where he was on the boards of directors of Rogers AT&T, Maxis and SFR as British Telecom’s representative director, and from 1993 to 1997, he held various executive roles, including operations director, for Cellnet, a mobile services company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Qadri was a consultant with Coopers & Lybrand, now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Brian Turner has served as one of our directors since December 2009. Brian Turner was the chief financial officer of Coinstar, Inc. from 2003 until 2009. Prior to Coinstar, from 2001 to 2003, he was senior vice president for operations, chief financial officer and treasurer of Real Networks, Inc. Prior to Real Networks, from 1999 to 2001, Mr. Turner was employed by BSquare, a software company, where he initially served as senior vice president of operations and chief financial officer before being promoted to president and chief operating officer. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Turner was chief financial officer of Radisys Corp., an embedded software and hardware company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Turner spent 13 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Turner currently serves as a director of Microvision, Inc., MckinstryEssention, Rally Marketing Group and InfoArmor, Inc.

Composition of Board

Our board of directors is unclassified and currently consists of six directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has or plans to establish the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.

Audit Committee.     The audit committee will consist of three members. The committee will assist our board of directors in its oversight responsibilities relating to (i) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (ii) our accounting and reporting policies and procedures, (iii) our risk management policies, (iv) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that may have a material impact on our financial statement, (v) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance, (vi) our disclosure controls and procedures, and (vii) our internal control over financial reporting. Audit committee members will be independent, and at least one member will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the SEC.

Compensation Committee .    The compensation committee will consist of three members. The committee will be responsible for designing, approving and evaluating executive compensation and

 

88


Table of Contents

benefits, as well as reviewing and approving such other compensation matters as the committee deems appropriate. Each member of the committee shall be independent, a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Governance and Nominating Committee .    The governance and nominating committee will consist of three members, each of whom shall be independent. The committee will be responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become directors and committee members, recommending director nominees to the board, developing and recommending approval of policies and guidelines relating to, and generally overseeing matters of, corporate governance, and leading the board’s annual review of its committee charters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Keith G. Daubenspeck, Suzanne H. King, Hunter C. Gary, and David Limp served as members of our compensation committee in the last fiscal year. None of them is or has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Mr. Gary is married to Mr. Carl C. Icahn’s wife’s daughter. We have engaged in certain agreements and transactions with entities controlled by Mr. Icahn. First, Koala Holding LP is party to our Registration Rights Agreement and Stockholders Agreement. Second, we participate in a buying group arrangement with Icahn Sourcing LLC. We do not pay any fees in connection with this arrangement. Third, in 2007, in connection with financing for an abandoned transaction, we issued warrants as a fee to Icahn Enterprises, L.P., formerly known as American Real Estate Partners L.P. Fourth, we received consulting services from Koala Holding LP in connection with the Series I financing round, in exchange for cash and warrants. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information.

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a new code of ethical conduct applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions in connection with this offering. A copy of our code of ethical conduct will be available upon completion of this offering on our corporate website at www.motricity.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. In addition, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to anyone conducting business on our behalf, including our directors, officers, employees, contractors and agents.

 

89


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2009, our named executive officers were:

 

  Ÿ  

Ryan K. Wuerch, Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Allyn P. Hebner, Chief Financial Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Richard E. Leigh, Jr., Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary;

 

  Ÿ  

Jim Smith, President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

James Ryan, Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer.

Historical Compensation Decisions

Our compensation approach is tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our Board of Directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of Board committees, including audit, compensation, and nominating and governance committees. We informally considered the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the software and mobile data services industry. This consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by members of our Compensation Committee and also included consultations with our Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee utilized research and informal benchmarking based on their personal knowledge of the competitive market. In addition, to complement our review of executive compensation for executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, our Compensation Committee consulted publicly available compensation surveys prepared by Radford, a compensation consulting firm, to benchmark our compensation against companies with similar revenues, market capitalization, and other financial measures within our industry. Our Compensation Committee will formally benchmark executive compensation for all executive officers in the future against a set of peer companies described below.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Upon completion of this offering and as they have done in the past, our Compensation Committee will review and approve the compensation of our named executive officers and oversee and administer our executive compensation programs and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. We will favor a more empirically-based approach that involves benchmarking as well as best practices with respect to compensation and benefits. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2009 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers after this offering.

Historically, as well as in the future, our executive compensation program is intended to balance short-term and long-term goals with a combination of cash payments and equity awards that we believe to be appropriate for motivating our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

 

  Ÿ  

align the interests of our executive officers with stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and reward executive officers when stockholder value increases;

 

  Ÿ  

attract and retain talented and experienced executives that strategically address our short-term and long-term needs;

 

90


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

  Ÿ  

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success;

 

  Ÿ  

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

compensate our executives in a manner that motivates them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives and create stockholder value.

To help achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee expects to maintain our current compensation plans and implement new plans as needed in order to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals, such as revenue, CIP Adjusted EBITDA (defined below) and CIP Working Capital (defined below).

Our executive compensation program rewards both team and individual accomplishments by emphasizing a combination of corporate results and individual accountability. A portion of total compensation is placed at risk through annual performance bonuses and long-term incentives. In the aggregate, the annual performance bonuses at target represent between 3% and 7% of the total target direct compensation (which consists of annual base salary and long-term and short-term incentives) for our named executive officers. Our historic practice with regard to issuing long-term incentives has been to grant restricted stock at the time of hire or promotion, although we occasionally, based upon individual circumstances, issue restricted stock or incentive stock options on an ad-hoc basis, in each case with approval from the Compensation Committee. Going forward, the Compensation Committee believes that grants of stock options are better suited to aligning the interests of our named executive officers with our stockholders. Long-term incentives, based on grant date fair value, generally represent between 79% and 93% of the total target direct compensation for our named executive officers. This combination of incentives is designed to balance annual operating objectives and our earnings performance with longer-term stockholder value creation. In 2009, annual target bonuses represented between 3% and 33% of the total target direct compensation and long-term incentives represented between 0% and 89% of the total target direct compensation for our named executive officers. The disparity largely results from our historic practice of granting long-term equity awards upon an executive’s commencement of employment, where in 2009, all of our named executive officers, other than Mr. Wuerch and Mr. Leigh, received an equity award (Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan each received commencement equity grants). As a result, the total target direct compensation for Mr. Wuerch and Mr. Leigh in 2009 consisted solely of cash compensation.

We seek to provide competitive compensation that is commensurate with performance. We generally target compensation at the median for companies of a similar size in the software and mobile data services industry (based on revenues, market capitalization and other financial metrics) and calibrate both annual and long-term incentive opportunities to generate less-than-median awards when goals are not fully achieved and greater-than-median awards when performance goals are exceeded. The competitive market is comprised of companies in the software and mobile data services industry. To ensure we maintain our position to market, it has been our historical practice to review compensation data as well as best practices with respect to compensation and benefits on an annual basis, based upon informal benchmarking against Radford and other publicly available compensation surveys, to ensure executive compensation remains within the relative range noted above. We expect to continue this practice going forward and the Compensation Committee intends to continue to engage an independent compensation consultant to maintain and modify our executive compensation peer group to benchmark against. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Compensation Committee Procedures” for a more detailed discussion of the Compensation Committee’s use of compensation consultants.

 

91


Table of Contents

We also seek to promote a long-term commitment to us by our executives. We believe that there is great value to us in having a team of long-tenured, seasoned managers. Our team-focused culture and management processes are designed to foster this commitment. In addition, the vesting schedule attached to equity awards is based upon continued employment for each calendar quarter over four years, and is intended to retain our executives and reinforce this long-term orientation.

Compensation Committee Procedures

The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities and authorities are specified in the Compensation Committee’s Charter. The Compensation Committee charter will be filed as an exhibit to an amended registration statement. The Compensation Committee’s functions and authority include, but are not limited to, the review and approval of employment agreements, offer letters, severance and separation agreements, base salary, annual bonus and incentive, option and equity grants and other compensation and employment decisions for the following: employees with a base salary and bonus above a specified threshold, each executive officer of the Company including the named executive officers and such other senior officers as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. In addition, the Compensation Committee is responsible for the evaluation of the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers, oversight and administration of our equity plans and approval of non-customary compensation, equity grants, severance or other plans that are outside of the terms and conditions contained in the applicable plan and have an aggregate dollar value exceeding a specified threshold. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review and approval of all our human resources plans such as the 401(k) plan, health and welfare plans, compensation of our board of directors and any other matters delegated to the Compensation Committee by our Board of Directors.

On or about August 24, 2009, David Limp resigned as chairperson of the Compensation Committee and subsequently resigned from our Board of Directors and ceased to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee on November 16, 2009. On January 11, 2010, Keith Daubenspeck resigned from our Board of Directors and ceased to serve as a member of the Compensation Committee. Lady Barbara Judge was elected to our Board of Directors on January 11, 2010 and appointed to the Compensation Committee. Effective as of January 13, 2010, Hunter Gary was elected as Chairperson by the Compensation Committee, in accordance with the Compensation Committee Charter.

Compensation Committee meetings are expected to be held at least quarterly to review and consider decisions on topics including, but not limited to: review and approval of bonus awards for the prior performance period under our Corporate Incentive Plan (“CIP”) and our long-term incentive plan, the term sheet for which was approved by the Compensation Committee on December 16, 2009. The chairperson will regularly report on Compensation Committee actions and recommendations at full meetings of our Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee will meet outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the Compensation Committee will meet outside the presence of all executive officers and will consult with our Chief Executive Officer. Going forward, our Chief Executive Officer will review annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the Compensation Committee and recommend appropriate base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers for the Compensation Committee to consider. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the elements described below, the Compensation Committee will approve the annual compensation packages of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also will annually analyze and review our Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine any cash performance awards under the CIP and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any independent consultants engaged by the Compensation Committee.

 

92


Table of Contents

In order to ensure that we continue to remunerate our executives appropriately and align our compensation programs with the interest of our stockholders, the Compensation Committee retained Frederic W. Cook & Co. in the fall of 2009 as its independent compensation consultant to review its policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation in connection with this offering. In addition, effective as of December 1, 2009, the Compensation Committee retained independent legal counsel, Brown Rudnick LLP, to provide advice and assistance with respect to the terms and conditions of the Company’s executive employment and compensation related agreements and plans. Frederic W. Cook & Co. has assisted the Compensation Committee by providing comparative market data on compensation practices and programs based on an analysis of peer competitors and by providing guidance on industry best practices. The Compensation Committee retains the right to modify or terminate its relationship with Frederic W. Cook & Co., and to retain other outside advisors to assist the Compensation Committee in carrying out its responsibilities. The Compensation Committee intends to continue to retain independent legal counsel. In 2009, the Company engaged an employee benefits consulting firm, Edify, to assist the Compensation Committee in benchmarking the Company’s benefit plans that cover executive officers and all other eligible employees against market benefit practices. The Compensation Committee intends to engage an employee benefits consultant to assist in similar evaluations in 2010.

Elements of Compensation

The Compensation Committee determines all components of executive compensation and has selected the following elements (discussed in detail below) to promote our pay-for-performance philosophy and compensation goals and objectives:

 

  Ÿ  

base salary;

 

  Ÿ  

annual cash incentive awards linked to our overall performance;

 

  Ÿ  

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as restricted stock or options;

 

  Ÿ  

termination and change of control provisions; and

 

  Ÿ  

benefits generally available to employees.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Pay Mix

We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a well-proportioned mix of secure compensation, retention value and at-risk compensation which produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide the executive with a measure of financial and job security, while motivating the executive to focus on business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for the Company and long-term wealth creation for the executive, as well as reducing the risk of recruitment of top executive talent by competitors. The mix of metrics used for our annual performance bonus and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance.

For key executives, the mix of compensation is weighted more heavily toward at-risk pay (annual bonus incentives and long-term equity incentives). Total at-risk compensation for our named executive officers in 2009 represented between 33% and 93% of an executive’s total target direct compensation. Initial incentive packages for our key executives were negotiated at the time of employment offer.

 

93


Table of Contents

Equity incentives were viewed to be a critical element of the total compensation package and have historically been issued at the time of hire or promotion; although additional grants have been issued based upon individual circumstances. All incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance, while targeting pay at approximately the 50th percentile of the competitive market. To ensure we maintain our position to market, it has been our historical practice to review benchmark data on an annual basis to ensure executive compensation remains within the relative ranges noted above. The Compensation Committee intends to evaluate this practice of setting compensation at the 50th percentile going forward. In December 2009, the Compensation Committee’s compensation consultant, Frederic W. Cook & Co., selected the following 19 companies to create a benchmark for assistance in determining competitive compensation packages in accordance with our stated philosophy:

 

Aruba    Digital River    Limelight Networks    Riverbed    Syncronoss
CommVault Systems    Emdeon    Netsuite    Solar Winds    Syniverse
Concur Technologies    Epiq Systems    Neustar    Starent Networks    Taleo
DigitalGlobe    Infinera    Omniture    SuccessFactors     

The Compensation Committee intends to review the above list of companies and determine whether to develop a peer group for benchmarking of compensation going forward, or, instead, to rely on broader market conditions and best practices.

Base Salary

The primary component of short-term compensation of our executive officers has historically been base salary. The base salary established for each of our executive officers is intended to reflect competitive wages for positions in companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the software and mobile data services industry, representing each individual’s job duties and responsibilities, experience, and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors. Base salary is also designed to provide our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations for each executive’s base salary (including his own), based on our executives’ experience and with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in the software and mobile data services industry, that are then reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee.

Historic annual salary increases have been based on our Chief Executive Officer’s assessment of each named executive officer’s performance, the Company’s overall performance and the other factors described above including our performance based on criteria such as defined revenue, CIP Adjusted EBITDA, and CIP Working Capital metrics.

With these principles in mind, base salaries are reviewed during the first half of the fiscal year by our Compensation Committee, and may be recommended for adjustment from time to time based on the results of this review. In past years, the Compensation Committee, with guidance from our Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors, reviewed the performance of all executive officers, and based on this review and any relevant competitive market data (through salary survey information provided by our human resources department, informal discussions with recruiting firms and research), set the executive compensation package for each executive officer for the coming year.

Annual base salary increases have been based upon our pay for performance philosophy, whereby pre-determined quantitative and qualitative individual goals and objectives are established at the beginning of the performance period for named executive officers below the Chief Executive

 

94


Table of Contents

Officer, and measured and assessed at the end of the performance year. Based upon each individual’s performance rating and compensation range position, individuals are eligible for a merit increase based upon the established guidelines within budget for the performance year.

Based upon general economic conditions, like many other companies, we elected to forego merit increases for 2009; therefore, no named executive officers received base salary increases during 2009. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Wuerch will receive a base salary increase (as well as an increase in his on-target annual cash bonus to 100% of his base salary) as a result of renegotiating his employment agreement and in contemplation of his additional responsibilities associated with the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded. Mr. Wuerch’s base salary and bonus increase are described in the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements.” The base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2009 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Short-Term Incentives

On an annual basis, or at the commencement of an executive officer’s employment with us, the Compensation Committee typically sets a target level of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. Our executives participate in our annual CIP which ensures that short-term incentives are tied directly to our financial performance for the fiscal year. Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive from 0% up to 150% of his target bonus amount. These corporate performance objectives are designed to be challenging but achievable. The performance metrics and objectives are weighted in a specific manner as defined by the Compensation Committee in the CIP and approved by the Board of Directors. For all named executive officers, 20% is tied directly to achievement of our revenue objectives; 60% is tied to achievement of our CIP Adjusted EBITDA objectives; and 20% is tied to our CIP Working Capital objectives. Executive officers are not eligible for bonuses if certain minimum targets are not met.

“CIP Adjusted EBITDA” means the Company’s fiscal year 2009 consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, stock compensation and other income/expense. For 2010, the CIP Adjusted EBITDA will mean the Company’s fiscal year 2010 consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, fair value adjustments for warrants and stock compensation. CIP Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2010 includes, without limitation, (i) restructuring costs; (ii) other income/expense, with the sole exception being income/expense for fair value adjustment for warrants; and (iii) expenses associated with payments under this 2010 CIP, and the sales incentive plan, as well as all other incentive plans.

“CIP Working Capital” means the Company’s monthly average of (i) accounts receivable minus (ii) account payable minus (iii) other accrued liabilities for the Company’s fiscal year expenses.

Our named executive officers’ threshold and maximum awards under the CIP are based upon pre-determined quantitative goals and objectives established at the beginning of the performance period, as noted above. Maximum achievement of the CIP was set at a level that significantly exceeds our business plan and has a low probability of payout. These metrics are measured and assessed at the end of the performance year. In April 2009, our Compensation Committee established the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers in accordance with their respective employment agreements and offer letters. For fiscal year 2009, Messrs. Wuerch, Leigh, Hebner, Ryan and Smith were eligible to receive on-target annual cash bonuses of 75%, 50%, 55%, 50% and 55%, respectively, of their fiscal year 2009 base salaries. For fiscal year 2009, at threshold achievement for each of the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital objectives, our named executive officers were entitled to receive 70% of their target CIP bonus.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following tables illustrate the metrics, thresholds and potential awards for our named executive officers under the CIP. In order for a named executive officer to receive any payment under the 2009 CIP, a copy of which is attached as an exhibit to this S-1, the Company must meet the threshold performance targets for each of the revenue and CIP Adjusted EBITDA metrics, as established by the Compensation Committee on or about March 23, 2009.

2009 CIP Metrics:

 

% of CIP Adjusted EBITDA Target Achieved: Weighting 60%

  CIP Adjusted EBITDA Payout % of Target  
less than 91.2%   0
greater than or equal to 91.2%   70
100.0%   100
144.0%   125
173.4%   150

 

% of Revenue Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

  Revenue Payout % of Target  
less than 98.9%   0
greater than or equal to 98.9%   70
106.0%   100
104.4%   125
108.8%   150

 

% of CIP Working Capital Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

  CIP Working Capital Payout % of Target  
greater than 106.0%   0
less than or equal to 106.0%   70
100.0%   100
77.3%   125
54.5%   150

At this time, we are not disclosing the specific performance targets for the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital metrics set forth above because disclosure of the specific targets under the CIP would signal areas of strategic focus and give competitors harmful insight into the direction of our business. We are committed to the long-term success and growth of our enterprise and disclosing short-term objectives would run counter to both our compensation and business philosophy of focusing on long-term goals and, as a result, could result in confusion for investors. As we gain experience as a public company and expand, we will continue to assess whether the disclosure of specific performance metrics will cause us competitive harm. The 2009 targets above may not be changed from those previously established, except with the written consent of the Compensation Committee.

In addition, the Compensation Committee may adjust performance measures, targets and payout ranges due to extraordinary or nonrecurring events, such as significant financings, equity offerings or acquisitions. We believe that establishing competitive cash bonus opportunities helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executives, and allows our executives to fully focus on the business objectives without the burden of considering potential loss of wealth due to extenuating circumstances. Pursuant to the terms of the CIP, participation in the plan is at the Company’s discretion and the Compensation Committee retains the discretion to alter, modify or amend the plan. These bonuses are intended to annually reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results.

On December 16, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved the CIP for fiscal year 2010 under which our structure and process for short-term incentives will be materially the same as stated for 2009, a copy of the 2010 CIP is attached as an exhibit to this S-1. This includes stated thresholds for minimum payout for the CIP Adjusted EBITDA, revenue and CIP Working Capital financial targets of 90%, 95% and 105% respectively. The 2010 CIP similarly incorporates graduated thresholds for incremental payouts commensurate with the three weighted performance categories ranging from 0% to 150%.

 

96


Table of Contents

2010 CIP Metrics:

 

% of CIP Adjusted EBITDA Target Achieved: Weighting 60%

  CIP Adjusted EBITDA Payout % of Target
less than 90%   0%
greater than or equal to 90%   60%
100%   100%
115%   125%
130%   150%

% of Revenue Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

 

Revenue Payout % of Target

less than 95%   0%
greater than or equal to 95%   60%
100%   100%
105%   125%
110%   150%

% of CIP Working Capital Target Achieved: Weighting 20%

 

CIP Working Capital Payout % of Target

greater than 105%   0%
less than or equal to 105%   60%
100%   100%
75%   125%
50%   150%

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

The Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term corporate success. Additionally, the Compensation Committee believes that equity-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we have historically awarded equity-based compensation in the form of restricted stock and stock options. The Compensation Committee believes equity awards provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time. Going forward, the Compensation Committee intends to use stock appreciation awards, such as options to purchase the Company’s common stock, rather than full value awards such as restricted stock, as awards to our executive officers.

In the past, our executive officers, other than Mr. Wuerch, were provided with an equity grant in the form of restricted stock when they joined our company based upon the executive’s position with us and his or her relevant prior experience. These inducement grants have a double trigger vesting schedule. First, shares accrue on a calendar quarter basis over a four year term commencing at the end of the first calendar quarter completed following the grant date to encourage executive longevity and to compensate our executive officers for their contribution to our success over a period of time. Second, when a qualifying event, generally, a sale of the Company or “Change of Control” where fifty percent (50%) of the consideration received by stockholders is cash or marketable securities (“Sale”) or a qualified public offering of common stock with a value of at least $40 million (“Offering”) occurs (the second trigger), the accrued shares will immediately vest (in the case of an Offering vesting is delayed until the date all trading restrictions imposed in connection with an Offering are terminated). For purposes of the restricted stock grants, a “Change of Control”, generally means (i) a merger, share exchange, consolidation, or reorganization where the Company’s stockholders prior to such event own less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power and equity ownership after such event or (ii) a transaction in which a person becomes the beneficial owner of more than fifty percent (50%) of the

 

97


Table of Contents

Company’s common stock. Below is a table that will provide an overview of the various scenarios related to the potential accrual or vesting of shares with regard to our restricted stock awards:

 

    

Event

  

Effect on Vesting

 

Sale or Offering

occurs  during

employment

   (i) No Change of Control prior to Trigger Date    (i) On Trigger Date, 1/16 of total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters
  

 

(ii) Change of Control occurs on or before Trigger Date

  

 

(ii) On Trigger Date, 1/2 of total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total shares x # of calendar quarters

  

 

(iii) After Trigger Date with no Change of Control

  

 

(iii) 1/16 of total restricted shares continue to vest each calendar quarter

  

 

(iv) After Trigger Date and after Change of Control

  

 

(iv) 1/32 of total restricted shares continue to vest each calendar quarter

  

 

(v) Change of Control after Trigger Date

  

 

(v) 1/2 of remaining unvested restricted shares vest on Change of Control date

  

 

(vi) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability or employee terminates for good reason within 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(vi) All remaining unvested restricted shares vest on date of termination

  

 

(vii) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability more than 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(vii) 1/2 of remaining unvested restricted shares vest on date of termination

    

Event

  

Effect on Vesting

 
Sale or Offering occurs after termination of employment    (i) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability or employee terminates for good reason within 12 months after Change of Control    (i) All restricted shares vest on the Trigger Date
 
  

 

(ii) Employee is terminated other than for cause or disability more than 12 months after Change of Control

  

 

(ii) 3/4 of the total restricted shares plus 1/64 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(iii) Employee is terminated without cause or disability on a date when no Change of Control has occurred

  

 

(iii) 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(iv) Employee leaves voluntarily or is terminated for cause or disability upon or after Change of Control

  

 

(iv) 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 
  

 

(v) Employee leaves voluntarily or is terminated for cause or disability when no Change of Control has occurred

  

 

(v) 1/16 of the total restricted shares x # of calendar quarters vest on the Trigger Date

 

“Trigger Date” means the date a Sale is consummated or the date all trading restrictions imposed in connection with an Offering are terminated.

“# of calendar quarters” means the number of calendar quarters that have been completed since the date of the grant.

In addition to restricted stock granted upon commencement of employment with us, our Compensation Committee may grant additional equity awards to retain our executives and to recognize the achievement of corporate and individual goals and/or strong individual performance. Additional forms of equity may be granted in the future, including stock options, as recommended by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

98


Table of Contents

In 2009, the following named executive officers were granted long-term equity-based grants: Jim Smith (5,000,000 shares), Allyn P. Hebner (2,500,000 shares), and James Ryan (3,500,000 shares). All of these grants were restricted share awards made at the time of Messrs. Smith’s, Hebner’s and Ryan’s commencement of employment with the Company and were made based on a number of considerations, including the competitive market for similarly situated technology executives and negotiations needed to secure qualified executives to backfill key vacancies on the leadership team. Restricted shares, with the vesting schedule as described above, were selected for these new hire grants to create a long-term ownership stake in our Company.

2004 Stock Plan

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “2004 Motricity Inc. Stock Plan”) provides for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, shares of stock and restricted stock to eligible participants, including executive officers, employees and directors. The purpose of the 2004 Motricity Inc. Stock Plan is to provide equity incentives to more closely align the interests of our executives, employees and directors with those of our stockholders. The 2004 Motricity Inc. Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee, which has the authority to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards. The effective date of the 2004 Motricity Inc. Stock Plan is March 19, 2004 and is attached as an exhibit to this S-1.

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan

On December 16, 2009, the Compensation Committee approved a term sheet that contains the terms and conditions for a new long-term incentive plan. A copy of the Long-Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet is attached as an exhibit to this filing. Prior to the completion of this offering, the Compensation Committee will approve the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2010 LTIP”). A copy of the 2010 LTIP will be filed as an exhibit to an amended registration statement. The 2010 LTIP will be administered by the Compensation Committee and generally allow for the grant of various forms of equity incentives in addition to incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, such as grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, other share-based awards, and cash-based annual incentive awards. All future grants of equity and cash-based long-term incentive awards will be made pursuant to the terms of the 2010 LTIP, until such time as the Compensation Committee approves the adoption of a new long-term incentive plan.

Other Executive Benefits

Our executives are eligible for the following benefits on the same basis as other eligible employees:

 

  Ÿ  

health insurance;

 

  Ÿ  

vacation, personal holidays and sick days;

 

  Ÿ  

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

 

  Ÿ  

short-term and long-term disability; and

 

  Ÿ  

a 401(k) plan with matching contributions (if applicable) (matching contributions will be determined based upon the Company’s financial performance for the fiscal year as reported in our audited financial statements).

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees. Our named executive officers will be eligible for those benefits typically available to all of our employees and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing plans. Our Compensation Committee retains the right to amend or terminate such plans.

 

99


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Severance and Change of Control Benefits

We believe that a strong, experienced management team is essential to the best interests of the Company and our stockholders. We recognize that the possibility of a change of control could arise and that such a possibility could result in the departure or distraction of members of the management team to the detriment of our Company and our stockholders. We have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with our named executive officers, which provide for the payment of a sale bonus based upon the price of the transaction to assist in maximizing the sale price and further minimizing employment security concerns arising in the course of negotiating and completing a significant transaction. By contrast to the other named executive officers, for our Chief Executive Officer, if he is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason in connection with a change of control, he will be eligible to receive two times the sum of his base salary and the average of his annual bonuses for the three year period preceding his termination and accelerated vesting of fifty percent of specified equity awards; these benefits are quantified in the section captioned “Executive Compensation-Employment Agreements.”

The named executive officers are also entitled to between nine and twelve months of severance in the event their employment is terminated by the Company without cause or the named executive officer resigns for good reason. The amount of a named executive officer’s severance is based on the executive’s role and responsibilities with the Company, where our Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel each receive twelve months of continued base salary payments and the other named executive officers each receive nine months of continued base salary payments. Mr. Wuerch is also entitled to accelerated vesting of fifty percent of specified equity awards and a prorated bonus as part of his severance. These benefits are quantified in the section captioned “Executive Compensation-Employment Agreements.”

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) (as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49) denies a federal income tax deduction for certain compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to the Chief Executive Officer and the three other most highly paid executive officers (other than the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer) of a publicly-traded corporation. Certain types of compensation, including compensation based on performance criteria that are approved in advance by stockholders, are excluded from the deduction limit. In addition, “grandfather” provisions may apply to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into the corporation before it was publicly held. The Compensation Committee’s policy will be to qualify compensation paid to executive officers for deductibility for federal income tax purposes to the extent feasible. However, to retain highly skilled executives and remain competitive with other employers, the Compensation Committee will have the right to authorize compensation that would not otherwise be deductible under Section 162(m) or otherwise when it considers it in our best interests to do so.

The Compensation Committee considers the manner in which Internal Revenue Code Section 409A affects deferred compensation opportunities that we offer to our employees. Section 409A requires, among other things, that “non-qualified deferred compensation” be structured in a way that limits employees’ ability to accelerate or further defer certain kinds of deferred compensation. We intend to operate our existing compensation arrangements that are covered by Section 409A in accordance with the applicable rules thereunder, and we will continue to review and amend our compensation arrangements where necessary to comply with Section 409A.

The Compensation Committee does not believe that tax gross-ups, other than with respect to relocation expenses and other similar perquisites which necessitate a gross-up in order to make the executive whole from a tax perspective, paid by companies to their executive officers are in the best interests of stockholders. As a result, the Compensation Committee will not approve any employment agreement or compensation plan that provides our executive officers with a gross-up for federal and or state income taxes that may arise under either Internal Revenue Code Section 409A or the golden parachute excise tax rules of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G.

 

100


Table of Contents

2009 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation paid or accrued by us to or on behalf of our named executive officers for services provided to us during the year ended, December 31, 2009:

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name & Principal Position

  Year   Salary ($)     Bonus ($)   Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)(3)
  Total
($)(4)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  2009   365,000      —     —     —     TBD   73,000   TBD

Chief Executive Officer

               

Allyn P. Hebner

  2009   278,449      —     2,025,000   —     TBD   —     TBD

Chief Financial Officer

               

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  2009   290,000      —     —     —     TBD   —     TBD

Sr. Vice President,

General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

               

Jim Smith

  2009   329,650 (1)    —     4,050,000   —     TBD   88,975   TBD

President & Chief

Operating Officer

               

James Ryan

  2009   160,416 (1)    —     3,500,000   —     TBD   —     TBD

Chief Strategy &

Marketing Officer

               

 

(1) Messrs. Smith and Ryan were hired in 2009; their annualized base salaries are $332,000 and $275,000, respectively.
(2) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value of restricted share awards. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company. Restricted share awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a 4-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(3) All Other Compensation in 2009 for our named executive officers consisted of the following:

 

Name

   401(k)
Match(a)
   Living
Adjustment
($)
    Relocation
Assistance
($)
 

Ryan K. Wuerch

   TBD    73,000 (b)    —     

Allyn P. Hebner

   TBD    —        —     

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   TBD    —        —     

Jim Smith

   TBD    —        88,975 (c) 

James Ryan

   TBD    —        —     

 

  (a) Contributions are performance-based and will be calculated after Company performance for 2009 has been assessed. Numbers will be updated upon completion of the Company’s annual audit.
  (b) Represents annual COLA payments provided to Mr. Wuerch in connection with his moving from North Carolina to the Company’s new corporate headquarters in Bellevue, Washington. Mr. Wuerch will continue to receive COLA as long as he resides in the vicinity of Bellevue, Washington. The COLA will cease on the earlier of July 25, 2010 or the initial public offering of our common stock.
  (c) Represents Mr. Smith’s relocation assistance benefits (as grossed-up for applicable taxes). See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” for a further discussion of Mr. Smith’s relocation benefits.
(4) Numbers to be updated upon completion of the Company’s annual audit.

 

101


Table of Contents

2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2009 with respect to our named executive officers.

2009 GRANTS OF PLAN BASED AWARDS

 

Name

  Grant
Date
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan
Awards
  All other
Stock
Awards
  All other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
(S/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)(3)
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
  # of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#)(2)
     

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     191,625   273,750   410,625   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Allyn P. Hebner

  5/7/2009   87,311   134,729   187,094   —     —     —     2,500,000   —     —     2,025,000

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     101,500   145,000   217,500   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Jim Smith

  2/5/2009   126,069   180,099   270,148   —     —     —     5,000,000   —     —     4,050,000

James Ryan

  8/6/2009   56,432   80,616   120,925   —     —     —     3,500,000   —     —     3,500,000

 

(1) Amounts shown reflect the threshold, target and maximum payout amounts under the CIP. The target payout is equal to a percentage of each named executive officer’s salary, which for 2009, ranged from 50% to 75% of base salary, depending on the executive’s role and level of responsibility. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Short-Term Incentives” for a detailed description of the named executive officer’s target CIP bonus opportunities. At threshold performance under the CIP, the named executive officers will receive 70% of their target payout, at target performance under the CIP the named executive officers will receive 100% of their target payout and at maximum performance the named executive officers will receive 150% of their target payout. No amounts are payable with respect to each metric if performance is below threshold and in order for a named executive officer to receive a bonus under the 2009 CIP, the Company’s actual performance must meet the threshold targets for both the revenue and CIP Adjusted EBITDA metrics.
(2) Restricted share awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a 4-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(3) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.

 

102


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2009 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009 with respect to the named executive officer. The market value of the shares in the following table is the fair value of such shares at December 31, 2009.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End-2009

 

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of shares
or Units
of Stock
that
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
that
Have not
Vested
($)(5)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights that
have Not
Vested
  Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares or
Other
Rights that
Have Not
Vested ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  125,000   365,669 (1)    —     0.80   1/1/2018   —        —     —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  2,535,383   2,526,051 (1)    —     0.80   1/1/2018   —        —     —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     4,132,778 (3)    5,413,939   —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     1,419,315 (3)    1,859,302   —     —  

Ryan K. Wuerch

  —     —        —     —     —     367,642 (4)    481,611   —     —  

Allyn P. Hebner

  —     —        —     —     —     2,500,000 (3)    3,275,000   —     —  

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     —        —     —     —     2,000,000 (3)    2,620,000   —     —  

Jim Smith

  —     —        —     —     —     5,000,000 (3)    6,550,000   —     —  

James Ryan

  —     —        —     —     —     3,500,000 (3)    4,585,000   —     —  

 

(1) The options vest over a 4 year period with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining portion of the option vesting in pro rata equal monthly installments over the remaining 3 year period.
(2) Represents grant date fair value. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.
(3) Restricted stock awards are subject to double trigger vesting, where accrued vesting is quarterly over a 4-year term, and where a second qualifying event has to trigger the actual vesting of shares. The qualifying event is either a Sale or an Offering, neither of which occurred in 2009.
(4) The restricted stock granted to Mr. Wuerch on September 29, 2004 vests in six pro rata equal installments on each April 30 of 2005 through 2010, respectively.
(5) Represents the product of multiplying the number of unvested restricted shares by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009, the last day of our fiscal year. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the vesting or exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)(1)
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
    Value
Realized on
Vesting
($)
 

Ryan K. Wuerch

  683,829   540,225   367,642 (2)    297,790 (3) 

Allyn P. Hebner

  —     —     —        —     

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  —     —     —        —     

Jim Smith

  —     —     —        —     

James Ryan

  —     —     —        —     

 

(1) Represents the value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise ($0.81) less the option exercise price ($0.02) multiplied by the number of shares for which the option was exercised. See “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Stock-based Compensation” for a description of how we valued our stock while we were a private company.
(2) Represents vesting of one-sixth of the restricted stock granted to Mr. Wuerch on September 29, 2004.
(3) Represents the product of multiplying the number of shares of restricted stock that vested by the value of our common stock of $0.81 per share on the date of vesting (April 30, 2009).

 

103


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits & Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We sponsor a 401(k) plan, which is a qualified retirement plan offered to all eligible employees, including our named executive officers, that permits eligible employees to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis. The Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion determine to approve a performance-based matching contribution, subject to the Company’s achievement of certain financial metrics. We do not provide and do not intend to provide any non-qualified deferred compensation or defined benefit pension plans to any of our named executive officers or other employees.

Employment Agreements

Mr. Wuerch has entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with the Company effective January 19, 2010 for an initial 24 month term, which will automatically renew for successive one year periods unless either the Company or Mr. Wuerch provides at least 90 days prior written notice of an intent to terminate the employment agreement earlier. Under the terms of the amended agreement, Mr. Wuerch is entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000; provided that on the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock (“initial public offering”), Mr. Wuerch’s annual base salary will increase to $450,000. Mr. Wuerch will also receive “Temporary Adjustment” payments (which represent a COLA adjustment agreed upon in 2008 in connection with his relocation from North Carolina to the state of Washington) equal to 20% of his base salary, payable on the 15th and the last day of each month until either (i) the effective date of an initial public offering or (ii) July 25, 2010, whichever occurs first. The Temporary Adjustment payments are not included in the definition of base salary for the purpose of any incentive, bonus, severance or change of control payments. Mr. Wuerch is a current participant in the 2009 CIP with a target earnings opportunity of 75% of his annual base salary. He will continue to be an eligible participant in the 2010 CIP, whereby his target earnings opportunity will continue to be 75% of his annual base salary until an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. At that time, Mr. Wuerch’s incentive opportunity under the CIP will increase to 100% of his annual base salary, prorated based upon the date of the initial public offering. Additionally, in the event a “company sale” (as defined in his employment agreement) occurs prior to the earlier of an initial public offering and July 25, 2010, in which the “aggregate value” (as defined in the agreement) is (i) $300,000,000 or less, Mr. Wuerch will receive a lump sum payment equal to $2,000,000 (less the applicable percentage if less than 100% of the Company’s equity is sold), or (ii) greater than $300,000,000, Mr. Wuerch will receive a lump sum payment equal to 1% times the aggregate value of the company sale (less the applicable percentage if less than 100% of the Company’s equity is sold ), in any case such lump sum to be reduced by the aggregate “equity proceeds” (as defined in the agreement); provided, that Mr. Wuerch must remain employed by the Company at the time of the company sale or have been terminated without “cause” or have resigned for “good reason” (each as defined in the agreement) within four months prior to such company sale. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Wuerch is entitled to a grant of 5,000,000 stock options to vest in pro rata equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the effective date of the initial public offering, provided that the initial public offering occurs prior to July 25, 2010 and the employment agreement has not been previously terminated. Under the terms of his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Wuerch is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason, as defined in his employment agreement, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, he will receive (i) twelve months of continued base salary payments, (ii) a pro rated amount of his annual bonus based on actual performance for the year in which his employment terminated, payable in a lump sum at the time the Company pays such bonuses under the CIP and (iii) accelerated vesting of 50% of all outstanding and unvested options issued in connection with the employment agreement. In the event Mr. Wuerch is terminated by the Company without cause or he resigns for good reason in connection with a change of control (as defined in his employment agreement), contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Wuerch will receive (i) an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) his base salary and (y) the average actual annual bonuses received by him over the three year period prior to the date of his

 

104


Table of Contents

termination, payable in installments over the twelve month period following his termination of employment and (ii) accelerated vesting of 50% of all outstanding and unvested options issued in connection with the employment agreement. The employment agreement specifies that during his employment with us and for twelve months thereafter, Mr. Wuerch will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination, he agrees not to solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Wuerch’s agreement states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement.

Mr. Hebner served as Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 4, 2008 and was subsequently offered the position of Chief Financial Officer, of which he accepted on March 6, 2009. His March 6, 2009 offer letter states that Mr. Hebner is entitled to an annual salary of $275,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Hebner is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 55% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Hebner may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Hebner may also be eligible to participate in our stock incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Hebner received a restricted stock award of 2,500,000 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Hebner’s offer letter states he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. Additionally, Mr. Hebner’s agreement states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our Company’s non-disclosure agreement, and that he will not serve as a member of another board without prior approval from the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Hebner’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at anytime, but also provides that Mr. Hebner will be entitled to severance pay if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Hebner will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination for a period of nine months. The offer specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Hebner will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination solicit our customers or interfere with our business.

Mr. Leigh’s offer letter was signed and accepted on August 12, 2008. The offer letter states that Mr. Leigh is entitled to an annual salary of $290,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Leigh is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a target earnings opportunity of 50% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Leigh may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Leigh may also be eligible to participate in our stock incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Leigh received a restricted stock award of 2,000,000 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Leigh’s agreement states he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Leigh’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides that Mr. Leigh will be entitled to severance pay and health insurance benefits if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Leigh will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination, along with continued health coverage, for a period of twelve months. Mr. Leigh’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of a non-disclosure agreement.

Mr. Smith’s offer letter was signed and accepted as of January 8, 2009. Per the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Smith was required to permanently relocate to the Bellevue area by August 31, 2009. In conjunction with his relocation and as provided in his offer letter, Mr. Smith participated in our

 

105


Table of Contents

relocation program, whereby he will receive compensation for movement of household goods from his then current domicile to the Bellevue area. The offer letter states that Mr. Smith is entitled to an annual salary of $332,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Smith is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 55% of his annual base salary for 2009. Mr. Smith may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Smith may also be eligible to participate in our Company’s stock incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Based upon satisfaction of the terms of his relocation commitment, Mr. Smith received a restricted stock award of 5,000,000 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. He will be eligible for an additional 1,000,000 shares twelve months from the date of his offer letter (i.e., January 8, 2010), should he remain an active employee in good standing. Mr. Smith’s agreement states that he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Smith’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides that Mr. Smith will be entitled to severance pay and health insurance benefits if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Smith will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination, along with continued health coverage, for a period of nine months. The offer letter specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Smith will not engage in specified competitive activities or solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Smith’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of our non-disclosure agreement and that he shall not serve as a member of another board without prior approval from the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

Mr. Ryan’s offer letter was signed and accepted on May 23, 2009. The offer letter states that Mr. Ryan is entitled to an annual salary of $275,000 payable in equal installments on the 15th and the last day of each month. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Ryan is currently entitled to participate in our CIP with a prorated target earnings opportunity of 50% of his annualized base salary for 2009. Mr. Ryan may be eligible to receive a bonus under the terms of the CIP for 2009, should he be an active employee on the date bonuses are paid in 2010. Mr. Ryan may also be eligible to participate in our stock incentive plans and is currently provided medical, health and dental insurance coverage for himself and his dependents. Upon commencement of employment, Mr. Ryan received a restricted stock award of 3,500,000 shares under the 2004 Motricity, Inc. Stock Plan. Mr. Ryan’s offer letter also states that he will be eligible for a “Sale Completion” bonus, should the Company be sold during the term of his employment. The offer letter specifies that Mr. Ryan’s employment is “at will” and can be terminated without cause or notice at any time, but also provides Mr. Ryan will be entitled to severance pay if, as defined in the offer letter, he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason. Specifically, contingent upon his execution of a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, Mr. Ryan will receive his monthly base salary in effect at the time of termination for a period of nine months. The offer letter specifies that, during his employment with us and for nine months thereafter, Mr. Ryan will not engage in specified competitive activities and for two years following his termination of employment he will not solicit our customers or interfere with our business. Mr. Ryan’s offer letter states that he is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s non-disclosure agreement.

 

106


Table of Contents

Non-Disclosure Agreements

In addition to the restrictive covenants contained in their offer letters and employment agreements, each of the named executive officers have agreed to comply with a form of non-disclosure and non-competition agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) on the following terms, respectively:

 

Name

   Employment
Document
   Non-Disclosure
Agreement
   Non-Compete    Non-Solicitation
Period Length
   Intellectual
Property
Protection

Ryan K. Wuerch

   Employment
Agreement
   Yes    1 Year    2 Years    1 Year

Allyn P. Hebner

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    2 Years    1 Year

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   Offer Letter    Yes    N/A    N/A    N/A

Jim Smith

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    9 Months    1 Year

James Ryan

   Offer Letter    Yes    9 Months    2 Years    1 Year

Each of the named executive officers also agrees that the remedy of damages for any breach by him of the provisions of either the employment agreement, offer letter or the Non-Disclosure Agreement is inadequate and that we may be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and each agrees not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate us.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason and without a Change of Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or the employee terminates for good reason on December 31, 2009 and a change of control had not occurred on or prior to that date. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the amended employment agreements and offer letters for such named executive officers. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  Cash Severance
Benefits
($)
    Continued Health
Benefits
($)
  Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(3)
    Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  656,250 (1)    n/a   481,611 (4)    1,137,861

Allyn P. Hebner

  206,250 (2)    n/a   —        206,250

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  290,000 (2)    14,255   —        304,255

Jim Smith

  249,000 (2)    10,691   —        259,691

James Ryan

  206,250 (2)    n/a   —        206,250

 

(1) Represents one times base salary ($375,000) plus a pro rated bonus based upon target performance ($281,250).
(2) Represents severance equal to 12 months of base salary for Mr. Leigh and severance equal to 9 months of base salary for each of Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation Employment Agreements” for a description of the severance payable to the named executive officers.
(3) See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Based Compensation” for a description of the effect of a termination without cause or for good reason on the vesting of the restricted shares. No value will accrue on the restricted shares until the second trigger occurs.

 

107


Table of Contents
(4) Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (367,642 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009. See footnote 3 above for the vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s other grants of restricted shares in the absence of a change of control.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason in connection with a Change of Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or for good reason upon a change of control on December 31, 2009. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the amended employment agreements and offer letters for such named executive officers. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  Cash Severance
Benefits
($)
    Continued Health
Benefits
($)
  Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($)(3)
    Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

  2,969,216 (1)    —     9,229,629 (4)    12,198,845

Allyn P. Hebner

  206,250 (2)    —     3,275,000 (5)    3,481,250

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  290,000 (2)    14,255   2,620,000 (5)    2,924,255

Jim Smith

  249,000 (2)    10,691   6,550,000 (5)    6,809,691

James Ryan

  206,250 (2)    —     4,585,000 (5)    4,791,250

 

(1) Represents change of control termination benefits under Mr. Wuerch’s employment agreement equal to two times the sum of (x) his base salary ($375,000) and (y) the average of his annual bonuses for the 3 years preceding his termination ($109,608) plus a $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).
(2) Represents severance equal to 12 months of base salary for Mr. Leigh and severance equal to 9 months of base salary for each of Messrs. Hebner, Smith and Ryan. Assumptions on cash severance benefits include a “Sale Completion” bonus based upon the following tables, utilizing a sale price between $100 million and $300 million for each named executive officer, other than Mr. Wuerch. Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.

 

For

  

If Sale of Company is

  

Sale Completion Bonus Value

Allyn P. Hebner

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

James Ryan

  

Less than $100 million

Between $100 million and $300 million

Greater than $300 million

  

Zero Payout

$500,000

 

$0.25% of Sale Price

For

  

If Sale of Company is

  

Sale Completion Bonus Value

Jim Smith

  

Less than $100 million

Between $100 million and $300 million

Greater than $300 million

  

Zero Payout

$750,000

 

$0.65% of Sale Price

 

(3) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(4)

Represents the sum of (i) $1,474,777, the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested stock options (2,891,720 unvested options) where the unvested options have an

 

108


Table of Contents
 

exercise price of $0.80 and the value of our common stock was $1.31 as of December 31, 2009, (ii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of all of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (367,642 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009 and (iii) $7,273,241, the value of the accelerated vesting of all other of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares (5,552,093 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.

(5) If the grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated within 12 months after a change of control transaction occurs (A) by the Company other than for cause or disability, or (B) by the grantee for good reason, all of the then unvested restricted shares shall vest as of the date of the grantee’s termination. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of all unvested restricted shares outstanding for each of Mr. Hebner (2,500,000 unvested shares), Mr. Leigh (2,000,000 unvested shares), Mr. Smith (5,000,000 unvested shares), and Mr. Ryan (3,500,000 unvested shares) based upon the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.

Potential Payments Upon Termination for Disability at the time of a Change of Control

 

      

Cash
Severance
Benefits ($)

   

Continued
Health
Benefits ($)

  

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards ($)(4)

   

Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch(1)

   2,000,000 (2)    —      5,936,542 (5)    7,936,542

Allyn P. Hebner

   —   (3)    —      1,944,531 (6)    1,944,531

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   —   (3)    —      1,719,375 (6)    1,719,375

Jim Smith

   —   (3)    —      4,093,750 (6)    4,093,750

James Ryan

   —   (3)    —      2,579,063 (6)    2,579,063

 

(1) Assumes that Mr. Wuerch’s employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.
(2) Represents a $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).
(3) Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.
(4) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(5) Represents the sum of (i) $5,454,931 (accelerated vesting of 4,164,070 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 8 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (5,552,093), excluding Mr. Wuerch’s September 29, 2004 grant), and (ii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (367,642 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.
(6)

If the grantee’s employment with the Company is terminated for Disability upon a change of control transaction, 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares times the number of calendar quarters vest. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of the unvested restricted shares in accordance with the foregoing formula for each of Mr. Hebner (accelerated vesting of 1,484,375 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 3 quarters of vesting/

 

109


Table of Contents
 

32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (2,500,000)), Mr. Leigh (accelerated vesting of 1,312,500 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 5 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (2,000,000)), Mr. Smith (accelerated vesting of 3,125,000 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 4 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (5,000,000)), and Mr. Ryan (accelerated vesting of 1,968,750 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 2 quarters of vesting/ 32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (3,500,000)), in each case based upon the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.

The named executive officers do not receive additional benefits upon a termination due to death (with or without a change of control) or upon a termination due to disability absent a change of control.

Change of Control with Continued Employment

The following table below sets forth the quantitative estimates of the benefits to be received by each named executive officer, if a change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009 and each named executive officer continued his employment with the Company. For Mr. Wuerch, the table below assumes that his employment agreement, dated January 19, 2010, was in effect on December 31, 2009.

 

Name of Executive Officer

  

Cash Benefit ($)

Sale Bonus (1)

   

Value of Accelerated
Equity Awards ($)(4)

  

Total ($)

Ryan K. Wuerch

   2,000,000 (2)    5,936,542(5)    7,936,542

Allyn P. Hebner

   —   (3)    1,944,431(6)    1,944,431

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

   —   (3)    1,719,375(6)    1,719,375

Jim Smith

   —   (3)    4,093,750(6)    4,093,750

James Ryan

   —   (3)    2,579,063(6)    2,579,063

 

(1) Assumes that the Sale of the Company would be between $100 million and $300 million.
(2) Represents the $2,000,000 company sale bonus described in the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” (assumes a $300 million company sale and company sale is 100% of the Company’s equity).
(3) Since no Sale Completion bonus is payable if the value of a named executive officer’s accelerated vesting of equity and share ownership resulting from the sale is greater than the Sale Completion bonus otherwise payable, Messrs. Hebner, Leigh, Smith and Ryan would not receive a Sale Completion bonus.
(4) For purposes of this chart, a change of control shall be deemed to constitute a Sale under the restricted share agreements.
(5) Represents the sum of (i) $5,454,931 (accelerated vesting of 4,164,070 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 8 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (5,552,093), excluding Mr. Wuerch’s September 29, 2004 grant) and (ii) $481,611, the value of the accelerated vesting of Mr. Wuerch’s unvested restricted shares granted on September 29, 2004 (367,642 unvested shares) multiplied by the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.
(6)

If a change of control occurs and the grantee continues employment with the Company, 1/2 of the total restricted shares plus 1/32 of the total restricted shares multiplied by the number of calendar quarters vest. See the section captioned “Executive Compensation—Long-Term Equity Based Compensation” above for a more detailed description of the accelerated vesting of restricted shares upon a change of control. Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of the unvested restricted shares in accordance with the foregoing formula for each of Mr. Hebner (accelerated vesting of 1,484,375 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 3 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (2,500,000)), Mr. Leigh (accelerated vesting of

 

110


Table of Contents
 

1,312,500 unvested shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 5 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (2,000,000)), Mr. Smith (accelerated vesting of 3,125,000 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 4 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (5,000,000)), and Mr. Ryan (accelerated vesting of 1,968,750 unvested restricted shares (or (x) 1/2 plus 2 quarters of vesting/32 multiplied by (y) the total number of unvested restricted shares (3,500,000)), in each case based upon the value of our common stock of $1.31 as of December 31, 2009.

Director Compensation

To date, we have provided cash compensation to non-employee directors for their services as directors or members of committees of the Board of Directors. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors.

In accordance with our Compensation Committee Charter, our Compensation Committee has adopted a compensation program for our non-employee directors, or the “Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.” Pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, each member of our Board of Directors who is not our employee generally receives the following cash compensation for Board services, as applicable:

 

  Ÿ  

$30,000 per year for service as a Board member, paid in equal quarterly installments;

 

  Ÿ  

$1,000 meeting fee for formal Board meetings;

 

  Ÿ  

$12,500 per year for service as chairperson of the Audit Committee and $7,500 per year for service as chairperson of the Compensation Committee or the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee; and

 

  Ÿ  

a one time grant of 250,000 stock options upon joining the Board to vest 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant with the remaining 75% vesting monthly thereafter until fully vested.

As of December 22, 2009, the Compensation Committee has approved changes in Board compensation effective for 2010 that are deemed to be competitive with the market for non-employee director’s compensation. Commencing in 2010, non-employee Board members shall receive the following cash compensation: $30,000 annually; the Chairman of the Board will receive an additional fee earned of $20,000; the Chairman of the Audit Committee will receive an additional fee earned of $15,000, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee will receive an additional $10,000 and the Chairman of the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional $5,000. Members of any committee, excluding the Chair position, will receive $5,000. Initial elections to the Board will result in an award of 120,000 shares of restricted stock, which will vest in three equal installments over the three years from the date of the approved grant; such initial awards of restricted stock are to be granted within a reasonable time following the Board member’s election to the Board of Directors. Subsequent annual grants of equity to the Board, if any, will be made at the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders or within an administratively reasonable time following the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders.

 

111


Table of Contents

Below is a summary table of what our 2009 non-employee independent Board members have received year-to-date. Their final earnings for 2009 are not calculable and will be updated after the year closes.

 

Name(1)

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards
($)
   Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
   Total
($)

Raymond W. Lawless

   43,973    —      102,650 (3)    —      —      146,623

David Limp

   34,692    —      —        —      —      34,692

Rick White

   30,212    —      —        —      —      32,429

Jonathan Miller

   32,429    —      —        —      —      30,212

 

(1) Individuals who served as directors during 2009 but who did not receive compensation include: Suzanne King, Hunter Gary, Keith Daubenspeck, Carl Icahn, Ryan Wuerch and Brian Turner.
(2) Represents FASB ASC 718 grant date fair value.
(3) Mr. Lawless’s option awards granted in 2009 began retroactively vesting on August 7, 2008 and vest over a 4 year period with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of grant and the remaining portion of the option vesting in pro rata equal monthly installments over the remaining 3 year period.

Following the completion of this offering, all of our directors will be eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plan and their compensatory equity grants will be granted under, and subject to the terms of, the long-term incentive plan.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

 

112


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2009, information concerning the beneficial ownership of our common stock prior to the offering and after giving effect to this offering by:

 

  Ÿ  

each selling stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

each holder of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2009 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Beneficial ownership is based upon 452,901,053 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into                  shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering, as if the conversion occurred on                             . The information presented in the table below has not been adjusted to reflect the anticipated reverse stock split. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each stockholder is c/o of Motricity, Inc., 601 108th Avenue Northeast, Suite 900, Bellevue, Washington 98004.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
This Offering(1)
  Percent     Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
This Offering
  Percent

Funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc.(2)

  124,325,640   26.40    

Carl C. Icahn(3)

  99,153,651   21.13    

Funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Limited Partnership(4)

  38,340,243   8.38    

Funds affiliated with Technology Crossover Ventures, L.P.(5)

  25,069,524   5.54    

Ryan K. Wuerch(6)

  22,685,231   4.98    

Jim Smith

  6,000,000   1.32    

Chris Dorr

  150,000   *       

Allyn P. Hebner

  2,500,000   *       

Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

  2,000,000   *       

James Ryan

  3,500,000   *       

Hunter C. Gary

  —     —         

Lady Barbara Judge

  —     —         

Suzanne H. King (4)

  —     —         

Sohail Qadri

  —     —         

Brian Turner

  —     —         

All named directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

  75,175,474   16.32    

 

* Less than one percent.

 

113


Table of Contents
(1) The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rule, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power and also any shares which the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2009 through the exercise of any stock option, warrant, or other right. Unless otherwise indicated below, each person has sole voting power or investment power, or both, with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned. Amounts include common stock and preferred stock expressed on an as-converted to common stock basis. All warrants referenced below are immediately exercisable.
(2) Includes 6,590,676 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants held by Advanced Equities, Inc.; 277,723 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 7,235,725 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC; 145,279 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 2,326,863 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC; 67,527 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 1,588,349 shares held by Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC; 73,763 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 2,184,114 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC; 724,277 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 17,390,155 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC; 93,055 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 2,194,687 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC; 184,380 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 3,870,518 shares held by AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC; 50,814 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 879,429 shares held by AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC; 132,301 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 3,077,055 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC; 272,527 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 5,908,053 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC; 49,356 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 762,702 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC; 32,096 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 582,599 shares held by AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC; 1,684,237 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 8,421,189 shares held by Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisitions I, LLC; 4,383,502 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 21,917,516 shares held by Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisitions II, LLC; 449,492 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 2,247,465 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments III, LLC; 582,005 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 2,910,029 shares held by AEI 2007 Venture Investments IV, LLC; 2,063,131 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant, 14,937,752 shares held by AEI Silicon Valley Fund II, LLC; 380,435 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Common Investments, I, LLC; 6,528,588 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Common Investments II, LLC; and 187,712 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 938,564 shares held by Advanced Equities Motricity Series I Investment II, LLC.
(3) Includes 14,441,474 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and 82,783,606 shares held by Koala Holding LP; 1,928,571 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Icahn Enterprises, L.P. (formerly known as American Real Estate Partners, L.P.). Koala Holding LP and Icahn Enterprises, L.P. are entities controlled by Carl C. Icahn. As such, Mr. Icahn has indirect voting and investment power over these shares and therefore is deemed to beneficially own these shares.
(4) Includes 4,641,585 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant and 33,637,665 shares held by New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership; and 60,993 shares held by NEA Ventures 2002, L.P. Suzanne H. King is a Partner of New Enterprise Associates. As such, Ms. King has shared voting and investment power over these shares and therefore is deemed to beneficially own these shares.
(5) Includes 24,602,733 shares held by TCV V, L.P. and 466,791 shares held by TCV Member Fund, L.P.
(6) Includes 3,007,390 shares issuable upon exercise of options and 8,346,884 shares held by Ryan K. Wuerch; 8,330,957 shares held by his wife, Shawntel Wuerch; 1,500,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Wuerch, for which Mr. Wuerch serves as trustee; and 1,500,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mrs. Wuerch, for which Mrs. Wuerch serves as trustee.

 

114


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than as set forth below and the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus.

Registration Rights Agreement

In October 2007, we entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with certain of our significant stockholders including funds affiliated with Advanced Equities, Inc., Technology Crossover Ventures, New Enterprise Associates, Inc., and an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn.

At any time, the holders of a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding may demand that we register all or a portion of their registrable securities under the Securities Act. “Registrable securities” means shares of common stock acquired directly by an investor, shares of common stock issued upon conversion or redemption of shares of our preferred stock, and shares of common stock issued as a dividend or distribution on our common or preferred stock. Upon a demand for registration, we are obligated to provide notice to certain stockholders of the demand for registration and, upon notice to us, such stockholder may participate in the registration. These holders are entitled to two demand registrations under the terms of the registrations rights agreement, provided that the aggregate value of the registrable shares is at least $10 million. Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of                  shares of our common stock will be able to require us to conduct a registered public offering of their shares.

The registration rights agreement also provides holders of registrable securities with the right to participate in any registration of securities that we initiate for our own account with certain limited exceptions. If we propose to file a registration in connection with a public offering of securities we must provide notice to the holders of registrable securities and use our best efforts to include such number of securities as the holders of registrable securities request in writing within 20 days of such notice. If the registration is an underwritten offering, the underwriters may, if they determine it necessary for certain specified reasons, exclude some or all such registrable securities from such registration.

After we become eligible to use Form S-3, the holders of registrable securities shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 provided that the aggregate value of the registrable shares to be filed on such Form S-3 is at least $10 million. Upon such a demand for registration, we will be obligated to provide notice to certain stockholders of the demand for registration on Form S-3 and, upon notice to us, such stockholder may participate in the registration. These holders are entitled to two demand registrations on Form S-3 under the terms of the registrations rights agreement.

In connection with any registration affected pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay all of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with such registration. However, the underwriting discounts and selling commissions (if any) payable in respect of registrable securities included in any registration will be paid by the persons who include such registrable securities in any such registration. The registration rights agreement also contains customary cross-indemnification provisions.

The registration rights under the registration rights agreement shall expire on the earlier of (a) seven years following the closing of this offering and (b) such time as the holder of registrable securities may sell all of its securities pursuant to Rule 144.

 

115


Table of Contents

This is not a complete description of the amended and restated registration rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated registration rights agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Stockholders Agreement

In October 2007, we entered into an amended and restated stockholders’ agreement with several of our significant stockholders, including affiliates of Advanced Equities, Inc., Technology Crossover Ventures, New Enterprise Associates, Inc., and an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn. The amended and restated stockholders agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

limits the ability of stockholders to transfer our securities, except for certain permitted transfers described therein;

 

  Ÿ  

grants a right of first offer with respect to transfers of our securities by employees and other parties to the stockholders’ agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

provides for certain co-sale rights and tag-along rights; and

 

  Ÿ  

provides for voting of shares with respect to the constituency of the board of directors.

In addition, the stockholders’ agreement provides that if we receive, after February 23, 2009, a bona fide offer from a third-party to acquire all of our outstanding stock or all or substantially all of our assets we must, subject to certain restrictions described therein, give notice to an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn and provide that entity with an opportunity to acquire all of our outstanding stock or all or substantially all of our assets on the same terms as such bona fide third-party offeror. This matching right expires 180 days after we provide such notice. If an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn does not match the third-party’s terms as of the end of this 180-day period, we can accept the third-party offer. This matching right will not apply if such bona fide offer will provide this entity with a fifty percent return on equity purchased by it in the Series H round.

The amended and restated stockholders’ agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the amended and restated stockholders agreement and is qualified by the full text of the amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Relocation Arrangements

In connection with the relocation of our corporate headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, in 2008, we arranged for the purchase of Ryan K. Wuerch’s Raleigh, North Carolina residence by a third-party relocation service company at an appraised market value of approximately $2.0 million. In July 2009, in connection with the relocation of our President and Chief Operating Officer, Jim Smith, to Bellevue, we arranged for the purchase of Mr. Smith’s Arlington, Virginia residence by a third-party relocation service company at an appraised market value of $1.2 million. Under these arrangements, we were responsible for the mortgage and all costs associated with the homes, including taxes, insurance, utilities, maintenance, repairs and improvements, until such time as they were sold. Additionally, we were responsible for any loss realized by the third-party relocation firm on the ultimate resale of the homes. In November, 2009, Mr. Smith’s former residence was sold for $950,000. Mr. Wuerch’s former residence is currently listed for sale.

Transactions with Chief Executive Officer

In 2004, we extended personal loans to Ryan K. Wuerch, our chief executive officer in connection with his relocation to Raleigh, North Carolina, as evidenced by the promissory notes dated May 6, 2004 and June 10, 2004, in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000 and $31,500, respectively, bearing

 

116


Table of Contents

interest at the prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal on January 1 of each year. As of November 30, 2009, the aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding under these loans, including accrued interest, was $354,860. In addition, Mr. Wuerch has borrowed $80,069 from us to cover certain legal fees and non-reimbursable expenses.

On December 18, 2009, the outstanding principal amount of the loan, plus accrued interest, and all outstanding legal fees and other non-reimbursable expenses was $434,929, and was exchanged for 332,007 shares of vested common stock held by Mr. Wuerch. These loans are no longer outstanding.

Arrangement with Icahn Sourcing LLC

Icahn Sourcing LLC (“Icahn Sourcing”) is an entity formed and controlled by Carl C. Icahn in order to leverage the potential buying power of a group of entities which Mr. Icahn either owns or with which he otherwise has a relationship in negotiating with a wide range of suppliers of goods, services, and tangible and intangible property. We are a member of the buying group and, as such, are afforded the opportunity to purchase goods, services and property from vendors with whom Icahn Sourcing has negotiated rates and terms. Icahn Sourcing does not guarantee that we will purchase any goods, services or property from any such vendors and we are under no legal obligation to do so. We do not pay Icahn Sourcing any fees or other amounts with respect to the buying group arrangement. We have purchased a variety of goods and services as a member of the buying group at prices and on terms that we believe are more favorable than those which would be achieved on a stand-alone basis.

Direct to Consumer Business

In 2008, we adopted a plan to exit our direct to consumer business through a disposition of assets. In June 2008, we sold our direct to consumer business to Pinmot, Inc. for $2.5 million. Judson S. Bowman, who was one of our executive officers and board members at the time of the transaction, was president and chief executive officer of Pinmot, Inc. Mr. Bowman resigned as a director and executive officer on June 3, 2008. Mr. Bowman owned 60.61% of Pinmot, Inc. at the time of the transaction.

Abandoned Transaction Fee

In consideration of Icahn Enterprises, L.P.’s (“IEP”), formerly known as American Real Estate Partners L.P., providing a financing commitment letter in connection with a proposed transaction that was not completed, in 2007 we issued IEP a warrant for 1,928,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share. IEP is an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn.

Transactions Related to Negotiation of the InfoSpace Acquisition

In September 2007, New Enterprise Associates Inc. (“NEA”) and Advanced Equities, Inc. and several of its investors (together, “AEI”) deposited $36.5 million and $20 million, respectively, in escrow accounts on our behalf to facilitate our ability to negotiate the acquisition. NEA and AEI are some of our principal stockholders. See the section entitled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for more information. In addition, NEA and AEI earned stand-by deposit fees equal to the difference between the amount actually earned by them on their deposits and the amount they would have earned at a rate of 12% per annum during the period beginning on September 14, 2007 and ending on the date the deposits were returned to them. In consideration of these deposits, we issued a warrant to NEA for 1,277,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share, and a warrant to AEI for 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we received consulting services from an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn, in exchange for cash in the amount of $3 million and warrants to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share.

 

117


Table of Contents

Series F, G, H, and I Financing Rounds

AEI acted as a placement agent in each of our Series F, G, H, and I financing rounds. We entered into placement agent and advisory agreements with AEI for each of those financing rounds (the “AEI Advisory Agreements”). As compensation for those services, we provided AEI with cash in the amount of $16.8 million and warrants to purchase 973,733 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.37 per share, warrants to purchase 436,401 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.49 per share, and a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. In connection with Series I, AEI surrendered warrants to purchase 1,395,674 and 436,401 shares of common stock at $2.37 and $2.49 per share, respectively, in exchange for certain fees and warrants included in the amounts above.

In January 2010, we and AEI entered into an Omnibus Amendment Agreement that amended the AEI Advisory Agreements. The Omnibus Amendment Agreement, among other things, eliminates our obligation to cause (or attempt to cause) AEI to be included as a member of the underwriting syndicate for this offering and obligates AEI and its affiliates to enter into (and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause individuals or entities who acquired equity securities of Motricity from AEI to enter into) a lock-up agreement in connection with this offering on terms consistent with those described under the heading “Underwriting.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

The Audit Committee Charter requires the Audit Committee to review and approve in advance any proposed related party transactions. We require our directors and executive officers to report any potential related-party transactions. As required under SEC rules, transactions that are determined to be directly or indirectly material to the company or a related person are disclosed in our periodic filings as appropriate.

 

118


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Prior to the completion of this offering our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended. Copies of the forms of our amended certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of this offering and relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which we refer to as the “DGCL,” are summarized below.

Authorized Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares, including: (i)                  shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii)                  shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of                             , we had outstanding                  shares of common stock, held of record by          stockholders, and no shares of preferred stock, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board out of funds legally available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive their ratable share of the net assets of our company available after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription or redemption rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

The board of directors has the authority, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, limitations and rights of the shares of each series, including:

 

  Ÿ  

dividend rates;

 

  Ÿ  

conversion rights;

 

  Ÿ  

voting rights;

 

  Ÿ  

terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

  Ÿ  

the number of shares constituting each series.

Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of common stock. However, our board of directors may not, other than through an amendment to the certificate of incorporation approved by our stockholders, adopt or approve any “rights plan,” “poison pill” or other similar plan, agreement or device designed to prevent or make more difficult a hostile takeover of our company by increasing the cost to a potential acquirer of such a takeover either through the issuance of new rights, shares of common stock or preferred stock or any other security or device that may be issued to our stockholders other than all stockholders that carry severe redemption provisions, favorable purchase provisions or otherwise. This prohibition means that our board will be prohibited

 

119


Table of Contents

from issuing preferred stock as a defensive mechanism to render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management.

There are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of preferred stock and our board has no present intentions to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of a number of directors as fixed by the board from time to time, provided that in no event will the number of directors exceed seven, except that upon the approval of at least all but one of the directors, the number may be increased to nine so long as such increase is not done when we have received notice of a contested election of directors for an upcoming stockholder meeting. The board of directors and our stockholders have authority to fill any vacancy on the board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise.

Our board of directors is not classified or staggered, and can only become classified or staggered through an amendment to the certificate of incorporation approved by our stockholders. In addition, there is no cumulative voting or majority voting with respect to the election of directors. As a result, all of our directors are up for re-election annually and are elected by a plurality vote.

Stockholder Action By Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may also be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meeting, Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders must be called upon the request of holders of not less than 20% of the combined voting power of the voting stock, and may be called upon the request of the board of directors, or the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board (if any) or the chief executive officer.

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual or special meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to

 

120


Table of Contents

approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or defer a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Our amended and restated bylaws will allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Requirements for Amendment of Certificate and Bylaws

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our stockholders may amend our bylaws only by a vote of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote. In addition, subject to the foregoing, our amended and restated bylaws grant our board of directors the authority to amend and repeal our bylaws without a stockholder vote; provided that the board does not have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any by-law adopted, enacted, altered or amended by the stockholders or to enact any by-law that was previously rescinded or repealed by the stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the provisions in the amended and restated certificate and our amended and restated bylaws relating to indemnification and exclusion of directors from personal liability may be amended only by a vote of 66  2 / 3 % or more of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote.

Separation of Chairman and President and/or Chief Executive Officer

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the office of President and/or Chief Executive Officer, on the one hand, and the position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, on the other hand, generally cannot be held by the same person. However, upon the death, resignation or termination of the Chairman, President and/or Chief Executive Officer our board of directors has the ability to combine these positions for a limited period of time in order to allow our board of directors time to select a successor.

Delaware Law

As a Delaware corporation, by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation, we have elected to “opt out” of the restrictions under Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time such transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of the corporation, and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which

 

121


Table of Contents
 

employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder.

In this context, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or owned, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting securities.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of Section 203 with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from amendments approved by holders of at least a majority of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares. We elected to “opt out” of Section 203 by an express provision in our certificate of incorporation.

Certificate of Incorporation Provisions Relating to Corporate Opportunities and Interested Directors

In order to address potential conflicts of interest between us and the funds affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and Technology Crossover Ventures and an entity beneficially owned by Carl C. Icahn (each, an “Exempted Investor”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions regulating and defining the conduct of our affairs after the completion of this offering as they may involve each Exempted Investor and its officers, directors or employees, and our powers, rights, duties and liabilities and those of our officers, directors and stockholders in connection with our relationship with each such investor. In general, these provisions recognize that we and each Exempted Investor may engage in the same or similar business activities and lines of business, have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that we and each Exempted Investor will continue to have contractual and business relations with each other, including service of officers and directors of each Exempted Investor serving as our directors.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any contractual provision to the contrary, each Exempted Investor will have no duty to refrain from:

 

  Ÿ  

engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us;

 

  Ÿ  

any decision or action by each such Exempted Investor to assert or enforce its rights under any agreement or contract with us;

 

  Ÿ  

doing business with any of our clients or customers; or

 

  Ÿ  

employing or otherwise engaging any of our officers or employees.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, neither any Exempted Investor nor any officer, director or employee of any Exempted Investor will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that no Exempted Investor is under any duty to present any corporate opportunity to us which may be a corporate opportunity for such Exempted Investor and us and each Exempted Investor will not be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder by reason of the fact that such Exempted Investor pursues or acquires that corporate opportunity for itself, directs that corporate opportunity to another person or does not present that corporate opportunity to us. For purposes of our certificate of incorporation, “corporate opportunities” include business opportunities that we are financially able to undertake, that are, from their nature, in

 

122


Table of Contents

our line of business, are of practical advantage to us and are ones in which we have an interest or a reasonable expectancy, and in which, by embracing the opportunities, the self-interest of each Exempted Investor or its officers or directors will be brought into conflict with our self-interest. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have consented to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Washington Business Corporation Act

The laws of Washington, where our principal executive offices are located, impose restrictions on certain transactions between certain foreign corporations and significant stockholders. In particular, the Washington Business Corporation Act, or WBCA, prohibits a “target corporation,” with certain exceptions, from engaging in certain “significant business transactions” with a person or group of persons which beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting securities of the target corporation, an “acquiring person,” for a period of five years after such acquisition, unless the transaction or acquisition of shares is approved by a majority of the members of the target corporation’s board of directors prior to the time of acquisition. Such prohibited transactions include, among other things, a merger or consolidation with, disposition of assets to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the acquiring person, termination of 5% or more of the employees of the target corporation as a result of the acquiring person’s acquisition of 10% or more of the shares or allowing the acquiring person to receive any disproportionate benefit as a stockholder. After the five-year period, a significant business transaction may take place as long as it complies with certain fair price provisions of the statute or is approved at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

We will be considered a “target corporation” so long as our principal executive office is located in Washington, and (1) a majority of our employees are residents of the state of Washington or we employ more than one thousand residents of the state of Washington; (2) a majority of our tangible assets, measured by market value, are located in the state of Washington or we have more than fifty million dollars’ worth of tangible assets located in the state of Washington; and (3) any one of the following: (a) more than 10% of our stockholders of record are resident in the state of Washington; (b) more than 10% of our shares are owned of record by state residents; or (c) 1,000 or more of our stockholders of record are resident in the state.

If we meet the definition of a target corporation, the WBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide indemnification for our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, as permitted by the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. These provisions can not be amended without the affirmative vote of 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of his duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit; and

 

  Ÿ  

improper distributions to stockholders.

 

123


Table of Contents

We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, substantially in the form of the indemnification agreement filed by us as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. These indemnification agreements provide contractual indemnification to our officers and directors in addition to the indemnification provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of our company where indemnification will be required or permitted, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.

Listing

We intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol “MOTR”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                         .

 

124


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that substantial sales may occur, could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a time and price we deem appropriate. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This also may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the                  shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining                  shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and 701, additional shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

no shares of restricted securities will be available for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of our common stock will be available for sale after the expiration date of the lock-up agreements (180 days after the date of this prospectus unless earlier waived by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or unless later extended in the circumstances described under “Underwriters”), pursuant to Rule 144.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether shares of our common stock are restricted and whether they are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity that is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months.

In general, under Rule 144, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period any number of such shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the open market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

 

125


Table of Contents

In addition, any sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Our affiliates must comply with all the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the six-month holding period requirement) in order to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted securities, such as shares acquired by our affiliates either in this offering or through purchases in the open market following this offering. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, an issuer.

Similarly, once we have been a reporting company for at least 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned shares of our restricted common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144, provided that certain public information is available. Furthermore, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned our shares of restricted common stock for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 with respect to such shares, regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

Rule 701

Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register                  shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our option plans and arrangements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and any lock-up agreements.

Rule 701 permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without compliance with some restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchase shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provision of Rule 701. Affiliates are permitted to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Non-affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. However, holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Warrants

As of                             , there were warrants outstanding to purchase approximately                  shares of our common stock.

Lock-up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified limited exceptions and extensions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period continuing through the date that is 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.” Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in their discretion on behalf of the underwriters, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

 

126


Table of Contents

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold                  shares of our common stock, representing about         % of our outstanding shares of common stock after giving effect to this offering, or about         % of our then outstanding shares of common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the date of this offering, holders of                  shares of our common stock will be able to require us to conduct a registered public offering of their shares. In addition, holders of                  shares of our common stock will be entitled to have their shares included for sale in subsequent registered offerings of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of such shares under the Securities Act would, except for shares held by affiliates, result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

 

127


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-United States holder that purchases shares of our common stock in this offering. For purposes of this summary, a “non-United States holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

a nonresident alien individual;

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign corporation (or an entity treated as a foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign estate or foreign trust.

In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor.

This summary is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, with respect to statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxes that may be relevant to non-United States holders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not deal with federal taxes other than the United States federal income tax or with state, local or non-United States tax considerations. Special rules, not discussed here, may apply to certain non-United States holders, including:

 

  Ÿ  

United States expatriates;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations;

 

  Ÿ  

passive foreign investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; and

 

  Ÿ  

investors in pass-through entities that are subject to special treatment under the Code.

Such non-United States holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the United States federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

This summary applies only to a non-United States holder that holds our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code), and assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of the common stock at any time will be effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, then you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the particular United States federal income tax consequences to you of the

 

128


Table of Contents

purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under United States tax laws other than the federal income tax law or under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

As discussed under the section entitled “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distribution will be treated as a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to you generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If the amount of a distribution paid on our common stock exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in each such share, and thereafter as capital gain from a sale or other disposition of such share of common stock that is taxed to you as described below under the heading “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock”.

If you wish to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate to avoid or reduce withholding of United States federal income tax for dividends, then you must (a) provide the withholding agent with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalties of perjury that you are not a United States person and are eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-United States holders that act as intermediaries (including partnerships).

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal income tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax with respect to gain realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

if you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition, and you have a “tax home” (as defined in the Code) in the United States; or

 

  Ÿ  

we are or have been during a specified testing period a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes, and certain other conditions are met.

We believe that we have not been and are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends paid to you and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. The IRS may make this information available to the tax authorities in the country in which you are resident.

 

129


Table of Contents

In addition, you may be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) with respect to dividends paid on, and the proceeds of disposition of, shares of our common stock, unless, generally, you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through the United States office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is not a United States person and is not a foreign person with certain specified United States connections (a “United States-related person”), information reporting and backup withholding tax generally will not apply.

 

  Ÿ  

If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or a United States-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding tax), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN) that you are not a United States person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished by you to the IRS.

Recent Developments Potentially Impacting Taxation of Non-United States Holders

Recently proposed legislation in the Senate and the House of Representatives (the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act of 2009”, which we refer to as the “Bill”) would, among other things, limit certain benefits currently available to certain non-United States holders that hold our common stock through a non-United States entity that is a “foreign financial institution,” as defined in the Bill. The Bill would also limit the ability of certain non-United States entities to claim relief from United States withholding tax in respect of dividends paid to such non-United States entities unless those entities have provided documentation of their beneficial owners to the withholding agent. Under the Bill, a non-United States holder generally would be permitted to claim a refund to the extent any tax withheld exceeded the holder’s actual tax liability. If passed, the Bill is proposed to be effective for payments made after December 31, 2010. It is unclear whether, or in what form, the Bill may be enacted. Non-United States holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the Bill on their investment in our common stock.

THE SUMMARY OF MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

130


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co

  

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares from the selling stockholders.

Paid by Motricity

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                 $  —  

Total

   $                 $ —  

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

       No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Share

   $                 $             

Total

   $                 $  

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

131


Table of Contents

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

This restriction shall not apply to (i) transfers of shares of our common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by such restrictions, (ii) transfers of shares of our common stock to any affiliate or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the immediate family of the transferor, provided that the affiliate or such trustee of the trust, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by such restrictions, and provided further, that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and that the transferor provides at least two business days’ prior written notice to each of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. if the transferor or the transferee is required to file a report under Section 16 of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of our common stock during the restricted period described herein, (iii) our issuance of shares, or options to purchase shares, of common stock under our equity incentive plans as currently in effect, and (iv) our issuance of shares of common stock in an amount not to exceed 5% of the sum of our fully-diluted common stock outstanding as of the date of the prospectus and the shares of common stock offered hereby, as consideration in connection with acquisitions by us, provided that the recipient of any such shares agrees to be bound in writing by such restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described above will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We expect to make an application for listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MOTR.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if

 

132


Table of Contents

the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Motricity currently anticipates that it will undertake a directed share program, pursuant to which it will direct the underwriters to reserve up to                  shares of common stock for sales at the initial public offering price to individuals designated by members of management and the board of directors. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase any reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        . The selling stockholders will bear the cost of all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of common stock by them.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Selling Restrictions

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with, effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  Ÿ  

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

133


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  Ÿ  

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  Ÿ  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated, an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  Ÿ  

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

134


Table of Contents

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

135


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. Certain current and former partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP collectively hold less than 1% of our common stock. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Motricity, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The combined financial statements of the Mobile Data Infrastructure Business, a division of InfoSpace, Inc., as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 through December 28, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

136


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, on Form S-1 with the SEC relating to this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and the exhibits and financial statements included with the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

You may read and copy the registration statement, the related exhibits and other material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The web site address is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing to us at 601 108th Avenue Northeast, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004 or telephoning us at (425) 957-6200.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We will report our financial statements on a year ended December 31. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent certified public accountants and with quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

 

137


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Motricity, Inc.

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited)

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 (unaudited)

   F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-8

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   F-44

Mobile Data Infrastructure Business

 

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

Independent Auditors’ Report

   F-45

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006

   F-46

Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the period from January  1, 2007 through December 28, 2007, and year ended December 31, 2006

   F-47

Combined Statements of Changes in Division Equity for the period from January 1, 2007 through December  28, 2007, and year ended December 31, 2006

   F-48

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the period From January 1, 2007 through December  28, 2007, and year ended December 31, 2006

   F-49

Notes to Combined Financial Statements as of December 28, 2007 and December  31, 2006, and for the period from January 1, 2007 through December 28, 2007, and year ended December 31, 2006

   F-50

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Motricity, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Motricity, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule appearing on page F-44 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

January 21, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2009
    Pro Forma
     2007     2008       September 30,
2009
                 (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 67,418      $ 14,299      $ 19,627     

Restricted short-term investments

     950        950        1,375     

Marketable securities

     —          5,446        —       

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $794, $997 and $567 (unaudited) at December 31, 2007 and 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively

     40,207        38,576        34,114     

Assets held for sale

     3,327        1,700        2,374     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,721        6,485        5,203     
                          

Total current assets

     119,623        67,456        62,693     

Property and equipment, net

     71,551        37,147        28,186     

Goodwill

     79,283        74,658        74,658     

Intangible assets, net

     17,092        14,082        11,022     

Other assets

     1,842        2,104        649     
                          

Total assets

   $ 289,391      $ 195,447      $ 177,208     
                          

Liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 25,114      $ 10,706      $ 7,219     

Accrued compensation

     4,213        5,420        7,709     

Accrued expenses

     7,856        3,542        683     

Bank borrowings, current portion

     4,806        8,208        —       

Deferred revenue, current portion

     1,924        7,501        11,310     

Capital lease obligations, current portion

     156        169        —       

Other current liabilities

     1,076        1,212        2,825     
                          

Total current liabilities

     45,145        36,758        29,746     

Bank borrowings, net of current portion

     14,448        1,556        —       

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     293        1,824        3,392     

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     1,847        1,678        —       

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants

     3,800        3,517        4,980     

Deferred tax liability

     —          1,776        3,181     

Other noncurrent liabilities

     3,962        4,070        1,927     
                            

Total liabilities

     69,495        51,179        43,226     
                            

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

        

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     372,406        394,135        411,581     
                            

Stockholders’ deficit

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 7,613,944 shares authorized; 7,338,769 shares issued and outstanding

     17,393        17,393        17,393     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 625,000,000 shares authorized; 99,515,345, 103,725,313 and 113,492,955 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively

     100        104        113     

Additional paid-in capital

     15,319        —          —       

Accumulated deficit

     (185,311     (267,381     (295,240  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (11     17        135     
                            

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (152,510     (249,867     (277,599  
                            

Total liabilities, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 289,391      $ 195,447      $ 177,208     
                            

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  

Revenue

           (Unaudited)   

Managed services

   $ 21,017      $ 31,772      $ 85,677      $ 65,101      $ 61,180   

Professional services

     886        3,399        17,474        9,734        27,564   
                                        

Total revenues

     21,903        35,171        103,151        74,835        88,744   
                                        

Operating expenses

          

Direct third-party costs

     2,201        3,709        5,451        3,493        8,148   

Datacenter and network operations, excluding depreciation

     9,561        9,468        33,000        24,039        23,720   

Product development and sustainment, excluding depreciation

     24,617        16,229        52,261        43,784        24,203   

Sales and marketing, excluding depreciation

     8,403        7,119        10,228        7,535        8,505   

General and administrative, excluding depreciation

     11,239        10,334        26,052        19,424        13,948   

Depreciation and amortization

     5,925        10,322        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Restructuring

     1,084        1,283        3,236        2,016        1,957   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     —          26,867        29,130        24,538        5,806   

Abandoned transaction charge

     —          2,600        —          —          —     
                                        

Total operating expenses

     63,030        87,931        180,917        140,382        96,517   
                                        

Operating loss

     (41,127     (52,760     (77,766     (65,547     (7,773
                                        

Other income (expense), net

          

Other income (expense)

     (2,206     79        1,892        2,053        (1,667

Interest and investment income, net

     1,740        2,157        1,315        1,225        229   

Interest expense

     (644     (1,081     (493     (492     (221
                                        

Other income (expense), net

     (1,110     1,155        2,714        2,786        (1,659
                                        

Loss from continuing operations, before income tax

     (42,237     (51,605     (75,052     (62,761     (9,432

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   
                                        

Loss from continuing operations

     (42,237     (51,605     (76,828     (64,093     (10,837

Loss from discontinued operations

     (12,960     (24,928     (1,072     (1,072     —     

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     —          (1,360     (127     (127     —     
                                        

Net loss

     (55,197     (77,893     (78,027     (65,292     (10,837

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     (5,246     (7,399     (21,729     (16,297     (17,446

Series D1 preferred dividends

     (696     (696     (698     (522     (520
                                        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (61,139   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (82,111   $ (28,803
                                        

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

          

Continuing operations

   $ (0.56   $ (0.69   $ (1.14   $ (0.93   $ (0.32

Discontinued operations

     (0.15     (0.30     (0.01     (0.01     —     
                                        

Total net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.71   $ (0.99   $ (1.15   $ (0.94   $ (0.32
                                        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

     85,896,533        86,939,107        87,652,335        87,447,579        88,740,757   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)

          

Continuing operations

          
                      

Discontinued operations

          

Total pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

          
                      

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)

          
                      

Depreciation and amortization by function

          

Datacenter and network operations

   $ 2,938      $ 7,310      $ 16,824      $ 12,426      $ 6,928   

Product development and sustainment

     1,462        1,548        2,237        1,379        1,489   

Sales and marketing

     4        307        2,075        1,499        1,516   

General and administrative

     1,521        1,157        423        249        297   
                                        

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,925      $ 10,322      $ 21,559      $ 15,553      $ 10,230   
                                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

   

 

Preferred Stock

   

 

Common Stock

  Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares     Amount     Shares   Amount        

Balance as of December 31, 2005

  7,356,471      $ 17,435      85,415,292   $ 85   $ 3,201      $ (50,635   $ (128   $ (30,042

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —          —        —       —       —          (55,197     —          (55,197

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —          —        —       —       —          —          48        48   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

  —          —        —       —       —          —          —          (55,149
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —          —        8,229,789     8     (8     —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options

  —          —        707,980     1     56        —          —          57   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —          —        —       —       234        —          —          234   

Issuance of common stock warrant to placement agent

  —          —        —       —       2,036        —          —          2,036   

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  —          —        —       —       (5,246     —          —          (5,246

Issuance of common stock warrant for debt facility

  —          —        —       —       10        —          —          10   

Adjustment to acquisition purchase price via retirement of D1 preferred shares

  (17,702     (42   —       —       —          —          —          (42
                                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2006

  7,338,769        17,393      94,353,061     94     283        (105,832     (80     (88,142

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —          —        —       —       —          (77,893     —          (77,893

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —          —        —       —       —          —          69        69   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

                  (77,824
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —          —        4,043,983     4     6        —          —          10   

Exercise of common stock options

  —          —        1,118,301     2     104        —          —          106   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —          —        —       —       688        —          —          688   

Issuance of common stock warrant for debt facility

  —          —        —       —       408        —          —          408   

Proceeds from warrants issued in Series H financing, net of issuance costs

  —          —        —       —       1,710        —          —          1,710   

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  —          —        —       —       (5,813     (1,586     —          (7,399

Proceeds from warrants issued in Series I financing, net of issuance costs

  —          —        —       —       15,428        —          —          15,428   

Surrender of common stock warrants from placement agent

  —          —        —       —       (209     —          —          (209

Issuance of common stock warrant to placement agent

  —          —        —       —       115        —          —          115   

Issuance of common stock warrant to stockholder

  —          —        —       —       2,599        —          —          2,599   
                                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2007

  7,338,769        17,393      99,515,345     100     15,319        (185,311     (11     (152,510

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit (continued)

(in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

    Preferred Stock   Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total  
  Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount          

Balance as of December 31, 2007

  7,338,769     17,393   99,515,345        100        15,319        (185,311     (11     (152,510

Other comprehensive loss:

               

Net loss

  —       —     —          —          —          (78,027     —          (78,027

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —          —          —          —          28        28   
                     

Other comprehensive loss

                  (77,999
                     

Restricted stock activity

  —       —     2,667,495        2        2        —          —          4   

Exercise of common stock options

  —       —     1,542,473        2        21        —          —          23   

Stock-based compensation expense

  —       —     —          —          2,344        —          —          2,344   

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  —       —     —          —          (17,686     (4,043     —          (21,729
                                                       

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  7,338,769     17,393   103,725,313        104        —          (267,381     17        (249,867

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited):

               

Net loss (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          —          (10,837     —          (10,837

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          —          —          118        118   
                     

Other comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                  (10,719
                     

Restricted stock activity (unaudited)

  —       —     11,565,704        11        (11     —          —          —     

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

  —       —     701,938        1        14        —          —          15   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          1,668        —          —          1,668   

Repurchase of outstanding common stock (unaudited)

  —       —     (2,500,000     (3     (1,247     —          —          (1,250

Accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (unaudited)

  —       —     —          —          (424     (17,022     —          (17,446
                                                       

Balance as of September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

  7,338,769   $ 17,393   113,492,955      $ 113      $ —        $ (295,240   $ 135      $ (277,599
                                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
                      

(Unaudited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

          

Net loss

   $ (55,197   $ (77,893   $ (78,027   $ (65,292   $ (10,837

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

          

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

     —          1,360        127        127        —     

Depreciation and amortization

     6,848        10,864        21,559        15,553        10,230   

Bad debt expense

     306        112        311        304        (238

Noncash interest expense

     645        255        182        157        111   

Change in fair value of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants

     20        (310     (283     (107     1,463   

Goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges

     —          29,718        29,130        24,538        5,806   

Stock-based compensation expense

     221        688        2,344        1,825        1,668   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     27        138        208        28        360   

Non-cash lease expense

     485        (588     200        179        3,908   

Deferred tax liability

     —          —          1,776        1,332        1,405   

Amortization of discount on investments, net

     33        (19     (11     (9     21   

Abandoned transaction charge

     —          2,600        —          —          —     

Amortization of channel acquisition expense

     —          315        —          —          —     

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

          

Accounts receivable

     (4,700     (11,883     2,035        1,366        4,226   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     1,084        2,677        1,232        3,162        1,485   

Other long-term assets

     —          53        136        (328     (219

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     7,029        (399     (16,772     (13,927     (8,494

Deferred revenue

     (10     813        7,108        3,351        5,377   
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (43,209     (41,499     (28,745     (27,741     16,272   
                                        

Cash flows from investing activities

          

Purchase of property and equipment

     (17,328     (4,594     (8,389     (3,752     (4,015

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (30,322     (136,985     (1,118     (1,118     —     

Acquisition of assets held for sale

     —          —          (2,042     (2,042     (1,194

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

     —          —          2,250        2,250        300   

Cash included as assets held for sale

     —          (109     —          —          —     

Sale of investments

     56,638        62,079        6,200        3,500        5,425   

Purchase of investments

     (64,837     (53,898     (11,636     (11,636     —     
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (55,849     (133,507     (14,735     (12,798     516   
                                        

Cash flows from financing activities

          

Borrowings from bank

     1,692        29,825        4,756        —          —     

Repayment of bank borrowings

     (1,636     (15,602     (14,427     (13,383     (9,875

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     56        105        22        21        16   

Proceeds from restricted stock

     —          10        5        16        —     

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     83,376        221,687        —          —          —     

Repurchase of outstanding common stock

     —          —          —          —          (1,250

Restricted short-term investments

     (244     250        —          —          (425
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     83,244        236,275        (9,644     (13,346     (11,534
                                        

Effect of foreign currency

     (1     7        5        35        74   
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (15,815   $ 61,276      $ (53,119   $ (53,850   $ 5,328   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   $ 21,957      $ 6,142      $ 67,418      $ 67,418      $ 14,299   
                                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 6,142      $ 67,418      $ 14,299      $ 13,568      $ 19,627   
                                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 597      $ 1,211      $ 562      $ 511      $ 110   

Supplemental noncash information

          

Accretion of preferred stock

   $ 5,246      $ 7,399      $ 21,729      $ 16,297      $ 17,446   

Sale of eReader for note receivable

     —          2,500        —          —          —     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

1. Organization

Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading provider of mobile data solutions and services that enable wireless carriers to deliver high value mobile data services to their subscribers. We provide a comprehensive suite of hosted, managed service offerings, including mobile web portal, storefront, messaging, and billing support and settlement, which enable wireless carriers to deliver customized, carrier-branded mobile data services to their wireless subscribers.

Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was incorporated on March 17, 2004 under the name Power By Hand, Inc. (“PBH, Inc.”). PBH, Inc. was formed as a new entity to be the surviving corporation in the merger of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. (the acquiring corporation for accounting purposes) and Power By Hand Holdings, LLC (“PBH Holdings”), which occurred on April 30, 2004. On October 29, 2004, we changed our name from Power By Hand, Inc. to Motricity, Inc.

In 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of GoldPocket Wireless, Inc. (“GPW”), a Delaware corporation, which was a provider of premium messaging services, primarily for media and entertainment companies.

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the assets of the mobile division of InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace Mobile”). Located in Bellevue, Washington, InfoSpace Mobile was a provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

In connection with a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we exited two lines of business in 2007 and 2008, the results of which are reflected as discontinued operations in our operating results. The discontinued lines of business were direct to consumer (“D2C”), which was sold in two transactions in 2007 and in 2008, and media and entertainment (“M&E”), which was discontinued in 2008. We have reclassified all of the revenues and associated operating expenses which would no longer be incurred upon disposition of the business to discontinued operations for all periods presented. Any gains and losses from the sale of the businesses are also reported in discontinued operations.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying unaudited interim balance sheet as of September 30, 2009, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

September 30, 2009 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position as of September 30, 2009, the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 and stockholders’ deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or for any other period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2009 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and Series D1 preferred stock into an aggregate of                      shares of common stock upon completion of the Company’s initial public offering. In addition, the unaudited pro forma balance sheet assumes the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital, as upon closing of the initial public offering the preferred stock underlying warrants, along with all outstanding preferred stock, may be converted to common stock.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet does not reflect any proceeds from the proposed initial public offering.

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of the items in the foregoing paragraph, effective upon the closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period, or the original issuance date, if later.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders also reflects stock-based compensation expense due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of the proposed public offering.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates include the recognition of revenues, valuation of deferred tax assets, tangible and intangible assets, goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charges, litigation and settlement costs and other loss contingencies and the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues from contracts which include individual or varying combinations of our managed services and often include professional service fees to customize and implement the specific

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

software platform solutions required by the customer. We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (ii) delivery has occurred; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability of the fee is reasonably assured. The timing of revenue recognition in each case depends upon a variety of factors, including the specific terms of each arrangement and the nature of our deliverables and obligations.

Our customer contracts may consist of professional service fees, a fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution, and a variable monthly subscription fee based on one of three measures: the number of wireless subscribers using our software solutions each month; the aggregate dollar volume or number of transactions processed; or specified rates for individual transactions processed. Certain arrangements also include minimum monthly fee provisions, monthly fees for providing additional managed services required by the customer and/or service level requirements related to the hosted solutions which often entail financial penalties for non-compliance. Professional service fees typically include both the initial fees to customize and implement the specific software solution and fees to enhance the functionality of the software solution, which may occur anytime during the contractual term of the arrangement. Under most of our contractual arrangements, the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software. Accordingly, the professional service fees associated with the arrangement are not considered to be a separate earnings process and consequently are deferred and recognized over the longer of the contractual term of the arrangement or the estimated period the customer is expected to benefit from the software solution or enhancement. In determining the expected benefit period, we assess factors such as historical data trends, data used to establish pricing in the arrangement, discussions with customers in negotiating the arrangement and the period over which the customer could be expected to recover and earn a reasonable return on the professional service fee. At September 30, 2009, our balance sheet reflected deferred revenue of $14.7 million, which consists primarily of such professional service fees. We recognize the related hosting and other managed service fees and the variable, activity-based fees as revenue on a monthly basis when they are earned.

Under certain arrangements, the customer has the right to take possession of the software, and it is feasible for the customer to either self-host the software on its own hardware or contract with another entity for hosting service without significant penalty. Such multiple-element arrangements are analyzed to separate the software and non-software elements, if any, and determine if fair value exists for each non-contingent element on a stand-alone basis. The fixed monthly managed service fee to host the software platform solution is considered a non-software component, and we establish fair value through substantive renewal rates included in the contract. We recognize the managed service fee on a monthly basis as earned. The variable monthly subscription fee is considered a contingent fee and is recognized monthly when the contingency is resolved and the related fee is earned. We use the residual method to establish the fair value of the professional service fees and recognize the professional service fees under these arrangements when the associated milestones have been achieved and accepted by the customer.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

We provide premium messaging services to subscribers of wireless carriers on behalf of third-party vendors and earn a fixed percentage of the related revenue. We bill the carriers for transactions conducted by their subscribers and provide settlement services for the third-party vendors based on payments received from the carriers. We determined it is appropriate to record our net share of the billings to carriers as service revenue rather than the gross billing amount. The primary considerations for this determination are:

 

  Ÿ  

the third-party vendor sells its content or service directly to the wireless carriers’ subscribers and is considered the primary obligor;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers have a contractual relationship with their subscribers and are directly responsible for billing and collecting premium messaging fees from their subscribers and resolving billing disputes;

 

  Ÿ  

the carriers establish gross pricing for the transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the wireless carriers generally pay us a fixed percentage of premium messaging revenues actually collected from their subscribers; and

 

  Ÿ  

we have limited risks, including no inventory risk and limited credit risk, because the carriers generally bear the risk of collecting fees from their subscribers and we are obligated to remit to the third-party vendor only their share of the funds we actually receive from the carrier.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market instruments, certificates of deposits, and other short-term investments with original maturities of not more than three months stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Restricted Short-Term Investments

At December 31, 2007 and 2008, restricted short-term investments includes one certificate of deposit for $950, which is legally restricted as to withdrawal under an agreement with a financial institution related to an office lease. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an additional $425 of cash was added to the restricted short-term investments balance in order to comply with a lease amendment.

Marketable Securities

At December 31, 2008, marketable securities have been categorized as held-to-maturity and are measured at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s held-to-maturity securities include corporate bonds, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. We had the intent and ability to hold these investments to maturity. For purpose of determining gross realized gains and losses, the cost of securities sold is based upon specific identification. As of September 30, 2009, we did not have any marketable securities.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are presented at their face amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts, on the consolidated balance sheets. Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

from customers and revenues earned but not yet billed. We evaluate the collectability of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due is recorded to reduce the related accounts receivable to an amount we reasonably believe is collectable. In addition, we recognize reserves for bad debts based on estimates developed using standard quantitative measures, which incorporate historical write-offs and current economic conditions.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets include assets such as property and equipment and intangible assets other than those with indefinite lives. We assess the carrying value of our long-lived asset groups when indicators of impairment exist and recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable from the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Indicators of impairment include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in our use of the assets or in our business strategy, loss of or changes in customer relationships and significant negative industry or economic trends. When indications of impairment arise for a particular asset or group of assets, we assess the future recoverability of the carrying value of the asset (or asset group) based on an undiscounted cash flow analysis. If carrying value exceeds projected, net, undiscounted cash flows, an additional analysis is performed to determine the fair value of the asset (or asset group), typically a discounted cash flow analysis, and an impairment charge is recorded for the excess of carrying value over fair value. During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, no impairments related to property and equipment or definite lived intangible assets were recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded $21,132 as impairment charges relating to certain portions of property and equipment and $1,219 relating to certain definite-lived intangible assets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we recorded $16,540 and $3,587, respectively, as impairment charges relating to property and equipment and $1,219 and $1,902, respectively, relating to certain definite-lived intangible assets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recorded $317 as impairment charges relating to assets held for sale. See Note 4, “Property and Equipment, Net” and Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated depreciation, unless impaired. Depreciation is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method or a variable method reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are anticipated to be utilized. Upon retirement or sale, the historical cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

All costs related to the development of internal-use software other than those incurred during the application development stage are expensed, including costs for minor upgrades and enhancements when there is no reasonable cost-effective way to separate these costs from maintenance activities. Costs incurred during the application development stage are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software (generally three years).

Identifiable intangible assets are recorded at cost or, when acquired as part of a business acquisition, estimated fair value. The recorded amount is amortized to expense over the estimated

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

useful life of the asset using the straight-line method or a variable method reflecting the pattern in which the economic benefits are anticipated to be realized.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired enterprise or assets over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. In the fourth quarter of each year, and whenever events or changes in circumstances arise during the year that indicate the carrying amount of goodwill may not be recoverable, we test goodwill for impairment. In evaluating whether an impairment of goodwill exists, we first compare the estimated fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying value. If the estimated fair value is lower than the carrying value, then a more detailed assessment is performed comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to the fair value of the assets and liabilities plus the goodwill carrying value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the fair value of its assets and liabilities plus goodwill, then an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of goodwill by the difference.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, a goodwill impairment charge of $29,718 was recorded, $2,851 of which was classified as loss from discontinued operations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2008, a goodwill impairment charge of $6,779 related to the GPW reporting unit was recorded within goodwill and long-lived asset impairment charge on the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

Business Acquisitions

Business acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under that method, assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition, with any excess of the cost of the acquisition over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. We make significant judgments and assumptions in determining the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities, especially with respect to acquired intangibles. Using different assumptions in determining fair value could materially impact the purchase price allocation and our financial position and results of operations. Results of operations for acquired businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants

Freestanding warrants that are related to the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The liability as of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009 was $3,800, $3,517, and $4,980, respectively. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized within other income on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for any changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrant, the expiration of the warrant, or the automatic conversion of the warrant, assuming the underlying series of preferred stock converts upon an initial public offering, at which time the warrant liability will be reclassified as additional paid-in capital. The change in fair value amounted to a decrease of $310 and $283 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and an increase of $1,463 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

At each reporting period, the fair values of the warrants are determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We calculate expected volatility using historical volatility for a peer group of ten companies, as we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility of the peer group. The expected term is equal to the remaining life of the warrant, and the risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities for the same period as the remaining life of each warrant.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes net loss as currently reported under U.S. GAAP and other comprehensive loss. Other comprehensive loss considers the effects of additional economic events, such as foreign currency translation adjustments, that are not required to be recorded in determining net loss, but rather are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit.

Product Development Costs

Product development expenses consist primarily of salaries and fees paid to outside consultants. Costs incurred in connection with research activities are charged to operating expenses as incurred and are included within product development and sustainment in the consolidated statements of operations. Research and development expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $12,926, $10,685 and $3,045, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, research and development expenses were $2,489 and $3,446, respectively.

We capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop new software products or significant enhancements to existing software products, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally three years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.

Software development costs related to software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established. We have determined that technological feasibility of our current software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed has been reached shortly before their introduction to the marketplace. As a result, development costs incurred after the establishment of technological feasibility and before their release to the marketplace has not been material, and such costs have been expensed as incurred.

Advertising Expenses

The costs of advertising are either expensed as incurred or fully expensed the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs amounted to $395, $157 and $492 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and $453 and $77 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize stock-based compensation expense using a fair value-based method for all share-based awards made to employees and nonemployee directors, including grants of stock

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

options and other stock-based plans. The application of this standard requires significant judgment and the use of estimates, particularly with regard to Black-Scholes assumptions such as stock price volatility and expected option lives to value equity-based compensation. We recognize stock compensation expense using a straight line method over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which generally equals the vesting period.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

Amounts associated with litigation and other contingencies are recorded as charges to earnings when we, after taking into consideration the facts and circumstances associated with each matter, including settlement offers, have determined that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can reasonably be estimated.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach to record deferred taxes. Our deferred income tax assets represent temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis of existing assets and liabilities that will result in tax deductions in future years, including net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Valuation allowances are provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. We recorded full valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets for all periods presented.

As of January 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The guidance utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Step one, recognition, requires a company to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. If a tax position is not considered “more likely than not” to be sustained, no benefits of the position are recognized. Step two, measurement, is based on the largest amount of benefit which is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Our net loss attributable to common stockholders was not allocated to mandatorily redeemable preferred stock or preferred stock using the two-class method, as the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the net loss attributable to common stockholders.

Our potentially dilutive shares, which include outstanding common stock options, unvested common shares subject to repurchase, preferred stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, common stock warrants and preferred stock warrants, have not been included in the computation of

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, as the results would be anti-dilutive. Such potentially dilutive shares are excluded when the effect would be to reduce net loss per share. See Note 13, “Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders.”

Operating Segment

The authoritative guidance for disclosures about segments of an enterprise establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. It defines operating segments as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We currently operate and manage our business as a single segment. Our CODM allocates resources and assesses performance of the business at the consolidated level. Our CODM reviews financial information by customer and by type of service, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. We have one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, we consider ourselves to be in a single operating and reporting segment structure.

We have operated as a single segment with one reporting unit since the third quarter of 2008. Prior to the third quarter of 2008, we operated with three reporting units: mobile network operator, GPW, and D2C. In June 2008, we completed our divesture of D2C. In the third quarter of 2008, we impaired the goodwill balance related to GPW and integrated our GPW reporting unit into our mobile network operator unit.

We generated approximately 95% of our total revenue in the U.S. during the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009. For all periods presented, revenue from locations outside the U.S. was less than 10%.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, we had $14,299 and $19,627 of cash and cash equivalents, respectively, and $950 and $1,375 of restricted short-term investments that were evaluated using quoted market prices (Level 1) to determine their fair value. In addition, the carrying amount of certain financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to us for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 approximates fair value.

For freestanding warrants related to our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock which are classified as liabilities, due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes for these securities, the fair value was estimated based on a Black-Scholes valuation model which utilized inputs based on management estimates. Significant inputs to the valuation are unobservable in the active markets and are classified as Level 3. The increase/(decrease) in the Level 3 securities of $(283) for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $1,463 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was due entirely to changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock. There were no changes in the composition of the Level 3 securities during these periods.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, to the extent balances exceed limits that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and accounts receivable.

At December 31, 2007, two customers comprised 34% and 16%, respectively, of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2008, two customers comprised 42% and 11%, respectively, of accounts receivable. At September 30, 2009, two customers comprised 55% and 9%, respectively, of accounts receivable.

The following table outlines our revenue concentration by customer by year (note that Verizon Wireless acquired Alltel in January 2009):

 

     AT&T     Verizon
Wireless
    Alltel  

Year ended December 31, 2006

   67   1   5

Year ended December 31, 2007

   41   0   19

Year ended December 31, 2008

   42   12   10

Nine months ended September 30, 2008 (unaudited)

   37   12   11

Nine months ended September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   55   19   —     

Foreign Currencies

For international subsidiaries, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. The financial statements of international subsidiaries are translated to their U.S. dollar equivalents at end-of-period exchange rates for assets and liabilities and at average currency exchange rates for revenues and expenses. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are included in other comprehensive loss and are reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Realized and unrealized transaction gains and losses are included in other income in the period in which they occur, except on intercompany balances considered to be long-term and have not been significant for any periods presented. Transaction gains and losses on intercompany balances considered to be long-term are recorded in other comprehensive loss.

Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through January 21, 2010 which is the date the financial statements were issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Emerging Issues Task Force issued authoritative guidance addressing revenue recognition arrangements with multiple deliverables. The guidance requires revenue to be allocated to multiple elements using relative fair value based on vendor specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, or estimated selling price. The residual method also becomes obsolete under this guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We are currently evaluating the impact of the implementation of this guidance on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

3. Business Combinations

On December 28, 2007, we acquired the assets of InfoSpace Mobile. InfoSpace Mobile was a competing provider of mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry that had strong relationships with several large wireless carriers. This acquisition was a key element in the broad strategic realignment of our business, which included the acquisition of the mCore platform, leased datacenter facilities and a large employee base. The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation of this transaction:

 

Cost of acquisition

  

Cash paid

   $ 135,000

Liabilities assumed

     14,983

Direct transaction costs

     2,172
      

Total cost of acquisition

   $ 152,155
      

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 188

Accounts receivable

     16,402

Prepaid expenses

     2,403

Other current assets

     127
      

Total current assets

     19,120

Property and equipment

     45,177

Intangible assets

     13,200

Goodwill

     74,658
      

Total assets

   $ 152,155
      

Liabilities

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     14,983
      

Total liabilities

   $ 14,983
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 137,172
      

Amortizable Acquired Assets

Purchased Technology: Included within property and equipment is $25,300 of aggregated proprietary technology and software acquired. This represents six platforms that enable us to provide various types of mobile services to the wireless industry. We valued the technology and software using a cost approach, which provides an estimate of fair value based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the assets. We are amortizing the technology assets using a variable method over their estimated useful lives of six years. During 2008, $8,430 of this capitalized software was determined to be impaired based on information received indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our search and storefront solutions. See Note 4, “Property and Equipment, Net.”

Customer Relationships: Intangible assets of $13,200 represent customer relationships which relate to the ability to sell existing and future managed and professional services to existing customers. The fair value of customer relationships has been estimated using the income method utilizing a discounted cash flow model. We are amortizing this intangible asset using a variable method over its estimated useful life of approximately eight years.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The acquisition was expected to enhance our presence in the marketplace by significantly increasing our market share, enhancing the geographical distribution of our operations, and enabling us to increase our productivity. These factors contributed to establishing the purchase price, which resulted in the recognition of a significant amount of goodwill. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is not amortized but instead is tested for impairment at least annually (more frequently if certain indicators are present). In the event that management determines that the value of goodwill has become impaired, we will incur an accounting charge for the amount of impairment during the period in which the determination is made. See Note 5, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets.”

 

4. Property and Equipment, Net

Information related to the major categories of our property and equipment, net is as follows:

 

     Useful Life
(in years)
   As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
2009
 
      2007     2008    
                      (unaudited)  

Capitalized software

   3    $ 40,701      $ 45,497      $ 47,612   

Computer software and equipment

   5      31,397        31,825        32,175   

Leasehold improvements

   4-10      11,071        12,238        12,066   

Equipment, furniture and fixtures

   7      3,728        3,818        3,990   

Equipment, furniture and fixtures under capital lease

   Lease term      2,150        2,063        —     
                           

Total property and equipment

        89,047        95,441        95,843   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (17,118     (35,101     (43,257

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization under capital lease

        (378     (2,061     —     

Less: Accumulated impairments

        —          (21,132     (24,400
                           

Property and equipment, net

      $ 71,551      $ 37,147      $ 28,186   
                           

Capitalized software, net of amortization, consists of:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
2009
 
     2007     2008    
                 (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ 12,620      $ 37,122      $ 23,228   

Capitalization

     2,986        4,796        2,143   

Amortization

     (2,916     (5,771     (3,589

Acquired software

     25,300        —          —     

Impairment of assets acquired via acquisition

     —          (8,430     (3,268

Impairment of internally developed software

     —          (4,489     —     

Reclassification of D2C to assets held for sale

     (868     —          —     
                        

Ending balance

   $ 37,122      $ 23,228      $ 18,514   
                        

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In 2008, we determined that $21,132 of long-lived assets were impaired. We recorded an impairment charge of $8,430 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $3,838 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 for certain capitalized software assets acquired as part of the Infospace Mobile acquisition based on information indicating it was likely that two significant customers would no longer be utilizing our mobile search and storefront solutions and our reassessment of the projected future cash flows associated with these assets. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we recorded an impairment charge of $4,489 related to the planned shutdown of the Fuel software platform. We are migrating existing customers from Fuel to an upgraded version of the mCore platform acquired as part of the Infospace Mobile acquisition. Based on the planned consolidation and shutdown of certain datacenter facilities and our former headquarters in Durham, North Carolina, we recorded a total impairment charge of $8,213 related to computer software, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, as a result of the loss of a major customer, we determined the $3,268 of capitalized software acquired as part of the GPW acquisition was impaired. Our projected future cash flows, when compared to the carrying value of the capitalized software, indicated the asset was fully impaired. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of $319 related to capitalized software that was no longer in use.

Capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $259 and $113, respectively, and $27 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill are as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 41,393   

Additions:

  

Goodwill resulting from acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile assets

     72,541   

Deductions:

  

Impairments (GPW and Mobile Network Operator)

     (29,718

Assets held for sale reclassification (D2C)

     (1,217

Disposition (eReader, a division of D2C)

     (3,716
        

Balance at December 31, 2007

     79,283   

Additions:

  

Adjustments to the original purchase allocation of InfoSpace Mobile assets

     2,154   

Deductions:

  

Impairment (GPW)

     (6,779
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 74,658   
        

Balance at September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ 74,658   
        

The gross amount of goodwill at December 31, 2007 was $109,001 with accumulated impairments of $29,718. At December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, gross goodwill amounted to $111,155 with accumulated impairments of $36,497.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In 2007, total goodwill impairment charges of $29,718 related to the mobile network operator, GPW and D2C reporting units were recorded. The annual impairment test performed on the mobile network operator reporting unit indicated that changes in consumer purchasing habits produced lower revenues and margins than originally forecasted. We calculated the impairment charge as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including the carrying value of its goodwill, to the reporting unit’s fair value, and recorded an impairment charge of $12,074. The reporting unit’s fair value was measured by a combination of an income and cost approach utilizing projected discounted cash flows. In addition, the annual impairment test performed on the GPW reporting unit indicated that unanticipated competitive dynamics in the marketplace generated lower revenues than were originally projected, resulting in the goodwill impairment of $14,793. We calculated the goodwill impairment charge as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, including the carrying value of its goodwill, and the reporting unit’s fair value, measured by a combination of an income and cost approach utilizing projected discounted cash flow. Finally, we evaluated the carrying value of the D2C reporting unit as compared to the fair market value of the assets and recorded an impairment charge of $2,851. This charge is classified within the net loss from discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations.

In 2008, our goodwill impairment test indicated that future revenues from GPW would not support the carrying value of the associated goodwill. The technology acquired from GPW supports premium messaging. As premium messaging has not experienced the expected rate of growth in usage, revenues will be lower than originally anticipated. Therefore, a $6,779 impairment charge related to GPW was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The goodwill impairment charge was calculated as the difference between the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including the carrying value of its goodwill, to the reporting unit’s fair value, measured by an income approach utilizing projected discounted cash flows. Also during 2008, we completed the purchase allocation of the Infospace Mobile acquisition, which included a $2,154 adjustment to the fair value of acquired property and equipment and assumed liabilities.

Information regarding our definite-lived intangibles is as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2007    As of December 31, 2008    As of September 30, 2009
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
                         (unaudited)    (unaudited)

Customer relationships

   $ 19,088    $ 1,996    $ 19,088    $ 5,006    $ 19,088    $ 8,066

Trademarks

     1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000      1,000

Other

     143      143      143      143      143      143
                                         

Total

   $ 20,231    $ 3,139    $ 20,231    $ 6,149    $ 20,231    $ 9,209
                                         

The customer relationships are being amortized over an estimated useful life of eight years.

Total amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets was $1,707, $1,105 and $1,885 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Total amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets was $1,414 and $1,158 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. In 2008, the customer list related to the acquisition of M7 Networks, Inc. (“M7”) was impaired, resulting in an additional $1,219 of impairments included within goodwill and long-lived

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

asset impairment charges on the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. M7 was a community management solutions provider that we acquired in 2005. We no longer have customers utilizing this technology.

As of December 31, 2008, estimated annual amortization expenses for intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the five succeeding years are as follows:

 

2009

   $ 1,723

2010

     1,987

2011

     2,092

2012

     2,039

2013

     2,144

In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we determined the customer list acquired from the GPW acquisition was impaired. Our projected cash flow analysis did not support the carrying value of the intangible asset as of September 30, 2009. Therefore, we recorded a $1,902 charge to fully impair the customer list as of September 30, 2009.

 

6. Debt Facilities

Our outstanding debt balances are composed of the following:

 

     As of
December 31, 2007
    As of
December 31, 2008
    As of
September 30, 2009
                 (unaudited)

2004 Line of Credit

   $ 4,732      $ 4,875      $ —  

2007 Equipment Loan

     8,333        5,000        —  

2007 Revolving Line of Credit

     5,000        —          —  

Various equipment loans

     1,481        —          —  
                      

Total

     19,546        9,875        —  

Less: Current portion

     (4,806     (8,208     —  

Less: Unamortized debt discount

     (292     (111     —  
                      

Long-term portion

   $ 14,448      $ 1,556      $ —  
                      

In 2004, a $5,250 line of credit was established. Interest accrued on the outstanding principal balance at the prime rate, and payments of interest only were due monthly. The line of credit was secured by guarantees of various stockholders. All principal and outstanding interest amounts were paid in full at the April 8, 2009 maturity date.

In 2007, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank to obtain a $10,000 equipment loan (“2007 Equipment Loan”) and a $25,000 revolving line of credit (“2007 Revolving Line of Credit”), secured by our assets, excluding permitted liens. The interest rate for the 2007 Equipment Loan is the prime rate plus 1.25% with a repayment period of 36 months. The interest rate for the 2007 Revolving Line of Credit is the prime rate plus 0.75% with accrued interest due monthly and all obligations due at the maturity date of April 15, 2009. In conjunction with the 2007 Equipment Loan and 2007 Revolving Line of Credit, we issued a warrant to the lender to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share, expiring in June 2014. The $408 fair value of the warrant was recorded as a contra

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

liability within the line titled “bank borrowings, net of current portion” on the consolidated balance sheets and as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The fair value of the warrant was amortized over the term of the financing arrangement as additional interest expense.

In April 2009, we amended and extended our 2007 Revolving Line of Credit through April 2011 (“Line of Credit”). The 2007 Equipment Loan was terminated and the balance repaid as of the amendment date. The Line of Credit is primarily available to fund working capital requirements. The availability under the Line of Credit is subject to a borrowing base calculated based on qualifying accounts receivable. The interest rate on any borrowings is based on the lender’s prime rate plus a range of between 50 to 150 basis points depending on our trailing EBITDA. The minimum interest rate is 5.50%. The Line of Credit restricts, among other things, our ability to incur indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets, declare or pay dividends and certain other restricted payments, consolidate, merge or recapitalize, acquire or sell assets, make certain investments, loans or other advances, and enter into transactions with affiliates. The Line of Credit requires us to maintain a “tangible net worth” of $15,000. As of December 31, 2008, we had borrowing capability of approximately $24,029.

We had entered into various loan agreements to purchase equipment. These advances bore interest at rates ranging from 11.157% to 11.288% and were collateralized by the specific property and equipment acquired. These loan agreements either matured or were repaid during 2008.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding debt was 8.44% and 4.26%, respectively.

As of September 30, 2009, no amounts were outstanding on any of the debt facilities.

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease office space and equipment under various non-cancellable operating lease agreements. Rent expense for non-cancellable operating leases with scheduled rent increases and landlord incentives is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, beginning with the effective lease commencement date. Certain of our leasing agreements have varying renewal options.

Significant terms of operating lease agreements are as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

In August 2005, we entered into an operating lease for approximately 61,000 square feet of office space for our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina which commenced in fiscal 2006 and expires in fiscal 2016. The lease required an irrevocable standby letter of credit for security at an initial value of $950 with provisions to reduce the amount based on future financial milestones. The $950 had been placed in an investment account as security for the letter of credit. This account was classified as a restricted short-term investment at December 31, 2007 and 2008. See below for details on the subsequent lease assignment.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2007, in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we entered into an assignment agreement for approximately 7,938 square feet in Bellevue, Washington. The lease expires on August 31, 2011.

 

  Ÿ  

In December 2007, in connection with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition, we entered into an operating lease for approximately 65,436 square feet of office space in Bellevue, Washington. The lease expires on December 20, 2013.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

  Ÿ  

In May 2008, we entered into an operating lease for office space and parking facilities in Woking, United Kingdom which expires on February 28, 2010.

Estimated future minimum net rentals payable under these agreements at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

2009

   $ 4,194

2010

     3,657

2011

     3,442

2012

     3,040

2013

     3,581

Thereafter

     4,665
      

Total

   $ 22,579
      

In the preceding table, future minimum annual net rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases denominated in foreign currencies have been calculated based upon December 31, 2008 foreign currency exchange rates. The table was prepared assuming the maximum commitments currently outstanding, but such commitments could decrease based on termination negotiations. Minimum net rentals payable under non-cancellable operating lease agreements are presented net of tenant allowances, if any.

Rental expense under operating lease agreements during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $1,911, $1,480 and $5,103, respectively. Rental expense under operating lease agreements during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 was $3,989 and $2,243, respectively.

In conjunction with the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, we entered into an agreement to assign to a third party the lease associated with our former corporate headquarters located in Durham, North Carolina effective May 1, 2009. As a result of this assignment, we are required to pay 23 months of rent on behalf of the assignee and make a $300 payment at the end of the 23 month period to subsidize future operating expenses. The costs associated with assignment of the lease were accrued as a restructuring charge as of the assignment date.

Other Contractual Arrangements

We have entered into several agreements with third-party network service providers. Under these arrangements, we are obligated to make payments totalling $6,008 in 2009 and $6,200 in 2010.

Capital Leases

In December 2006, we entered into a sale-leaseback transaction. Based on the terms, we sold certain new assets for $2,148 to the landlord of our former corporate headquarters located in Durham, North Carolina. The assets were leased back from the purchaser over a period of ten years and no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. The lease requires us to pay customary operating and repair expenses. The lease contains a bargain purchase option at the end of the ten-year term for us to repurchase the assets.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The minimum lease payments required by the lease at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

2009

   $ 311   

2010

     311   

2011

     311   

2012

     311   

Thereafter

     1,270   
        

Total minimum lease payments

     2,514   

Less: Amount representing interest, at 8%

     (667
        

Present value of minimum lease payments

     1,847   

Less: Current portion

     (169
        

Long-term capitalized lease obligations

   $ 1,678   
        

We pay principal and interest in equal monthly installments of $26 until maturity. Such payment represents a level monthly payment of principal and interest at 8% per year over a 121 month amortization period.

When this sale-leaseback transaction was entered into, a corresponding note receivable from the lessor was created for the sales proceeds subject to the same repayment terms as the capital lease obligation. During 2009, the capital lease obligation and note receivable relating to our former corporate headquarters were assigned to a third-party, resulting in the elimination of the capital lease obligation and note receivable in 2009 with no gain or loss recognized.

Litigation

From time to time, we are subject to claims in legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. We do not believe that we are currently party to any pending legal action that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

8. Restructuring

In October 2006, we announced a restructuring of the business, which included a workforce reduction of approximately 12% of employees worldwide.

In February and March 2007, we closed our San Diego and Los Angeles, California offices, and relocated employees to our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina. During 2007, restructuring charges of $990 and $293 were incurred for office relocation and lease termination obligations, respectively.

In conjunction with the InfoSpace Mobile acquisition in December 2007 and the subsequent integration activities, we elected to move our corporate headquarters from Durham, North Carolina to Bellevue, Washington and eliminate redundant functions and positions. During 2008, we incurred $3,236 of expenses to relocate the headquarters functions and certain employees to the Bellevue location. This amount includes severance expenses related to the elimination of redundant positions

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

and is classified as restructuring charges in the 2008 consolidated financial statements. See Note 7, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for additional information regarding assignment of the lease for the Durham facility in April 2009.

In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, we incurred restructuring charges of $1,957 related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters and the closure of our office in the United Kingdom.

Restructuring charges are included in restructuring on the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the liabilities related to restructuring costs which are included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     Involuntary
Termination

Benefits
    Office
Relocation
Costs
    Other Costs,
Primary Lease
Obligations
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2005

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Restructuring charges

     1,077        —          —          1,077   

Utilization

     (397     —          —          (397
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2006

     680        —          —          680   

Restructuring charges

     —          990        293        1,283   

Utilization

     (662     (990     (293     (1,945
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2007

     18        —          —          18   

Restructuring charges

     2,584        311        341        3,236   

Utilization

     (2,372     (311     (341     (3,024
                                

Balance as of December 31, 2008

     230        —          —          230   

Restructuring charges (unaudited)

     652        43        1,262        1,957   

Utilization (unaudited)

     (632     (43     (775     (1,450
                                

Balance as of September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   $ 250      $ —        $ 487      $ 737   
                                

 

9. Capital Structure

At September 30, 2009, we had authorized 967,407,731 shares of capital stock, of which 334,793,787 shares are designated as mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, 7,613,944 shares are designated as preferred stock without a mandatory redemption feature and 625,000,000 shares are designated as common stock.

Terms of the preferred stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are presented in Note 10, “Preferred Stock and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock.” Information regarding stock options and warrants outstanding is included in Note 11, “Stock Options and Warrants.” The terms of our common stock are as follows:

Common Stock

Dividend

The holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by our board of directors, any dividends, subject to the rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding having prior rights as to dividends.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Voting

The holder of each share of common stock shall have the right to one vote for each share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the our bylaws, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, holders of common stock shall receive all remaining proceeds from the liquidation of the Company following the satisfaction of the preferences of the holders of preferred stock. These proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series E preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each (assuming full conversion of all such Series E preferred stock).

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock has been granted to certain employees. Vesting of all restricted shares granted on or after October 25, 2006 is subject to a double trigger vesting requirement under the terms of the restricted stock agreement. The double trigger consists of time-based vesting and occurrence of a liquidation event, defined as a qualified public offering or a qualified sale of the Company. If no liquidation event occurs within ten years, the stock is forfeited. The restricted stock agreement also includes provisions to accelerate vesting of the shares based upon liquidation event vesting conditions, and does not require the employee to be employed at the date of the liquidation event to receive the shares that have vested based on the service period. We consider the restricted stock outstanding upon grant and include them in common stock outstanding. These shares have voting and dividend rights upon grant. These rights are forfeited should the stock not vest. Under these terms vesting of the shares is not probable until a liquidation event is probable. Therefore, no compensation expense has been recognized related to the grant of these shares of restricted stock. Had a qualified event occurred on September 30, 2009, the related compensation expense would have been $12,558 and additional compensation expense of approximately $14,069 would be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.

 

Restricted Stock    Shares  

December 31, 2005

   3,063,680   

Granted

   8,279,879   

Lapse of restriction

   (612,736

Forfeited

   (50,000
      

December 31, 2006

   10,680,823   

Granted

   8,924,447   

Lapse of restriction

   (612,736

Forfeited

   (4,880,464
      

December 31, 2007

   14,112,070   

Granted

   11,720,769   

Lapse of restriction

   (612,736

Forfeited

   (9,053,274
      

December 31, 2008

   16,166,829   

Granted (unaudited)

   12,750,000   

Lapse of restriction (unaudited)

   (367,642

Forfeited (unaudited)

   (1,184,296
      

September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   27,364,891   
      

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

As of December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, restricted stock included 1,838,208, 735,283 and 367,641 shares, respectively, of restricted stock that were not subject to the double trigger vesting requirement. The restriction on these shares lapses as the shares vest based on service conditions. At the time the restriction lapses, we reclassify the shares from restricted to common.

 

10. Preferred Stock and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock

The following is a summary of our $0.001 par value Series D1 preferred stock and $0.001 par value Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, and I mandatorily redeemable preferred stock:

 

    As of December 31, 2007   As of December 31, 2008

Security

  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
  Issued &
Outstanding
Shares
  Carrying
Value
  Liquidation
Value
  Issued &
Outstanding
Shares

Preferred Stock

           

Series D1

  $ 17,393   $ 19,080   7,338,769   $ 17,393   $ 19,777   7,338,769

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock

           

Series A

  $ 6,110   $ 6,149   8,740,368   $ 6,323   $ 6,365   8,740,368

Series B

    13,072     13,157   23,323,936     13,531     13,617   23,323,936

Series C

    2,574     2,591   2,259,121     2,665     2,682   2,259,121

Series D

    427     430   375,000     442     445   375,000

Series E

    30,034     30,447   29,404,456     31,170     31,530   29,404,456

Series F

    89,218     93,786   36,684,050     93,621     97,273   36,684,050

Series G

    29,031     30,499   12,248,642     29,423     30,499   12,248,642

Series H

    48,770     65,920   21,084,337     49,761     81,713   21,084,337

Series I

    153,170     185,061   190,839,694     167,199     192,481   190,839,694
                               

Total

  $ 372,406   $ 428,040   324,959,604   $ 394,135   $ 456,605   324,959,604
                               

Preferred Stock

During July 2005, in connection with the acquisition of M7, we issued 7,356,471 shares of Series D1 preferred stock valued at $2.37 per share. In August 2006, M7 surrendered 17,702 shares of D1 preferred stock valued at $2.37 per share to indemnify us against certain claims and expenses, in accordance with the purchase agreement. The Series D1 preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable and, therefore, cumulative unpaid dividends in arrears are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. However, such cumulative unpaid dividends are included in net loss attributable to common stockholders.

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock

During June and July 2005, we issued 12,658,226 shares of Series F preferred stock to new and existing investors. We received proceeds of $28,209, net of issuance costs of $1,791, including two warrants valued at an aggregate amount of $571 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

From January through June 2006, we issued a total of 24,025,824 shares of Series F preferred stock to new and existing investors. We received proceeds of $54,145, net of issuance costs of $2,797.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In connection with these financing rounds, we issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase a total of 973,733 shares of our common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable with a five-year term. The fair value of the warrants, measured at their grant dates, was determined to be $1,338 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

In July and October 2006, we issued a total of 12,248,642 shares of Series G preferred stock to new and existing investors at a price of $2.49 per share. We received proceeds of $29,232, net of issuance costs of $1,268. In connection with these financing rounds, we issued warrants to the placement agent to purchase a total of 436,401 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.49 per share. The warrants are immediately exercisable with a five-year term. The fair value of the warrants, measured at their grant dates was determined to be $698 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Our certificate of incorporation was amended to change the redemption date of our Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock to August 31, 2011.

In February 2007, we issued 21,084,337 shares of Series H preferred stock to new investors. We received proceeds of $49,511, net of issuance costs of $2,989. In connection with this financing round, we issued three warrants to the investors to purchase 1,627,500 shares of our common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable with a five-year term. The fair value of the warrants at the grant date was determined to be $1,807 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

In December 2007, we issued 190,839,694 shares of Series I preferred stock and received proceeds of $172,291, net of cash issuance costs of $12,824.

We utilized the consulting services of an investor in completing the Series I preferred stock financing round. As consideration for such services, the investor received a cash payment of $3,000 (included within the total cash issuance costs of $12,824) and a warrant to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694. The preferred stock warrant is immediately exercisable with a seven-year term. The fair value of the warrant at the grant date was determined to be $1,062 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded within mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants on the consolidated balance sheets.

We also utilized a placement agent in completing the Series I preferred stock financing round. As consideration for placement services, the placement agent received a cash payment of $9,230 (included within the total cash issuance costs of $12,824), a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694, and a warrant to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694. The preferred stock warrant and common stock warrant are immediately exercisable with seven-year terms. The fair value of the preferred stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $2,610 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded within mandatorily redeemable preferred stock warrants on the consolidated balance sheets using a residual value approach. The fair value of the common stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $115 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been allocated to additional paid-in capital using a residual value approach. We subsequently modified the terms of the placement agent’s existing services agreement, and as consideration for this modification, the placement agent agreed to surrender 1,832,075 common stock warrants issued in conjunction with the Series F and G preferred stock financing rounds. These warrants held exercise prices of $2.37 and $2.49 per share. The fair value of the surrendered common stock warrants received was determined to be $209 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been charged against additional paid-in capital using a residual value approach.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

We issued an additional 40,349,263 common stock warrants in connection with the Series I financing round. Under the terms of the Series I preferred stock, investors received 0.20 common stock warrants for each share of preferred stock purchased in the transaction. Under this provision, we issued 38,167,906 warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share. These warrants are exercisable beginning March 31, 2010 through December 28, 2014, although the warrants expire on March 31, 2010 should we complete a qualifying public offering by that date. In order to secure participation from four investors in the Series I financing round, we issued 1,602,500 warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 on September 30, 2007. In addition, we issued 578,857 common stock warrants to one investor at an exercise price of $0.9694 on December 28, 2007 in order to secure its approval of the Series I financing round. The warrants were immediately exercisable with a seven-year term. We valued these 40,349,263 common stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and allocated net proceeds of $15,248 to additional paid-in capital using a relative fair-value approach.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common or preferred stock. Shares of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock accrue dividends per annum at the rates set forth in the following table (listed in order of preference):

 

Series I    $0.039
Series H    $0.747
Series G    —  
Series F (E & F have equal preference)    $0.095
Series E (E & F have equal preference)    $0.037
Series D1    $0.095 per share upon a liquidating event
Series D (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.040
Series C (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.040
Series B (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.020
Series A (A, B, C & D have equal preference)    $0.025

Series A, B, C, D, E, F, H and I holders receive cumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Series G preferred stockholders receive noncumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of common stock and Series E preferred stock in proportion to the number of shares of common stock that would be held by each holder if all shares of Series E preferred stock were converted to common stock at the then effective conversion rate. Holders of Series D1 preferred stock are entitled to receive annual dividends equal to $0.095 per share upon a liquidating event, or cumulative dividends when and if declared by the board of directors. Cumulatively unpaid dividends due to Series D1 preferred stockholders upon a liquidation event at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 were $991, $1,687 and $2,384, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, cumulative unpaid dividends due to Series D1 preferred stockholders upon a liquidation event were $2,209 and $2,905, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Liquidation Preference

The liquidation value of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock is as set forth in the following table (listed in order of preference):

 

Series I

   $ 0.97

Series H

   $ 2.49

Series G

   $ 2.49

Series F

   $ 2.37

Series E

   $ 0.92

Series D1

   $ 2.37

Series D

   $ 1.00

Series C

   $ 1.00

Series B

   $ 0.49

Series A

   $ 0.61

Following the payment of the Series I liquidation preference, but before the payment of any Series I unpaid dividends, whether declared or undeclared, holders of Series H preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their liquidation preference plus (1) all declared but unpaid dividends and (2) all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends. Following the Series H payment, holders of Series I preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their declared but unpaid dividends.

Following the Series I and H payments, holders of Series G preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value, excluding any declared but unpaid dividends. Following the payment of the Series G liquidation preference, Series F and E preferred stockholders shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value plus all declared but unpaid dividends in order of preference.

Following the Series F and E payments, holders of Series G preferred stock shall receive an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends. Following the payment of the Series G dividends, holders of Series I preferred stock shall be entitled to receive their undeclared and unpaid cumulative dividends.

Upon the completion of these distributions, holders of Series F and E preferred stock shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, whether or not earned. Then, Series D1 holders shall be entitled to receive their liquidation value, all declared but unpaid dividends and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, if any, whether or not earned.

Following the payment of the Series D1 liquidation preference, Series D, C, B and A holders shall have the right to their liquidation preference, all declared but unpaid dividends and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, if any, whether or not earned.

All of the remaining proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Series E preferred stock and common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, assuming full conversion of all such Series E preferred stock and excluding the additional Series E IPO shares to be issued in the event of conversion of the Series E preferred stock into shares of common stock, as discussed in the conversion section.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Voting Rights

The holder of each share of Series D1, E, F, G, H, and I preferred stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such shares of Series D1, E, F, G, H, and I preferred stock could then be converted, and shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. Holders of Series A, B, C, and D preferred stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.

Conversion

Each share of Series I, H, G, F, E, and D1 preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price. The table below outlines the original issue price and the conversion price:

 

     Original
Issue Price
   Conversion
Price

Series I preferred stock

   $ 0.9694    $ 0.9694

Series H preferred stock

     2.4900      2.3700

Series G preferred stock

     2.4900      2.3700

Series F preferred stock

     2.3700      2.3700

Series E preferred stock

     0.9182      0.9182

Series D1 preferred stock

     2.3700      2.3700

Due to certain antidilution protection provisions in the stockholders’ agreement, holders of Series D1, F, G, and H will receive additional shares of common stock upon conversion as a result of the issuance of the Series I preferred stock, and the total number of additional shares of common stock that will be issued if all shares of Series D1, F, G, and H are converted is 38,106,567.

Each share of Series I, H and G preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at their respective conversion rates upon the earlier of (A) a firm-commitment underwritten public offering at a price which shall not be less than $0.9694 per share for Series I and $1.68 per share for Series H and G, the proceeds of which are a minimum of $40,000 in the aggregate or (B) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the respective series of preferred stock.

Each share of Series D1, E, and F preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at their respective conversion rates, upon the earlier of (A) a firm-commitment underwritten public offering, at a price which shall not be less than $2.37 per share and the proceeds of which are a minimum of $40,000 in the aggregate or (B) (1) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of Series E preferred stockholders and (2) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the holders of Series D1 and F preferred stockholders voting together as a single class and not as a separate series, and on an as-converted basis. In the event of conversion of the Series E preferred stock into shares of common stock, we shall issue to each stockholder that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock equal to the quotient of the aggregate Series E liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends, divided by the price per share to the public as printed on the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the initial public offering.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Each share of Series A, B, C and D preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately upon a firm-commitment underwritten public offering. In the event of such a public offering, we shall issue to each stockholder that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of the aggregate Series A, B, C or D liquidation preferences of such shares calculated as of the closing of the public offering, divided by the price per share to the public as printed on the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with such public offering.

Redemption

At any time on or after August 31, 2011, the holders of Series I, H and G preferred stock, voting independently as single classes, may elect by simple majority vote to have all outstanding shares of their respective preferred stock redeemed by payment of a sum per share equal to their respective liquidation preferences and all undeclared and unpaid dividends. On the redemption date, we shall pay the cash payment in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date; provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the cash payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series I, H or G preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the cash payment in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

At any time on or after August 31, 2011, the holders of Series E and F preferred stock, voting together as a single class, may elect by simple majority vote to have all outstanding shares of Series E and F preferred stock redeemed by payment of (A) Series F preferred stock by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Series F liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends and (B) Series E preferred stock by paying in cash a sum per share equal to the Series E liquidation preference and all unpaid and undeclared cumulative dividends. We shall also issue at the redemption of each share of Series E preferred stock that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock that would be issuable if such share of Series E preferred stock were converted to common stock at the then effective Series E conversion rate as of the redemption date. On the redemption date, we shall pay the Series F and E redemption payments, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date; provided, however, that in lieu of receiving the redemption payment in the form of a promissory note, any holder of Series E or F preferred stock may instead elect to be redeemed quarterly and receive the redemption price in eight consecutive quarterly installments.

Following payment in full of the Series E, F, G, H and I redemption payments, we shall notify each stockholder of Series D preferred stock of the redemption of the Series E, F, G, H and I preferred stock. Thereafter, the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of Series D preferred stock may elect to have all shares of the Series D preferred stock redeemed by us. We shall redeem from holders all shares of Series D preferred stock on the thirtieth day next following the date of the Series D redemption notice. On the redemption date, the Company shall pay the Series D redemption payment, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the redemption date.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Following payment in full of the Series D, E, F, G, H and I redemption payments, we shall notify each holder of Series A, B, and C preferred stock of the redemption of the Series D, E, F, G, H and I preferred stock. Thereafter, the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of shares of Series A, B, and C preferred stock may elect to have all shares of the Series A, B and C preferred stock redeemed by us. We shall redeem all shares of Series A, B and C preferred stock on the thirtieth day next following the date of the redemption notice. On the redemption date, the Company shall pay the Series A, B and C redemption payments, in immediately available funds or by the issuance of a promissory note which shall bear simple interest at the rate of 4% per annum and shall be payable in eight consecutive quarterly installments with the first such installment becoming due and payable on the first anniversary of the respective redemption date.

Carrying Value

The Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I preferred stock were initially recorded at the total net proceeds received at issuance. The difference between the total net proceeds received and the redemption prices of each series is being accreted using the effective interest method over the period from issuance until the redemption date, August 31, 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, accretion totaled $5,246, $7,399 and $21,729, respectively.

 

11. Stock Options and Warrants

Stock Options

On March 19, 2004, we established the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”). As amended on October 9, 2007, we may grant options of up to 76,695,055 shares under the 2004 Plan. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options and are to have an exercise period not to exceed ten years. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the estimated fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. Options granted under the 2004 Plan vest over various periods ranging from one to four years. The 2004 Plan also permits us to issue restricted stock and bonus stock grants. Upon the exercise of stock options, we issue the resulting shares from shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan limits the number of shares that may be granted during any 12-month period to a single participant to 4,000,000.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes all stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   Remaining
Average
Contractual
Term (Years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

Outstanding, December 31, 2007

   21,370,253      $ 0.80    3.81    $ 5,568

Granted

   7,207,662        0.80      

Exercised

   (1,542,473     0.08      

Forfeited

   (5,407,741     1.08      

Expired

   (3,334,528     1.29      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   18,293,173      $ 0.69    6.54    $ 3,675

Granted (unaudited)

   2,191,752        0.81      

Exercised (unaudited)

   (718,823     0.02      

Forfeited (unaudited)

   (736,770     0.89      

Expired (unaudited)

   (454,364     1.18      
              

Outstanding, September 30, 2009 (unaudited)

   18,574,968      $ 0.71    6.70    $ 11,925
              

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   6,659,063      $ 0.39    4.10    $ 3,560

Exercisable at September 30, 2009

   9,717,340      $ 0.58    5.42    $ 7,555

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $1,402, $2,292 and $618, respectively and $615 and $567, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively.

In determining the compensation cost of the stock options granted, the fair value of each option grant has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted-average assumptions used in these calculations are summarized as follows:

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2007
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2008
    For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30,
2009
 
                 (Unaudited)  

Expected term of options granted

   5 years      5 years      5 years   

Expected volatility range

   58   58   58

Range of risk-free interest rates

   3.4% - 4.7   2.8% - 3.3   1.7% - 1.9

Expected dividend yield

   0   0   0

We calculate expected volatility for stock options using historical volatility for a peer group of ten companies, as we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility of the peer group. The starting point for the historical period of the peer group used is January 1, 2001. The risk-free interest rate for the expected terms of the stock options is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of grant.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 were $1.31, $0.54, $0.42, $0.42 and $0.41, respectively.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, of $221, $688 and $2,344, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 of $1,825 and $1,668, respectively, was included in datacenter and network operations, product development and sustainment, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

At September 30, 2009, there was $3,576 of total unrecognized compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested options that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.

The following table summarizes information concerning options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008:

 

     Outstanding    Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices

   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
   Shares    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$0.02 - $0.05

   4,417,832    $ 0.02    2.79    4,417,832    $ 0.02

$0.45 - $0.81

   12,781,453      0.80    7.95    1,644,763      0.77

$2.05 - $2.15

   1,093,888      2.12    5.28    596,468      2.11
                            
   18,293,173    $ 0.69    6.54    6,659,063    $ 0.39
                      

Warrants

On May 16, 2007, we issued to an existing investor a warrant to purchase 1,928,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed. The warrant is exercisable immediately with a seven-year term. The fair value of the common stock warrant at the grant date was determined to be $2,600 using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and has been recorded as abandoned acquisition expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the outstanding warrants to purchase common and preferred stock as of December 31, 2008:

 

Number of
Warrants
  

Warrant to Purchase

   Exercise
Price
   Expiration Date
25,000   

Common stock

   $ 0.25    June 22, 2010
182,198   

Series A preferred stock and common stock

     0.30    April 7, 2011
1,627,500   

Common stock

     2.37    February 23, 2012
70,000   

Series B preferred stock and common stock

     0.49    April 8, 2012
40,000   

Series B preferred stock and common stock

     0.49    July 25, 2012
121,951   

Common stock

     2.05    December 30, 2012
6,408   

Common stock

     2.05    February 22, 2013
1,928,571   

Common stock

     2.15    May 16, 2014
300,000   

Common stock

     2.15    June 29, 2014
578,857   

Common stock

     0.97    December 28, 2014
1,852,500   

Common stock

     0.97    September 30, 2014
38,167,906   

Common stock

     0.97    December 28, 2014
8,919,591   

Series I preferred stock

     0.97    December 28, 2014
          
53,820,482   

Total warrants

     
          

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

12. Income Taxes

The following table presents the domestic and foreign components of the pre-tax loss from continuing operations and the income tax provision for the years ended December 31:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Income from continuing operations before tax:

      

U.S.

   $ (41,935   $ (51,183   $ (75,395

Foreign

     (302     (422     343   
                        

Total

   $ (42,237   $ (51,605   $ (75,052
                        

The income tax provision consisted of the following amounts:

      

Current:

      

U.S.

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Foreign

     —          —          —     
                        
     —          —          —     
                        

Deferred:

      

U.S.

     —          —          1,776   

Foreign

     —          —          —     
                        
     —          —          1,776   
                        

Total

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,776   
                        

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Domestic net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 41,214      $ 57,652      $ 75,043   

Fixed assets

     (684     (96     7,822   

Research and development credits

     754        3,068        4,125   

Foreign net operating loss carry forwards

     597        300        79   

Compensation accruals

     746        1,019        1,701   

Amortization of intangible assets

     (1,357     (4,781     (3,433

Allowance for bad debts

     182        131        345   

Severance and restructuring

     181        8        57   

Other accruals

     232        255        175   
                        

Total deferred tax assets

     41,865        57,556        85,914   

Valuation allowance for deferred assets

     (41,865     (57,556     (85,914
                        

Deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
                        

Amortization of goodwill

         (1,776
            

Net deferred tax liability

       $ (1,776
            

As of December 31, 2008, we provided a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets since realization of these benefits was not reasonably assured. The $28,358 increase in the valuation allowance for the period December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 was related to additional

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

deferred tax assets generated, consisting primarily of net operating losses and the timing of deductions related to fixed assets. The deferred tax asset includes net assets that were acquired in business combinations.

We had research and development tax credit carryforwards of $4,125 at December 31, 2008 that will begin to expire in 2014.

As of December 31, 2008, we had domestic net operating loss carryforwards of $208,400 for federal purposes and $71,600 for state purposes. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in varying amounts starting in 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and in the current year for state income tax purposes. The ultimate availability of the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards to offset future income may be subject to limitation under the rules regarding changes in stock ownership as determined by the Internal Revenue Code.

No provision for deferred U.S. income taxes has been made for consolidated foreign subsidiaries, because to the extent there are future earnings, we intend to permanently reinvest them in those foreign operations. If such earnings were not permanently reinvested, a deferred tax liability may be required.

Taxes computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% are reconciled to the income tax provision as follows:

 

         2006             2007             2008      

United States federal tax at statutory rate

   34.0   34.0   34.0

Change in valuation allowance

   (38.9   (21.9   (38.0

State taxes (net of federal benefit)

   4.5      2.3      3.0   

Provision to return – R&D

   0.5      (0.3   2.3   

Tax credits earned

   0.0      1.5      1.5   

Foreign rate differential

   (0.1   0.0      (0.5

Effect of rate change

   0.0      (3.3   0.0   

Provision to return

   0.0      1.4      (0.5

Non-deductible expenses and other

   0.0      (13.7   (4.2
                  

Effective rate

   0.0   0.0   (2.4 )% 
                  

As of January 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements and also provides for de-recognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Since no tax assets have been recognized, there was no cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit upon adoption. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

13. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders have been computed based on net loss and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period. We calculate potentially dilutive incremental shares issuable using the treasury stock method and the if-converted method, as applicable. The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and warrants, as well as stock option and restricted stock expense yet to be recorded for unvested shares would be used to repurchase common shares in the market at the average stock price during the period. We have excluded options to purchase common stock, restricted stock, preferred stock and warrants to purchase common and preferred stock, as the potentially issuable shares covered by these securities are antidilutive. In addition, mandatorily redeemable preferred stock has also been excluded because its conversion into common stock, and therefore its impact upon dilution, cannot be determined without an initial public offering price or liquidation factor. The following table presents the antidilutive securities not included in net loss attributable to common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2006    2007    2008    2008    2009
                   

(unaudited)

Options to purchase common stock

   17,344,088    21,370,253    18,293,173    19,840,795    18,574,968

Restricted stock

   10,680,823    14,112,070    16,166,829    15,082,959    27,364,891

Preferred stock

   10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759    10,876,759

Warrants to purchase common and preferred stock

   2,277,704    53,820,482    53,820,482    53,820,482    53,820,482
                        

Total securities excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   41,179,374    100,179,564    99,157,243    99,620,995    110,637,100
                        

The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 assume the conversion of all outstanding mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2008 or the date of issuance, if later.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2006     2007     2008     2008     2009  
                      (Unaudited)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (61,139   $ (85,988   $ (100,454   $ (82,111   $ (28,803
                                       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    85,896,533        86,939,107        87,652,335        87,447,579        88,740,757   
                                       

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

  $ (0.71   $ (0.99   $ (1.15   $ (0.94   $ (0.32
                                       
    (Unaudited)  

Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustments of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

         

Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to redemption value and Series D1 preferred dividends

         

Pro forma adjustment to reflect stock-based compensation due to the vesting of restricted stock triggered by the closing of the public offering

         
                     

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

      $          $     
                     

Shares used above

        87,652,335          88,740,757   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and preferred stock to common stock shares used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

         
                     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

         
                     

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted

      $          $     
                     

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

14. Defined Contribution Plan

We maintain a defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Savings Plan”) for eligible employees. The 401(k) Savings Plan assets are held in trust and invested as directed by the plan participants, and shares of our common stock are not an eligible investment election. We provide a match on a specified portion of eligible employees’ contributions as approved by our board of directors. Historically, we have made matching contributions equal to 50% of the portion of contributions that do not exceed 6% of eligible pay. Our matching contributions, included in general and administrative, totaled $374 and $419 in 2007 and 2008, respectively and $212 and $722 in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, respectively. During 2007, the 401(k) Savings Plan switched from a five-year to a four-year vesting period in conjunction with combining the GPW 401(k) Plan with the 401(k) Savings Plan.

 

15. Discontinued Operations

In 2007, we enacted a plan to exit our D2C business through sale of assets as we began to focus our strategy on providing mobile content solutions and services for the wireless industry. In connection with the strategy change, eReader, one of the D2C divisions, was sold for $2,500 during 2007, resulting in a loss on sale of $1,360, representing the excess of the carrying value over the proceeds. We received $2,200 during 2008 and $300 was collected in 2009. In June 2008, the remaining portions of the D2C business were sold for $2,500 to a related party investor and board member, resulting in a loss of $127. The board member resigned on May 8, 2008.

During 2008, as part of a business strategy reassessment initiated in 2007, we decided to exit M&E through a wind-down of its operations which was completed in September 2008. Operations of M&E have been classified as discontinued operations and reflected in loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

The significant components of loss from discontinued operations for 2006, net of income taxes, are as follows:

 

     M&E     D2C    eReader    Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 

Revenue for discontinued operations

   $ 73      $ 15,769    $ 3,724    $ 19,566   
                              

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (14,880   $ 1,030    $ 890    $ (12,960
                              

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

The significant components of loss from discontinued operations for 2007, net of income taxes, are as follows:

 

     M&E     D2C     eReader    Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Revenue for discontinued operations

   $ 1,841      $ 11,171      $ 3,573    $ 16,585   
                               

Net operating income (expenses) from discontinued operations

   $ (21,981   $ (1,243   $ 1,147    $ (22,077

Impairment of goodwill

     —          (2,851     —        (2,851
                               

Net income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (21,981   $ (4,094   $ 1,147    $ (24,928
                               

The following assets and liabilities related to D2C were segregated and included in assets held for sale and other liabilities, as appropriate, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007:

 

     2007

Cash

   $ 109

Other current assets

     965

Property and equipment, net

     868

Goodwill

     1,217

Other long-term assets

     168
      

Assets held for sale

   $ 3,327
      

Other current liabilities

   $ 700
      

Liabilities held for sale

   $ 700
      

The significant components of loss from discontinued operations for 2008, net of income taxes, are as follows:

 

     M&E     D2C     Year Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenue for discontinued operations

   $ 1,194      $ 2,334      $ 3,528   
                        

Net loss from discontinued operations

   $ (571   $ (501   $ (1,072
                        

 

16. Related Party Transactions

Under the terms of the 2004 merger transaction between Pinpoint Networks, Inc. and PBH Holdings, the existing investors of PBH Holdings agreed to continue their guarantees of the outstanding debt that was transferred to PBH, Inc. Details of this debt are included in Note 6, “Debt Facilities.” The amounts outstanding under the 2004 Line of Credit, $4,875 and $4,732 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, are guaranteed by such investors.

In 2007, we sold D2C for $2,500 to a related party investor and board member. The board member resigned on May 8, 2008. See Note 15, “Discontinued Operations.”

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Motricity, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

 

In consideration of an agreement by a related party investor to provide a financing commitment letter in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed in 2007, we issued a warrant for 1,928,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.15 per share.

In September 2007, two related party investors deposited $36,500 and $20,000, respectively, in escrow accounts on our behalf to facilitate our ability to negotiate the acquisition of InfoSpace Mobile. In consideration of these deposits, we issued warrants to purchase 1,277,500 shares and 575,000 shares of common stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share.

A related party investor acted as a placement agent in each of our Series F, G, H and I financing rounds. As compensation for those services, we paid cash in the amount of $16,837, warrants to purchase 973,733 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.37, warrants to purchase 436,401 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.49, and a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694. Additionally, in connection with the Series I financing round, we received consulting services from another related party investor in exchange for cash in the amount of $3,000 and warrants to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, we issued loans of $250 and $32 in 2004 for the costs of relocating to our headquarters in Durham, North Carolina. The loans carry an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate, with the applicable interest rate for the year set on January 1 of each year. Interest is payable annually, and the loans are repayable to the Company upon a liquidation event, including the sale or disposition of substantially all of our assets, the sale of more than 50% of the then outstanding common stock in a single transaction, or an initial public offering of our common stock. The outstanding loan balances, including accrued interest, was $326 and $345 at December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, and were included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. On December 18, 2009, all amounts outstanding between us and the Chief Executive Officer, including the principal and accrued interest on the loans, were settled by the Chief Executive Officer through a transfer of common stock.

During 2008, in connection with the relocation of our headquarters to Bellevue, Washington, we paid a relocation services company to purchase, on our behalf, the Chief Executive Officer’s home in North Carolina for $1,983, plus administrative fees. As a result of market conditions, in the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a restructuring charge of $342 related to the home and an additional restructuring charge of $203 during 2009. The asset is recorded within assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets for $1,700 and $1,497 as of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively.

During 2009, we purchased the home of our new Chief Operating Officer in order to facilitate his relocation to Bellevue, Washington. We purchased the home for $1,195, and as a result of market conditions we recorded an impairment charge of $317. The asset is recorded within assets held for sale on the consolidated balance sheets for $877 as of September 30, 2009.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

     Years Ended  
     December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2007
    December 31,
2008
 
     (In thousands)  

Tax Valuation Allowance:

      

Beginning balance

   $ 22,110      $ 41,865      $ 57,556   

Charged to costs and expenses

     —          —          —     

Charges utilized/write-offs

     19,755        15,691        28,358   
                        

Ending balance

   $ 41,865      $ 57,556      $ 85,914   
                        

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

      

Beginning balance

   $ 257      $ 472      $ 794   

Charged to costs and expenses

     307        123        309   

Charges utilized/write-offs

     (92     (234     (106

Acquired in acquisition

     —          433        —     
                        
   $ 472      $ 794      $ 997   
                        

 

F-44


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Audit Committee of

InfoSpace, Inc.

Bellevue, Washington

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the Mobile Data Infrastructure Business (the “Mobile Division” or “Mobile Services” or “Division”), a division of InfoSpace, Inc. (the “Company” or “InfoSpace”) as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the related combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in division equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2006. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Mobile Division’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Mobile Division as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared from the separate records maintained by the Company and may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have existed or the results of operations if the Mobile Division had been operated as an unaffiliated company. Portions of certain income and expenses represent corporate allocations made from InfoSpace, applicable to InfoSpace as a whole.

August 7, 2009

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Seattle, Washington

 

F-45


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     2007    2006

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 190    $ 1,118

Accounts receivable — net of allowance of $147 and $214

     14,787      13,248

Other receivables

     1,452      1,090

Prepaid expenses

     2,474      2,678

Other current assets

     2,341      2,781
             

Total current assets

     21,244      20,915

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Net

     18,096      14,637

INTANGIBLE ASSETS — Net

        629

OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS

     3,090      2,950
             

TOTAL

   $ 42,430    $ 39,131
             

LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 7,180    $ 2,871

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     12,923      2,913

Short-term deferred revenue

     12,001      5,646
             

Total current liabilities

     32,104      11,430

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

        242
             

Total liabilities

     32,104      11,672

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)

     

NET INVESTED EQUITY

     10,326      27,459
             

TOTAL

   $ 42,430    $ 39,131
             

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     2007     2006  

REVENUES

   $ 55,069      $ 37,474   
                

OPERATING EXPENSES:

    

Content and distribution

     3,412        3,031   

Systems and network operations

     16,387        13,327   

Product development

     34,741        21,810   

Sales and marketing

     10,073        8,896   

General and administrative

     25,241        12,888   

Depreciation

     9,382        5,728   

Amortization

     629        1,447   

Impairment of intangible assets

       1,183   
                

Total operating expenses

     99,865        68,310   
                

OPERATING LOSS

     (44,796     (30,836

OTHER INCOME — Net

     56        6   
                

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT

     (44,740     (30,830

INCOME TAX BENEFIT

       255   
                

NET LOSS

   $ (44,740   $ (30,575
                

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:

    

Net loss

   $ (44,740   $ (30,575

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,536        1,680   
                

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   $ (43,204   $ (28,895
                

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DIVISION EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     Division
equity
 

BALANCE — January 1, 2006

   $ 21,515   

Stock-based compensation

     4,038   

Contributions from InfoSpace — net

     30,801   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,680   

Net loss

     (30,575
        

BALANCE — December 31, 2006

     27,459   

Stock-based compensation

     15,088   

Contributions from InfoSpace — net

     10,983   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     1,536   

Net loss

     (44,740
        

BALANCE — December 28, 2007

   $ 10,326   
        

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

(In thousands)

 

     2007     2006  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (44,740   $ (30,575

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation

     15,088        4,038   

Depreciation and amortization

     10,011        7,175   

Impairment of intangible assets

       1,183   

Loss on sale of assets

       7   

Bad debt (recovery) provision

     (72     49   

Effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,467     (2,734

Other receivables

     (362     (408

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     644        (192

Other long-term assets

     (140     (2,746

Accounts payable

     4,137        (10

Accrued expenses and other current and long-term liabilities

     11,703        1,286   

Deferred revenue

     6,113        2,774   
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     915        (20,153

INVESTING ACTIVITIES — Purchases of property and equipment

     (12,938     (10,974

FINANCING ACTIVITIES — Intercompany net contribution

     10,983        30,801   

EFFECT OF CHANGE IN FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH

     112        149   
                

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (928     (177

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period

     1,118        1,295   
                

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period

   $ 190      $ 1,118   
                

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Description of the Business  — The Mobile Data Infrastructure Business (the “Mobile Division” or Mobile Services” or the “Division”), a division of InfoSpace, Inc. (the “Company” or “InfoSpace”) is a provider of services assisting consumers with finding information, personalization, and entertainment on the mobile phone. On December 28, 2007, InfoSpace consummated the sale of the Division to Motricity, Inc. (“Motricity”) (Note 9).

Basis of Presentation  — As a division of InfoSpace, Mobile Services combined financial statements have been prepared from the historical records of InfoSpace. The Mobile Services combined financial statements include certain accounts of InfoSpace, InfoSpace’s wholly owned subsidiary, GSM Information Network B.V. (“GIN”), a Netherlands Corporation, and InfoSpace’s wholly owned subsidiary InfoSpace Europe Limited (“IEL”), a United Kingdom company. Intercompany balances and transactions between Mobile Services, InfoSpace, GIN, and IEL have been eliminated. The Division was operated as a portion of InfoSpace’s mobile reporting segment during 2006 and the first half of 2007, and materially comprised InfoSpace’s mobile segment from July 1, 2007 to December 28, 2007. The combined financial statements include allocations of certain expenses and assets related to the Division that were previously recorded in the accounts of InfoSpace. The allocations are necessary to report the Division’s separate financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. The allocation methodologies are described in Note 3. The Company’s management believes the allocations are reasonable. However, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Division may differ from those that may have been achieved had the Division operated as a separate entity independent of InfoSpace.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used for impairment of intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets, revenue recognition, deferred costs, the estimated allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, accrued contingencies and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Actual amounts may differ from estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — The Division considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates market value.

Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed under the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Computer equipment and software

   3 years

Datacenter servers

   3 years

Internally developed software

   15–36 months

Office equipment

   7 years

Office furniture

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease term or economic life

 

F-50


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

The Division has capitalized certain internal use software development costs in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Costs capitalized primarily consist of employee salaries and benefits and payments to contractors allocated on a project or product basis. The Division capitalized $1,657,000 and $782,000 of internal-use software costs in the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007 and in the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Valuation of Intangible Assets  — All of the Division’s intangible assets have definite lives and, in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the Division evaluates its intangible assets to determine whether there has been any impairment of the value of these assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the Division’s assets might not be recoverable.

The information about activity in intangible assets for the period from January 1, 2006 to December 28, 2007, is as follows(in thousands):

 

Balance — January 1, 2006

   $ 3,258   

Amortization

     (1,447

Impairment

     (1,183
        

Balance — December 31, 2006

     629   

Amortization

     (629
        

Balance — December 28, 2007

   $ —     
        

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Division recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.2 million related to certain core technology it had previously acquired in a business combination. At December 28, 2007, intangible assets consisted of core technology and customer relationships totaling $8.8 million and $8.5 million, respectively, net of accumulated amortization and impairment of $17.3 million.

Deferred Costs  — The Division has deferred certain incremental costs related to software development and services agreements with customers. Deferred costs primarily consist of payments made to contractors for developing products for customers per the terms of certain service agreements. The Division recognized the deferred costs in the consolidated statements of operations over the terms of the related customer agreements. The Division deferred $3.4 million and $1.4 million of costs in the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and in the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Income Taxes  — The operating results of the Division are included in the Company’s tax returns. Tax balances are calculated at the Division level as though the Division were a standalone tax payer. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Division evaluates the

 

F-51


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

deferred tax assets for future realization and reduces them by a valuation allowance to the extent management of the Division believes a portion will not be realized. Management considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. The Division has not been profitable since its inception. The Division does not believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized; therefore, the net deferred tax asset has been subjected to a full valuation allowance.

At December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Division had recorded $7.3 million and $6.1 million of the valuation allowance, respectively. The Division’s valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by $1.2 million and $1.5 million during the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. In 2007 and 2006, the increase in the valuation allowance was primarily the result of increasing stock-based compensation.

Revenues  — The Division earns revenue, typically from its agreements with mobile operators, from its content delivery services, which include both product downloads and subscriber usage, hosting and maintenance services and professional services. Hosting and maintenance service revenues are subject to adjustments due to attained service levels and are recorded net of any such adjustments. Subscriber usage fee revenue is generated based on either a flat fee, the number of end users, or the end users’ usage of the Division’s messaging or browsing services. Revenue for hosting services and maintenance of such services is recognized in the period in which the service is provided. The Division has entered into certain contracts that include set-up or integration fees and/or development fees, which are invoiced at the commencement of the agreement. Although these fees are sometimes paid to the Division at the commencement of the agreement, they are recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

Revenue from professional services is recognized in the period in which the work is completed and accepted by the customer. Professional services are typically contracted at hourly rates, which are consistently applied, although differ by geographic region. The Division has deferred certain professional service revenues in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 00-21, Revenue Arrangements and Multiple Deliverables . The Division recognizes the deferred revenues in the combined statements of operations over the terms of the related customer agreements, which generally range from one to three years.

Content and Distribution Expenses  — Content and distribution expenses consist principally of costs related to licensing content in connection with serving end users of the Division’s services.

System and Network Operation Expenses  — System and network operation expenses are costs associated with the delivery, maintenance, and support of the Division’s products, services, and infrastructure and principally consists of personnel costs, which include salaries, benefits and other employee-related costs, stock-based compensation, and temporary help and contractors to augment staffing needs, communication costs, such as high-speed Internet access and hosting, equipment maintenance and repair, and professional service fees.

Product Development Expenses  — Product development expenses consist principally of personnel costs, which include salaries, benefits and other employee-related costs, stock-based

 

F-52


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

compensation, and temporary help and contractors to augment staffing needs, for research, development, support and ongoing enhancements of the Division’s products and services.

Sales and Marketing Expenses  — Sales and marketing expenses consist principally of personnel costs, which include salaries, benefits and other employee related costs, stock-based compensation, and temporary help and contractors to augment staffing needs, and public relations, advertising, market research and promotion expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses  — General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel costs, stock-based compensation, professional service fees, which include legal, audit, occupancy and general office expenses, and general business development and management expenses, and general business expenses and allocations as described in Note 3.

Stock-Based Compensation  — The Division accounts for stock-based compensation expenses from Company share-based payments according to the provisions of FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees including stock option grants and purchases of stock made pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) based on estimated fair values.

FASB Statement No. 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the award’s portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the accompanying combined financial statements for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Other income, Net  — Other income, net for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     2007     2006  

Interest income

   $ 60      $ 28   

Other — net

     (4     (22
                

Other income — net

   $ 56      $ 6   
                

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  — Comprehensive loss includes Net loss, plus items that are recorded directly to division equity, including foreign currency translation adjustments. Included in the net change in unrealized gains and losses are realized gains or losses included in the determination of Net loss in the period realized. For the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Division recorded a currency translation gain of $1.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

Foreign Currencies  — Foreign subsidiary financial statements are denominated in foreign currencies and are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Translation adjustments

 

F-53


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

resulting from this process are charged or credited to other comprehensive income. Revenue and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Realized gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in Other income, net.

Revenue Concentration  — The Division derives a significant portion of its revenues from a small number of customers primarily located in the United States. Revenues from the top three customers of the Division represented 47%, 16%, and 16% of total revenues in the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007. Revenues from the top three customers of the Division represented 32%, 25%, and 12% of total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2006. At December 28, 2007, three customers each accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and the Division performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses.

Geographic revenue information, as determined by the location of the customer for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, is presented below (in thousands):

 

     2007    2006

United States

   $ 45,406    $ 28,167

International

     9,633      9,307
             

Total

   $ 55,039    $ 37,474
             

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  — Financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, notes and other receivables, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities. The carrying amount of financial instruments not recorded at fair value on the combined balance sheets approximates the fair value of such instruments.

 

3. ALLOCATIONS

As discussed in Note 1, the combined financial statements of the Division reflect certain allocations from InfoSpace of expenses and assets. The cost of broadband and hosting services was based on a percentage of usage by the Division in relation to total costs incurred by InfoSpace. The costs of certain operations and technical facilities assigned to the Division were based on either the ratio of square footage used by the Division in relation to the total leased space or the estimated incremental cost incurred by InfoSpace to support the Division’s operations. Other allocated costs and charges are based on a percentage of total corporate costs for services provided, based on factors, such as number of employees, revenue, gross asset value, comparable market prices, or the specific level of the Division’s activities directly related to such costs. There was no allocation of interest income or expense to the Division. Computer equipment, software, furniture, leasehold improvements, and office equipment purchased by InfoSpace on behalf of the Division were allocated based on specific assets identified as being utilized solely by the Division. In 2007, InfoSpace directly attributed certain types of expenses to its mobile services business that it did not directly attribute in 2006; specifically, the Division attributed certain expense types recorded by InfoSpace in 2006 to its business using ratios derived by dividing those expense types directly attributed to its business in 2007 by the

 

F-54


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

total amount of that expense type that InfoSpace recorded in 2007. The Division’s management believes the allocations to be reasonable and reflective of the Division’s proportionate share of such expenses.

Allocated expenditures of the Division were managed and maintained by InfoSpace and were paid out of cash accounts of InfoSpace on behalf of the Division. These amounts are recorded as capital contributions in division equity.

 

4. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

 

     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Property and equipment:

    

Computer equipment and datacenter

   $ 19,144      $ 15,094   

Purchased software

     18,800        16,161   

Internally developed software

     4,544        2,887   

Leasehold improvements and other

     3,908        1,789   

Office furniture

     2,468        1,133   

Office equipment

     516        450   
                
     49,380        37,514   

Accumulated depreciation

     (32,732     (23,336
                
     16,648        14,178   

Capital projects in progress

     1,448        459   
                
   $ 18,096      $ 14,637   
                
     2007     2006  
     (In thousands)  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

    

Accrued payments to employees related to cash distribution made to stockholders

   $ 8,459      $ —     

Salaries and related expenses

     2,188        1,625   

Accrued rent

     1,200        442   

Accrued license fees

     368        213   

Accrued taxes

     346        94   

Accrued content, distribution, and royalty obligations

     291        445   

Other

     71        94   
                
   $ 12,923      $ 2,913   
                

 

5. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Mobile Services, as a division of InfoSpace, has historically not sponsored separate employee stock compensation and savings plans. Accordingly, compensation and savings plans presented herein represent those of InfoSpace’s plans approved by InfoSpace’s stockholders and board of directors.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan  — InfoSpace adopted the ESPP in August 1998. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and permits eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their compensation. Under the ESPP, no employee may purchase common stock worth more than $25,000 in any calendar year, valued as of the first day of each offering period. The ESPP was implemented with six-month offering periods that begin on each February 1 and August 1. The price of common stock purchased under the ESPP is the lesser of 85% of the fair value on the first day of an offering period and 85% of the fair value on the last day of an offering period. The ESPP does not have a fixed expiration date, but may be terminated by the Company’s board of directors at any time. There were 35,936 and 25,917 shares issued to the Division’s employees for the ESPP periods that ended in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

401(k) Savings Plan  — Employees of the Company participate in InfoSpace’s 401(k) savings plan covering its U.S.-based employees. Eligible employees may contribute through payroll deductions. The Company may match the employees’ 401(k) contributions at the discretion of the InfoSpace’s board of directors. During 2007 and 2006, InfoSpace’s board of directors elected to match a portion of the 401(k) contributions made by employees of the Company. The amount contributed by the Company is equal to a maximum of 50% of employee contributions up to a maximum of 3% of an employee’s salary. For the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, $589,000 and $452,000, respectively, was incurred to match Division employee 401(k) contributions.

Stock Option Plans  — InfoSpace has various stock incentive plans which provide employees, officers, directors, independent contractors and consultants of the Company an opportunity to purchase shares of stock pursuant to options which are not described in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (nonqualified stock options). The plans also provide for the sale or bonus of stock to eligible individuals in connection with the performance of service for the Company. Finally, the plans authorize the grant of stock appreciation rights, either separately or in tandem with stock options, which entitle holders to cash compensation measured by appreciation in the value of the stock. The stock incentive plans are administered by the Compensation Committee, which is composed of nonemployee directors. Historically, employees of the Division have received options to purchase shares of InfoSpace’s stock and restricted stock units (RSUs), which generally vest over a two-to-four-year period from the date of grant. In connection with the acquisition of the Mobile Division by Motricity on December 28, 2007 (Note 9), such employees ceased to be employees of InfoSpace and, therefore, any unvested options were canceled as of December 28, 2007, and all vested unexercised options were canceled on March 28, 2008 (90 days after the acquisition date.)

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

Activity and pricing information regarding option awards to Division employees are summarized as follows:

 

     Option     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding — January 1, 2006

   1,200,874      $ 32.92

Granted

   910,650        23.94

Canceled

   (18,233     29.76

Exercised

   (51,812     14.55
        

Outstanding — December 31, 2006

   2,041,479        29.41

Granted

   17,500        22.21

Canceled

   (514,690     26.25

Exercised

   (74,244     15.86
        

Outstanding — December 28, 2007

   1,470,045        31.12
        

Options exercisable — December 28, 2007

   1,470,045        31.12
        

Activity and weighted-average grant date fair value information regarding restricted stock unit grants to Division employees are summarized as follows:

 

     Restricted
Stock
    Weighted-
Average
Date Fair
Value

Outstanding — January 1, 2006

   —        $ —  

Granted

   544,780        20.38

Forfeited

    
        

Outstanding — December 31, 2006

   544,780        20.38

Granted

   888,470        21.39

Forfeited

   (813,666     20.90

Released

   (541,413     21.13
        

Outstanding — December 28, 2007

   78,171        21.24
        

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

Additional information regarding options outstanding for all plans as of December 28, 2007, is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$5.10–$8.99

   3,641    1.4    $ 5.11    3,641    $ 5.11

$9.00–$14.99

   20,400    0.6      14.28    20,400      14.28

$15.00–$19.99

   127,071    0.8      16.88    127,071      16.88

$20.00–$24.99

   578,177    0.9      23.75    578,177      23.75

$25.00–$29.99

   110,125    0.8      27.33    110,125      27.33

$30.00–$33.99

   34,125    0.6      30.90    34,125      30.90

$34.00–$675.00

   596,506    0.5      42.74    596,506      42.74
                  

Total

   1,470,045    0.7      31.12    1,470,045      31.12
                  

Make-Whole Plans  — On May 2, 2007, the InfoSpace’s board of directors declared a special cash distribution by means of a dividend on InfoSpace’s common stock of $6.30 per share. Additionally, on May 2, 2007, InfoSpace’s board of directors approved a plan to compensate employees that hold in-the-money options to purchase shares of common stock and RSUs for the reduction in value of these awards due to any special cash distribution. The compensation was a combination of $2.5 million in cash and issuance of an additional 284,610 RSUs for the Division’s employees and the amount was based on, among other factors, the average trading price of InfoSpace’s stock before and after the ex-dividend date and the in-the-money amount for options to purchase shares of common stock. The vesting schedules for RSUs granted under this plan are the same as the existing awards for which they are granted.

On November 14, 2007, InfoSpace’s board of directors declared a special cash distribution by means of a dividend on InfoSpace’s common stock of $9 per share. Additionally, on November 14, 2007, InfoSpace’s board of directors approved a plan to compensate employees that hold in-the-money options to purchase shares of common stock and RSUs for the reduction in value of these awards due to any special cash distribution. The compensation to the Division’s employees was paid in cash and the amount was based on, among other factors, the average trading price of InfoSpace’s stock before and after the ex-dividend date and the in-the-money amount for options to purchase shares of common stock. InfoSpace paid the cash compensation of $8.5 million to the Division’s employees in January 2008.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

The Division has included the following amounts in the expense categories set forth below for the above-mentioned payments made to employees related to the cash distributions declared in May 2007 and November 2007, in the accompanying combined financial statements (amounts in thousands):

 

     For the
Period From
January 1
Through
December 28,
2007

Systems and network operations

   $ 871

Product development

     2,628

Sales and marketing

     1,092

General and administrative

     6,348
      

Total

   $ 10,939
      

 

6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

For the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Division recognized compensation expense related to stock options and RSUs of $15.1 million and $4 million, respectively. To estimate the compensation cost that was recognized under FASB Statement No. 123(R) for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, the Division used the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for equity awards granted:

 

    

Employee Stock Option Plans

  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

    

For the Period
From January 1
Through
December 28,
2007

  

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

  

For the Period
From January 1
Through
December 28,
2007

  

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Risk-free interest rate

   4.59%–5.02%    4.38%–5.07%    5.07%–5.12%    4.13%–4.84%

Expected dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%    0%

Volatility

   48%–67%    52%–88%    41%–52%    30%–35%

Expected life

   2.5 years    2.8 years    6 months    6 months

The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury issues with an equivalent remaining term. InfoSpace paid a special dividend in 2007 and declared another dividend that was paid in January 2008, and may pay special dividends in the future, but does not expect to pay recurring dividends. The expected volatility is based on historical volatility of InfoSpace’s stock for the related expected life of the option. The expected life of the equity award is based on historical experience.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

The Division has included the following amounts for stock-based compensation cost, including the cost related to the ESPP, in the accompanying Combined Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006 (amounts in thousands):

 

     2007    2006

Systems and network operations

   $ 1,331    $ 436

Product development

     4,148      1,305

Sales and marketing

     2,235      1,088

General and administrative

     7,374      1,209
             

Total

   $ 15,088    $ 4,038
             

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, includes (1) compensation expense for awards granted prior to, but not yet fully vested as of, January 1, 2006, and (2) compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair values estimated in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 123 and FASB Statement No. 123(R), respectively. The Division has historically disclosed and currently recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period for each separately vesting portion of a share-based award as if they were, in substance, a multiple share-based award. FASB Statement No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Division has historically and continues to estimate the fair value of share-based awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model.

The weighted-average fair value for options granted in the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $22.21 and $23.94 per share, respectively. InfoSpace issues new shares upon exercise of options to purchase common stock and vesting of restricted stock units.

Total intrinsic value of options exercised to purchase common stock in the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, was $493,000 and $476,000, respectively.

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has noncancelable operating leases for its corporate facilities that relate to operations of the Division. The leases expire through 2013. Rent expense under operating leases totaled $7.0 million and $5.9 million for the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments required under noncancelable operating leases allocated to the Division’s activities for the years ending December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

    2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   Thereafter   Total

Minimum lease payments required

  $ 3,711   $ 3,968   $ 3,167   $ 2,929   $ 2,587   $ 2,851   $ 19,213
                                         

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

As of December 28, 2007, the Division has pledged $2.8 million as collateral for standby letters of credit and bank guaranties for certain of its property leases, which is included in other long-term assets.

Other  — From time to time the Company is subject to various other legal proceedings or claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of these matters with certainty and no assurances can be given, the Company’s management does not believe that the disposition of these ordinary course matters will have a material adverse effect on the Division’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, partners, and other parties. The Company has agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or other claims made against certain parties. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the conditional nature of the Division’s obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Accordingly, the Division has not recorded a liability related to indemnification provisions.

 

8. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations consists of the following for the periods as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the Period From
January 1 Through
December 28, 2007
   Year Ended
December 31, 2006
 

Current:

     

U.S. federal

   $ —      $ —     

Foreign

        (255
               

Total current expense (benefit)

        (255
               

Deferred — U.S. federal

     
               

Total deferred expense (benefit)

     —        —     
               

Income tax expense (benefit) — net

   $ —      $ (255
               

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

The Income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate for the periods as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the Period From
January 1 Through
December 28, 2007
    Year Ended
December 31, 2006
 

Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate of 35%

   $ (15,659   $ (10,790

Foreign

       (255

Nondeductible compensation

     3,354        49   

Change in valuation allowance balance

     12,235        10,741   

Other

     70     
                

Expense (benefit) for income taxes — net

   $ —        $ (255
                

The tax effect of temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards that give rise to the Division’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2007     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Current

   $ 511      $ 323   
                

Noncurrent:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

     188     

Depreciation and amortization

     4,086        4,312   

Equity compensation

     2,490        1,355   
                

Total non current

     6,764        5,667   
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     7,275        5,990   

Valuation allowance

     (7,275     (5,990
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —     
                

 

F-62


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

At December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Division provided a valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets for which significant uncertainty exists regarding the ultimate realization. The Division evaluates its deferred tax assets for future realization and reduces it by a valuation allowance to the extent that realization is not more likely than not. Many factors are considered when assessing the likelihood of future realization of deferred tax assets including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable income, the carryforward periods available for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. The Division treated all net operating loss carryforwards, including those originating from 2006 and 2007, as distributed to InfoSpace and has not reflected any net operating losses in the tax provision. Since the net operating losses would be subject to a full valuation allowance, the net impact to the deferred tax asset at December 28, 2007, would be zero. The net change in the valuation allowance during the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2006, are shown below (in thousands):

 

     Valuation Allowance
     For the Period From
January 1 Through
December 28, 2007
   Year Ended
December 31, 2006

Balance — beginning of year

   $ 6,072    $ 4,554

Net changes to deferred tax assets due to current year operations

     1,203      1,518
             

Balance — end of year

   $ 7,275    $ 6,072
             

Net change during the year

   $ 1,203    $ 1,518
             

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 . FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN No. 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Division adopted FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption, the Division did not recognize a change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

Total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Division’s effective tax rate if recognized was zero as of December 28, 2007 and January 1, 2007, and there was no change in unrecognized tax benefits during the period from January 1, 2007, through December 28, 2007, or for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Division does not believe there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

InfoSpace, including the Division, and certain of InfoSpace’s subsidiaries, file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, InfoSpace is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004, although net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards from any year are subject to examination and adjustment for at least three years following the year in which they are fully utilized. As of December 28, 2007, no significant adjustments have been proposed relative to InfoSpace’s or the Division’s tax positions.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

MOBILE DATA INFRASTRUCTURE BUSINESS

(A Division of InfoSpace, Inc.)

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006, AND FOR THE PERIOD FROM

JANUARY 1, 2007 THROUGH DECEMBER 28, 2007, AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

9. SALE OF THE DIVISION TO MOTRICITY

On December 28, 2007, InfoSpace completed the sale of the Division to Motricity for $135 million in cash. As part of the transition of the operations between InfoSpace and Motricity, those companies entered into a series of agreements providing transitional services. InfoSpace entered into a transition services agreement with Motricity, whereby Motricity will provide InfoSpace with operational support, training, and services for certain applications and services, and InfoSpace will provide Motricity with training, maintenance and support services for certain applications and services, commencing on December 28, 2007, for a period of up to nine months. The agreements required InfoSpace to reimburse Motricity for certain additional costs which Motricity incurred in order to provide the transitional services, which include communication and hosting costs. The total amount paid by InfoSpace to Motricity for such transitional services was $1.9 million.

* * * * * *

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

Motricity, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

J.P. Morgan

 

 

Barclays Capital

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

 

 

Baird

Pacific Crest Securities

 

 

Through and including                              (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, we expect to incur in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fees.

 

     Amount To Be Paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 17,825

FINRA filing fee

     25,500

Blue Sky fees and expenses*

  

NASDAQ listing fee*

  

Printing and engraving expenses*

  

Legal fees and expenses*

  

Accountants’ fees and expenses*

  

Transfer agent fees*

  

Miscellaneous*

  
      

Total

   $             
      

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, for any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

In accordance with Section 102 of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision to limit the personal liability of our director’s violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates each director’s liability to us and our stockholders for monetary damages except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, substantially in the form of the indemnification agreement filed by us as an exhibit to this registration statement on Form S-1. These indemnification agreements provide contractual indemnification to our officers and directors in addition to the indemnification provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

We currently have directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies to insure our directors and officers against liability for actions or omissions occurring in their capacity as a director or officer, subject to certain exclusions and limitations.

Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto for provisions providing that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act).

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the past three years, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below. None of these transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and we believe each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts related to compensation.

1. In February 2007, we sold an aggregate of 21,084,337 shares of Series H Preferred Stock at $2.49 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $52.5 million to three accredited investors. In connection with this financing round, we issued three warrants to the investors to purchase 1,627,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.37 per share.

2. In May 2007, we issued to an existing investor, as consideration for a financing commitment in connection with a proposed acquisition that was not completed, a warrant to purchase 1,928,571 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.15.

3. In June 2007, we issued warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock to Silicon Valley Bank at an exercise price of $2.15 per share.

4. In September 2007, we issued an aggregate of 1,852,500 warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 to four investors in conjunction with the Series I Preferred Stock financing round.

5. In December 2007, we sold an aggregate of 190,839,694 shares of Series I Preferred Stock at $0.9694 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $185 million to both existing and new investors. In connection with this financing round, we issued a warrant for consulting services of an investor to purchase 2,578,915 shares of Series I Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.9694. We utilized a placement agent in completing the Series I Preferred Stock financing round, and as part of the consideration for placement services, the placement agent received a warrant to purchase 6,340,676 shares of Series I preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.9694. In addition, the placement agent surrendered 1,832,075 common stock warrants issued in conjunction with the Series F and G Preferred Stock financing rounds with exercise prices between $2.37 and $2.49 per share. We issued an aggregate of 40,599,763 warrants to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $0.9694 per share to the Series I investors.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

We have also issued stock option and restricted stock grants under our Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, a written compensatory benefit plan under which we have issued options and restricted stock grants to employees and directors. Since January 21, 2007, we have issued to certain officers, employees, and directors options to purchase 20,543,372 shares of common stock, with an estimated approximate aggregate exercise price of $19.1 million upon exercise of such options, and 34,895,206 shares of restricted stock. All of our option grants in the past three years were to purchase shares of our common stock and were made under our 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

We hereby undertake that:

(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(ii) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Bellevue, Washington, on January 21, 2010.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:   /s/    Ryan K. Wuerch        
  Ryan K. Wuerch
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacity indicated on January 22, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    Hunter C. Gary        

Hunter C. Gary

  

Director

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ryan K. Wuerch and Allyn P. Hebner as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on January 21, 2010.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    Ryan K. Wuerch        

Ryan K. Wuerch

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    Allyn P. Hebner        

Allyn P. Hebner

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/    Lady Barbara Judge        

Lady Barbara Judge

  

Director

/s/    Suzanne H. King        

Suzanne H. King

  

Director

/s/    Sohail Qadri        

Sohail Qadri

  

Director

/s/    Brian Turner        

Brian Turner

  

Director

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement*
3.1      Restated Certificate of Incorporation*
3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws*
4.1      Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2007, between Motricity, certain subsidiaries, and the other parties thereto
4.2      Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2007, between Motricity, certain subsidiaries, and the other parties thereto
4.3      Form of Registrant’s Common Stock Certificate*
4.4      Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2007, between Silicon Valley Bank and Motricity, Inc., as amended
5.1      Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP*
10.1      Master Services Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2008, between GlobalLogic, Inc and Motricity, Inc.†
10.2      Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated as of July 22, 2005, between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC, as amended†
10.3      Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606, dated as of September 14, 2006, between Motricity, Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC, as amended†
10.4      WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2004, between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. d/b/a InfoSpace Mobile and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, as amended†
10.5      Office Lease, dated as of December 21, 2007, between WA—Three Bellevue Center, LLC and Motricity, Inc.†
10.6      Employment Offer Letter, dated as of May 20, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Chris Dorr#
10.7      Employment Offer Letter, dated as of May 22, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Jim Ryan#
10.8      Employment Offer Letter, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Jim Smith#
10.9      Employment Offer Letter, dated as of March 6, 2009, between Motricity, Inc. and Allyn P. Hebner#
10.10    Employment Offer Letter, dated as of August 8, 2008, between Motricity, Inc. and Richard E. Leigh, Jr.#
10.11    Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, as amended, dated as of January 1, 2008, between Motricity, Inc. and Ryan K. Wuerch#
10.12    Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2010, between Motricity, Inc. and Ryan K. Wuerch#
10.13    Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc., as amended through August 4, 2005#
10.14    Motricity, Inc. 2009 Corporate Incentive Plan#†
10.15    Motricity, Inc. 2010 Corporate Incentive Plan#†
10.16    Motricity, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan*#
10.17    Form of Stock Option Agreement*#


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT NO.

  

DESCRIPTION

10.18    Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement*#
10.19    Form of Motricity, Inc. Indemnification Agreement#
10.20    Motricity Long-Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet#
21.1      List of Subsidiaries
23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.3      Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*
24.1      Power of Attorney (included in signature page)
99.1      Compensation Committee Charter*

 

* To be filed by amendment.
# Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain provisions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

Exhibit 4.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of October 15, 2007, is by and among Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), PalmGear, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (“PalmGear”), Palm Digital Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (“PDM,” and together with PalmGear, the “Material Subsidiaries”), each of the parties listed on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof (each, a “Common Stockholder” and, collectively, the “Common Stockholders”), each of the parties listed on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (each, a “Preferred Stockholder” and, collectively, the “Preferred Stockholders”), each of the parties listed on Schedule C attached hereto and made a part hereof (each, an “Employee Stockholder” and, collectively, the “Employee Stockholders”) and M7 Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation (“M7”). As used in this Agreement, the term “Stockholders” includes the Common Stockholders, Preferred Stockholders, Employee Stockholders, M7, any M7 Investor (as defined below) who receives a distribution of Series D1 Preferred (as defined below) in compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 1(e) below, and any other party who subsequently becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company, the Material Subsidiaries, M7, the Common Stockholders, the Employee Stockholders and certain of the Preferred Stockholders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2007 (the “Original Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Common Stockholders, certain of the Preferred Stockholders and Employee Stockholders collectively own more than a majority of the shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and more than a majority of the shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series H Preferred”), the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series G Preferred”), the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series F Preferred”), Series E Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series E Preferred”), and Series D1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series D1 Preferred”), with shares of Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred being calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, subject to the Original Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the proposed sale of shares of the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series I Preferred”), (a) the Company and the Stockholders party to the Original Agreement desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement by adopting this Agreement and (b) the Preferred Stockholders purchasing Series I Preferred have agreed to enter into this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, which are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement, and of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Original Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

1. General Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Each Stockholder agrees that, without the prior written consent of Stockholders holding a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (but excluding the “Additional Series E IPO Shares” as such term is defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred then subject to this Agreement (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Stockholders, none of the shares of capital stock (the “Shares”) owned by such Stockholder may be transferred, sold, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered, donated or otherwise disposed of except in strict compliance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(b) It shall be a condition of any transfer of any shares of the capital stock of the Company by any Stockholder that the transferring Stockholder provide to the Company, upon request, an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that such transfer is exempt from all applicable securities registration requirements, or in lieu thereof, evidence that the shares being transferred have been registered in accordance with all applicable Federal and State securities laws. Notwithstanding this Section 1(b), in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 1(b) and Article III of the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 22, 2004, the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2005, the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 7, 2005, the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 31, 2006, the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 7, 2006, the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 27, 2006, the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 17, 2006, the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 2006, the Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 23, 2007 and the Series I Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated October [    ], 2007 (collectively, the “SPAs”) in regards to Stockholders who are also Investors (as defined in the SPAs), the terms and conditions of such Article III shall control. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, no Stockholder shall take or permit any action to be taken with respect to itself (including, without limitation, any change in its shareholders, members or partners, as applicable) that would subject the Company to regulation under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any such action shall be null and void  ab initio and of no force or effect.

(c) The Company, by its execution of this Agreement, agrees that it will not cause or permit the transfer of any shares of the capital stock of the Company to be made on its books except in accordance with this Agreement.

(d) Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC (“XXV”) agrees that it shall not permit any of its members or managers to transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their membership interests or other rights in XXV without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that such consent shall not be required in connection with (i) transfers from

 

2


one member or manager of XXV to one or more other members or managers of XXV who were members or managers of XXV on June 30, 2005; and (ii) transfers from a member or manager of XXV to anyone who would qualify as a Permissible Transferee (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement but replacing the word “Stockholder” with the words “member or manager”) of such transferring member or manager.

(e) M7 agrees that it will not transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares without the prior written consent of the Company; provided however, that such consent shall not be required in connection with the distribution of Shares by M7 to any M7 Investor who has executed a Counterpart Signature Page (as hereinafter defined) prior to such distribution. Upon the distribution of Shares to an M7 Investor which is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 1(e), the M7 Investor shall, with respect to the distributed Shares, be deemed to be a Preferred Stockholder and a Stockholder. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “M7 Investor” shall mean an individual or entity who was a stockholder or creditor of M7 on July 8, 2005 and whose name is set forth on Schedule D attached hereto, and any individual or entity who would qualify as a Permissible Transferee (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement except that the term (a) Shares shall mean shares of the capital stock of M7, (b) Stockholder shall mean a stockholder of M7 and (c) Company shall mean M7) of any such stockholder.

(f) Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC (“XXVI”) agrees that it shall not permit any of its members or managers to transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their membership interests or other rights in XXVI without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that such consent shall not be required in connection with (i) transfers from one member or manager of XXVI to one or more other members or managers of XXVI who were members or managers of XXVI on August 30, 2005; and (ii) transfers from a member or manager of XXVI to anyone who would qualify as a Permissible Transferee (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement but replacing the word “Stockholder” with the words “member or manager”) of such transferring member or manager.

(g) Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC (“XXXV”) agrees that it shall not permit any of its members or managers to transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their membership interests or other rights in XXXV without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that such consent shall not be required in connection with (i) transfers from one member or manager of XXXV to one or more other members or managers of XXXV who were members or managers of XXXV on January 31, 2006; and (ii) transfers from a member or manager of XXXV to anyone who would qualify as a Permissible Transferee (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement but replacing the word “Stockholder” with the words “member or manager”) of such transferring member or manager.

(h) Each of AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC, AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC and all other entities controlled by Advanced Equities, Inc. or its executive officers (collectively, “AEI”) agrees that such entity shall not permit any of its members or managers to transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their membership interests or other rights in such entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that such consent shall not be required in connection with (i)

 

3


transfers from one member or manager of such entity to one or more other members or managers of such entity who were members or managers of such entity on April 7, 2006; and (ii) transfers from a member or manager of such entity to anyone who would qualify as a Permissible Transferee (as defined in Section 3 of this Agreement but replacing the word “Stockholder” with the words “member or manager”) of such transferring member or manager.

2. Certain Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Sections 4, 5, and 7 hereof shall not apply to (i) a surrender of Shares in connection with any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company, provided that this Agreement (including Sections 4, 5 and 7) shall be applicable to any shares of capital stock received in such reorganization or recapitalization, (ii) the pledge of any of the Shares as collateral for a bona fide loan, but such provisions shall apply to the sale or other disposition of Shares under any such pledge, (iii) the repurchase by the Company of any Shares from a Stockholder pursuant to a stock restriction agreement, restricted stock purchase agreement or other similar agreement, or (iv) the distribution of Shares by M7 to an M7 Investor, provided however that the Shares so distributed by M7 to such M7 Investor shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Sections 3, 4, 5 and 7).

3. Permissible Transferees . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 4, 5 or 7 of this Agreement to the contrary, a sale, transfer, devise, bequest, gift or other disposition of any Shares by a Stockholder to or for the benefit of one or more Permissible Transferees pursuant to this Section 3 shall not be subject to the rights of first refusal set forth in Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement or the co-sale rights set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Shares so transferred shall remain subject to all provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the rights of first refusal set forth in Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, and the co-sale rights set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, in the hands of the Permissible Transferee. Prior to effecting any such transfer subject to Section 1(a), the transferring Stockholder shall notify the Company and, if such transfer is subject to Sections 4, 5 or 7 of this Agreement, the other Stockholders in writing of such transfer. If, at the time of such transfer, the Permissible Transferee is not a party to this Agreement, the transfer to the Permissible Transferee shall be deemed to be in violation of the terms of this Agreement unless the Permissible Transferee and the spouse of the Permissible Transferee, if applicable, shall execute a counterpart signature page to this Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Counterpart Signature Page”) concomitant with the issuance of a certificate or certificates representing the Shares so transferred. In the event of a transfer in violation of the terms of this Section 3, the Company and the Stockholders shall continue to treat the transferring Stockholder as the owner of such Shares, and the Company shall not reissue such Shares in the name of the Permissible Transferee until such time as the Permissible Transferee and the spouse of the Permissible Transferee, if applicable, executes a Counterpart Signature Page. “Permissible Transferee” shall mean (i) with respect to a Stockholder who is a natural person, a parent, spouse or lineal ancestor or descendant (including those legally adopted) of the Stockholder or a trust (or other similar entity) established solely for the benefit of the Stockholder or one or more of the aforementioned individuals, (ii) with respect to a Stockholder that is a trust (or other similar entity), any beneficiary of the Stockholder or any trust (or other similar entity) established solely for the benefit of a beneficiary of the Stockholder, or (iii) with respect to a Stockholder that is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other similar entity, to any subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, stockholder,

 

4


retired stockholder or affiliate of, or entity under common investment management with, such Stockholder; provided, however, that Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC, M7, Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC, Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC, AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC, AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC, AEI Trilogy Fund I, LLC and all other entities controlled by Advanced Equities, Inc. or its executive officers shall not be permitted to transfer any Shares under this Section 3 during the term of this Agreement. Upon the transfer of Shares to a Permissible Transferee which is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 3, the Permissible Transferee shall, with respect to the transferred Shares, be deemed to be (i) a Common Stockholder if the transferred Shares were transferred by a Common Stockholder and such transferred Shares were shares of Common Stock (other than shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or redemption of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred) or shares of any series of preferred stock other than Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred, (ii) a Preferred Stockholder if the transferred Shares were transferred by a Preferred Stockholder and such transferred Shares were shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion or redemption of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred or (iii) an Employee Stockholder if such Shares were transferred by an Employee Stockholder.

4. Rights of First Refusal .

(a) Unless such Stockholder first complies fully with the provisions of this Section 4, (i) no Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder shall sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Shares owned by such Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder to a Competitor, and (ii) no Employee Stockholder shall sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Shares owned by such Employee Stockholder to anyone other than a Permissible Transferee.

(b) If an Employee Stockholder receives a bona fide offer to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of Shares to anyone other than a Permissible Transferee, such Stockholder shall be deemed to be a “Selling Stockholder.” If a Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder receives a bona fide offer to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of Shares to anyone other than a Permissible Transferee, such Stockholder shall give written notice of the proposed sale and the name of the proposed purchaser to the Company. If a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines that the proposed purchaser is a Competitor (as defined below), the Board of Directors, within 5 days of the Company’s receipt of such Stockholder’s notice, shall deliver written notice of such determination to the Stockholder in receipt of such offer and such Stockholder shall be deemed to be a “Selling Stockholder.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “Competitor” shall be defined as any person or entity who, directly or through an affiliated entity, competes with the primary business (as of the date of this Agreement) of the Company. A

 

5


Selling Stockholder shall give written notice to the Company, the Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders of his intention to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of Shares. Such notice (the “Sales Notice”) shall contain:

 

  (i) the name and address of the prospective purchaser;

 

  (ii) the number, class and series of the Shares involved in the proposed sale, the price being offered to the Selling Stockholder, the terms of payment and any other terms of such sale; and

 

  (iii) a copy of the written offer to purchase.

If the price being offered is payable in whole or in part in consideration other than cash, the fair market value of the non-cash portion of the consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. For a period of twenty (20) days after receipt of the Sales Notice, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase all or any portion of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder on the terms and conditions, including price, set forth in the prospective purchaser’s bona fide offer to purchase. The option granted in this Section 4(b) may be exercised by giving written notice to the Selling Stockholder within twenty (20) days after the Company’s receipt of the Sales Notice from the Selling Stockholder.

(c) If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder shall notify each of the Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders of such fact in writing and such Stockholders (other than the Selling Stockholder) who are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Accredited Investors”) shall have the right and option, for a period of twenty (20) days after their receipt of written notification of the Company’s election to decline all or a portion of the option set forth in Section 4(b), to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, which are not being purchased by the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Sales Notice. If more than one Stockholder elects to purchase the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, the Stockholders so electing shall purchase such Shares in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) then owned by each of the electing Stockholders or such other proportion as may be agreed to by them. The option granted in this Section 4(c) may be exercised by any Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder by giving written notice to the Selling Stockholder and to the Company within twenty (20) days after such Stockholder’s receipt from the Selling Stockholder of the materials described in this Section 4(c).

(d) If the Company and the Stockholders together do not elect to purchase all of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, no election by the Company or Stockholders to purchase less than all of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder shall be effective. If the Selling Stockholder is an Employee Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder shall, within ten (10) days after the expiration or express rejection of the

 

6


options set forth in Sections 4(b) and 4(c), deliver to each Common Stockholder and Preferred Stockholder (i) written notice of the fact that the Company and the Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders did not elect to purchase all of the Shares proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder, and (ii) a copy of the Sales Notice (collectively, the “Co-Sale Documents”), and the Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders shall thereafter have the co-sale rights set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement. Thereafter and if the Selling Stockholder is a Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder may transfer the Shares free of all restrictions set forth in this Section 4; provided, however, that the sale shall be made only to the prospective purchaser named in the Sales Notice, shall be made in strict accordance with the terms of sale set forth in the Sales Notice and shall be made within forty-five (45) days after expiration or express rejection by the Company and each Stockholder of their rights set forth in this Section 4. Shares sold in accordance with this Section 4(d) shall continue to be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, with the same force and effect as if the transferee were an original signatory hereto. In addition, as an absolute condition to any such sale, the transferee and the spouse of the transferee, if applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Company a Counterpart Signature Page. In the event that a Selling Stockholder does not transfer his Shares within the forty-five (45) day period following the expiration or express rejection of the rights set forth in this Section 4, such Shares shall again be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including without limitation the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and the right to purchase set forth in Section 5.

(e) If the Shares of the Selling Stockholder are not sold in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4, such Shares nevertheless shall continue to be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

5. Death, Dissolution or Involuntary Transfer .

(a) Upon the death of any Stockholder (the “Deceased Stockholder”), or if a Stockholder shall involuntarily transfer any or all of his Shares for any reason other than death, including without limitation any involuntary transfer by or pursuant to any bankruptcy, dissolution (excluding a voluntary dissolution or wind-down of a Stockholder that is a venture capital fund), divorce or equitable distribution, court order, attachment or similar proceeding or otherwise by operation of law, such Stockholder or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative shall give the Company prompt written notice of such death or involuntary transfer, and for thirty (30) days following the Company’s receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase all or any portion of the Shares owned by the Deceased Stockholder or all or any portion of the Shares being transferred by the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer (either, the “Subject Shares”) at a purchase price equal to the Fair Value of the Subject Shares (as defined in Section 5(d)). The option granted in this Section 5(a) may be exercised by the Company by giving written notice to the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer and his transferee, within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of notice of such death or involuntary transfer.

(b) If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Subject Shares, the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative shall deliver to each Common Stockholder and Preferred Stockholder (other than

 

7


the Deceased Stockholder) prompt written notice of such fact, and for a period of thirty (30) days after their receipt of such notice, such Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders who are Accredited Investors shall have the right and option to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Subject Shares, which are not being purchased by the Company, at a purchase price equal to the Fair Value of the Subject Shares. If more than one Stockholder elects to purchase the Subject Shares not being purchased by the Company, the Stockholders so electing shall purchase such Subject Shares in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) then owned by the electing Stockholders or such other proportion as may be agreed to by them. The option granted in this Section 5(b) may be exercised by any such Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder by giving written notice to the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer and his transferee, within thirty (30) days after such Common Stockholder’s or Preferred Stockholder’s receipt of the notice described in this Section 5(b).

(c) If the Company and Stockholders together do not elect to purchase all of the Subject Shares owned by the Deceased Stockholder or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer, no election by the Company and the Stockholders to purchase less than all of the Subject Shares shall be effective, and the Subject Shares owned by the Deceased Stockholder or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer shall pass to such Stockholder’s devisees or heirs, or under the terms of the involuntary transfer, whichever is appropriate. Subject Shares transferred in accordance with this Section 5(c) shall continue to be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, with the same force and effect as if the devisee, heir or involuntary transferee were an original signatory hereto and such devisee, heir or involuntary transferee shall be deemed to be a Common Stockholder if the Deceased Stockholder or Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer was a Common Stockholder or a Preferred Stockholder if the Deceased Stockholder or Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer was a Preferred Stockholder.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, the “Fair Value” of any Subject Shares being purchased pursuant to the exercise of options or rights in Section 5 of this Agreement shall mean the fair value of such Subject Shares as of the date of death or involuntary transfer as may be mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, as the case may be, and the purchaser or purchasers of such Subject Shares. If the parties cannot mutually agree upon the Fair Value of the Subject Shares within a period of thirty (30) days after the exercise of the rights giving rise to the purchase, the parties shall promptly hire an independent appraiser who shall perform an appraisal of the fair value of the Subject Shares being purchased. If the parties cannot mutually agree on an independent appraiser to perform the appraisal, the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, as the case may be, shall promptly select one appraiser, the purchaser or purchasers shall promptly select one appraiser and the two appraisers so selected shall select a third independent appraiser who shall perform the appraisal. The cost of any appraisal or appraisals shall be borne equally by the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, as the case may be, on the one hand and the purchaser or purchasers on the other hand, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties.

 

8


(e) Each Stockholder who is a natural person hereby binds his personal representative to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of all Shares owned by him at the time of his death in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5. If the Subject Shares of the Deceased Stockholder or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer are not sold in accordance with this Section 5, such Shares nevertheless shall continue to be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5 to the contrary, in the event that some or all of the Shares held by a Stockholder are subject to repurchase by the Company or other parties pursuant to a stock restriction agreement, restricted stock purchase agreement or other similar agreement between the Stockholder and the Company, the repurchase rights and time periods set forth in this Section 5 shall be tolled until the Company’s or such other parties’ rights under such other agreement(s) are exercised or expire. Upon the exercise of repurchase rights by the Company or other parties under such other agreement(s), the Shares held by the Stockholder and subject to repurchase under such other agreement(s) shall be transferred in accordance with the provisions of the other agreement(s) but such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Agreement. Upon the expiration of repurchase rights held by the Company or other parties under such other agreement(s), or in the event the Company or such other parties purchase less than all of the Shares that are subject to the repurchase provisions set forth in this Section 5, the Stockholder or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, as the case may be, shall give the notice required by Section 5(a) above and all time periods set forth in this Section 5 shall begin to run as if the date of the Stockholder’s death or involuntary transfer occurred on the date the Stockholder or the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative, as the case may be, actually gives the notice required by this Section 5(f); provided, however, that the calculation of the Fair Value of the Subject Shares shall be determined as of the actual date of the Deceased Stockholder’s death or the actual date of the involuntary transfer.

6. Closing .

(a) The closing of any purchase of Shares pursuant to Section 4 or 5 shall be held at the principal office of the Company, if the Company is repurchasing any Shares, or such other place as may be designated by the purchaser or purchasers of such Shares, if the Company is not repurchasing any Shares, on a date selected by the Company, if the Company is repurchasing any Shares, or the purchaser or purchasers, if the Company is not repurchasing any Shares, but not later than the later of: (i) sixty (60) days after the last exercise of the option(s) giving rise to the purchase or (ii) five (5) days after the completion of any and all appraisals conducted pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof. The purchase price payable by the purchaser or purchasers shall be paid in full at closing by check or wire transfer.

(b) At the closing, the Selling Stockholder, the Deceased Stockholder’s personal representative or the Stockholder involved in the involuntary transfer shall deliver the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares being sold, duly endorsed, and shall execute and deliver such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the purchaser or purchasers to

 

9


accomplish a complete transfer of said Shares. The Shares shall be transferred free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances, restrictions and other claims and charges of any kind whatsoever, other than those set forth in this Agreement.

7. Co-Sale Rights .

(a) After receipt of the Co-Sale Documents specified in Section 4(d) of this Agreement, each Common Stockholder and Preferred Stockholder shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (the “Participation Notice”) to the Selling Stockholder within thirty (30) days after the Stockholder’s receipt of the Co-Sale Documents, to participate in such sale on the same terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Documents. Each Stockholder shall have the right to sell all or any part of that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock specified in the Co-Sale Documents multiplied by (ii) such Stockholder’s Co-Sale Percentage, calculated on the date on which the Co-Sale Documents are delivered. For purposes of this Section 7, a Stockholder’s “Co-Sale Percentage” shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held by such Stockholder on a particular date, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) outstanding on such date. Each Stockholder shall specify in its Participation Notice the number of shares of Common Stock that such Stockholder desires to sell. Each Stockholder shall effect its participation in the sale by delivering to the Selling Stockholder, not later than the fortieth day next following the delivery of the Co-Sale Documents, one or more certificates properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the number of shares of Common Stock specified in such Stockholder’s Participation Notice (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock). Concurrent with the consummation of the sale of the shares of Common Stock to the proposed purchaser, which shall occur no earlier than the forty-first day following the delivery of the Co-Sale Documents and no later than the fiftieth day following the delivery of the Co-Sale Documents, the Selling Stockholder shall remit to each Stockholder electing to participate in the sale that portion of the sales proceeds of the shares of Common Stock to which such Stockholder is entitled by reason of his participation in such sale.

(b) If the co-sale right set forth in this Section 7 is not exercised by at least one Stockholder within the time period specified in Section 7(a), the Selling Stockholder may, except as otherwise provided herein, transfer the shares of Common Stock specified in the Co-Sale Documents free of all restrictions set forth in this Section 7; provided, however, that the sale shall be made only to the prospective purchaser named in the Co-Sale Documents, shall be made in strict accordance with the terms of sale set forth in the Co-Sale Documents and shall be made within forty-five (45) days after expiration or express rejection by each Stockholder of their co-sales

 

10


rights set forth in this Section 7. Shares sold in accordance with this Section 7(b) shall continue to be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, with the same force and effect as if the transferee were an original signatory hereto. In addition, as an absolute condition to any such sale, the transferee and the spouse of the transferee, if applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Company a Counterpart Signature Page. Upon the transfer of shares of Common Stock from a Selling Stockholder to a transferee which is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 7, the transferee shall be deemed to be an Employee Stockholder.

(c) In the event the Selling Stockholder should sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, donate or otherwise dispose of any Shares in contravention of the co-sale rights of this Section 7 (a “Prohibited Transaction”), the Common Stockholders and Preferred Stockholders who are Accredited Investors, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided below under subsection (d), and the Selling Stockholder shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option.

(d) In the event of a Prohibited Transaction, each Common Stockholder and Preferred Stockholder who is an Accredited Investor shall have the right to sell to the Selling Shareholder the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock each Stockholder would have been entitled to transfer to the third-party transferee(s) under this Section 7 hereof had the Prohibited Transaction been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i) The price per share at which the shares of Common Stock are to be sold to the Selling Stockholder shall be equal to the price per share paid by the third-party transferee(s) to the Selling Stockholder in the Prohibited Transaction. The Selling Stockholder shall also reimburse each Stockholder for any and all fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Stockholder’s rights under this Section 7.

 

  (ii) Within ninety (90) days after the earlier of the date on which the Stockholder (A) receives notice of the Prohibited Transaction or (B) otherwise becomes aware of the Prohibited Transaction, each Stockholder shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Selling Stockholder the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock to be sold (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock), each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

The Selling Stockholder shall, upon receipt of the certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock to be sold by a Stockholder pursuant to this Section 7(d), pay the aggregate purchase price therefor and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in subparagraph 7(d)(i), in cash or by other means acceptable to the Stockholder.

 

11


8. Preemptive Rights .

(a) Each Stockholder who is an Accredited Investor on the date of issuance of New Securities (as hereinafter defined) (each, an “Accredited Stockholder”) shall have the preemptive right to purchase his, her or its respective Pro Rata Percentage (as such term is defined in Section 8(b)) of any issuance or sale by the Company of shares of Common Stock or rights, options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock or any other securities that are or that may become convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock (collectively, the “New Securities”); provided, however, that the following shall not be “New Securities:”

 

  (i) Securities issued pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization among Power By Hand, Inc., Pinpoint Networks, Inc. and Power By Hand Holdings, LLC dated as of April 29, 2004 (the “Reorganization Agreement”);

 

  (ii) Shares of Series F Preferred issued on or prior to June 30, 2006;

 

  (iii) Shares of Series G Preferred issued on or prior to October 31, 2006;

 

  (iv) Shares of Series D1 Preferred issued on or prior to July 29, 2005 or otherwise issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Asset Purchase Agreement by and between M7 and the Company, including without limitation the shares of Series D1 Preferred issuable pursuant to the M7 2004 Retention Compensation Plan assumed by the Company thereunder;

 

  (v) Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company;

 

  (vi) Options to purchase up to seventy-six million six hundred ninety-five thousand fifty-five (76,695,055) shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations and splits with respect to such shares) issued, at any time before or after the date of this Agreement, to employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc.;

 

  (vii) Options to purchase up to two million eighteen thousand nine hundred seventy-nine (2,018,979) shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations and splits with respect to such shares) issued, at any time before the date of this Agreement, to employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the 1999 Stock Option Plan of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. which was assumed by the Company pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement;

 

  (viii)

Securities issued to another commercial operating entity or the equity holders of such entity, on a pro rata basis or otherwise in accordance with

 

12


 

the organizational documents of such entity, in connection with the bona fide acquisition by the Company of such commercial operating entity or business segment of any such commercial operating entity by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization whereby the Company will own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of such business entity or business segment of such business entity, provided that such acquisition has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, further that such securities shall be New Securities if such securities are issued to a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company;

 

  (ix) Securities issued in connection with any lease, loan, line of credit or similar credit financing with an institutional lender or lessor, that, in each case, have been approved by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series H Preferred (voting as a separate class), provided that such issuance is not an equity financing transaction and has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, further that none of such securities are being acquired (beneficially or of record) by a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company;

 

  (x) Securities issued to customers, vendors or other parties in strategic business transactions between the Company and such parties, provided that such issuance is not an equity financing transaction and provided that such transaction has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, further that none of such securities are being acquired (beneficially or of record) by a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company; provided, further, that in no event shall the Company issue any securities other than shares of Common Stock in connection with any such strategic business transactions and in no event shall the aggregate amount of all such securities issued in connection with any and all such strategic business transactions at any time exceed 1% of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock outstanding on the date hereof (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis);

 

  (xi) Securities issued upon conversion or exercise of any other security so long as such other security was (A) outstanding on the date of this Agreement or assumed by the Company pursuant to the Reorganization Agreement, (B) a New Security or (C) excluded from the definition of New Security by this Section 8(a);

 

  (xii) Securities issued pursuant to a registered public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, the public offering price of which was not less than $0.9694 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like) and with aggregate proceeds of not less than $40,000,000;

 

  (xiii) Shares of Series H Preferred issued on or prior to February 23, 2007;

 

13


  (xiv) Shares of Series I Preferred issued on or prior to September 20, 2008;

 

  (xv) Warrants to purchase up to 38,167,938 shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued to purchasers of the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock on or prior to September 20, 2008;

 

  (xvi) Warrants to purchase up to 3,225,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in that certain Rights Agreement, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders; and

 

  (xvii) Warrants to purchase up to 9,541,985 shares of Series I Preferred issued pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in (i) that certain Advisory Agreement by and between the Company and AEI and (ii) that certain Consulting Agreement by and between the Company and Koala.

(b) In the event that the Company proposes to offer or sell New Securities, the Company shall give to each Accredited Stockholder written notice of its intention. The written notice shall contain a description of the New Securities, the price at which the Company intends to offer or sell the New Securities, the terms and conditions of the proposed offer or sale and an unconditional offer to sell to each Accredited Stockholder such Accredited Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage of the New Securities on the terms and conditions set forth in such notice. Each Accredited Stockholder shall have fifteen (15) days from the date on which such notice is delivered, to elect to purchase some or all of such Accredited Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage of the New Securities by delivering to the Company written notice of the number of New Securities that such Accredited Stockholder elects to purchase. In the event that less than all of the Accredited Stockholders elect to purchase their entire Pro Rata Percentage of New Securities, the Company shall deliver to the Accredited Stockholders who did elect to purchase their entire Pro Rata Percentage of New Securities (the “Participating Stockholders”) written notice of the number of New Securities subject to the preemptive right set forth in this Section 8(b) which were not purchased (the “Remaining Shares”). The Participating Stockholders shall have ten (10) days from the date on which such notice is delivered to elect to purchase some or all of the Remaining Shares, which shall be allocated among such electing Participating Stockholders on the basis of their respective Pro Rata Percentages. For purposes of this Agreement, an Accredited Stockholder’s “Pro Rata Percentage” shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) then owned by such Accredited Stockholder on a particular date, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) then owned by all Accredited Stockholders outstanding on such date.

 

14


(c) In the event that an Accredited Stockholder elects to purchase any of the New Securities within the election period(s) described in Section 8(b), the Company shall deliver to such Accredited Stockholder written notice of the date of the closing of the sale of the New Securities at least ten (10) days prior thereto and such Accredited Stockholder shall deliver the purchase price of the New Securities to the Company on or before such closing date. On the date of the closing of the sale of the New Securities, the Company shall deliver to each purchaser of New Securities a certificate representing such New Securities.

(d) During the one hundred twenty (120) day period immediately following the expiration of the final election period set forth in Section 8(b), the Company shall have the right to sell any of the New Securities not purchased by the Accredited Stockholders, but only on terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers than was set forth in the written notice delivered to the Accredited Stockholders. In the event that the Company desires to sell the New Securities on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchasers than set forth in its written notice to the Accredited Stockholders, the Company shall again be required to comply with all of the terms of this Section 8 prior to the offer or sale of such New Securities.

(e) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(g), the preemptive rights granted to the Accredited Stockholders holding shares of Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred pursuant to this Section 8 may be waived with respect to any offer or sale of New Securities, either prospectively or retroactively, if Accredited Stockholders holding a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held by all such Accredited Stockholders consent in writing to such waiver.

(f) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(g), the preemptive rights granted to the Accredited Stockholders holding shares of Series H Preferred pursuant to this Section 8 may be waived with respect to any offer or sale of New Securities, either prospectively or retroactively, if Accredited Stockholders holding a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred held by all such Accredited Stockholders consent in writing to such waiver.

(g) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8(e) and 8(f) of this Agreement, the time period set forth in the third sentence of Section 8(b) of this Agreement may be reduced to ten days, and the time periods set forth in the remaining sentences of Section 8(b) and all of the time periods set forth in Section 8(c) may be eliminated, if (i) the rights set forth in the remaining sentences of Section 8(b) and all of the rights set forth in Section 8(c) are made available to the Stockholders in a single ten day period and (ii) Accredited Stockholders holding a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held by all Accredited Stockholders consent in writing to such changes.

 

15


(h) For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliated Company” shall mean any entity, or if such entity is a subsidiary of another entity, such entity’s ultimate parent entity, that has more than ten percent (10%) of its outstanding voting equity securities held by one or more of the Company’s stockholders and “Company Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that is an officer, director or holder of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis).

9. Financial Information Rights .

(a) The Company will furnish to each Stockholder for so long as he is a stockholder of the Company, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and with an audit opinion thereon from independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b) The Company will furnish to each Stockholder who together with its affiliates owns no less than (i) 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred), (ii) 401,606 shares of Series H Preferred or Series G Preferred, or (iii) 1,031,565 shares of Series I Preferred (in either case, a “Significant Stockholder”) as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the first, second and third fiscal quarters of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such period, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made, and a comparison to the Company’s operating budget for such period. Said financial statements shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or chief financial or accounting officer of the Company who shall state that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Company and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with the exception that notes may not be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. The financial statements shall be accompanied by a summary comparison of actual results to the Company’s operating budget for such period.

(c) The Company shall furnish to each Significant Stockholder, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each of the first, second, fourth, fifth, seventh, eighth, tenth and eleventh fiscal months of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such

 

16


period, and a consolidated statement of income and a consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made, and a comparison to the Company’s operating budget for such period. Said financial statements shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or chief financial or accounting officer of the Company who shall state that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Company and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with the exception that notes may not be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) The Company will furnish to each Significant Stockholder, as soon as reasonably practicable after its adoption by the Company’s Board of Directors, and in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual operating plan and budget for such fiscal year. The annual operating plan and budget will include, at a minimum, a projected consolidated statement of income and consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for each fiscal month of the Company in such fiscal year and a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, at the end of each fiscal month of the Company in such fiscal year. In the event that the Company’s Board of Directors adopts any material modifications, amendments or changes to the Company’s annual operating plan and budget, the Company shall, within ten (10) days of the adoption of such modifications, amendments or changes, forward to each Significant Stockholder a copy of the modified, amended or changed annual operating plan and budget.

(e) Upon a request in writing by a Stockholder, so long as such Stockholder owns at least (i) three million (3,000,000) shares of Common Stock, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred (with such Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, (ii) one million two hundred four thousand eight hundred twenty (1,204,820) shares of Series H Preferred or Series G Preferred, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, or (iii) three million ninety-four thousand six hundred ninety-eight (3,094,698) shares of Series I Preferred, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, the Company will deliver to such Stockholder copies of all audit reports, management letters and other communications and reports submitted to the Company by its independent certified public accountants in connection with each interim or special audit of the books of the Company made by such accountants.

(f) The Company will permit any Stockholder, so long as such Stockholder owns at least (i) three million (3,000,000) shares of Common Stock, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred (with such Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, (ii) one million two hundred four thousand eight hundred twenty (1,204,820) shares of Series H Preferred or Series G Preferred, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, or (iii) three million ninety-four thousand six hundred ninety-eight (3,094,698) shares of Series I Preferred, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, including its books of account, contracts, agreements and other records, and

 

17


to make copies thereof and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with the Company’s officers and its independent public accountants, upon two (2) days advance written notice to the Company.

(g) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights granted pursuant to this Section 9 may not be assigned or otherwise conveyed by any Stockholder or by any subsequent transferee of any such rights without the written consent of the Company; provided, however, that no such written consent shall be required if the transfer is a transaction in which not less than (i) three million (3,000,000) shares of Common Stock, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred or Series D1 Preferred (with such Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), as adjusted for stock dividends, splits and combinations, (ii) one million two hundred four thousand eight hundred twenty (1,204,820) shares of Series H Preferred or Series G Preferred, as adjusted for stock dividends, splits and combinations, or (iii) three million ninety-four thousand six hundred ninety-eight (3,094,698) shares of Series I Preferred, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and reorganizations, are transferred to a single transferee and the Company is given prior written notice of such transfer stating the name and address of the transferee and such transferee and such transferee’s spouse, if applicable, delivers to the Company a Counterpart Signature Page. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to provide the information set forth in this Section 9 to any Stockholder or transferee that the Company reasonably determines to be a Competitor or officer, director, employee or greater than one percent (1%) stockholder of a Competitor; provided however, that the Company shall not withhold the information set forth in this Section 9 from Intel Capital Corporation (“Intel”) unless the Company reasonably determines that Intel is a fifty percent (50%) or greater stockholder of a Competitor.

(h) The obligations of the Company to deliver information to any Stockholder as set forth in this Section 9 shall in all events be conditioned on the agreement of the Stockholder receiving such information to treat such information as confidential and proprietary information of the Company, and not to disclose such information to third parties, and to use such information only for purposes of enforcing its rights under this Agreement and monitoring its investment in the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to require written reaffirmation of this confidentiality obligation by any Stockholder prior to any particular disclosure of information pursuant to this Section 9; provided, however, that no such written reaffirmation shall be required of Intel, of TCV V, L.P. or its related persons or assigns (“TCV”), of New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership or its related persons or assigns (“NEA”), or of AEI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Stockholder may disclose to third parties information that (i) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such Stockholder, (ii) is or becomes (through no willful improper action or inaction by such Stockholder) generally available to the public, (iii) was in its possession or known by such Stockholder without restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (iv) was rightfully disclosed to such Stockholder by a third party without restriction and without violation of an obligation of confidentiality to any third party or (v) was independently developed without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Furthermore, TCV and NEA may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any former, current or prospective partner, limited partner, general partner or management company of TCV or NEA (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”) or legal counsel, accountants or representatives for TCV or NEA, as applicable, or a Permitted

 

18


Disclosee thereof. Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent TCV, NEA or a Permitted Disclosee thereof from (i) entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company), provided that TCV, NEA or such Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Section 9, disclose any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities, or (ii) making any disclosures required by law, rule, regulation or court or other governmental order.

(i) The provisions of this Section 9 shall not constitute a limitation on any rights which an Stockholder may have to inspect the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, or to inspect the properties or discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law.

(j) Any deliveries by the Company required under this Section 9 may be delivered by means of electronic mail or any other means reasonably likely to be received by the applicable Stockholders within the stated time periods.

10. Board of Director Provisions .

(a) Board Representation . Each Stockholder agrees that so long as this Agreement remains in effect, such Stockholder shall vote all shares owned or controlled by such Stockholder, directly or indirectly, to elect and maintain in office:

 

  (i) a Board of Directors of the Company consisting of eleven (11) members;

 

  (ii) one (1) director (the “TCV Designee”) elected by the holders of the Series E Preferred, who shall be designated from time to time in writing by TCV or its assigns;

 

  (iii) one (1) director (the “NEA Designee”) elected by the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred, voting together as a single class and calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, who shall be designated from time to time in writing by NEA or its assigns;

 

  (iv) two (2) directors (the “Common Designees”) elected by the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred, voting together as a single class and calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, both of whom shall be designated by the Common Stockholders; provided, however, one of whom shall be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer as designated by the Board from time to time;

 

  (v) two (2) directors (the “Series H Designees”) elected by the holders of the Series H Preferred, who shall be designated from time to time in writing by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series H Preferred;

 

19


  (vi) three (3) independent directors (the “Designated Independent Nominees”) elected by the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred, voting together as a single class and calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, one of whom shall be designated from time to time in writing by TCV, and the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred shall vote all shares owned or controlled by such Stockholders in favor of such nominee (the “TCV Independent Nominee”), one of whom shall be designated from time to time in writing by NEA, and the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred shall vote all shares owned or controlled by such Stockholders in favor of such nominee (the “NEA Independent Nominee”) and one of whom shall be designated from time to time in writing by the Common Designees, and the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred shall vote all shares owned or controlled by such Stockholders in favor of such nominee (the “Common Independent Nominee”); provided, that each Designated Independent Nominee shall be “independent” as such term is construed in Section 10A(m)(3)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless a majority of the Board votes to waive this provision with respect to any particular Designated Independent Nominee; and

 

  (vii) two (2) independent directors (each, a “Board Independent Nominee”) elected by the holders of the Common Stock, Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred, voting together as a single class and calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, each of whom shall be designated from time to time in writing by a majority of the other eight directors; provided, that each Board Independent Nominee shall be “independent” as such term is construed in Section 10A(m)(3)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless at least five (5) of the other directors vote to waive this provision with respect to any particular Board Independent Nominee.

(b) Designations and Nominations . Pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement:

 

  (i) TCV hereby designates William J.G. Griffith IV as the TCV Designee;

 

  (ii) NEA hereby designates Suzanne King as the NEA Designee;

 

20


  (iii) The Common Stockholders hereby designate Ryan K. Wuerch and Judson S. Bowman as the Common Designees;

 

  (iv) The holders of the Series H Preferred hereby designate Brett Icahn and Hunter Gary as the Series H Designees;

 

  (v) TCV hereby designates L. Steven Nelson as the TCV Independent Nominee;

 

  (vi) NEA hereby designates Terry Addington as the NEA Independent Nominee;

 

  (vii) The Common Designees hereby designate Rick White as the Common Independent Nominee; and

 

  (viii) The TCV Designee, NEA Designee, Series H Designees, Common Designees, TCV Independent Nominee, NEA Independent Nominee and Common Independent Nominee, each of whom is a director of the Company on the date of this Agreement, hereby designate Stephen Clark and Keith Daubenspeck as the Board Independent Nominees.

(c) Vacancy . In the event that the TCV Designee, the NEA Designee, any Series H Designee, any Common Designee, any Designated Independent Nominee or any Board Independent Nominee resigns or otherwise ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors for any reason, the Stockholders hereby agree to use their best efforts to cause a special meeting of the stockholders of the Company to be called or a written consent of the stockholders of the Company to be executed as quickly as possible for the purpose of filling the vacancy thereby created in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10 (it being understood that the stockholders entitled to designate the director who has resigned or otherwise ceased to be a director shall have the right to designate his or her successor).

(d) Removal . As long as this Agreement remains in effect, no Stockholder shall take any action or vote to remove from office:

 

  (i) the TCV Designee except upon the written instruction of TCV or its assigns;

 

  (ii) the NEA Designee except upon the written instruction of NEA;

 

  (iii) any Common Designee except upon the written instruction of a majority of the other directors;

 

  (iv) the Series H Designee except upon the written instruction of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series H Preferred;

 

  (v) any Designated Independent Nominee except upon the written instruction of at least four (4) of the other directors (including a director representing the party that designated such Independent Nominee); or

 

21


  (vi) any Board Independent Nominee except upon the written instruction of at least five (5) of the other directors.

For the sake of clarity, in the event of the removal of any Designated Independent Nominee or any Board Independent Nominee, a replacement director shall be elected in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.

(e) Proxy . Each Stockholder hereby expressly appoints the presiding officer of any meeting of the stockholders of the Company to act as such Stockholder’s proxy for the limited purpose of voting all Shares owned or controlled by such Stockholder, directly or indirectly, for the election of the TCV Designee, the NEA Designee, the Series H Designees, the Common Designees, the Designated Independent Nominees and the Board Independent Nominees to the Board of Directors. In addition, each Stockholder hereby expressly appoints the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to act as such Stockholder’s proxy for the limited purpose of executing written consents in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders of the Company for the purpose of electing directors to the same extent as in the preceding sentence for meetings. Each Stockholder acknowledges that the proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable for the term of this Agreement.

(f) Observer Rights . During the term of this Agreement, and for so long as such party owns an equity interest in the Company, each of Advanced Equities, Inc., Intel (or its assign), Palmsource, Inc. and Cyrus Opportunities Master Fund II, Ltd. shall be entitled to appoint one observer (each, an “Observer”) who shall receive copies of all documents distributed to the Board, including, without limitation, notice of all meetings of the Board of Directors, all written consents executed by the Board of Directors and all materials prepared for consideration at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and who shall be permitted to attend, but not vote, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to exclude any Observer from any meeting, or portion thereof, and to withhold copies of, and prevent access to, any documents or other materials if the Company determines, upon advice of counsel, that such action is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, other privilege or similar right, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

(g) Major Investor Rights . Prior to each meeting of the Board, the Company shall convene a single meeting for Massey Burch Venture Fund II, L.P., Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P., Solidus Company and Wakefield Group III LLC (the “Major Investors”) and review with the Major Investors the significant issues to be addressed at the next meeting of the Board which shall include, at a minimum, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations compared to the Company’s annual plan, executive employment and termination decisions, any proposed equity or debt offerings and similar matters. Each Major Investor shall receive copies of all documents distributed to the Board, including, without limitation, notice of all meetings of the Board of Directors, all written consents executed by the Board of Directors and all materials prepared for consideration at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to exclude from any meeting and to withhold copies of, and prevent access to, any documents or other materials if the Company determines, upon advice of counsel, that such action is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, other privilege or similar right, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons.

 

22


(h) Committees . The Company’s Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, shall each consist of three members, one of whom shall be the TCV Designee, one of whom shall be the NEA Designee and one of whom shall be a Designated Independent Nominee.

(i) Reimbursement . The Company shall reimburse any director who is not an employee of the Company for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to attending Board of Director meetings.

11. Approved Transactions .

(a) If, at any time after February 23, 2009, the Company receives, and the Board of Directors approves, a Bona Fide Transaction Offer, the Company shall provide prompt written notice of the receipt and approval of such Bona Fide Transaction Offer to Koala Holding Limited Partnership (“Koala”). Such notice shall include a copy of the document setting forth the Bona Fide Transaction Offer. During the Offering Period, Koala shall have the right and option to enter into a written agreement (of the same type as the document containing the Bona Fide Transaction Offer) with the Company to engage in a Corporate Transaction (as defined below) on the terms and conditions specified in the Bona Fide Transaction Offer, provided, however, that if the Bona Fide Transaction Offer includes a consideration payable to the Company or its stockholders other than cash, the written agreement between the Company and Koala shall provide for a consideration consisting only of an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of all of the consideration offered by the party making the Bona Fide Transaction Offer, as determined by an investment bank of national reputation mutually agreed upon by the Company and Koala. If the Company and Koala do not execute a written agreement (of the same type as the document containing the Bona Fide Transaction Offer) by the last day of the Offering Period, the Company shall have the right, for a period of 180 days following the termination of the Offering Period, to enter into a Corporate Transaction with (I) the party making the Bona Fide Transaction Offer on the terms set forth in the applicable Bona Fide Transaction Offer, or (II) any other party that makes a Superior Offer, and Koala shall have no right to receive notice of, and no right or option to enter into an agreement matching the terms set forth in, any such Bona Fide Transaction Offer received during such 180-day period under this Section 11(a); provided, however, that in the event that the Company receives, and the Board of Directors approves, any Superior Offer that contains a consideration that includes publicly traded securities and neither the initial Bona Fide Transaction Offer nor any other Superior Offer in such 180 day period contained a consideration that included publicly traded securities, the Company shall provide prompt written notice of its receipt and approval of such Superior Offer and Koala shall have the right, for a period of two business days after the delivery of such notice, to enter into a written agreement (of the same type as the document containing such Superior Offer) with the Company to engage in a Corporate Transaction on the terms and conditions specified in such Superior Offer, provided, however, that the written agreement between the Company and Koala shall provide for a consideration consisting only of an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of all of the consideration offered by the party making such Superior Offer, as determined by an investment bank of national reputation mutually agreed upon by the Company and Koala. For

 

23


purposes of this Agreement: the term “Bona Fide Transaction Offer” shall mean a written letter of intent, proposal, term sheet or definitive agreement received from a third party that (i) is not conditioned upon the third party’s ability to obtain financing, (ii) includes a penalty of at least one percent (1%) of the total consideration specified in the Bona Fide Transaction Offer for the third party if the proposed transaction is not consummated as a result of such third party’s acts or omissions, and (iii) expresses the intent of such third party to engage in a Corporate Transaction; the term “Corporate Transaction” shall mean a transaction whereby a third party (A) purchases or otherwise acquires all but not less than all of the shares of each class and series of the Company’s outstanding stock (other than securities that are not fully vested or subject to repurchase by the Company in connection with, or as a result of, such transaction), including without limitation, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or otherwise, or (B) purchases, leases, licenses, transfers or otherwise acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each such case, for a consideration that consists solely of cash, cash equivalents or publicly traded securities that are listed on a national exchange and that are issued by an Accelerated Filer (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 12b-2”)), that has an aggregate worldwide market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by its non-affiliates of $500 million or more or a Large Accelerated Filer (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2); the term “Offering Period” shall mean a period equal to 5 business days following the delivery of the Company’s notice of its receipt and approval of a Bona Fide Transaction Offer to Koala and the term “Superior Offer” shall mean any Bona Fide Transaction Offer (i) that the Board of Directors determines to be superior to the initial Bona Fide Transaction Offer or any prior Superior Offer, (ii) that offers a greater consideration than the initial Bona Fide Transaction Offer or any prior Superior Offer, and (iii) that is received within 60 days of the receipt of the initial Bona Fide Transaction Offer or within 60 days of the receipt of any prior Superior Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Koala shall have no rights under this Section 11(a) prior to February 23, 2009 or with respect to any Bona Fide Transaction Offer if such Bona Fide Transaction Offer would provide the holders of the Series H Preferred with at least a fifty percent return per annum on the Series H Original Issue Price (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); provided, however, that if the Company consummates a transaction after February 23, 2009 pursuant to an offer in respect of a Corporate Transaction that was received prior to February 23, 2009 and such transaction does not provide the holders of the Series H Preferred with at least a thirty percent return per annum on the Series H Original Issue Price, the Company shall pay to each holder of the Series H Preferred, in addition to any amounts to be received by such holder in connection with such transaction as a result of such holder’s ownership of Series H Preferred without taking into consideration the provisions of this Section 11(a), an amount equal to the difference between (i) the product of (A) the number of shares of Series H Preferred held by such holder, multiplied by (B) the sum of Series H Original Issue Price plus a thirty percent return per annum thereon from the original date of issuance of each such share, and (ii) the aggregate consideration to be received by such holder in connection with such transaction as a result of such holder’s ownership of Series H Preferred without taking into consideration the provisions of this Section 11(a).

(b) Subject to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 11(a), if such provisions are applicable, each Stockholder agrees that if both the Board of Directors and the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred,

 

24


Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series D1 Preferred (voting together as a single class and calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) (the “Approving Stockholders”) vote to accept a bona fide offer from a third party that is not an Affiliate of an Approving Stockholder to engage in a Corporate Transaction (any such transaction, an “Approved Sale”), then all Stockholders shall vote each share of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series D1 Preferred and Common Stock, owned or controlled by such Stockholder, directly or indirectly, in favor of such action, be bound by such action, and shall take all necessary steps to effect such action. Each Stockholder agrees to take any action deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect the foregoing, including approving an amendment to the certificate of incorporation of the Company, if necessary. Each Stockholder hereby expressly appoints the presiding officer of any meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which such Stockholder is not present in person to act as such Stockholder’s proxy for the limited purpose of voting all shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series D1 Preferred and Common Stock owned or controlled by such Stockholder, directly or indirectly, for the approval of any transaction described above and as otherwise may be required by this Section 11. Each Stockholder acknowledges that the proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable for the term of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 11, the term “Affiliate” means a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an Approving Stockholder.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1l(b), no Stockholder shall be required to perform the obligations described by this Section 11 unless: (i) the consideration to be received by the stockholders of the Company is distributed to such stockholders pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article IV, Section B, subsection 2 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) the liability of such Stockholder under the agreement governing such Approved Sale is several and not joint and several; (iii) such Stockholder shall have no liability under the agreement governing such Approved Sale for any breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of any other stockholder contained therein; (iv) any obligations of such Stockholder under the agreement governing such Approved Sale and any related escrow agreement (in each case, in its capacity as a stockholder of the Company) shall be borne pro rata among the stockholders based on the proceeds and assets payable to such Stockholder in such Approved Sale (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular Stockholder’s securities, such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given or made by such Stockholder relating to such particular Stockholder’s ownership of securities of the Company, and such Stockholder’s ability to convey title thereto free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or adverse claims, which obligations may be borne solely by such Stockholder) and shall in no event exceed the actual proceeds and assets received by such party in such Approved Sale; (v) such Stockholder is not required to make any representations or warranties or covenants in connection with such Approved Sale except with respect to (A) such Stockholder’s ownership of Company securities, (B) subject to the provisions of (ii) and (iii) above, customary stockholder indemnities for breaches of representations, warranties, covenants and agreements, (C) such Stockholder’s ability to convey title thereto free and clear of any liens, encumbrances or adverse claims, (D) such Stockholder’s ability to enter into the Approved Sale and such Stockholder’s power and organization, including enforceability, authority and absence of consents, (E) absence of brokerage fees with respect to such Stockholder, and (F) reasonable covenants regarding confidentiality, publicity and similar matters; and (vi) if any such Stockholder is given an option as to the form of consideration to be received, all other such Stockholders shall be given the same option.

 

25


12. Market Stand-Off . If so requested by the Company and an underwriter, each Employee Stockholder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by it or him (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act, provided that (i) such agreement shall apply only to the first such registration statement of the Company including equity securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten initial public offering and (ii) all officers and directors of the Company and all other holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities enter into similar agreements. In the event that the Company and an underwriter release any security holder of the Company from the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence (or substantially comparable restrictions set forth in any other agreement), then all Employee Stockholders shall be released from such restrictions to the same extent and at the same time. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that all shares of the Company’s capital stock issued after the date hereof shall be subject to a market standoff provision at least as restrictive as this Section 11.

13. Additional Rights .

(a) Directors and Officers Insurance . The Company has as of the date hereof directors and officers insurance from a financially sound and reputable insurer in the amount of $5,000,000. Except with the written approval of TCV, the Company shall maintain such policy at all times that the TCV Designee serves on the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b) Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements . The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement in substantially the form approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and acceptable to TCV.

(c) Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to not take any action that would cause the shares of the Company’s capital stock held by the Preferred Stockholders to not qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock” under Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record keeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Code, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations, and shall submit copies of any reports filed with the IRS to the Preferred Stockholders. In addition, after any Preferred Stockholder has delivered to the Company a written request therefore (a “QSBS Certificate”), the Company shall deliver to such Preferred Stockholder a QSBS Certificate informing the Preferred Stockholder whether such Preferred Stockholder’s interest in the Company constitutes “Qualified Small Business Stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code. The Company’s obligation to furnish the QSBS Certificate shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be traded on an established securities market. The Company further agrees not to repurchase any stock of the Company if such repurchase would cause such shares to not qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock” and except for repurchases that are disregarded pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1202-2(a)(2), (b)(2), (c) and (d).

 

26


14. Negative Covenants

(a) So long as at least a majority of the authorized shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred remain outstanding, no Material Subsidiary shall (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis): (i) consummate (A) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Material Subsidiary’s assets or (B) the merger or consolidation of such Material Subsidiary with or into another entity other than the Company or a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (ii) amend or waive any provision of such Material Subsidiary’s organizational documents; (iii) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any equity security of such Material Subsidiary (including any other security convertible into or exercisable for any such equity security); (iv) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any outstanding capital stock of such Material Subsidiary; and (v) pay or declare any dividend or distribution on the capital stock of such Material Subsidiary.

(b) Unless such transaction constitutes an issuance of securities in compliance with Section 8 of this Agreement, so long as at least a majority of the authorized shares of Series H Preferred remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series H Preferred (voting as a separate series): (i) engage in any merger, share exchange, consolidation or similar transaction with a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company; (ii) sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company; (iii) acquire an ownership interest in a Company Affiliate or an Affiliated Company; (iv) purchase, lease, license, transfer or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of a Company Affiliate or Affiliated Company; or (iv) engage in any other transaction (except employment agreements and equity incentive agreements with officers and directors which are approved by the Board of Directors) with a Company Affiliate or Affiliated Company unless such other transaction under this subsection (iv) is negotiated at arms length and the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such other transaction under this subsection (iv) is fair to the Company.

(c) At all times after February 23, 2009, and for so long thereafter as at least a majority of the authorized shares of Series H Preferred remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series H Preferred (voting as a separate series), enter into any Corporate Transaction other than a Corporate Transaction with a party who has made a Bona Fide Transaction Offer in compliance with the provisions of Section 11 of this Agreement.

 

27


(d) For so long as at least 10% of the authorized shares of Series H Preferred remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Series H Preferred (voting as a separate series), (i) authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, more than 200,381,679 shares of Series I Preferred (including any securities convertible into, or exercisable for, shares of Series I Preferred), which shall initially consist of 190,839,694 shares of Series I Preferred and warrants to purchase 9,541,985 shares of Series I Preferred, or (ii) borrow money from, or become indebted to, including by guaranteeing or otherwise incurring debt on behalf of, any party other than (A) vendors, service providers, trade creditors, employees, independent contractors and equipment lessors, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, provided that such parties are not Company Affiliates or Affiliated Companies, (B) indebtedness to the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries for borrowed money between the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, excluding any guarantees of indebtedness, and (C) indebtedness not to exceed $42,000,000 outstanding or available under credit facilities of the Company existing on the date hereof (including indebtedness to Silicon Valley Bank), and any extensions and renewals thereof on substantially similar terms and conditions to the existing credit facilities. For the avoidance of doubt, no such extensions or renewals shall increase the capacity or availability under any such credit facilities or increase the applicable rates of interest thereunder or otherwise contain substantive deviations therefrom.

15. Tag-Along Rights .

(a) If one or more Stockholders (the “Initiating Stockholders”), acting individually or together, receives a bona fide offer, or otherwise agrees, to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of Shares to anyone other a Permissible Transferee, in a single transaction or series of related transactions that will result in a person or entity, or Group (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-5(b)(l)) of persons or entities, owning a number of Shares constituting a majority of the total number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) outstanding on the date of such offer, such Stockholder(s) shall give written notice of the proposed sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of such Shares to each Stockholder who is an Accredited Investor and who is not a recipient of such offer (each, an “Eligible Stockholder”). Such notice (the “Tag-Along Notice”) shall contain:

 

  (i) the name and address of the prospective purchaser;

 

  (ii) the number, class and series of the Shares involved in the proposed sale, the price being offered to the Initiating Stockholder(s), the terms of payment and any other terms of such sale; and

 

  (iii) a copy of the written offer to purchase.

(b) After receipt of the Tag-Along Notice specified in Section 15(a) of this Agreement, each Eligible Stockholder shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice (the

 

28


“Election Notice”) to the Initiating Stockholder(s) within thirty (30) days after the Eligible Stockholder’s receipt of the Tag-Along Notice, to participate in such sale on the same terms and conditions specified in the Tag-Along Notice. Each Eligible Stockholder shall have the right to sell all or any part of that number of shares of Common Stock (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock) equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock specified in the Tag-Along Notice (assuming the conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock specified therein) multiplied by (ii) such Eligible Stockholder’s Tag-Along Percentage, calculated on the date on which the Tag-Along Notice is delivered. For purposes of this Section 15, a Stockholder’s “Tag-Along Percentage” shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) held by such Stockholder on a particular date, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock (but excluding the Additional Series E IPO Shares prior to their actual issuance), Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred (with such Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) outstanding on such date. Each Eligible Stockholder shall specify in its Election Notice the number of shares of Common Stock (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock) that such Eligible Stockholder desires to sell. Each Eligible Stockholder shall effect its participation in the sale by delivering to the Initiating Stockholder(s), not later than the fortieth day next following the delivery of the Tag-Along Notice, one or more certificates properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the number of shares of Common Stock (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock) specified in such Eligible Stockholder’s Election Notice. Concurrent with the consummation of the sale of the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to the proposed purchaser, which shall occur no earlier than the forty-first day following the delivery of the Tag-Along Notice and no later than the fiftieth day following the delivery of the Tag-Along Notice, the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall remit to each Eligible Stockholder electing to participate in the sale that portion of the sales proceeds of the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock to which such Stockholder is entitled by reason of his participation in such sale.

(c) If the tag-along rights set forth in this Section 15 are not exercised by at least one Eligible Stockholder within the time period specified in Section 15(b), the Initiating Stockholder(s) may, except as otherwise provided herein, transfer the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock specified in the Tag-Along Notice free of all restrictions set forth in this Section 15; provided, however, that the sale shall be made only to the prospective purchaser named in the Tag-Along Notice, shall be made in strict accordance with the terms of sale set forth in the Tag-Along Notice and shall be made within forty-five (45) days after expiration or express rejection by each Eligible Stockholder of their tag-along rights set forth in this Section

 

29


15. Shares sold in accordance with this Section 15(c) shall continue to be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, with the same force and effect as if the transferee were an original signatory hereto. In addition, as an absolute condition to any such sale, the transferee and the spouse of the transferee, if applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Company a Counterpart Signature Page. Upon the transfer of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock from an Initiating Stockholder to a transferee which is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 15, the transferee shall be deemed to be (i) a Common Stockholder if the Initiating Stockholder was a Common Stockholder, (ii) an Employee Stockholder if the Initiating Stockholder was an Employee Stockholder, or (iii) a Preferred Stockholder if the Initiating Stockholder was a Preferred Stockholder.

(d) In the event the Initiating Stockholder(s) should sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any Shares in contravention of the tag-along rights of this Section 15 (a “Non-Permitted Transaction”), the Eligible Stockholders, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided below under subsection (e), and the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option.

(e) In the event of a Non-Permitted Transaction, each Eligible Stockholder shall have the right to sell to the Initiating Stockholder(s) the number of shares of Common Stock (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock) equal to the number of shares of Common Stock (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock) such Eligible Stockholder would have been entitled to transfer to the third-party transferee(s) under this Section 15 had the Non-Permitted Transaction been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i) The price per share at which the shares of Common Stock are to be sold to the Initiating Stockholder(s) shall be equal to the price per share paid by the third-party transferee(s) to the Initiating Stockholder(s) in the Non-Permitted Transaction. The Initiating Stockholder(s) shall also reimburse each Eligible Stockholder for any and all fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Eligible Stockholder’s rights under this Section 15.

 

  (ii) Within ninety (90) days after the earlier of the date on which the Eligible Stockholder (A) receives notice of the Non-Permitted Transaction or (B) otherwise becomes aware of the Non-Permitted Transaction, each Eligible Stockholder shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Initiating Stockholder(s) the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock to be sold (or shares of Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred convertible into such number of shares of Common Stock), each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

 

30


The Initiating Stockholder(s) shall, upon receipt of the certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock to be sold by an Eligible Stockholder pursuant to this Section 15(e), pay the aggregate purchase price therefor and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in subparagraph 15(e)(i).

16. Legends . Each Stockholder agrees that the certificates evidencing any shares of the capital stock of the Company held by such Stockholder shall contain a legend substantially to the following effect:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE, AND THE TRANSFER THEREOF, ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF OCTOBER [    ], 2007, BY AND AMONG THE ISSUER AND CERTAIN OF ITS STOCKHOLDERS, INCLUDING ANY AMENDMENTS THERETO. THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF RECORD A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.

17. After-Acquired Shares . Each Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that all of the terms, conditions and restrictions of this Agreement shall apply to all shares of the capital stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by him.

18. Stockholder Representations . Each Stockholder, other than an M7 Investor, represents and warrants to the Company and each other Stockholder that such Stockholder is an Accredited Investor. Each M7 Investor shall provide to the Company an investor representation letter prior to becoming a party to this Agreement specifying whether such M7 Investor is an Accredited Investor. Each Stockholder who is an Accredited Investor covenants and agrees that such Stockholder will immediately provide written notice to the Company in the event such Stockholder ceases to be an Accredited Investor.

19. Transferees . Every transferee of a Stockholder who receives shares of the capital stock of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed a Stockholder and all such transferees shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement. Further, if the transferee is not already a signatory party to this Agreement, such transferee and such transferee’s spouse, if applicable, shall execute a Counterpart Signature Page concomitant with the issuance of a certificate or certificates representing the shares acquired by such transferee. Any purported or attempted transfer of shares that does not comply with the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void, and the purported transferee shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company and shall not be entitled to vote the shares or receive a stock certificate or any dividends or other distribution with respect to such shares.

20. Remedies Upon Breach . Each Stockholder, each of the Material Subsidiaries and the Company (collectively, the “Parties”) agrees that any breach of this Agreement by it could cause irreparable damage to the Parties and that in the event of such breach the Parties shall have, in addition to any and all remedies of law, the right to an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent the violation of such Party’s obligations hereunder, without

 

31


the necessity of posting a bond, plus the recovery of any and all costs and expenses incurred by the relevant Party, including reasonable attorneys’ fees in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement, provided that the relevant Party shall have been successful on the merits or otherwise in any proceeding related to the enforcement thereof.

21. Notices . Any notices required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to the address(es) or facsimile number(s) set forth on the applicable Schedule or Counterpart Signature Page. Any such notice shall be effective: (i) if given by mail, 72 hours after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, for delivery by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate first class postage prepaid; (ii) if given by overnight courier, upon delivery of such notice as evidenced by the records of such overnight courier; (iii) if given by facsimile, upon receipt of a written confirmation from the sending facsimile machine that such facsimile has been transmitted; (iv) if given by electronic mail, when such notice is successfully transmitted as evidenced by the absence of a delivery failure notice from the transmitting party’s mail server; or (v) if given by any other means, when such notice is actually delivered. Any party may change its address for notice purposes by giving written notice of such change as set forth herein.

22. Successor and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, transferees, personal representatives, administrators, executors, legatees and heirs of the parties hereto.

23. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements entered into and performed within such State, but without reference to the conflict of laws rules of such State.

24. Invalidity . Should any part of this Agreement, for any reason whatsoever, be declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any portion which may for any reason be declared invalid.

25. Terminology . Throughout this Agreement, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the neutral and the feminine, the singular the plural and the plural the singular.

26. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, as distinguished from any other contractual arrangements between the parties pertaining to or arising out of their relationship, and this Agreement supersedes and renders null and void any and all other prior oral or written agreements, understandings or commitments pertaining to the subject matter hereof. Subject to section 27, no variation hereof shall be deemed valid unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto and no discharge of the terms hereof shall be deemed valid unless by full performance by the parties hereto or by a writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

32


27. Waiver . The failure of any party to insist upon the strict performance of any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of future compliance therewith, and said terms, conditions and provisions shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver of any term or any condition of this Agreement on the part of any party shall be effective for any purpose whatsoever unless such waiver is in writing and signed by (i) in the case of the Company, the Company, (ii) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Common Stockholders, Common Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Common Stockholders, (iii) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series I Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series I Preferred, (iv) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series H Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series H Preferred, (v) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series G Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series G Preferred, (vi) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series F Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred, (vii) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series E Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series E Preferred and (viii) in the case of the terms and conditions herein applicable to the Series Dl Preferred (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series Dl Preferred. No waiver by any party of any provision or condition of this Agreement to be performed shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

28. Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

29. Amendment; Termination . This Agreement may be amended or modified by an instrument in writing approved by Stockholders (or their transferees) then party to this Agreement holding not less than a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Common Stock and by Stockholders (or their transferees) then party to this Agreement holding not less than a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement (including without limitation those expressly contemplated by Sections 8(e) and 13) which would materially adversely impact the rights and privileges of (i) an individual Stockholder, as opposed to all Stockholders, shall be effective unless such Stockholder consents in writing to such amendment or modification, or (ii) a single class or series of stock, as opposed to all classes or series of stock, shall be effective unless Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of such class or series, as the case may be, held by all Stockholders consents in writing to such amendment or modification. With the exception of the terms and provisions of Section

 

33


13(a) and Section 13(c), which shall survive termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be automatically terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) The purchase or acquisition of all of the shares of the Company’s capital stock then subject to this Agreement by any single Stockholder;

(b) The express written agreement of Stockholders (or their transferees) then party to this Agreement holding not less than a majority of the total then outstanding shares of Common Stock and by Stockholders (or their transferees) then party to this Agreement holding not less than a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series I Preferred, Series H Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series Dl Preferred (which majority must include the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series H Preferred); or

(c) The listing of the Common Stock of the Company on a national securities exchange.

The approval or consent of a Stockholder who has transferred or otherwise disposed of all his shares of the Company’s capital stock shall not be required for any amendment or termination of this Agreement and such Stockholder shall have no further rights in this Agreement unless he shall reacquire shares.

30. Effect of the Rule Against Perpetuities . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all options and rights to purchase or sell created by this Agreement shall expire on the later of (a) twenty-one years after the death of the last remaining child, living as of the date of this Agreement, of a Stockholder, who is such at the time of the execution of this Agreement, or (b) twenty-one years after the death of the last to die of a Stockholder who is such at the time of the execution of this Agreement.

31. Additional Parties and Information . Any entity or person who is not an employee or consultant of the Company and who exercises a right, option or warrant to acquire shares of Common Stock may be admitted to this Agreement as a Common Stockholder upon the execution of a Counterpart Signature Page by such person and his spouse, if applicable. Any person who is an employee or consultant of the Company and who exercises a right, option or warrant to acquire shares of Common Stock may be admitted to this Agreement as an Employee Stockholder upon the execution of a Counterpart Signature Page by such person and his spouse, if applicable. Any entity or person acquiring shares of Series Dl Preferred may be admitted to this Agreement as a Preferred Stockholder upon the execution of a Counterpart Signature Page by such person and his spouse, if applicable. Any entity or person purchasing shares of Series I Preferred may be admitted to this Agreement as a Preferred Stockholder upon the execution of a Counterpart Signature Page by such person and his spouse, if applicable. The Company may update Schedules A and B to incorporate information from Counterpart Signature Pages executed by such Stockholders.

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank}

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

  Ryan K. Wuerch
  Chief Executive Officer
With a copy to:
  Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, PLLC
  2530 Meridian Parkway
  Suite 400
  Durham, NC 27713
  Attn: W. H. Johnson III, Esq.

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden

Secretary
(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES
PalmGear, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
Palm Digital Media, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
With a copy to:
  Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice, PLLC
  2530 Meridian Parkway
  Suite 400
  Durham, NC 27713
  Attn: W. H. Johnson III, Esq.

 

36


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

37


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

38


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

 

IF AN ENTITY:
Name of Entity:  Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

39


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

 

IF AN ENTITY:
Name of Entity: Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition I, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

40


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

 

IF AN ENTITY:
Name of Entity: Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition II, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

41


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

 

IF AN ENTITY:
Name of Entity: AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

42


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

 

IF AN ENTITY:
Name of Entity: AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

43


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI 2006 Ventore Investments III, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

44


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI 2006 Ventore Investments IV, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

45


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

46


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

47


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

48


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

49


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: AEI Trilogy Fund, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

50


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: The Atlantis Group LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Roberta B. Hardy

Name:  

Roberta B. Hardy

Title:  

Chairperson

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

51


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                     

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Judson S. Bowman

Signature:  

/s/ Judson S. Bowman

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

52


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                         

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Nathaniel Taylor Brockman

Signature:  

/s/ Nathaniel Taylor Brockman

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

Shannon Brockman

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

/s/ Shannon Brockman

Signature of Spouse

 

53


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

 

Name of Entity:  

Capital Ventures International

 

By: Heights Capital Management, Inc.

 

Its authorized agent

 

By:  

/s/ Martin Kobinger

Name:  

Martin Kobinger

Title:  

Investment Manager

Address:  

c/o Heights Capital Management

 

101 California Street, Suite 3250

 

San Francisco, CA 94111

Facsimile:  

415-403-6525

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

54


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: CRS FUND, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen C. Freidheim

Name:  

Stephen C. Freidheim

Title:  

CEO

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

55


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: CYRUS OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND II, LTD.

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen C. Freidhem

Name:  

Stephen C. Freidhem

Title:  

CEO

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

56


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Enterprises Partners V, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ CJ Eibl

Name:  

CJ Eibl

Title:  

Managing Director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

57


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Glynn Partners, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

Managing Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

58


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Glynn Ventures V, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

Managing Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

59


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Glynn Ventures VI, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

Managing Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

60


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: HS Partners Holdings, LP

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Schulman

Name:  

Michael Schulman

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

61


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Brett Icahn

Signature:  

/s/ Brett Icahn

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

62


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Koala Holding Limited Partnership

By:  

/s/ Keith Cossa

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

63


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:

 

 

     

Name:

 

 

     

Title:

 

 

   

MASSEY BURCH VENTURES FUND II, L.P.

Address:

 

 

   

BY:

 

MB PARTNERS II, L.P., its General Partner

 

 

     

Facsimile:

 

 

   

BY:

 

/s/ William F. Earthman, III

      General Partner
IF A NATURAL PERSON:      

Name:

 

 

     

Signature:

 

 

     

Address:

 

 

     

Facsimile:

 

 

     

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

64


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: MO MO , LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Cliff Benson Jr.

Name:  

Cliff Benson Jr.

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

65


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: MOTO C, LLC

By:  

/s/ Michael E. Luce

Name:  

Michael E. Luce

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

66


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 10, L.P.

                           By: NEA Partners 10 L.P.

                                  Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Mark W. Perry

Name:  

Mark W. Perry

Title:  

General Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

67


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: New Gadgets, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Reagan

Name:  

Michael Reagan

Title:  

Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

68


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ Charles D. Moseley

Name:  

Charles D. Moseley

Title:  

Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

69


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B, L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ Charles D. Moseley

Name:  

Charles D. Moseley

Title:  

Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

70


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: The Peierls Foundation Inc.

 

By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

President

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

71


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Brian Eliot Peierls

Signature:  

/s/ Brian Eliot Peierls

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

72


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Signature:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

73


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

 

By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

74


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: U.D. J.N. Peierls for B.E. Peierls

 

By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

75


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: U.D. J.N. Peierls for E.J. Peierls

 

By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

76


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Barbara Raynor

Signature:  

/s/ Barbara Raynor

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

77


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity: Sandler Co. Investment Partners L.P.

 

By:  

/s/ Moira Mitchell

Name:  

Moira Mitchell

Title:  

President MJDM Corp, a general partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

78


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

D OUGLAS A. S MITH

Signature:  

/s/ Douglas A. Smith

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

79


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity: Solidus Company, LP

 

By:  

/s/ E. Townes Duncan

Name:  

E. Townes Duncan

Title:  

Managing Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

80


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Norma C. Southard

Signature:  

/s/ Norma C. Southard

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

81


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October    , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity: Toronto Angel Group Motricity Holdings LP

 

By:  

Greg Edwards Management Inc. (General Partner)

/s/ Greg Edwards

Name:  

Greg Edwards

Title:  

President

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

82


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity: Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Clossick

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

83


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY

Name of Entity: Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Stephen Clossick

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

84


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Valaree A. Wahler Living Trust dated 7/1/1993

 

By:  

/s/ Valaree A. Wahler

Name:  

Valaree A. Wahler

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

85


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Wakefield Group

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Nelson

Name:  

Steve Nelson

Title:  

Managing Director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Steve Nelson

Signature:  

/s/ Steve Nelson

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

86


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Robert Whittle

Signature:  

/s/ Robert Whittle

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

N/A

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

87


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Winton Capital Holdings Ltd.

 

By:  

/s/ A. Meade

Name:  

A. Meade

Title:  

Director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

88


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Ryan K. Wuerch

Signature:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

Shawntel Wuerch

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

/s/ Shawntel Wuerch

Signature of Spouse

 

89


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity:                                                                                  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

Shawntel Wuerch

Signature:  

/s/ Shawntel Wuerch

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

Ryan K. Wuerch

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

90


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007 (the “Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement”), by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

IF AN ENTITY:

Name of Entity: Thomas P Ziegler Trust

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas P Ziegler

Name:  

Thomas P Ziegler

Title:  

TRUSTEE

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

IF A NATURAL PERSON:
Name:  

 

Signature:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

By signing this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned acknowledges the application of the provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, to the shares of capital stock of the Company held by my spouse.

 

 

Print Name of Spouse (if applicable)

 

Signature of Spouse

 

91


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

Steven K. Brockman

Intel Capital Corporation

Massey Burch Venture Fund II, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership

NEA Ventures 2002, Limited Partnership

Noro-Moseley Partners IV L.P.

Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B L.P.

 

SA-1


The Atlantis Group, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

Wakefield Group III LLC

W. H. Johnson III

Kenneth G. Carroll

Norma C. Southard

Prova Properties, LLC

Middlefield Ventures, Inc.

Robert Dale

 

SA-2


Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

FBO Robert Dale IRA

Attn Thet Myothwe

Private Investment group

Non-Standard Asset Team

Edward Whitehorne

L. Steve Nelson

Crom Carmichael

Shelly McClary

Lee Beaman

Solidus Company

Joe DeLozier

Solidus Partners, L.P.

Lucius E. Burch

 

SA-3


E. Townes Duncan

Alfred Morris

John Morris

John F. Jacques

Mark H. Lincoln

Scott K. Haynes

Scott Chernoff

Rob Whittle

palmOne, Inc.

Lucy Duncan Adams

Ruth Duncan Coppeans

 

SA-4


Thomas Walker Duncan

Edward Green Duncan

Advanced Equities Investments XXI, LLC

RDKC Investments II, LLC

 

SA-5


SCHEDULE B

SCHEDULE OF PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS

TCV V, L.P.

TCV Member Fund, L.P.

Steven K. Brockman

Intel Capital Corporation

Massey Burch Venture Fund II, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership

Noro-Moseley Partners IV L.P.

 

SB-1


Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B L.P.

The Atlantis Group, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group IV, LLC

Wakefield Group III LLC

L. Steven Nelson

W. H. Johnson III

Kenneth G. Carroll

Norma C. Southard

 

SB-2


Prova Properties, LLC

Solidus Company

Solidus Partners, L.P.

Scott K. Haynes

Scott Chernoff

Rob Whittle

Robert Dale

Randolph Associates

HS Partners Holdings, LP

 

SB-3


Technology Voyage II, LLC

Technology Ventures LLC

Waveland Technology Partners, L.P.

Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC

John Chambers III

Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC

 

SB-4


Blade Ventures, LP

HS Portfolio, LP

New Gadgets, L.L.C.

Capital Ventures International

AEI Trilogy Fund, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC

ATB Capital, LLC

c/o Stephen H. Clark

 

SB-5


ATB Group Ventures, LLC

c/o Stephen H. Clark

Glynn Partners LP

Glynn Ventures V

Glynn Ventures VI

AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC

 

SB-6


ASA Opportunity Fund L.P.

Madrone Investments LP

Koala Holdings, Limited Partnership

MOTO C, LLC

Brett Icahn

Advanced Equities Triangle Association I, LLC

Advanced Equities Triangle Association II, LLC

N. Taylor Brockman

CRS Fund, Ltd.

 

SB-7


Cyrus Opportunities Master Fund II, Ltd.

Mo Mo, LLC

The Peierls Foundation Inc.

Brian Eliot Peierls

E. Jeffrey Peierls

U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

U.D. J.N. Peierls for B.E. Peierls

U.D. J.N. Peierls for E.J. Peierls

 

SB-8


Barbara Raynor

Sandler Co-Investment Partners, L.P

Douglas A. Smith

Toronto Angel Group Motricity Holdings LP

Valaree A. Wahler Living Trust dated 7/1/1993

Winton Capital Holdings Ltd.

Thomas P. Ziegler Trust

 

SB-9


SCHEDULE C

SCHEDULE OF EMPLOYEE STOCKHOLDERS

Ryan K. Wuerch

Judson S. Bowman

N. Taylor Brockman

Shawntel Wuerch

Nathan Gooden

 

SC-1


SCHEDULE D

M7 INVESTORS

Enterprise Partners V, L.P.

QUALCOMM Incorporated

Sienna Limited Partnership II, L.P.

Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P.

David Buckley

Mark Munoz

William Erickson

Avtech Portfolio, LP

 

SD-1


Robert Conrads

GC&H Investments LLC

East Peak Advisors LLC (creditor)

Investor Growth Capital

Investor Group L.P.

Anil Chintapalli

Premal Kazi

Christine Mossmer

Srinath Yedla

David Ross

 

SD-2


Mark Eger

Mayumi Oka

Pittard Investments LLC

Jim Collas

Richard Le Faivre

Hans Davidsson

Silicon Valley BancShares

The Promar Group

Mobile Investors LLC

Ellen Hancock

 

SD-3


John Major

Dr. David Nagel

Dr. Donald H. Norman

John Sculley

Maynard Webb

Cooley Godward LLP

John Shuck

Tom Schmidt

Shari Buckner

Thomas Carney

Miro Copic

 

SD-4


David Curtis

James Debello

Monica Dodds

Eliot Feldstein

Jacqueline Friedenberg

Adam Harriss

Cherie Jacobson

Travis King

Hong Li

Kalle Marsal

Agatha Martindale

 

SD-5


Barbie Miranda-Simpauco

Helen Riley

Liya Sharif

David Wu

 

SD-6

Exhibit 4.2

MOTRICITY, INC.

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

October 15,2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1 - Definitions    1
   1.1.    Certificate    1
   1.2.    Commission    2
   1.3.    Common Shares    2
        1.4.    Common Stock    2
   1.5.    Common Stockholder    2
   1.6.    Exchange Act    2
   1.7.    Holder    2
   1.8.    Initiating Holders    2
   1.9.    Investor    2
   1.10.    M7 Investor    3
   1.11.    Permitted Assignee    3
   1.12.    Person    3
   1.13.    Preferred Shares    3
   1.14.    Registrable Securities    3
   1.15.    Register; Registered; Registration    3
   1.16.    Registration Expenses    3
   1.17.    Rule 144    3
   1.18.    Rule 145    4
   1.19.    Securities Act    4
   1.20.    Selling Expenses    4
   1.21.    Series A Preferred Stock    4
   1.22.    Series B Preferred Stock    4
   1.23.    Series C Preferred Stock    4
   1.24.    Series D Preferred Stock    4
   1.25.    Series D1 Preferred Stock    4
   1.26.    Series E Preferred Stock    4
   1.27.    Series F Preferred Stock    4
   1.28.    Series G Preferred Stock    4
   1.29.    Series H Preferred Stock    5
   1.30.    Series I Preferred Stock    5
   1.31.    Stockholders’ Agreement    5
SECTION 2 - Registration Rights    5
   2.1.    Requested Registration    5
   2.2.    Underwriting of Requested Registration    6
   2.3.    Withdrawal from Requested Registration    7
   2.4.    Company Registration    7
   2.5.    Underwriting of Company Registration    8
   2.6.    Withdrawal from Company Registration    8
   2.7.    Expenses of Registration    9
   2.8.    Registration Procedures    9


        2.9.    Indemnification    11
   2.10.    Information by Holders and Common Stockholders    13
   2.11.    Rule 144 Reporting    13
   2.12.    Market Stand-off Agreement    14
   2.13.    Form S-3    14
   2.14.    Transfer of Registration Rights    15
   2.15.    Termination of Registration Rights    16
   2.16.    Subsequent Registration Rights    16
SECTION 3 - Miscellaneous    16
   3.1.    Governing Law    16
   3.2.    Successors and Assigns    17
   3.3.    Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver    17
   3.4.    Invalidity    17
   3.5.    Notices    18
   3.6.    Captions    18
   3.7.    Counterparts    18
   3.8.    Restrictive Legends    18

 

SCHEDULES  
A   Schedule of Stockholders
B   Schedule of Existing Investors
C   Schedule of New Investors
D   Schedule of M7 Investors
E   Schedule of Notice Addresses


AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated as of October 15, 2007, by and among MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Persons listed on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Stockholders”), the Persons listed on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Existing Investors”), the Persons listed on Schedule C attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “New Investors”), M7 Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation (“M7” and, together with the Existing Investors and New Investors, the “Investors”), Ryan K. Wuerch and Judson S. Bowman. Upon a distribution of Series D1 Preferred (as defined below) by M7 to any M7 Investor (as defined below) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.14 below, such M7 Investor shall become a party to this Agreement and thereafter be deemed an “Investor.”

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company, the Stockholders, the Existing Investors and M7 are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2007 (the “Original Rights Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the signatories to this Agreement collectively own a majority of the “Registrable Securities” as such term is defined in the Original Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the signatories to this Agreement collectively own a majority of the “Series D1 Preferred Stock,” “Series E Preferred Stock,” “Series F Preferred Stock,” “Series G Preferred Stock” and “Series H Preferred Stock” (calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis) as such terms are defined in the Original Rights Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the proposed sale of shares of the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock to the New Investors, the Company and the signatories to this Agreement desire to amend and restate the Original Rights Agreement by adopting this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the amendment and restatement of this Agreement, Messrs. Wuerch and Bowman have agreed to terminate certain registration rights granted to them under the Original Rights Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, which are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement, and of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and conditions set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Original Rights Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

1


SECTION 1 - Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

1.1. Certificate . “Certificate” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

1.2. Commission . “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

1.3. Common Shares . “Common Shares” means (i) shares of Common Stock acquired by a Stockholder on or before June 30, 2005 and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange or replacement of, the shares referred to in clause (i) above; provided, however, that Common Shares shall not include shares of Common Stock which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement were not transferred.

1.4. Common Stock . “Common Stock” shall mean shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

1.5. Common Stockholder . “Common Stockholder” shall mean any Stockholder who holds Common Shares and any holder of Common Shares to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 2.14 below.

1.6. Exchange Act . “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as shall be in effect from time to time.

1.7. Holder . “Holder” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 2.14 below.

1.8. Initiating Holders . “Initiating Holders” shall mean (i) with respect to a registration request pursuant to Section 2.1, any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities or (ii) with respect to a registration request pursuant to Section 2.13, any Holder or Holders of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.

1.9. Investor . “Investor” shall mean any Person who is an Existing Investor, New Investor, M7 (for so long as M7 holds Registrable Securities) and any M7 Investor to whom registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been transferred in accordance with Section 2.14 below.

 

2


1.10. M7 Investor . “M7 Investor” means any Person who was a creditor or stockholder of M7 on July 8, 2005, and whose name is set forth on Schedule D attached hereto, and any Person who would qualify as a Permitted Assignee of any such stockholder.

1.11 . Permitted Assignee . “Permitted Assignee” means a Permissible Transferee as such term is defined in Section 3 of the Stockholders’ Agreement except that as used in the Stockholders’ Agreement the term (a) Shares shall mean shares of the capital stock of M7, (b) Stockholder shall mean a stockholder of M7 and (c) Company shall mean M7.

1.12. Person . “Person” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, estate or other entity, whether domestic or foreign.

1.13. Preferred Shares . “Preferred Shares” shall mean shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock and Series I Preferred Stock.

1.14. Registrable Securities . “Registrable Securities” means (i) shares of Common Stock acquired by an Investor, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion or redemption of Preferred Shares, and (iii) shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange or replacement of the shares referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include shares of Common Stock which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement were not transferred.

1.15. Register; Registered; Registration . The terms “register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.16. Registration Expenses . “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration and reasonable legal fees and expenses of a single counsel for the selling stockholders (which legal fees and expenses shall not exceed $20,000 for any single registration) but shall not include Selling Expenses or the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

1.17. Rule 144 . “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

3


1.18. Rule 145 . “Rule 145” shall mean Rule 145 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

1.19. Securities Act . “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as shall be in effect from time to time.

1.20. Selling Expenses . “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities or Common Shares and fees and expenses of counsel for any selling stockholders (other than fees and expenses of counsel included in Registration Expenses).

1.21. Series A Preferred Stock . “Series A Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.22. Series B Preferred Stock . “Series B Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.23. Series C Preferred Stock . “Series C Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.24. Series D Preferred Stock . “Series D Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.25. Series D1 Preferred Stock . “Series D1 Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series D1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.26. Series E Preferred Stock . “Series E Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.27. Series F Preferred Stock . “Series F Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.28. Series G Preferred Stock . “Series G Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

 

4


1.29. Series H Preferred Stock . “Series H Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.30. Series I Preferred Stock . “Series I Preferred Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, which has the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Certificate.

1.31. Stockholders’ Agreement . “Stockholders’ Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated on even date hereof, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders.

SECTION 2 - Registration Rights.

2.1. Requested Registration . If the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration with respect to Registrable Securities then outstanding having anticipated aggregate proceeds equal to or exceeding Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), net of underwriting discounts and expenses associated with the registration and offering, the Company will:

(a) Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration (including whether the proposed registration is to be underwritten) to all other Holders and the Common Stockholders; and

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate materials to assure compliance with the Securities Act) and take such actions as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities and Common Shares as are specified in a written request or requests received by the Company from any Holder or Common Stockholder within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(ii) Until the earlier to occur of April 30, 2009 or the one hundred eightieth day next following the effective date of the first registration statement pertaining to an initial offering of any of the equity securities of the Company to the general public;

 

5


(iii) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred and eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) After the Company has initiated two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for this purpose only (A) a registration that has been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold or (B) a registration that has been withdrawn by the Initiating Holders and with respect to which such Initiating Holders have elected not to bear the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2.7 and would, absent such election, have been required to bear such expenses); or

(v) If the shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be disposed of by the Initiating Holders may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made in accordance with Section 2.13.

If the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company may direct that such request for registration be delayed for a period not in excess of ninety (90) days, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve-month period.

2.2. Underwriting of Requested Registration . If a registration requested by the Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13 is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the right of any Holder or Common Stockholder to participate in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s or Common Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities or Common Stockholder’s Common Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. In such event, the Company shall (together with all Holders and Common Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten and so advises the Initiating Holders in writing, the underwriter may exclude some of the Registrable Securities and some or all of the Common Shares from such registration and underwriting. The Initiating Holders shall promptly deliver written notice of the limitation to the Company and the Company shall so advise all Holders and Common Stockholders (except those Holders and Common Stockholders who have indicated to the Company their decision not to distribute any of their Registrable Securities or Common Shares through such underwriting), and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated (i) first, to the Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of shares

 

6


of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in the registration, (ii) second, to the Company for shares being sold for its own account, (iii) third, to the Common Stockholders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Common Shares requested to be registered in the registration, and (iv) thereafter, to other stockholders of the Company for their own account in any manner determined by the Company. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. In no event shall the number of Registrable Securities included in the underwriting for the account of the Holders be reduced on the basis of marketing considerations until all shares held by other stockholders, all Common Shares held by Common Stockholders and all shares being sold for the account of the Company have been withdrawn from the underwriting.

2.3. Withdrawal from Requested Registration . If any Holder or Common Stockholder disapproves of the terms of a proposed underwriting in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities and Common Shares so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided, however, that, if by the withdrawal of such securities a greater number of Registrable Securities or Common Shares may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriter), then the Company shall offer to all Holders and/or Common Stockholders who have included Registrable Securities or Common Shares in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Common Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and/or Common Stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.

2.4. Company Registration . If at any time or from time to time, the Company shall determine to register any of its Common Stock, for its own account or for the account of others (other than the Holders), other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(a) Promptly give to each Holder and Common Stockholder written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, the proposed price or range of prices at which such Common Stock is expected to be offered, the proposed date of the transaction and the name of the proposed underwriter, if any); and

(b) Use its best efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities and Common Shares specified in a written request or requests received by the Company from any Holder or Common Stockholder within twenty (20) days after the written notice described in Section 2.4(a) is given by the Company.

 

7


2.5. Underwriting of Company Registration . If the registration of which the Company gives notice under Section 2.4(a) is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders and Common Stockholders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.4(a). In such event, the right of any Holder or Common Stockholder to registration pursuant to Section 2.4 shall be conditioned upon the Holder’s or Common Stockholder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities or Common Stockholder’s Common Shares in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders and Common Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter may exclude some or all Registrable Securities and/or Common Shares from such registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all Holders and Common Stockholders (except those Holders and Common Stockholders who have indicated to the Company their decision not to distribute any of their Registrable Securities or Common Shares through such underwriting), and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated (i) first, to the Company for shares being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to the Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in the registration, (iii) third, to the Common Stockholders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Common Shares requested to be registered in the registration, and (iv), thereafter, to other stockholders of the Company for their own account in any manner determined by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no reduction due to marketing factors shall (A) reduce the number of shares included in the underwriting for the account of the Company except as set forth in subclause (B) of this sentence or (B) reduce the number of Registrable Securities included in the underwriting below twenty percent (20%) of the total shares included in the underwriting, unless such underwriting is the Company’s first offering of equity securities to the general public (other than an offering relating solely to employee benefit plans, a Rule 145 transaction or an offering registered on a registration form which does not permit secondary sales) in which case any or all of the Registrable Securities may be excluded from such underwriting. No Registrable Securities, Common Shares or other shares excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

2.6. Withdrawal from Company Registration . If any Holder, Common Stockholder or other stockholder disapproves of the terms of any underwriting in connection with a registration pursuant to Section 2.4, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities, Common Shares and/or other shares so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided, however, that, if by the withdrawal of such shares a greater number of Registrable Securities, Common Shares or other shares may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders, Common Stockholders and other stockholders who have included Registrable Securities, Common Shares

 

8


or other shares in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities, Common Shares or other shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders, Common Stockholders and other stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.5.

2.7. Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.4 and 2.13 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that if the Initiating Holders elect to bear the Registration Expenses for any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13 and subsequently withdrawn by such Initiating Holders, such registration proceeding shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13. In the event that a withdrawal by the Initiating Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company (but specifically excluding market or industry conditions generally) which is different from the information known or available (whether from the Company or otherwise) to the Initiating Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for such registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1 or 2.13, even though such Initiating Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registration hereunder shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered, pro-rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered on their behalf.

2.8. Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder and Common Stockholder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will use its best efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration, qualification or compliance effective for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days or until the Holders and Common Stockholders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; provided, however, that (i) such 180-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holders and Common Stockholders refrain from selling any shares included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities and Common Shares on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 180-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities and Common Shares are sold, however in no event longer than one year from the effective date of the registration statement and provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment that (A) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (B) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (A) and (B) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement;

 

9


(b) Furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment or supplement to the prospectus, as any Holder or Common Stockholder from time to time may reasonably request;

(c) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(d) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities and Common Shares covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

(e) Cause all such Registrable Securities and Common Shares registered pursuant to this Section 2 to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities and Common Shares registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities and Common Shares, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; and

(h) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.13, the Company will enter into an underwriting agreement in the from reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains customary underwriting provisions and provided further that if the underwriter so requests the underwriting agreement will contain customary contribution provisions.

 

10


2.9. Indemnification . The Company will indemnify each Holder and Common Stockholder, each of their respective officers, directors, managers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, and each person controlling such Holder or Common Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other similar document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made, or (ii) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and will hold harmless each such Holder and Common Stockholder, each of its officers, directors, managers, partners, legal counsel, and accountants and each person controlling such Holder or Common Stockholder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, from and against any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, as incurred, provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or Common Stockholder or its officers, directors, managers, partners, legal counsel or control persons or by any underwriter or any person who controls such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document.

(a) Each Holder or Common Stockholder will, severally and not jointly, if shares of Common Stock, Registrable Securities or Common Shares held by such Holder or Common Stockholder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel, and independent accountants, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder and Common Stockholder, as the case may be, each of its officers, directors, managers and partners and each person controlling each such other Holder or Common Stockholder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other similar document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were

 

11


made, and will hold harmless the Company, each other such Holder and Common Stockholder, as the case may be, such directors, officers, managers, partners, legal counsel, independent accountants, underwriters and control persons from and against any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, as incurred, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or Common Stockholder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the obligations of each such Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein; further, provided that the obligations of each such Common Stockholder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Common Stockholder of Common Shares sold as contemplated herein.

(b) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.9 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has received written notice of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld). The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s own expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall bear the expense of such defense of the Indemnified Party if representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicts of interest. The failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.9 only to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially and adversely prejudice the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable under this Section 2.9 for amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation covered hereby if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable

 

12


considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and the opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The liability of any Holder for contribution hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein and the liability of any Common Stockholder for contribution hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Common Stockholder of Common Shares sold as contemplated herein.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions concerning indemnification and contributions contained in any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall control.

2.10. Information by Holders and Common Stockholders . Any Holder of Registrable Securities and any Common Stockholder holding Common Shares included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Common Stockholder and the distribution proposed by them as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.11. Rule 144 Reporting . To make available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of Restricted Securities (as that term is defined in Rule 144) to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its equity securities to the general public so long as the Common Stock of the Company is registered under the Exchange Act;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements so long as the Common Stock of the Company is registered under the Exchange Act;

(c) So long as any Holder owns any Restricted Securities (as that term is defined in Rule 144), furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Common Stock of the Company is registered under the Exchange Act), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements so long as the

 

13


Common Stock of the Company is registered under the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents filed by the Company as such Holder or Common Stockholder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such Holder or Common Stockholder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.12. Market Stand-off Agreement . If so requested by the Company and an underwriter, each Holder and Common Stockholder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by it or him (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act, provided that (i) such agreement shall apply only to the first such registration statement of the Company including equity securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten initial public offering and (ii) all officers and directors of the Company and all other holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities enter into similar agreements. In the event that the Company and an underwriter release any security holder of the Company from the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence (or substantially comparable restrictions set forth in any other agreement), then all Holders and Common Stockholders shall be released from such restrictions to the same extent and at the same time. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that all shares of the Company’s capital stock issued after the date hereof shall be subject to a market standoff provision at least as restrictive as this Section 2.12. The obligations described in this Section 2.12 shall not apply to any registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or Rule 145 transactions. The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the shares (or securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period.

2.13. Form S-3 . The Company shall register (whether or not required by law to do so) its Common Stock under the Exchange Act within three (3) months following the effective date of the first registration of any equity securities of the Company under the Securities Act. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, Holders shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3 under this Section 2.13, provided that the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.13 unless the Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities which they reasonably anticipate will have an aggregate disposition price (before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and provided further that:

(a) The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.13 in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act; and

(b) If the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.13 a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company

 

14


stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company may direct that such request for registration be delayed for a period not in excess of ninety (90) days, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve-month period; and

(c) After the Company has initiated two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.13 (counting for this purpose only (A) a registration that has been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold or (B) a registration that has been withdrawn by Holders and with respect to which such Holders have elected not to bear the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2.7 and would, absent such election, have been required to bear such expenses) in any twelve-month period.

The Holders requesting registration under this Section 2.13 shall make such request in writing to the Company and shall state in such request the number of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of distribution of such Registrable Securities by such Holders. The Company shall give notice to all Holders holding Registrable Securities and Common Stockholders holding Common Shares of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 2.13 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders and Common Stockholders to participate in the registration. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its best efforts to effect promptly the registration of all Registrable Securities and Common Shares on Form S-3 to the extent requested by any Holder or Common Stockholder after the Company has become eligible to file on Form S-3.

2.14. Transfer of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted under this Section 2 may be assigned or otherwise conveyed by (i) a Holder to a Person who is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or affiliate of, or any entity under common investment management with, such Holder, (ii) a Common Stockholder to a Person who is a spouse or direct lineal descendant or ancestor of such Common Stockholder, a trust established for the benefit of such Common Stockholder or a Person who is a spouse or direct lineal descendant or ancestor of such Common Stockholder or a Person that is an entity and all of whose partners, members or stockholders are limited to such Common Stockholder or a spouse or direct lineal descendant or ancestor of such Common Stockholder, (iii) a Holder or Common Stockholder to a transferee or assignee only in a transaction in which not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities or 100,000 Common Shares, as the case may be (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, dividends, recapitalizations and the like), are transferred and which complies with the requirements of the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or (iv) M7 to an M7 Investor in connection with a distribution of Series D1 Preferred by M7 to such M7 Investor; provided in each case, that the Company is given prior written notice of such transfer stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned; provided further, that the transferee or assignee delivers to the Company a written agreement assuming the obligations of the transferor under this Agreement or a counterpart signature page in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable.

 

15


2.15. Termination of Registration Rights . A Holder’s or Common Stockholder’s registration rights shall expire (a) seven (7) years following the closing of the first registered public offering of Common Stock or (b) such earlier time after the first registered public offering of Common Stock at which (i) such Holder or Common Stockholder can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(k) or (ii) such Holder or Common Stockholder holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder or Common Stockholder (together with any Affiliate of the Holder or Common Stockholder with whom such Holder or Common Stockholder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any and all three (3)-month periods without registration in compliance with Rule 144.

2.16. Subsequent Registration Rights . Except as set forth in the following sentence, the Company shall not grant to any current or future stockholder any rights to register shares of the Company’s capital stock under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (excluding shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock). The Company shall have the authority to grant rights equivalent to those granted to the Investors under this Agreement to the holders of Common Stock issued or issuable (i) in connection with any lease, loan, line of credit or similar credit financing from an institutional lender or lessor which is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, (ii) to customers, vendors or other parties engaging in strategic transactions with the Company which are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, and (iii) to any person or entity who purchases shares of Series I Preferred Stock; provided, that any party receiving such rights shall acknowledge that it is bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. After the grant of such rights, the parties receiving such rights shall be treated as Investors, and the securities held by such parties shall be treated as Registrable Securities, for all purposes under this Agreement including the giving of notices and the solicitation of consents. The Company may update Schedules B and E of this Agreement to include information concerning parties granted rights pursuant to this Section 2.16.

SECTION 3 - Miscellaneous.

3.1. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements entered into and performed within such State, but without reference to the conflicts of law rules of such State.

 

16


3.2. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

3.3. Entire Agreement; Amendment and Waiver . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement supersedes and renders null and void any and all other prior oral or written agreements, understandings, or commitments pertaining to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, and any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be binding on all Investors, Holders and Common Stockholders and transferees thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification of this Agreement which would materially adversely impact the rights and obligations of the Holders or Common Stockholders as a class, as opposed to all Holders and all Common Stockholders, shall be effective unless Holders holding a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, or Common Stockholders holding a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares, as the case may be, approves such amendment or modification. Furthermore, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated except with the express written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series D1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as converted to Common Stock basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or waiver of this Agreement which would materially adversely impact the rights and privileges of a single series of stock, as opposed to all series of stock shall be effective unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such series, voting as a separate class, consents in writing to such amendment or modification. The failure of any party to this Agreement to insist upon the strict performance of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of future compliance therewith, and said terms, conditions and provisions shall remain in full force and effect. No waiver of any term or any condition of this Agreement on the part of either party shall be effective for any purpose whatsoever unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such party. No waiver by either party of any provision or condition of this Agreement to be performed shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions and conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

3.4. Invalidity . Should any part of this Agreement, for any reason whatsoever, be declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part, such decision shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion, which remaining portion shall remain in full force and effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion thereof eliminated, and it is hereby declared the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including therein any portion which may for any reason be declared invalid.

 

17


3.5. Notices . Any notices required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to the address(es) or facsimile number(s) set forth on Schedule E attached hereto or on the appropriate Counterpart Signature Page. Any such notice shall be effective: (i) if given by mail, 72 hours after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, for delivery by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with appropriate first class postage prepaid; (ii) if given by overnight courier, upon delivery of such notice as evidenced by the records of such overnight courier; (iii) if given by facsimile, upon receipt of a written confirmation from the sending facsimile machine that such facsimile has been transmitted; or (iv) if given by any other means, when such notice is actually delivered. Any party may change its address for notice purposes by giving written notice of such change as set forth herein.

3.6. Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

3.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Investors shall execute a counterpart in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and Stockholders shall execute a counterpart in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

3.8. Restrictive Legends .

(a) Each certificate representing Preferred Shares and Common Shares shall bear the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF OCTOBER [    ], 2007 BY AND BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES. THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF RECORD A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.

(b) Each certificate representing Preferred Shares and Common Shares shall also bear any legend required by any applicable federal or state securities law or by any other agreement to which the holder thereof is a party or by which the holder thereof is bound.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement has been executed on the date first above written.

 

MOTRICITY, INC. :
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
RYAN K. WUERCH :

/S/ RYAN K. WUERCH

JUDSON S. BOWMAN :

/S/ JUDSON S. BOWMAN

 

19


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

20


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

21


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

22


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition I, LLC

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Danbenspeck

Name:  

Keith Danbenspeck

Title:  

Managing Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

23


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition II, LLC

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Danbenspeck

Name:  

Keith Danbenspeck

Title:  

Managing Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

24


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

25


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

26


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

27


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

28


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

29


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

30


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

31


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

32


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

AEI Trilogy Fund, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Daubenspeck

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

33


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

The Atlantis Group LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Roberta B. Hardy

Name:  

Roberta B Hardy

Title:  

Chairperson

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

34


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

 

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Judson S. Bowman

Name:  

Judson S. Bowman

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

35


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Nathaniel Taylor Brockman

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Nathaniel Taylor Brockman

Name:  

Nathaniel Taylor Brockman

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

36


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 day of October, 2007.

 

Capital Ventures International
by: Heights Capital Management, Inc.

its authorized agent

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Martin Kobinger

Name:  

Martin Kobinger

Title:  

Investment Manager

Address:  

c/o Heights Capital Management

 

101 California Street, Suite 3250

 

San Francisco, CA 94111

Facsimile:  

415-403-6525

 

37


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

CRS Fund, LTD

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Robert Nisi

Name:  

Robert Nisi

Title:  

COO/PARTNER

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

38


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

CYRUS OPPORTUNITIES MASTER FUND II, LTD

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Robert Nisi

Name:  

Robert Nisi

Title:  

COO/PARTNER

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

39


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

ENTERPRISE PARTNERS V, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ CARL J. EIBL

Name:  

CARL J. EIBL

Title:  

MANAGING DIRECTOR

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

40


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

GLYNN PARTNERS, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

managing director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

41


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

GLYNN VENTURES V, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

managing director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

42


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

GLYNN VENTURES VI, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ John W. Glynn

Name:  

John W. Glynn

Title:  

managing director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

43


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 day of Oct, 2007.

 

HS Partners Holdings, LP

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Michael Schulman

Name:  

Michael Schulman

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

44


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 day of October, 2007.

 

Brett Icahn

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Brett Icahn

Name:  

Brett Icahn

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

45


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

KOALA HOLDING LP, by KOALA HOLDING GP Corp, its general partner

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Keith Cozza

Name:  

Keith Cozza

Title:  

Treasurer

Address:  

c/o Icahn Associates Corp

 

767 5 th Ave, NY, NY 10153

Facsimile:  

646-367-4550

 

46


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                 , 2007.

 

   

 

      Stockholder Name
MASSEY BURCH VENTURE FUND II, L.P.    
BY:   MB PARTNERS II, L.P., its General Partner    

By:

 

 

BY  

/s/ William F. Earthman, III

    Name:  

 

  General Partner      
      Title:  

 

     

 

Address:

 

 

 

       

 

 

      Facsimile:  

 

 

47


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

MO MO, LLC

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Cliff Benson Jr.

Name:  

Cliff Benson Jr.

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

48


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Moto C LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Luce

Name:  

Michael E. Luce

Title:  

Manager

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

49


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership
NEA Partners 10, Limited Partnership

Its General Partner

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Eugene A. Trenor, III

Name:  

Eugene A. Trenor, III

Title:  

General Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

50


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 TH day of October, 2007.

 

New Gadgets, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Michael Reagan

Name:  

Michael Reagan

Title:  

Member

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

51


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 day of Oct, 2007.

 

Noro-Moseley Partners IV, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Charles Moseley

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

52


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 day of Oct., 2007.

 

Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Charles Moseley

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

53


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

The Peierls Foundation Inc.

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

President

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

54


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 5 th , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

Brian Eliot Peierls

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Brian Eliot Peierls

Name:  

Brian Eliot Peierls

Title:  

Investor

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

55


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Investor

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

56


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

57


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

U.D. J.N. Peierls For B.E. Peierls

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

58


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5th day of October, 2007.

 

U.D. J.N. Peierls For E.J. Peierls

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ E. Jeffrey Peierls

Name:  

E. Jeffrey Peierls

Title:  

Trustee

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

59


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of Oct, 2007.

 

   

BARBARA RAYNOR

    Stockholder Name
    By:  

/s/ Barbara Raynor

    Name:  

Barbara Raynor

    Title:  

 

    Address:  

 

     

 

    Facsimile:  

 

 

60


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 8 th , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 8 day of October, 2007.

 

Sandler Co. Investment Partners L.P.

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Moira Mitchell

Name:  

Moira Mitchell

Title:  

President MJDM Corp, a general partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

61


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

D OUGLAS A. S MITH

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Douglas A. Smith

Name:  

D OUGLAS A. S MITH

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

62


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Solidus Company, LP

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ E. Townes Duncan

Name:  

E. Townes Duncan

Title:  

Managing Partner

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

63


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

 

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Norma C. Southard

Name:  

N ORMA C. S OUTHARD

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

64


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

TCV V, L.P.

TCV Member Fund, L.P.

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Robert C. Bensky

Name:  

Robert C. Bensky

Title:  

Attorney in Fact

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

65


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 6 day of October, 2007.

 

Toronto Angel Group Motricity Holdings LP

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Greg Edwards Management Inc

Name:  

Greg Edwards

Title:  

President

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

66


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Stephen Clossick

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

67


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 5 th day of October, 2007.

 

Tri-State Investment Group IV, LLC

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Stephen Clossick

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

68


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

 

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ Valaree A. Wahler

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

69


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

W AKEFIELD G ROUP

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Steve Nelson

Name:  

Steve Nelson

Title:  

Managing Director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

70


EXHIBIT B

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDER COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Stockholder acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

Robert Whittle

Stockholder Name
By:  

/s/ Robert Whittle

Name:  

Robert Whittle

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

71


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this     day of                     , 2007.

 

Winton Capital Holdings Ltd.

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ A. Meade

Name:  

A. Meade

Title:  

Director

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

72


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

 

Investor Name
By:  

 

Name:  

Ryan K. Wuerch

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

73


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this      day of                     , 2007.

 

 

Investor Name
By:  

Shawntel Wuerch

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

74


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

INVESTOR COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE

By signing this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement Counterpart Signature Page, the undersigned Investor acknowledges his, her or its acceptance of that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October     , 2007, by and between MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its stockholders, and his, her or its agreement to be legally bound thereby.

Dated this 6 th day of October     , 2007.

 

THOMAS P ZIEGLER TRUST

Investor Name
By:  

/s/ THOMAS P ZIEGLER

Name:  

THOMAS P ZIEGLER

Title:  

TRUSTEE

Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

75


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS

N. Taylor Brockman

Steven K. Brockman

Nathan Gooden

Rob Whittle

Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

RDKC Investments II, LLC

 

A-1


SCHEDULE B

SCHEDULE OF EXISTING INVESTORS

Ryan K. Wuerch

Judson S. Bowman

TCV V, L.P.

TCV Member Fund, L.P.

Intel Capital Corporation

Massey Burch Venture Fund II, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership

NEA Ventures 2002, Limited Partnership

Noro-Moseley Partners IV L.P.

Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B L.P.

The Atlantis Group, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group IV, LLC

Wakefield Group III LLC

Middlefield Ventures, Inc.

Steven K. Brockman

Kenneth G. Carroll

Robert Dale

W. H. Johnson III

Charles Schwab & Co, Inc. FBO Robert Dale IRA

Norma Southard

Prova Properties, LLC

 

B-1


Edward Whitehorne

Shawntel Wuerch

Crom Carmichael

Shelly McClary

Kenny West

Lee Beaman

Solidus Company

Joe DeLozier

Solidus Partners, L.P.

Lucius E. Burch

E. Townes Duncan

Alfred Morris

John Morris

John F. Jacques

Mark H. Lincoln

Scott Chernoff

Scott K. Haynes

J.D. Crouch, II

Eric Harber

Maritch Services, Inc.

Nathan Miller

Jim Miller

palmOne, Inc.

Lucy Duncan Adams

 

B-2


Ruth Duncan Coppeans

Thomas Walker Duncan

Edward Green Duncan

James Strathmeyer

Rob Whittle

L. Steven Nelson

Randolph Associates

HS Partners Holdings, L.P.

Technology Voyage II, LLC

Technology Ventures LLC

Waveland Technology Partners, L.P.

Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC

Tektite Investments II, L.P.

John Chambers III

Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

RDKC Investments II, LLC

Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC

Blade Ventures, LP

HS Portfolio, LP

New Gadgets, L.L.C.

Capital Ventures International

 

B-3


AEI Trilogy Fund, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC

ATB Capital, LLC

ATB Group Ventures, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC

ASA Opportunity Fund L.P.

Glynn Partners LP

Glynn Ventures V

Glynn Ventures VI

Madrone Investments LP

Koala Holdings, Limited Partnership

MOTO C, LLC

Brett Icahn

 

B-4


SCHEDULE C

SCHEDULE OF NEW INVESTORS

Thomas P. Ziegler Trust

Valaree Wahler

Sandler Co-Investment Partners, L.P.

Douglas Smith

Winton Capital Holdings, Ltd.

Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition I, LLC

Advanced Equities Triangle Acquisition II, LLC

Toronto Angel Group Motricity Holdings LP

Mo Mo, LLC

E. Jeffrey Peierls

The Peierls Foundation Inc.

Brian Eliot Peierls

U.D. Ethel F. Peierls Charitable Lead Trust

U.D. J.N. Peierls for E.J. Peierls

U.D. J.N. Peierls for B.E. Peierls

CRS Fund, Ltd.

Cyrus Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd

 

C-1


SCHEDULE D

M7 INVESTORS

Enterprise Partners V, L.P.

QUALCOMM Incorporated

Sienna Limited Partnership II, L.P.

Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P.

David Buckley

Mark Munoz

William Erickson

Avtech Portfolio, LP

Robert Conrads

GC&H Investments LLC

East Peak Advisors LLC (creditor)

Investor Growth Capital

Investor Group L.P.

Anil Chintapalli

Premal Kazi

Christine Mossmer

Srinath Yedla

David Ross

Mark Eger

Mayumi Oka

Pittard Investments LLC

Jim Collas

Richard Le Faivre

 

D-1


Hans Davidsson

Silicon Valley BancShares

The Promar Group

Mobile Investors LLC

Ellen Hancock

John Major

Dr. David Nagel

Dr. Donald H. Norman

John Sculley

Maynard Webb

Cooley Godward LLP

John Shuck

Tom Schmidt

Shari Buckner

Thomas Carney

Miro Copic

David Curtis

James Debello

Monica Dodds

Eliot Feldstein

Jacqueline Friedenberg

Adam Harriss

Cherie Jacobson

Travis King

Hong Li

 

D-2


Kalle Marsal

Agatha Martindale

Barbie Miranda-Simpauco

Helen Riley

Liya Sharif

David Wu

 

D-3


SCHEDULE E

SCHEDULE OF NOTICE ADDRESSES

STOCKHOLDERS

Judson S. Bowman

N. Taylor Brockman

Steven K. Brockman

Nathan Gooden

Rob Whittle

Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

RDKC Investments II, LLC

INVESTORS

TCV V, L.P.

 

E-1


TCV Member Fund, L.P.

Technology Crossover Ventures

Intel Capital Corporation

Massey Burch Venture Fund II, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 10, Limited Partnership

NEA Ventures 2002, Limited Partnership

Noro-Moseley Partners IV L.P.

Noro-Moseley Partners IV-B L.P.

 

E-2


The Atlantis Group, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group III, LLC

Tri-State Investment Group IV, LLC

Wakefield Group III LLC

Middlefield Ventures, Inc.

Norma C. Southard

Prova Properties, LLC

W. H. Johnson III

 

E-3


Kenneth G. Carroll

Robert Dale

Edward Whitehorne

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

Shawntel Wuerch

Crom Carmichael

Shelly McClary

Lee Beaman

Solidus Company

Joe DeLozier

 

E-4


Solidus Partners, L.P.

Lucius E. Burch

E. Townes Duncan

Alfred Morris

John Morris

John F. Jacques

Mark H. Lincoln

Scott Chernoff

Scott K. Haynes

J.D. Crouch, II

Eric Harber

 

E-5


Maritch Services, Inc.

Nathan Miller

Jim Miller

palmOne, Inc.

Lucy Duncan Adams

Ruth Duncan Coppeans

Thomas Walker Duncan

Edward Green Duncan

James Strathmeyer

Kenny West

L. Steven Nelson

 

E-6


Randolph Associates

HS Partners Holdings, LP

Technology Voyage II, LLC

Technology Ventures LLC

Waveland Technology Partners, L.P.

Advanced Equities Investments XXV, LLC

John Chambers III

 

E-7


Steven K. Brockman

Rob Whittle

Advanced Equities Investments XXVI, LLC

RDKC Investments II, LLC

Advanced Equities Investments XXXV, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments I, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments II, LLC

Blade Ventures, LP

HS Portfolio, LP

 

E-8


New Gadgets, L.L.C.

Capital Ventures International

AEI 2006 Venture Investments III, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments IV, LLC

ASA Opportunity Fund L.P.

Madrone Investments LP

AEI Trilogy Fund, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments I, LLC

AEI 2006 Venture Investments II, LLC

 

E-9


ATB Capital, LLC

c/o Stephen H. Clark

ATB Group Ventures, LLC

c/o Stephen H. Clark

Glynn Partners LP

Glynn Ventures V

Glynn Ventures VI

AEI Eastern Investments III, LLC

AEI Eastern Investments IV, LLC

Koala Holdings, Limited Partnership

 

E-10


MOTO C, LLC

Brett Icahn

RYAN K. WUERCH

JUDSON S. BOWMAN

M7

M7 Networks Inc.

M7 INVESTORS:

Enterprise Partners V, L.P.

QUALCOMM Incorporated

Sienna Limited Partnership II, L.P.

 

E-11


Sienna Limited Partnership III, L.P.

David Buckley

Mark Munoz

William Erickson

Avtech Portfolio, LP

Robert Conrads

GC&H Investments LLC

East Peak Advisors LLC (creditor)

Investor Growth Capital

 

E-12


Investor Group L.P.

Anil Chintapalli

Premal Kazi

Christine Mossmer

Srinath Yedla

David Ross

Mark Eger

Mayumi Oka

Pittard Investments LLC

Jim Collas

Richard Le Faivre

Hans Davidsson

 

E-13


Silicon Valley BancShares

The Promar Group

Mobile Investors LLC

Ellen Hancock

John Major

Dr. David Nagel

Dr. Donald H. Norman

John Sculley

Maynard Webb

 

E-14


Cooley Godward LLP

John Shuck

Tom Schmidt

Shari Buckner

Thomas Carney

Miro Copic

David Curtis

James Debello

Monica Dodds

Eliot Feldstein

Jacqueline Friedenberg

 

E-15


Adam Harriss

Cherie Jacobson

Travis King

Hong Li

Kalle Marsal

Agatha Martindale

Barbie Miranda-Simpauco

Helen Riley

Liya Sharif

David Wu

 

E-16

Exhibit 4.4

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of the Effective Date between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 14. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement, and on the terms and conditions set forth below.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Streamline Period . Any period when the sum of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, plus eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances, is greater than or equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), Borrower shall be in a “Streamline Period”. Bank may terminate the Streamline Period at any time that the conditions for a Streamline Period no longer exist.

(c) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Equipment Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “Equipment Advance” and, collectively, “Equipment Advances”) not exceeding the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each


Equipment Advance, provided, however, that the proceeds of the first Equipment Advance are made on or within fifteen (15) days of the Effective Date and may be used to purchase Eligible Equipment purchased on or after January 1, 2006 and further provided that the amount of the first Equipment Advance shall be in an amount of not less than Five Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,400,000). No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than forty percent (40%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. Each Equipment Advance, other than the final Equipment Advance, must be in an amount equal to at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000). After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . Each Equipment Advance shall immediately amortize and be payable in thirty six (36) equal payments of principal, plus interest beginning on first day of the first month following the Funding Date and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Equipment Advance shall be due on the applicable Equipment Line Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a Governmental Authority for any reason for a period ending beyond the Equipment Line Maturity Date with respect to such Financed Equipment (an “Event of Loss” ), then within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of an Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

(d) Prepayment . At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Line advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise to prepay the Equipment Line at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Equipment Line through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Equipment Line; (iii) a premium equal to the Make-Whole Premium; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to pay the Make-Whole Premium set forth in subsection (d)(iv) above, if either (A) all Obligations due to Bank under the Equipment Line are prepaid in full prior to December 31, 2007 with proceeds from either (x) a Qualifying Initial Public Offering, or (y) the Eligible

 

2


Equipment Line Refinancing, or (B) all Obligations due to Bank under the Equipment Line are prepaid in full within ninety (90) days of the applicable Equipment Line Maturity Date with proceeds from the Eligible Refinancing. In addition, if the Obligations are refinanced after an acceleration (or as a result of an acceleration) based solely upon an Event of Default under Section 8.3, Bank shall not require payment of the Make-Whole Premium.

2.2 Overadvances. If at any time or for any reason the total of all outstanding Advances and all other Obligations exceeds the Availability Amount (an “Overadvance”), Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the excess in cash to Bank, without notice or demand. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay to Bank the amount of any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, not paid within five (5) Business Days of demand therefor, at the Default Rate.

2.3 General Provisions Relating to the Advances. In no event shall Borrower maintain at any time LIBOR Advances having more than two (2) different Interest Periods. Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the Advances at the rates and in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).

2.4 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Computation of Interest . Interest on the Credit Extensions and all fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which such interest accrues, hi computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

(b) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances. Subject to Section 2.4(c), the amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.4(g) below. As of the Effective Date, the Applicable Interest Rate is set at Level I.

 

During any Period when:

   Levels:   

Applicable Interest Rate :

EBITDA for the trailing 3 month period less than $1.00    I    Prime Rate plus three quarters of one percent (0.75%) per annum
EBITDA for the trailing 3 month period greater than or equal to $1.00    II    Prime Rate plus one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum
From and after a Qualifying Initial Public Offering    III    LIBOR Rate, plus 250 basis points per annum.

 

3


(ii) Equipment Advances. Subject to Section 2.4(c), outstanding Equipment Advances shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Equipment Interest Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.4(g) below. As of the Effective Date, the Applicable Equipment Interest Rate is set at Level I.

 

During any Period when:

   Levels:   

Applicable Equipment Interest Rate:

EBITDA for the trailing 3 month period less than $1.00    I    Prime Rate plus one and one quarter percent (1.25%) per annum
EBITDA for the trailing 3 month period greater than $1.00    II    Prime Rate plus three quarters of one percent (0.75%) per annum
From and after a Qualifying Initial Public Offering    III    LIBOR Rate, plus 300 basis points per annum.

(iii) The Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Equipment Interest Rate in effect as of the Effective Date is Level I. Adjustments to the Applicable Interest Rate and the Applicable Equipment Interest Rate, shall be implemented quarterly on a prospective basis, based upon the Borrower’s EBITDA as reported in the monthly financial statement delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iii) hereof. Prior to a Qualifying Initial Public Offering, failure to timely deliver such financial statements shall, in addition to any other remedy provided for in this Agreement, result in an increase in the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Equipment Interest Rate to the highest level set forth in the foregoing grids, until the first day of the first calendar quarter following the delivery of the monthly financial statements demonstrating to Bank’s satisfaction that such an increase is not required. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any reduction in the Applicable Interest Rate or the Applicable Equipment Interest Rate is to be implemented, that reduction shall be deferred until the first day of the first calendar quarter following the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived in writing by Bank. Subject to Section 2.4(c), at all times from and after a Qualifying Initial Public Offering, the Applicable Interest Rate and Applicable Equipment Interest Rate shall be at Level III.

(c) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is four percentage points (4.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). With respect to any Obligations accruing interest at the LIBOR Rate, on and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the Effective Amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at the Default Rate. Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Advance or Equipment Advance, which accrues at the LIBOR Rate, shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any

 

4


LIBOR Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any LIBOR Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.4(c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(d) Prime Rate Advances . Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change. Bank shall use its best efforts to give Borrower prompt notice of any such change in the Prime Rate; provided, however, that any failure by Bank to provide Borrower with notice hereunder shall not affect Bank’s right to make changes in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate.

(e) LIBOR Advances . The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.6(a) hereunder. Subject to Sections 3.6 and 3.7, such rate shall apply during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance.

(f) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(g) Payment: Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month, hi computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) on the Effective Date and Borrower shall pay Bank on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, an additional non-refundable commitment fee of either One Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($125,000) or, if the Eligible Equipment Line Refinancing has occurred prior to such date, One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000).

(b) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a good faith deposit of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (the “Good Faith Deposit” ) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. The Good Faith Deposit will be applied to the Commitment Fee;

(c) Termination Fee . Subject to the terms of Section 13.1, a termination fee; and

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, plus expenses, for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

5


3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Borrower shall consent to or have delivered, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) a duly executed original signature to the Warrant;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Account Control Agreements with SVB Securities, Wachovia Bank, N.A., and Pinnacle National Bank;

(d) its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f) the Subordination Agreement duly executed by Pinnacle Bank in favor of Bank;

(g) the certificate or certificates for the securities included in the Pledged Collateral, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower;

(h) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) a legal opinion with respect to the Guarantor, Motricity Deutschland GmbH;

(j) the Perfection Certificate executed by Borrower;

(k) the duly executed signatures to each landlord’s consent in favor of Bank;

(1) the duly executed original signatures to each Guaranty, together with the completed Resolutions for each Guarantor;

(m) a copy of its Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

 

6


(n) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(o) the successful completion of a Subsequent Financing; and

(p) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(a), timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report, a Notice of Borrowing (for Advances under the Revolving Line), and an executed Transaction Report (for Equipment Advances);

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 shall be true in all material respects on the date of the Notice of Borrowing or Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or there has not been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that the extension of a Credit Extension prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Credit Extensions . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, each Credit Extension

 

7


shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank (accompanied by a Transaction Report) in the form of a Notice of Borrowing or Payment/Advance Form, as applicable, each executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance. Such Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 11:00 a.m. Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Advances, and (ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of Prime Rate Advances, and at least three (3) Business Days prior to a Qualifying Initial Public Offering specifying:

(1) the amount of the Credit Extension;

(2) the requested Funding Date; and

(3) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Credit Extension, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month.

(b) The proceeds of all such Credit Extensions will then be made available to Borrower on the Funding Date by Bank by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing. No Credit Extensions shall be deemed made to Borrower, and no interest shall accrue on any such Credit Extensions, until the related funds have been deposited in the Designated Deposit Account.

(c) Equipment Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must include, in addition to the Payment/Advance Form, a copy of the invoice for the Eligible Equipment being financed. If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Equipment Advance, Bank shall disburse such Equipment Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

3.5 Conversion and Continuation Elections.

(a) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month.

(b) Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank’s option, convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that (i) an Event of Default or Default shall exist, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Prime Rate Advances which have been previously converted to LIBOR Advances, or the aggregate principal amount of existing LIBOR Advances continued, as the case may be, at the beginning of an Interest Period shall at any time during such Interest Period exceed the Revolving Line. Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, charge the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains

 

8


with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to any of the foregoing.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase United States Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.

3.6 Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:

(a) Determination of Applicable Interest Rate . As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.

(b) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate . In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Credit Extension on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Credit Extensions may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation given by Borrower with respect to Credit Extensions in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods . Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank (which request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities, if any (including any interest paid by Bank to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Advances and any loss, expense or liability incurred by Bank in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds) such that Bank may incur: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by Bank or due to any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7(d) and 3.7(e)) a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) if any principal payment or any conversion of any of its LIBOR Advances occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Credit Extension.

 

9


(d) Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances . Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.4 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each of its relevant LIBOR Advances through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.6 and under Section 3.4.

(e) LIBOR Advances After Default . After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have a Credit Extension be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Credit Extension and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), any Notice of Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Credit Extensions referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.

3.7 Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances.

(a) If for any reason (including voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration), Bank receives all or part of the principal amount of a LIBOR Advance prior to the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Rate Advance, Borrower shall immediately notify Borrower’s account officer at Bank and, on demand by Bank, pay Bank the amount (if any) by which (i) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so received had it not been received until the last day of such Interest Period exceeds (ii) the interest which would have been recoverable by Bank by placing the amount so received on deposit in the certificate of deposit markets, the offshore currency markets, or United States Treasury investment products, as the case may be, for a period starting on the date on which it was so received and ending on the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion. Bank’s determination as to such amount shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(b) Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any Credit Extensions relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “Additional Costs”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

(i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any Credit Extensions (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

(ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any Credit Extensions or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or

 

10


(iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.7 as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation. Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.7. Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.7 of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make Credit Extensions, of making or maintaining Credit Extensions, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of Credit Extensions, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(c) If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any respect or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “Parent” ) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction. A statement of Bank claiming compensation under this Section 3.7(c) and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower. Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, Credit Extensions shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.

(e) If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the Credit Extensions in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.7(a)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Continuation, Borrower shall have

 

11


the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.6(c), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Credit Extensions converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest.

(a) Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(b) Borrower hereby assigns, pledges, delivers, and transfers to Bank, and hereby grants to Bank, a continuing first priority security interest in and against all right, title and interest of the following, whether now or hereafter existing or acquired by Borrower: all Pledged Collateral, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing; and all of Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof.

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

12


5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing as Registered Organizations only in the State of Delaware, and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank completed certificates substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G each signed by Borrower and each Guarantor, respectively, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its state of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse). Except as hereafter disclosed to Bank in writing by Borrower, none of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate. In

 

13


the event that Borrower, after the date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank and such bailee must acknowledge in writing that the bailee is holding such Collateral for the benefit of Bank. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

All Financed Equipment is new, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, has agreed to finance. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are an Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 No Material Deviation in Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a

 

14


“subsidiary company” of a “holding company as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments. Attached hereto as Exhibit I, is a complete list of all Subsidiaries, each of which shall execute a Guaranty.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

15


6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements; Reports, Certificates.

(a) Borrower shall provide Bank with the following:

(i) weekly, a Transaction Report;

(ii) within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, (A) a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, (B) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (C) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, and (D) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger;

(iii) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, monthly unaudited financial statements;

(iv) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, and one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(v) within thirty (30) days of any material revisions to Borrower’s projections or business plan, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, copies of such revisions; and

(vi) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial statements certified by, and with an unqualified opinion of, independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank.

 

16


(b) In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days after filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a link thereto on Borrower’s or another website on the Internet.

(c) Provide Bank with, as soon as available, but no later than twenty (20) days after the end of each month, a Deferred Revenue report, in form acceptable to Bank.

(d) Borrower will promptly provide Bank with copies of any notices received by Borrower under the Pinnacle Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during a Streamline Period, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall be required to provide Bank with the reports and schedules required pursuant to clause (a)(i) above each month.

6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts in trust for Bank, and Borrower shall immediately deliver all such payments and proceeds to Bank in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided however, during any Streamline Period, Collections (including credit card, ACH and wire Collections) shall be deposited into Borrower’s primary operating account at Bank, but at all other times, all

 

17


Collections shall be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as Bank may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment, and such Collections shall be applied to reduce the balance of the Revolving Line on a daily basis.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file all required tax returns and reports and timely pay all material foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and pay all material amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, unless any of the above are disputed and contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on Borrower’s Books.

 

18


6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. No more often than once every twelve (12) months unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books (the “Field Examination”). The foregoing Field Examination shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule a Field Examination more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its and its Subsidiaries’ primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s affiliates which accounts, prior to a Qualifying Initial Public Offering, shall represent at least sixty five percent (65%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions and at all times after a Qualifying Initial Public Offering shall represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

19


6.9 Financial Covenants.

Borrower shall maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted:

(a) Excess Cash and Availability . Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, plus seventy five percent (75%) of amounts available to be borrowed under the Pinnacle Facilities, plus eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances, of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), tested on a weekly basis based on the most recent Transaction Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement; provided however, that during any Streamline Period, this covenant shall be tested monthly.

(b) Liquidity Coverage . A ratio of (a) the sum of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, plus the Borrowing Base, plus seventy five percent (75%) of amounts available to be borrowed under the Pinnacle Facilities, to (b) total outstanding Obligations, of not less than 1.15:1.00, tested on a weekly basis based on the most recent Transaction Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement; provided however, that during any Streamline Period, this covenant shall be tested monthly. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this covenant shall no longer apply after all of the Obligations due to Bank under the Equipment Line are paid in full prior to December 31, 2007 with proceeds from either (x) a Qualifying Initial Public Offering, or (y) the Eligible Equipment Line Refinancing.

6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower shall:

(a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property;

(b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its intellectual property; and

(c) not allow any intellectual property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

20


6.13 Notice of Termination or Expiration of Lease. Borrower shall give Bank immediate notice following Borrower’s receipt from any Landlord of any actual or threatened termination or expiration of Borrower’s lease with such Landlord.

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.

(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) if any Key Person ceases to hold such offices with Borrower or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction). Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s assets or property), (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s intellectual property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Lien” herein.

 

21


7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments, (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

 

22


8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within five (5) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which five (5) day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or Equipment Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.8, 6.9, 6.13 or violates any covenant in Section 7;

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment. (a) Any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver; (b) the service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit with Bank or any Bank Affiliate; (c) Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting any part of its business; or (d) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under clauses (a) through (d) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, including, without limitation, the Pinnacle Loan Documents, resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to

 

23


accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or that could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

8.7 Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period often (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower and any creditor of Borrower that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Bank, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Bank breaches any terms of such agreement; or

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor.

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

24


(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

25


9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

26


9.8 Sale of Pledged Collateral. Borrower recognizes that Bank may be unable to effect a public sale of all or a part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ), so that Bank may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire the Pledged Collateral for their own account, for investment and without a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Borrower understands that private sales so made may be at prices and on other terms less favorable to the seller than if the Pledged Collateral were sold at public sales, and agrees that Bank has no obligation to delay the sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary (even if Bank would agree), to register such securities for sale under the Act. Borrower agrees that private sales made under the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.

10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”), other than Credit Extension requests made pursuant to Section 3.4, by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and be delivered or sent by facsimile at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed below. Bank or Borrower may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice thereof. Each such Communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission (with such facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below. Credit Extension requests made pursuant to Section 3.4 must be in writing and may be in the form of electronic mail, delivered to Bank by Borrower at the e-mail address of Bank provided below and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered when sent (with such electronic mail promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10). Bank or Borrower may change its address, facsimile number, or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

   Motricity, Inc.
   210 West Pettigrew Street
   Durham, North Carolina 27701
   Attn: Matthew J. Petzold
   Fax: (919)287-7391
   Email: matthew.petzold@motricity.com

 

27


with a copy to:    Boult Cummings, Conners & Berry, PLC
   Roundabout Plaza
   1600 Division Street, Suite 700
   Nashville, Tennessee 37203
   Attn: Charles S. Sanger, Esq.
   Fax: (615)252-6331
   Email: csanger@boultcummings.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   5915 Farrington Road, Suite 201
   Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27517
   Attn: Daniel Allred
   Fax: (919)442-2155
   Email: dallred@svbank.com
with a copy to:    Troutman Sanders LLP
   1660 International Drive, Suite 600
   McLean, Virginia 22102
   Attn: Richard M. Pollak, Esq.
   Fax:(703)448-6511
   email: ricnard.pollak@troutmansanders.com

11 RIGHT TO PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS OWED TO BANK

11.1 Right to Purchase Obligations. Borrower and Bank agree that the individuals and entities (listed on Schedule 1 ) are guarantors of certain indebtedness otherwise described herein to Pinnacle Bank. The indebtedness is evidenced by, among other things, the Pinnacle Bank Loan Documents. The individuals and entities listed on Schedule 1 are hereafter referred to as the “Pinnacle Bank Guarantors”. Bank agrees that the Pinnacle Bank Guarantors shall have the one time right prior to the termination of this Agreement and during the Purchase Option Period, but not the obligation, to purchase without recourse or warranty of any kind, the Obligations owed to Bank evidenced by this Agreement and any of the Loan Documents (the “Purchase Option”). The purchase price shall be the unpaid Obligations as of the date of purchase due and owing to Bank, including Bank Expenses (the “Purchase Price”).

11.2 Purchase Option Period. The “Purchase Option Period” shall consist of a thirty (30) day period beginning on the date that a notice of a Default or Event of Default is mailed by Bank to Borrower and shall end thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. Nothing in this section shall impair Bank’s rights prior to Bank’s sale of the Obligations to the Pinnacle Bank Guarantors until such time as Bank has been paid the Purchase Price in full and, among other things, Bank shall be able to enforce all rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents during such Purchase Option Period.

11.3 Notice. The Purchase Option periods shall commence on the date Bank mails a copy of any notice of Default or Event of Default to the Pinnacle Bank Guarantors at the following address Crom Carmichael, 3212 West End Avenue, 5th Floor, Nashville TN 37203.

 

28


11.4 Conveyance to First Offeror. In the event that more than one of the Pinnacle Bank Guarantors gives Bank written notice that it will purchase the Obligations for the Purchase Price, which notice shall be irrevocable once given, the Bank upon receipt of the Purchase Price, will convey the Obligations, without recourse or warranty of any kind to the Pinnacle Bank Guarantor from whom Bank has received written notice that it will purchase the Obligations. Such purchase must close within five (5) Business Days of such acceptance by the Pinnacle Bank Guarantor and shall be pursuant to a Loan Purchase Agreement prepared by counsel for Borrower, at the expense of the Pinnacle Bank Guarantors, and shall be on an “as is” basis without representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, other than Bank’s authority to convey. Failure to close within such period shall terminate the right of all Pinnacle Bank Guarantors to purchase. Pinnacle Bank Guarantor shall indemnify Bank for any claims arising out of the Loan Documents after the date of such sale.

12 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

North Carolina law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the State of North Carolina; provided, however, that if for any reason the Bank can not avail itself of the courts of the State of North Carolina, the Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal Courts in Santa Clara County, California, and provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or

 

29


controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and order applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to the California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

  13 GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations. If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one percent (1.0%) of the Revolving Line provided that no termination fee shall be charged if either (i) the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of the Bank, or (ii) all Obligations due to Bank under the Revolving Line are prepaid in full within ninety (90) days of the Revolving Line Maturity Date with proceeds from the Eligible Refinancing. If the Obligations are refinanced after an acceleration (or as a result of an acceleration) based solely upon an Event of Default under Section 8.3, the Bank shall not require payment of the Termination Fee.

13.2 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or

 

30


withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

13.3 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13.4 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

13.5 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

13.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both Bank and Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

13.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 13.3 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

13.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; and (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

31


13.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

14 DEFINITIONS

14.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Additional Costs” is defined in Section 3.7(b).

“Advance” or “Advances” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

32


“Borrowing Base” is eighty five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks found during any Field Examination which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral. Bank will provide Borrower with fifteen (15) days prior notice before lowering the Borrowing Base below seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Accounts. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall have the right to refinance the Revolving Line within one hundred twenty (120) days of such notice without payment of the Termination Fee.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

“Business Day” is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term “Business Day” shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market, and if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to an FX Forward Contract, the term “Business Day” shall mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the foreign (i.e., non-Dollar) currency.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Cingular” means Cingular Wireless.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of North Carolina; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of North Carolina, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

33


“Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Collections” are all funds received by Bank from or on behalf of an Account Debtor for all those Eligible Accounts, including their proceeds, which Bank finances and makes an Advance.

“Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Communication” is defined in Section 10.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

“Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

“Continuation Date” means any date on which Borrower elects to continue a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.

“Conversion Date” means any date on which Borrower elects to convert a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.

 

34


“Default” means any event which with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.4(c).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Designated Deposit Account” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                     , maintained with Bank.

“Dollars,” “dollars” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

“Draw Period” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2007, or (b) an Event of Default.

“EBITDA” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense.

“Effective Amount” means with respect to any Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowing and prepayments or repayments thereof occurring on such date.

“Effective Date” is the date Bank executes this Agreement as indicated on the signature page hereof.

“Eligible Accounts” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks found during any Field Examination which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, the Account must not:

(a) be outstanding for more than ninety (90) days from its invoice date (the “Eligibility Period” ); provided, that each Account due from those customers listed on Schedule 2 (and future similar customers added from time with Bank’s approval), may be outstanding up to one hundred twenty (120) days from its invoice date;

(b) be owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within the Eligibility Period;

(c) have credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

 

35


(d) be owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, except for Cingular, for which such percentage is thirty-five percent (35%) for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

(e) be owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

(f) represent progress billings, or be due under a fulfillment or requirements contract with the Account Debtor (Eligible Accounts may include progress billing and Accounts arising out of professional services provided in connection with a project);

(g) be subject to any contingencies (including Accounts arising from sales on consignment, guaranteed sale or other terms pursuant to which payment by the U.S. Account Debtor may be conditional);

(h) be owing from a Account Debtor with whom Borrower has any dispute (whether or not relating to the particular Account); provided however, that negotiations with Cingular, Alltel, BellMobility, Leap, Tracfone regarding customary credits for service level agreements in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed a dispute and shall not cause, except for the amount in dispute, any otherwise Eligible Account to be deemed ineligible,

(i) be owing from a Related Account Debtor;

(j) be owing from a Account Debtor which is subject to any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, or whose financial condition is not acceptable to Bank, or which, fails or goes out of a material portion of its business;

(k) be owing from the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof (unless there has been compliance, to Bank’s satisfaction, with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended); and

(1) be owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise -sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, contra accounts with Cingular arising in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) shall not cause any otherwise Eligible Account with Cingular to be deemed ineligible; and

(m) owing from a Account Debtor to whom Borrower is or may be liable for goods purchased from such Account Debtor or otherwise (but, in such case, the Account will be deemed ineligible only to the extent of any amounts owed by Borrower to such Account Debtor).

“Eligible Equipment” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at 210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham, North Carolina 27701 or such other location of which Bank has

 

36


approved in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) general purpose computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

“Eligible Equipment Line Refinancing” means a repayment in full of all Obligations under the Equipment Line with a specific lien facility from another lender; provided, however, that such refinancing is secured solely by a specific lien on the items of Equipment financed by the Equipment Line.

“Eligible Refinancing” means a repayment in full of all Obligations owed to Bank with a loan facility from another lender.

“Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“Equipment Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

“Equipment Line” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) outstanding at any time.

“Equipment Line Maturity Date” is, for each Equipment Advance, the date which is thirty six (36) calendar months from the date of the Equipment Advance.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Field Examination” is defined in Section 6.6.

“Financed Equipment” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any

 

37


applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Good Faith Deposit” is defined in Section 2.5(b).

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantor” is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations, including GP Wireless, Inc., Motricity (UK) Limited, Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., PocketGear, LLC, Power By Hand, LLC, Motricity Canada Ltd., and Motricity Deutschland GmbH.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

“Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

“Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and, with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the last day of each month (or, if the last day of the month does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.

 

38


“Interest Period” means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is one (1), two (2), or three (3) months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Continuation; provided, however, that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than the Revolving Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period. The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Key Person” is any of Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technical Officer, or Chief Financial Officer who are, as of the Effective Date, Ryan Wuerch, Jud Bowman and Matt Petzold, respectively.

“Landlord” is Sungard Availability Services LP, Hill Federal, LLC, or Intelenet Communications, Inc.

“LIBOR Rate” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Credit Extensions, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of one percent (0.0625%)) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1)  minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.

 

39


“LIBOR” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Credit Extension to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in United States Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of one percent (0.01%)) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Credit Extension.

“LIBOR Advance” means an Advance or Equipment Advance that bears interest based at the LIBOR Rate.

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the Subordination Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Make-Whole Premium” is an amount equal to three percent (3.0%) of the outstanding Equipment Advance if the prepayment is made on or before the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance; two percent (2.0%) of the outstanding Equipment Advance if the prepayment is made on or after the first anniversary of the Funding Date but before the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance; one percent (1.0%) of outstanding Equipment Advance if the prepayment is made on or after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance but before the Equipment Line Maturity Date.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

“Net Income” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

“Net Revenue” means, the net dollars received by Borrower after paying all revenue sharing amounts to content providers and other relevant Persons.

“Notice of Borrowing” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.2(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit E , with appropriate insertions.

“Notice of Continuation” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.6, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions.

“Obligations” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this

 

40


Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Other Equipment” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

“Parent” is defined in Section 3.7(c).

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt, including, without limitation, Indebtedness with the Pinnacle Facilities;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) secured by Permitted Liens; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

41


“Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) (i) Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

42


(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or intellectual property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;

(h) subordinated Liens in existence as of the Effective Date, securing Borrower’s Subordinated Debt under the Pinnacle Facilities;

(i) non-exclusive license of intellectual property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(k) Liens incurred in the Eligible Equipment Line Refinancing.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Pledged Collateral” is all capital stock of each Subsidiary of Borrower, including, without limitation, GP Wireless, Inc., Motricity (UK) Limited, Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., PocketGear, LLC, Power By Hand, LLC, Motricity Canada Ltd., and Motricity Deutschland GmbH, together with any securities, investment properties, instruments or distributions of any kind issuable, issued or received by Borrower upon conversion of, in respect of, or in exchange for any of such capital stock, including, but not limited to, those arising from a

 

43


stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other exchange of securities or any dividends or other distributions of any kind upon or with respect to such capital stock.

“Pinnacle Bank” is Pinnacle National Bank, a national banking association, its successors and assigns.

“Pinnacle Bank Guarantors” is defined in Section 11.1.

“Pinnacle Bank Loan Documents” means any and all documents now or hereafter executed in connection with any Indebtedness of Borrower to Pinnacle Bank, including without limitation, (i) that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated April 8, 2004 for a loan in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated April 8, 2004 for a loan in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), (iii) those certain Continuing Guaranties by and between Pinnacle Bank and Oliver C. Carmichael, Joe B. Delozier, III, Lee A. Beaman, PalmGear, Inc., and Solidus Company, each dated February 24, 2003 and those certain Amendments and Affirmation of Guaranties by and between Pinnacle Bank and Oliver C. Carmichael, Joe B. Delozier, III, Lee A. Beaman, PalmGear, Inc., and Solidus Company, each dated April 8, 2004, (iv) that certain Loan Agreement by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated February 24, 2003 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time) for a loan in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), (v) that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated April 8, 2004 for a loan in the amount of Five Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($5,250,000), (vi) those certain Continuing Guaranties by and between Pinnacle Bank and John Morris, Alfred Morris and E. Townes Duncan, Solidus Company, Solidus Partners, L.P., Scott B. Chernoff, and Scott K. Haynes, each dated April 8, 2004, (vii) those certain First Amended and Restated Continuing Guaranties by and between Pinnacle Bank and Lee A. Beaman, Lucius E. Burch, E. Townes Duncan, John Morris, and Alfred Morris, John F. Jacques, Mark H. Lincoln, Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., Solidus Company, Solidus Partners, L.P., each dated August 28, 2003 and those certain Amendments and Affirmation of Guaranties by and between Pinnacle Bank and Lee A. Beaman, Lucius E. Burch, E. Townes Duncan, John Morris, and Alfred Morris, John F. Jacques, Mark H. Lincoln, Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., Solidus Company, Solidus Partners, L.P., each dated April 8, 2004, (viii) that certain First Amended and Restated Loan Agreement by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated August 28, 2003 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time) for a loan in the amount of Five Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($5,250,000), (ix) that certain Promissory Note by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated April 8, 2004 for a loan in the amount of Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000), (x) that certain Continuing Guaranty by and between Pinnacle Bank and Oliver C. Carmichael dated April 8, 2004 and (xi) that certain Promissory Note by and between Borrower (formerly known as Power By Hand Holdings, LLC) and Pinnacle Bank dated April 8, 2004 for a loan in the amount of Three Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($340,000), (xii) that certain Continuing

 

44


Guaranty by and between Pinnacle Bank and Solidus Company dated April 8, 2004, and (xiii) any and all other documents which Borrower, or any other party or parties have executed and delivered, or may hereafter execute and deliver, to evidence, secure or guarantee the Indebtedness of Borrower to Pinnacle Bank, or any part thereof, as the same may from time to time be extended, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

“Pinnacle Facilities” means those certain credit facilities from Pinnacle Bank in the maximum principal amounts of (i) One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), (ii) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), (iii) Five Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($5,250,000), (iv) Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($450,000), and (v) Three Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($340,000), as evidenced by the Pinnacle Bank Loan Documents.

“Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

“Prime Rate Advance” means an Advance or Equipment Advance that bears interest based at the Prime Rate.

“Purchase Option” is defined in Section 11.1.

“Purchase Option Period” is defined in Section 11.2.

“Purchase Price” is defined in Section 11.1.

“Qualifying Initial Public Offering” is an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock resulting in net proceeds to Borrower of at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000).

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Regulatory Change” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

“Related Account Debtor” means, with respect to any Person, any Affiliate, relative, partner, shareholder, director, officer, of employee of such Person.

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Reserves” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower

 

45


(a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

“Reserve Requirement” means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Advances.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) outstanding at any time; provided, however, that the maximum amount of the Revolving Line may increase to Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) from and after the Eligible Equipment Line Refinancing.

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is the earlier of (i) two (2) years from the Effective Date, or (ii) April 15, 2009.

“Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Streamline Period” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b).

“Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement by and between Bank and Pinnacle Bank dated as of the Effective Date.

“Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsequent Financing” means a new round of private equity financing in which Borrower receives, in the aggregate, at least Forty Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) of net proceeds, excluding any bridge debt financing except to the extent actually converted to equity in Borrower.

 

46


“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

“Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portion of Subordinated Debt permitted by Bank to be paid by Borrower, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.

“Transaction Report” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

“Warrant” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
MOTRICITY, INC.
By  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:  

Ryan K. Wuerch

Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

BANK:  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

/s/ Win Bear

Name:  

Win Bear

Title:  

Team Leader

Effective Date: June 27, 2007

[Signature page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 

- 48 -


EXHIBIT A

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), all Pledged Collateral, securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired any copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts, license and royalty fees and other revenues, proceeds, or income arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing.

Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

Exhibit A Page 1


All other terms contained in this Exhibit, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meanings provided by the Code (as defined herein), to the extent such terms are defined in the Code. For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Accounts ” are all existing and later arising accounts, contract rights, and other obligations owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of goods (including licensing software and other technology) or provision of services, all credit insurance, guaranties, other security and all merchandise returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing, as such definition may be amended from time to time according to the Code.

“Affiliate ” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or any equipment containing the information.

“Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in North Carolina as amended and in effect from time to time.

“Equipment ” is all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Inventory ” is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title.

“Letter-of-Credit Right ” means a right to payment or performance under a letter of credit, whether or not the beneficiary has demanded or is at the time entitled to demand payment or performance.

 

Exhibit A Page 2


“Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Pledged Collateral ” is all capital stock of each Subsidiary of Borrower, including, without limitation, GP Wireless, Inc., Motricity (UK) Limited, Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., PocketGear, LLC, Power By Hand, LLC, Motricity Canada Ltd., and Motricity Deutschland GmbH, together with any securities, investment properties, instruments or distributions of any kind issuable, issued or received by Borrower upon conversion of, in respect of, or in exchange for any of such capital stock, including, but not limited to, those arising from a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other exchange of securities or any dividends or other distributions of any kind upon or with respect to such capital stock.

“Proceeds ” has the meaning described in the Code as in effect from time to time.

“Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Affiliates of such Person.

“Supporting Obligation ” means a letter-of-credit right, secondary obligation or obligation of a secondary obligor or that supports the payment or performance of an account, chattel paper, a document, a general intangible, an instrument or investment property.

 

Exhibit A Page 3


EXHIBIT B

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower:    Motricity, Inc.
Lender:    Silicon Valley Bank
Commitment Amount:    $25,000,000 increasing to $35,000,000

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE   
1.    Accounts Receivable Book Value as of                         $                     
2.    Additions (please explain on reverse)    $                     
3.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE    $                     
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)   
4.    Amounts over 90 days due*    $                     
5.    Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts    $                     
6.    Credit balances over 90 days    $                     
7.    Concentration Limits (25% limit)**    $                     
8.    Foreign Accounts    $                     
9.    Governmental Accounts    $                     
10.    Contra Accounts    $                     
11.    Promotion or Demo Accounts    $                     
12.    Intercompany/Employee Accounts    $                     
13.    Disputed Accounts    $                     
14.    Other (please explain on reverse)    $                     
15.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS    $                     
16.    Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #15)    $                     
17.    BORROWING BASE (85% of #16)    $                     

*       Accounts from those customers listed on Schedule 2 may be used up to 120 days.

**     Accounts with Cingular shall be eligible up to a 35% concentration limit.

BALANCES   

18.

   Maximum Loan Amount    $25,000,000
(increasing to
$35,000,000)

19.

   Total Funds Available [Lesser of #18 or #17]    $                     

20.

   Present balance owing on Line of Credit    $                     

21.

   RESERVE POSITION (#19 minus #20)    $                     

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

Exhibit B Page 1


 

 

COMMENTS:

By:  

 

  Authorized Signer
Date:  
BANK USE ONLY
Received by:   

 

  
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER   
Date:   

 

  
Verified:   

 

  
   AUTHORIZED SIGNER   
Date:   

 

  
Compliance Status:    Yes             No

 

Exhibit B Page 2


EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                    
FROM:    MOTRICITY, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Motricity, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

   Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes        No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

   FYE within 150 days    Yes        No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes        No

Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly within 20 days    Yes        No

Deferred Revenue Report

   Monthly within 20 days    Yes        No

Board Projections

   As revised    Yes        No

Transaction Reports

   Weekly* and w/ each Advance request    Yes        No

 

* During Streamline Period, Transaction Reports shall be due each month.

 

Exhibit C Page 1


Financial Covenant

   Required    Actual    Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

           

Minimum Excess Cash and Availability

   $ 10,000,000    $                         Yes    No

Minimum Liquidity Coverage

     1.15:1.00      :1.00    Yes    No

The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MOTRICITY, INC.

By:

Name:

Title:

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER         
Date:   

 

Verified:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:   

 

Compliance Status:    Yes        No

 

Exhibit C Page 2


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

Dated:                     

 

I. Excess Cash and Availability (Section 6.9(a))

Required:         $10,000,000

 

Actual:

A.    

   Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents    $                     

B.

   75% of availability under Pinnacle Facilities    $                     

C.

   85% of Eligible Accounts    $                     

D.

   Outstanding principal balance of any Advances    $                     

E.

   Excess Cash and Availability (line A, plus line B, plus line C, minus line D)    $                     

Is line E equal to or greater than $10,000,000?

 

               No, not in compliance                   Yes, in compliance

 

II. Liquidity Coverage (Section 6.9(b))

Required:         1.15:1.00

 

Actual:
A.        Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents    $                     
B.    Borrowing Base    $                     
C.    75% of availability under Pinnacle Facilities    $                     
D.    Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank   
E.    Liquidity Coverage (line A, plus line B, plus line C, divided by line D)    $                     

Is line C equal to or greater than 1.15:1:00?

 

               No, not in compliance                   Yes, in compliance

 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate Page 1


EXHIBIT D

TRANSACTION REPORT

 

Exhibit D Page 1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

MOTRICITY, INC.

Date:                                    

 

T O :    S ILICON V ALLEY B ANK
   3003 Tasman Drive
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
   Attention: Corporate Services Department
R E :    Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                          , 2007 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between Motricity, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.4(a) of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of a Credit Extension.

1. The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is                     .

2. The aggregate amount of the requested borrowing is $                    .

3. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Credit Extension shall be                      months.

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Credit Extension before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof;

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Advance; and

(c) the requested Credit Extension will not cause the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Credit Extensions to exceed, as of the designated Funding Date, (i) the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base minus the aggregate outstanding Advances.

[Signature page follows.]

 

Exhibit E Page 1


B ORROWER     M OTRICITY , I NC .
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

For internal Bank use only

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

 

LIBOR

 

LIBOR Variance

 

Maturity Date

    %  

 

Exhibit E Page 2


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONTINUATION

MOTRICITY, INC.

Date:

 

T O : S ILICON V ALLEY B ANK

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention:

 

R E : Loan and Security Agreement dated as of     , 2007 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between Motricity, Inc. ( “Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the continuation of the Credit Extensions specified herein, that:

1. The date of the continuation is                     , 20    .

2. The aggregate amount of the proposed Credit Extension to be continued is $                     .

3. The Credit Extensions are to be continued as LIBOR Advances.

4. The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the continuation shall be              months.

The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed continuation, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

(a) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; and

(b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed continuation.

[Signature page follows.]

 

Exhibit F Page 1


B ORROWER     M OTRICITY , I NC .
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

For internal Bank use only

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

 

LIBOR

 

LIBOR Variance

 

Maturity Date

    %  

 

Exhibit F Page 2


EXHIBIT G

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 

Exhibit G Page 1


EXHIBIT H

CORPORATE BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

Exhibit H Page 1


EXHIBIT I

LIST OF BORROWER’S SUBSIDIARIES

GP Wireless, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Motricity (UK) Limited, a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the United Kingdom

Palm Digital Media, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation

PalmGear, Inc., a Tennessee corporation

PocketGear, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company

Power By Hand, LLC, a Oklahoma limited liability company

Motricity Canada Ltd., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Canada

Motricity Deutschland GmbH, a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany

 

Exhibit I Page 1


SCHEDULE 1

LIST OF PINNACLE BANK GUARANTORS

 

Schedule 1 Page 1


SCHEDULE 2

LISTING OF BORROWER’S PRIMARY CURRENT OFFDECK CUSTOMERS IN ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGINGS

ABC Cable Networks Group

Alacre, Inc.

Alltel

Bonneville International Corp.

Bonus Mobile

Chikka Philippines, Inc.

Cingular Blue

Cingular Orange

Conde Nast Publications

CSC Holdings, Inc.

Dobson

Fandango, Inc.

Fox Broadcasting

Hachatte Filipacchi Media US

Infospace Corporation

Magnet Mobile Media, Inc.

Meredith Corporation

NBC Universal

New Motion

Nextel

Premier Retail Networks

RTCRM

Smart SMS

Sony BMG Music Entertainment

Sprint

Suncom

Tribune Interactive, Inc.

Turner Network Sales, Inc.

Verizon

Weathernews America, Inc.

Wind – Up Entertainment

LISTING OF BORROWER’S PRIMARY CURRENT MEDIA & ENTERTAINMENT CUSTOMERS IN

mBlox

MTVN – Wireless Group

Single Touch Interactive Inc.

Sybase365

Telescope

Universal Music Group

Warner Music Group

 

Schedule 2 Page 1


Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement

 

Borrower:    Motricity, Inc.
Address:    601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900
   Bellevue, Washington 98004

THIS AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of April 13, 2009 by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”) and MOTRICITY, INC. a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 27, 2007, as amended from time to time (the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank and Borrower desire to modify the Loan Agreement as set forth herein, subject, in all respects, to the terms and conditions hereof.

A GREEMENT

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically set forth below, the following modifications to the Loan Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the date hereof.

2.1 Revised Section 2.1.1(b). Section 2.1.1(b) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) Streamline Period. Any period when the sum of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents, plus Eligible Accounts, minus the outstanding principal balance of any Advances, is greater than or equal to Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000), Borrower shall be in a “Streamline Period”. Bank may terminate the Streamline Period at any time that the conditions for a Streamline Period no longer exist.”


2.2 New Sublimit Sections. New sublimit sections “2.1.1-1 Letters of Credit Sublimit”, “2.1.1-2 Foreign Exchange Sublimit”, “2.1.1-3 Cash Management Services Sublimit” and “2.1.1-4 Overall Aggregate Sublimit” are hereby added to the Loan Agreement that will be placed immediately following Section 2.1.l(c) and which new subsections shall read as follows:

“2.1.1-1 Letters of Credit Sublimit.

(a) Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.1-4 below, as part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit for Borrower’s account. In addition to the applicability of the Overall Sublimit, the aggregate amount available to be used for the issuance of any new Letters of Credit may not exceed the then applicable Availability Amount. If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to said Letters of Credit. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “Letter of Credit Application”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.

(b) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(c) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges) in Dollars at the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

2


(d) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “Letter of Credit Reserve”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

(e) Issued and undrawn Letters of Credit shall not accrue interest hereunder as long as such Letters of Credit remain undrawn, provided nothing herein shall affect the fees and other amounts payable regarding such Letters of Credit as set forth in the Letter of Credit Applications with respect thereto.

2.1.1-2 Foreign Exchange Sublimit. Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.1-4 below, as part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “FX Forward Contract”) on a specified date (the “Settlement Date”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “FX Reserve”) in a maximum aggregate amount equal to $1,000,000. The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the amount of the FX Reserve. In addition to the applicability of the Overall Sublimit, the aggregate amount of any new FX Reserve arising from the proposed issuance of any new FX Forward Contract may not exceed the then applicable Availability Amount. Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.1.1-3 Cash Management Services Sublimit. Subject to the Overall Sublimit in Section 2.1.1-4 below, Borrower may use up to $1,000,000 of the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “Cash Management Services”), provided that, after giving effect to any such proposed utilization, in addition to the Section 2.1.5 limitations, no new such utilization may exceed the then applicable Availability Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

3


2.1.1-4 Overall Aggregate Sublimit. In no event shall the total amount of (i) outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and (ii) the FX Reserve, and (iii) the amount of the Revolving Line utilized for Cash Management Services, at any time exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate (the “Overall Sublimit”).”

2.3 Modified Section 2.4(b)(i) . Section 2.4(b)(i) is hereby amended in is entirety to read as follows:

“ (b)  Interest Rate .

(i) Advances. Subject to Section 2.4(c), the amounts outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.4(g) below. As of the effective date of the April 2009 Amendment, the Applicable Interest Rate is set at Level I. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary set forth herein, the maximum per annum interest rate applicable to the Obligations during the first twelve months following the Effective Date shall not exceed 7.50%, and thereafter the maximum per annum interest rate applicable to the Obligations during the second twelve months following the Effective Date shall not exceed 8.50%.

 

During any Period when:

   Levels:   

Applicable Interest Rate:

At such times when neither the Level II or Level III rate conditions are applicable and the Section 2.4(c) rate is not otherwise in effect    I    Prime Rate plus one and one-half percentage points (1.50%) per annum; provided that the minimum applicable interest rate in effect at any time shall be 5.50% per annum
Positive EBITDA for the immediately preceding three (3) consecutive quarters as of any date of determination    II    Prime Rate plus one-half of one percentage point (0.50%) per annum; provided that the minimum applicable interest rate in effect at any time shall be 5.50% per annum
From and after a Qualifying Initial Public Offering    III    LIBOR Rate, plus 250 basis points per annum, subject to the provisions and restrictions applicable thereto as are set forth in Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7 and otherwise in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

4


2.4 Deleted Section 2.4(b)(ii) . As the Equipment Advances are being repaid concurrently herewith, Section 2.4(b)(ii) is hereby deleted.

2.5 Modified Section 2.4(b)(iii) . As the Equipment Advances are being repaid concurrently herewith Section 2.4(b)(iii) is hereby modified to have all references to the “Applicable Equipment Interest Rate” and the payment thereof to be deemed of no further force or effect.

2.6 Modified Section 2.4(g) . Section 2.4(g) is hereby amended in is entirety to read as follows:

“(g) Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. In addition, so long as any principal or interest with respect to any Credit Extension remains outstanding, Bank shall be entitled to charge Borrower a “float” charge in an amount equal to, with respect to checks only (but not with respect to electronic payments) two (2) Business Days’ interest, at the interest rate applicable to the Credit Extensions, on all Payments received by Bank, and, for the sake of clarity, there is no “float” charge applicable to payments received electronically in accordance with the provisions hereof. The float charge for each month shall be payable on the last day of the month. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.”

2.7 New Sections 2.5(e), (f). New sections “(e) Unused Line Fee” and “(f) Collateral Handling Fee” are hereby added to Section 2.5 of the Loan Agreement that will be placed immediately following Section 2.5(d) of the Loan Agreement and which new Sections shall read as follows:

“(e) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee .

A fee (the “Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee”), which fee shall be paid monthly, in arrears, on a calendar year basis, in an amount equal to

 

5


0.375% per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank. Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate or repayment of any Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee previously earned by Bank pursuant to this Section notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, or suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder, including during any Streamline Period, provided that the foregoing percentage shall be reduced to 0.25% per annum (1) during such months that Borrower has maintained in deposit accounts with Bank a minimum aggregate amount of $10,000,000 during the entirety of each of such months (but amounts in investment accounts or in accounts that are not balance sheet items of Bank shall not be included for purposes of satisfying the foregoing $10,000,000 minimum requirement); and (2) on and after such time after February 1, 2009 that Borrower has consummated an equity or Subordinated Debt financing transaction from which Borrower has received minimum net proceeds of $25,000,000.

(f) Collateral Monitoring Fee . A monthly collateral monitoring fee of $1,000, payable in arrears on the last day of each month (prorated for any partial month at the beginning and upon termination of this Agreement, provided that such fee is not payable while a Streamline Period is in effect for any entire monthly period during the term hereof.”

2.8 Revised Section 5.2 . The following are hereby added as supplemental and additional paragraphs at the end of Section 5.2:

“Borrower is the sole owner of its intellectual property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the intellectual property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the intellectual property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank within thirty days of entering or becoming hound by any such license or agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the

 

6


consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (x) all such licenses or agreements to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in the same that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (y) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.”

2.9 Modification to Reporting (Section 6.2). Section 6.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The references in Sections 6.2(a)(ii) and 6.2(c) to a reporting period of “twenty (20) days” is hereby amended to be “fifteen (15) days”.

(b) Section 6.2(a)(v) is hereby amended to read as follows:

“(v) as and when prepared, copies of any material revisions to Borrower’s projections or business plan, as approved by Borrower’s board of directors;”

(c) A new Section 6.2(a)(vi) is hereby added to follow Section 6.2(a)(v), and which new section shall read as follows:

“(vi) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, quarterly unaudited consolidating balance sheet and income statements.”

2.10 Modification of Section 6.7. Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new paragraphs to the end of section that shall read as follows:

“WARNING

Unless you (herein meaning Borrower) provides us (herein Bank) with evidence of the insurance coverage as required herein, we (herein meaning Bank) may purchase insurance at your (meaning Borrower’s) expense to protect our (meaning Bank’s) interest. This insurance may, but need not, also protect your (meaning Borrower’s) interest. If the Collateral becomes damaged, the coverage we (meaning Bank) purchases may not pay any claim you (meaning Borrower) make or any claim made against you (meaning Borrower). You (meaning Borrower) may later cancel this coverage by providing evidence that you (meaning Borrower) have obtained property coverage elsewhere.

You (meaning Borrower) are responsible for the cost of any insurance purchased by us (meaning Bank). The cost of this insurance may be added to the Obligations. If the cost is added to the Obligations, the interest rate on the Advances will apply to this added amount. The effective date of coverage may be the date your (meaning Borrower’s) prior coverage lapsed or the date you (meaning Borrower) failed to provide proof of coverage.

 

7


This coverage we (meaning Bank) purchased may be considerably more expensive than insurance you (meaning Borrower) can obtain on your (meaning Borrower’s) own and may not satisfy any need for property damage coverage or any mandatory liability insurance requirements imposed by applicable law.”

2.11 Modification of Section 6.9. Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“6.9 Financial Covenants.

(a) Tangible Net Worth .

Borrower on a consolidated basis shall maintain at all times and tested as of the last day of each month, a minimum Tangible Net Worth of:

(1) $14,000,000 for March 31, 2009;

(2) $12,000,000 for each of April 30, 2009, May 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, and July 31, 2009; and

(3) $13,000,000 for August 31, 2009; and

(4) $15,000,000 for each month thereafter.

Further, each of the minimum amounts set forth above shall be increased by the following: (i) 50% of all consideration received by Borrower after September 30, 2008 from equity securities and Subordinated Debt transactions of the Borrower; plus (ii) 50% of all quarterly net income of Borrower after tax, on a consolidated basis beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter, provided that under no circumstance shall the Tangible Net Worth be reduced by virtue of a loss.

Increases in the Tangible Net Worth covenant based on (x) consideration received for equity securities and subordinated debt of the Borrower shall be effective as of the end of the month in which such consideration is received, and shall continue effective thereafter; and (y) quarterly net income shall be deemed effective as of the end of the month coinciding with any such quarter end in which there has been positive net income; such increased amount shall continue in effect thereafter, subject to further increases based on subsequent quarterly net income amounts arising from time to time.

 

8


(b) Maximum Unfunded Capital Expenditures .

Borrower shall have a maximum aggregate amount of Unfunded Capital Expenditures for the 2009 fiscal year no greater than $8,000,000. For the 2010 fiscal year, the maximum allowed aggregate amount of Unfunded Capital Expenditures shall be determined by Bank and Borrower by December 31, 2009 and otherwise by Bank in its good faith business judgment.

‘Unfunded Capital Expenditures’ means capital expenditures made from the Borrower’s funds other than borrowed funds. Capital expenditures made from Advances are deemed Unfunded Capital Expenditures.”

2.12 Revised Section 6.10. Section 6.10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

6.10 Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower shall: (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its intellectual property; (b) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its intellectual property; and (c) not allow any intellectual property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent. If Borrower (i) obtains any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any patent or the registration of any trademark or servicemark, then Borrower shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank and shall execute such intellectual property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in such property. If Borrower decides to register any copyrights or mask works in the United States Copyright Office, Borrower shall: (x) provide Bank with at least five (5) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intent to register such copyrights or mask works together with a copy of the application it intends to file with the United States Copyright Office (excluding exhibits thereto); (y) execute an intellectual property security agreement and such other documents and take such other actions as Bank may request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Bank in the copyrights or mask works intended to be registered with the United States Copyright Office; and (z) record such intellectual property security agreement with the United States Copyright Office contemporaneously with filing the copyright or mask work application(s) with the United States Copyright Office. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all applications that it files for patents or for the registration of trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property.

 

9


2.13 Revised Section 10. Section 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “Communication”), other than Credit Extension requests made pursuant to Section 3.4, by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and be delivered or sent by facsimile at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed below. Bank or Borrower may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice thereof. Each such Communication shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (h) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission (with such facsimile promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10); (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number indicated below. Credit Extension requests made pursuant to Section 3.4 must be in writing and may be in the form of electronic mail, delivered to Bank by Borrower at the e-mail address of Bank provided below and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered when sent (with such electronic mail promptly confirmed by delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States mail as otherwise provided in this Section 10). Bank or Borrower may change its address, facsimile number, or electronic mail address by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    Motricity, Inc.
   601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900
   Bellevue, Washington 98004
   Attn: Allyn Hebner
   Fax : 425-957-6501
   Email: allyn.hebner@motricity.com
With a Copy to:    Motricity, Inc.
   601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900
   Bellevue, Washington 98004
   Attn: Richard Leigh, General Counsel
   Fax : 425-957-6225
   Email: Richard.Leigh@motricity.com

 

10


If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   901 Fifth Avenue, Suite 3900
   Seattle, Washington 98164
   Attn: Patrick McCarthy
   Fax : 206-624-6827
   Email: PMcCarthy@svb.com

2.14 Deletion of Section 11 of Loan Agreement. Section 11 of the Loan Agreement pertaining to the “Purchase Option” with respect to the “Pinnacle Bank Guarantors” is hereby deleted in its entirety and such “Purchase Option” shall be deemed of no further force or effect whatsoever.

2.15 Modification to Section 12. Section 12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Washington State law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in King County, Washington; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW.

BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING

 

11


OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.”

2.16 Revised Section 13.1. Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“13.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral and all of Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations.

If such termination is at Borrower’s election, decision or at its behest via an agent of Borrower, or otherwise via any means arising voluntarily by Borrower, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees or Obligations then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one-percent (1%) of the Revolving Line Maximum Amount during the first twelve months from the date of the April 2009 Amendment; thereafter, during the period commencing on the first day of the thirteenth month following the date of the April 2009 Amendment through and including the last day of the eighteenth month following the April 2009 Amendment, a termination fee in an amount equal to one-half of one-percent (.50%) of the Revolving Line Maximum Amount; and thereafter, during the period commencing on the first day of the nineteenth month following the date of the April 2009 Amendment through and including the last day of the twenty-fourth month following the April 2009 Amendment, a termination fee in an amount equal to one-quarter of one-percent (0.25%) of the Revolving Line Maximum Amount; provided , however , no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank or another division of Bank or if the Obligations hereunder are repaid in connection with an initial public offering of the common stock of the Borrower as long as the

 

12


Borrower continues to maintain its primary depository relationship with Bank for at least one year thereafter (and notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement this covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement).”

2.17 Section 14.1 (New Definitions). The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby added to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement and are deemed placed in their appropriate alphabetical order:

“April 2009 Amendment” shall mean that certain Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 13, 2009 between Bank and Borrower.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“FX Business Day” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency

“FX Forward Contract” is defined in Section 2.1.1-2.

“FX Reserve” is defined in Section 2.1.1-2.

“Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.1-1.

“Letter of Credit Application” is defined in Section 2.1.1-1(a).

“Letter of Credit Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1-1(d).

“Overall Sublimit” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1-4.

“Tangible Net Worth” is, on any date, the total tangible assets of Borrower minus Indebtedness of Borrower that does not constitute Subordinated Debt. In determining Tangible Net Worth, capitalized development expenses are to be treated as an intangible asset.

2.18 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Availability Amount”). The definition of “Availability Amount” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Availability Amount” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line Maximum Amount or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base

 

13


minus (b) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reserve, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

2.19 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Borrowing Base”). The definition of “Borrowing Base” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Borrowing Base” is 85% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report or Borrowing Base Certificate, as applicable; provided , however , that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral, provided , further , that the foregoing advance percentage is limited to 50% until Bank has conducted a field collateral examination following the effectiveness of the April 2009 Amendment with results acceptable to Bank in its discretion that justify an increase above such 50% advance rate.

2.20 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Collateral”). The definition of “Collateral” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Collateral” is Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.”

2.21 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Credit Extension”). The definition of “Credit Extension” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Credit Extension” is any Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amounts utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

14


2.22 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Eligible Accounts”). The definition of “Eligible Accounts” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Eligible Accounts” are Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(c) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(d) Credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five (25%) of all Accounts, except for AT&T, for which such percentage is 35%, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

(f) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or Canada;

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a federal, state or local government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof except for Accounts of the United States if Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

15


(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, “bill and hold”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(j) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(k) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(l) Bank reserves the right to deem as ineligible Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent (1) of such Deferred Revenue and (2) a reasonable likelihood exists, as Bank shall determine in its good faith business judgment, that such Account Debtor has or will have over time a legal claim to the amounts with respect to such Deferred Revenue);

(m) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful; and

(n) other Accounts Bank deems ineligible in the exercise of its good faith business judgment.”

2.23 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Perfection Certificate”). The definition of “Perfection Certificate” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended to include the Perfection Certificate dated February    , 2009 delivered by Borrower to Bank in connection with this Amendment.

2.24 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Permitted Investments ). The definition of “Permitted Investments” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to modify clause (f) thereof that now reads as follows:

“(f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year”

IS HEREBY AMENDED TO READ AS FOLLOWS:

“(f) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, provided that no new such Investment by Borrower in any Subsidiary may be made if a Default or an Event of Default is then occurring or would otherwise arise upon the making thereof.”

 

16


2.25 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Revolving Line”). The definition of “Revolving Line” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Revolving Line” is an Advance or Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) (such maximum amount as in effect from time to time being referred to the “ Revolving Line Maximum Amount ”).

2.26 Section 14.1 (Amendment to “Revolving Line Maturity Date”). The definition of “Revolving Line Maturity Date” contained in Section 14.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

‘Revolving Line Maturity Date’ is April 13, 2011.

2.27 Equipment Line Termination/Equipment Advances Repayment. Concurrently herewith, as a condition to the effectiveness hereof, all Equipment Advances and all Obligations relating thereto shall be repaid in full and the Equipment Line shall be deemed terminated and no further Equipment Advances shall be requested, made or otherwise available thereunder. Upon the repayment of all such Equipment Advances and related Obligations and the termination of the Equipment Line, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Equipment Line and/or the Equipment Advances and related terms and provisions are deemed of no further force or effect.

2.28 Removal of Certain Guarantors. Borrower has informed Bank that the following guarantors of the Obligations have been liquidated, merged or otherwise are no longer in existence: GP Wireless, Inc., Palm Digital Media, Inc., PalmGear, Inc., PocketGear, LLC, and Motricity Deutschland GmbH (the “Removed Guarantors”). Borrower agrees to provide to Bank the documentary evidence of the transactions giving rise to the elimination of these entities as currently existing companies, and Bank thereupon will agree to their deletion as guarantors of the Obligations.

3. Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the condition precedent that Borrower shall consent to or have delivered, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to this Amendment;

 

17


(b) its Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of the State of Washington as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c) duly executed original signature of the secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower with respect to a general certificate of Borrower as to, among other things, the Resolutions for Borrower;

(d) an intellectual property security agreement in favor of Bank in form and substance acceptable to Bank;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, reflecting a lien status position of Borrower in conformity herewith and the Loan Agreement and otherwise acceptable to Bank;

(f) the Perfection Certificate executed by Borrower;

(g) intellectual property searches in form and substance acceptable to Bank;

(h) evidence of repayment of the obligations and indebtedness under the Pinnacle Facilities and the termination of any and all liens and security interests associated therewith, provided that the documentation of this Amendment may be executed and this facility may be deemed closed and finalized pending the satisfaction of this condition with the specific understanding that no Obligations under the Loan Agreement may be outstanding or allowed to be incurred unless and until the conditions set forth in this clause are satisfied as Bank determines in its reasonable discretion;

(i) repayment in full of all Equipment Advances and all related Obligations;

(j) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by the Loan Agreement are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(k) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses as otherwise set forth herein; and

(1) the delivery of such other documents and agreements and the taking of such other actions as Bank shall determine is necessary or advisable in order to effectuate the purposes hereof.

4. Limitation of Amendments.

4.1 The consents and amendments set forth in this Amendment are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

18


4.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

5.3 The organizational documents of Borrower previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect, other than as being provided concurrently with the execution of this Amendment;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on either Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

19


6. Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank a fully earned, non-refundable loan fee of $250,000 in connection with this Amendment which is payable in the following installments: $31,250 on the closing date hereof, $31,250 on July 13, 2009, $31,250 on October 13, 2009, $31,250 on January 13, 2010, $31,250 on April 13, 2010, $31,250 on July 13,2010, $31, 250 on October 13, 2010 and $31,250 on January 13, 2011, provided that any and all unpaid installments of such loan fee shall be and become fully due and payable on any earlier date of termination of the Loan Agreement arising for any reason or by any cause. Such fees are in addition to interest and all other fees, expenses, costs and other amounts payable under the Loan Agreement or other Loan Documents, and are not refundable.

7. Bank Expenses . Borrower agrees to reimburse Bank for all its reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with this Amendment. Bank is authorized to charge said fees, costs and expenses to Borrower’s loan account or any of Borrower’s deposit accounts maintained with Bank.

8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK       BORROWER
SILICON VALLEY BANK     MOTRICITY, INC.
By:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:  

 

    Name:   RYAN K. WUERCH
Title:  

 

    Title:   CHAIRMAN & CEO

[Signature Page to Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 13, 2009]


Consent by Guarantors

Each of the undersigned parties that is a guarantor under its respective Unconditional Guaranty in favor of Silicon Valley Bank with respect to the indebtedness and obligations of Motricity, Inc. hereby consents to the terns and conditions set forth in the foregoing Amendment and hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that its Guaranty and each of the other loan documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect.

 

MOTRICITY (UK) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   RYAN K. WUERCH
Title:   DIRECTOR
POWER BY HAND, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company
By:   Motricity, Inc, a Delaware corporation, its sole member
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   RYAN K. WUERCH
Title:   SOLE MANAGER
MOTRICITY CANADA, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

Name:   RYAN K. WUERCH
Title:   SECRETARY-TREASURER

Exhibit 10.1

LOGO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This cover page and the attached “Master Services Agreement,” and all Exhibits and attachments hereto, and other documents which are incorporated into this agreement by reference and as such terms may evolve and be modified over time (collectively the “ Agreement ”) describe the relationship between GlobalLogic Inc. (“ GlobalLogic ”) and the Client identified below (“ Client ”), regarding the provision of Services by GlobalLogic to Client. This Agreement will become effective when this cover page is executed by both GlobalLogic and Client (the “ Effective Date ”). GlobalLogic and Client may individually or collectively be called “ Party ” or “ Parties ”.

COMPANY INFORMATION: (“Client”)

Company Name: MOTRICITY INC.

Address: 601 108th Ave NE, Ste 900

Bellevue, WA 98004 USA

Phone: 425 957 6200

Fax: 4259576201

 

ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACT:

   POINT OF CONTACT FOR NOTICES: (§ 10.6)
Name: ***    Name: Richard Leigh
Title: Senior Director - Strategic Outsourcing and Management    Title: General Counsel
Phone: ***    Phone: ***
Fax: ***    Fax: ***
E-mail: ***                     E-mail: Richard.Leigh@motricity.com
GLOBALLOGIC INC. (‘GlobalLogic’)
8605 Westwood Center Drive Suite 401    Phone : ***
Vienna VA 22182    Fax : ***
ADMINISTRATIVE CONTACT:    POINT OF CONTACT FOR NOTICES: (§ 10.6)
Name: C. Wayne Grubbs    Name: ***
Title: Chief Financial Officer    Title: AVP-Legal
Phone: ***    Phone: ***
Fax: ***    Fax: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EFFECTIVE DATE:

December 30, 2008

As of the above Effective Date, the Parties agree that the Master Services Agreement between the Parties dated September 30, 2008, and associated Exhibits and attachments thereto (“ Existing Agreement ”) will be amended and superseded in their entirety by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all services provided under the Existing Agreement will be replaced by the Services under this Agreement.

The initial term of the Agreement (“ Initial Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until 11:59 pm on *** (the “ Initial Term Expiration Date ”), or such earlier date upon which the Agreement may be terminated pursuant to Section 9 (Termination).

At least *** to the expiration of the Initial Term, GlobalLogic will propose terms to Client for renewing the Agreement. GlobalLogic will thereafter negotiate in good faith with respect to the terms and conditions upon which the Parties may renew the Agreement and thereafter execute such renewal (each such renewal a “ Renewal Term ”). If Client desires to renew the Agreement after the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, Client will provide written Notice to GlobalLogic of its desire to do so at least *** prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, and the Parties will negotiate an agreement for the Renewal Term. In the event the Parties are unable to reach agreement and execute such renewal at least *** prior to the expiration of the Initial Term (or subsequent Renewal Term, as applicable), Client may, at its sole option, extend the Term for *** on the terms and conditions then set forth in the Agreement. The Initial Term, any Renewal Terms, and any Termination Assistance period will be collectively referenced as the “ Term .”

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of Client and GlobalLogic has caused the Agreement to be signed and delivered by its duly authorized representative as of the Effective Date. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

G LOBAL L OGIC I NC .     MOTRICITY INC.
Signature:         Signature:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
Name:   C. Wayne Grubbs     Name:   Ryan Wuerch
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


GlobalLogic Inc.

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Confidential Information” means:

(i) For Client, all information relating to Client’s (including it’s parent, subsidiary and affiliate’s) products, services, trade secrets, technical information, marketing plans, recruitment processes, customers, personnel information, financial data, proprietary information, business forecasts and strategies, transactions, computer programs, manuals, source code, object code, technical drawings and algorithms, supplier or potential supplier names, customer or potential customer names, business contacts, employee and contractor information, know-how, formulae, methods of doing business, proprietary processes, ideas, inventions, (whether patentable or not), schematics and other technical, business, and product development plans, forecasts, strategies and information), that is disclosed to GlobalLogic’s employees, contractors, consultants, agents, representatives and affiliates by Client in any manner. Additionally, for Client, Client’s Confidential Information also includes, but is not limited to, Client Materials, Client Work Product and Client’s and Client’s customers’, employees and other individuals’ Personal Information provided to or accessible by GlobalLogic pursuant to the Agreement. Client retains all rights, title and interest regarding such Confidential Information; and

(ii) For GlobalLogic, the GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform and GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform processes and methods as set forth in Exhibit B, GlobalLogic employee contact information and all GlobalLogic information provided to Client as a result of any audit under Exhibit N of this Agreement; except with respect to Client Confidential Information, Personal Information of Client’s customer and employees or Client data provided under such audit.

Under this Agreement, the Party receiving or having access to any Confidential Information is referred to as the “ Receiving Party ” and the Party disclosing the Confidential Information is referred to as the “ Disclosing Party .”

1.2 Change Order means a mutually agreed written amendment to a Statement of Work or the Agreement, which is executed and dated by the Parties and effective from such date of execution in accordance with Exhibit L.

1.3 Client Work Product ” means, collectively, all Deliverables (as defined below) and all preliminary, interim, or completed materials and work product relating to the design, development, testing, implementation, use, enhancement, and maintenance of such Deliverables, exclusive of any Reserved Technologies embodied therein or practiced thereby.

1.4 Deliverables ” mean any preliminary, interim or final software program, algorithms, code (source and object), (including derivative works, modifications, updates, upgrades, fixes, patches thereto), specifications, materials, manuals,

methods, information, analysis, inventions, methods, procedures, technology, ideas, know-how, inventions (whether patentable or not), item, material, report, and system to be provided or developed by GlobalLogic itself or jointly with others under the terms and conditions of this Agreement (in the case of Reserved Technology embedded in or provided with Client Work Product, such Reserved Technologies will be provided in accordance with Section 5.3.1 and 5.3.2). Deliverables shall also include source code pertaining to such items.

1.5 Intellectual Property Rights ” means all (i) copyrights and other rights associated with works of authorship, including without limitation all exclusive exploitation rights, moral rights and mask-works, (ii) trademarks, trade names, logos and service marks, (iii) trade secrets and know-how, (iv) patents, designs and algorithms, (v) all other intellectual property and proprietary rights of every kind and nature now or hereafter recognized in any country or jurisdiction in the world and however designated, whether arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise, (vi) with respect to any particular information, all rights in such information under applicable law, including, without limitation, all of the foregoing Intellectual Property Rights and rights under any other law that gives a person, independent of contract, a right to control or preclude another person’s use of or access to the information on the basis of the rights holder’s interest in the information; and (vii) all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, divisions or reissues of any of the foregoing, now or hereafter recognized in any country or jurisdiction in the world.

1.6 Pre-Existing Materials ” means any and all materials, information, inventions, methods, procedures, technology and know-how owned or developed by GlobalLogic prior to the Effective Date that do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information, and Client Materials under this Agreement and the Existing Agreement, which shall remain the exclusive property of GlobalLogic.

1.7 Reserved Technology ” means all (i) Pre-Existing Materials developed by GlobalLogic, that do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information, and Client Materials, and (ii) developed by GlobalLogic outside the scope and independently of this Agreement without reference to, do not embody or incorporate in any manner and are not derived from Client Work Product, Client’s Confidential Information and Client Materials.


 

1.


1.8 Services ” means the services, functions and responsibilities to be provided by or on behalf of GlobalLogic as (i) described in the Agreement, including the services set forth in the SOWs, and (ii) that are incidental and not specifically described in the Agreement, but which are required for the proper performance and delivery of the services, functions, and responsibilities identified in (i) above.

1.9 Statements of Work means written work orders which contain terms including but not limited to requirements and specifications, delivery and performance schedules, fees and expenses, Deliverables, and Parties’ technical points of contact for Services on an ongoing basis. Upon mutual, written acceptance of a work order by Parties, such work order will be a “Statement of Work” or “SOW”.

1.10 Nonconformity ” shall mean any failure, error, Defect, or inadequacy of a Deliverable, Service, or any Client Work Product identified by either Client or GlobalLogic, including any failure to meet the Acceptance Criteria or warranty requirements for such Deliverable, Client Work Product or Service.

1.11 Service Levels ” or “ SLA ” means the performance requirements set forth in Exhibit E.

PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

2.1 Performance of Services. GlobalLogic will perform Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and each Statement of Work. In the performance of the Services, GlobalLogic will (i) provide Deliverables that conform to the Acceptance Criteria by the applicable due date for such Deliverable, and (ii) meet or exceed the Service Levels. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in a Statement of Work, GlobalLogic will provide, at its own expense, a place of work (for offshore team members) and all equipment, facilities, furniture, telecommunications, software, tools and other resources as necessary to provide the Services to Client from the Service Locations, including those to be provided free of charge pursuant to Exhibit H (“ GlobalLogic Resources ”). Each Party has the procurement, financial, refresh and other responsibilities with regards to the equipment, software, hardware, computers, facilities, supplies, and other resources set forth in Exhibits A and H.

GlobalLogic will perform the Transition Services and obligations set forth in Exhibit J.

2.2 Compliance. The Services shall be performed and supplied by GlobalLogic in compliance with the policies and procedures as set forth in Exhibit K (Policies and Procedures) (collectively, “ Policies and Procedures ”). Client retains the right and authority to eliminate, modify, or replace any Policies and Procedures, as a Mandatory Change.

 

2.3 Service Locations.

2.3.1 General. The Services shall be provided by GlobalLogic in the volumes or ratios, as applicable, specified for and exclusively from:

a) the service locations described on Exhibit I (Service Locations); and

b) any other service location approved by Client pursuant to the Change Control Procedures,

((a) and (b) above are collectively referred to as “ Service Locations .”)

2.3.2 Change. Upon Client’s request, if Client determines that a change in Service Locations is necessary to protect Client’s business interests, as a Mandatory Change, GlobalLogic will change any Service Location from which it provides Services to Client or reallocate the volume or nature of work processed between such Service Locations. Costs, taxes and expenses for relocation at Client’s request shall be at Client’s expense. Furthermore, Client shall provide the following Notice to GlobalLogic for *** In such event, GlobalLogic will develop, subject to Client’s approval, a written relocation proposal that sets forth a description of how it proposes to perform such migration, including the applicable project plan identifying resource requirements and milestone dates. Client and GlobalLogic will negotiate in good faith on any equitable commercial adjustments for such Service Location change or reallocation of Services.

2.3.3 Relocation Restrictions. GlobalLogic will not initiate a change to any Service Location from which it provides the Services from the Service Locations specified in Exhibit I (Service Locations), or reallocate the volume or nature of work processed between such Service Locations specified in Exhibit I (Service Locations), without Client’s prior agreement pursuant to the Change Control Procedures; provided, that, GlobalLogic shall provide Client with a written relocation proposal that sets forth a description of (i) such Services, as well as when, where and how it proposes to perform such migration and (ii) the proposed new location, the reasons for the proposed relocation, how the relocation will be beneficial to Client in terms of price reduction, performance and other relevant measures, as well as any other information reasonably requested by Client.

2.3.4 Migration. GlobalLogic shall provide and comply with a detailed migration plan in connection with any change of Service Locations. Such plan shall be subject to approval by Client.

2.3.5 Costs. GlobalLogic shall be financially responsible for all additional costs, Taxes or expenses related to or resulting from any GlobalLogic-initiated relocation to a new or different Service Location, including any costs or expenses incurred or experienced directly or indirectly by Client as a result of such relocation.

2.4 Changes to Services. Either Party may propose to change the terms of a Statement of Work or the Agreement in accordance with Exhibit L (Change Control Procedures).


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

2.


2.5 Acceptance . Each Deliverable or Services under a SOW or Change Order shall conform to its Acceptance Criteria and be subject to acceptance in accordance with this Section.

2.5.1 Acceptance Criteria ” include the requirement that the applicable Deliverable or Services (and all related or dependent Deliverables or Services): (i) has been completed and delivered to Client, as applicable; (ii) meets or exceeds all functional, technical, and other requirements and specifications identified by a Party for such Deliverable or Services; (iii) in the case of a software Deliverables, successfully completes all applicable quality assurance and related tests (including unit, string, regression, functional, integration, system/performance, stress/volume, as applicable); (iv) has been properly and fully documented, and (v) conforms to such other criteria as may be developed and agreed upon by the Parties.

2.5.2 Acceptance Testing. Each Deliverable or Service will be subject to internal acceptance testing by GlobalLogic and any additional acceptance testing desired by Client during the Client approved acceptance test period.

2.5.3 Correction/Re-performance . If a Deliverable or Service contains any Nonconformities (a “ Nonconforming Deliverable or Service ”), the Party identifying such Nonconformity shall describe to the other Party in writing the issues with such Deliverable or Service. GlobalLogic shall promptly and proactively correct the Nonconformity (and any other problems of which it has knowledge) and redeliver the Deliverable or Service or re-perform the activities related to the Deliverable or Service, as the case may be, unless Client expressly states in writing that it does not require GlobalLogic to correct a certain Nonconformity that it considers, in its sole discretion, to be immaterial. Such efforts shall be separately tracked and reported by GlobalLogic to Client. Each subsequent version of the Deliverable or reperformance of Service shall be subject to acceptance and acceptance testing as previously described. Subject to Section 2.5.4 below, this process will be repeated as necessary until all Nonconformities are corrected.

2.5.4 Repeated or Prolonged Failure. If GlobalLogic does not re-deliver and correct each Nonconforming Deliverable or Service within a period of time mutually agreed to between the Parties (except if Client determines, in its sole discretion, that such re-delivery and correction is to occur within the earlier of five (5) calendar days or two (2) repetitions of the acceptance testing cycle described above, then such re-delivery and correction will occur within such period), Client may, at its option, do any one or more of the following:

(a) Extend the period of time for GlobalLogic to correct the Deliverable or Service;

(b) Conditionally accept such Deliverable or Service or performance of such Deliverable or Service, as applicable, upon the condition that GlobalLogic correct the Nonconformities in accordance with a remediation plan approved in writing by Client;

(c) (i) Accept the Deliverable or Service in its nonconforming condition, and (ii) reduce GlobalLogic’s charges allocated to the Deliverable by an amount that equitably reflects the reduced value of the Deliverable or Service;

(d) Correct the Deliverable or Service itself or hire a third party to do so at GlobalLogic’s expense; or

(e) Reject the Deliverable or Service and terminate the SOW, or the applicable portions of the SOW, and GlobalLogic will refund all amounts paid for the Services associated with the Non-conforming Deliverable or Service. Payment for such Services or Deliverable prior to inspection will not constitute acceptance thereof, and is without prejudice to any claims that Client may have against GlobalLogic for breach of GlobalLogic’s obligations under the Agreement.

The foregoing shall not limit Client’s other rights and remedies under this Agreement, at law, or in equity.

2.5.5 Related Deliverables or Services. Acceptance of a Deliverable or Service shall not be binding to the extent that the results of acceptance testing of integrated, subsequent, or otherwise related Deliverables or Services indicate that modification or other rework is required or appropriate. If any modification or rework of a previously accepted Deliverable or Service is required because of a GlobalLogic failure, then GlobalLogic shall perform such modification or rework at no additional charge.

2.6 Rework. To the extent any Change, re-work, or correction relating to the Services or a Deliverable could have been avoided or mitigated if GlobalLogic:

(a) complied with its obligations under this Agreement, or

(b) used commercially reasonable efforts to identify any inconsistencies or deficiencies relating to the design or requirements for a Deliverable or Service provided by Client,

then all efforts and costs associated with such Change, re-work, or correction shall be borne by GlobalLogic.

2.7 Service Levels. The Parties agree that the standard for performance of Services shall be governed in accordance with Exhibit E (Service Level Agreement) and the terms of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION; FINANCIAL TERMS

3.1 Fees. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Client will pay GlobalLogic the fees specified in the Statement of Work and Exhibit G (“ Fees ”). GlobalLogic’s pricing and reimbursement policies are set forth in Exhibit A, and the terms of such Exhibits may only be modified through the mutual written agreement of both Parties. Client is entitled to review the Fees in accordance with Exhibit M (Benchmarking). Client shall have no obligation to pay GlobalLogic for any fees, charges or other amounts not expressly set forth in the Agreement or a Statement of Work (as amended from time to time to account for any additional Services mutually agreed to between the Parties),


 

3.


3.2 Expenses. Unless expressly provided otherwise in Exhibit D to this Agreement, GlobalLogic will be solely responsible for all expenses incurred by any of its employees or agents in connection with performing the Services or otherwise performing its obligations under this Agreement.

3.3 Invoicing.

(a) GlobalLogic will submit reasonably detailed invoices to Client on a monthly basis, generally on the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each calendar month, for Services performed during the immediately preceding month. The amounts set forth in invoices and payments made by Client to GlobalLogic will be in U.S. Dollars.

(b) Payment to GlobalLogic of Fees will be due *** following Client’s receipt of the invoice for such Fees. Receipt of invoices in the form of electronic mail (email) shall constitute Client’s receipt of invoice on the date of the email. In the event of a reasonably disputed invoice, Client shall have the right to withhold amounts pertaining to the disputed invoice. Parties thereafter shall make good faith efforts to promptly resolve the dispute in accordance with Section 10.9. Upon resolution of the disputed invoice, all payment/adjustments agreed upon by the Parties shall be made immediately thereafter by the appropriate Party.

3.4 Payment. Payment may be made either by bank wire transfer to GlobalLogic’s bank in the United States of America or by bank draft made payable to GlobalLogic. In the case of payment by wire transfer, the wire instructions are as follows:

***

3.5 Taxes. All Fees payable under this Agreement shall include all applicable sales, use, excise, value-added, services, consumption and other taxes and duties imposed by any jurisdiction and laws. GlobalLogic will identify any Services or Fees that are subject to such taxation. GlobalLogic will be responsible for payment of all such taxes and duties (including taxes based on GlobalLogic’s or its employees’ income or gross receipts or any personal property taxes on property it owns or leases, for franchise and privilege taxes on GlobalLogic’s business or tax witholdings) and any related penalties and interest, arising from the GlobalLogic’s failure to pay such taxes as required hereunder, including any tax related penalties or interest arising from GlobalLogic’s failure to identify whether a Service or Fee is taxable (“ Taxes ”).

 

3.6 [Intentionally left blank]

3.7 Audits

3.7.1 Audits. Client is entitled to the audit rights set forth in Exhibit N (Audits).

***

3.9 Changes to Fees.

3.9.1 Annual Review of Relationship. GlobalLogic or Client with *** written communication to the other Party before each anniversary of the Effective Date may adjust overhead cost rates upward or downward as permitted hereunder. Any upward adjustment shall be capped at ***. GlobalLogic will work with Client to create a budget for salary increases or decreases for individuals. Market survey data will be used to create the salary and benefit adjustment budget. The Parties shall collaborate to manage any annual overall cost adjustment upward to no more than ***. This will include managing the average experience level, location mix, and skills mix of the resources providing Services to Client. All changes to Fees in this Section must be mutually agreed in writing and signed by both Parties.

3.9.2 Assignment of GlobalLogic Personnel. GlobalLogic shall make available and assign an adequate number of qualified and trained personnel to perform the Services.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

4.


Without limiting Section 3.8(b) above, GlobalLogic shall provide Client access to its personnel no less favorable than what it provides any other customer. Client shall have the right to meet with and approve all individuals that GlobalLogic assigns or desires to assign to perform Services. If Client in good faith objects to any GlobalLogic personnel proposed by GlobalLogic or then currently assigned to perform Services under this Agreement, then GlobalLogic shall promptly discuss such objections with Client and resolve Client’s concerns on a mutually agreed basis. If the Parties are unable to do so, such individual shall not be assigned or promptly removed, as applicable, from the Client account.

3.9.3 Reduction of Billing. If Client elects to reduce GlobalLogic’s team size for any Statement of Work for its convenience, Client shall provide a “ramp-down” notice in writing to GlobalLogic in the manner described in the table below:

 

Percentage of GlobalLogic

personnel the GlobalLogic

team is being reduced by

  

Corresponding Ramp

Down Notice Period

(Calendar Days)

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Client may give notice simultaneously at each percentage threshold above to reduce the team gradually over time. In the event such notice is not provided and the team is reduced immediately for Client’s convenience, Client will be invoiced for *** for the individuals that cannot be redeployed to another client account for the duration of the notice period or until such individual is redeployed (whichever occurs first), provided, that, GlobalLogic uses commercially reasonable efforts to deploy the resources to another client account and GlobalLogic continues to pay such individual his or her salary. The foregoing will not apply in the event that the GlobalLogic or such individuals were terminated for cause.

For all proposed additions or removals of any nature of GlobalLogic resources from the Client account by GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will provide Client with at least *** of written notice prior to the suggested removal date from the Client team.

3.9.4 Addition and Removal of GlobalLogic Resources

Any proposed addition or removal of GlobalLogic resources by GlobalLogic may be communicated via e-mail from GlobalLogic to Client’s Project Coordinator named in a SOW or to individuals with his/her express written delegation and communicated in an unequivocal written manner to Client. Any addition or removal of GlobalLogic resources by GlobalLogic require the prior written approval of Client. The terms and conditions of ramp ups and ramp downs shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3.10 Insurance

GlobalLogic will comply with its insurance obligations set forth in Exhibit C.

3.11 Communication Plan

GlobalLogic will conduct the meetings at the frequencies and with the participants set forth in Exhibit F (Communication Plan).

4. CONFIDENTIALITY

4.1 Use and Disclosure . The Parties acknowledge that the Parties entered into a Non-disclosure Agreement dated April 21, 2008. Under this Agreement, each Receiving Party will (a) hold all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in strict trust and confidence, (b) refrain from using or permitting others to use such Confidential Information in any manner or for any purpose not expressly permitted or required by this Agreement, (c) refrain from disclosing or permitting others to disclose any such Confidential Information to any third party without obtaining the Disclosing Party’s express prior written consent on a case-by-case basis, and (d) limit access to the Confidential Information to employees or agents of the Receiving Party who have a reasonable need to have such access in connection with the performance of the Services and are bound by confidentiality provisions no less stringent that those contained herein. The foregoing obligations will survive any termination of this Agreement. To the extent a Party has disclosed information that constitutes a trade secret under law, the Receiving Party agrees to protect such trade secret for so long as the information qualifies as a trade secret under applicable law.

4.2 Exceptions. The obligations set forth in Section 4.1 will not apply with respect to any particular information that: (a) the Receiving Party lawfully knew prior to the Disclosing Party’s first disclosure to the Receiving Party, (b) a third party rightfully disclosed to the Receiving Party free of any confidentiality duties or obligations, (c) is, or through no fault of the Receiving Party has become, generally available to the public, or (d) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information. Additionally, the Receiving Party will be permitted to disclose Confidential Information to the extent that such disclosure is expressly approved in writing by the Disclosing Party, or is required by law or court order, provided that the Receiving Party immediately notifies the Disclosing Party in writing of such required disclosure and cooperates with the Disclosing Party, at the Disclosing Party’s reasonable request and expense, in any lawful action to contest or limit the scope of such required disclosure, including filing motions and otherwise making appearances before a court.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

5.


4.3 Return. Upon the Disclosing Party’s request and upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will promptly (a) return to the Disclosing Party or, if so directed by the Disclosing Party, destroy all tangible embodiments of the Confidential Information (in every form and medium), (b) permanently erase all electronic files containing or summarizing any Confidential Information, and (c) certify to the Disclosing Party in writing that the Receiving Party has fully complied with the foregoing obligations.

4.4 Cooperation. Each Receiving Party will notify and cooperate with the Disclosing Party in enforcing the Disclosing Party’s rights if the Receiving Party becomes aware of a threatened or actual violation of the Disclosing Party’s confidentiality requirements by a third party. Upon reasonable request by Client, GlobalLogic will provide copies of the confidentiality agreements entered into with its employees, agents, or independent contractors which shall be no less restrictive than the confidentiality obligations between Parties under this Agreement.

4.5 Use of General Knowledge. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit either Party’s right to independently develop or acquire products without use of either Party’s Confidential Information or Retained Technology either for itself or for other Clients. Further, either Party shall be free to use for any purpose the general knowledge resulting from access to or work with such Confidential Information or Retained Technology, provided that each Party shall maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information as provided herein. The term “general knowledge” means information in non-tangible form, which may be retained in the unaided memory of any person who has had access to the Confidential Information or Retained Technology, including ideas, concepts, know-how or techniques contained therein. This Section 4.5 shall not be deemed to grant GlobalLogic a license under the Client’s copyrights or patents.

4.6 Data Protection.

4.6.1 GlobalLogic acknowledges that Client is and/or will be subject to United States federal and state laws and other laws throughout the world including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Title V, and applicable regulations thereto (collectively, the “ Privacy Laws ”) governing privacy and confidentiality of personal information as defined in the Privacy Laws or information that relates to a specific, identifiable, individual person (collectively, “ Personal Information ”) of Client’s customers and employees and the individuals about whom Client has or collects personal and other information. Client and GlobalLogic agree to cooperate with each other with respect to the other’s obligations under the Privacy Laws. Each of GlobalLogic and Client will comply with all applicable Privacy Laws relating to the collection, use and disclosure of Client’s and Client’s customers’, employees and other individuals’ Personal Information provided to or accessible by GlobalLogic pursuant to the Agreement.

4.6.2 GlobalLogic shall perform the Services and GlobalLogic’s other obligations in a manner that complies with all applicable Client policies and Policies and Procedures as set forth in Exhibit K (Policies and Procedures), as such policies may change from time to time, and applicable data protection laws and the Privacy Laws including any applicable laws relating to the collection, use, processing, protection or disclosure of data relating to individuals or corporations, including personal data, during the provision of the Services delivered under the Agreement (which may include European Directive 95/46/EC on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and any legislation implementing such article, and any legislation implementing the same in the relevant state (collectively, the “ Directive ”) (collectively, “ Data Protection Laws ”). GlobalLogic will not take any action that puts Client in breach of its obligations under the Data Protection Laws and nothing in the Agreement will be deemed to prevent Client from taking the steps it reasonably deems necessary to comply with the Data Protection Laws.

5. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

5.1 Ownership. Client will solely and exclusively own all right, title and interest in and to all Client Work Product and all Intellectual Property Rights related thereto. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, all such Client Work Product shall be considered “works for hire,” provided that, to the extent that any of the foregoing may not be deemed a “work for hire,” or in the event that Client may not, by operation of law or otherwise, be deemed to own any such Client Work Product, GlobalLogic agrees to assign to Client, and to the extent permitted by applicable law does hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assign to Client and its successors, and assigns, all right, title and interest in and to such Client Work Product and all Intellectual Property Rights embodied therein or practiced thereby. Accordingly, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Client will be deemed to own, without any restrictions or limitations whatsoever, the sole and exclusive rights to prepare derivative works based on the Client Work Products and to reproduce, adapt, distribute, publicly perform and display, and otherwise exploit the Client Work Products and such derivative works, by any and all means and in any and all media now or hereafter known, throughout the world and in perpetuity. To the extent any of GlobalLogic’s rights in the Client Work Products, including without limitation any moral rights, are not capable of assignment under applicable law, GlobalLogic hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives all enforcement of such rights to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

GlobalLogic agrees to execute any documents or take any other actions as may reasonably be necessary, or as Client may reasonably request and at Client’s cost, to perfect Client’s ownership of such Client Work Product and related Intellectual Property Rights.


 

6.


GlobalLogic shall ensure that all GlobalLogic employees, agents, representatives, and contractors performing Services have executed agreements providing Client the rights described herein and the confidentiality terms of such agreements will be no less restrictive than the confidentiality terms of this Agreement.

GlobalLogic shall not incorporate, imbed or include any third party software, intellectual property or open source code into the Client Work Product, without obtaining Client’s prior written consent.

5.2 Ownership of Client Materials. Any and all technology, code, information or materials provided by Client to GlobalLogic in connection with GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services, including, without limitation, product materials, product and business information of Client, and software programs (collectively, “ Client Materials ”), together with all Intellectual Property Rights therein, are and shall be owned by, and shall be the sole and exclusive property of, Client. Client hereby grants to GlobalLogic a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, limited license to use the Client Materials for the sole purpose of GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services under this Agreement.

5.3 Reserved Technologies.

5.3.1 License to Reserved Technologies. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, GlobalLogic hereby grants to Client a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, fully paid, royalty free license in and to all of GlobalLogic’s Intellectual Property Rights in or relating to the Reserved Technologies or Pre-Existing Materials used in or relating to the Services or Client Work Product. For the sake of clarity, the foregoing license shall include the rights to use, reproduce, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute copies of, prepare derivative works based upon and, if applicable, to make, have made, offer to sell or rent, sell, rent, import and/or practice any and all such Reserved Technologies to the extent embodied in or practiced by any Client Work Product provided under this Agreement, which rights shall be fully sub-licensable by Client in its discretion. Any rights granted to Client under this Section are also subject to §43a of the Lanham Act.

5.3.2 Reservation of Certain Intellectual Property Rights. Subject to the license granted by the preceding paragraph, Each Party reserves all rights that are not expressly granted in this Agreement. Client acknowledges that the foregoing licenses to Client are non-exclusive and that GlobalLogic may use the Reserved Technologies for any purpose in GlobalLogic’s discretion.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1 General.

(a) GlobalLogic represents, warrants and covenants that it has full right, power, and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement without the consent of any third party, including the right to grant all licenses granted by GlobalLogic in this Agreement.

 

(b) Compliance with Laws And Regulations.

(i) General. GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it shall perform its responsibilities under this Agreement in compliance with all laws, regulations ordinances and codes applicable to this Agreement and the Services and identifying and procuring required permits, certificates, approvals and inspections. If a charge of non-compliance with any such laws, regulations, ordinances, or codes occurs, then GlobalLogic shall (A) promptly notify Client of such charge in writing and (B) immediately remediate such noncompliance at GlobalLogic’s own cost and effort.

(ii) Export Laws. GlobalLogic acknowledge that certain Software and technical data to be provided under this Agreement and certain transactions under this Agreement may be subject to import and export controls under the laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, GlobalLogic will comply with all such import and export related laws and regulations. GlobalLogic will include with copies of all software that GlobalLogic will use outside of the United States documentation stating the following: “These commodities, technology or software were exported from the United States in accordance with Export Administration Regulations. Diversion or re-export contrary to U.S. law is prohibited.” GlobalLogic further represents and warrants to Client that (A) neither GlobalLogic nor any GlobalLogic personnel or representative are included on any Entity List or Denied Persons List (as maintained by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security); and (B) GlobalLogic will never involve any entity or person included on any such Entity List or Denied Persons List under this Agreement.

(c) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that all Client Work Product is free of any mal-ware (including viruses, trojan horses, worms, backdoors, and similar items), time bombs, and other disruptive mechanisms. GlobalLogic further represents and warrants that it will not insert into any Client Work Product, software, or system any code which would have the effect of disabling or otherwise shutting down all or any portion of Client’s businesses, environment, or any Deliverable. GlobalLogic further represents and warrants that it will use and maintain, and cause its contractors and subcontractors to use and maintain then current anti-virus software as is commercially reasonable.

(d) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it will perform the Services under this Agreement in a timely, professional, and workmanlike manner in accordance with the standards of the industry. All Services will be rendered by professionals who possess the required qualifications to perform work outlined in the applicable Statement of Work.


 

7.


(e) GlobalLogic warrants that for *** after the termination or expiration date of this Agreement, each Deliverable produced or provided in the *** prior to such termination or expiration date, will not deviate from the specifications and documentation for such Deliverable and will remain free of any Nonconformities *** the foregoing *** warranty period will occur during the *** of the Termination Assistance period. If any Deliverable does not conform to the warranty in this Section 6.1(e), GlobalLogic will correct such failure at no charge.

(f) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that documentation delivered with each software Deliverable will be sufficient to allow: (i) a reasonably knowledgeable information technology professional to understand, maintain, support and modify such software Deliverable; and (ii) a typical end user to understand the functions and features of such software Deliverable and the procedures for exercising such functions and features.

(g) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that the resources, equipment, telecommunications and connectivity requirements, hardware and software identified under the Agreement (including in Exhibits A and H), as amended from time to time (to account for any additional requirements mutually agreed to between the Parties), are sufficient for Client to receive the Services and for such Services to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

(h) GlobalLogic represents and warrants that Client Work Product, Reserved Technologies, and GlobalLogic’s Services and technologies will not infringe, or constitute an infringement or misappropriation, of any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights; except to the extent and only to the extent that such infringement or misappropriation is caused solely and directly by Client Material provided by Client. GlobalLogic represents and warrants that it has and will have the right, title and interest to grant all of the licenses and other rights granted and/or to be granted under this Agreement and each Statement of Work.

6.2 Disclaimer of Warranty. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.1 ABOVE OR A STATEMENT OF WORK, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS AND GRANTS NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, AND EACH PARTY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OR EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

6.3 Essential Basis. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the disclaimers, exclusions and limitations of liability set forth in Sections 6 and 7 form an essential basis of this Agreement, and that, absent any of such disclaimers, exclusions or limitations of liability, the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation the economic terms, would be substantially different.

 

7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S (A) INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, (B) BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION OBLIGATIONS, AND (C) BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, ARISING UNDER ANY CAUSE OF ACTION AND ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY STATUTE OR LAW CONNECTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THIS AGREEMENT TO SUCH CAUSE OF ACTION. THIS LIMITATION UPON DAMAGES AND CLAIMS IS INTENDED TO APPLY WITHOUT REGARD TO WHETHER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN BREACHED OR HAVE PROVEN INEFFECTIVE. EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S (A) INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, (B) BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY AND DATA PROTECTION OBLIGATIONS, AND (C) BREACH OF ANY REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY’S TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, WILL EXCEED ***

8. INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 By GlobalLogic. GlobalLogic will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Client, its affiliates, and their officers, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and all other expenses (including attorneys’ and expert witnesses’ costs, and fees and litigation, settlement, judgment, interest and penalties) arising from or relating to any claim caused by (a) fraud, intentional misconduct, or negligence of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors, (b) the alleged breach, misappropriation, or infringement of any Intellectual Property Right of a third party in connection with the Services, Deliverables, Client Work Product, or Reserved Technologies, (c) GlobalLogic’s breach of or any inaccuracy or untruthfulness with respect to any representation or warranty under this Agreement, (d) GlobalLogic’s breach of its confidentiality and data protection obligations under this Agreement, (e) claims by GlobalLogic subcontractors or representatives asserting rights under or in connection with this Agreement, (f) the death or bodily injury of any agent, employee, customer, business invitee, or business visitor or other person caused by the tortious conduct of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors; (g) the damage, loss or destruction of any real


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

8.


or tangible personal property caused by the tortious conduct of GlobalLogic or any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors; (h) any claim, demand, charge, action, cause of action, or other proceeding resulting from an act or omission of GlobalLogic in its capacity as an employer of a person; and (i) (x) failure by GlobalLogic to comply with its obligations with respect to Taxes, (y) any Taxes assessed against Client that are the responsibility of GlobalLogic under this Agreement or according to applicable law, or (z) for interest or penalties that arise as a result of GlobalLogic having issued an incorrect invoice to Client with respect to Taxes or collection thereof.

8.2 By Client. Client will indemnify and hold harmless GlobalLogic and its affiliates, employees, and agents from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, and other expenses (including attorneys’ and expert witnesses’ costs and fees) arising from or relating to any third party claim caused by (a) intentional misconduct of Client or any of its employees, or agents (excluding GlobalLogic) in connection with the Services, or (b) the alleged infringement of any intellectual property right of a third party (other than patents) by GlobalLogic’s use as contemplated under this Agreement of any materials provided by Client to GlobalLogic in connection with the Services, except to the extent that such infringement is caused by: (i) a modification or enhancement, or misuse, by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents (except for modifications made at the written direction of Client); (ii) failure by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents to use new or corrected versions of such materials provided by Client; (iii) the combination, operation or use by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents with products or information not furnished or authorized by Client; or (iv) the Services, Deliverables, Client Work Product, or Reserved Technologies provided by GlobalLogic or GlobalLogic’s personnel or agents.

8.3 Procedures. In the event of any third-party claim, demand, suit, or action (a “Claim” ) for which an indemnified Party (or any of its affiliates, employees, or agents) is or may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified Party may, at its option, require the indemnifying Party to defend such Claim at such indemnifying Party’s sole expense. The indemnifying Party may not agree to settle any such Claim without the indemnified Party’s express prior written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the indemnified Party shall be permitted, at its own expense, to participate in the defense of any claim under this Agreement by counsel of its own choice.

9. TERMINATION

9.1 Termination at Will. Client may terminate this Agreement or any Statement of Work without cause for its convenience at any time after *** following the Effective Date

of this Agreement upon *** written Notice to GlobalLogic. If, as at the date of termination of the Agreement, the remaining Initial Term is more than ***, then Client will pay the Termination Recovery Amount set forth in Exhibit O.

9.2 Termination for Breach.

9.2.1 In the event, GlobalLogic:

(a) commits a material breach of the Agreement that is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the breach from Client;

(b) breaches its confidentiality and data protection obligations under this Agreement;

(c) breaches, simultaneously or over time, covenants, agreements, obligations, representations or warranties in the Agreement, that taken together constitute a material breach of the Agreement after GlobalLogic has been made aware of such breaches, on an individual basis;

(d) commits the third occurrence of a material breach of which Client has provided timely notice within a rolling *** ***, regardless of whether GlobalLogic cured any individual material breach;

(e) fails to successfully complete any Critical Transition Milestone set forth in Attachment J-1 to Exhibit J or in the Transition Plan; or

(f) fails to meet (i) the same SLA ***

then Client, by giving notice to GlobalLogic, may terminate, in whole or in part, this Agreement for cause and/or any Statement(s) of Work as of a date specified in the notice of termination. If Client chooses to terminate this Agreement or any Statement(s) of Work in part, the undisputed Fees payable thereunder for Services performed prior to termination will be paid in accordance with Section 9.3.3.

9.2.2 In the event that Client fails to pay GlobalLogic undisputed Fees when due under the Agreement and the total of all such Fees exceeds, *** then, if Client fails to make such payment within *** of receipt of written Notice from GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic shall have the right to exercise any of the following remedies at its sole election: (i) terminate the Agreement for breach of payment by Client by providing 30 days’ written Notice to Client; or (ii) Terminate a Statement of Work by providing 30 days’ written Notice.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

9.


9.2.3 Other Termination Events

***

9.2.4 Termination Assistance.

Commencing *** prior to the termination date or on such earlier date as Client may request, and continuing for *** after the termination date, GlobalLogic shall provide to Client, or at Client’s request to Client’s designee, all reasonable assistance requested by Client to allow the Services to continue without interruption or adverse effect and to facilitate the orderly transfer of the Services to Client or its designee (“ Termination Assistance ”). GlobalLogic’s obligation to provide Termination Assistance shall apply regardless of the reason that this Agreement or any Statement of Work terminates. Termination Assistance shall include:

(a) Supporting Client’s transition plan, making available necessary personnel and resources to facilitate the transition, and providing training, documentation and other materials necessary to enable Client or its designee to assume responsibility for the Services.

(b) If and to the extent that a third party is designated by Client to assume responsibility for some or all of the Services, GlobalLogic shall provide Termination Assistance to Client’s designee. GlobalLogic shall provide the designee such information regarding the Services as is reasonably required for the designee to assume responsibility for, and continue the performance of, the Services in an orderly manner. Client may not disclose GlobalLogic’s Confidential Information to such third party unless the confidentiality obligations of Client under Section 4.1(d) are complied with.

(c) GlobalLogic shall use reasonable efforts to obtain any necessary rights and thereafter make available to Client or its designee, pursuant to reasonable terms and conditions, any third party services then being utilized by GlobalLogic in the performance of the Services, including services being provided through third party service or maintenance contracts regarding telecommunications or software.

(d) In providing Termination Assistance, GlobalLogic shall provide GlobalLogic and its designee with reasonable access to and use of all such GlobalLogic Resources used by GlobalLogic to provide the Services (subject to restrictions in agreements with third parties).

(e) For a period of *** following the termination date and provided Client has paid any outstanding undisputed Fees, GlobalLogic shall provide, at Client’s request, any or all of the Services that are subject to termination or expiration at the Fees set forth under this Agreement. To the extent GlobalLogic is to perform Services under this Section, the provisions of this Agreement shall be applicable as such provisions would have been applicable to such Services prior

 

to the termination date. All Termination Assistance shall be chargeable to Client at the Fees for existing Services set forth under this Agreement until completed, including all applicable, preapproved expenses.

9.3 Effects of Termination.

9.3.1 Survival. Sections of this Agreement that are intended to survive will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement. Expiration or termination of this Agreement will not relieve the Parties of any obligation accruing prior to such expiration or termination.

9.3.2 Return of Client Property. Upon termination of this Agreement or earlier as requested by Client, GlobalLogic will deliver to Client any and all documents, samples, and other materials in GlobalLogic’s possession or control that contain, summarize, or disclose any Client Work Product (in whatever stage of development or completion), Client’s Confidential Information, Client Materials (in whatever stage of development or completion) or any other materials or intellectual property provided by or on behalf of Client.

9.3.3 Compensation. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Client will pay GlobalLogic all undisputed fees for all Services performed through the effective date of termination and will reimburse GlobalLogic for undisputed expenses validly incurred by GlobalLogic before the effective date of such termination; provided that such amounts will be equitably adjusted to account for any Service Level Credit or Critical Milestone Credit not already set off against a previous invoice that Client believes, in good faith, it is entitled to. If


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

10.


following the foregoing reconciliation, GlobalLogic has received more funds than it is entitled or if GlobalLogic owes Client any Service Level Credits, Critical Milestone Credits, refund or other amount, GlobalLogic will promptly pay Client such amounts through a check drawn from a U.S. based bank.

10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1.1 Nonsolicitation. Each Party agrees not to employ, or solicit or seek to employ, any employee of the other Party for a period of *** after such employee’s termination of employment, without the prior written consent of the other Party. The foregoing shall not restrict either Party from advertising both internally and externally for a vacancy or position, provided that such advertisement is not intentionally, directly and solely targeted at the other Party’s certain employee(s). Upon breach of this Section 10.1.1 with respect to a particular employee, the Party not in breach may seek a temporary restraining order or injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction and if such temporary restraining order or injunctive relief is granted by such court, then all costs pertaining to seeking such relief shall be borne by the Party in breach.

10.1.2 Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of this Section 10.1, in the event that Client is acquired though a corporate transaction during the term of this Agreement, GlobalLogic shall allow Client’s successor-in-interest to transfer the entire team of GlobalLogic personnel from GlobalLogic to Client, without an additional fee. For the avoidance of doubt, GlobalLogic shall permit this transfer only if Client is current with all undisputed payments then due (under this Agreement and all SOW’s in effect) and has no outstanding undisputed balance.

10.1.3 For *** after any GlobalLogic resource has been rotated off or removed from the Client account or team, GlobalLogic shall not assign, provide, or allow such GlobalLogic resource to work on a Client competitor’s or customer’s account or team for the same Line of Business that such GlobalLogic resource had been working on while assigned to Client’s account or team. As at the Effective Date, the Client “Lines of Business” and Client’s competitors and customers are listed on Exhibit P. Client may, on a quarterly basis, reasonably update Exhibit P in its discretion.

10.2 Independent Contractor Relationship. GlobalLogic’s relation to Client under this Agreement is that of an independent contractor. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be

construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employer-employee relationship between Client and any of GlobalLogic’s employees or agents. GlobalLogic is not an agent of Client and is not authorized, and shall not represent to any third party that it is authorized to make any commitment or otherwise act on behalf of Client as its agent.

10.3 Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Washington without reference to any conflict of laws principles that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. Each Party irrevocably consents to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in King County, Washington for any suit, claim, or action arising from or related to this Agreement, and waives any right Client may have to object to the venue of such courts.

10.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement will be unimpaired and the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed modified so that it is valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

10.5 Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned, delegated, or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by either Party without the other Party’s express prior written consent, except for Client, Client may assign this Agreement to any affiliate or in connection with a merger, acquisition, sale, or corporate reorganization without GlobalLogic’s prior written consent. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on the Parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of the foregoing will be null and void.

10.6 Notices. Each Party must deliver all notices, consents, and approvals required or permitted under this Agreement in writing to the other Party at the address listed on the signature page by courier, by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested), or by a nationally-recognized overnight carrier. Notice will be effective upon receipt or refusal of delivery. Each Party may change its address for receipt of notice by giving notice of such change to the other Party. Mail that is not registered or certified, email messages, facsimiles or verbal communications shall not be considered “Notice” for the purpose of this Section.


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

11.


10.7 Force Majeure.

10.7.1 Neither Party shall be liable for any default or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement: (a) if and to the extent such default or delay is caused, directly or indirectly, by: fire, flood, earthquake, elements of nature or acts of God, riots, civil disorders, rebellions or revolutions in any country, or any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of such Party, and (b) provided the non-performing Party is without fault in causing such default or delay, and such default or delay could not have been prevented by reasonable precautions and cannot reasonably be circumvented by the non-performing Party through the use of alternate sources, workaround plans or other means (including, with respect to GlobalLogic, by GlobalLogic meeting its obligations for performing disaster recovery services as described in this Agreement, including without limitation, the obligation to submit code and Client Work Product (no matter the stage of development) back into the Client system as set forth in this Agreement). In such event the non-performing Party shall be excused from further performance or observance of the obligation(s) so affected for as long as such circumstances prevail and such Party continues to use its best efforts to recommence performance or observance whenever and to whatever extent possible without delay. Any Party so delayed in its performance shall immediately notify the Party to whom performance is due by telephone (to be confirmed in writing within two (2) days of the inception of such delay) and describe at a reasonable level of detail the circumstances causing such delay. If any force majeure event substantially prevents, hinders, or delays performance of the Services necessary for the performance of GlobalLogic functions reasonably identified by GlobalLogic as critical for more than *** then Client may procure the affected Services from an alternate source.

10.7.2 If Client elects to procure replacement services from a third party, Client shall continue to pay the Fees to GlobalLogic for the affected Services and GlobalLogic shall be liable for full payment for all such replacement services from a third party until such time as GlobalLogic can reasonably demonstrate to Client the ability to resume provision of such Services in accordance with the applicable Service Levels and the Agreement; provided, however, that if GlobalLogic is unable to restore the Services within *** of the initial Service outage, Client may, at any time thereafter until such time as the Services have been restored and resumed by GlobalLogic, terminate the affected Services without penalty or payment to GlobalLogic.

 

10.8 Branding and Publicity.

10.8.1 Branding. GlobalLogic shall make commercially reasonable efforts to accommodate any Client branding and/or internal facility branding requests so as to support the notion, for marketing purposes that the GlobalLogic team is a virtual extension of Client off shore. Client will contribute all applicable marketing/branding materials at its own cost. In the event that Client reasonably requests GlobalLogic to paint its off shore facility internally, in a color of Client’s choice, GlobalLogic shall do so at its own expense. Client Work Products will include Client branding at Client’s request and cost.

10.8.2 Publicity. GlobalLogic shall not use Client’s or its affiliate’s name, logo, or mark or refer to Client or its affiliates directly or indirectly (whether expressly or anonymously) in any media release, public announcement, or public disclosure, including on any website or in any promotional or marketing materials or communications, publicity, directories, customer lists or business presentations through any medium to the public or others without the written consent of Client prior to each such use or release.

10.9 Dispute Resolution.

10.9.1 Informal Dispute Resolution. Prior to the initiation of formal dispute resolution procedures as to any dispute (except as provided in Section 10.9.2), the Parties shall first attempt to resolve each dispute informally, as follows:

(a) The Parties agree that the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager shall attempt in good faith to resolve all disputes. In the event the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager are unable to resolve a dispute in an amount of time that either Party deems reasonable under the circumstances, such Party may refer the dispute for resolution to the senior corporate executives specified in subsection (b) below upon written notice to the other Party;

(b) Within *** of a Notice under Subsection (a) above referring a dispute for resolution by senior corporate executives, the Client Relationship Manager and the GlobalLogic Relationship Manager will prepare and provide to the Executive Committee summaries of the relevant information and background of the dispute, along with any appropriate supporting documentation, for its review. The members of the Executive Committee will confer as often as they deem reasonably necessary in order to gather and furnish to the other all information with respect to the matter in issue which the Parties believe to be appropriate and germane in connection with its resolution. The members shall discuss the problem and negotiate in good faith in an effort to resolve the dispute without the necessity of any formal proceeding. The specific format for the discussions will be left to the discretion of the members, but may include the preparation of agreed upon statements of fact or written statements of position;


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

12.


(c) During the course of negotiations under this Section, all reasonable requests made by one Party to another for non-privileged information, reasonably related to the dispute, will be honored in order that each of the Parties may be fully advised of the other’s position; and

(d) Formal proceedings for the resolution of a dispute may not be commenced until the earlier of (1) the Executive Committee under Subsection (b) above concluding in good faith that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the matter does not appear likely, or *** after the notice under Subsection (a) above referring the dispute to the Executive Committee.

10.9.2 Arbitration

(a) If the dispute has not been resolved through the procedure in Section 10.9.1, either Party may within *** of a notice to the other Party submit the dispute for resolution by non-binding arbitration. If a Party determines under this Section 10.9.2 that a dispute should not be resolved through non-binding arbitration, either Party may institute formal court proceedings to resolve the dispute in the courts set forth in Section 10.9.3.

(b) Subject to Section 10.9.3, if either Parties issues a notice to the other Party under Section 10.9.2(a), the matter shall be resolved by arbitration in King County, Washington, administered by AAA. If the Parties are unable to agree on a single arbitrator within sixty (60) days of the original written agreement to resolve the dispute by arbitration (or such additional time to which the Parties may agree), the Parties shall each appoint one arbitrator approved by AAA and the two arbitrators shall select a third neutral, independent and impartial arbitrator from the list of arbitrators approved by AAA. Each such arbitrator shall be an attorney or judge having experience and familiarity with information technology disputes.

(c) The Parties and the arbitrators shall use reasonable, diligent efforts to complete the arbitration within *** after the appointment of the arbitrator(s) under Section 10.9.2(b) above.

 

(d) If any Party should bring any action (arbitration, at law or in equity) to resolve any claim related to this Agreement or to interpret any term contained in this Agreement, the prevailing Party in such action (as determined by the arbitrator(s) or judge (or equivalent)) shall be entitled to receive from the non-prevailing Party all of its costs and expenses incurred in such action (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

(e) Governing Law. The arbitrator(s) shall, in rendering its decision, apply the substantive law of the State of Washington, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions, except that the interpretation of and enforcement of this Section 10.9.2 shall be governed by the U.S. Federal Arbitration Act.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, nothing in Section 10.9 shall prevent either Party from instituting formal proceedings, and each Party is authorized to institute formal proceedings at any time (including before, during or after any of the informal proceedings addressed in Section 10.9.1(a) or non-binding arbitration in Section 10.9.2 to: (1) avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, (2) obtain equitable relief, (3) preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, (4) resolve a Party’s Intellectual Property Rights, or (5) obtain relief with respect to a Party’s breach or alleged breach of confidentiality or data protection obligations.

10.9.3 Escalation Litigation of a dispute may be commenced by either Party upon the earlier to occur of any of the following: (a) The senior executives conclude in good faith that amicable resolution through continued negotiation of the matter does not appear likely; (b) The applicable dispute is not resolved within *** of the date of the initial demand therefor (this period shall be deemed to run notwithstanding any claim that the process described in this Section was not followed or completed); (c) Commencement of litigation is appropriate to avoid the expiration of an applicable limitations period or to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or a Party makes a good faith determination that a breach by the other Party is such that a temporary restraining order or other injunctive relief is necessary; or (d) Pursuant to Section 10.9.2 (a) and (f).


 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

13.


10.9.4 Continued Performance Each Party agrees that it shall, unless otherwise directed by the other Party, continue performing its obligations under the Agreement while any dispute is being resolved; provided that this provision shall not operate or be construed as extending the Term or prohibiting or delaying a Party’s exercise of any right it may have to terminate the Term as to all or any part of the Services.

10.10 Construction. Section headings are included in this Agreement merely for convenience of reference; they are not to be considered part of this Agreement or used in the interpretation of this Agreement. When used in this Agreement, “including” means “including without limitation.” No rule of strict construction will be applied in the interpretation or construction of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between these General Terms and Conditions and a Statement of Work, these General Terms and Conditions will control unless the Statement of Work expressly refers to the Parties’ intent to make an exception to the terms of this General Terms and Conditions for that Statement of Work. For the avoidance of doubt, all amounts set forth in this Agreement are expressed in United States Dollars.

10.11 Waiver. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the Party waiving its rights. Any waiver or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of any other provision or of such provision on any other occasion. A delay or omission by either Party hereto to exercise any right or power under the Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver thereof. All remedies provided for in the Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to and not in lieu of any other remedies available to either Party under this Agreement, at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

10.12 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement is the final, complete, and exclusive agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior or contemporaneous communications and understandings between the Parties. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless in writing and signed by both Parties.

10.13 Use of Subcontractors. GlobalLogic may perform certain of its tasks or duties under this Agreement using one or more consultants or subcontractors, provided GlobalLogic has obtained the prior, express, written consent of Client with respect to such consultants or subcontractors. GlobalLogic shall remain solely responsible at all times for the performance of the Services in accordance with the terms hereof by such consultants or subcontractors.

10.14 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In conformity with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act in connection with the transaction contemplated under the Agreement, each Party shall have and enforce policies prohibiting its employees and agents from directly or indirectly making any offer, payment, or promise to pay; authorizing payment; offering a gift, promising to give, or authorizing the giving of anything of value for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of an official of any government (including a decision not to act) or inducing such a person to use his or her influence to affect any such governmental act or decision in order to assist such Party in obtaining, retaining or directing any business.

[END OF GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS]


 

14.


EXHIBIT A

Pricing Policies

This Exhibit describes GlobalLogic’s pricing policy as applicable to rates, hardware and software, expenses and any other incidental items:

Hardware and Software

GlobalLogic is required to provide Client with a dedicated team of consultants. GlobalLogic will provide Client at no additional cost with standard hardware and software, including Internet connectivity to its off-shore team, in accordance with GlobalLogic’s then-current standard operating procedures as reflected in Exhibit H. Prior written authorization from Client will be obtained by GlobalLogic before incurring any expense.

Expenses

Travel expenses are set forth in Exhibit D. Where a per diem is specified for expenses, per diem will be calculated based on number of days the employee travels to and from the Service Location where Services are performed.

Pricing Policies

The Agreement will set forth one or more of the following rates applicable to Services performed by GlobalLogic there under:

***

Other Policies

Compensatory Time Off : GlobalLogic encourages its employees to work flexible hours to manage their work flow. For example, employees may work on a weekend in order to complete the project on schedule and take compensatory time off with Client project manager’s approval. Client will either be invoiced for the flex time worked on the weekend or compensatory time off at GlobalLogic’s standard rates during the week with no overtime charge for working weekends or beyond a business day, but not both.

Travel Time : GlobalLogic employees will be encouraged to travel on the weekends. If travel on weekends is possible, the Client will not be billed for travel time. If the GlobalLogic employee is requested to travel by Client during week, the Client will be billed for travel time.

Training Client shall bear the expense of training imparted to GlobalLogic team members, which shall be billed to Client after both Parties have mutually agreed to the training in writing.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Transition Plan Investment:

“Transition Plan Investment” refers to training imparted to GlobalLogic team members newly assigned to the Client account within the *** of the Effective Date of this Agreement. This training will be provided by Client’s employees to GlobalLogic Employees.

The Transition Plan Investment Period shall be as follows:

***

The fee payable for the Transition Plan Investment is as designated as the “Ramp Investment %” set forth in Exhibit G.

Motricity Orientation Training :

After the *** from the Effective Date of the Agreement, GlobalLogic team members newly assigned to the Client account shall undergo “Motricity Orientation Training” administered by GlobalLogic that is customized for each role (Project Manager (PM), Architect, Tech Lead, Sr. Developer, Developer and Quality Assurance (QA). Motricity Orientation Training together with the Transition Plan jointly developed by Client and GlobalLogic as set forth in Exhibit J are intended to minimize team ramp up time. GlobalLogic will not charge Client for new team members while they are in the Motricity Orientation Training program.

GlobalLogic will bear costs for training new team members assigned to the Client account to replace team members removed for cause or as a result of attrition surpassing the attrition level specified in the SLA in Exhibit E.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any changes to this Exhibit, must be mutually agreed to in writing between the Parties.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT B

GLOBALLOGIC VELOCITY SM :

The GlobalLogic Velocity SM Platform is GlobalLogic’s proprietary method supported by a platform, framework and objects to enable an expedient, global, collaborative product lifecycle management. It facilitates teams to collaboratively define, estimate, automate and measure the assets and the work needed to create software products while a team is developing a product for wide distribution in a rapidly changing environment. GlobalLogic Velocity SM is owned by GlobalLogic and is contained in the connectors used to integrate the various tools and systems. These proprietary connectors are exposed for use and modifications through open Application Interfaces and therefore the Client may make any such required modifications without accessing the source code.


EXHIBIT C

Insurance And Risk of Loss

 

1. Insurance Coverage .

 

A) As at the Effective Date and through to February 1, 2009 (“ Renewal Date ”), GlobalLogic shall maintain in force at least the insurance types and coverages set forth in the insurance certificates already provided to Client on or before the Effective Date.

 

B) Thereafter:

 

  (i) GlobalLogic shall no later than March 1, 2009 provide to Client, insurance certificates that evidence that GlobalLogic is, as of the Renewal Date and continuing for the Term of this Agreement, insured for the insurance coverages under this Exhibit C, and

 

  (ii) GlobalLogic shall for the remainder of the Term of this Agreement have and maintain in force at least the following insurance coverages:

 

  (a) Employer’s Liability Insurance and Worker’s Compensation Insurance, including coverage for occupational injury, illness and disease, and other similar social insurance in accordance with the laws of the country, state or territory exercising jurisdiction over the employee with minimum limits per employee and per event of *** and a minimum aggregate limit of *** or the minimum limits required by law, whichever limits are greater;

 

  (b) Employment Practices Liability Insurance with minimum limits per employee and per occurrence of *** and a minimum aggregate limit of *** This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (c) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Products, Completed Operations, Premises Operations Personal and Advertising Injury, Contractual and Broad Form Property Damage liability coverages, on an occurrence basis, with a minimum combined single limit per occurrence of *** and a minimum combined single aggregate limit of ***. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (d) Property Insurance, including Extra Expense and Business Income coverage, for all risks of physical loss of or damage to buildings, business personal property or other property that is in the possession, care, custody or control of GlobalLogic pursuant to this Agreement. Such insurance shall have a minimum limit adequate to cover risks on a replacement costs basis. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as loss payee;

 

  (e) Automotive Liability Insurance covering use of all owned, non-owned and hired automobiles for bodily injury, property damage, uninsured motorist and underinsured motorist liability with a minimum combined single limit per accident of *** or the minimum limit required by law, whichever limit is greater. This coverage shall be endorsed to name Client as additional insured;

 

  (f) Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance covering liability for loss or damage due to an act, error, omission or negligence, or due to machine malfunction, with a minimum limit per event of *** and a minimum combined single aggregate limit of ***

 

  (g) Umbrella Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of *** in excess of the insurance coverage described in Sections 1(a) through (f) and (h) of this Exhibit; and

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


  (h) Employee Dishonesty and Computer Fraud coverage, including third party coverage, for loss arising out of, or in connection with, any fraudulent or dishonest acts committed by GlobalLogic or its affiliates, acting alone or with others, including misappropriation of assets of Client or its employees in a minimum amount of *** per occurrence and in annual aggregate.

 

2. Insurance Terms .

 

  (a) The insurance coverages under Sections 1(a) through (h) of this Exhibit shall be primary, and all coverage shall be non-contributing with respect to any other insurance or self insurance which may be maintained by Client. All coverage required by Section 1 of this Exhibit shall include a waiver of subrogation and a waiver of any insured-versus-insured exclusion regarding Client. To the extent any coverage is written on a claims-made basis, it shall have a retroactive date prior to the Effective Date and shall allow for reporting of claims for at least *** after the Term.

 

  (b) GlobalLogic shall cause its insurers to issue certificates of insurance evidencing that the coverages and policy endorsements required under this Agreement are maintained in force and that not less than *** written notice shall be given to Client prior to any cancellation of the policies. GlobalLogic will provide Client with prompt written Notice regarding any modifications to or non-renewal of the types of insurance and thresholds of insurance coverage set forth under this Exhibit C. The insurers selected by GlobalLogic shall have an *** or, if such ratings are no longer available, with a comparable rating from a recognized insurance rating agency. GlobalLogic shall assure that itself and its subcontractors, if any, maintain insurance coverages as specified in this Exhibit naming Client as an additional insured or loss payee where relevant or GlobalLogic shall assure that its subcontractors, if any, are endorsed as additional insureds on GlobalLogic coverages specified by this Exhibit.

 

  (c) In the case of loss or damage or other event that requires notice or other action under the terms of any insurance coverage specified in this Exhibit, GlobalLogic shall be solely responsible to take such action. GlobalLogic shall provide Client with contemporaneous notice and with such other information as Client may request regarding the event.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT D

Expenses

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, all expenses incurred by GlobalLogic must be pre-approved by Client in writing. On and from the Effective Date and subject to the terms of this Exhibit D, the travel expense arrangement under Section (i)(a) in this Exhibit D will apply for expenses incurred by GlobalLogic under the Agreement. At the end of each calendar quarter during the Term, GlobalLogic will provide Client with expense information and reports containing the expenses incurred by GlobalLogic during the prior quarter for cost verification and for Client to evaluate which of the travel expense arrangements under Sections (i)(a) and (b) is more beneficial to Client. Such expense information and reports provided by GlobalLogic will include a summary of expenses for each month for all expenses pertaining to all employees under four or five major categories as applicable (e.g. Travel and visa, per diem, accommodation, transportation). A copy of the complete list of employees who traveled in the prior quarter and the duration of such travel will also be made available. Client may, from time to time, elect either of the two travel expense arrangements under Sections (i)(a) and (b) in its sole discretion. If, at any point in time, Client elects the travel expense arrangement under Section (i)(b), GlobalLogic will provide to Client, the original receipts for the expenses incurred in the prior month in order to be reimbursed for such expenses.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, GlobalLogic shall not:

(A) For the initial *** of the Term, incur expenses in excess of *** the total amount of Fees for Services in such *** without the prior written approval from Client’s Chief Financial Officer; and

(B) Thereafter, for every subsequent *** of the Term, incur expenses in excess of *** of the total Fees for Services for each such *** without the prior written approval from Client’s Chief Financial Officer.

(i) (a) Travel Expenses for Onsite Travel by Offshore Team Members

Expenses shall be chargeable by GlobalLogic to Client if pre-approved in writing by Client as follows:

 

Travel Expense

   Cost/Trip  

Comments

Short-term business travel to the U.S. from an offshore Service Location for ***    ***   Per round trip. This covers airfare, visa processing fees, and meals while traveling.
Per Diem    ***   This covers accommodation, local transportation, gas, toll, parking, food, laundry, entertainment, personal phone and business phone charges outside office hours, internet connectivity from place of accommodation, visitor health insurance, etc.

(b) Alternative arrangements for Travel Expenses

In lieu of Section (i)(a) above and in its sole discretion, Client may elect to reimburse GlobalLogic in accordance with this Section (i)(b).

 

Travel Expense

   Cost  

Comments

Short-term business travel to the U.S. from an offshore Service Location for ***    ***   Per round trip. This covers air-fare, visa processing fees, and meals while traveling.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Accommodation    ***   This covers accommodation and internet connectivity from place of accommodation. ***
Local Transportation    ***   This covers cost of local transportation such as rental car (including insurance), taxi, gas, toll, parking, etc.
Per Diem    ***   This covers per diem paid to GlobalLogic for incidental expenses such as food, laundry, entertainment, etc. and other costs incurred directly by GlobalLogic such as cell phone charges while traveling, visitor health insurance, etc.

 

* Any stay requested of a GlobalLogic team member for more than *** by Client shall be treated as a request for an onsite team member and shall be billed accordingly. Client acknowledges that it is feasible to obtain U.S. visas for off shore team members for short-term business travel purposes as contemplated by this Agreement for up to *** only. The per diem arrangement above shall not apply to such a situation.

 

   

GlobalLogic will purchase airplane tickets 14 days in advance of travel unless otherwise approved by Client.

 

   

All travel expenses shall be pre-approved by Client before they are incurred.

 

   

Expenses shall be billed and payable in accordance with the invoicing schedule described in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

(ii) Expenses Related to “Good Will Travel”:

Good Will Travel (“ GWT ”) is travel for purposes other than routine billable Services and which is targeted at enhancing the camaraderie/communication/rapport between onshore and offshore employees as well as between Client and GlobalLogic.

All expenses pertaining to GWT by a Party to the premises of the other Party shall be borne by Party sending its employees to the premises of the other Party subject to the following:

***

Travel by a Party’s executives/Senior Management participating in Steering Committee Meetings and various other meetings shall not be chargeable to the other Party.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Motricity

Exhibit E

Service Level Agreement


Table of Contents

 

SECTION 1

   2

1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS EXHIBIT

   2

1.2 SLA REVIEW PERIOD

   2

1.3 DEFINITIONS

   2

SECTION 2

   3

2.1 MODIFICATIONS AND REVISIONS

   3

SECTION 3

   3

3.1 WORK FLOW

   3

SECTION 4

   5

4.1 SERVICE PERFORMANCE

   5

4.2 PRIORITY LEVELS

   5

4.3 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

   7

4.4 CHANGE MANAGEMENT

   8

4.5 PLANNED MAINTENANCE

   8

4.6 TECHNICAL AND EXECUTIVE BRIDGES

   8

4.7 ESCALATION PROCEDURE

   8

SECTION 5

   10

5.1 PRODUCTION RESPONSE TIME

   10

5.2 PRODUCTION RESTORE TIME

   11

5.3 PRODUCTION RESOLUTION TIME

   11

5.4 RECRUITING EFFECTIVENESS

   12

5.5 STAFF ATTRITION

   13

5.6 TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS

   14

5.7 SCHEDULE

   15

5.8 DELIVERABLE QUALITY

   15

5.9 TEAM PRODUCTIVITY

   17

SECTION 6

   17

SECTION 7

  

SECTION 8

   20

8.1 OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT

   20

8.2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY

   21

SECTION A

   21

SECTION B

   22

 

PAGE 1


Section 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS EXHIBIT

This Exhibit E is entered into under the terms specified in the Agreement.

This Exhibit E identifies the Service Level Metrics for Service Levels, and describes how to analyze and report these Service Level Metrics. It is intended to describe the specific Service Levels (set forth in this Exhibit E) agreed to and accepted by GlobalLogic and Client jointly.

This Exhibit E defines the mutually agreed to level of Service provided by GlobalLogic, clarifies Service Level expectations, and establishes a basis for performance measurement.

1.2 SLA REVIEW PERIOD

This Exhibit E shall be reviewed by the Parties as follows:

 

(1) Quarterly during the first year, then once a year thereafter

 

(2) Ninety (90) days prior to the expiration date of the Agreement in anticipation of its renewal; and

 

(3) In the time periods set forth in Section 4.1(b)(SLA Improvement).

Any amendments to this Exhibit E will need to be mutually agreed between the Parties and in writing in accordance with Section 2.1 below.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

Set forth below are the definitions and their associated meanings used in this Exhibit. Other sections of this Exhibit may define other definitions. Any capitalized terms used in this Exhibit that do not have an associated definition will have the meanings indicated for such terms in the Agreement.

 

   

“Service Level Metric” means the measurement requirements used to determine whether an SLA has been met. There are Service Level Metrics for each SLA at each of the following performance levels:

 

   

Significantly Below Service Level;

 

   

Below Expected Service Level;

 

   

At Expected Service Level;

 

   

Above Expected Service Level;

 

   

Significantly Above Service Level; and

 

   

Priority Levels.

“Service Level Failure” means for any SLA for a given measurement period, (a) a failure of GlobalLogic to meet the Service Level Metric for “At Expected Service Level”, (b) meeting the Service Level Metric for “Significantly Below Service Level” or “Below Expected Service Level, or (c) a failure to meet the response time, restore time, escalation time or resolution time for a Priority Level.

 

PAGE 2


Section 2

2.1 MODIFICATIONS AND REVISIONS

GlobalLogic and Client agree to periodically negotiate to add, delete, or modify the existing Service Level Metrics and Service Levels to reflect changes in Client’s business requirements or objectives. The Parties will document all changes resulting from this negotiation in an amendment to this Exhibit. Amendments to this Exhibit will become effective only upon acceptance and execution by the authorized representatives from both GlobalLogic and Client.

Section 3

3.1 WORK FLOW

The following Section is a general representation of day to day Services and demonstrates the Deliverables expected at each stage of development. This diagram is presented as a general depiction of work flow across the enterprise and is not intended as a guide for all development. GlobalLogic will perform the Services in accordance with the variations to this model that Client determines for the specific Services that needs to be accomplished. For the avoidance of doubt, references to “Offshore Supplier” and “Supplier” in the diagram below are references to GlobalLogic.

 

PAGE 3


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 4


Section 4

4.1 SERVICE PERFORMANCE

 

a) Incident Management: GlobalLogic will diligently resolve any incidents to completion, as quickly as possible, in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit.

 

b) SLA Improvement : Client and GlobalLogic expect and understand that certain SLAs will be improved over time. In this event, Client and GlobalLogic will mutually agree on the appropriate increase in the Service Level and corresponding Service Level Metric.

 

c) Honeymoon Period: For a period of *** following the Effective Date of the Agreement, GlobalLogic’s performance against the SLAs set forth in this Exhibit will be reported by GlobalLogic on a monthly basis but Service Level Credits, Earn Backs and Service Level Incentives will not be incurred. Thereafter for the Term, Section 7 will apply.

4.2 PRIORITY LEVELS

Table 4.2.1 will determine the priorities and corresponding resolution and response times for incidents.

Incidents that are not immediately resolved upon notification to GlobalLogic by Client or upon GlobalLogic becoming aware of the incident, will be prioritized and resolved in accordance with Table 4.2.1.

4.2.1 PRIORITY DEFINITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

The following priority level requirements will apply to all Production Support.

This table applies to post launch or post release Deliverables

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 5


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 6


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 7


***

4.3 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

Client has established an Incident Management Process within its Service Operations Center (SOC). The goal of the Incident Management Process is to restore normal Service operation as quickly as possible and to minimize any adverse impact on business operations.

Client will monitor the systems and be the first to respond to calls from Client’s customers. Client will also coordinate incident isolation with GlobalLogic. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, GlobalLogic will communicate incident resolution progress to Client based upon the times specified in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements. GlobalLogic must provide a response to the incident based on the response times associated with the applicable priority level as specified in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements. GlobalLogic will resolve the incident within the defined time frame specified in Table 4.2.1 using standard industry practices.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is not within GlobalLogic’s responsibilities as set forth in the Agreement to resolve because the affected systems and environment are not accessible by GlobalLogic, or resolution of the incident is not directly related to GlobalLogic’s delivery of the Services will be returned to Client with an appropriate explanation. Should GlobalLogic determine that an incident being worked by GlobalLogic within Client’s responsibility to resolve, the incident will be closed and returned to Client for proper resolution. Should Client determine that an incident is within GlobalLogic’s responsibilities under the Agreement to resolve because the affected systems and environment are accessible to GlobalLogic, or resolution of the incident is directly related to GlobalLogic’s delivery of the Services, Client will return such incident to GlobalLogic for resolution.

Client, with input from GlobalLogic, will set the initial classification of the incident ticket according to the priority level criteria in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements and GlobalLogic will resolve the incident in accordance with the response, restore, and resolution times for the assigned priority level in Table 4.2.1, unless a different priority level is mutually agreed between Client and GlobalLogic. In the event that the Parties do not agree to the priority level of an incident, GlobalLogic shall continue to respond, restore and resolve the incident in accordance with the time frames set forth in Table 4.2.1 for the priority level set by the Client and, at the same time, GlobalLogic will escalate the dispute in accordance with Section 4.7, failing resolution of which, the dispute will be resolved through the dispute resolution provisions of the Agreement.

In the event that GlobalLogic does not respond to Client in accordance with the GlobalLogic “Response Time” listed in Table 4.2.1– Priority Level Requirements, Client can change the classification of an incident to a higher priority level. For the avoidance of doubt, at any time and in Client’s discretion, incidents can be escalated to the next contact or priority level, and GlobalLogic will restore and resolve the incident in accordance with the adjusted priority level.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 8


4.4 CHANGE MANAGEMENT

Client has committed to supporting its customer’s formal change and release management process intended to mitigate risk of adversely impacting Service delivery to end consumers. In partnership with Client, GlobalLogic will participate in the coordination and communication of necessary Client customer related maintenance and support activities, ensuring maintenance performed by GlobalLogic is completed at appropriates times, with the appropriate visibility and awareness.

4.5 PLANNED MAINTENANCE

GlobalLogic will leverage change management processes to ensure changes are scheduled at appropriate times, have the support of the appropriate GlobalLogic and Client resources, and are communicated to the appropriate Client stakeholders. GlobalLogic will ensure that any scheduled maintenance events will be executed in a well-coordinated and timely manner.

Maintenance events are defined as any change that could/will result in the loss of Service or be Service impacting. “Scheduled Maintenance” is defined as routine, scheduled maintenance. GlobalLogic will provide *** advance written notification prior to Scheduled Maintenance. GlobalLogic will not complete any Scheduled Maintenance without coordinating these events with Client.

GlobalLogic shall be responsible to test all changes to the GlobalLogic controlled infrastructure and environment. This testing will be performed to ensure the continuation of Services after the change and to reduce the risk of disruptions caused by the change.

All production changes, including solution deployments and maintenance, is conducted only *** unless otherwise mutually agreed to with Client.

4.6 TECHNICAL AND EXECUTIVE BRIDGES

During the resolution of a Service affecting incident, Client may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any incident. GlobalLogic shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Client for Priority 1 incident as noted in Table 4.6 below. These bridges are used for team–to-team communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Client, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

Table 4.6 - Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

Action

   Priority 1    Priority 2    Priority 3

Technical Bridge

   ***    ***    ***

***4.7 ESCALATION PROCEDURE

When incidents arise that require prompt attention, the following escalation procedures should be followed to obtain instruction and information for proper resolution.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 9


4.7.1 CLIENT ESCALATION TO GLOBALLOGIC

Escalation procedures are in place at the Client to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Priority 1 incident is not resolved by Client within *** of when Client was made aware of the incident, the incident may be escalated to GlobalLogic, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Client’s operations and engineering groups, and ensure that Client is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Priority 1 incident. Within *** of the Effective Date, GlobalLogic will advise Client of the GlobalLogic Contact Data designated in Table 4.7.1.

Table 4.7.1

 

Escalation Level

  

GlobalLogic Escalation Contact Data

  

Priority 1

  

Priority 2

Level 1

   ***    ***    ***

Level 2

   ***    ***    ***

Level 3

   ***    ***    ***

4.7.2 GLOBALLOGIC ESCALATION TO CLIENT

In some instances, GlobalLogic may become aware of a priority incident before Client does. In the event that GlobalLogic needs to notify Client of the incident, the escalation Table 4.7.2 below should be used.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 4.7.2 provides escalation timelines for Priority 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Priority 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that Client believes that GlobalLogic is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, Client may elevate the priority of the incident after Client sends notification to GlobalLogic. GlobalLogic will promptly acknowledge such notification and treat such incident as a Priority 2 incident.

Table 4.7.2

 

Escalation Level

  

Client Escalation Contact Data

  

Priority 1

  

Priority 2

Level 1

   ***    ***    ***

Level 2

   ***    ***    ***

Level 3

   ***    ***    ***

4.7.3 ADDITIONAL ESCALATION INFORMATION

Client and GlobalLogic will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both Parties. Client and GlobalLogic will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process, utilizing the templates for contact lists set forth in this Exhibit. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that if there are any changes in the contact information the other Party is updated. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this Exhibit, but will need to be maintained separately by the two Parties outside of this Exhibit.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 10


Section 5

For the avoidance of doubt, the references to Priority levels in this Section 5 have the meanings given to such Priority Levels set forth in Table 4.2.1.

5.1 PRODUCTION RESPONSE TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which Client requires a response from GlobalLogic to investigate a production incident.

Table 5.1 Production Response Time SLA Values

 

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

  

***

Response Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Response Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 11


Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call from Client to address a production incident and the time it takes a qualified engineer to call into a conference bridge. This person must have the necessary skills to actually trouble-shoot and resolve the incident.

5.2 PRODUCTION RESTORE TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines for which Client requires GlobalLogic to restore the production environment to a state prior to the incident and whereby it is in compliance with the Agreement by either work-around or actual or emergency fix.

Table 5.2 Production Restoration Time SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Restore Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Restore Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call from Client regarding an incident and the time it takes to restore the production environment to a state prior to the incident and in compliance to the Agreement by either work-around or actual or emergency fix.

5.3 PRODUCTION RESOLUTION TIME

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which Client require GlobalLogic to resolve a production incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 12


Table 5.3 Production Resolution Time SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Resolve Time: Priority 1

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 2

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 3

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Resolve Time: Priority 4

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA each month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period commences upon GlobalLogic receiving an email or call to address a production incident and the time it takes to resolve the incident with a permanent fix.

5.4 RECRUITING EFFECTIVENESS

Description

This SLA sets forth the time lines by which GlobalLogic will fill GlobalLogic resource open positions on Client’s account. The number of weeks to hire a candidate shall determine the effectiveness of GlobalLogic’s recruiting efforts as per the following table.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 13


Table 5.4 Recruiting Effectiveness SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Recruiting Effectiveness (India at all levels and Ukraine – junior and mid level resources)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Recruiting Effectiveness (Ukraine – senior resources)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts when GlobalLogic receives an email or updated spreadsheet from Client about an open position with a job description and requirements for the open position to GlobalLogic and ends when GlobalLogic hires a candidate approved by Client to fill the position.

If the Parties mutually agree that to substantially execute the responsibilities of a position, a rare skill is needed that is not easily sourced in the marketplace, GlobalLogic and Client will mutually agree to the time period for the filling of such position and this SLA will not apply to such position.

5.5 STAFF ATTRITION

Description

GlobalLogic is responsible for maintaining the agreed upon number of resources in order to perform the Services. Voluntary Attrition of the resources on the team must be no more than the “At Expected Service Level” Service Level Metric in the table below.

“Voluntary Attrition” includes:

 

   

All cases where a GlobalLogic employee or contractor formally resigns from GlobalLogic or their employment or engagement is terminated for whatever or no reason;

 

   

Any instance of a GlobalLogic employee or contractor being removed from a Client team either through their own request, at the request of GlobalLogic or at the request of Client;

 

   

Resignations and sabbaticals initiated by GlobalLogic or the individual employee or contractor . GlobalLogic’s employee or contractor promotions and role changes within Client team will not constitute Voluntary Attrition;

 

   

All cases of attrition due to personal reasons (e.g. marriage/relationships, relocation, higher studies etc).

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 14


Table 5.5 Staff Attrition Levels for Ukraine & India, combined

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Staff Attrition

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

All positions placed by GlobalLogic will be subject to a ***. For all positions placed by GlobalLogic, a *** period will exist in order to ensure a strong fit between the candidate and the role. During this time, GlobalLogic, the resource, and Client will evaluate the person and their performance in this role. Any Client request that GlobalLogic remove or replace this person during the first *** trial period, such removal shall not count towards determining whether GlobalLogic has met this Service Level.

GlobalLogic may not, at any time, remove a resource from the Client team without express written permission of Client. GlobalLogic will have a training program in place and retain a reasonable bench of resources to promptly replace any resources rotated or removed from Client’s account and ready to join as an effective and contributing member of the Client team within a reasonable period of time prior to the departure of a GlobalLogic resource on the Client account.

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every quarter. Reporting to be conducted by GlobalLogic at the GlobalLogic/Client Quarterly Review.

Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts from the Effective Date of the Agreement.

To calculate Voluntary Attrition, the number of GlobalLogic resources removed from Client’s account due to Voluntary Attrition during a quarter, will be divided by the total number of GlobalLogic resources on Client’s account during the same quarter.

5.6 TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS

Description

It is important to reduce the ramp-up time of new or replacement GlobalLogic resources on Client projects or team. GlobalLogic will implement an effective training plan which should be followed by new or replacement team members. After finishing the training program, GlobalLogic resources will be ready to perform the Services under the Agreement. In the table below, units of measurement are in number of calendar weeks:

Table 5.6 Training Progress SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Training Progress

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month, until each individual completes the required training.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 15


Analysis Plan

Measurement period starts from the first day of on-boarding onto Client’s account for new or replacement GlobalLogic resources. During the training period the new or replacement GlobalLogic resource will follow the training plan prepared by GlobalLogic. Each new GlobalLogic team member should then produce at least one (1) functional Deliverable that conforms to Client’s specifications within the first 2 months of being added to the Client team. A functional Deliverable can include, but is not limited to, such items as test plans, test cases, code, tools, and documentation. GlobalLogic Project Manager will assess the output of such new or replacement GlobalLogic resources and submit the Deliverable to Client for approval. Client will either approve or reject the Deliverable in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Agreement.

5.7 SCHEDULE

Schedule For Deliverable

This SLA shows how accurately GlobalLogic meets the delivery schedules of its Deliverables to Client.

Schedule Accuracy SLA measures the on-time delivery of all Deliverables for a given period. Units of measurement are the percentage of Deliverables completed and delivered on time during the month (accuracy to the delivery schedule).

Schedule Deviation SLA measures the number of days in total GlobalLogic deviated from the delivery schedule for any single Deliverable. Units of measure are the aggregate number of days past each interim milestone date, up to the scheduled final delivery date for the Deliverable.

Table 5.7 Schedule SLA Values

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

Schedule Accuracy (On-time delivery)

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Schedule Deviation

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Reporting Period

GlobalLogic will measure and report on this SLA every month.

Analysis Plan

Types and nature of milestones and Deliverables may vary depending on the project or Service. GlobalLogic and Client will mutually agree on the milestones and schedule for Deliverables for each project or Service. Measurement period starts when GlobalLogic receives and agrees to a schedule for Deliverables from Client.

5.8 DELIVERABLE QUALITY

GlobalLogic’s Quality Engineering group will review and test the Services and Deliverables to determine whether they conform to mutually agreed to specifications in terms of defects (defined by severity and priority as set forth below), hereinafter referred to individually as “Defect” and collectively as “Defects.” For the avoidance of doubt, a Defect is a form of non-conformity.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 16


Unless GlobalLogic is otherwise instructed by Client in writing, the Parties agree that Services or Deliverables will not be released or launched until the following criteria are met:

***

Table 5.8 – Priority / Defect Descriptions

 

Severity

  

Title

  

Definition /Description of Defects

1   

Deliverable/Service Prevention Defect

 

or

 

Priority 1 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•        Prevents an Service or Deliverable from executing under normal operating conditions;

 

•        Results in the inability to offer the Service;

 

•        Prevents a Service or Deliverable function from being used, no work around, or blocking progress on multiple fronts;

 

•        May present itself to many Client end users of the Service;

 

•        Greatly diminishes the usefulness, usability, or value of the Service or Deliverable; or

 

•        If detected by a single, influential user, or third party provider, would yield unfavorable review of software Deliverable or Service.

2   

Deliverable/Service Degrading Defect

 

or

 

Priority 2 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•         Prevents function of the Deliverable or Service from being used with no work-around;

 

•        May present itself to many Client end users of the Service; or

 

•         Significantly diminishes usefulness, usability, or value of the D eliverable or Service.

3   

Inconvenience Defect

 

or

 

Priority 3 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•        Creates an inconvenience to the Client end user, but does not degrade the ability to complete a data transaction or use of a particular Service or Deliverable.

4   

Low Severity Defect

 

or

 

Priority 4 Defect

  

Defined as a Defect that:

 

•        Is a non-Service affecting Defect such as a misaligned image on the screen, bad screen formatting with a specific application, perceived font incident, etc.

The priority of a Defect refers to how it ranks on the following variables:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 17


***

5.9 TEAM PRODUCTIVITY

GlobalLogic team productivity is measured in terms of the utilization of GlobalLogic resources to perform the Services. These may be Services delivered internal to Client or Services which are customer focused. Billable utilization is defined as the time a GlobalLogic resource spends on performing the Services. GlobalLogic will provide weekly reports detailing the resource utilization for all onsite and offshore Services.

Table 5.9 – GlobalLogic Team Productivity

 

SLA

  

Significantly Below
Service Level

  

Below Expected
Service Level

  

At Expected

Service Level

  

Above Expected
Service Level

  

Significantly Above
Service Level

GlobalLogic team Productivity

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

Section 6

Table 6.1 below designates the SLAs for which Service Level Credits or SLA Incentives may be incurred or achieved.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 18


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 19


***

Section 7

Client and GlobalLogic have agreed upon enforcing established SLA performance targets as well as Service Level Credits and earn back of Service Level Credits. The goal is for GlobalLogic to reach mutually agreed upon SLA targets, while meeting a high standard required of Client’s customers consistently month over month. The SLA performance targets can be modified as the Client’s business changes or if GlobalLogic is consistently exceeding SLA targets. The following are the mechanisms to calculate Service Level Credits, Service Level Incentives, and Earn Backs.

Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period), for each Service Level Failure of a SLA listed in Table 6.1 of Section 6 above, GlobalLogic shall incur Service Level Credits that will be computed in accordance with Subsection a) below.

a) Service Level Credits

 

  i) For each month, there is a maximum at risk amount of *** for that month (“ At Risk Amount ”).

Subject to Section 7(d) below, for each Service Level Failure of a SLA listed in Table 6.1 of Section 6 above within the Reporting Period, Global Logic shall incur Service Level credits that will be computed in accordance with the following formula (“ Service Level Credit ”):

***

 

  ii) SLAs are weighted based upon the importance of the SLA to Client as outline in Section 6. Service Levels are weighted depending upon how much GlobalLogic’s performance deviates from “Expected Service Levels”.

b) Earn Back Calculation

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period) and in the event any Service Level Credits are assessed for an individual SLA, GlobalLogic will have an opportunity to earn back the Service Level Credits for such SLA, if the “At Expected Service Level” performance level for such SLA is consistently satisfied for the designated number of consecutive months set forth in Subsections 1 and 2 below (“ Earn Back Period ”). GlobalLogic will not be able to earn back the Service Level Credit for a particular Service Level that GlobalLogic incurred a Service Level Failure until the applicable Earn Back Period for such SLA has successfully passed as noted in Sections 7(b)(i)(1) and (2) below.

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 20


***

c) Service Level Incentive

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period), and if, for any SLA in Table 6.1 above, GlobalLogic meets the “Above Expected Service Level” or “Significantly Above Service Level” performance level within the Reporting Period (e.g. monthly) for such SLA, it will earn an incentive amount that will be computed in accordance with the following formula (“ Service Level Incentive ”):

***

 

  ii) GlobalLogic will not earn a Service Level Incentive with respect to any particular Service Level during any applicable Earn Back Period following a Service Level Default for such Service Level as set forth in Sections 7(b)(i)(1) and (2) above.

 

  iii) Subject to Section 7(d) below, GlobalLogic may credit any Service Level Incentive amount earned by GlobalLogic against any Service Level Credit incurred by GlobalLogic during the Term of the Agreement.

d) Service Level Credit Reconciliation

 

  i) Subject to Section 4.1(c) (Honeymoon Period) and at the end of each calendar quarter, the Service Level Credits, Earn Back or Service Level Incentives, if any, for each SLA will be calculated by GlobalLogic in accordance with Sections 7(a) to (c) above.

 

  ii) A) Subject to Section 9.3.3 of the Agreement and upon the anniversary of the Effective Date, Service Level Credits earned by Client for the immediately preceding calendar quarter will be totaled and any applicable Earn Back or Service Level Incentive amounts earned during such calendar quarter will be credited against such total Service Level Credit amount. The foregoing adjustment shall be complete within thirty (30) days after the end of such calendar quarter.

B) Following the adjustment in Section 7(d)(ii)(A) above, the resulting balance of any Service Level Credit amounts will be set off against the next month’s invoice (i.e. the invoice issued immediately following such adjustment).

C) Subject to Section 9.3.3 of the Agreement and if following the adjustment in Subsection 7(d)(ii)(A) above, any remaining Service Level Incentives or Earn Back amounts are not applied against any accrued Service Level Credits, such Service Level Incentives or Earn Back amounts will be rolled over to the following calendar quarter.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 21


  iii) For the avoidance of doubt, at no time shall Client be obligated to pay an Earn Back or Service Level Incentive amount to GlobalLogic. Earn Backs and Service Level Incentives can only be applied against an accrued Service Level Credit.

 

  iv) The Parties acknowledge and agree than an Earn Back, Service Level Incentive, and Service Level Credits are good faith estimates of the harm caused to Client as a result of a Service Level Failure and the Service Level Credits, Service Level Incentive, and Earn Back shall not constitute liquidated damages or penalty for the corresponding failure to perform, and Client shall be free to pursue any and all remedies available under the Agreement or at law or equity with respect thereto.

Section 8

8.1 OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT

GlobalLogic’s security protections depends on the operational security controls associated with GlobalLogic’s pertinent processes and procedures. Pertinent means having a business impact on Client under this Agreement and having a strong bearing on (a) the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of Client and its customers’ data as well as (b) the availability and integrity of Client’s Service. GlobalLogic will meet the following security requirements:

 

  i) Include in GlobalLogic’s Security Program, documented Configuration and Change Management, Vulnerability Management, Security Monitoring, Incident Response, Data Handling, Access Management, Virus Management, Key Management, Patch Management processes and Physical security. The aforementioned security assessment should include each of these areas. GlobalLogic shall provide reasonable details of the measures it is taking in each of these areas, including, but not limited to, a detailed security policy; an overview of the supporting operational processes; attesting to the use of current documented methods and compliance to internal policy.

 

  ii) GlobalLogic will provide a liaison who will work with Client on matters of security compliance and risk management.

 

  iii) Establish and maintain a documented escalation process for security incident response, including procedures for engaging Client in the event of a security incident related to the system or the applications resident on it.

 

  iv) GlobalLogic may be asked to comply with some or all of the standards defined in the Client ISO A.5 Information Security Policy document and to participate in internal security processes such as security awareness training, application development, and vulnerability management. The standards and processes specific to the engagement will be provided by Client.

 

  v) Back-up of Code, documentation, and Client Work Product: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 22


8.2 NETWORK CONNECTIVITY

During the Term of the Agreement, GlobalLogic and Client may decide that it is mutually beneficial to establish network connectivity between their two companies. Such connections must only be used for their expressed business purpose.

If the connection is to be used by individual employees or agents of GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will notify Client whenever any such employees or authorized agents of GlobalLogic terminate employment. Additionally, if access to Client assets is no longer a business requirement for access, GlobalLogic will notify Client in a timely manner of the same.

GlobalLogic shall notify Client in writing upon a change in the user base for the work performed over the network connection or whenever a change in the connection and/or functionality requirements of the network connection is necessary.

Client reserves the right to monitor all activity over such connections to ensure appropriate use. GlobalLogic may be required to install a Client vulnerability scanner on any network(s) dedicated to supporting this engagement which will connect to Client.

GlobalLogic will be required to provide network separation between those resources supporting this engagement and those supporting other clients. Additionally, workstations and laptops must be configured to meet specific security standards defined by Client.

Section A

The following Escalation tables are to be used as templates for the attachments to this document. Both Client and GlobalLogic will exchange this contact information. Each Part will keep this data accurate and up to date for all purposes.

Table A1 – Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Portal Services Teams

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   Within *** notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 23


Table A2– Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Search Teams

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   *** notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** after notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

Table A3– Escalation Core Group Contact Data – For Storefront

 

Escalation Level

  

Response Time

  

Contact Name and Title

  

Contact

Number After

Hours

Priority 1

   Within *** of notification of incident. Updates required via email every *** until incident is resolved    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 2

   *** after notification if no satisfaction and or resolution.    See attached document    See attached document

Priority 3

   Within *** of notification    See attached document    See attached document

Section B

Reporting Schedule

Reports regarding individual projects and Services, as well as the overall engagement are expected from GlobalLogic at regular intervals.

Each week, unless otherwise agreed upon, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Weekly Project Status Report” indicating the overall progress and success of the GlobalLogic offshore teams are engaged in. The audience for this report will be all active Client stakeholders of all current projects and Services.

This report should contain the following information:

 

   

Summary information on all projects including:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 24


Each month, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the Service performance against the SLAs for the Services provided during previous month. This report will contain performance reporting for the SLAs listed in Section 5. The audience for this report will include the senior staff at Client such as department heads.

GlobalLogic shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth (10 th ) business day of each month for the SLA performance reporting of the immediately preceding month.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall provide reasonable detail regarding GlobalLogic’s performance against the Service Level Metrics for each SLA.

Each quarter, GlobalLogic will provide Client with a “Quarterly Business Review Report” indicating the overall success of the engagement, the accomplishments from the prior quarter and the areas of improvement and focus needed for the next reporting period. The audience for this report will be the Client executives and should include an in-person presentation as well.

 

PAGE 25


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT G

RATE SHEET

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT H

GlobalLogic Standard Hardware and Software Configuration

Each Team Member in GlobalLogic is provided one desktop with the following specifications as standard equipment. Senior managers are entitled to a laptop as standard equipment. One extra server with server class configuration, (one for every five Team Members) will be provided by GlobalLogic to assist in development and testing without any extra charge. Additional hardware or software or IT support Services for the functioning of the hardware or software requested in the table at the end of this Exhibit must be mutually agreed to between the Parties in writing.

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


ADDITIONAL CHARGES TABLE:

 

Category

  

Description

  

Charges

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

***

   ***    ***

For the communication and capital equipment set forth in the “Additional Charges Table” above that is not listed as “included in the base offshore rate” or “at no additional cost”, GlobalLogic will notify Client in writing that such equipment is needed and the cost of procuring such equipment through GlobalLogic. Client will investigate as to whether such equipment can be procured at a lower price from a third party supplier. If Client, elects to obtain such equipment from a third party supplier, then GlobalLogic shall not charge Client for the provision of such equipment. Any amendments to this Exhibit H will be mutually agreed to between the Parties in writing.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT I

Service Locations

B-34/1, Sector 59,

Noida 201301 (U.P)

India

Harihar Nagar, Besa,

Nagpur, 441108

India

(Noida satellite)

25 Nikolskaya St.

Mykolaiv, 54030

Ukraine

(Kyiv satellite)

Bozhenko 86D,

Kyiv, 03150

Ukraine

8605 Westwood Center Drive, Suite 401

Vienna, VA 22182

Phone: (+1) 703.847.5900

Fax: (+1) 703.847.5901

(GlobalLogic headquarters and also location of GlobalLogic on-shore mobile testing lab should it be needed)


EXHIBIT J

Transition Methodology

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


EXHIBIT K

Policies and Procedures

Attached herein are the Policies and Procedures.


GLOBALLOGIC INFORMATION AND

SECURITY MANAGEMENT – CURRENT

STATUS

Submitted to

LOGO

By

LOGO

Version : 1.0

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


LOGO

Motricity

Building Security Policies

Version 2.0

Security Level: External

Proprietary & Confidential Data:

Information in this document is for use by Motricity, its employees, contractors, supplier, and customers under license only.

LOGO

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Motricity   GlobalLogic

E XHIBIT  L

C HANGE C ONTROL P ROCEDURES

1. OVERVIEW

1.1 General This Exhibit describes the process and procedures to be followed by Client and GlobalLogic when either Party wishes to make a Change (the “Change Control Procedures”). The Parties may, by joint agreement, amend or waive any part of the Change Control Procedures in writing including, but not limited to, where the Parties agree that shorter or longer time frames are more appropriate.

1.2 Definitions.

(a) “ Change ” means any change with respect to the terms of the Agreement, including without limitation, changes to the Services, Fees, Service Levels or the Parties’ other obligations under the Agreement.

(b) “ Change Control Procedures ” has the meaning given in Section 0 above.

(c) “ Change Proposal ” has the meaning given in Section  (c) below.

(d) “ Change Order ” has the meaning given in Section 1.2 of the Agreement.

(e) “ Change Request ” has the meaning given in Section  (a) below.

(f) “ Mandatory Change ” has the meaning set forth in Section  0 below.

(g) “ New Service ” means any new service or other service outside the scope of the Services requested by Client: (1) that is in addition to and materially different from the Services; (2) that require materially different levels of effort or resources from GlobalLogic; (3) for which there is no current charging methodology; and (4) that is part of GlobalLogic’s general commercial offering.

1.3 Objectives. The objectives of the Change Control Procedures are as follows:

(a) To review each request for a Change (a “ Change Request ”) to determine whether such Change is appropriate;

(b) To determine whether a Change is within the scope of the Services or constitutes a New Service or is considered to be a change to the in-scope Services without constituting a change in the scope;

(c) To prepare a more detailed proposal to implement a Change Request (such proposal, a “ Change Proposal ”);

(d) To prioritize all Change Requests and Change Proposals;

 

-2-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(e) To minimize the risk of exceeding both time and cost estimates, if any, associated with the requested Change by identifying, documenting, quantifying, controlling, managing and communicating: (i) Change Requests, (ii) the preparation of Change Proposals, and (iii) their disposition;

(f) To identify the different roles, responsibilities and actions that will be assumed and taken by the Parties to define and implement the Changes; and

(g) To document a Change whether or not such Change results in any extra Charge.

Each Party will be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by its employees, agents and subcontractors with respect to its participation in, and responsibilities and obligations under, Change Control Procedures, unless expressly agreed otherwise in writing by both Parties.

2. CHANGE REQUESTS . Either Globallogic or client may initiate a Change Request by delivering to the other Party’s responsible executive or his/her nominated representative, a document that describes the Change and sets forth the reasons for it. Each Change Proposal that may be prepared for a Change Request will be tracked by reference to the Change Request to which it relates. Each Party’s respective responsible executive or his/her nominated representatives will be responsible for reviewing and considering any Change Request, and will approve it for further investigation, if deemed necessary. If the parties agree that the change request requires further investigation, the responsible executives will authorize such investigation, which will be performed as required by Globallogic and/or Client.

2.1 Preliminary Change Report.

(a) Preliminary Change Report Preparation . For each Change Request that the Parties have approved for further investigation, regardless of which Party has proposed the Change, GlobalLogic will prepare and submit to Client within seven (7) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed), with Client’s reasonable cooperation and provision of any information reasonably requested by GlobalLogic, a preliminary written report. Such preliminary report will contain the costs, implementation timeframe, preliminary technical rationale, resources (including without limitation human resources, hardware, software and other equipment) and associated charges, if any, required for implementing the Change and an initial analysis of the potential risks (if any) to Client or GlobalLogic if the Change is not implemented. GlobalLogic will bear the costs of preparing the preliminary report as set forth in this Section 2.1(a) and will provide such report as part of the Services.

(b) Report Review . Client and GlobalLogic will review the preliminary report and Client will, within seven (7) calendar days after delivery of such preliminary report in writing, either (1) instruct GlobalLogic to prepare a comprehensive Change Proposal as set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i) below, (2) notify GlobalLogic that it does not wish to proceed with the Change, or (3) proceed with the Change on the material terms set forth in the preliminary report and other mutually-agreed terms as necessary to reasonably complete the Change Order.

(i) Comprehensive Change Proposals . Where Client has instructed GlobalLogic to prepare a comprehensive Change Proposal, thirty (30) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed) after receiving such instruction, GlobalLogic will prepare a Change Proposal including the following elements of the Agreement; scope of the Services, Service Levels, charges for the Change, resources (including without limitation human resources, hardware, software and other equipment) required for implementing the Change, timeline,

 

-3-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

milestones, and delivery dates for implementing the Change, acceptance testing and acceptance criteria (which must be included in the final Change Order), any impacts on Client’s, GlobalLogic’s or any third party’s software, hardware, systems, business operations, personnel requirements or other services, any related technical or human resource systems/procedures, any legal and regulatory compliance issues; any other matter reasonably requested by Client at the time of preparation of the impact analysis or reasonably considered by GlobalLogic to be relevant, and any Changes to the contractual terms and conditions of the Agreement. GlobalLogic will bear the costs of preparing the comprehensive Change Proposal as set forth in this Section 2.1(b)(i), and will provide such comprehensive Change Proposal as part of the Services.

(ii) Change Proposal Review. Once submitted by GlobalLogic, Client will review the Change Proposal and as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event not more than thirty (30) calendar days (or as otherwise agreed) after receipt of the Change Proposal, either:

(iii) Client may notify GlobalLogic that it does not wish to proceed with the Change, in which case no further action will be taken in respect of the Change Proposal; or

(iv) either Party may request that it and the other Party meet to discuss the Change Proposal (such meeting to be referred to as the “ Change Proposal Meeting ”).

In the event that the Parties agree to proceed in accordance with one of the options detailed in Section 2.1(b)(i) above, then the Parties will gather any necessary information and/or GlobalLogic will prepare a revised version of the relevant Change Proposal, upon which the Parties will decide whether to proceed in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(i) above. The Parties will continue to go through the process detailed above until such time as a final resolution is made by the Parties. The Parties will act in good faith at all times during such process. The Parties anticipate that not all Changes will result in increases in the Fees. Nevertheless, the Parties intend that all material Changes will be documented under this Exhibit L. Additional Fees for Changes will apply in general when GlobalLogic reasonably demonstrates that the implementation or adoption of the Change requires GlobalLogic to supply additional resources or perform work that is not otherwise covered by the existing Fees and such additional Fees (if any) are mutually agreed with Client.

2.2 Effectiveness of a Change.

(a) Signed Change Orders . Upon the signature of a Change Proposal by both responsible executives, the contents of such Change Proposal will be deemed to be agreed and incorporated into the Agreement on the date of the last signature or as the Parties may otherwise agree (each such accepted Change Proposal will become a Change Order). All services added or modified by a Change Order will be “Services” under the Agreement, and the performance of Change Orders will in all respects be governed by the Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, no part of the discussions or interchanges between the Parties will obligate the Parties to approve any Change or will constitute an amendment or waiver of the Agreement unless and until reflected in a Change Proposal and adopted in accordance with this Exhibit L. Disputes regarding a Change will be subject to the dispute resolution process set forth in the Agreement.

2.3 Emergency Change Process . In the event that either Party requires a Change in order to respond to an emergency and such Change would, in the reasonable opinion of the requesting Party, if it was not implemented until Change Control Procedures had been followed, have a detrimental effect generally on Client, including without limitation Client’s financial interests, customer welfare or public safety, or specifically impacting

 

-4-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

GlobalLogic’s ability to meet its obligations pursuant to the Agreement, the requesting Party will make all reasonable efforts to contact the other Party’s responsible executive, and if the requesting Party is unable to contact the other Party’s responsible executive after reasonable efforts, the requesting Party will, where appropriate and practical, make all reasonable efforts to contact the other Party’s designated member. If the requesting Party is unable to contact either the other Party’s responsible executive, the requesting Party may make temporary Changes to the Services without the prior consent of the other Party. The requesting Party will notify the other Party as soon as practicable but no later than forty-eight (48) hours after the event of such Change and will, as soon as reasonably practicable (but no later than two (2) business days thereafter) document and report in writing on such Changes to the other Party. Any agreed Change as a result will be agreed in accordance with Change Control Procedures. Disputes regarding any extra Fees for Changes under this Section are subject to the Agreement.

2.4 Mandatory Changes . Notwithstanding the Change consideration and implementation process outlined in this Exhibit L, if a Change requested by Client is a Mandatory Change (as defined hereafter), GlobalLogic shall immediately begin implementing the Change upon request by Client. GlobalLogic shall also prepare and deliver to Client a Change Proposal related to the Mandatory Change on an expedited basis, where appropriate, and the Parties shall work together in good faith to determine the impact on the Agreement (including without limitation, any impact on the Fees) as a result of implementing the Mandatory Change. If the Parties are unable to agree on the impact on the Agreement within thirty (30) days after Client has received the Change Proposal from GlobalLogic, either Party may consider such failure to agree to be a dispute, and may escalate such dispute for resolution in accordance with the Agreement. A “ Mandatory Change ” shall be any Change requested by Client, that, in the reasonable judgment of Client, (a) that is reasonably required to comply with any Law or collective bargaining agreement; (b) for GlobalLogic to perform services critical to Client’s business where such services are not within the scope of the Services, but are not materially different in nature or kind from the Services; (c) any change to Client policies, standards or procedures disclosed or referenced in the Agreement or Exhibit to the Agreement; (d) is critical to Client’s business objectives; (e) is required to protect Client’s customers’ welfare or public safety; or (f) without reference to (a)-(e) above, are otherwise described as a Mandatory Change in the Agreement.

 

-5-


LOGO   LOGO
Motricity   GlobalLogic

EXHIBIT M

BENCHMARKING AND ANNUAL REVIEW PROCEDURES

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-2-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

E XHIBIT N

Audits

 

1. AUDIT SCOPE, LIMITATIONS, AND PROCEDURES

1.1 Authorized Auditors, Audit Access Rights, and Audit Purposes.

(a) GlobalLogic shall provide access for audits in accordance with this Exhibit N for the Audit Purposes (as defined below) during the Term and through the end of the Termination Assistance period, and for up to an additional three (3) months after the end of the Termination Assistance period for:

(i) Client Staff;

(ii) Client’s internal and external auditors (as listed in Attachment N-1 and Client may amend such Attachment from time to time in its sole discretion provided that any proposed new external auditors may not have a material conflict of interest with GlobalLogic due to its retention by GlobalLogic as an external auditor in the prior six (6) months);

(iii) Client’s authorized agents and representatives with a reasonable nexus to the Audit Purpose; and

(iv) any regulatory or governmental authority which has provided Client with a written request for an audit.

The persons in (i) - (iv) above shall be collectively referred to as the “ Authorized Auditors .” Client will appoint an Authorized Auditor as GlobalLogic’s point of contact for audits (“ Client’s Audit Point Of Contact ”).

(b) Solely in relation to the Audit Purposes as defined below, GlobalLogic shall provide each of the Authorized Auditors with (collectively, the “ Audit Access Rights ”):

(i) a right and license of reasonable access to GlobalLogic Locations and other sites from which GlobalLogic performs its obligations under the Agreement and the facilities of any subcontractor as it relates to the Services performed for Client only. For the avoidance of doubt, Client shall not have audit rights in any manner to other GlobalLogic customer accounts as they constitute confidential information pertaining to such customer;

(ii) access to the Client data and Client’s Confidential Information held on any system, including all requested extracts from such systems regarding (x) Client’s Confidential Information and (y) such Client data pertaining to Services provided under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Statement of Work;

(iii) read-only electronic access to the problem records/tickets relating to the Services;

(iv) reasonable access to GlobalLogic employees, contractors, and personnel and subcontractors engaged in the provision of the Services, including for the purpose of providing reasonable assistance in understanding or interpreting information pertaining to any Audit Purpose in a manner that is not disruptive to ongoing Services; and

 

-1-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(c) The Authorized Auditors may use the Audit Access Rights for the following audit purposes (each, an “ Audit Purpose ” and collectively, the “ Audit Purposes ”):

(i) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s compliance with obligations with respect to the performance of the Services for Client under this Agreement;

(ii) examine, evaluate, and verify the integrity of Client data;

(iii) examine, evaluate, and verify the systems that process, store, support and transmit the Client data;

(iv) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic internal controls, processes and procedures (e.g., financial controls, organizational controls, input/output controls, system modification controls, processing controls, system design controls, and access controls) and the security, disaster recovery and back-up practices and procedures associated with the Services; examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s performance of the Services;

(v) examine, evaluate, and verify GlobalLogic’s reported operational performance against the applicable Service Levels;

(vi) examine, evaluate, and verify the accuracy of GlobalLogic’s invoices to Client; and

(vii) enable Client to meet the regulatory, financial reporting, and other requirements imposed upon Client by applicable Laws.

1.2 Audit Limitations

Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit N:

(a) audits shall occur not more than once each calendar year for each individual Audit Purpose relating to a particular segment of Client’s business (e.g., a audit relating to Client’s business unit) unless:

(i) agreed by the Parties;

(ii) required by Client regulatory bodies or applicable Laws; or

(iii) upon discovery of any adverse results from a prior audit or other reasonable grounds for suspecting fraud or other illegal activity by GlobalLogic or its subcontractors; and

(b) audits shall not be permitted to the extent they materially interfere with GlobalLogic’s ability to perform the Services in accordance with the Service Levels, unless Client relieves GlobalLogic from meeting the applicable Service Levels for the relevant audit activity period to the extent such obligations are hindered by the audit activity.

1.3 Parties’ Point of Contact

Each Party shall nominate a contact person for each audit who shall be the central communication point and organizer for the performance of GlobalLogic’s responsibilities under this Exhibit N. That point of contact shall be:

For GlobalLogic: Johan Broekhuysen          VP, Financial Control

For Client: Allyn Hebner, CFO

 

-2-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

1.4 Client Obligations

The Client’s Audit Point of Contact and the individual Authorized Auditors shall at all times:

(a) provide reasonable notice to GlobalLogic which shall be no less than thirty (30) days (unless such notice period is inconsistent with an applicable Law or an agreement between Client and the Authorized Auditor) identifying the applicable Authorized Auditor(s), applicable Audit Purpose(s), the audit location(s), and the audit date(s); provided, however, no such notice shall be required where such notice would reasonably undermine the purpose of the audit (e.g., fraud investigation);

(b) comply with reasonable security and other site regulations for the premises at which the audit activities are conducted; and

(c) cause non-regulatory and non-governmental Authorized Auditors to be subject to confidentiality conditions substantially similar to those identified in the Agreement.

 

2. RECORDS AND ASSISTANCE

2.1 Record Maintenance and Availability

GlobalLogic shall, and shall require that its subcontractors shall:

(a) maintain accurate and complete records of and supporting documentation for all Fees, all Client data and all transactions, authorizations, reports, data or information created, collected, processed or stored by GlobalLogic in the performance of it’s obligations under this Agreement (the “ Service Records ”). GlobalLogic shall ensure that such Service Records shall be kept in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards, rules and principles and all Laws for each relevant jurisdiction; and

(b) GlobalLogic shall retain the Service Records in accordance with applicable Laws and in compliance with Client’s written record retention policy and as provided to GlobalLogic and as modified by Client from time-to-time as a Mandatory Change.

2.2 GlobalLogic Assistance

GlobalLogic shall give all reasonable assistance to Client and its Authorized Auditors in understanding or interpreting GlobalLogic’s records and performing audits hereunder.

 

3. SERVICE PROVIDER INTERNAL AUDITS

3.1 If, during the Term, at GlobalLogic’s sole cost, GlobalLogic obtains a SAS 70 Type II examination of any of the Service Locations that cover the common processes and controls for any such facility or location (“ SAS 70 Audit ”), GlobalLogic will provide a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report resulting from the SAS 70 Audit to Client at no cost within thirty (30) days of GlobalLogic receiving such report. For the avoidance of doubt, GlobalLogic shall not be required to perform a SAS 70 Audit under this Agreement; except, in the event a SAS 70

 

-3-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

Audit is performed by GlobalLogic on its own accord, GlobalLogic shall provide a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report to Client within the aforesaid timeframe.

3.2 Client will be entitled to provide to third parties a copy of the SAS 70 Audit report (if any) as necessary to evidence Client’s internal control structure, provided that any such third party enters into a confidentiality agreement with terms no less stringent than the Agreement or other confidentiality agreement as may be approved by GlobalLogic (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

3.3 If any:

(a) SAS 70 Audit report identifies exceptions in the Service delivery environment or any GlobalLogic internal control that prevents GlobalLogic’s auditors from issuing an unqualified SAS 70 Audit report concerning the Services; or

(b) Internal audit performed by Client identifies material exceptions in the Service delivery environment or any GlobalLogic internal control;

(each an “Exception”), then GlobalLogic will:

(i) promptly develop a plan and schedule for GlobalLogic to take all necessary corrective action to resolve the Exception;

(ii) present such corrective plan to Client and adopt all reasonable comments from Client; and

(iii) promptly implement such approved corrective plan and ensure that the Exception has been resolved.

3.4 Client will be obligated to pay the costs, if any, for remedial actions necessary to correct Exceptions:

(a) that previously existed in Client’s legacy systems and processes and where Client requires the continued use of such legacy systems and processes by GlobalLogic to perform Services during the Term; and

(b) that are associated with any Client control points that Client mandated GlobalLogic compliance in the delivery of the Services.

3.5 GlobalLogic will be obligated to pay the costs, if any, for remedial actions necessary to correct Exceptions, other than those for which Client is obligated to pay in Section 3.4 above.

3.6 Internal Audits

If GlobalLogic (or any person on its behalf) conducts an audit of any aspect of its (or any subcontractor’s) operations applicable to the performance of the Services and as a result of the audit or through the audit process, a breach of GlobalLogic’s obligation(s) under the Agreement is identified, GlobalLogic shall promptly:

(a) Provide Client with written notice identifying the breach; and

 

-4-


Motricity   GlobalLogic

(b) Take action to remedy such breach at its own cost and expense.

 

4. COST OF EXAMINATION

4.1 GlobalLogic shall bear its own costs related to its compliance with this Exhibit N, except where otherwise specified in this Exhibit.

4.2 Client shall bear its own costs and those of its Authorized Auditors for any audit or examination undertaken by them pursuant to this Exhibit N, except as provided in Sections 4.3 or 4.5 below.

4.3 If any audit or examination reveals that GlobalLogic’s invoices for the Services for the audited period are not correct for such period, GlobalLogic shall promptly credit Client for the amount of any such overcharges within two (2) invoice cycles. In the event of an overcharge by GlobalLogic under this Agreement is in excess of *** in any month subject to audit, GlobalLogic will reimburse Client’s reasonable audit expenses incurred by Client to identify such overcharge. In the event any audit reveals that GlobalLogic undercharged Client under this Agreement in any month subject to the audit, GlobalLogic may invoice and Client shall reimburse GlobalLogic for the amount of the undercharge; provided Client has not already made payment for the value of the undercharge and GlobalLogic reimburses Client for any reasonable audit expenses incurred by Client to identify such undercharge.

4.4 Any disputes raised by either Party with respect to this Exhibit N will be escalated and resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution process set forth in Section 10.9 of the General Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.

4.5 To the extent any audit or examination exceed historical levels of effort or complexity and such additional levels of effort or complexity is attributable solely to GlobalLogic’s failure to comply with this Agreement (e.g., account reconciliation or inter-company transactions relating to the Services are not performed in accordance with the Agreement and could result in a material weakness finding without such additional audit efforts), the additional costs and expenses arising from such GlobalLogic failure shall be borne by GlobalLogic. If GlobalLogic disputes the extent to which the foregoing applies, then such matter shall be escalated in accordance with the dispute resolution process set forth in the Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-5-


LOGO   LOGO
Motricity   GlobalLogic

EXHIBIT N-1

E XTERNAL A UDITORS

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-6-


EXHIBIT O

Recovery of Unamortized Investments

GlobalLogic will recover the value of the ramp investment by amortizing it across *** following the Effective Date (“ Investment Period ”) as set forth in Exhibit G.

Termination For Convenience

1. If the Agreement is terminated during the Investment Period by Client for convenience under Section 9.1 of the Agreement, then GlobalLogic will be reimbursed for (“ Termination Recovery Amount ”) *** between:

***

Reduction of GlobalLogic Headcount Below *** During The Investment Period

***

***

3. GlobalLogic may equitably adjust the “Ramp Investment %” and “Required mark-up” percentage set forth in Exhibit G to allow GlobalLogic to recover the Termination Recovery Amount and Headcount Recovery Amount set forth in Sections 1 and 2 above.

4. If requested by Client, GlobalLogic will provide Client with supporting documentation that demonstrates how GlobalLogic calculated the Termination Recovery Amount and Headcount Recovery Amount so that Client may verify the calculation.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


Exhibit P

Client Competitors, Customers and Lines of Business

1. Client’s lines of business are:

“Lines of Business” for the purposes of Section 10.1.3 of the Agreement and this Exhibit P are defined as the design, development, deployment, and management of data services applications. Such applications are varied, including but not limited to, applications with the functionality and capabilities of Portals, Storefronts, Managed Web, Search and Gateway or such similar applications and the associated sub-applications, such as content.

2. Client’s competitors are:

***

3. Client’s customers are:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


FIRST AMENDMENT

T O T HE

M ASTER S ERVICES A GREEMENT

This First Amendment (“Amendment”) is entered into as of July 1, 2009 (“Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Motricity, Inc. (“Client”) and GlobalLogic, Inc. (“GlobalLogic”).

A. Client and GlobalLogic entered into that certain Master Services Agreement dated December 30, 2008 (“Agreement”); and

B. The parties now desire to amend the Agreement to modify pricing of the Services and other terms as set forth in this Amendment.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

2. Section 3.9.1 (Annual Review of Relationship) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.9.1 Pricing Review.

Every ***, at the written request of either Party given at least *** prior to the end of such *** period, the parties shall discuss and may agree to adjust labor rates in Exhibit G (the “Labor Rates”) upward or downward. The first date on which such adjustment of labor rates may take place is the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “First Anniversary”), and will repeat every *** from such First Anniversary.

In addition, each year, at the written request of either party given at least 60 days before each anniversary of the Effective Date, the parties may adjust billing rates upward or downward.

Unless acute or extraordinary market changes require otherwise, any upward adjustment in Labor Cost plus Overhead Cost (the “Adjustable Costs”) will be ***

GlobalLogic will work with Client to create a budget for salary increases or decreases for individuals. Market survey data will be used to create the salary and benefit adjustment budget. The Parties shall collaborate to manage any annual adjustment upward to the Adjustable Costs ***. This will include managing the average experience level, location mix, and skills mix of the resources providing Services to Client.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


All changes to Fees in this Section must be mutually agreed in writing and signed by both Parties.

3. Section 3.9.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

3.9.3 Forecast/Reduction of Resources. Client will provide GlobalLogic a rolling 90-day forecast of resource needs (“Forecast”). This Forecast is for resource management only and will not bind Motricity to any particular level of resource use.

“Flex Resources” are those team members who are designated by Motricity as being Flex Resources and who have spent less than *** on Motricity projects. After *** of continuous service on Motricity projects, a Flex Resource shall automatically become a Regular Resource. Motricity may elect to reduce Flex Resources for any Statement of Work for its convenience upon *** notice. Flex Resources shall not provide production support.

“Regular Resources” are those team members 1) who are resources on Motricity Projects on the Effective Date of that certain First Amendment between the parties dated July 1, 2009 (the “First Amendment”), 2) who are new resources not designated a Flex Resources, and 3) who have spent *** or more on Motricity projects. Motricity may elect to reduce Regular Resources for any Statement of Work for its convenience upon *** notice for a reduction of up to *** of all full time equivalent Regular Resources and upon *** notice for a reduction of over *** of the team of Regular Resources. The notice periods in this paragraph do not apply to the roll-off of resources that is consistent with expectations from Motricity’s commitments with its customers on its projects that GlobalLogic is supporting or that is consistent with the Motricity Forecast.

In the event the notice required in this Section 3.9.3 is not provided and the team is reduced immediately for Client’s convenience, Client will be invoiced for *** for the individuals that cannot be redeployed to another client account for the duration of the notice period or until such individual is redeployed (whichever occurs first), so long as GlobalLogic uses commercially reasonable efforts to deploy the resources to another client account and GlobalLogic continues to pay such individual his or her salary. The foregoing will not apply in the event that such individuals were terminated for cause.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


For all proposed additions or removals of any nature of a given GlobalLogic resources from the Client account by GlobalLogic, GlobalLogic will provide Client with at least *** of written notice prior to the suggested removal date, for the removal of such resource from the Client team.

4. Exhibit A, Pricing Policies section, a new subsection is added as follows:

Exception for Current Resources . Notwithstanding Exhibit G (Rate Sheet) the fees for the following resources (the team as of the effective date of the First Amendment, the “Current Resources”) is ***:.

***

If any member of the Current Resources must be replace by a replacement resource for any reason (including attrition), the rates charged for such replacement resource shall be as described below:

 

   

Resource with less than eight (8) years’ experience: ***

 

   

Resource with more than eight (8) years’ experience: ***

 

   

Resource possessing specialty skills: ***

5. Exhibit A, Motricity Orientation Training section, the last sentence in the first paragraph (beginning with “GlobalLogic will not charge…”) is deleted and replaced with:

GlobalLogic will not charge Client for new team members while they are in the Motricity Orientation Training program, except that GlobalLogic may charge for up to *** of training for Flex Resources so long as Motricity agrees such resources require the training.

6. Exhibit A, a new section is added to the end of the exhibit as follows:

Pre-Sales Support :

Upon Client’s written request, GlobalLogic will provide additional resources to support Client’s sales activities, including pre-sale engineering, development, and presentation support (the “Pre-Sale Resources”) for potential new customers of Client and potential new work for existing customers. All such work performed prior to a commitment between Client and its customer for on-going services will be billed ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


7. Exhibit E, Section 5.4 (Recruiting Effectiveness) a new sentence is added to the end of the section as follows:

This SLA shall not apply to those Flex Resources who are not expected to become Regular Resources.

8. Exhibit E, Section 5.5 (Staff Attrition) a new sentence is added to the end of the section as follows:

This SLA shall not apply to Flex Resources.

9. Exhibit E, Section 5.8 (Deliverable Quality) the following is added to the end of the section:

SLA for Deliverable Quality

This SLA shows the quality of GlobalLogic deliverables (the “Deliverable Quality SLA”). Deliverable Quality SLA is measured as total number of Severity 1 (P1) and Severity 2 (P2) Defects open at the end of UAT. Units of measurement are the number of P1 and P2 Defects.

Table 5.8 Deliverable Quality SLA Values

***

10. Exhibit G (Rate Sheet) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with a new Exhibit G Rate Sheet attached as Exhibit 1 to this Amendment.

11. General . Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. If there are any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the Agreement, then the provisions of this Amendment will control.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


12. Entire Agreement . The Agreement, including SOWs, Exhibits or Attachments to the Agreement, and this Amendment constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous agreements, oral or written, between the parties concerning the subject matter of the Agreement and this Amendment. No modification or amendment of the terms of the Agreement or this Amendment is effective except by a writing executed by both parties.

Both Parties represent that they have read this Amendment in its entirety, understand it and agree to be bound by all the terms and conditions stated in it.

 

Motricity, Inc.     GlobalLogic Inc.
By:   /s/ Bopsy Sharvelyn     By:   /s/ James R.Smith
Name:   Bopsy Sharvelyn     Name:   James R.Smith
Title:   SVP & GM     Title:   President & COO
Date:   September 11, 2009     Date:   September 16, 2009


STATEMENT OF WORK

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

Exhibit 10.2

Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement

#00014249

between

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

and

Cingular Wireless LLC

Agreement No: 00014249

Effective Date: July 22, 2005


Table of Contents

 

Section

   Page
1.   Definitions    1
2.   Certain Rights Granted    4
3.   Certain Obligations of the Parties    6
4.   Hosting    9
5.   Payments    9
6.   Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Direct Liability    10
7.   Term and Termination    15
8.   Intellectual Property    16
9.   General Provisions    17
Exhibits   
A.   Services    24
B.   Trademarks    41
C.   Commercial Terms    43
D.   Change Request Process & Acceptance Test Process    46
E.   Executive Orders and Federal Regulations    50
F.   Attribution    53
G.   Service Level Agreement    56
H.   Business Requirements Template    86
I.   Change Request Template    101
J.   Work Order and Purchase Order Template    103
K.   License Agreement    105
L.   Cingular Customized Work Product    148
M.   Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors    149

 

2


Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

This Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement, effective as of, July 22, 2005 (the “Effective Date” ), is made by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with principal offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024 ( “InfoSpace” ), Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company on behalf of itself and its Affiliates ( “Cingular” ), with principal offices at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, Georgia 30342, and, solely with respect to Section 9.12, InfoSpace, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with principal offices at 601 108 th Ave., Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004.

RECITALS

This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

 

  A. Cingular and InfoSpace, Inc., the parent company of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., entered into that certain Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, effective as of July 1, 2003 (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”).

 

  B. The parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, as more fully described below. This Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement (together with all exhibits hereto and as amended in writing from time to time, this “Agreement”) shall replace in its entirety the Prior Agreement as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

As used herein, the following terms have the following defined meanings:

“Active User” means a User for whom InfoSpace reports three or more Sessions during a calendar month of the Term.

“Administrator” means a Cingular employee designated by Cingular to access the Management Console (as defined in Section B (1) of Exhibit A).

“Affiliate” means an entity that has its principal place of business in the United States or Puerto Rico and that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another entity. Control shall be defined as (i) thirty percent (30%) or more ownership or beneficial interest of income and capital of such entity; (ii) ownership of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting power or voting equity; or (iii) the exclusive or shared ability to otherwise direct the management policies of such entity by contract or otherwise.

Agreement means this Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, including all exhibits hereto.

“Cingular Customized Work Product” means the deliverables described in Exhibit L that InfoSpace will develop and deliver to Cingular in accordance with Section 8.3.

 

1


“Cingular Marks” means those Trademarks of Cingular set forth on Exhibit B hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as Cingular may from time to time notify InfoSpace in writing to be “Cingular Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

“Cingular Materials” means the Cingular Customized Work Product, Cingular Marks, Cingular Sourced Content, and any other materials provided by Cingular to InfoSpace. Cingular may, from time to time, add, modify, or delete any or all Cingular Materials upon written notice to InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to add, modify or delete such Cingular Materials within the timeframe requested by Cingular or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

“Cingular Network” means the equipment and systems that are owned, operated and/or managed by Cingular for the provision of the Services to Users.

“Cingular Sourced Content” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

“Co-branded Pages” means, collectively, the Mobile Pages and PC Pages hosted on the InfoSpace Web Sites that comprise a portion of the Services.

“Content” means the InfoSpace Sourced Content and the Cingular Sourced Content.

“Feature Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D.

“InfoSpace Marks” means those Trademarks of InfoSpace set forth at http://www.infospaceinc.com/about/ legal_trademarks.php , which may be modified and updated by InfoSpace from time to time.

“InfoSpace Software” means the software owned by InfoSpace that is used by InfoSpace to host the Services.

“InfoSpace Sourced Content” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

“InfoSpace Supported Handsets” means the Wireless Devices set forth in Section C of Exhibit A through which InfoSpace shall make the Services available.

“InfoSpace Web Sites” means, collectively: (a) the Web Site the primary home page of which is located at http://www.infospace.com; and (b) other Web Sites maintained by InfoSpace and its affiliates.

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademarks, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising under the laws of any jurisdiction.

“License Agreement” means the license agreement attached hereto as Exhibit K that the parties may enter pursuant to Section 4(b) or Section 7.2 of this Agreement. The License Agreement contains the terms and conditions pursuant to which InfoSpace will license the InfoSpace Software to Cingular. This License Agreement applies only to the InfoSpace Software that is listed on Exhibit B to the License Agreement and not the Cingular Customized Work Product.

“Mobile Pages” means web pages that are prepared using Wireless Markup Language (WML) and Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) for mobile devices (as described in Exhibit A), and intended for presentation to Users using InfoSpace Supported Handsets.

 

2


“PC Pages” means web pages that are prepared using Hypertext Markup Language (as described in Exhibit A), and intended for presentation to Users using a Personal Computer as their terminal/display device.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, Limited Liability Company or other entity.

“Portal User” means each unique profile for a Person who at any time has used the Services (which profile may be derived from information or a combination of information that may include, but is not limited to, screen name, device identifier and/or MSISDN).

“Services” means the Technology, products, applications and services (and all modifications, upgrades and revisions thereto) that will be made available to Cingular by InfoSpace pursuant to this Agreement, as more particularly described on Exhibit A.

“Service Level Agreement” (SLA) means the Service Level Agreement by and between InfoSpace and Cingular, entered into on the date hereof and made a part hereof for all purposes, and attached hereto as Exhibit G.

“Session” means any use of the Services by a User during any thirty minute period.

“SMS Message” means a message sent or received by InfoSpace via a push (MT SMS) or pull (MO SMS) service using short text codes, including a message containing an embedded link to a WAP page.

“Technology” means any technical, functional and architectural specifications authored by InfoSpace, or any know-how, graphics, techniques, methods, formulae, drawings, designs, source code, concepts, ideas, documentation, or any improvement or upgrade thereto, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice, owned or licensed by or on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its Affiliates to create, provide, use, modify, adapt, publish, display, update, enhance, improve or maintain the Services or any portion thereof or to provide access to any of the Content or Services; except, however, “Technology” does not include the Cingular Materials.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

“Trademarks” means any trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, corporate names, proprietary logos or indicia and other source or business identifiers.

“User Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

“Web Site” means any point of presence maintained on the Internet or on any other public data network accessed via any portable or non-portable computing device. With respect to any Web Site maintained on the World Wide Web, such Web Site includes all HTML, XHTML or WML pages (or similar unit of information presented in any relevant data protocol) that either are identified by the same second-level domain (such as infospace.com) or by the same equivalent level identifier in any relevant address scheme.

“Wireless Device” means cellular phones, personal digital assistants, pagers and RIM devices.

“User” means any Person that is authorized by Cingular to access the Services.

Any capitalized term used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in this Agreement.

 

3


2. Certain Rights Granted.

2.1 InfoSpace Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term (as defined in Section 7.1), InfoSpace will make available to Cingular the Services described in Exhibit A and hereby grants to Cingular the right to enable Users and up to 500 employees of Cingular, collectively, to access the available Services through PCs (for PC Pages) and on InfoSpace Supported Handsets via the Cingular Network (for Mobile Pages), as described in Exhibit A.

2.2 Cingular Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace the right to include the Cingular Materials on the Services.

2.3 Limitations.

 

  (a) Cingular shall have no right by virtue of this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Content or Services under this Agreement to any Person, other than providing access to the Content and Services to Users.

 

  (b) Each party acknowledges that the rights granted by the other party hereunder are subject to the rights of certain third parties. Neither party shall be required to deliver Content in violation of any law of any jurisdiction. If delivery of Content under this Agreement is deemed to be in violation of any law, the providing party shall provide three (3) business days notice to the other party, and InfoSpace, to the extent reasonably possible, shall remove or modify such Content If, in the sole discretion of Cingular, such removal or modification would materially alter the Content or the Services, the parties agree to negotiate amended terms with respect to such Content or Services in good faith.

 

  (c) Cingular shall reasonably allow InfoSpace and its Affiliates to implement, or Cingular shall otherwise reasonably cooperate with InfoSpace and its Affiliates, upon their written request, for the purpose of the implementation of, any bug fixes and/or updates for any Services or Content access supplied hereunder.

 

  (d) Unless expressly authorized by the other party in writing, or unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, neither Cingular nor InfoSpace shall itself, nor shall either authorize or assist any third party to, (a) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Content or Services provided hereunder or any other materials provided by the other party, or (b) “frame” the Content or insert any advertisements (including interstitial advertisements), pop-up windows, new consoles or other items, or use any other techniques, that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Services, or any of the InfoSpace Web Sites, from that seen by users hand-entering the applicable URL into their browser.

 

  (e) Other than in connection with their performance under this Agreement, InfoSpace and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Cingular Materials to any Person.

 

  (f) Cingular will not reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or trade secrets for any of the Technology or the Services, except that this restriction shall not apply to any Cingular Materials.

 

4


  (g) To the extent that it is within InfoSpace’s reasonable control, InfoSpace will promptly remove, upon Cingular’s written request, the display of pornographic or “adult” graphics, text and other material, on the Services. In the event of disagreement over whether the materials constitute pornographic or adult graphics, text or other material, Cingular’s opinion shall prevail.

 

  (h) InfoSpace shall not allow access, nor grant any right to enable access, to the available Content or Cingular Materials on the Services, other than the access granted in Section 2, or as otherwise agreed, in writing, by the parties.

 

  (i) InfoSpace will not implement any new, or modify any existing, Content on the Services without prior written approval by Cingular.

 

  (j) In the event that InfoSpace or any of its Affiliates receives an offer from a third party content provider to pay InfoSpace for the distribution, use or placement of content to or with Cingular or any Users as part of the Services, then InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of such offer and provide the details thereof to Cingular. If InfoSpace accepts such offer without the prior written approval of Cingular, then InfoSpace shall pay to Cingular all monies or other consideration received from such agreement within 10 business days of InfoSpace’s receipt of same.

2.4 Cingular Marks License. Subject to Section 2.6 and the conditions set forth in this Section 2.4, Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace and its affiliates the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the Cingular Marks: (a) on the InfoSpace Web Sites in connection with the posting of hyperlinks to the Services; (b) with the prior written approval of Cingular in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Services; and (c) with the prior written approval of Cingular and subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to publicity, in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about InfoSpace and its affiliates and their relationship with Cingular and the Services.

2.5 InfoSpace Marks License. Subject to Section 2.6, InfoSpace hereby grants to Cingular the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the InfoSpace Marks: (a) on the Services in connection with the posting of hyperlinks to the Content; and (b) with the prior written approval of InfoSpace and subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to publicity, in and in connection with the development, use, reproduction in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Cingular and its relationship with InfoSpace and its affiliates and the Services.

2.6 Use of Trademarks. Prior to the first use of any of the other party’s Trademarks in the manner permitted herein, the party using such Trademarks shall submit a sample of such proposed use to the other party for its prior written approval. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party shall strictly comply with all standards with respect to the other party’s Trademarks which may be furnished by such party from time to time, and all uses of the other party’s Trademarks in proximity to the trade name, trademark, service name or service mark of any other person shall be consistent with the standards furnished by the other party from time to time. Further, neither party shall create a combination mark consisting of one or more Trademarks of each party. All uses of the other party’s Trademarks shall inure to the benefit of the party owning such Trademark. InfoSpace hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the parties hereto, Cingular is the owner of the Cingular Marks. Cingular hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the parties, InfoSpace is the owner of the InfoSpace Marks. Either party may update or change the list of Trademarks usable by the other party hereunder at any time by written notice to the other party. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, each party’s rights to use any of the other party’s Trademarks will terminate.

 

5


2.7 Non-exclusivity. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either party from participating in similar business arrangements with any Person as those described herein. InfoSpace understands that Cingular does not guarantee any number of Users who will have access to the Services; further, InfoSpace understands that Users may terminate any and all access to the Services, and, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to InfoSpace, Cingular may redirect Users to another Web Site, at any time during the Initial Term or any renewal term of this Agreement, provided that nothing in this Section 2.7 shall relieve Cingular of its obligations under this Agreement, including its payment obligations pursuant to Exhibit C.

 

3. Certain Obligations of the Parties.

3.1 Services. Cingular and InfoSpace will cooperate to design, and InfoSpace will implement in accordance with Exhibit A, the user-perceptible elements of the graphical user interface for the Services, with the goals of: (a) conforming the graphical user interface with branding, graphics, navigation, content or other characteristics or features of the display output of the “look and feel” of the Services to that associated with the applicable existing Cingular Web Sites; (b) integrating content and commerce services from third parties according to terms of this Agreement; (c) maximizing the commercial effectiveness thereof; and (d) optimizing the presentation of the relevant Content for access from mobile phones and devices.

3.2 Cingular Obligations. Cingular shall integrate the acknowledgement “Powered by InfoSpace” and the InfoSpace logo on all of the PC Pages in a mutually agreeable manner. “Powered by InfoSpace” or equivalent attribution shall appear at the bottom of a single prominent page of the Mobile Pages in a manner mutually agreeable to both parties. Cingular shall also provide to InfoSpace and its Affiliates at its expense such cooperation and assistance as they reasonably request in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Services. Examples of the proportionate size and location of attribution on the PC Pages and Mobile Pages are set forth on Exhibit F.

Notwithstanding the above, should Cingular choose to host this service with anyone other than InfoSpace, this section will no longer apply.

3.3 Removal of Content. To the extent that it is within InfoSpace’s control, InfoSpace shall remove Content specified by Cingular for removal from the Services upon Cingular’s written request. InfoSpace shall remove such Content within a reasonable timeframe not to exceed thirty (30) days of receipt of Cingular’s request or as otherwise agreed by the parties.

3.4 Service Level Agreement. Attached as Exhibit G is a Service Level Agreement setting forth the respective responsibilities of the parties regarding support of the Services. For so long as Cingular redirects all Users to another Web Site pursuant to Section 2.7, the Service Level Agreement will no longer apply.

3.5 Technical Cooperation. Each party will provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other party in order to implement the Services. In addition, Cingular shall allow InfoSpace to implement and/or cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request in its implementation of any bug fixes or updates to the Services.

 

6


3.6 Project Management. Each party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the Services; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the parties.

3.7 Cingular Network. During the Term, Cingular will maintain the Cingular Network and will provide Users with access to the Services via the Cingular Network.

3.8 Publicity. The parties may work together to issue publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed-upon matters, provided, however, that neither party shall have any obligation to do so. In addition, neither party shall issue any such publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.9 Future Services; Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties will use the process described in Exhibit D for all customizations, modifications, enhancements and additions to the Services. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Work Order”) to document all customizations and modifications to the Services. The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. Cingular will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) shall be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Cingular of all necessary Cingular Materials and/or technical specifications by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the parties.

Notwithstanding the above, no Work Order is authorized until InfoSpace is in receipt of a Cingular issued Purchase Order, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Purchase Order”). All Purchase Orders issued by Cingular hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, InfoSpace may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with this Agreement.

3.10 Other Requirements. InfoSpace and Cingular shall fulfill their respective obligations set forth in the Exhibits.

3.11 Use and Protection of User Data.

 

  (a) User Data. To the extent that InfoSpace receives or has access to any personally-identifiable User data (including, but not limited to, customer proprietary network information, profiles, User usage data and other data resulting from User use of the services) (collectively, “User Data” ), Cingular retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all User Data. InfoSpace will treat all User Data as Cingular Confidential Information pursuant to Section 9.4 of this Agreement. InfoSpace will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any User Data for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of InfoSpace’s obligations under this Agreement, without Cingular’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in Cingular’s sole discretion.

 

7


  (b) Protection and Security of User Data. InfoSpace will not use or disclose, or permit others to use or disclose, any User Data except as necessary for InfoSpace to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise in accordance with Cingular’s written instructions. InfoSpace will take all reasonable precautions to protect User Data against unauthorized disclosure or alteration, theft, or other misuse including without limitation, maintaining and enforcing safety and security procedures and policies with respect to access, handling and maintenance of User Data reasonably designed to (i) insure the integrity and security of User Data; (ii) protect against any reasonably foreseeable threats or hazards to the integrity or security of User Data; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of User Data that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to Cingular or Users. Further, the parties will cooperate with each other on an ongoing basis to evaluate security standards and will evaluate in good faith recommendations made by the other to protect the security and integrity of User Data.

 

  (c) Retention of User Data. As soon as InfoSpace no longer needs to retain any item of User Data in order to perform its duties under this Agreement or otherwise upon Cingular’s written request, InfoSpace will, at Cingular’s option, promptly return or destroy all tangible material embodying User Data in its possession or under its control.

 

  (d) Aggregate Information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Cingular grants the right to InfoSpace to track and use Aggregate Information (as defined below) about the Services, including usage patterns, transaction-related information, demographic data, and other aggregate User Data for the following purposes: statistical analysis, internal product analysis and development, de-bugging, system maintenance purposes, the performance of its services and obligations under this Agreement, and for such other purposes as may be mutually agreed in writing by the parties from time to time. InfoSpace may also report such Aggregate Information to certain third parties solely for purposes of (i) promoting InfoSpace and/or InfoSpace products and services in connection with marketing, investor relations and/or advertising-related activities, and (ii) complying with InfoSpace’s contractual obligations to its third party content providers. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Aggregate Information” means User Data that does not specifically identify a User, Cingular, or any of Cingular’s Affiliates, provided , that InfoSpace may identify Cingular in connection with its reporting to its third party content providers.

 

  (e) Computer Asset Protection Requirements. With respect to the Technology and InfoSpace Software, InfoSpace agrees to comply with Cingular’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”) entitled “Security Requirements for Contractual Agreements” as set forth in Exhibit M . This reference fully incorporates Exhibit M herein. InfoSpace agrees to cooperate fully with Cingular to ensure that the Technology, InfoSpace Software, and/or computer systems that InfoSpace uses to provide the Services under this Agreement comply with the Requirements set forth in Exhibit M. The word “Contractor” used in Exhibit M shall mean InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees that all of its personnel having access to Cingular’s systems will act in accordance with Exhibit M.

 

8


4. Hosting.

 

  (a) InfoSpace will host the Services in a server environment dedicated to Cingular at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of InfoSpace or one of its Affiliates. InfoSpace shall obtain, operate and maintain all hardware and software reasonably necessary to host the Services in connection with this Agreement. Upon receipt of a written request and authorization from Cingular, InfoSpace will purchase hardware on Cingular’s behalf. Such hardware will be owned by Cingular. Upon termination of this Agreement, InfoSpace will deliver such hardware, or hardware with the same specifications, to Cingular. Cingular shall pay any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer to Cingular of any service agreements related to such hardware.

 

  (b) After April 22, 2006, upon six months’ prior written notice to InfoSpace, InfoSpace shall allow Cingular to host the InfoSpace Software and make the Services (excluding certain Legacy Services as described in Section B.1.b. of Exhibit A) available to Users at Cingular’s expense at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of Cingular or the facilities of a third party, unless within ten business days of receipt of such notice InfoSpace has notified Cingular of its election to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.3. Cingular acknowledges that its ability to host the InfoSpace Software and make the Services available to Users may be subject to Cingular’s ability to obtain sufficient rights in certain third party technology (e.g., any third party software used in connection with the hosting, operation and/or maintenance of the Services), content and applications. In the event that Cingular elects to host the InfoSpace Software and InfoSpace has not elected to terminate this Agreement as described above, InfoSpace and Cingular shall enter into the License Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit K. The term of the License Agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 4(b) shall be one (1) year. Cingular will not use the InfoSpace Software for any purpose other than to make the Services available to Users. The transition of hosting will be performed by the parties in accordance with a schedule and commercial terms to be mutually agreed by the parties in a Work Order.

 

5. Payments.

5.1 Fees and Payments. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the fees set forth on Exhibit C in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth on Exhibit C. All payments to InfoSpace by Cingular shall be preceded by an invoice from InfoSpace. Subject to section 5.2, Cingular shall pay InfoSpace in accordance with the amounts stated on any invoice delivered under this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of the invoice. All payments from Cingular should clearly show the corresponding invoice number.

5.2 Remuneration; Collection. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the amounts as set forth on Exhibit C. Each party may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit C, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars and each party will pay all amounts payable under this Agreement in lawful

 

9


money of the United States. In the event of a disputed amount on any invoice, the billed party shall notify the billing party of its dispute in writing within forty-five (45) days of receipt of invoice, setting forth the reasons therefor. The billing party will respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of the billed party’s notice of dispute, at which time either (a) the billing party will agree with the claim and will waive payment, or (b) the parties will agree to meet to resolve the dispute within a reasonable period of time. During this process, InfoSpace does NOT have the right to remove the Services (links, content, etc.). The non-prevailing party will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including attorney fees) incurred by the prevailing party in any action brought for the collection of past due amounts payable under this Agreement.

5.3 Records and Audit. During the Term, each party shall maintain accurate records of fees received and calculations of the fees payable to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Either party, at its expense, and upon thirty (30) business days’ advance written notice to the other party, shall have the right to examine or audit such records in order to verify the amounts owed to either party under this Agreement. Any such audit shall be conducted, to the extent possible, during normal business hours and in a manner that does not interfere with the ordinary business operations of the audited party.

 

6. Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Direct Liability.

6.1 Warranties

 

  (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other party that:

 

  1) it has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate, breach, or result in a default of any contract, lease, or other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound, any of which violations, breaches, or defaults could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  2) its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate or conflict with the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other governing instruments) of such party;

 

  3) when executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and

 

  4) it will comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of their rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any related to individual privacy).

 

  (b) In addition to the foregoing, InfoSpace represents and warrants that, to its knowledge, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on InfoSpace’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (c) InfoSpace warrants to Cingular that the Services will be free from material defects in design, material and workmanship.

 

  (d) InfoSpace also warrants to Cingular that the Services provided hereunder will be performed in a professional manner, in material compliance with the specifications in Exhibit A, and with the care, skill, and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry.

 

10


  (e) InfoSpace also warrants to Cingular that the Services performed by any of its representatives, including any subcontractor, will be performed in a professional manner, in material compliance with the specifications in Exhibit A, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry. InfoSpace shall be responsible for the work done by its subcontractors, and such work shall be done in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including any applicable Work Order, Purchase Order or Exhibit.

 

  (f) InfoSpace also warrants that the Technology it shall utilize has year 2000 capability. Year 2000 capability means that the Technology utilized by InfoSpace will:

 

  (i) Read, compute, store, process, display and print data involving dates, including single century and multi-century formulas, and will not cause computational, display, storage or other errors resulting from the liability to accurately or correctly handle dates, including, but not limited to, year 2000 and February 29, 2000; and

 

  (ii) Include the indication of century in all date-related user interface functionality, data fields, and generated code.

6.2 Indemnification.

 

  (a) Cingular will defend, indemnify and hold harmless InfoSpace, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of Cingular’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that any Cingular Materials (excluding the Cingular Customized Work Product) contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. InfoSpace agrees that Cingular shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, Cingular shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects InfoSpace’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at Cingular’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to Cingular in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at InfoSpace’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (b)

InfoSpace will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Cingular, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of InfoSpace’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that Technology, Cingular Customized Work Product (excluding any materials provided by Cingular to InfoSpace), InfoSpace Sourced Content, InfoSpace Marks, InfoSpace Software, any software licensed by InfoSpace that is used by InfoSpace to host the Services, or any other materials provided by InfoSpace to Cingular pursuant to this Agreement contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Cingular agrees that InfoSpace shall have

 

11


 

sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, InfoSpace shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects Cingular’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of Cingular. Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at InfoSpace’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to InfoSpace in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at Cingular’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, InfoSpace shall not have any indemnity obligation or liability to Cingular arising from, or related to, Content accessed by any User through a meta-search Service.

 

  (c) In the event that either party, after notification of any claim for which such party is responsible, does not assume the defense of such action, such party will reimburse the other party for all reasonable costs incurred by such other party in the defense of the claim, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, upon notice from Cingular, to the extent that it is within the reasonable control of InfoSpace, InfoSpace shall suspend access to that portion of the Services, at the time and as identified and as directed by Cingular in such notice, for so long as a claim of obscenity, libel, defamation, or Intellectual Property Right infringement is pending or threatened, until otherwise directed by Cingular in writing.

6.3 Infringement

 

  (a) Without limiting InfoSpace’s other obligations under Section 6.2, if an injunction or order is obtained against Cingular’s use of any Service (excluding any Content or Cingular Materials) or if in InfoSpace’s opinion any such Service is or is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, InfoSpace will, at its expense:

 

  1) Procure for Cingular the right to continue using such Service; or

 

  2) After consultation with Cingular, replace or modify such Service to make it a substantially similar, functionally equivalent, non-infringing Service; or

 

  3) Remove such Service and reduce any recurring fees attributable to such Service.

 

  (b) In no event will Cingular be liable to InfoSpace for any fees for a Service after the date that InfoSpace no longer provides to Cingular such Service as a result of actual or claimed infringement.

 

12


6.4 Insurance

As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace maintains and will maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

 

Commercial General Liability:   
Combined Single Limit    $1,000,000 per occurrence
General Aggregate    $2,000,000 per policy period
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate    $2,000,000 per policy period
Internet Professional Liability :   
Data Processor’s Errors and Omissions Coverage or similar coverage    $1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate
Information Technology Products Insurance    $1,000,000 per occurrence
Personal Injury/Advertising    $1,000,000 per occurrence
Umbrella Policy:   
$20,000,000 per occurrence   
$20,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate
$20,000,000 general aggregate   
Worker’s Compensation:   
$1,000,000 bodily injury by accident   
$1,000,000 bodily injury by disease   

InfoSpace has provided and shall provide upon request a Certificate of Insurance to Cingular showing coverage and limits not less than the minimum amounts shown herein. Such insurance coverage shall have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Ratings Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

All certificates and policies shall include a provision whereby Cingular must be given thirty (30) days advance written notice of the insurer’s intention not to renew such policy(ies) or to cancel, replace or alter the same by reducing the required coverage.

 

13


6.5 Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer.

 

  (a) Liability

EXCEPT FOR (A) CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS; OR (B) THE INDEMNITY AND INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR THE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED ***.

No Additional Warranties. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE), AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY CLAIM IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), IN EACH CASE, REGARDING THEIR WEB SITES, ANY PRODUCTS OR SERVICES DESCRIBED THEREON, OR ANY OTHER ITEMS, SOFTWARE OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, CINGULAR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFOSPACE MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE CONTENT, SERVICES, SOFTWARE OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS ON ITS WEB SITES OR THE SERVERS AND SOFTWARE THAT MAKES ITS WEB SITES AVAILABLE ARE FREE FROM ERRORS, DEFECTS, DESIGN FLAWS OR OMISSIONS.

6.6 Taxes

 

  (a) InfoSpace may invoice Cingular the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of material or provision of services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation or labor charges must be separately stated. Cingular agrees to pay all applicable taxes to InfoSpace that are stated on and that relate to the materials or services included on that invoice. InfoSpace agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

 

  (b) InfoSpace agrees to pay, and to hold Cingular harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of InfoSpace, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees to pay and to hold Cingular harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of InfoSpace doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

 

  (c) Upon Cingular’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which InfoSpace shall pay any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement. If Cingular determines that in its opinion any such taxes are not payable or should be

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


  (d) paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, InfoSpace shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and Cingular shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by Cingular, InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular. InfoSpace shall cooperate with Cingular in contesting such determination, but Cingular shall be responsible and shall reimburse InfoSpace for any tax, interest, or penalty in excess of its determination. If Cingular desires to contest such collection, Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace. If Cingular determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed InfoSpace for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount that Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace, Cingular and InfoSpace shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. InfoSpace shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from Cingular if and to the extent InfoSpace can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At Cingular’s request, InfoSpace shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to Cingular all such refunds (and interest) received.

 

  (e) If any taxing authority advises InfoSpace that it intends to audit InfoSpace with respect to any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement, InfoSpace shall (1) promptly so notify Cingular, (2) afford Cingular an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with InfoSpace in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3) keep Cingular fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 6.6. InfoSpace’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this Section 6.6 shall relieve Cingular of its responsibility to reimburse InfoSpace for taxes only if InfoSpace’s failure materially prejudiced Cingular’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

 

  (f) Cingular shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed in connection with the sale of the Services to Users.

 

7. Term and Termination.

7.1 Term.

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either party upon six months notice.

 

  (b) In the event that Cingular elects to host the InfoSpace Software pursuant to Section 4(b), the Term of this Agreement shall end on the “Live Date” as defined in the License Agreement.

 

  (c) In the event that Cingular terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.2 and elects to host the InfoSpace Software as described in Section 4(b), the Term of this Agreement shall end on the “Live Date” as defined in the License Agreement, provided that the Live Date occurs on or before the expiration of the 180 day period following the date of termination. If the Live Date does not occur on or before the expiration of such 180 day period, this Agreement will terminate on the last day of such 180 day period and thereafter InfoSpace will have no obligation to provide the Services unless the parties agree otherwise in writing.

 

15


7.2 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any material breach hereof by such other party, provided that such other party has not cured such material breach within such thirty (30) day period. In the event that Cingular terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.2, Cingular may elect, and InfoSpace shall allow Cingular, to host the InfoSpace Software as described in Section 4(b), provided that (i) Cingular provides InfoSpace with written notice of such election in Cingular’s termination notice; (ii) InfoSpace continues to provide the Services to Cingular under the terms and conditions of this Agreement for a period of time to be agreed by the Parties in writing not to exceed 180 days during which time the Parties will cooperate to transition the hosting of the InfoSpace Software to Cingular; (iii) Cingular and InfoSpace enter into the License Agreement prior to Cingular hosting the InfoSpace Software; and (iv) Cingular shall not host the InfoSpace Software at the facilities of a third party without the prior written consent of InfoSpace, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The term of the License Agreement entered into pursuant to this Section 7.2 will be for a term of up to six months, as determined by Cingular in its sole discretion, and to be set forth in the License Agreement.

7.3 Termination for Convenience. After April 22, 2006, either party may terminate this Agreement without cause upon not less than six months’ prior written notice to the other party.

7.4 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or expiration of the Term, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder shall survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties which by their nature would continue beyond termination or expiration, including Sections 3.11(d), 5, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 7, 8, and 9.2 through 9.15, shall survive such termination or expiration. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, InfoSpace will promptly return all User Data upon receipt of notification from Cingular.

 

8. Intellectual Property.

8.1 Cingular. As between the parties and subject to Section 8.2 and Section 3.11(d) and all other relevant provisions of this Agreement, Cingular retains all right, title and interest in and to the Cingular Materials, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith and all User Data. As between the parties, Cingular retains all right, title and interest in the Cingular Sourced Content, any items or Web Site specifications supplied by Cingular, its Affiliates or contractors (including, without limitation, the following: screen colors, fonts and general screen layout specifications of the “look and feel” supplied by Cingular (excluding the InfoSpace Sourced Content and Technology), and domain names obtained by Cingular).

8.2 InfoSpace. As between the parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Services and the Technology (excluding any Cingular Materials) utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, and no license or title to, nor ownership of, any of the Services or Technology (excluding any Cingular Materials) is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person except as specifically provided under this Agreement. As between the parties, InfoSpace retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Sourced Content and the InfoSpace Web Sites (including, without limitation, any and all of the content, data, URLs, technology, software, code, user interfaces, “look and feel”, Trademarks associated therewith, but excluding Cingular Materials) and the InfoSpace Marks, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith.

 

16


8.3 Cingular Customized Work Product. InfoSpace shall develop and deliver to Cingular the Cingular Customized Work Product in accordance with the specifications and schedule set forth on Exhibit L. All right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Cingular Customized Work Product shall be owned by Cingular. InfoSpace agrees to assign and, upon its creation, automatically assigns to Cingular the ownership of the Cingular Customized Work Product, including all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith, without the necessity of any further consideration. Cingular hereby grants to InfoSpace a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable, license to use the Customized Work Product to provide the Services in accordance with this Agreement.

8.4 Copyright Notices . Attribution will take place on the PC Pages and Mobile Pages as specified in Section 3.2. InfoSpace and Cingular acknowledge that the Co-branded Pages may also contain copyright and patent notices, including those of InfoSpace and its affiliates, Content providers, and of Cingular. If any such notices are required, InfoSpace shall advise Cingular of the content, screen location, and size of the notice, prior to Cingular’s approval of any Co-branded Pages.

8.5 Other Trademarks. InfoSpace shall not register or attempt to register any of the Cingular Marks or any Trademarks that Cingular reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the Cingular Marks. Cingular shall not register or attempt to register any of the InfoSpace Marks or any Trademarks that InfoSpace reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the InfoSpace Marks.

8.6 Further Assurances. Each party shall take, at the other party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth above in this Section 8.

8.7 No Joint Development; Enhancements. The parties contemplate that there will be no joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance. Further, in no event shall enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“ Enhancements ”) created from one party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the parties, regardless of which party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements shall be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

8.8 Restrictions. Neither party shall have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither shall alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other party.

 

9. General Provisions.

9.1 Access

 

  (a)

When appropriate, InfoSpace shall have reasonable access to Cingular’s premises during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable InfoSpace to perform its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall coordinate such access with Cingular’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. InfoSpace insures Cingular that only persons employed by InfoSpace or subcontracted by InfoSpace will be allowed to enter Cingular’s premises. If Cingular requests InfoSpace or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by InfoSpace or its subcontractor from performing work on Cingular’s premises, InfoSpace shall immediately comply with such request. Such

 

17


 

person shall leave Cingular’s premises promptly and InfoSpace shall not furnish such person again to perform work on Cingular’s premises without Cingular’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

  (b) Cingular may require InfoSpace or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which Cingular may issue in order to gain access to Cingular’s premises for the performance of services. If, for any reason, any InfoSpace representative is no longer performing such services, InfoSpace shall promptly inform Cingular. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to Cingular of the identification credentials, if issued by Cingular, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

  (c) InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, while on or off Cingular’s premises, will (i) protect Cingular’s materials, buildings, and structures, (ii) not interfere with Cingular’s business operations, and (iii) perform services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience, and protection of Cingular, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the Cingular Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the Cingular Code of Conduct is available upon request).

 

  (d) InfoSpace shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by InfoSpace work harmoniously with all others when on Cingular’s premises.

9.2 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement through negotiations between key representatives of the parties, before resorting to other remedies available to them.

 

  (b) If a controversy or claim should arise which is not settled as specified in sub Section (a) above, representatives of each party who are authorized to resolve the controversy or claim will meet at a location designated by Cingular, at least once, and will attempt to, and are empowered to, resolve the matter. Either representative may request this meeting within fourteen (14) days of such request (the “First Meeting” ).

 

  (c) Unless the parties otherwise agree, if the matter has not been resolved within twenty-one (21) days of the First Meeting, the representatives shall refer the matter to Senior Executives, who shall have full authority to settle the dispute (herein called the “Senior Executives” ). The Senior Executives will make commercially reasonable efforts to meet for negotiations within fourteen (14) days of the end of the twenty-one (21) day period referred to above, at a site designated by Cingular. Three (3) business days prior to this scheduled meeting, the parties shall exchange memoranda stating the issue(s) in dispute and their positions, summarizing the negotiations which have taken place, and attaching relevant documents.

 

  (d) If more than one meeting is held between the Senior Executives, the meeting shall be held in rotation at the offices of InfoSpace and Cingular.

 

  (e) If the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of the First Meeting of the Senior Executives (which period may be extended by mutual agreement), the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve the controversy or claim via non-binding mediation in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s rules for Mediation of Business Disputes.

 

18


9.3 Compliance with Laws

Both parties shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes ( “Laws” ). Conversely, nothing set forth in this Agreement, including Exhibit E, is intended to contractually obligate either party to comply with any Laws that otherwise are not applicable to it. The parties’ obligation to comply with all applicable Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. InfoSpace further agrees to comply with the Executive and Federal regulations, to the extent such regulations are applicable, as set forth in Exhibit E. The parties further agree that each is solely and exclusively responsible for any liability for its own noncompliance with any applicable Laws and each party shall defend, indemnify, and hold the other party harmless from and against such liability.

9.4 Confidentiality.

Each party, which receives proprietary and/or confidential information of the other party (the “Receiving Party” ), shall retain in confidence the terms of this Agreement, the Technology, and all other non-public information and know-how of the other party disclosed or acquired by the Receiving Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is either designated as proprietary and/or confidential or by the nature of the circumstances surrounding disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary and/or confidential ( “Confidential Information” ); provided that each party may disclose Confidential Information to its immediate legal and financial consultants and to any Affiliates (and its employees) with a need to know arising as a result of this Agreement, in the ordinary course of its business. Each party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to protect Confidential Information of the other party, and in any event, to take precautions at least as great as those taken to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any information that: (a) was known by the Receiving Party prior to disclosure thereof by the other party; (b) was in or entered the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (c) is disclosed to the Receiving Party by a third party, until such time as notified by the other party that such third party was not legally entitled to make such disclosure without violation of an obligation of confidentiality; (d) is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations (but in such event, only to the extent required to be disclosed); or (e) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to any Confidential Information of the other party. Upon request of the other party, each party shall return to the other all materials, in any medium, which contain, embody, reflect or reference all or any part of any Confidential Information of the other party. Each party acknowledges that breach of this provision by it would result in irreparable harm to the other party, for which money damages would be an insufficient remedy, and therefore that the other party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 9.4. Without limitation and subject to Section 3.11(d), Confidential Information includes User Data (Section 3.11).

9.5 Independent Contractors

 

  9.5.1 InfoSpace hereby represents and warrants to Cingular that:

 

  (a) InfoSpace is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of Cingular;

 

19


  (b) InfoSpace’s personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the employees of InfoSpace and not employees or agents of Cingular;

 

  (c) InfoSpace has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing the Services;

 

  (d) InfoSpace is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all InfoSpace’s personnel who perform Services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “Payroll Tax Obligations” ) with respect to all InfoSpace personnel providing services; and

 

  (e) InfoSpace will indemnify, defend, and hold Cingular harmless from all liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to InfoSpace ‘s failure to comply with any of the above provisions.

 

  9.5.2 Cingular and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise or agency relationship between Cingular and InfoSpace. Neither party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other party and Cingular will not attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates.

9.6 Assignment; Merger. Neither party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Subject to the foregoing, this Section 9.6 will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

9.7 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its choice of law rules.

9.8 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

9.9 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, epidemics, riots, wars, fires, earthquakes, transportation contingencies, strikes, or other catastrophes or occurrences, each of which are beyond such party’s reasonable control, provided such default or breach is not directly or indirectly the result, in whole or in part, of its fault or negligence.

 

20


9.10 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

Addresses for notices:

 

To Cingular:   

To InfoSpace:

Cingular Wireless LLC

   InfoSpace, Inc.

5565 Glenridge Connector

  

601 108th Ave., NE, Suite 1200

Atlanta, GA 30342

  

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: VP SCM

  

Attn: EVP, Mobile

  

Fax: (425) 201-6110

Cc: Chief Counsel SCM

  

However, invoices should be mailed to:

Cingular Wireless LLC

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Attention: Data Products/***

In addition, an additional copy of any notice of change of address, or of termination or any alleged breach of this Agreement, shall be thus sent to the applicable party at the following address:

 

To Cingular:   

To InfoSpace:

Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector   

601 108 th Ave. NE, Suite 1200

Atlanta, GA 30342   

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attention: Chief Counsel SCM   

Attention: General Counsel

  

Fax: (425) 201-6110

9.11 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

9.12 Integration. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace, Inc., InfoSpace and Cingular concerning the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to (i) Prior Agreement and (ii) the Amended and Restated Letter of Intent, effective as of July 22, 2005, and cannot be amended except in writing signed by InfoSpace and Cingular. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any exhibit made a part of this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement, such exhibit shall govern. Further, in the event of a conflict or inconsistency between a Work Order and the corresponding Purchase Order, the Purchase Order will govern.

9.13 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. To expedite the process of entering into this Agreement, the parties acknowledge that Transmitted

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

21


Copies of the Agreement will be equivalent to original documents until such time as original documents are completely executed and delivered. “Transmitted Copies” will mean copies that are reproduced or transmitted via photocopy, facsimile or other process of complete and accurate reproduction and transmission.

9.14 Conflict of Interest. InfoSpace represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent of Cingular has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from InfoSpace or any of InfoSpace’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

9.15 Construction and Interpretation

 

  (a) The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

 

  (b) Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa.

 

  (c) Cumulative Remedies: Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of cancellation, termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Cingular Wireless LLC

on behalf of itself and its Affiliates

    InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.
By:   ***     By:   ***
Name:   ***     Name:   ***
Title:   VP - Network Supply Chain     Title:   President

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


InfoSpace, Inc.

solely with respect to Section 9.12

By:   ***
Name:   ***
Title:   CAO

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

A. Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace will, in cooperation with Cingular, design, develop, implement, host and maintain the services described in Section B below (collectively, the “Services”) on a mutually agreed schedule. Cingular will design and supply the graphical content to be used in connection with the Services, and InfoSpace will be responsible for implementing the graphical user interface and related design elements for the Services.

B. Description of Services.

 

  1. Platform and Services; Legacy Services.

 

  a. Platform and Services. InfoSpace will use the InfoSpace platform components set forth in the table below to make the corresponding Services available to Cingular on a mutually agreed schedule.

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Content Management

  
Content Management System (CMS)    Aggregates, formats, and distributes content (feeds, images, etc.) to downstream application servers.
Content Publishing System (CPS)   

Configures, publishes and restores WAP deck structure. CPS is comprised of the following:

 

•     Deck Authoring Tool (DAT): allows an Administrator to create a deck structure. This includes the ability to assign links, device-specific decks, service specific decks, folders and sub-folders; assign meta-data to deck objects; assign interstitials to a deck and/or folder; set permissions for Users to create customized decks; and assign parental control settings for deck objects.

 

•     Publication Authoring Tool (PAT): allows an Administrator to aggregate Web page assets (templates, order, style, page level parental control settings) for publishing to the Publication Runtime System (PRS) and to create WAP Pages for use as either WAP Push Landing Pages, Promotions, Help, Terms and Conditions, Category Pages, or WAP Page Interstitials.

 

•     Content Asset Tool (CAT): allows an Administrator to manage content assets (image, links, text, content-level parental control settings, etc.) that are uploaded into the system.

 

•     Content Provider Management Tool (CPMT): enables the on-boarding / creation of links from third party content provider and associated parameters (including link-level parental control settings) for that provider.

 

24


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

  

•     Feed Management Tool (FMT): Enables the on-boarding of standard RSS feeds into the CPS environment

 

•     Distribution Service Manager (DSM): Enables the releasing and rollback of labeled content to the runtime environment.

 

•     Workflow Version Management System (WVMS): exposes a workflow and versioning interface to Infospace applications

 

CPS all supports the following functionality:

 

•     Preview prior to publishing

 

•     Search of CPS entries

 

•     Audit Reporting

Runtime Systems   

Facilitates the construction and deployment of the User Interface on the Mobile Pages and PC Pages, and includes the following:

 

•     Deck Runtime Service (DRS): runtime database providing the reference deck for baseline user experience and supporting User customizations.

 

•     Publication Runtime Service (PRS): serves templates and asset references for construction of Web Pages.

 

•     Application Runtime Service (ARS): suite of web services that are backed by feeds from the CMS system.

 

•     Mobile Portal Framework: connects the Runtime Systems to the Rendering Engine.

Rendering Engine    Presents the User Interface for both the Mobile Pages and PC Pages by leveraging various Runtime Services for page construction. The Rendering Engine supports “single-authoring” and optimizes the User Interface rendered based upon Wireless Device capabilities.
Device Management   

Analyzes Wireless Device parameters; allows for the customization of Wireless Device parameters; and makes available Wireless Device parameters by publishing to target Runtime Systems. Device Management is comprised of the following:

 

•     Device Manager: tool that allows for the addition, deletion, copying, updating, and publishing of mobile device information.

 

•     Device Monitoring Service: service that resides on a Runtime System waiting for update notifications in order to process updates from Device Manager.

 

25


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Personalization

  
Alert Engine    Stores User-initiated alert configurations (SMS, MMS, and WAP Push) that trigger information to be delivered to the User’s Wireless Device.
Context Engine    Tracks and collates disparate information about Users to help categorize/segment Users for real-time recommendation behavior (e.g. categorization of browse transactions).
Infospace Message Gateway    Connects to Cingular messaging components (SMSC, MMSC, and PPG) to support delivery and receipt of transactions that result in the final delivery of a SMS, MMS or WAP Push message delivered to a User’s mobile device.
Parental Control   

Allows Cingular to identify “Cingular-safe” versus “Cingular-unsafe” content. Cingular determines what is considered “Cingular-safe” versus “Cingular-unsafe” in its sole discretion.

 

The Parental Control component is comprised of:

 

•     User-Facing: allows post-paid Users to enable Parental Control and to establish a Parental Control Pass Code (4-digit). Default setting for all Users will be “Cingular-Unsafe”

 

•     Administrator-Facing:

 

•     Allows designated Customer Service representatives to configure Parental Control settings on behalf of a pre-paid or post-paid User.

 

•     Allows designated Marketing / Product Realization personnel to assign a Parental Control setting to deck objects.

 

•     Allows designated Marketing / Product Realization personnel to leverage CPS Search and Reporting functionality to extract a “Whitelist” for “Cingular-Safe” content that will be used by Cingular’s WAP Gateways.

 

Parental Control settings restrict access to Content on Wireless Devices in the following areas:

 

•     Navigational Content

 

26


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

  

•     Search Results

 

•     Push Parental Control parameters to other 3 rd Party Content Partners

PIM / Email    Allows Users to store and manage personal information such as calendar / to-do entries, address book entries and email (Cingular owned email domain). The platform provides service level spam filtering, email quotas, email filtering and alerting and calendar / to-do alerts.
Recommendation Engine    Leverages a User’s context (profile, segmentation, etc.), to provide real-time recommendations in terms of Search Results, recommended changes to the Home Deck, and potentially Content for purchase.
User Manager    Intelligent repository for all User, Administrator and application (Infospace and third party) credentials and profile information. Securely manages authentication, authorization, session, and information management.
Search   
MetaSearch Engine   

Aggregates search entities and can return a “unified” result set which is an amalgamation and weighting of the disparate results returned from several search engine providers.

 

Cingular intends to aggregate:

 

•     Google Image Search

 

•     CellMania

 

•     Motricity

 

•     Portal Crawler

Intellifind Engine    Powers Cingular’s “Direct Answer” functionality.
Portal Crawler Engine    Indexes Content, including Content hosted by third party content providers such as CNN, ESPN, etc. As links to third party content are added to the deck structure on the Mobile Pages, the Portal Crawler Engine can be configured to crawl that new site.

 

27


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Back Office Tools

  
Management Console   

Unified administrative console framework that hosts the back office tools associated with the Infospace platform. It is hosted in a secure environment, requires Administrator credentials (username / password) for access, and only allows access to those Tools for which the Administrator has been granted access.

 

Back Office Tools include:

 

•     Administrator Management

 

•     Care Tool

 

•     User Management

 

•     CPS

 

•     Top Search Results Tool

 

•     Device Manager

 

•     Campaign Management

Utilities   
Batch Dispatcher    Receives secure notification of changes to User credential and/or profile data from Cingular and processes those changes throughout the Infospace platform.
Data Developer Program (DDP) Support   

Two systems for participating Cingular DDP content providers to interact with the Infospace platform:

 

1.      Content Provider Push Parameters Service (CPPPS) – User data push

 

This service will securely push User property values to content providers as configured by an Administrator using the Content Provider Management Provisioning Tool (CPMPT).

 

2.      Get Subscriber Data Content Provider Pull Service (GSDCPPS) – User data pull

 

Content providers that are registered in the Infospace User Manager will be able to request User-specific profile data.

 

3.      Bookmark API

 

Utility which allows Users to add third party active links from Content Provider sites.

 

28


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

Business Intelligence / Marketing Tools

Campaign Manager (neé Scenario Manager)   

Enables Cingular to segment User population based on a variety of parameters to target a specific User segment for various promotions, including, but not limited to, WAP Push promotions, and is comprised of the following:

 

•     Scenario Creation Tool

 

•     Segmentation Identification Tool

 

•     Promotion Association Tool

Business Intelligence Event Management System    Normalizes business events for ingestion by the Mobile Data Mart.
Mobile Data Mart    Supports Business Intelligence and Campaign Management segmentation needs. The Mobile Data Mart will initially be hosted in an environment that is not dedicated to Cingular, but securely partitions Cingular data. It provides access to standard usage reports containing agreed upon parameters which can be dimensioned by a Cingular Administrator for detailed analysis.
Reporting Metadata Management Tool   

Allows Administrator to categorize URLs, and includes the following functionality:

 

•     Administrator interface to view domain, sub-domain and full URL and associated category

 

•     Administrator can manually categorize a URL

 

•     Administrator can define metadata and categorization rules for URLs

 

•     Administrator can apply rules to set of URLs for automatic classification

Delivery Technology   
MO SMS    User-initiated content-pull service using short text codes. This can be accomplished by providing pre-determined codes or “Default” codes or by allowing Users to establish their own custom codes. The interface for this experience is provided via the PC Pages.
(Mobile Originated SMS)    When the User originates an SMS message by sending a short text code. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s SMSC using mobile-terminated short-message delivery.

MT SMS

 

(Mobile Terminated SMS and InfoAlerts)

  

Time and event-triggered content push service.

 

Users set up a personal profile using the PC Pages and select Content to be sent to their Wireless Devices at specified times or upon the occurrence of certain events. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s SMSC using mobile-terminated short-message delivery.

 

29


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Platform Component

  

Service Description

WAP Push   

User initiated time triggered WAP Push service

 

Users set up a personal profile using the Mobile Pages and select Content to be sent to their Wireless Devices at specified times. InfoSpace delivers Content to Cingular’s Push Proxy Gateway (PPG) and Cingular delivers the Content from the PPG to Users.

WML / XHTML    User-initiated WAP sessions from Wireless Devices.
HTML PC    User-initiated browsing sessions from PC or HTML-browser equipped devices supporting IE 4.0 and above and Netscape 4.7 and above.

The table set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

 

  b. Legacy Services. For a period to be mutually agreed by the parties, InfoSpace will continue to make the following services available:

 

Component

  

Description

HTML PC / PC Pages   

Provides Users the ability to configure MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MT-MMS Alerts; and access their Cingular Personal Information Manager and Email (PIM / Email).

 

As of the Effective Date, PC Pages are hosted within the Bellevue Data Environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•     Alerts: provisioned MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MO-MMS alerts are hosted within the Bellevue data environment.

 

•     User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

30


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Component

  

Description

  

•     Infospace hosted PIM / Email Data: all PIM / Email User data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, PC Pages shall be migrated to the Cingular dedicated data environment located at Infospace’s Boston data center.

WML 1.1 Mobile Pages   

The User experience for devices only compatible with the WML 1.1 browser standard will be served by the existing WAP Platform located at Infospace’s Bellevue data center.

 

These Mobile Pages are hosted within the Bellevue data environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•     User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

•     Infospace hosted PIM / Email Data: all PIM / Email User data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, the WML 1.1 Mobile Pages shall be integrated with the Services provided via WML / XHTML.

HTML PDA / Treo Site   

The HTML PDA or “Treo Site” provides PDA users with a site that allows for SMS Alert configuration and browsing of content. Infospace hosted PIM / Email is not available to PDA Users.

 

The HTML PDA site is hosted within the Bellevue data environment, which is not dedicated to Cingular. In this current configuration, this component is not available for hosting outside of Infospace data facilities.

 

User data location:

 

•     Alerts: provisioned MO-SMS, MT-SMS and MO-MMS alerts are hosted within the ASP Data Environment located in Infospace’s Bellevue data center.

 

31


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Component

  

Description

  

•      User Management: identity, credentialing, and profile data is hosted in the Cingular dedicated data environment located in Infospace’s Boston data center.

 

Within a mutually agreed to schedule, the HTML PDA Pages shall be integrated with the Services provided via WML / XHTML.

Alerts    Infospace Alert Applications for MT-SMS, MO-SMS, and Alerts use Infospace Sourced Content.
Deck Manager    Deck Manager is the component that facilitates the creation of WAP Decks for the WML 1.1 User Experience.

The table set forth above may be updated form time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

Content

Cingular Sourced Content. Cingular will obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to distribute the third party content set forth in Tables (1) and (2) below (collectively, the “ Cingular Sourced Content ”) in the specified formats, as contemplated by and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. InfoSpace will distribute the Cingular Sourced Content as specified in the table below.

Table 1: Cingular Sourced Content

 

***                           

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 2: Cingular Sourced Content - Search

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

33


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

The tables set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D

Integration with Cingular Content and Services: InfoSpace will integrate links on the Services to designated locations on Web Sites hosted by Cingular for the purpose of providing User administrative services (e.g. customer care, billing, etc.) in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the parties at no additional cost to Cingular.

b. Infospace Sourced Content. InfoSpace will (i) obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to distribute the third party content set forth in Tables (1), (2), (3) and (4) below (collectively, the “InfoSpace Sourced Content”); and (ii) make the content set forth in Tables (1), (2) and (4) available to Cingular and the Users via the delivery technologies specified therein in accordance with this Agreement. In addition, InfoSpace will make the content set forth in Table (3) available to Cingular and the Users via the delivery technologies specified therein for a period to be mutually agreed in writing by the parties.

Table 1: Infospace Sourced Content (New)

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 2: Infospace Sourced Content – Destination Applications (New)

***

Table 3: Infospace Sourced Content (Legacy)

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

35


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

Table 4: InfoSpace Sourced Content - Search

***

The tables set forth above may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D

Modification of Infospace Sourced Content. Notwithstanding Section 2.3(i) of this Agreement, InfoSpace may modify InfoSpace Sourced Content that is sourced from third parties (a “Content Modification”). Prior to any Content Modification, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with as much advance notice as reasonably possible. In the event that Cingular reasonably determines that a Content Modification will materially adversely affect the Services, both parties agree to promptly discuss Cingular’s concern and to use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution. In the event that a proposed Content Modification is due to an increase in cost for existing InfoSpace Sourced Content, Cingular may require InfoSpace to continue to provide such existing InfoSpace Sourced Content to Cingular, provided that Cingular pays to InfoSpace an additional fee equal to such increase in cost.

 

  3. PIM / Email Service

InfoSpace will provide Cingular the following PIM services, on the PC Pages and the Mobile Pages:

 

   

Web-based email: InfoSpace will provide up to 10MB of disk storage for folders and email archives per mailbox; additional storage is subject to mutually agreeable terms and conditions, including additional fees.

 

   

Web-based aggregation of POP3 or IMAP email from up to three other email accounts

 

   

Calendar

 

   

Address Book

 

   

To Do List

 

   

SMS alerts on Calendar events, To Do items, and Email

 

   

Enhanced alerting and filtering Module

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

  4. Personalized / Customized Content. InfoSpace will make the following personalization / customization features available to Users. The table set forth below may be updated from time to time during the Term upon mutual agreement of the parties pursuant to the process set forth in Exhibit D.

 

Personalized / Customization Feature

   For
HTML
PC
Access
   For
WML /
XHTML
Access

Active Links / Bookmarks:

User specifies category and gets “active content” and links presented on the home deck

      Ö  

Personalize information when possible, specifically:

 

•     provide locally-relevant information based up User’s zip code

 

•     provide personally-relevant information based upon User’s birth date

      Ö  

User customization of the various portal application, such as:

 

•     Favorite Sports

 

•     Favorite Theatres

      Ö  

User customization of category pages, specifically “Top Sites”

      Ö  

User customization of the home page

      Ö  

User initiated Alert configuration, including alert preferences, such as:

 

•     Time of day

 

•     Event based

      Ö  

C. InfoSpace Supported Handsets.

1. Current Devices. InfoSpace will make the Services available in WML and XHTML format, as appropriate, that conforms to standards for devices and browsers that (i) are commercially available to Cingular customers (ii) have been certified by InfoSpace for the Services, and (iii) that Cingular provides a minimum of four (4) of each such device to InfoSpace for testing purposes at no charge to InfoSpace. In order to support Infospace maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, Cingular will allow InfoSpace reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing. As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace will make the Services available on the following Wireless Devices via the specified browsers (the “InfoSpace Supported Handsets” ):

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

37


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

2. New Devices.

Cingular may request that the display of the Services made available in WML and XHTML format conform to standards for devices and/or browsers in addition to those set forth above. When this occurs, Cingular shall deliver to InfoSpace a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, at no charge to InfoSpace. Upon receipt of a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, and a Change Request from Cingular (as described in Exhibit D), InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a written response to Cingular outlining expected turn around time for device profiling and readiness for production support within ten (10) business days of such request. Cingular will provide to InfoSpace a minimum of four prototype devices that are functional in all material respects for use by InfoSpace in connection with performing such services. Infospace will then profile the devices in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the parties at no additional cost to Cingular.

Such devices shall have WAP browsers that adhere to industry specifications for either WML or XHTML (aka WAP 2.0). In the event that a device does not have a browser that conforms to industry specifications, Infospace and Cingular will work together to determine how best to support the device within thirty (30) business days of Infospace learning that the device does not conform to specifications. In some instances, Infospace will require Cingular to pay for additional work required to support the device service to Cingular’s satisfaction. In such event, Infospace will provide a written quote to Cingular in response to such request within five (5) business days of coming to agreement on Infospace’s course of action to support the device. Upon Cingular’s acceptance of such quote, the parties may enter into a mutually

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

38


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

agreeable Work Order for such services (as set forth in Exhibit D). In order to support Infospace maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, Cingular will allow InfoSpace reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing. The parties acknowledge that there are a number of devices not currently supported by InfoSpace, including but not limited to those set forth in the table below.

 

3. Cingular Network; Gateways.

Cingular shall be solely responsible for the performance of the Cingular Network and any gateways used in connection with the Services. Upon request by Cingular, InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Cingular to resolve performance problems with gateways related to the Services. Cingular agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to require gateway vendors’ employees and experts with respect to such gateways to be available to InfoSpace for consultation on an as needed basis at no charge to InfoSpace.

 

4. Additional Support.

Integration between handheld devices, the Cingular Network/ gateways, PCs and content providers shall be supported with reasonable commercial efforts by both InfoSpace and Cingular, except in cases where the integration effort does not require InfoSpace involvement. Costs for this additional effort will be quoted to Cingular and agreed upon in writing prior to InfoSpace’s commencement of work, as set forth in Exhibit D.

D. Reporting. InfoSpace will provide to Cingular the reports described below. Infospace will store data for such reports for a period of 36 months from the time each report is made available to Cingular. The Mobile Data Mart interface and output may be updated in accordance with the processes outlined in Exhibit D.

 

  a. Usage Reports

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


EXHIBIT A - SERVICES

 

  b. Legacy Usage Reports

 

   

Service Usage Report

This report will show usage by Category, SubCategory, Language, ServiceLevel, DeviceType, Day, Month. The report will contain data for the past 12 months.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

DeviceType: Web, Phone/Pager, SMS Messages

 

   

Carrier Summary Report

This report will show user statistics including active users and growth.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

 

   

Registrations

This report will show user activity including adds and deletes.

Delivery Mechanism: ***

 

3. Legacy Alerts Reports

 

   

This report will contain User alert information from the alerts database

 

   

Format: tab-delimited text fields.

 

4. General Services Reports

InfoSpace will make available the following reports on the current Cingular extranet reporting site. Infospace will continue to look for ways to improve and enhance these reports but will not make changes without Cingular’s consent. Cingular, at any time, may request that InfoSpace make changes to these reports on a mutually agreed time frame. The clickaway reporting (click tracking of off-deck sites) will end upon launch of the Services.

 

   

Clicks

 

   

Daily Clicks and Page Views

 

   

Monthly Unique Users

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


EXHIBIT B - TRADEMARKS

 

(i) InfoSpace Marks:

Those trademarks of InfoSpace set forth at http://www.infospaceinc.com/about/legal_trademarks.php , which may be modified and updated by InfoSpace from time to time.

 

(ii) Cingular Marks

 

Registered Trademarks

  

Pending Trademark Applications

CINGULAR    AIRLOADER    ALL OVER    AWE
CINGULAR HOME    ARRIVE SAFELY and Design    ALLOVER    AWS
CINGULAR NATION    CAMPUS ADVANTAGE    ALLOVER NETWORK    EMINUTES
CINGULAR PROMISE    COMAGINE    ANSWER TONES    FREE-2-BE REWARDED
CINGULAR REGION    CUSTOMERS FIRST    CINGULAR FITS YOU BEST    GREENLIGHT
CINGULAR ROLLOVER    FLASHPOINT    CINGULAR SMARTCHIP    INFOMODE
CINGULAR WIRELESS    FREE2GO WIRELESS    CINGULAR SOUNDS    IT CHANGES EVERYTHING
EXPRESSORIES    GO PHONE    CINGULAR TAKE CHARGE    LINK+SYNC
EXPRESSWEAR    GOPORT    MARCANDO EL ESTADAR    MDRIVE
FAST FORWARD    HOW MANY BARS DO YOU HAVE?    MORE BARS IN MORE PLACES    MGEN
KEEP IN CONTACT    HOW WILL YOU USE IT?    PEEK AND PAY    MINUTES WITHOUT LIMITS
KIC    IMAGINE    QUICKREACH    MYFIVE
MI VENTANA MOVIL    LOCAL WITHOUT LIMITS    RAISE THE BAR    MZONE
MINUTESHARE    MESSAGEFLASH    RAISING THE BAR    ON THE WIRELESS SERVICE AMERICA TRUSTS

 

41


EXHIBIT B - TRADEMARKS

 

MOBILE2HOME    MLIFE    SIGNAL BARS Design    PRESSTALK
MY WIRELESS WINDOW    MMODE    TRENDFORCE    ROAD TRIP MINUTES
ROLLOVER    SURF LOUNGE    TRUE SOUND    SURE RATE
ROLLOVER MINUTES    TXT-411    TRUEST SOUND    TALKMODE
VOICE CONNECT    VOICETOUCH    ALL OVER    THE WIRELESS CARRIER AMERICA TRUSTS
WHAT DO YOU HAVE TO SAY?    WIN ADVANTAGE       UNETE MAS
WIRELESS BUILT AROUND YOU    WORLDCONNECT       WIRELESS DIGITS
X-MAN Design (Jack Logo)          WIRELESS INFORMATION NETWORK
         WORKWARE
         YOUR MOBILE LIFE MADE BETTER
        

YOUR WORLD.

CLOSE AT HAND.

 

42


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

A. Portal User Fee; SMS Fee; Active User Fee.

Following each calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with a written report based on InfoSpace data indicating the number of Portal Users, SMS Messages and Active Users for such month. Based on such report, InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for an amount equal to the sum of the Portal User Fee, the SMS Fee and the Active User Fee for such month.

Subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement, Cingular will pay InfoSpace the invoiced amount within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice.

 

1) Portal User Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of Portal Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Portal User Fee as follows:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

43


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

2) SMS Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the SMS Fee as follows:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

44


EXHIBIT C – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

3) Active User Fee

Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows:

The greater of *** (the “Monthly Minimum”) or the aggregate value of the following calculations:

***

In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** for three consecutive months of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** for three consecutive months of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Monthly Minimum will apply to any month of the Term during which Cingular redirects more than *** to another Web Site as described in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

B. Fees for Legacy Services. At the end of each calendar month during the first six months of the Term, Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace a fee *** (the “Legacy Services Fee” ). InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for the Legacy Services Fee following each applicable month of the Term and, subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement, Cingular will pay InfoSpace the invoiced amount within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice. In the event that Cingular wishes InfoSpace to provide Legacy Services to Cingular after the first six months of the Term, the parties will renegotiate the Legacy Services Fee in good faith to cover the extended period for which InfoSpace will provide Legacy Services.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

45


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

A. Major Development Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for major enhancements to the Services and/or the introduction of new functionality to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits a business requirements document, in the form attached as Exhibit H (“BRD”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews the BRD and returns a high-level time/cost estimate within a mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Upon approval of the high level estimate, InfoSpace creates a Work Order, in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Work Order”) along with a Statement of Work that further defines the deliverable.

 

  4. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine the requirements. This review is to clarify any ambiguity in the original document and expose the need for any additional information prior to the creation of the detailed specifications.

 

  6. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe. Use cases and functional specifications should clearly map back to the business requirements using the requirements in the original BRD provided by Cingular.

 

  7. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).

 

  8. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the revised specifications.

 

  9. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  10. InfoSpace and Cingular jointly conduct weekly project meetings to provide project status updates and address any outstanding issues/concerns.

 

46


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

B. Change Request Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for minor modifications to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits change request, in the form attached as Exhibit I (“Change Request”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews Change Request and returns a high level time/cost estimate and Work Order within mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review the requirements.

 

  4. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe.*

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).*

 

  6. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the final specifications.*

 

  7. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  8. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  9. Changes are placed in demo for Cingular’s testing/review.

 

  10. Changes are pushed to production, only upon written approval from Cingular.

 

* These steps may not be required for all change requests (for example: minor copy changes or replacing ads of the same size).

 

47


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

C. Acceptance Test Process

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, this Exhibit D describes the process used to test and accept features for inclusion on the Services (the “Acceptance Test Process” ). The parties will cooperate in good faith to develop and implement communication mechanisms such that Cingular provides feedback to InfoSpace in a timely and efficient manner in order to facilitate Infospace’s ability to address such feedback. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any Deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria in the applicable Work Order or SOW (if any) or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Cingular may provide written notice of rejection (with detailed reasons for said rejection) or acceptance within the mutually agreed upon Acceptance Testing schedule from the date the Deliverable(s) are submitted by Infospace.

 

   

Following the date of delivery of a Deliverable(s) in commercial ready form ( “Commercial Ready Delivery Date” ), unless otherwise mutually agreed, Infospace and Cingular, prior to the beginning of test execution, will mutually agree to the following:

 

   

Schedule of test execution

 

   

Scope of test execution

 

   

Bug / Feature triage process

In the event that agreed schedule must change, Infospace and Cingular will review the impact from a schedule, scope and cost perspective and will negotiate a new agreement associated with the particular Deliverable.

 

   

Following the Deliverable Acceptance Date , Infospace will commercially release the Deliverable at a mutually agreed time.

 

   

The “Deliverable Acceptance Date” for such Deliverable(s) will be the earlier of (a) Cingular’s commercial release of such Deliverable(s) to its general customer base or (b) the date of Cingular’s written notification to Infospace that Infospace has completed, to Cingular’s reasonable satisfaction, changes and bug fixes identified by Cingular and Cingular has accepted the Deliverable as being ready for commercial launch, with such acceptance not being unreasonable withheld. If applicable, Cingular shall remit payment in full to Infospace for the new Deliverable following the Deliverable Acceptance Date and subsequent receipt of an invoice, in accordance with Section 5.1. If a Deliverable is accepted and payment remitted, Infospace agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts during the Term to remedy any known bugs/defects contained in such Deliverable, at no additional charge to Cingular, based on a mutually agreed upon schedule. In the event Cingular rejects a Deliverable, Infospace shall resubmit such Deliverable for acceptance within thirty (30) days of the initial rejection by Cingular. If the re-submitted Deliverable(s) do not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Infospace will have thirty (30) days to fix the Deliverable(s) and resubmit. If the Deliverable(s) resubmitted for a second time does not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Cingular shall have the right to the following:

 

   

(i) if agreed to by Infospace, extend the period for Infospace to submit conforming Deliverable(s), or

 

48


EXHIBIT D – CHANGE REQUEST AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCESS

 

   

(ii) terminate the applicable Work Order, in whole or in part with respect to certain feature, and require that Infospace promptly refund all payments previously made to Infospace by Cingular for such nonconforming Deliverable(s).

In the event that Cingular rejects a Deliverable and terminates a Work Order (or portion thereof), Cingular shall have the right to retain any materials that constitute Cingular Customized Work Product (see Exhibit L) related to the nonconforming Deliverable(s), provided that Cingular pays a reasonable amount for such materials. Cingular shall promptly return to InfoSpace all materials related to such nonconforming Deliverable(s) that do not constitute Cingular Customized Work Product.

If Cingular has not accepted (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Deliverable(s) within fifteen (15) business days following the completion of all bug fixes by InfoSpace, Cingular will deliver a comprehensive list of bug fixes that Cingular requires InfoSpace to carry out prior to Cingular’s acceptance of the Deliverable(s) for commercial launch, and representatives of the parties will meet and negotiate in good faith to define a mutually-agreed timeline and set of acceptance criteria to be used by Cingular in making such acceptance.

 

49


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to the work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, SUPPLIER (also referred to as “SUPPLIER”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT SUPPLIERS

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section, including but not limited to, SUPPLIER’s agreement that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The SUPPLIER will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, SUPPLIER agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

SUPPLIER agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action Plan as required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b).

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

SUPPLIER agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

 

50


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts.

6. Executive Order 13201 Compliance

In accordance with 29 C.F.R. Part 470.2(b) the parties incorporate by reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of covered subcontracts and purchase orders and SUPPLIER agrees to comply with the provisions of 29 CFR Part 470.

7. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):

(a) It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime SUPPLIERs establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

(b) The SUPPLIER hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. The SUPPLIER further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the SUPPLIER’s compliance with this clause.

(c) As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The SUPPLIER shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The SUPPLIER shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

51


EXHIBIT E – EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

 

(d) The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

(e) SUPPLIERs acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-SUPPLIERs regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

8. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN. The sub-SUPPLIER will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

52


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

The following sample screen shot depicts the proportionate size and location of attribution (“Powered by InfoSpace”) on the PC Pages (HTML).

LOGO

 

53


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

LOGO

 

54


EXHIBIT F – ATTRIBUTION

 

The following sample screen shot depicts the attribution (“Powered by InfoSpace”) on the Mobile Pages in WML format.

LOGO

 

55


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.    General Information    59
   1.1.    Purpose    59
   1.2.    Scope       60
   1.3.    Out of Scope    60
2.    Responsibilities and Services    60
   2.1.    Infospace Responsibilities    61
   2.2.    Infospace Carrier Care    61
      2.2.1.    Infospace Support Services    62
      2.2.2.    PC Pages Support    62
   2.3.    Cingular Responsibilities    62
3.    Service Performance Objectives    63
      3.1    Service Availability    63
      3.2    Service Latency    63
      3.3    Legacy Components Supporting M3    64
      3.4    Alarming & Monitoring    64
      3.5    Third-Party Content Providers    64
4.    Incident Management    65
   4.1.    Incident Resolution Responsibilities    65
      4.1.1.    Cingular Contact Information    65
      4.1.2.    Cingular Responsibilities    66
      4.1.3.    Incident Handling and Updates    67

 

56


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

          4.1.4.    Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge   

69

      4.1.5.    Escalation Procedures    70
   4.2.    WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management    71
5.    Incident Reporting Process    72
   5.1.    Communicating Incidents    72
      5.1.1.    Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting    72
6.    Infospace Reports    73
   6.1.    Post Mortem Reports    73
   6.2.    Service Level Reporting    73
   6.3.    Open Issues List Reporting    74
7.    Change Control Management (CCM)    75
   7.1.    Planned Maintenance by Infospace    75
      7.1.1.    Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements    75
      7.1.2.    Communications Related to Planned Maintenance    75
      7.1.3.    Canceling Planned Service Interruptions    75
      7.1.4.    Restrictions Associated with Cingular’s Cancellation    76
      7.1.5.    Planned Service Interruptions by Cingular    76
      7.1.6.    Unplanned Service Interruptions by Cingular    76
      7.1.7.    Splash Page During Maintenance    76
   7.2.    Capacity Planning Forecasts    77
8.    Financial Consequences of Non-Performance    77
   8.1.    Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives    77
   8.2.    Service Availability    78
   8.3.    Service Latency    78
   8.4.    Financial Consequences for Non-Performance Related to Incident Resolution    79
   8.5.    Financial Consequences for Past Due Monthly Service Level Report    79

 

57


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List    81
Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet    82
Appendix C – Incident Notification    83
Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements    84
Appendix E – SLA Penalty Calculation Model    85

 

58


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.    General Information   
1.1.    Purpose   
The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Infospace and Cingular and to provide this information to Operations personnel responsible for the support of the Services.   

 

59


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Infospace in its support of the delivery of the Services to Cingular. This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Infospace and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to Cingular for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Infospace and Cingular Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for Cingular’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Infospace in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both Cingular and Infospace, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

***

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Infospace’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of Cingular.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

60


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

2.1. Infospace Responsibilities

Infospace will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Infospace’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Infospace. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Infospace has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Infospace Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Infospace to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Infospace or Cingular. Corrective action by Infospace assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and Cingular has provided all relevant information, if available, to Infospace. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Infospace will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Infospace has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Infospace will issue updates to Cingular pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by Cingular is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Infospace’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Infospace Carrier Care

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between Cingular’s Level 2 Support Group (Cingular’s non-customer facing group) and Infospace for support of services provided by Infospace. This arrangement provides Cingular with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Infospace Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A . These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3 .

 

Hours of

Operation

   24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Infospace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

61


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

2.2.1. Infospace Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Infospace Support Services to Cingular:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.2.2. PC Pages Support

As applicable, the PC Pages related Services will operate on browsers that are HTML 4.0 Compliant , specifically, Internet Explorer (IE) 5.0 and above. Infospace will make commercially reasonable efforts to support other browsers that demonstrate significant market presence.

 

2.3. Cingular Responsibilities

Cingular will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4 .

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

62


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and Cingular caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1  Service Availability Target

Infospace shall provide an overall system service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by Cingular and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by Cingular.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Infospace controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Infospace).

InfoSpace will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

***

           

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

63


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Infospace’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Infospace border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the Cingular Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting M3

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability of *** on a monthly basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and Cingular caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.***

3.4 ***

 

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Infospace will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Infospace Sourced Content with whom Infospace has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Infospace will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Infospace will also identify those content providers to Cingular and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum of *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Infospace will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Infospace Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6 .

In addition, Infospace will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Infospace Sourced Content from an Infospace SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

64


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Infospace and Cingular. A key element in this teamwork approach is Cingular’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Infospace.

All Cingular identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by Cingular representatives will be reported to Infospace Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. Cingular will assign a Severity Level per Table 4 . If Infospace disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon Cingular’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Infospace’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to Cingular with an appropriate explanation. Should Infospace determine that an incident being worked by Infospace Carrier Care Support Services is within Cingular’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to Cingular for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1.  Cingular Contact Information

In order for Infospace Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Infospace to have an accurate list of Cingular’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National

Operations

Center

   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***

MMS External

Partner Ops

   8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***

Change

Management

   8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, Cingular Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

65


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.2.  Cingular Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of Cingular as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1.  General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2.  Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within Cingular operational and technical environment and with Infospace or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to Cingular’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3.  Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Infospace service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4.  Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Infospace.

 

66


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.3.  Incident Handling and Updates

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services group of Infospace will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Infospace and all contracted third party systems that are within Infospace’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with Cingular based upon the times specified in Table 4 . Additionally, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform Cingular when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

67


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Infospace Incident Level

  

Description

  

Update
Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

Cingular SIR1

  

 

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•      A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•      Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•      A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•      Inability to provision a service.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 2

(Sev2)

Cingular SIR2

  

 

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•      Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** to *** of the subscribers.

 

•      Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

   Email or phone   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates every *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

68


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Severity 3

(Sev3)

Cingular SIR3

  

 

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•     Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•     Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•     Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•     Invalid measurement data.

 

•     Web interface defects that have little or no impact on a User’s ability to utilize service features and functions.

   Email   

First response within ***

First update within ***

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

Infospace will update Cingular with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

4.1.4.  Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, Cingular may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Infospace shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Cingular for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Cingular, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge   

*** when reasonably possible)

  

*** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

  

*** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

69


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

4.1.5.     Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1.  Infospace Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Infospace to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Infospace was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Infospace to the dedicated Manager of Production Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Infospace’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that Cingular is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Infospace & Cingular NOC teams within 1 hour, the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate Cingular personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Infospace.

 

4.1.5.2.  Cingular Escalation to Infospace

In the event that Infospace does not respond to Cingular within the times shown in Table 4 , Cingular can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1 , and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** of Cingular’s request, should the appropriate Infospace individual be contacted directly. Cingular must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Infospace employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that Cingular believes that Infospace is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

70


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

  

Severity 1

  

Severity 2

Level 1    Carrier Specialist    ***    ***
Level 2    Manager – Production Operations    ***    ***
Level 3    Director – Commercial Operations    ***    ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3.  Additional Escalation Information

Infospace and Cingular will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Infospace and Cingular will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A . Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

4.2. WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Infospace to provide the most effective level of support, Cingular agrees to provide Infospace with two (2) testing units for each device type specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the Cingular network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Infospace no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

Cingular will communicate incidents to Infospace in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Infospace NOC or sends a trouble ticket to Infospace via email using the email address of ***

 

   

Infospace sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the Cingular notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Infospace and Cingular.

 

   

Infospace will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from Cingular, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1.  Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each Cingular originated incident, Cingular will make every effort to provide as much information to Infospace that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Infospace has received sufficient information, Infospace will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to Cingular as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

Cingular will use best efforts to provide Infospace the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by Cingular.

 

   

Infospace Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by Cingular to verify the problem and that Cingular has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

72


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

6. Infospace Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Infospace will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to Cingular per Section 2.2.1 .

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Infospace will provide Cingular with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Infospace shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Infospace will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D :

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Infospace contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

   

Service levels achieved for Users of the PC Pages and Users of the Phone Pages as listed in Section 3.3 above.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

73


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Infospace shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with Cingular during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

74


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Infospace

Infospace will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to Cingular by Infospace Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1.  Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Infospace will provide Cingular with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Infospace may assume that Cingular accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Infospace is advised via email within *** the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Infospace will perform planned service interruptions from *** or as otherwise communicated between the two parties.

***

Please Note: *** Any Infospace unplanned system downtime resulting from a Cingular maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of Cingular’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Infospace SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the Cingular maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of Cingular’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2.  Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Infospace notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to Cingular through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B . Infospace will provide official notification to Cingular of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1 . During all planned maintenance activities, Cingular will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Infospace will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of a Cingular emergency, Cingular may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by Cingular may occur only if Cingular notifies Infospace within *** of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or Cingular Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

75


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7.1.4.  Restrictions Associated with Cingular’s Cancellation

In the event that Cingular cancels a maintenance activity planned by Infospace, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Infospace will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Infospace will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5.  Planned Service Interruptions by Cingular

Cingular will provide Infospace with advance notice (via email to *** ) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Infospace. Cingular will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Infospace software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6.  Unplanned Service Interruptions by Cingular

Cingular will notify Infospace of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Infospace Carrier Care ( ***) as quickly as is reasonably possible for Cingular.

Infospace will make all reasonable efforts to support Cingular in resolving the issue. Infospace may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7.  Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1 ). Cingular will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

76


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Infospace requires Cingular at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Infospace to plan the required resources to support the services for Cingular’s customers. If Cingular becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Infospace (e.g., if Cingular has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Infospace must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If Cingular fails to provide Infospace with such notice, Infospace will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Infospace received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of Cingular for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Infospace Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services. The total financial penalties will be subject to the following Infospace revenue caps.

 

Period

(start date adjusted based on

actual launch date)

  

Month

  

Cap

  

Max Net SLA Penalty After Cap

(based on min. M3 rev.)

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

For the purposes of the SLA, Infospace “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of *** for the applicable month. For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model ( Appendix E ) below.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

77


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Infospace shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Infospace will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to Cingular for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to Cingular as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the WAP portions of the following Services:

 

Service Area

  

Penalty Amount

(% of Total Revenue)

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

***

   ***

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Infospace agrees to pay to Cingular service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

 

***

Infospace will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to Cingular as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D :

 

***   ***   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

78


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

***

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

***

Table 10, Latency Target Ramp

Subject to Section 8.1 , Infospace agrees to pay to Cingular excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 10 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 9 above exceeds ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

79


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

9 Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement.

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, Cingular shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Infospace or to provide Infospace notice of Cingular’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that Cingular delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Infospace to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement.

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, Cingular shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Infospace or to provide Infospace notice of Cingular’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that Cingular delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Infospace to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

80


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Infospace Customer Care Contact Information ***

 

Single Point of Contact Name    Infospace Carrier Care
Title    n/a
Phone    ***
Email    ***
  
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager – Production Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
  
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director – Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Cingular Contact Information

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National

Operations Center

   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***

MMS External

Partner Ops

  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***

Change

Management

  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

   Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

81


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

  - Scope and full description

 

  - Cingular service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) Cingular Service Impact

 

  - Impact to Cingular internal & external customers

 

  - Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

  - Duration in minutes

 

  - Estimated start/end time of Cingular service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

  - Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

  - Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

  - Start of Maintenance Window

 

  - Notify when Down Time begins

 

  - Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

  - Notify of Problem

 

  - Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

82


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident
  - Should include scope (Cingular service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

  - Provided at time of restoration

 

6) Cingular Information Service Impact

 

  - Impact to Cingular End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

  - Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

  - Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

  - Suspect root cause (brief)
  - Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

83


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix D

Cingular M3 SLA Monitor Requirements Summary

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

84


EXHIBIT G – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

 

Appendix E—M3 SLA Penalty Calculation Model

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

85


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

LOGO     

 

Project Name Here

 

Business Requirements

 

Date

 

Version 1.0

 

Developed by:

 

Cingular Wireless

 

5565 Glenridge Connector

 

Atlanta, GA 30342

 

86


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

Table of Contents

 

1. Document Details

   88

Document History

   88

Project Team

   88

2. Overview & Objectives

   89

Scope

   89

Terminology

   89

Workflow

   89

Assumptions

   89

Constraints

   89

3. Architecture & Infrastructure Requirements

   90

Operational Requirements

   90

Scalability Requirements

   90

Security

   90

4. General Requirements

   91

5. HTML Requirements

   92

6. WML Requirements

   93

7. Admin Tool Requirements

   94

8. Reporting Requirements

   95

9. Testing Expectations

   96

10. Training Considerations

   97

11. Appendix A: Explanation of Requirement IDs

   98

12. Appendix B: Work Flow

   99

13. Cingular Wireless Approval

   100

 

87


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

1. Document Details

 

Document Author

  

Location

  

Marketing Champion

  
  

Document History

 

Date

   Author    Revision
     
     

Project Team

 

Name

   Responsibilities    Contact
Information
     
     

 

88


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

2. Overview & Objectives

Include a high level project description here. For example: The project team desires to create a new product that will do x, y and z.

 

   

Scope

This section should include what systems/sites are affected

 

   

Terminology

Define any acronyms and/or uncommon terms here.

 

Term

  

Definition

BRID

   Identification number assigned to requirements in this document for tracking purposes. See Appendix A for a full explanation.

 

   

Workflow

Describe the current business process workflow and identify any changes in this section. Illustrations should be included in Appendix B: Workflow.

 

   

Assumptions

Assumptions or dependencies of the requirement are listed here.

 

   

Constraints

Limitations are listed here.

 

89


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

3. Architecture & Infrastructure Requirements

 

   

Operational Requirements

Operational requirements should be listed here. For example, the site should maintain an uptime of 99.6%, not including scheduled down time…

 

   

Scalability Requirements

Specify the number of concurrent users to be supported, transaction volume, etc…

 

   

Security

Does the site need to be on a secure server? If there’s an admin tool, who should have access and how should usernames/passwords be administered?

 

90


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

4. General Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  
  

 

91


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

5. HTML Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

92


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

6. WML Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

93


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

7. Admin Tool Requirements

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  

 

94


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

8. Reporting Requirements

Give a brief overview of reporting requirements then list specifics in the table. If there are multiple reports, you may repeat this section for each report.

 

BRID

  

Requirement

  
  
  

 

95


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

9. Testing Expectations

Highlight particular use case scenarios that may be helpful to users and Quality Assurance personnel who are validating the site’s functionality in the test environment.

 

96


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

10. Training Considerations

List groups who will require training and specify what’s needed for each group to conduct training effectively.

 

97


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

11. Appendix A: Explanation of Requirement IDs

IDs are assigned to each requirement to facilitate traceability of the requirement throughout the software development lifecycle. The following subsections explain the components of Business Requirement IDs (BRIDs).

A Cingular Wireless-assigned BRID identifies each client-provided Business Requirement. The BRID consists of three components:

The letters BR , to identify the requirement as a Business Requirement

A two- or three-character abbreviation identifying the feature affected by the requirement

A three-digit, unique value assigned to the specific BR.

Thus, a BRID of BR-ECA-010 denotes that

It is a client-provided Business Requirement.

The requirement is associated with the eCare feature.

The requirement has a unique identifier of 010.

 

98


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

12. Appendix B: Work Flow

This section should include existing and/or proposed business process flows. This appendix should always appear in the document. If there are no business process flows to be included, please indicate with “Not Applicable”.

 

99


EXHIBIT H – BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS TEMPLATE

 

13. Cingular Wireless Approval

This section requires sign-off from the Marketing Champion who initiated this project. This sign-off sheet serves the following purposes:

 

   

Provides a formal review and approval checkpoint for ensuring these documented requirements accomplish their intended purpose.

 

   

Provides a verification that these business requirements accurately define the objective, scope, and details of the new development or enhancement request.

If the documentation accurately reflects the business requirement, please sign below.

 

               
Marketing Champion     Date  

 

100


EXHIBIT I – CHANGE REQUEST TEMPLATE

 

Cingular Change Request Submission Form

 

Date Submitted:      Date Requested By:   
Subject of Change:        
Affected Interfaces:   ¨    HTML Portal     ¨   WML Portal     ¨   SMS Application     ¨   Admin Tool
Type of Change:   ¨   Problem                                                   ¨   Enhancement
Priority:   ¨   Low              ¨   Medium                      ¨   High
Document Author:      Marketing Champion:   

I. Objectives

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

II. Assumptions

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

III. Constraints

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

 

101


EXHIBIT I – CHANGE REQUEST TEMPLATE

 

IV. Requirements

 

  a. General Requirements
  1. ……
  2. ….
  3.

 

  b. HTML Portal Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3.

 

  c. WML Portal Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

  d. SMS Application Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

  e. Admin Tool Requirements
  1. ….
  2. ….
  3. ….

 

V. Process Flow

Insert screenshots, flow charts, etc… here.

 

102


EXHIBIT J – FORM OF WORK ORDER AND PURCHASE ORDER

 

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (“Company”) under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between InfoSpace and Company (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of the additional services described below, Company will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

 

Estimated Completion Date

InfoSpace will                             
(the “Deliverable”).

  InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Deliverable ___________.

 

Amount

  

Due Date

$                     Upon completion of the Deliverable, InfoSpace will send an invoice to Company for the fees payable pursuant to this Work Order. Company shall remit payment for such invoice within thirty (30) days of the date of such invoice.

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.     Cingular Wireless LLC
           
Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
           
Printed Name and Title     Printed Name and Title
           
Date     Date

 

103


EXHIBIT J – FORM OF WORK ORDER AND PURCHASE ORDER

 

Cingular Purchase Order

LOGO

 

104


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

License Agreement

 

 

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

and

Cingular Wireless, LLC

Agreement No:

Effective Date:

 

105


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Table of Contents

 

    Section    
1.   Definitions
2.   License; Protection of InfoSpace Software
3.   Delivery of InfoSpace Software; Implementation Plan
4.   Hardware
5.   Certain Obligations of the Parties
6.   Payments
7.   Warranties; Indemnification; Insurance; Limitation of Liability; Taxes
8.   Term and Termination
9.   Intellectual Property
10.   General Provisions
  Exhibits
  A.   InfoSpace Software
  B.   Change Request and Acceptance Process
  C.   Support for InfoSpace Software
  D.   System Environment Specifications
  E.   Preliminary Implementation Plan
  F.   Form of Work Order
  G.   Commercial Terms
  H.   Executive Orders and Federal Regulations
  I.   Cingular Purchase Order

 

106


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

License Agreement

This License Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of              , 200_ (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with principal offices at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90024 (“InfoSpace”), and Cingular Wireless, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, with principal offices at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, GA 30342 (“Cingular”).

RECITALS

This Agreement is entered into with reference to the following facts:

A. InfoSpace and Cingular entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, effective as of July 22, 2005 (the “Services Agreement”).

B. The parties are entering this Agreement pursuant to Section          of the Services Agreement.

C. InfoSpace owns the software listed in the attached Exhibit A (collectively, the “InfoSpace Software” ).

D. Cingular wishes to license the InfoSpace Software and to obtain support and other services from InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement.

E. InfoSpace wishes to license the InfoSpace Software and provide support and other services to Cingular as set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

As used herein, the following terms have the following defined meanings:

“Active User” means a User for whom InfoSpace reports three or more Sessions during a calendar month of the Term .

“Affiliate” means an entity that has its principal place of business in the United States or Puerto Rico and that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another entity. Control shall be defined as (i) thirty percent (30%) or more ownership or beneficial interest of income and capital of such entity; (ii) ownership of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting power or voting equity; or (iii) the exclusive or shared ability to otherwise direct the management policies of such entity by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this License Agreement, including all exhibits hereto.

 

107


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

“Authorized Operator” means any individual with a need to access the InfoSpace Software in order to perform the activities contemplated by this Agreement who is (i) an employee of Cingular, or (ii) an independent contractor or consultant of Cingular reasonably acceptable to InfoSpace, provided that such independent contractor or consultant has agreed in writing to act in accordance with the obligations of non-disclosure and non-use imposed by this Agreement.

Documentation ” means the documentation, training materials, specifications, notes and technical documents, and materials sufficient to permit Cingular to use the InfoSpace Software.

“Error(s)” means defect(s) in the InfoSpace Software that prevent it from performing in accordance with the Documentation.

“InfoSpace Software” means the software owned by InfoSpace that is listed on Exhibit A, including any updates, new releases or Error corrections thereto.

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademark, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising under the laws of any jurisdiction.

“Live Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Object Code ” means the computer software code which results from the translation or processing of Source Code by a computer into machine executable or intermediate code, which code is not readily understandable to a human being but is appropriate for execution or interpretation by a computer.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

“Session” means any use of the Services by a User during any thirty minute period.

“Services” mean the wireless services that will be hosted and made available to Users by Cingular using the InfoSpace Software and third party software, content and applications.

Source Code ” means computer code in high level, human readable language, including comments, and all tools and documentation reasonably necessary to build and/or modify such code.

“System Environment Specifications” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Territory” means the United States and Puerto Rico.

“Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, trade names, proprietary logos or indicia and other source or business identifiers.

“User” means any individual that is authorized by Cingular to access the Services.

“User Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8.

 

108


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Any capitalized term used in this Agreement but not defined in this Section 1 shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in this Agreement.

 

2. License; Protection of InfoSpace Software.

2.1 InfoSpace Software. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants to Cingular for the Term, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, fully-paid, royalty-bearing, limited license (a) to the InfoSpace Software, in Object Code form, to use solely in connection with providing the Services to Users for personal use within the Territory, and (b) to use the accompanying Documentation in connection with Cingular’s permitted use of the InfoSpace Software. Further, Cingular will have the right to sublicense the foregoing rights to a third party hosting service provider reasonably acceptable to InfoSpace. InfoSpace will notify Cingular of such acceptance or rejection in writing within 15 days of receiving written notification of such third party provider from Cingular.

2.2 Protection of InfoSpace Software. Cingular will protect the InfoSpace Software using the same degree of care Cingular takes to protect its own Confidential Information; provided, however, that, at a minimum, Cingular will:

(a) Not use or permit the use of the InfoSpace Software in any manner other than to provide access to the Services to Users as provided herein;

(b) Retain in strict confidence, and not disclose or otherwise make available, the InfoSpace Software to anyone except Authorized Operators for use pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(c) Reproduce (and refrain from removing or destroying) copyright and proprietary rights notices that are placed upon or within the InfoSpace Software;

(d) Not copy or reproduce the InfoSpace Software or the Documentation;

(e) Erase or otherwise destroy, prior to disposing of media, all portions of the InfoSpace Software contained on such media;

(f) Not modify, reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the Source Code of the InfoSpace Software, or use or refer to the InfoSpace Software for the purpose of creating software that provides functionality similar to that provided by the InfoSpace Software, or for any other purpose not expressly provided herein;

(g) Not sublicense the InfoSpace Software or Documentation , or assign any of the rights granted to Cingular under this Agreement except as expressly permitted under this Agreement; and

(h) Notify InfoSpace promptly in writing upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the InfoSpace Software, and cooperate fully and promptly with InfoSpace to cure any unauthorized disclosure or use of the InfoSpace Software.

 

109


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

2.3 Operating Environment. Cingular will obtain, configure and maintain the minimum requirements for the computing, network and communications environments in which the InfoSpace Software is intended to operate as specified by InfoSpace in the System Environment Specifications (“SES”), attached hereto as Exhibit D. Among other things, the SES will set forth the hardware and third party software necessary to support the InfoSpace Software. InfoSpace may update the SES from time to time and shall promptly notify Cingular in writing of any such update.

Upon Cingular’s request at any time during the Term and at Cingular’s expense, InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether Cingular is in compliance with the SES, provided that InfoSpace shall provide an initial compliance certification to Cingular upon Cingular’s request at no charge and, provided further, that in the event that InfoSpace updates the SES during the Term, InfoSpace will provide Cingular with an additional compliance certification at no charge upon notification from Cingular that Cingular has implemented such update.

2.4 Cingular Acknowledgement. Cingular acknowledges that Cingular will be solely responsible for obtaining all necessary rights to all third party software, hardware, content, applications and other technology required to develop and commercially deploy the Services, provided that InfoSpace will (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer to Cingular its licenses to the third party software listed in Section B(iii) of Exhibit A and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to sublicense to Cingular the Web Crawler software as described in Section B(iv) of Exhibit A. In the event that InfoSpace is unable to (x) transfer to Cingular the licenses listed in Section B(iii) of Exhibit A and/or (y) sublicense to Cingular the Web Crawler software, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

2.5 Nonexclusivity. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either party from participating in similar business arrangements as those described herein with any Person.

 

3. Delivery of InfoSpace Software; Implementation Plan.

3.1 Delivery of InfoSpace Software. InfoSpace will deliver and install the InfoSpace Software and deliver the Documentation to Cingular on amutually agreed upon schedule no later than six months from the Effective Date.

3.2 Implementation Plan. A preliminary Implementation Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Preliminary Implementation Plan”). The parties will mutually develop and agree upon a more detailed Implementation Plan within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date that will supersede the Preliminary Implementation Plan (the “Implementation Plan”). Each party will perform its designated tasks and activities described in the Implementation Plan. No act, promise or assurance of either party will modify the terms of the Implementation Plan unless in writing and signed by both parties. The Preliminary Implementation Plan and the Implementation Plan will be Confidential Information of both parties.

3.3 Testing; Commercial Release of Services. The Implementation Plan will include a testing procedure that will set forth a schedule for Cingular to test the InfoSpace Software to confirm that it performs in material compliance with the Documentation. In addition, the Implementation Plan will set forth a mutually agreed timeline for the commercial deployment of the Services that will include the date upon which the Services will be made commercially available by Cingular to Users (the “Live Date”).

 

110


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

4. Hardware.

4.1 Hardware Specifications. Cingular will obtain, configure and install the hardware set forth in the SES in accordance with the specifications set forth in the SES. InfoSpace will deliver the hardware referred to in Section 4(a) of the Services Agreement to Cingular. Cingular shall pay any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer to Cingular of any service agreements related to such hardware.

4.2 Installation of Hardware. Upon Cingular’s request, InfoSpace will install at Cingular’s designated location(s) those items of hardware designated in the Implementation Plan as to be installed by InfoSpace, if any. InfoSpace will invoice Cingular for the installation charges, computed at InfoSpace’s then-current standard rates, and Cingular will pay the invoice amount(s) within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice. Cingular will be responsible for the installation of all other hardware.

4.3 Remote Access to Hardware. Cingular will provide remote network access to the hardware, including providing to InfoSpace the necessary security information to access the hardware through a Virtual Private Network (VPN), or equivalent means of access for the purposes of monitoring and providing support services related to the InfoSpace Software.

 

5. Certain Obligations of the Parties.

5.1 Support. Exhibit C sets forth the parties’ respective obligations with respect to the support of the InfoSpace Software. Cingular will allow InfoSpace personnel to implement and/or will cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request in the implementation of any bug fixes, updates or Error corrections to the InfoSpace Software, or any other support services prescribed to InfoSpace on Exhibit C. Except as specifically stated on Exhibit C or approved in advance and in writing by InfoSpace, no Cingular or third party personnel will have access to the InfoSpace Software. To the extent any Cingular personnel has access to the InfoSpace Software pursuant to Exhibit C, such individuals will not participate in the development of any software that provides functionality similar to that provided by the InfoSpace Software for the Term of this Agreement and for two years thereafter. Cingular will pay InfoSpace the Support Fees set forth on Exhibit G for the support services rendered by InfoSpace hereunder.

5.2 Technical Cooperation. Each party will provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other party in order to install and operate the InfoSpace Software. In addition to performing the tasks assigned to Cingular in the Implementation Plan and this Agreement, Cingular agrees to provide InfoSpace with timely access to Cingular’s facilities and systems in accordance with Section 10.1 and to assist InfoSpace to the extent reasonably necessary for InfoSpace personnel to perform InfoSpace’s obligations under the Implementation Plan and this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) assigning and making available for the duration of the implementation a sufficient number of Cingular personnel to perform Cingular’s obligations under the Implementation Plan and this Agreement; (ii) the timely completion of all set-up activities for which Cingular is responsible; (iii) providing and updating all relevant information reasonably necessary for InfoSpace to perform its obligations; and (iv) establishing and maintaining the system environment described in the SES.

5.3 Project Management . Each party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the InfoSpace Software; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the parties.

 

111


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5.4 Training. InfoSpace will, as requested by Cingular, provide training with respect to the operation and use of the InfoSpace Software on a schedule and terms, and at a location to be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

5.5 Publicity. The parties may work together to issue publicity and/or general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed-upon matters, provided, however, that neither party will have any obligation to do so. Neither party will issue any such publicity or general marketing communications concerning their relationship without the prior written consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

5.6 Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties will use the process described in Exhibit B for all modifications to the InfoSpace Software. Unless otherwise agreed, the parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Work Order”) to document any work related to modifications to the InfoSpace Software . The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. Cingular will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) will be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Cingular of all necessary technical specifications by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the parties.

Notwithstanding the above, no Work Order is authorized until InfoSpace is in receipt of a Cingular issued Purchase Order, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit J (a “Purchase Order”). All Purchase Orders issued by Cingular hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, InfoSpace may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders will be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with this Agreement.

5.7 Other Requirements. InfoSpace and Cingular shall fulfill their respective obligations set forth in the Exhibits.

5.8 Use of User Data. To the extent that InfoSpace receives or has access to any personally-identifiable User data (including, but not limited to, customer proprietary network information, profiles, User usage data and other data resulting from User use of the Services) (collectively, “User Data” ), Cingular retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all User Data. InfoSpace will treat all User Data as Cingular Confidential Information pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Agreement. InfoSpace will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any User Data for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of InfoSpace’s obligations under this Agreement, without Cingular’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in Cingular’s sole discretion.

 

112


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

6. Payments.

6.1 Fees and Payments. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the License Fees and Support Fees set forth on Exhibit G in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth on Exhibit G. All payments to InfoSpace by Cingular shall be preceded by an invoice from InfoSpace. Subject to Section 6.2, Cingular shall pay InfoSpace in accordance with the amounts stated on any invoice delivered under this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of the invoice. All payments from Cingular will state the corresponding invoice number.

6.2 Remuneration; Collection. Cingular shall pay to InfoSpace the amounts as set forth on Exhibit G. Each party may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit G, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars and each party will pay all amounts payable under this Agreement in lawful money of the United States. In the event of a disputed amount on any invoice, the billed party shall notify the billing party of its dispute in writing within forty-five (45) days of receipt of invoice, setting forth the reasons therefor. The billing party will respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of the billed party’s notice of dispute, at which time either (a) the billing party will agree with the claim and will waive payment, or (b) the parties will agree to meet to resolve the dispute within a reasonable period of time. During this process, InfoSpace does NOT have the right to suspend the license of or the support for the InfoSpace Software. The non-prevailing party will be responsible for all reasonable expenses (including attorney fees) incurred by the prevailing party in any action brought for the collection of past due amounts payable under this Agreement.

6.3 Records and Audit. During the Term, each party shall maintain accurate records of fees received and calculations of the fees payable to the other party pursuant to this Agreement. Either party, at its expense, and upon thirty (30) business days’ advance written notice to the other party, shall have the right to examine or audit such records in order to verify the amounts owed to either party under this Agreement. Any such audit will be conducted, to the extent possible, during normal business hours and in a manner that does not interfere with the ordinary business operations of the audited party.

 

7. Warranties, Indemnification, Insurance; Limitation of Liability; Taxes.

7.1 Warranties.

 

  (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other party that:

1) It has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder; its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate, breach, or result in a default of any contract, lease, or other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound, any of which violations, breaches, or defaults could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such party to perform its obligations hereunder;

2) Its execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not conflict with the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other governing instruments) of such party;

3) When executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and

 

113


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

4) it will comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any related to individual privacy).

 

  (b) InfoSpace represents and warrants to Cingular that:

1) The InfoSpace Software does not infringe, or otherwise violate or misappropriate any copyright, patent, trade secret, or other propriety right(s) held by any third party;

2) Provided that the InfoSpace Software is operated by or on behalf of Cingular in accordance with the SES, the InfoSpace Software will perform substantially as described in the applicable Documentation;

3) The InfoSpace Software does not include or contain any timer, clock, counter, or other routine or design which causes the InfoSpace Software to be erased, or to become inoperable or otherwise incapable of being used in the full manner for which it was designed and licensed;

4) To its knowledge, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on InfoSpace’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement;

5) Any services provided hereunder by InfoSpace will be performed in a professional manner, and with the care, skill and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in InfoSpace’s profession or industry; and

6) The InfoSpace Software has year 2000 capability. Year 2000 capability means that the InfoSpace Software will:

(i) Read, compute, store, process, display and print data involving dates, including single century and multi-century formulas, and will not cause computational, display, storage or other errors resulting from the liability to accurately or correctly handle dates, including, but not limited to, year 2000 and February 29, 2000; and

(ii) Include the indication of century in all date-related user interface functionality, data fields, and generated code.

7.2 Indemnification.

 

  (a)

Cingular will defend, indemnify and hold harmless InfoSpace, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of Cingular’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that the Services (excluding the InfoSpace Software) contain any material that is obscene, libelous or defamatory, or violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. InfoSpace agrees that Cingular shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, Cingular

 

114


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects InfoSpace’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of InfoSpace. InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at Cingular’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to Cingular in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at InfoSpace’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (b) InfoSpace will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Cingular, and its respective directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, damages, judgments and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with any third-party claim alleging (i) any breach of InfoSpace’s representations or warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or (ii) that the InfoSpace Software violates the rights of any third party, or violates any law or regulation, or infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Cingular agrees that InfoSpace shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim. However, InfoSpace shall not acquiesce to any judgment or enter into any settlement that adversely affects Cingular’s rights or interests without the prior written consent of Cingular. Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace of any such claim of which it becomes aware and shall: (a) at InfoSpace’s expense, provide reasonable cooperation to InfoSpace in connection with the defense or settlement of any such claim; and (b) at Cingular’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  (c) In the event that either party, after notification of any claim for which such party is responsible, does not assume the defense of such action, such party will reimburse the other party for all reasonable costs incurred by such other party in the defense of the claim, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

7.3 Infringement. Without limiting InfoSpace’s other obligations under Section 7.2(b), if an injunction or order is obtained against Cingular’s use of the InfoSpace Software (or any portion thereof) as contemplated by this Agreement or if, in InfoSpace’s opinion, the InfoSpace Software (or any portion thereof) is or is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, InfoSpace will, at its expense:

(i) procure for Cingular the right to continued use of the InfoSpace Software (or portion thereof) under this Agreement; or

(ii) after consultation with Cingular, replace or modify the InfoSpace Software (or portion thereof) under this Agreement such that it is non-infringing and still meets the requirements of this Agreement to Cingular’s satisfaction; or

(iii) remove such infringing InfoSpace Software and reduce any License Fees attributable to such software.

Cingular will not be liable to InfoSpace for License Fees for the InfoSpace Software after the date that InfoSpace no longer provides the InfoSpace Software to Cingular as a result of actual or claimed infringement.

 

115


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

7.4 Insurance . As of the Effective Date, InfoSpace maintains and will maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

Commercial General Liability:

 

Combined Single Limit

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

General Aggregate

   $ 2,000,000 per policy period

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

   $ 2,000,000 per policy period

Internet Professional Liability :

 

Data Processor’s Errors and Omissions Coverage or similar coverage

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence/aggregate

Information Technology Products Insurance

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

Personal Injury/Advertising

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence

Umbrella Policy:

$20,000,000 per occurrence

$20,000,000 for products/completed operations aggregate

$20,000,000 general aggregate

Worker’s Compensation:

$1,000,000 bodily injury by accident

$1,000,000 bodily injury by disease

InfoSpace has provided and shall provide upon request a Certificate of Insurance to Cingular showing coverage and limits not less than the minimum amounts shown herein. Such insurance coverage shall have an A-VII or better rating, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Ratings Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

 

116


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

All certificates and policies shall include a provision whereby Cingular must be given thirty (30) days advance written notice of the insurer’s intention not to renew such policy(ies) or to cancel, replace or alter the same by reducing the required coverage.

7.5 Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer of Warranties.

(a) Limitation of Liability . EXCEPT FOR (A) CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS; OR (B) THE INDEMNITY AND INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, OR FOR LOSS OF REVENUE OR PROFIT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY ARISES FROM BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT FOR THE INFRINGEMENT INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY’S LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED ***

(b) Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE), AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY CLAIM IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), IN EACH CASE, REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, CINGULAR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFOSPACE MAKES NO WARRANTY THAT THE INFOSPACE SOFTWARE IS FREE FROM ERRORS, DEFECTS, DESIGN FLAWS OR OMISSIONS.

7.6 Warranty Conditions. With respect to the InfoSpace Software, all warranties and remedies herein are conditioned upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Cingular may not modify the InfoSpace Software;

(b) The InfoSpace Software must be operated in accordance with the SES and consistent with the Documentation;

(c) Cingular must provide InfoSpace with access to the InfoSpace Software and all related third party software and hardware, as necessary to correct or repair any condition that causes a breach of the warranty;

(d) Cingular must accept, or coordinate the installment of, any updates, bug fixes, and corrections to Errors or other solutions provided by InfoSpace to rectify any breach of warranty;

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

117


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(e) Customer has not installed unauthorized software onto the hardware operating the InfoSpace Software; and

(f) The InfoSpace Software has not been altered or damaged by accident, neglect misuse or other abuse by Cingular.

7.7 Taxes.

(a) InfoSpace may invoice Cingular the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of material or provision of services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation or labor charges must be separately stated. Cingular agrees to pay all applicable taxes to InfoSpace that are stated on and that relate to the materials or services included on that invoice. InfoSpace agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

(b) InfoSpace agrees to pay, and to hold Cingular harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of InfoSpace, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by InfoSpace. InfoSpace agrees to pay and to hold Cingular harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of InfoSpace doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

(c) Upon Cingular’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which InfoSpace shall pay any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement. If Cingular determines that in its opinion any such taxes are not payable or should be paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, InfoSpace shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and Cingular shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by Cingular, InfoSpace shall promptly notify Cingular. InfoSpace shall cooperate with Cingular in contesting such determination, but Cingular shall be responsible and shall reimburse InfoSpace for any tax, interest, or penalty in excess of its determination. If Cingular desires to contest such collection, Cingular shall promptly notify InfoSpace. If Cingular determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed InfoSpace for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount that Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace, Cingular and InfoSpace shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. InfoSpace shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from Cingular if and to the extent InfoSpace can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At Cingular’s request, InfoSpace shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to Cingular all such refunds (and interest) received.

(d) If any taxing authority advises InfoSpace that it intends to audit InfoSpace with respect to any taxes for which Cingular is obligated to reimburse InfoSpace under this Agreement, InfoSpace shall (1) promptly so notify Cingular, (2) afford Cingular an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with InfoSpace in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3)

 

118


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

keep Cingular fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 6.6. InfoSpace’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this Section 6.6 shall relieve Cingular of its responsibility to reimburse InfoSpace for taxes only if InfoSpace’s failure materially prejudiced Cingular’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

(e) Cingular shall be solely responsible for all taxes imposed in connection with the sale of the Services to Users.

 

8. Term and Termination.

8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will end

(a) in the event that this License Agreement was entered pursuant to Section 4(b) of the Services Agreement, on the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term”); or

(b) in the event that this License Agreement was entered pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Services Agreement, on a date determined by Cingular in its sole discretion (the “Term”), provided that the Term will not exceed six months.

8.2 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any material breach hereof by such other party, provided that such other party has not cured such material breach within such thirty (30) day period.

8.3 Return of Materials to InfoSpace . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, Cingular will, at InfoSpace’s option, immediately destroy or return to InfoSpace (a) all copies of the InfoSpace Software; (b) all copies of the System Environment Specifications and any portion thereof in its possession or under its control; and (c) all InfoSpace Confidential Information in its possession or under its control.

8.4 Effect of Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement will be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder will survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties under Sections 6, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 8, 9, 10.2, 10.4, 10.7, 10.8, and 10.10 through 10.15 will survive any termination or expiration of the Term.

 

9. Intellectual Property.

9.1 InfoSpace Software. As between the parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Software, including all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith. Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, no license, or title to, or ownership of any of the InfoSpace Software is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person under this Agreement.

9.2 Further Assurances. Each party will take, at the other party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth in this Section 9.

 

119


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

9.3 No Joint Development; Enhancements. The parties contemplate that there will be no joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance. Further, in no event will enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“Enhancements”) created from one party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the parties, regardless of which party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements will be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

9.4 Restrictions. Neither party will have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither will alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other party.

 

10. General Provisions.

10.1 Access.

 

  (a) When appropriate, InfoSpace shall have reasonable access to Cingular’s premises or the premises of any third party that hosts the InfoSpace Software during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable InfoSpace to perform its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall coordinate such access with Cingular’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. InfoSpace insures Cingular that only persons employed by InfoSpace or subcontracted by InfoSpace will be allowed to enter Cingular’s premises. If Cingular requests InfoSpace or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by InfoSpace or its subcontractor from performing work on Cingular’s premises, InfoSpace shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall leave Cingular’s premises promptly and InfoSpace shall not furnish such person again to perform work on Cingular’s premises without Cingular’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

  (b) Cingular may require InfoSpace or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials, which Cingular may issue in order to gain access to Cingular’s premises for the performance of services. If, for any reason, any InfoSpace representative is no longer performing such services, InfoSpace shall promptly inform Cingular. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to Cingular of the identification credentials, if issued by Cingular, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

  (c)

InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, while on or off Cingular’s premises, will (i) protect Cingular’s materials, buildings, and structures, (ii) not interfere with Cingular’s business operations, and (iii) perform services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience,

 

120


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

 

and protection of Cingular, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the Cingular Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon (a copy of the Cingular Code of Conduct is available upon request).

 

  (d) InfoSpace shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by InfoSpace work harmoniously with all others when on Cingular’s premises.

10.2 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement through negotiations between key representatives of the parties, before resorting to other remedies available to them.

 

  (b) If a controversy or claim should arise which is not settled as specified in sub Section (a) above, representatives of each party who are authorized to resolve the controversy or claim will meet at a location designated by Cingular, at least once, and will attempt to, and are empowered to, resolve the matter. Either representative may request this meeting within fourteen (14) days of such request (the “First Meeting” ).

 

  (c) Unless the parties otherwise agree, if the matter has not been resolved within twenty-one (21) days of the First Meeting, the representatives shall refer the matter to Senior Executives, who shall have full authority to settle the dispute (herein called the “Senior Executives” ). The Senior Executives will make commercially reasonable efforts to meet for negotiations within fourteen (14) days of the end of the twenty-one (21) day period referred to above, at a site designated by Cingular. Three (3) business days prior to this scheduled meeting, the parties shall exchange memoranda stating the issue(s) in dispute and their positions, summarizing the negotiations which have taken place, and attaching relevant documents.

 

  (d) If more than one meeting is held between the Senior Executives, the meeting shall be held in rotation at the offices of InfoSpace and Cingular.

 

  (e) If the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of the First Meeting of the Senior Executives (which period may be extended by mutual agreement), the parties will attempt in good faith to resolve the controversy or claim via non-binding mediation in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s rules for Mediation of Business Disputes.

 

121


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.3 Compliance with Laws. Both parties shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes (“Laws”). Conversely, nothing set forth in this Agreement, including Exhibit H, is intended to contractually obligate either party to comply with any Laws that otherwise are not applicable to it. The parties’ obligation to comply with all applicable Laws includes the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. InfoSpace further agrees to comply with the Executive and Federal regulations, to the extent such regulations are applicable, as set forth in Exhibit H. The parties further agree that each is solely and exclusively responsible for any liability for its own noncompliance with any applicable Laws and each party shall defend, indemnify, and hold the other party harmless from and against such liability.

10.4 Confidentiality.

Each party, which receives proprietary and/or confidential information of the other party (the “Receiving Party” ), shall retain in confidence the terms of this Agreement, and all other non-public information and know-how of the other party disclosed or acquired by the Receiving Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is either designated as proprietary and/or confidential or by the nature of the circumstances surrounding disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary and/or confidential ( “Confidential Information” ); provided that each party may disclose Confidential Information to its immediate legal and financial consultants and to any Affiliates (and its employees) with a need to know arising as a result of this Agreement, in the ordinary course of its business. Each party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to protect Confidential Information of the other party, and in any event, to take precautions at least as great as those taken to protect its own confidential information of a similar nature. The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to any information that: (a) was known by the Receiving Party prior to disclosure thereof by the other party; (b) was in or entered the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party; (c) is disclosed to the Receiving Party by a third party, until such time as notified by the other party that such third party was not legally entitled to make such disclosure without violation of an obligation of confidentiality; (d) is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations (but in such event, only to the extent required to be disclosed); or (e) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without reference to any Confidential Information of the other party. Upon request of the other party, each party shall return to the other all materials, in any medium, which contain, embody, reflect or reference all or any part of any Confidential Information of the other party. Each party acknowledges that breach of this provision by it would result in irreparable harm to the other party, for which money damages would be an insufficient remedy, and therefore that the other party shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of this Section 10.4. Without limitation and subject to Section 5.8(d), Confidential Information includes User Data (Section 5.8).

10.5 Independent Contractors

10.5.1 InfoSpace hereby represents and warrants to Cingular that:

 

  (f) InfoSpace is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of Cingular;

 

  (g) InfoSpace’s personnel performing services under this Agreement shall be considered solely the employees of InfoSpace and not employees or agents of Cingular;

 

122


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  (h) InfoSpace has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of such services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing such services;

 

  (i) InfoSpace is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all InfoSpace’s personnel who perform such services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “Payroll Tax Obligations” ) with respect to all InfoSpace personnel providing services; and

 

  (j) InfoSpace will indemnify, defend, and hold Cingular harmless from all liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to InfoSpace’s failure to comply with any of the above provisions.

10.5.2 Cingular and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise or agency relationship between Cingular and InfoSpace. Neither party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other party and Cingular will not attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates.

10.6 Assignment; Merger. Neither party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

10.7 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its choice of law rules.

10.8 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

10.9 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, epidemics, riots, wars, fires, earthquakes, transportation contingencies, strikes, or other catastrophes or occurrences, each of which are beyond such party’s reasonable control, provided such default or breach is not directly or indirectly the result, in whole or in part, of its fault or negligence.

 

123


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.10 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

Addresses for notices:

 

To Cingular:    To InfoSpace:
Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector    601 108 th Ave., NE, Suite 1200
Atlanta, GA 30342    Bellevue, WA 98004
Attn: VP SCM    Attn: EVP, Technology and Operations
Cc: Chief Counsel SCM                Fax: (425) 201-6110

However, invoices should be mailed to:

 

Cingular Wireless LLC

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Attention: Data Products***

  
In addition, an additional copy of any notice of change of address, or of termination or any alleged breach of this Agreement, shall be thus sent to the applicable party at the following address:

 

To Cingular:    To InfoSpace:
Cingular Wireless LLC    InfoSpace, Inc.
5565 Glenridge Connector    601 108 th Ave. NE, Suite 1200
Atlanta, GA 30342    Bellevue, WA 98004
Attention: Chief Counsel SCM    Attention: General Counsel
               Fax: (425) 201-6110

10.11 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

10.12 Integration. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace, Inc., InfoSpace and Cingular concerning the subject matter hereof, and cannot be amended except in writing signed by InfoSpace and Cingular. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between any exhibit made a part of this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement, such exhibit shall govern. Further, in the event of a conflict or inconsistency between a Work Order and the corresponding Purchase Order, the Purchase Order will govern.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

124


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

10.13 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. To expedite the process of entering into this Agreement, the parties acknowledge that Transmitted Copies of the Agreement will be equivalent to original documents until such time as original documents are completely executed and delivered. “Transmitted Copies” will mean copies that are reproduced or transmitted via photocopy, facsimile or other process of complete and accurate reproduction and transmission.

10.14 Conflict of Interest. InfoSpace represents and warrants that no officer, director, employee, or agent of Cingular has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from InfoSpace or any of InfoSpace’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

10.15 Construction and Interpretation.

(a) The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

(b) Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa.

(c) Cumulative Remedies: Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of cancellation, termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

125


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Cingular Wireless, LLC on behalf of itself and its Affiliates     InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

126


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT A - LIC

INFOSPACE SOFTWARE

 

A. The Infospace Software includes the following:

 

   

Content Management System (CMS)

 

   

Content Publishing System (CPS)

 

   

Runtime Systems

 

   

Rendering Engine

 

   

Device Management

 

   

Alert Engine

 

   

Infospace Message Gateway

 

   

Parental Control

 

   

User Manager

 

   

MetaSearch Engine

 

   

Intellifind Engine

 

   

Management Console

 

   

Batch Dispatcher

 

   

Data Developer Program (DDP)

 

   

Business Intelligence Event Management System

 

   

Reporting Metadata Management Tool

 

   

Mobile Data Mart Ingestion and Storage System

 

127


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

B. Third Party Software. Subject to subsections (ii), (iii) and (iv) below, Infospace will not provide third party software to Cingular.

 

  (i) InfoSpace uses the following third party software in support of the InfoSpace Software as of the Effective Date of this Agreement:

***

Upon receipt of notice from Cingular that Cingular wishes to host the Infospace Software, Infospace will update the table set forth above.

 

  (ii) InfoSpace uses the following third party software under an open source software license and, consequently, will not transfer licenses to such software to Cingular:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

128


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  (iii) Upon Cingular’s request, InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer its licenses to the following third party software to Cingular on a mutually agreed schedule:

***

In the event that InfoSpace is unable to transfer the licenses listed in this Section B(iii) to Cingular, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

 

  (iv) InfoSpace will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the rights to sublicense the *** in the event that InfoSpace is unable to sublicense, the ***, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to a mutually agreeable solution.

 

C. Destination applications are not provided in this agreement, including, but not limited to, the following:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

129


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT B - LIC

A. Major Development Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for major enhancements to the Services and/or the introduction of new functionality to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits a business requirements document, in the form attached as Exhibit H (“BRD”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews the BRD and returns a high-level time/cost estimate within a mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Upon approval of the high level estimate, InfoSpace creates a Work Order, in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Work Order”) along with a Statement of Work that further defines the deliverable.

 

  4. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine the requirements. This review is to clarify any ambiguity in the original document and expose the need for any additional information prior to the creation of the detailed specifications.

 

  6. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe. Use cases and functional specifications should clearly map back to the business requirements using the requirements in the original BRD provided by Cingular.

 

  7. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).

 

  8. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the revised specifications.

 

  9. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  10. InfoSpace and Cingular jointly conduct weekly project meetings to provide project status updates and address any outstanding issues/concerns.

 

130


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

B. Change Request Process: The following describes the process to be used by the parties for minor modifications to the Services.

 

  1. Cingular submits change request, in the form attached as Exhibit I (“Change Request”).

 

  2. InfoSpace reviews Change Request and returns a high level time/cost estimate and Work Order within mutually agreed timeframe.

 

  3. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review the requirements.

 

  4. InfoSpace creates detailed use cases and functional specifications (and returns another estimate if necessary) within mutually agreed timeframe.*

 

  5. Cingular and InfoSpace jointly review and refine use cases and functional specifications (including test cases and test plans).*

 

  6. If necessary, InfoSpace revises Work Order, and Cingular signs Work Order giving final approval for development based on the final specifications.*

 

  7. Upon approval of the Work Order, Cingular provides Infospace with a Cingular Purchase Order in the form attached as Exhibit J (“Purchase Order”)

 

  8. InfoSpace countersigns Work Order and development begins.

 

  9. Changes are placed in demo for Cingular’s testing/review.

 

  10. Changes are pushed to production, only upon written approval from Cingular.

 

* These steps may not be required for all change requests (for example: minor copy changes or replacing ads of the same size).

 

131


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  C. Acceptance Test Process

Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, this Exhibit D describes the process used to test and accept features for inclusion on the Services (the “Acceptance Test Process” ). The parties will cooperate in good faith to develop and implement communication mechanisms such that Cingular provides feedback to InfoSpace in a timely and efficient manner in order to facilitate Infospace’s ability to address such feedback. Cingular shall have the right to review and test any Deliverable to determine whether it conforms to specifications or acceptance criteria in the applicable Work Order or SOW (if any) or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Cingular may provide written notice of rejection (with detailed reasons for said rejection) or acceptance within the mutually agreed upon Acceptance Testing schedule from the date the Deliverable(s) are submitted by Infospace.

 

   

Following the date of delivery of a Deliverable(s) in commercial ready form ( “Commercial Ready Delivery Date” ), unless otherwise mutually agreed, Infospace and Cingular, prior to the beginning of test execution, will mutually agree to the following:

 

   

Schedule of test execution

 

   

Scope of test execution

 

   

Bug / Feature triage process

In the event that agreed schedule must change, Infospace and Cingular will review the impact from a schedule, scope and cost perspective and will negotiate a new agreement associated with the particular Deliverable.

 

   

Following the Deliverable Acceptance Date , Infospace will commercially release the Deliverable at a mutually agreed time.

 

   

The “Deliverable Acceptance Date” for such Deliverable(s) will be the earlier of (a) Cingular’s commercial release of such Deliverable(s) to its general customer base or (b) the date of Cingular’s written notification to Infospace that Infospace has completed, to Cingular’s reasonable satisfaction, changes and bug fixes identified by Cingular and Cingular has accepted the Deliverable as being ready for commercial launch, with such acceptance not being unreasonable withheld. If applicable, Cingular shall remit payment in full to Infospace for the new Deliverable following the Deliverable Acceptance Date and subsequent receipt of an invoice, in accordance with Section 5.1. If a Deliverable is accepted and payment remitted, Infospace agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts during the Term to remedy any known bugs/defects contained in such Deliverable, at no additional charge to Cingular, based on a mutually agreed upon schedule. In the event Cingular rejects a Deliverable, Infospace shall resubmit such Deliverable for acceptance within thirty (30) days of the initial rejection by Cingular. If the re-submitted Deliverable(s) do not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Infospace will have thirty (30) days to fix the Deliverable(s) and resubmit. If the Deliverable(s) resubmitted for a second time does not conform to the applicable specifications or acceptance criteria, Cingular shall have the right to the following:

 

   

If agreed to by Infospace, extend the period for Infospace to submit conforming Deliverable(s), or

 

132


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

   

Terminate the applicable Work Order, in whole or in part with respect to certain feature, and require that Infospace promptly refund all payments previously made to Infospace by Cingular for such nonconforming Deliverable(s).

In the event that Cingular rejects a Deliverable and terminates a Work Order (or portion thereof), Cingular shall have the right to retain any materials that constitute Cingular Customized Work Product (see Exhibit L) related to the nonconforming Deliverable(s), provided that Cingular pays a reasonable amount for such materials. Cingular shall promptly return to InfoSpace all materials related to such nonconforming Deliverable(s) that do not constitute Cingular Customized Work Product.

If Cingular has not accepted (which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld) the Deliverable(s) within fifteen (15) business days following the completion of all bug fixes by InfoSpace, Cingular will deliver a comprehensive list of bug fixes that Cingular requires InfoSpace to carry out prior to Cingular’s acceptance of the Deliverable(s) for commercial launch, and representatives of the parties will meet and negotiate in good faith to define a mutually-agreed timeline and set of acceptance criteria to be used by Cingular in making such acceptance.

 

133


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT C- LIC

SUPPORT FOR INFOSPACE SOFTWARE

 

1. Modifications of InfoSpace Software:

 

  a. Modifications of Infospace Software (including configuration files) may be made only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  b. Modifications that require “Super Administrator” privileges may be made only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  c. Modifications that may be implemented using tools installed by InfoSpace within Infospace’s Management Console and that do not require “Super Administrator” privileges may be made by Cingular employees.

 

2. Installation and Configuration of New Releases of Infospace Software:

 

  a. All major releases of Infospace Software may be installed and configured only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  b. All minor releases of Infospace Software may be installed and configured only by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

  c. All emergency releases, including “software patches” of Infospace Software may only be installed and configured by Infospace employees or Infospace designated agents.

 

3. Release and Configuration of Third Party Software:

 

  a. In the event that Cingular wants to integrate third party software with Infospace Software, and provided that such integration is permissible under the SES, Cingular will install and configure such software to Infospace’s specifications.

 

  b. In the event that InfoSpace needs to integrate third party software with Infospace Software, InfoSpace will install and configure such software to Infospace’s specifications.

 

4. Updates of Infospace Software: Infospace may, but is not obligated to, provide updates for any of the Infospace Software.

Nothwithstanding the above, nothing in this section will relieve InfoSpace of its obligation to provide bug fixes, corrections or updates as required to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

 

134


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5. In the event that Cingular desires InfoSpace to modify the InfoSpace Software, the parties will follow the process described in Exhibit B and will use the form attached as Exhibit F to document such modifications.

 

6. Support of Infospace Software:

 

  a. Cingular responsibilities with respect to supporting Infospace Software include:

 

  i. Maintain hosting environment in compliance with SES

 

  ii. Provide updated point of contact and hours of operation for Infospace’s Carrier Care team for incident resolution.

 

  iii. Act as primary and direct contact with Users

 

  iv. Provide Tier-1 support and Triage for the hosted service, including the following:

 

   

Incident identification

 

   

Incident isolation

 

   

Incident severity ranking in accordance with the severity definitions as set forth in Table 2.

 

   

Incident notification to Infospace, including the following information:

 

  a. Cingular incident tracking number

 

  b. Incident severity

 

  c. Incident timeline:

 

  i. Time first noticed

 

  ii. Current state of incident

 

135


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  iii. Frequency of recurrence

 

  d. Incident description

 

  e. Steps to reproduce the incident

 

  f. Troubleshooting steps performed prior to notifying Infospace of the incident.

 

  b. All Cingular issues related to Infospace Software will be routed through Infospace’s Carrier Care Support Center. The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between Cingular’s Level 2 Support Group (Cingular’s non-customer facing group) and Infospace for support of services provided by Infospace. This arrangement provides Cingular with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Infospace Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information.

 

Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Infospace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

  c. Issue Severity and Responsiveness:

The Infospace Carrier Care Support Services group of Infospace will coordinate incident isolation, testing, and repair work within Infospace. During incident isolation, troubleshooting and repair process, Infospace Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with Cingular based upon the times specified in Table 2 .

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

136


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Infospace

Incident

Level

    

Description

     Update
Method
    

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

 

(Sev1)

    

Severity 1 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that render the Infospace Software inoperative.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Loss of functionality / feature to a significant number of Users

 

A recurring anomaly impacting continuous operations of the Software

     Email

or

Phone

    

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 1 issue:

 

***Subsequent updates ***, or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

Severity 2

 

(Sev2)

    

Severity 2 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that render the Infospace Software partially inoperative.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Loss of service and/or functionality to a portion of Users

 

Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of the Software

     Email     

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 2 issue:

 

***

 

•      Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

137


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Infospace

Incident

Level

    

Description

     Update
Method
    

Update

Objectives

Severity 3

 

(Sev3)

    

Severity 3 problems are faults contained within the Infospace Software that are generally non-service affecting conditions and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations.

 

Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

Minor template / container bugs

     Email     

After Cingular notifies Infospace of a Severity 3 issue:

 

***

 

Infospace will update Cingular with the following information:

 

Incident number

 

Current status of repair

 

Estimated Time to Repair (ETR)

Table 2, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

In the event that unauthorized personnel have modified Infospace Software, Infospace will be under no obligation to provide Cingular continued support of the Software.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

138


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT D - LIC

SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Server & Network Specifications

 

***

                   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

139


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT E - LIC

PRELIMINARY IMPLEMENTATION PLAN

 

***  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

140


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT F - LIC

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to License Agreement

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”) under the terms and conditions of that certain License Agreement dated                                  between InfoSpace and Cingular. In consideration of the additional services described below, Cingular will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

   Target Date
  

 

Amount

  

Due Date

  

 

Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”)     InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“InfoSpace”)
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

141


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT G - LIC

COMMERCIAL TERMS

A. License Fees

Cingular will pay Infospace a license fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. Infospace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows:

***

In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated.

B. Support Fees. To the extent that InfoSpace provides support services to Cingular as described in Exhibit C of this Agreement, InfoSpace shall charge Cingular for such services at a rate of ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

142


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT H - LIC

EXECUTIVE ORDERS AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS

The parties to this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to InfoSpace in the performance of work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, InfoSpace (also referred to as “Contractor”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such applicable Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

 

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT CONTRACTORS

If applicable, the parties agree to comply with all regulations and contract clauses required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), including but not limited to, the prohibition of discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Further, if required under 41 C.F.R. § 60-1.4(a), Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

 

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

If applicable, the parties agree to comply with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, including the maintenance and provision for their employees of facilities not segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and the prohibition against permitting their employees to perform their services at any location, under the control of the employing party, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

 

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

Contractor agrees that, if required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b), it will maintain an Affirmative Action Plan.

 

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

Contractor agrees that, if required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a), it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

 

143


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 1 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the applicable regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts to the extent such provisions are applicable to this Agreement.

 

6. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

 

  a. It is the policy of the United States that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime contractors establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

 

  b. To the extent required under 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a), the Contractor hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance and to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the Contractor’s compliance with this clause.

 

  c. As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The Contractor shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The Contractor shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

144


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

  d. The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

 

  e. Contractors acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-contractors regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

 

7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN.

If required under 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9, the sub-contractor will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

145


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBIT I - LIC

CINGULAR PURCHASE ORDER

 

146


EXHIBIT K – LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

LOGO

 

147


EXHIBIT L – CINGULAR CUSTOMIZED WORK PRODUCT

 

InfoSpace shall develop and deliver to Cingular the items designated with an “X” in the column below entitled “Cingular Customized Work Product” on a schedule to be mutually agreed by the parties and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such items are, collectively, the “Cingular Customized Work Product”.

For purposes of clarification, the items designated with an “X” in the column below entitled “InfoSpace Technology” constitute Technology, as defined in this Agreement. InfoSpace retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Technology set forth below and any other Technology utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, and no license or title to, nor ownership of, any of the Technology is granted or otherwise transferred to Cingular or any other Person except as specifically provided under this Agreement.

 

***               

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

148


EXHIBIT M – Security Requirements For System Or Network Access By Contractors

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

149


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #0001429

This First Amendment (this “First Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) and AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC (“AT&T Mobility”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 1 st day of March, 2007 (“First Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS , InfoSpace has provided certain Services and reporting to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS , Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007; and

WHEREAS , InfoSpace and AT&T Mobility desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment shall govern.

 

2. All references to Cingular Wireless LLC or “Cingular” are deleted and replaced with “AT&T Mobility LLC” or “AT&T Mobility”, respectively.

 

3. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

4. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-1 Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

5. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-1 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

6. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, InfoSpace and AT&T Mobility have each caused this First Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the First Amendment Effective Date above.

 

Infospace, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Steven Elfman     By:   ***
Print Name:   Steven Elfman     Print Name:   ***
Title:   Executive Vice President     Title:   V.P., Supply Chain Management
  Mobile Division      

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


EXHIBIT A-1 – SERVICES

Exhibit A – Services is amended to add two new sections (E and F), as follows:

 

“E. Research and Development. AT&T Mobility will have the opportunity to meet with InfoSpace from time to time regarding InfoSpace’s Mobile Services Platforms and/or Applications (collectively referred to as “Mobile Service”) via the following process:

 

  1. InfoSpace will schedule and host recurring monthly Mobile Service meetings. Agendas for Mobile Service meetings will be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, as follows:

 

  a. InfoSpace will provide AT&T Mobility with an initial agenda no less than three weeks prior to the upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting.

 

  b. AT&T Mobility may provide comments and items to be reasonably included in the monthly agenda, no less than two weeks prior to the upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting. If AT&T Mobility does not provide comments/items within said timeframe, the agenda for that upcoming month’s Mobile Service Meeting shall be set and, as per the agenda received by InfoSpace.

 

  c. Representatives from each Party’s respective product, marketing, technology and/or engineering groups (at the Director level or higher), will attend the monthly Mobile Service meetings.

 

  2. Mobile Service meetings will be of sufficient length and of sufficient detail to review/discuss current and future Mobile Service

 

  3. For specific roadmap features and/or capabilities (the “Mobile Features”), InfoSpace will disclose in which development phase the Mobile Features resides from one of the following development phase categories (each a “Development Phase”):

Development Phase

 

  a. Investigation Phase

 

  b. Concept Phase

 

  c. Requirements Definition Phase

 

  d. Development Phase

 

  e. Testing Phase

 

  f. Solution Phase

 

  4. As a result of the Mobile Service meetings, AT&T Mobility will be allowed to identify a subset of the Mobile Features for which InfoSpace may pursue, in its sole discretion, for the benefit of its customers, to include AT&T Mobility, (each, an “ Mobile Feature”) for the Mobile Features that have not yet entered the Development Phase. Upon identification and agreement of the Mobile Feature, InfoSpace may engage AT&T Mobility for its input in the “Concept Phase” and “Requirements Definition Phase” which InfoSpace may choose to incorporate at its sole discretion.

InfoSpace will work to create joint Operations Requirements Document(s) (each, an “ORD”) for the respective Mobile Feature. InfoSpace will develop the timeline for the Mobile Feature ORD. Once the respective Mobile Feature ORD is finalized, the Mobile Feature will progress to the Development Phase.

 

3


  5. Within thirty (30) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, the Parties will meet to discuss/review the Mobile Service to be pursued by InfoSpace for the current calendar year; thereafter the Parties will meet within thirty (30) days of the start of the new calendar year and discuss/review the Mobile Service to be pursued by InfoSpace for such new calendar year.

 

F. Research and Development Remedies.

 

1. For every calendar month that InfoSpace does not conduct a Mobile Service meeting, A&T Mobility, *** provided that if the meeting is cancelled or rescheduled due to AT&T Mobility’s inability to attend the Mobile Service meeting, then this provision shall be waived.

 

G. SECURITIES FAIR DISCLOSURE AND NON-DISLOSURE OBLIGATIONS

AT&T Mobility acknowledges that U.S. securities laws prohibit any person who receives material non-public information about the discloser or any of its subsidiaries from purchasing or selling securities of the discloser or from communicating such information to any other person under circumstances in which it is reasonably foreseeable that such person is likely to purchase or sell such securities in reliance on such information, and agrees not to purchase, sell or otherwise engage in transactions in InfoSpace’s stock based on material nonpublic information (if such information is disclosed) until such time as the information becomes disseminated to the public either through a press release issued by InfoSpace or through a filing made by InfoSpace pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition to the foregoing and any non-disclosure obligations in place between the Parties, AT&T Mobility agrees that, without the prior written consent of InfoSpace, it will not disclose the Mobile Service to anyone except employees with a need-to-know such information, except as required by law or security exchange rules. The Mobile Service and associated information provided by InfoSpace as part of the process (including but not limited to Attachment 1 and the ORD) shall be considered Confidential Information and may be used only for the purposes of fulfilling Parties obligations under this Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


EXHIBIT C-1 – COMMERCIAL TERMS

Exhibit C – Commercial Terms is amended as set forth herein.

Section 3 - Active User Fee is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following.

“3) Active User Fee

 

(a) AT&T Mobility will pay InfoSpace a fee based on the total number of Active Users for each calendar month of the Term. InfoSpace will calculate the Active User Fee as follows: *** (the “Monthly Minimum”) or the aggregate value of the following calculations:

 

Tier

  

Number of Active Users

  

Calculation of the Monthly Fee

1                    ***    ***
2    ***    ***
3    ***    ***
4    ***    ***
5    ***    ***

***

 

(b) In the event that the Active User Fee exceeds *** of the Term, InfoSpace will waive the Monthly Minimum for the subsequent months of the Term; provided that, in the event the Active User Fee is less than *** of the Term, the Monthly Minimum will be reinstated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Monthly Minimum will apply to any month of the Term during which Cingular redirects more *** to another Web Site as described in Section 2.7 of this Agreement.

 

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3(a) above, the Parties agree as follows:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #00014249

This Second Amendment (this “Second Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between Motricity, Inc., f/k/a InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“Motricity” or “Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T Mobility” or “AT&T”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 1 st day of October, 2008 (“Second Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace has provided certain Services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007;

WHEREAS , InfoSpace Inc. changed its name to Motricity, Inc. on December 28, 2007 and assumed all of the rights and obligations of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.; and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T Mobility desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment shall govern.

 

2. All references to InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. or “InfoSpace” are deleted and replaced with “Motricity, Inc.” or “Motricity”, respectively.

 

3. Section 1 “Definitions” of the Agreement shall be amended to add the following definitions.

“Email Message” means an email sent by Motricity to a User to (i) confirm changes made via the My MEdia Net or (ii) notify such User of a change in his/her AT&T account status.

“Location Based Services” are services that access or use the User’s current location information as provided by the AT&T network or directly from the mobile device.

“MEdia Net” means the wireless internet made available to Users via an AT&T mobile device and refers to previous, current and future releases and excludes any legacy Services.

“My MEdiaNet” means an AT&T website that allows Users to configure and customize their MEdia Net home page on their mobile device via a computer.

“Products” means any and all equipment, software, documentation, designs, or materials, used, created or provided by or on behalf of Motricity.

“Scenario Manager” means a tool that allows AT&T the ability to associate content to one or more specific user segments and to assign Users to those segments.

 

1


“Service Defect” means a failure to provide Services and/or Products in conformance with the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order.

“Work” is as defined within Exhibit I, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

“Work Request Form” is as set forth within Exhibit I-1, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

“Work Request Process” is as set forth within Exhibit I.

 

4. This Agreement is amended to add the following to the end of Section 6.1 “Warranties”:

“(g) Payment Card Industry. The terms of this Section g apply only to the extent that Motricity collects, processes, handles, and/or maintains credit card or other personal financial data and/or related transaction status or identity information through, for, or on behalf of AT&T or its customers. The PCI Security Standards Council, LLC, is a non-AT&T entity that owns, develops, maintains and distributes the PCI Data Security Standard, which may be updated from time-to-time (“DSS”). Throughout the term of this Agreement and at no cost to AT&T, Motricity shall comply with the then-current requirements of DSS.”

 

5. Section 6.2 “Indemnification” and Section 6.3 “Infringment” of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Indemnity provisions set forth within the new Section 10 “Indemnity” as set forth below.

 

6. Section 6.4 “Insurance” of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.4 Insurance.

 

  6.4 With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  6.4.1 maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  6.4.1.1 at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

  6.4.1.2 with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims-made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2 require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the time when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  6.4.3 procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

2


  6.4.4 deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T. Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  6.4.4.1 prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  6.4.4.2 prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and

 

  6.4.4.3 for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

 

  6.5 The Parties agree:

 

  6.5.1 the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  6.5.2 that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity, nor be deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  6.5.3 Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  6.5.4 Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

 

  6.6 The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  6.6.1 Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury – each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – each employee

To the fullest extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees.

In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  6.6.2 Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

 

3


$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  6.6.2.1 include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal;

 

  6.6.2.2 include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  6.6.2.3 be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  6.6.3 Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  6.6.4 Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T Mobility.

 

  6.6.5 Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each claim or wrongful act.

 

7. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on January 22, 2010 (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

8. Section 7.3 “Termination for Convenience” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.3 Termination for Convenience.

 

  7.3.1 Agreement. Effective January 22, 2010, AT&T Mobility may terminate this Agreement without cause upon six (6) months advance written notice.

 

  7.3.2 Legacy Services. Effective as of January 1, 2007 AT&T Mobility may terminate the Legacy Services, in whole or in part, upon providing Motricity with sixty (60) days advance written notice and following the effective date of such termination, AT&T Mobility shall not be obligated to pay the applicable Legacy Services Fees as set forth in Section B of Exhibit C – Commercial Terms.

 

4


9. Section 7.4 “Effect of Termination” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.4 Obligations upon Termination or Transition of Service.

 

  7.4.1 *** by AT&T Mobility, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with AT&T in the orderly and expeditious wind down and/or transition of its Services (in whole or in part) to a different service provider (“Transfer”). For purposes of clarity, such advance, written notice will not extend the six-month notice period for termination for convenience.

 

  7.4.2  The Transfer will be performed by the parties in accordance with a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work and will include such items as transition responsibilities (such as migration of subscribers, subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations), key resources, Transfer timelines, related fees (such as operating expenses to sustain Services from the Cut-Over Date, defined below, until the Transfer is complete “Sustainment Fees”), etc.

With respect to Sustainment Fees the Parties acknowledge and agree to the following:

A) Sustainment Fees may include :

 

  1) ***

B) Sustainment Fees will not include :

 

       ***

 

  7.4.3.  Motricity will provide all services, information and documentation as may be reasonably needed by AT&T in connection with the Transfer.

 

  7.4.4.  Unless otherwise specified by AT&T, the minimum period of time to affect such a Transfer will be nine months and may be extended upon mutual agreement of the parties (“Wind Down Period”). Both parties are required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of the Transfer as quickly as possible within the Wind Down Period.

 

  7.4.5.  Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to AT&T at the rates provided for in the Agreement and all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10. This Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 7.5 “Effect of Termination” as follows:

7.5 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or expiration of the Term, all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be extinguished, except that: (a) all accrued payment obligations hereunder shall survive such termination or expiration; and (b) the rights and obligations of the parties which by their nature would continue beyond termination or expiration, including Sections 3.11(d), 5, 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 7, 8, and 9.2 through 9.15, shall survive such termination or expiration. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Motricity will promptly return all User Data upon receipt of notification from AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


11. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.3 “Compliance with Laws” in its entirety and replace with the following:

“9.3 Compliance with Laws.

Motricity shall comply with al l applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, and all foreign laws for any similar jurisdiction applicable to the performance of Motricity’s obligations, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinance, regulations and codes (“Laws”) with respect to its performance under this Agreement, including but not limited to (a) the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses (b) filing all required reports relating to such performance (including, without limitation, tax returns), (c) paying all filing fees and federal, state and local taxes applicable to Motricity’ business as the same shall become due, and (d) paying all amounts required under local, state and federal workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, unemployment insurance acts and other employee benefit acts when due. AT&T will not be responsible for any of the foregoing payments, obligations, taxes or benefits.

In furtherance of AT&T’s commitment to workplace diversity as an equal opportunity employer, Motricity will, while performing any Services and at all other times while on AT&T property or conducting any AT&T related business, comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws, including specifically all laws prohibiting harassment or discrimination of any kind in the workplace.

 

12. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.4 in its entirety and replace with the following:

“Section 9.4 – Intentionally Omitted” .

For purposes of clarity, Section 18 of this Second Amendment incorporates the new confidentiality provisions that will apply to this Agreement.

 

13. This Agreement is hereby amended to delete Section 9.10 “Notices” in its entirety and replace with the following:

“9.10 Notices.

All notices or demands given hereunder or required by law will be given in writing, will refer to this Agreement and will be effective i) upon the date of personal delivery if delivered by hand; ii) upon the date of confirmed receipt if delivered by facsimile ii) or upon the date of receipt by recognized overnight courier; or iv) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested). Any party may change such address by giving the other party written notice of such change, referencing the change as a modification to this paragraph of this Agreement.

 

6


AT&T MOBILITY:    AT&T Mobility LLC.
   Attn: ***
  

16221 NE 72d Way Redmond, WA 98052

Phone: ***

   Fax: ***
WITH A COPY TO:    AT&T Mobility LLC.
   Attn: Legal Department – SCM Counsel
   1025 Lenox Park Boulevard – Ste D594
   Atlanta, GA 30319
  

Phone: (404) 986-1672

Fax: (404) 986-9003

CONTRACTOR:    Motricity Inc.
   Motricity Inc.
  

601 108 th Ave. NE– Suite 800

Phone: 425.957.6200

Fax: 425-957-6201

WITH A COPY TO:    Motricity, Inc.
   Attn: General Counsel
   601 108 th Ave. NE– Suite 800
   Bellevue, WA 98004
  

Phone: 425.957.6200

Fax: 425.957.6201

 

14. This Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.16 “Background Checks” as follows:

“9.16 Background Checks

 

  9.16.1 Motricity, with respect to the following requirements in this Section (collectively, “Background Checks”) and subject to any laws, rules or regulations which may limit and/or prohibit any Motricity action otherwise required by this section, (i) shall make all reasonable efforts, including checking the background, verifying the personal information and conducting a Drug Screen to verify to AT&T Mobility that no Motricity employee, or subcontractor and no employee or agent of Motricity or its subcontractor (“Supplier Person”) which Motricity has assigned to support the provisioning of the Services (“Supplier Person Services Assignment”) and who Motricity proposes to physically visit AT&T Mobility or its customers’ premises, (“Access”) at any time during such Supplier Person Services

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


    Assignment, (a) has presented a positive Drug Screen, (b) has been arraigned or convicted of (i) any felony, or (ii) any misdemeanor involving violence, theft or computer crimes, fraud or financial crimes, or crimes involving unlawful possession or use of a dangerous weapon, and (ii) Motricity shall not knowingly permit any such Supplier Person presenting a positive Drug Screen, so arraigned or convicted, or so identified to perform any Service that permits such Access during the term of the Agreement .

 

  9.16.2 Motricity shall not knowingly permit any Supplier Person who has (i) falsified any of his or her Identification Credentials, or (ii) failed to disclose any material information in the hiring process relevant to the performance of any Service. Motricity shall not knowingly permit any Supplier Person who has falsified such Identification Credentials or failed to disclose such information to perform any Service that permits Access.

 

  9.16.3 The following definitions apply to this Section:

 

   

Identification Credentials” includes, with respect to each Supplier Person, his or her Social Security number, driver’s license, educational credentials, employment history, home address, and citizenship indicia.

 

   

Drug Screen” means the testing for the use of illicit drugs (including opiates, cocaine, cannabinoids, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP)) of any Supplier Person who (i) has unsupervised (or badged) physical Access to AT&T Mobility or its customer’s premises, or (ii) has regular or recurring supervised physical Access to AT&T Mobility or its customer’s premises for more than thirty (30) days in the aggregate annually.

 

  9.16.4 The failure of Motricity to comply with the requirements of this Section, and/or if any Supplier Person who fails such Background Check or who has falsified Identification Credentials does perform any Service that permits such Access, shall each be considered a material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, exceptions for individual Supplier Person(s) may be granted by AT&T Mobility on a case-by-case basis.

 

  9.16.5 If a Supplier Person is providing any Service (e.g., software development) that permits or requires Access to AT&T Mobility’s software source or origin code or encrypted software, Motricity shall conduct an initial, and thereafter an annual, search, in each case to verify that such Supplier Person is not identified on the Denied Person List or Specially Designated Nationals List by the U.S. Dept. of Commerce-Bureau of Industry & Security.

 

15. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.17 “Third Party Administrator” as follows:

“9.17 Third Party Administrator

 

  9.17.1 Motricity acknowledges that a third party administrator will perform certain administrative functions for AT&T Mobility in relation to this Agreement. Such administrative functions may include: (i) collecting and verifying certificates of insurance; (ii) providing financial analysis; (iii) verifying certifications under the Section entitled “Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises”; and (iv) collecting and verifying Motricity profile information.

 

8


  9.17.2 Motricity shall cooperate with such third party administrator in its performance of such administrative functions and shall provide such data as from time to time the third party administrator may request. Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Motricity agrees that AT&T Mobility may provide confidential Information regarding Motricity to such third party administrator (subject to such third-party administrator’s obligations of non-use and non-disclosure with respect to such confidential Information). ***

 

16. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 9.18 “Utilization of Minority, Women and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises” as follows:

“9.18 Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business Enterprises.

 

  9.18.1 It is the policy of AT&T Mobility that minority, women, and disabled veteran owned business enterprises (“MWDVBEs”) shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts.

 

  9.18.2 Motricity shall make good faith efforts to carry out this policy in the award of subcontracts, distribution agreements, resale agreements, and other opportunities for MWDVBE participation. In furtherance of those efforts, and not as a limitation, Motricity shall submit annual participation plans, at the time of contract execution and each subsequent year by January 7, establishing Motricity’s goals for the year for participation by minority owned business enterprises (“MBE”), women owned business enterprises (“WBE”) and disabled veteran business enterprises (“DVBE”), with “participation” expressed as a percentage of aggregate estimated annual purchases by AT&T Mobility and its Affiliates for the coming year under this Agreement. Motricity shall include specific and detailed plans for achieving its goals in each participation plan as set forth in this Agreement. Motricity’s participation goals for the first year (that is, the calendar year that ends on December 31 next following the effective date of this Agreement) are: *** Motricity’s initial supplier participation plan for the first year is attached to and incorporated into this Agreement as Appendix G .

 

  9.18.3 By the fourteenth day following the close of each calendar quarter , Motricity shall report actual results of its efforts to meet its goals during the preceding calendar quarter to AT&T Mobility’s Prime Supplier Program Manager, using the form attached to this Agreement as Appendix H . Motricity shall submit separate reports for AT&T Mobility and each Affiliate making purchases under this Agreement. When reporting its results, Motricity shall count only expenditures with MWDVBEs that are certified as MBE, WBE, or DVBE firms by certifying agencies that are recognized by AT&T Mobility, as listed on Appendix G . In particular, when reporting results for expenditures by Affiliates identified as “California Affiliates” in Appendix G, Motricity shall count only expenditures (i) with MBE and WBE firms certified by the California Public Utilities Commission Supplier Clearinghouse (“CPUCC”) and (ii) with DVBE firms certified by the Office of Small Business and DVBE Certification (“OSDBC”) of the California Department of General Services.

 

  9.18.4 Motricity shall inform prospective MBE, WBE, and DVBE subcontractors of their opportunities to apply for certification from the agencies listed in Appendix G. In particular, Motricity shall inform MBE and WBE firms certified by agencies other than the CPUCC and the DVBE firms certified by agencies other than the OSDBC of the procedures for applying for an additional certification from the OSDBC and the CPUCC.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

9


  9.18.5 The extent to which suppliers (a) set challenging goals in their annual participation plans and (b) succeed in exceeding the goals that they have set are factors that AT&T Mobility may consider favorably when deciding to extend or renew expiring agreements, to apportion orders among competing suppliers under existing agreements, and to award new business in competitive bidding.

 

  9.18.6 Motricity’s obligations under this Section are not a limitation of any obligations that Motricity may have under other provisions of this Agreement, including the Section entitled “Executive Orders and Federal Regulations”.

 

17. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 10 “Indemnity” as follows:

10. Indemnity.

 

  10.1 Intellectual Property Rights Indemnity

 

  10.1.1 Generally.

 

  10.1.1.1 Motricity will defend, indemnify and hold harmless AT&T and its affiliates, subsidiaries, contractors, distributors, and customers (hereinafter referred to individually as “Indemnified Party” and collectively as “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, demands, claims, actions, and lawsuits (including without limitation consultant, attorney and other legal fees) that may be asserted against, incurred or suffered by, imposed on, or awarded against any Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with, in whole or in part, any allegation, threat, demand or claim (or settlement thereof) that the Products or Services, related documentation, or related services, in whole or in part, whether alone or in combination with other products and services of the Indemnified Party, infringe, dilute, tarnish, or misappropriate any copyright, industrial design, mask work, moral right, patent, right of publicity, trademark, trade secret, utility model, or other proprietary or intellectual property right or license of any person or entity (an “Infringement Claim”). AT&T will indemnify (subject to the limitations in Section 6.5 (“Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer”) Motricity against copyright or trademark infringement actions filed against Motricity by a third party unaffiliated with Motricity, to the extent based on Motricity’s permitted use of materials produced and provided by AT&T; provided that Motricity give AT&T prompt written notice of such action and provide AT&T with all reasonably requested assistance.

 

  10.1.1.2 In the event that a third party brings an Infringement Claim against Motricity, its affiliates, or any Indemnified Party, Motricity shall: (i) pay all consultant, attorney and other legal fees and expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party in that party’s efforts to assess if the use, sale, offer to sell, or importation of any Products or Services infringes any pending or issued patent or utility model (“Infringement Assessment”) or related to the avoidance of such infringement; and (ii) fully assist the Indemnified Party in the Infringement Assessment by promptly providing to the Indemnified Party, upon that party’s request, all relevant information or material in Motricity’s possession or control that has been used by Motricity itself in making such assessment, including but not limited to, any in-house or outside counsel opinions, subject to appropriate measures and agreements between the parties to preserve any privilege that may apply to such information. If following an Infringement Assessment, AT&T believes in its sole discretion that there is a possibility that AT&T’ use, sale, offers to sell, or importation of any Products or Services or related documentation infringes a third-party’s issued patent or utility model, AT&T may, upon notice to Motricity, terminate this Agreement. Such termination or failure to so terminate shall not be an exclusive remedy and shall not in any manner limit AT&T’s other remedies or Motricity’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

10


  10.1.1.3 MOTRICITY AGREES THAT, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY (AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH A PROVISION CONTAINS LANGUAGE THAT REPRESENTS ITSELF AS TRUMPING OTHER PROVISIONS CONTRARY TO IT), WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED: (I) MOTRICITY SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTUAL, ENHANCED, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, TREBLE AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ASSERTED AGAINST, INCURRED OR SUFFERED BY, IMPOSED ON, OR AWARDED AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH MOTRICITY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 10.1; AND (II) NONE OF THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY CONTAINED ANYWHERE IN

THIS AGREEMENT WILL APPLY TO MOTRICITY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 10.1.

 

  10.1.2 Procedure. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or elsewhere (including without limitation other indemnification provisions in this Agreement), AT&T and Motricity agree that with respect to Intellectual Property Indemnification under this Section 10.1, AT&T shall have the option to either (i) control the defense of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1, or (ii) allow Motricity to control such defense, and, if AT&T chooses to allow Motricity to control the defense, then:

 

  10.1.2.1 AT&T may, at its option, participate and appear with Motricity in the defense, settlement and compromise of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1;

 

  10.1.2.2 In the event of any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1, if, in the absence of an injunction or other judicial action, Motricity desires to settle or compromise such claims or actions and such settlement or compromise would in any manner involve any action or forbearance by any Indemnified Party, prior to agreeing to any such settlement or compromise Motricity shall obtain the written consent of AT&T, which may be withheld in AT&T’s reasonable discretion. In the event AT&T reasonably withholds such consent, Motricity shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under this Section 10.1; and

 

  10.1.2.3 If any claims or actions regarding Motricity’s obligations under this Section 10.1 are to be settled or satisfied solely by the payment of money by Motricity, Motricity may control such settlement or satisfaction.

 

  10.1.3 Upon Injunction.

 

  10.1.3.1

Without in any manner limiting the foregoing indemnification obligations, in the event of an injunction or other judicial action preventing or restricting an Indemnified Party’s use or enjoyment of the Products or Services, in whole or in part, Motricity shall at Motricity’s sole expense and at Motricity’s sole option and direction, either: (i) procure for the Indemnified Party the right to continue using the infringing Products or Services; (ii) replace such Products or Services with a non-infringing product or service without loss of any functionality and that is, and in full compliance with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, and all specifications and requirements applicable to the Product or Service, which substitute product Motricity

 

11


 

shall fully deploy, and Motricity shall fully compensate the Indemnified Party for all costs, expenses and fines associated with such replacement; or (iii) modify such Deliverable(s)(without loss of any functionality and such that the Product or Service is fully compliant with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and all specifications and requirements applicable to the Product or Service), to make them non-infringing and after which modification, the Products or Services will be in full compliance with all of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, which modified product Motricity shall fully deploy, and Motricity shall fully compensate the Indemnified Party for all costs, expenses, and fines associated with such modification and deployment.

 

  10.1.3.2 Intentionally omitted.

 

  10.1.3.3 If in AT&T’s reasonable discretion, AT&T believes compliance with any injunction or other judicial action which prevents or restricts an Indemnified Party’s use or enjoyment of the Products or Services, in whole or in part, would require an Indemnified

Party to take any action or forebear from any action such that: (i) any services provided or performed by AT&T might be interrupted or diminished to any material degree; or (ii) any customers’ use of services provided by AT&T might be interrupted or diminished to any degree, then at AT&T’s direction, Motricity shall use its best efforts to stay or appeal such an injunction or judicial action.

 

  10.1.3.4 Without excusing Motricity from any of Motricity’s other obligations set forth in this Section 10, if in Motricity’s reasonable discretion neither option (i), (ii), nor (iii) in Section 10.1.3.1 can be attained, or, in fact, none of the options are in fact obtained, AT&T in its sole discretion may choose to return to Motricity the Products or Services in AT&T’s possession, and Motricity will refund to AT&T all amounts paid for the development of the Products or Services and services provided under this Agreement, reduced on a straight-line amortization basis over five (5) years.

 

  10.1.3.5 The remedies in this Section 10.1.3 are nonexclusive and shall not in any manner limit AT&T’s other remedies or Motricity’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

 

  10.2 General Indemnity

 

  10.2.1 Motricity agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold AT&T harmless from any and all liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that may be made by:

 

  10.2.1.1 Anyone for injuries of any kind, including but not limited to personal injury, death, property damage and theft, arising out of or resulting from Motricity’s negligent or willful acts or omissions or those of persons furnished by Motricity, its agents or its subcontractors or resulting from use of Motricity’s Products and/or Services furnished hereunder or resulting from Motricity’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder; or

 

  10.2.1.2 Any of either Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ employees or former employees for which the Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ liability to such employee or former employee would otherwise be subject to payments under the state Workers’ Compensation laws or an Employer’s Liability policy, premises liability principles or any other law or form of legal duty or obligation; and

 

12


  10.2.1.3 Either Motricity’s, its agents’ or its subcontractors’ employees or former employees, including applicants at AT&T’s job site, for any and all claims arising out of the employment relationship with respect to performing under this Agreement. This includes, but is not limited to, employment discrimination charges and actions arising under Title VII of The Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; The Equal Pay Act; The Age Discrimination Act, as amended; The Rehabilitation Act; The Americans with Disabilities Act; The Fair Labor Standards Act; The National Labor Relations Act; and any other applicable law.

 

  10.2.1.4 Anyone in connection with a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.3 “Compliance with Laws” and Exhibit E “Executive Orders and Federal Regulations”.

 

  10.2.2 Intentionally omitted .

 

  10.3 The foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations of Motricity set forth in this Agreement.

 

  10.4 Notice by AT&T . In connection with any claim for indemnity under this Section 10, AT&T agrees to notify Motricity promptly of any written claims or demands against an Indemnified Party for which Motricity is responsible under this Section 10. AT&T’s failure to notify Motricity on a timely basis will excuse Motricity from its obligations only to the specific extent Motricity has been prejudiced thereby.

 

  10.5 Notice by Motricity. Motricity agrees to notify AT&T promptly of any written claims or demands against an Indemnified Party for which Motricity is responsible under this Section 10.

 

18. The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 11 “Confidential Information” as follows:

11. Confidential Information.

 

  11.1 AT&T Information

 

  11.1.1 Any Information furnished to Motricity in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Nondisclosure Agreement in connection with discussions regarding the Service, prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain AT&T’s property. Unless such Information was previously known to Motricity free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by AT&T or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, Information shall be kept confidential by Motricity, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not be used for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between Motricity and AT&T in writing. Motricity is granted no rights or license to such Information, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein. All copies of such Information, whether in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to AT&T upon the earlier of (i) AT&T’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  11.1.2 Motricity understands and agrees that any and all field trial results prepared by AT&T are and shall remain the property of AT&T and are hereby considered AT&T’s proprietary Information. Therefore, it shall be AT&T’s option, in its sole discretion, to furnish Motricity copies of such documents or to discuss such documents with Motricity. Motricity’s use of field trial reports furnished by AT&T shall be governed by the Publicity section in addition to the provisions contained in this section, Information.

 

13


  11.1.3 Motricity will not be required to protect AT&T’s Information from disclosure to the extent: (a) the Information has been publicly disclosed by AT&T; (b) AT&T in writing authorizes Motricity to disclose without restriction; (c) Motricity already lawfully knows the Information at the time it is disclosed by AT&T without an obligation to keep it confidential; (d) Motricity lawfully obtains the Information from any source other than AT&T, provided that such source lawfully disclosed such information; or (e) Motricity independently develops such Information without use of or reference to AT&T’s Information.

 

  11.2 AT&T Data

 

  11.2.1 Motricity acknowledges that AT&T has all ownership rights to the data provided by AT&T to Motricity under the terms of this Agreement (“AT&T Data”) and Motricity agrees to treat all AT&T Data relating to AT&T’s business as confidential and to be used only for the purpose of providing Services to AT&T under this Agreement. At AT&T’s request, Motricity shall remove from the AT&T account any personnel of Motricity that AT&T believes is not treating AT&T Data in a manner consistent with terms of this Section 11.2.1. The terms of this Section 11.2.1 provision shall not apply to such AT&T Data as are publicly available, independently developed by Motricity or rightfully obtained from third parties.

 

  11.2.2 Customer Information . To the extent that Motricity receives or has access to any personally-identifiable AT&T customer or AT&T personnel data (including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, credit card information, social security number, Customer Proprietary Network Information, profiles, customer usage data and/or other data resulting from Customer’s use of the services) (collectively, “Customer Information”), AT&T retains all rights to, and is the sole owner of, all Customer Information. Motricity will treat all Customer Information pursuant to Exhibit M to this Agreement. Motricity will not use or disseminate or authorize the use or dissemination of any Customer Information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance of Motricity’s obligations under this Agreement, without AT&T’s advance written permission, which may be withheld in AT&T’s sole discretion.

 

  11.2.3 Protection and Security of Customer Information. Motricity will not use or disclose, or permit others to use or disclose, any Customer Information except as necessary for Motricity to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, or otherwise in accordance with AT&T’s written instructions. Motricity will take all reasonable precautions to protect Customer Information against unauthorized disclosure or alteration, theft, or other misuse including without limitation, maintaining and enforcing safety and security procedures and policies with respect to access, handling and maintenance of Customer Information reasonably designed to (i) insure the integrity and security of Customer Information; (ii) protect against any reasonably foreseeable threats or hazards to the integrity or security of Customer Information; and (iii) protect against unauthorized access to or use of Customer Information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to AT&T or its customers. Further, the Parties will cooperate with each other on an ongoing basis to evaluate security standards and will evaluate in good faith recommendations made by the other to protect the security and integrity of Customer Information.

 

  11.2.4 Privacy . In addition to any other protections afforded under this Agreement, Customer Information will be subject to AT&T’s privacy policy, as may be changed by AT&T in its discretion from time to time (found at http://www.wireless.att.com/privacy/ ) and the current version of which is attached hereto as Exhibit N.

 

14


  11.3 Motricity Information

 

  11.3.1 Any Information furnished to AT&T in connection with this Agreement, including Information provided under a separate Nondisclosure Agreement in connection with discussions regarding the Service, prior to executing this Agreement, shall remain Motricity’s property. Unless such Information was previously known to AT&T free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently made public by Motricity or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, Information shall be kept confidential by AT&T, shall be used only in performing under this Agreement, and may not be used for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between Motricity and AT&T in writing. AT&T is granted no rights or license to such Information. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to Motricity upon the earlier of (i) Motricity’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

  11.3.2 AT&T will not be required to protect Motricity Information from disclosure to the extent: (a) the Information has been publicly disclosed by Motricity; (b) Motricity in writing authorizes AT&T to disclose without restriction; (c) AT&T already lawfully knows the Information at the time it is disclosed by Motricity without an obligation to keep it confidential; (d) AT&T lawfully obtains the Information from any source other than Motricity, provided that such source lawfully disclosed such information; or (e) AT&T independently develops such Information without use of or reference to Motricity’s Information.

 

  11.4 Discloser of Confidential Information

 

  11.4.1 In the event a party receives a court order, or is otherwise required by law to disclose any confidential Information, such party will (a) notify the other immediately upon receipt of such court order or other document requiring disclosure, such that the party whose confidential Information may be disclosed has time to object and/or move for a protective order, and (b) file any information disclosed in response to such order under seal and/or request that the court seal such confidential Information. Such notice must include, without limitation, identification of the Information to be so disclosed and a copy of the order. The disclosing party will disclose only such Information as is legally required and will use its best reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Information that is so disclosed. Except as may ultimately be required by such court order or law, each party’s obligations with regard to such confidential Information, as set forth above, will remain in full force and effect.

 

19. Professional Services; Custom Development and Service Requests. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, all professional services, custom development and service requests for new Services will be handled under the Service Agreement Numbered 20081030.028.C executed between AT&T and Motricity within an effective date of October 1, 2008 (“Services Agreement’). Based on the foregoing, the following provisions of this Agreement do not apply to any Services performed on or after the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

  i) Section 1 “Cingular Customized Work Product”

 

  ii) Section 3.9 Future Services; Work Orders

 

  iii) ii) Section 8.3 Cingular Customized Work Product

 

15


  iv) Section 8.7 No Joint development; Enhancements

 

  v) Exhibit D – Section A “Major Development Process

 

  vi) Exhibit L – Cingular Customized Work Product

 

20. New Services; Work Orders. New or future Services will be incorporated into this Agreement via Amendment. Work Orders may be issued under this Agreement solely for (i) the purchase and/or installation of hardware and software that Motricity purchases on behalf of AT&T in providing Services to AT&T (ii) ad-hoc maintenance and (iii) the creation of reports. No Work Order is authorized until Motricity is in receipt of an AT&T issued Purchase Order. All Purchase Orders issued by AT&T hereunder shall include the corresponding Work Order as an attachment, using the Work Order Form in Exhibit J. If the terms of the Purchase Order are materially different than the terms of the Work Order, Motricity may reject the Purchase Order.

All Work Orders and Purchase Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The terms and conditions referenced on the form of the Purchase Order shall not apply to any Purchase Order issued in connection with the Agreement.

 

21. Work Requests. Work Requests will be issued by either Party where updates/modifications to Services are requested and will require the execution of Work Orders.

 

22. Location Based Services. With respect to the Location Based Services, Motricity understand and agrees that it may not share location information with any third-party party vendor unless (a) AT&T approves of such disclosure and (b) Motricity complies with any location based rules communicated in advance and in writing by AT&T.

 

23. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-2 Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

24. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-2 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

25. Exhibit D - “Change Request and Acceptance Test Process” is hereby amended to delete in its entirety Section B “Change Request Process” and Section C “Acceptance Test Process”.

 

26. Exhibit G - “Service Level Agreement” is hereby nullified as of June 1, 2008 and the terms and conditions of Exhibit G-1 “Service Level Agreement – WAP based Services”, attached hereto and incorporated by reference, will apply as of June 1, 2008. , attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

27. Exhibit G - 2 “Service Level Agreement for WEB Services” attached hereto is incorporated into the Agreement as of October 15, 2007. The parties agree and acknowledge that SLA penalties for the first WEB-based Service did not take effect until February 1, 2008.

 

28. Exhibit H “Business Requirements Template” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

29. Exhibit I “Change Request Template” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit I “Work Request and Acceptance Process” and Exhibit I-1 “Work Request Form”, both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

30. Exhibit J “Form of Work Order and Purchase Order” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit J “Work Order Form”.

 

16


31. Exhibit M - “Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Motricitys” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit M-1–Security Requirements, a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

32. The Agreement is hereby amended to add Exhibit N – “AT&T Privacy Policy” attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

33. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Second Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Second Amendment Effective Date above.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch     By:   ***
Print Name:   Ryan Wuerch     Print Name:   ***
Title:   CEO     Title:   V.P., Supply Chain Management
  12/19/08       12/19/08

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


EXHIBIT A-2 – SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit A – Services - is amended to insert the table of contents to reflect updates to Section headers and numbering sequence:

 

A. Services

 

B. Description of Services.

 

  1. Platform and Services; Legacy Services

 

  (a) Platform and Services

 

  (b) Legacy Services

 

  2. Content

 

  (a) AT&T Mobility Sourced Content

 

  (i) Integration with AT&T Mobility Sourced Content

 

  (b) Motricity Sourced Content

 

  (i) Modification of Motricity Sourced Content

 

  3. PIM/Email Service

 

  4. Personalized/Customized Content

 

C. Motricity Supported Handsets

 

  1. Current Devices

 

  2. New Devices

 

  3. AT&T Mobility Network; Gateways

 

  4. Additional Support

 

D. Reporting

 

  (a) Usage Reports

 

  (b) Legacy Usage Reports

 

  (c) Legacy Alert Reports

 

  (d) General Services Report

 

E. Research and Development

The Parties agree and acknowledge that the previously identified

 

F. Research and Development Remedies

 

G. Securities and Fair Disclosure

Exhibit A – Services, Section E Research and Development (as set forth in the First Amendment) is amended to replace “monthly” Mobile Service meetings with “quarterly” Mobile Service meetings.

 

18


EXHIBIT C-2 – COMMERCIAL TERMS

Exhibit C – Commercial Terms is amended as set forth herein.

 

1. Section 2 – SMS Fee is hereby renamed to Messaging Fee .

The following text is deleted from Section 2:

“Cingular will pay Infospace a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages for each calendar month of the Term.”

and replaced in its entirety with:

“AT&T Mobility will pay Motricity a fee based on the total number of SMS Messages and Email Messages for each calendar month of the Term.”

 

2. Section B –Fees for Legacy Services is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following.

 

“B Fees for Legacy Services. At the end of each calendar month during the Term, AT&T Mobility shall pay to Motricity a fee *** (the “ Legacy Services Fee ”). Motricity will invoice AT&T Mobility for the Legacy Services Fee following each applicable month of the Term and AT&T Mobility shall pay Motricity, subject to Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

19


3. Section C – is hereby added to Exhibit C as follows:

 

“C. Operations and Management Fees . The following fees represent additional and (incremental) costs to Motricity in hosting and operating new and/or enhanced Services (to include third-party integrations) provided on behalf of AT&T that are not covered by the Portal User Fee and may include such items as hardware sustainment, software licensing, IT support, incremental power, and facility impacts (space, power, people).

Motricity shall invoice and AT&T Mobility will pay the operations and management fees as set forth below (collectively “Operations and Management Fees”), pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Agreement.

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

20


EXHIBIT G-1 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WAP BASED SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T for WAP based applications (“WAP Services”). For purposes of clarity reference to Services in this SLA means the WAP Services. This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both AT&T and Motricity, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

***

 

21


1.4. Definitions

For purposes of this SLA the following definitions shall apply:

“Service Area” refers to the specific Service components for which financial consequences for non-performance apply under this SLA.

“MEdia Net Home Page” is a Service Area that refers to the default landing page for MEdia Net.

“MEdia Net Category Applications” is a Service Area that refers to the MEdia Net Service applications provided to AT&T by Motricity and/or hosted by Motricity for AT&T since November 17, 2005

“MEdia Net Active Links” or “Active Links” is a Service Area that means links which can be added to a User’s MEdia Net Home Page, can be either dynamic or static. Dynamic Active Links are those which contain both category links and dynamic content which is updated periodically throughout the day. Static Activel Links are bookmarks which do not contain feed-driven dynamic content (also referred to as “Bubbles.”)

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A. These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4.

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Motricity shall provide an overall system service availability *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity). Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


Period

 

Percentile 1

 

Latency Target 1

 

Percentile 2

 

Latency Target 2

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

***

  ***   ***   ***   ***

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Motricity border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting Media Net

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability *** a monthly basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

***

 

3.4 ***

 

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum of *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6.

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

24


4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4. If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

AT&T

 

Hours of Operation

 

Role

 

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center   24 x 7 x 365   Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance   ***
MMS External Partner Ops  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

  Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support   ***
Change Management  

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

  Maintenance Notification – all maintenance   ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

25


4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4. Additionally, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

26


Motricity Incident
Level

  

Description

  

Update Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•        Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•        A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•        Inability to provision a service.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update ***

 

Subsequent updates *** upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•        Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

   Email or phone   

First response ***

 

First update ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

27


Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•        Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•        Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•        Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•        Invalid measurement data.

   Email   

First response ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to- NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

 

Sev 1

 

Sev 2

 

Sev 3

Technical Bridge   *** when reasonably possible)   *** sooner upon request from AT&T)   *** sooner upon request from AT&T)
Executive Bridge   ***   ***   N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

28


4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1. Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident. If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams within *** the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2. AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4, AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1, and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

Escalation Level

 

Escalation Contact

 

Severity 1

 

Severity 2

Level 1   Carrier Specialist   ***   ***
Level 2   Manager – Service Operations   ***   ***
Level 3   Director – Commercial Operations   ***   ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3. Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

29


4.2. WAP Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Motricity to provide the most effective level of support, AT&T agrees to provide Motricity with two (2) testing units for each device type specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the AT&T network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Motricity no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of carrier.care@Motricity.com.

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

30


6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1.

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D:

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Motricity contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

31


   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions from *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window

***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B. Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1. During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to ***) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care (***) as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

33


AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 below. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is not in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

 

***    

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

For the purposes of the SLA, Motricity “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of the *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model (Appendix E) below.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. :

 

         

***

     

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D:

 

   

***

   

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above exceeds ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

35


right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement .

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

36


Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name

   Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care

Title

   N/A

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 1 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Manager, Service Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 2 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Director, Commercial Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

Level 3 Escalation

  

Contact Name

   ***

Title

   Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations

Phone

   ***

Email

   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

37


AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

38


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: *** and ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: *** )

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

6) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

41


Appendix E – Media Net SLA Penalty Calculation Model

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

49


EXHIBIT G-2 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WEB BASED SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this document is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T for WEB based applications (‘“WEB Services”). For purposes of clarity reference to Service in this SLA means the WEB Services.

This agreement describes the requirements for the following:

 

  f) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  g) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  h) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  i) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  j) on-site resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This document also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This document should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

As a means to ensure the highest level of accuracy and efficiency for both AT&T and Motricity, this SLA supersedes all existing Service Level Agreements relating to the Services.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below.

 

1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA.

 

50


***

 

1.4. Definitions

For purposes of this SLA, following definitions apply:

Service Area refers to the specific Service components for which financial consequences for non-performance apply under this SLA.

My MEdia Net Login Page is a Service Area that refers to the specific login web page for My MEdia Net.

My MEdia Net Home Page is a Service Area that refers to the specific web page that a User views after the My MEdia Net Login Page.

My MEdia Net Category Applications is a Service Area that refers to the MEdia Net Service applications provided to AT&T by Motricity and/or hosted by Motricity for AT&T since November 17, 2005.

“MEdia Net Active Links” or “Active Links” is a Service Area that means links which can be added to a User’s MEdia Net Home Page, can be either dynamic or static. Dynamic Active Links are those which contain both category links and dynamic content which is updated periodically throughout the day. Static Active Links are bookmarks which do not contain feed-driven dynamic content (also referred to as “Bubbles.”)

“WEB Application(s)” means the MEdia Net software applications that are accessed via a personal computer.

“WEB Application User Ratio” as used in Section 8 is calculated on a monthly basis by dividing the number of unique WEB Application Users by the number of unique MEdia Net Users that customize the like-for-like MEdia Net Service via the MEdia Net WAP Services.

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services, and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

51


Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this document.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A . These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 3 .

 

Hours of Operation

   24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)

Contact Phone Number

   ***

Email Address

   ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. ***

 

2.2.2. PC Pages Support

As applicable, the PC Pages related Services will operate on browsers that are HTML 4.0 Compliant , specifically, Internet Explorer (IE) 5.0 and above. Motricity will make commercially reasonable efforts to support other browsers that demonstrate significant market presence.

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4 .

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the Service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

52


The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

For purposes of clarity where the Service is “available” but in a cached state it is considered inoperable and the SLA non-performance penalties will be applicable as set forth herein.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Motricity shall provide an overall system service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity).

Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below on the schedule set forth in Table 2. The parties agree to review such latency targets from time to time during the Term and to assess whether to adjust the latency. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

 

***

                   

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within the Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the secure network nearest the Motricity border router. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

 

3.3 Legacy Components Supporting MEdia Net

The following Legacy Services will not be held to the Service Availability as noted above but will meet the legacy Service Availability of *** basis as set forth below:

***

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.4 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

53


3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes) and breaking news, all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6 .

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4 . If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA document.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

54


AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this Service Level Agreement.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

55


4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4 . Additionally, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

56


Motricity
Incident Level

  

Description

   Update
Method
  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•        Loss of service or functionality feature that *** or more of subscribers

 

•        A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•        Inability to provision a service.

 

CPS and Care Tools which are not customer facing are not included in this definition.

   Email
and
phone
  

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

57


Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•        Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

 

•        A complete outage of a CPS or Care Tools

   Email
or
phone
  

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•        A minor degradation of the service that affects *** or less of the subscribers.

 

•        Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•        Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•        Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•        Invalid measurement data.

 

•        Web interface defects that have little or no impact on a User’s ability to utilize service features and functions.

   Email   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

58


4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon fifteen (15) minutes notice from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge    *** when reasonably possible)    *** (or sooner upon request from AT&T)    *** (or sooner upon request from AT&T)
Executive Bridge    ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1.  Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** of when Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams *** the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2.  AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4 , AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1 , and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly. For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

59


Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

   Severity 1    Severity 2
Level 1    Carrier Specialist    ***    ***
Level 2    Manager – Service Operations    ***    ***
Level 3    Director – Commercial Operations    ***    ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3.  Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A . Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of ***.

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

60


AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1 .

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

 

61


The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D :

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D :

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

   

Service levels achieved for Users of the PC Pages and Users of the Phone Pages as listed in Section 3.3 above.

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

62


***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B . Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1 . During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling *** for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to *** ) of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide *** advance notice and will provide at a minimum *** advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care ( *** ) as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

63


Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1 ). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 of Exhibit G-1. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is not in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

For any WEB Services that do not meet the monthly Service objectives set forth within this SLA, Motricity will calculate the aggregate WEB Application User Ratio for the affected WEB Applications to determine the SLA penalty cap to be applied for the month in which the Service objectives were not met.

 

***      

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

64


Table 7, SLA Penalty Cap

For the purposes of the SLA, “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: the sum of the *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model ( Appendix E ) below.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(b) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements ( Appendix D ) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. [      ]:

 

    

***

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(c) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D :

 

    

***

    

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

65


Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1 , Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement.

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

66


Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this document.

Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name    Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care
Title    N/A
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 1 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 2 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

67


Level 3 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National
Operations
Center
   24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External
Partner Ops
   8:00 am – 5:00 pm
PT Monday – Friday
   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change
Management
   8:00 am – 5:00 pm
PT Monday – Friday
   Maintenance Notification
– all maintenance
   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

68


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to : *** and ***

 

12) Title of Maintenance

 

13) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

14) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

15) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

16) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

17) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

18) Risk Assessment

 

19) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

20) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

21) Maintenance Install Team

 

22) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

69


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: *** )

 

11) Title of Incident

 

12) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

13) Start Date and Time

 

14) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

15) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

16) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

17) Partner Ticket Number

 

18) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

19) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

20) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

70


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

71


Appendix E – My Media Net SLA Penalty Calculation

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

75


EXHIBIT I - WORK REQUEST PROCESS

Work Request Control Process

 

 

by and between

AT&T and Motricity

 

 

October 2008

Prepared by AT&T

 

1. Introduction

AT&T and Motricity are implementing a work request control process that is fast and efficient to update /modify existing Services solely for those items listed below (“Work”):

 

   

The purchase and/or installation of hardware (and related software) that Motricity purchase on behalf of AT&T in providing its Services to AT&T;

 

   

Ad-hoc maintenance; and

 

   

The creation of reports.

 

76


The goal of the process is to provide the opportunity for teams to submit Work Requests to and to ensure such Work proposals are given the appropriate amount of analysis and review to ensure there are no impacts to current Services, costs and timeframes are mutually agreed upon. Lastly, the process will allow AT&T and Motricity to both approve any and all Work Requests.

 

2. Scope of the Work Request Process

 

  a. The work request process will be used to manage Work Requests and to approve changes that may impact either the scope, schedule, or cost of existing projects or Services for authorized Work.

 

  b. Custom Development

Any custom development, professional services or requests for new Services that involve determination of work efforts are to be handled under the Services Agreement.

 

Project/Work Proposal

 

Work Control Effective Date

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

3. Work Request Process

 

  a. AT&T Submits a Work Request

An AT&T team member identifies the need to update, change or modify an existing Service for Work contemplated under the Agreement. The team member fills out a Work Request form and submits it to the AT&T Project Manager (“PM”), or his/her designee. Based on the AT&T PMs’ assessment of the importance of the request, and his/her authorization level to approve the Work Request, the AT&T PM will seek additional approval from AT&T’s upper management (Director level or higher) as appropriate and consistent with the AT&T schedule of authorization.

Once approved by the AT&T PM, the Work Request is sent to the Motricity PM. Within no more than three business days, Motricity will assess the feasibility of the Work Request in terms of technical risk, cost, and schedule impacts. Once the assessment is complete, Motricity will respond back to AT&T with an approval, disapproval or request for clarification. Any disapproval of Work Requests will need to be explained within the Work Request Form to be returned to AT&T’s PM.

Upon receipt of an approved Work Request Form from Motricity, AT&T’s PM will obtain any further internal approvals from AT&T’s upper management the Work Request will be signed and become effective immediately upon the execution of a Work Order by AT&T and Motricity.

 

  b. Motricity Submits a Work Request

A Motricity team member identifies the need to update, change or modify an existing Service for Work contemplated under the Agreement. The team member fills out a Work Request form and submits it to the Motricity Project Manager (“PM”), or his/her designee. Based on the Motricity PMs’ assessment of the importance of the request, and his/her authorization level to approve the Work Request, the Motricity PM will seek additional approval from Motricity upper management (Director level or higher) as appropriate and consistent with the Motricity schedule of authorization.

 

77


Once approved by the Motricity PM, the Work Request is sent to the AT&T PM. Within no more than three business days, AT&T will assess the feasibility of the Work Request in terms of technical risk, cost, and schedule impacts. Once the assessment is complete, AT&T will respond back to Motricity with an approval, disapproval or request for clarification. Any disapproval of Work Requests will need to be explained within the Work Request Form to be returned to Motricity’s PM.

Upon receipt of an approved Work Request Form from AT&T, Motricity’s PM will obtain any further internal approvals from Motricity’s upper management, the Work Request and will be signed and become effective immediately upon the execution of a Work Order by AT&T and Motricity.

 

4. Acceptance Process

AT&T shall have the right to review Services and/or Products to determine whether the Services and/or Products conform to the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order and to either: (i) reject the Services/Products if it fails to conform to the requirements set forth in the respective Work Order or (ii) to provide its Acceptance (in whole or in part) if there are no Service Defects. If AT&T rejects the Services and/or Products, Motricity shall, at AT&T’s request, promptly correct all such Service Defects and, thereafter, AT&T shall again have the opportunity to review the Service and/or Products. If Motricity is not able to correct all Service Defects in the Services and/or Products within thirty (30) days following receipt of AT&T rejection, AT&T shall have the right to terminate the affected Work Order, in whole or in part, which termination shall be deemed due to Motricity’s default. In the event of any such termination, Motricity shall return all payments previously made to Motricity under this Agreement for the affected Work Order and AT&T shall not be subject to any cancellation charges.

 

78


EXHIBIT I - WORK REQUEST FORM

Work Request Form

 

AT&T Requestor:   Work Control #:
Work Request Name:   Date Received:
Work Request Priority: High/Med/Low  

<<Insert Work Request Name and/or Number>>

 

1 Work Request Information

A. Description of Work Request to include any requirements

<<Note: any customized development being done on behalf of AT&T must be done under the Services Agreement.>>

Requirements to be attached to this Work Request:

General requirements

HTML Portal requirements

WML Portal requirements

SMS requirements

Admin Tool(s) requirements

 

  B. Reason for the Work Request and Impact if not implemented

 

 

  C. Motricity and AT&T Agreements governing this Work Request

 

Wireless Service Agreement No. 00014249

 

79


2 Impact Analysis

 

  A. Impact Assessment (Include what use cases, system components or operations areas are impacted)

 

 

  B. Cost Impact

 

 

  C. Payment Schedule

 

 

  D. Schedule Impact (What tasks and milestones are impacted?)

 

 

  E. Resource Impact (Will more resources need to be added to the project? If yes, provide details below.)

 

 

  F. Impact Classification (High / Medium / Low):

 

3. Work Request Review

 

  A. Date Reviewed

Reviewers

 

Name

   Project Role
  
  
  

Final Recommendation

 

80


4. Work Request Decision

Approved for the work identified above in support of the Agreement              (Y/N):

Signatures:

 

Name

   Title    Signature    Date
        
        
        
        

 

5. Work Request Disposition

This Section to be completed by the Motricity Project Manager

 

4. Work Request Decision

Approved for the work identified above in support of the Agreement              (Y/N):

Signatures:

 

Name

   Title    Signature    Date
        
        
        
        

5. Work Request Disposition

This section is to be filled in only by the Motricity Project Manager

 

81


EXHIBIT J

WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

Motricity, Inc. (“Motricity”) will perform the Work identified below for AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”), under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between Motricity and AT&T (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of Work below, Company will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below, upon Acceptance, pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement.

 

Work Request Name/Numbers

  

Estimated Completion Date

Work Request No.                     

 

and/or

 

See attached Work Request Form(s).

   Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Work by ___________.

 

Amount

  

Due Date

$             

   Forty-five (45) days from receipt of valid invoice..

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Mobility LLC
           
Authorized Signature     Authorized Signature
           
Printed Name and Title     Printed Name and Title
           
Date     Date

 

82


EXHIBIT M

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

83


AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

(Effective date: October 21, 2006)

AT&T has a long-standing policy of protecting customer privacy.

We believe that you should know what information we collect from you, as well as how that information is used, disclosed, and protected. We have created this policy statement (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices and policies.

We will not sell or disclose your personal information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T may make available shorter or machine-readable versions of this Privacy Policy. These additional policies are intended only as summaries of this complete Privacy Policy. This Policy applies to customers who purchase and use our services and products in the United States. Collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information may be subject to different regulation outside the United States.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including, for example, if our practices change or if changes in the law so require. You should refer back to this page for the latest information.

QUICK PRIVACY LINKS

The following brief summaries outline our Policy and then link to further detail. We also provide you the means to communicate with us if you have any questions about this Policy. This Policy also addresses what we do with information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, and who you call.

Does AT&T Collect Personal Information About Me?

Yes, AT&T collects personal information about you so that we can deliver products or services you request.

 

86


This happens automatically when you interact with us, such as when you log into a service. Sometimes, AT&T buys commercially available marketing and sales information from third parties so we can better serve you.

Does AT&T Collect Information About Children Under the Age of 13?

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

How Does AT&T Use Personal Information?

We use personal information for billing and collection purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, and to anticipate and resolve problems with your services. We may also use this information to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that may better meet your needs.

When Does AT&T Disclose Personal Information?

We do not sell personal information to unaffiliated third parties. We will disclose personal information to third parties to complete a transaction you have requested, as part of the terms and conditions for a particular service, to collect on an account, or when we otherwise have your consent to do so. We also may disclose personal information to third parties to protect the rights and property of the company or its subscribers.

What Happens to Information About My Telephone Usage and Who I Call?

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call.

 

87


Does AT&T Use Cookies?

Yes. AT&T uses cookies for a variety of reasons, including improving your shopping or browsing experience. In addition, cookies help us personalize the site experience for you.

Does AT&T Use Web Beacons?

Yes. AT&T uses Web beacons, also known as Web bugs, on our sites so that we can identify you and deliver you the services you request. However, AT&T does not permit third parties to use Web beacons linked to personal information on our site.

Does AT&T Place Advertising on Other Web Sites?

AT&T currently uses third-party advertising companies to place our ads on the Internet, and cookie and Web beacon technologies are used to measure the effectiveness of those ads. You should know that the use of such cookies is subject to the third parties’ privacy policies, and not the policy of AT&T.

What About Presence, Location, and Tracking Information?

Our network knows the general location of your phone whenever it is turned on. When we offer you optional services that require use or disclosure of this information, the terms and conditions for the specific service offering explain how the location information will be used. We also may provide your network location to emergency service providers if you place a 911 call.

 

88


Can I Choose Not to Receive Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties?

AT&T has implemented technology to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages but is unable to filter all marketing messages that you receive on your wireless device from third parties.

How Secure Is Information About Me?

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of your personal information is your own efforts to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and SIM card. Before discarding your device or trading it in, be sure you remove all your personal information from the device.

How can I Review Personal Information in my Account for Accuracy?

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

Will This Policy Be Updated?

AT&T expects to update this Policy periodically. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes to the Policy.

To Whom Should I Direct Privacy Questions or Concerns?

You have several ways to contact us about questions of this Policy and about your services.

 

89


AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

We have created the AT&T Privacy Policy (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices. When you use any AT&T product or service, you should understand when and how personal information is collected, used, disclosed and protected.

We will not sell or disclose information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy if our practices change or if changes in the law so require.

Information Collected About You

We collect a variety of personal information about users of our products or services. Personal information is information that can be directly associated with a specific person or entity, such as a name, address, telephone number, email address, or information about activities directly linked to that person.

Our definition of personal information does not include “aggregate” information. Aggregate information is data we collect about a group or category of services or customers from which individual customer identities have been removed. For example, we could prepare a report that indicates that a certain number of our customers always use their wireless phones at a certain time of day at a specific location. Aggregate data helps us understand trends and customer needs so that we can better consider new services or tailor existing services to customer desires. The aggregate data also might be purchased by or shared with a third party, for example, one interested in locating a business in a particular part of town.

Here are the types of personal and other information we collect. You should refer to the rest of this Policy to see how we use, disclose, and protect that information:

 

   

Information You Give Us

 

90


We collect information you give us when you purchase a AT&T product or use services. For example, you may provide us a billing address and credit information, including your social security number or business identifier, when signing up for service or perhaps purchasing a product through our online store. You might not have thought about it this way, but the numbers dialed from your wireless phone to make a call are an example of information you give us and that we collect and use so we can bill you appropriately and investigate fraudulent usage.

 

   

Automatically Collected Information

We automatically receive certain types of information whenever you interact with us. For example, when you visit an AT&T Web site, our systems automatically collect your IP address and the type of browser you use. When you browse the wireless web, our systems log the Web sites you visit. Similarly, all wireless communications systems know when your phone is turned on and approximately where the device is physically located—that’s how calls or messages are delivered to you in real time.

 

   

Information from Other Sources

We may obtain information about you from outside sources and add it to or combine it with your account information. For example, we may receive credit information for purposes of initiating service. We also may use commercially available demographic and marketing information from third parties to help us better serve you or inform you about products or services that we think will be of interest to you. We sometimes receive updated delivery and address information from our shippers or other sources so that we can correct our records and deliver your next purchase or communication more easily. And, we often receive information from the dealer from whom you purchase your wireless phone or device prior to initiating service with us.

We also may purchase email lists from third parties for advertising purposes. We only purchase lists of individuals who have allowed third-party use of their email address for marketing purposes. If you have previously requested to participate in an email advertising program, the information we receive may include your name, information on previous transactions, or any other personal information you have provided.

AT&T recognizes that parents often purchase our products and services for family use, including for use by minors. Any information collected from such usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual subscriber to the service, and will be treated as such under this Policy. If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

 

91


In a Business Agreement, our customer is a business or other entity purchasing service for employees or other authorized users. If you receive certain benefits through a business or government customer’s agreement with us, this Policy will generally govern your personal information. However, if you receive service where a business or government entity pays AT&T for your account or is otherwise liable to AT&T for the charges (for example, as a guarantor if you fail to pay), we may share your account information with that entity. If you receive certain benefits tied to a Business Agreement, but you are liable for your own charges, then we may share enough account information with that entity to verify your continuing eligibility for those benefits. Please contact AT&T if you have any questions about who is the liable party on your bill.

Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child. You should be aware, however, that wireless devices and services purchased for family use may be used by minors without the knowledge of AT&T. If that happens, any information collected from the usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual adult subscriber and treated as such under this Policy.

Use of Personal Information

 

   

Internal Use.

In general, we use personal information to serve our customers, to enhance and extend our customer relationship, and to enable our customers to take maximum advantage of products and services we think they would enjoy. For example, by understanding how you use our Web site, we are able to customize and personalize your experience. More specifically, we use personal information for billing purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, to anticipate and resolve problems with your services, and to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that better meet your needs.

AT&T uses email, short text messages, telemarketing, and direct mail to inform you about products or services we think will interest you. You can modify your preferences on receiving these types of communications:

 

   

If you are currently a AT&T customer and wish to change your preferences on receiving these types of communications, you can do one of the following to tell us your preferences:

 

   

Complete an online form

 

92


   

Visit the “My Profile” page, if you manage your account online.

 

   

Call Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

   

If you are not a current customer of AT&T and wish to opt out of receiving marketing communications, you can complete an online form to tell us your preferences.

While you may choose not to receive marketing information from us, you will continue to receive invoices, customer service-related notifications, and other similar information from us electronically or otherwise.

 

   

Third-Party Use.

You should review the following section to understand when AT&T discloses personal information to third parties.

Disclosure of Personal Information

Information about our customers is one of our most important business assets, and therefore we strive to protect it and keep it confidential. We do not sell personal information to third parties without your consent. When and what types of information AT&T discloses depends on the service and in some cases the choices you have made.

AT&T will not disclose personal information other than in accordance with this Policy. In general, that means that you must consent to the disclosure in advance. Depending on the service, we may obtain your consent in a number of ways, including:

 

   

In writing;

 

   

Verbally;

 

   

Online by clicking a button;

 

   

Through the use of a dialing string or button on a wireless device or handset; or

 

   

At the time of initiation of a particular service offering, when your consent is part of the required terms and conditions to use that service.

 

93


For example, your consent to disclose personal information can be implied simply by the nature of your request, such as when you ask us to deliver an email or short message to another person. Your return address is disclosed as part of the service and your consent to do so is implied by your use of the service. To determine how personal information may be disclosed as part of a particular service, you should review the terms and conditions of use for that service.

We share personal information with third parties as necessary to complete a transaction, perform a service on our behalf (such as enhancing our ability to serve you better), or perform a service that you have requested. When the third party acts solely on our behalf, AT&T does not allow them to use your information for other purposes. For example, our vendors process and print your billing statement on our behalf. They can only use the personal information we give them to produce the billing statement. When we write off an account for non-payment, AT&T sometimes discloses personal information about the account to third parties such as credit bureaus. Credit bureaus may use the personal information to update their records. AT&T does not currently disclose wireless numbers in AT&T listings or published directories. If we do so in the future, you will be able to choose whether your number is listed.

Aside from our services, however, you may also want to take advantage of services and products offered by other companies utilizing our wireless service. In those cases, you will be providing information to those companies, and information about you received by those third parties will be governed by their privacy policies, not this Policy. For example, if you are roaming on the network of another carrier, information about your usage and the numbers you dial will be available to the carrier providing the service. Also, as another example, if you purchase something using our mobile Internet service, you will be disclosing personal information directly to the company facilitating the transaction, a merchant bank and the merchant. Finally, if you bought your wireless device from a third party retailer or dealer, both they and AT&T will have personal information as a result of the transaction and your ongoing service with AT&T. Whenever third parties have a role in any such transaction, you should review their privacy policies as well.

From time to time you may be able to participate in contests, giveaways, or other similar promotions we sponsor. Except as explained otherwise in the rules for a particular contest, giveaway, or promotion, any personal information you provide will be used in accordance with this Policy.

In addition, from time to time you may be able to participate in our surveys to help us improve our offerings and services. Except as explained otherwise in the survey, any personal information so collected will be used for our internal purposes.

 

94


Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your telephone usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call. This information is sometimes referred to as “Customer Proprietary Network Information,” or “CPNI.” We share CPNI and other personal information about you with affiliates of AT&T and BellSouth Corporation (the parent companies of AT&T) that provide telecommunications services to which you also subscribe. Before sharing CPNI in any other way, we will first notify you of your rights under the law, describe how we intend to use the CPNI, and give you an opportunity to opt out of such usage (or, when required by law, to opt in).

Business Transfers:

Information about our users, including personal information, may be disclosed as part of any merger, acquisition, sale of company assets, or transition of service to another provider, as well as in the unlikely event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, or receivership in which personal information would be transferred as one of the business assets of the company.

Protection of AT&T and Others:

We release personal information when we believe release is appropriate to comply with the law or in good faith reliance on legal process (e.g., court orders, subpoenas, E911 information, etc.); enforce or apply our customer agreements; initiate, render, bill, and collect for services; protect our rights or property, or protect users of those services and other carriers from fraudulent, abusive, or unlawful use of, or subscription to, such services; facilitate or verify the appropriate calculation of taxes, fees, or other obligations due to a local, state, or federal government; or if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires disclosure of communications, or justifies disclosure of records, to a governmental entity without delay.

AT&T Use of Cookies

Cookies are small files placed on your computer’s hard drive by a Web site when you visit. These files identify your computer and record your preferences and other data about your visit so that when you return to the site, the site knows who you are and can personalize your visit. For example, cookies enable a Web site shopping cart to function so that you only have to check out once. Consequently, cookies are often tied to the use of personally identifiable information while using our site, and some functionality may be lost if you choose not to accept the use of cookies.

 

95


In general, we use cookies to collect information so that we can determine how to improve our site by seeing which areas, features and products are most popular; to personalize the site and make recommendations based on products you have liked in the past as well as to improve the site experience; and to complete transactions you have requested. Advertisers that serve ads on our site may also use their own cookies. Such outside cookies are governed by the privacy policies of the entities placing the ads, and are not subject to this Policy.

We also use a session-based cookie that maintains a user’s session for continuity of navigation while viewing the site. After closing the browser the session cookie simply terminates.

With wireless Internet service, cookies are also used by our suppliers and third-party vendors to facilitate the various services and information offered. Depending on the phone or device being used, cookies may be stored locally on the phone or device, or on servers operated by AT&T. This Internet cookie-like functionality is in place for the same reasons and designed for the same purposes as cookies placed on your computer when interacting with Internet Web sites. Our suppliers and vendors will only use this information to provision the service, but each site you visit while using the wireless Internet service is controlled by a separate company and their individual privacy policies will govern information they receive automatically from the cookie or information you voluntarily provide.

AT&T Use of Web Beacons

A Web beacon, also known as a Web bug, is a small, graphic image on a Web page, Web-based document or in an email message that is designed to allow the site owner or a third party to monitor the address and other information of the computer viewing the item. Web beacons are often invisible to the user because they are typically very small (only 1-by-1 pixel) and the same color as the background of the Web page, document, or email message. Web beacons are represented as HTML IMG tags in the Web page; users can click on “view profiles” of the Web page to see whether the page is using a Web beacon. Web beacons collect the IP address of the computer that the Web beacon is sent to, the URL of the page the Web beacon comes from, and the time it was viewed. Web beacons can also be linked to personal information.

AT&T does not place Web beacons that link to personal information on other sites, nor does it permit third parties, other than those working on our behalf, to place them on our site. AT&T does use Web beacons itself and may link a particular beacon to personal information. For example, we may use a beacon to ensure a user can flip between technical assistance, customer service and our online store and still be recognized as our customer.

 

96


AT&T Placement of Advertising on Other Web Sites

AT&T may use third-party ad serving companies to place advertisements about our products and services on other Web sites. These companies may use cookies and other technology such as Web beacons or tagging to measure the effectiveness of our ads. To measure advertising effectiveness and offer selective ad content, the ad serving companies may use anonymous information about your visits to our and other Web sites. But the ad serving companies use an anonymous number to identify you, NOT your name, address, phone number, email address, or anything that personally identifies you. The use of such cookies is subject to the ad serving company’s privacy policy, not the Policy of AT&T. If you would like more information about these companies we use, their privacy practices, or to learn your choices about not having this non-personal information used to serve ads to you, see our AT&T Ad Serving Companies.

AT&T Advertising Companies

This list contains a link to the privacy policies for the ad-serving companies used to place ads on 3rd party sites. AT&T will revise or update this as we change existing or add new ad-serving companies.

 

   

Avenue A and Atlas

Presence, Location, and Tracking

To make wireless communications possible, the network knows the general location of your phone or wireless device whenever it is turned on. Your wireless device sends out a periodic signal to the nearest radio tower/cell site so that the network will know where to route an incoming communication and how to properly bill for the service. This is necessary to make wireless communications possible.

 

97


If you dial 911 for emergency services, we may provide your network location to a public safety answering point, emergency medical service provider or emergency dispatch provider, public safety, fire service, or law enforcement official, or hospital emergency or trauma care facility. The law also permits us to disclose the location of a device on our network without a user’s consent (1) to a user’s legal guardian or members of a user’s immediate family in an emergency situation that involves the risk of death or serious physical harm, (2) to database management services or information providers solely to assist in delivering emergency services, or (3) to a governmental entity if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires or justifies disclosure of a device’s location on the network without delay. Legally required upgrades will allow us to provide a location more precise than cell site location.

In addition, we offer optional services on our GSM/GPRS network that make use of your network location. Please review the terms and conditions for each service for additional information about how the location information will be used. The location used for these services is separate from the network location information when you make a voice call.

Your wireless Internet service may also be personalized using your ZIP code or other location identifiers. We use this information to serve you relevant content, and we treat the information like any other personal information under this Policy. This service does not use the network location technology described in this section.

Receipt of Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties

You should be aware that not all advertisements appearing on or delivered to your mobile phone or device are authorized by AT&T. We have developed and implemented systems in our network to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages, but we cannot at this time block all such messages. We continue to look for other options to reduce these unsolicited bulk messages. If you have an email account with AT&T, this service is subject to unsolicited messages as any other email service.

It is unlawful for any third party to make an unsolicited telemarketing call using an autodialer or to send a prerecorded message to a wireless phone or device. You should report any such unsolicited calls to the Federal Communications Commission.

 

98


Network and Information Security

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information. For example, we use accepted tools and techniques to protect against unauthorized access to our systems. Also, we grant access to personal information about you to employees and contractors who need to know that information to provide products or services to you. In addition, we work to protect the security of your personal information when you are ordering new service via the AT&T Web site by using well-known Internet encryption technologies like Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). We also use encryption technologies to protect your account information when you are viewing your bill on our Web site. You should be aware that AT&T has no control over the security of other sites on the Internet you might visit, interact with, or from which you buy products or services.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of personal information is your own effort to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and the personal information contained in it and on your SIM card. Most phones and wireless PDA-type devices store calling information both in the phone and on the SIM card. Therefore, before discarding your phone or PDA, trading it in or giving it away, be sure you remove and retain your SIM card and follow the manufacturer’s instructions for deleting all personal information on the device itself. (This can be found in your owner’s manual or on the manufacturers’ Web site.)

In addition, use passwords to prevent unauthorized access to your wireless device, your wireless service account, and your voicemail. If you write down your passwords or user names, keep the information in a secure location. Do not give your password to someone else unless you intend them to have the same full access and ability to make changes to your account as you have. Change your passwords periodically.

Accuracy of Personal Information in Your Account

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account records online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

99


California customers: AT&T does not disclose customers’ personal information to third parties for the third parties’ direct marketing purposes, as governed by California Civil Code 1798.83.

Updating this Policy

AT&T will revise or update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including for example, if our practices change, as we change existing or add new services, as we develop better ways to inform you of products we think will be of interest, or if the law so requires. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes.

If, however, users’ personally identifiable information will be used in a manner materially different from that stated at the time of collection, we will notify users via posting on this page for 30 days before the material change is made. Users will have a choice as to whether or not their information will be used in this materially different manner.

Contact Us

AT&T is committed to the policies set forth in this Policy.

If you have any questions, comments or concerns about this Policy, please contact privacy@att.com .

If you have questions about your AT&T service, you can call a customer service representative at 1-800-331-0500.

 

100


APPENDIX G – PRIME SUPPLIER – MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN

For purposes of this Appendix G, Supplier refers to Motricity.

 

PRIME SUPPLIER MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN

YEAR

REPORTING:

        

 

PRIME SUPPLIER NAME:   

Motricity, Inc.

ADDRESS:               
              
COMPANY E-MAIL:               
TELEPHONE NUMBER:               

 

DESCRIBE GOODS OR SERVICES BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT:
DESCRIBE YOUR M/WBE-DVBE OR SUPPLIER DIVERSITY PROGRAM AND THE PERSONNEL DEDICATED TO THAT PROGRAM
THE FOLLOWING, TOGETHER WITH ANY ATTACHMENTS IS SUBMITTED AS AN MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN.
1. GOALS
A. WHAT ARE YOUR MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOALS?

 

MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)       ***    
WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBEs)       ***    
DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)       ***    

B. WHAT IS THE ESTIMATED ANNUAL VALUE OF THIS CONTRACT WITH:

  
Midwest Region:   

(Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana, Ohio,

Michigan)

       

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

101


AT&T (NV)     
AT&T (CA)     
East Region: (Connecticut)     
Southwest Region:     
(Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas)     
AT&T Yellow Pages     
AT&T Advanced Solutions     
AT&T National Data Operations     
AT&T Long Distance     
AT&T Telecom     
AT&T Internet Services     
AT&T MSI     
AT&T Services     
AT&T Operations     
AT&T Mobillity LLC   

***

Other     

 

Note: Indicate dollar award(s) as it applies to this contract.
C. WHAT ARE THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS OF YOUR PROJECTED MBE/WBE/DVBE PURCHASES:

 

MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)    ***
WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBEs)    ***
DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)    ***

 

2.

   2.    LIST THE PRINCIPAL GOODS AND SERVICES TO BE SUBCONTRACTED TO MBE/WBE/DVBEs OR DELIVERED THROUGH MBE/WBE/DVBE VALUE ADDED RESELLERS

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

102


DETAILED PLAN FOR USE OF M/WBEs-DVBEs AS SUBCONTRACTORS,

DISTRIBUTORS, VALUE ADDED RESELLERS

For every product and service you intend to use, provide the following information. (attach additional sheets if necessary)

 

Company Name

   Classification
(MBE/WBE/DVBE)
   Products/Services
to be provided
   $ Value    Date to Begin
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

3. SELLER AGREES THAT IT WILL MAINTAIN ALL NECESSARY DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS TO SUPPORT ITS EFFORTS TO ACHIEVE ITS MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOAL(S). SELLER ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THE FACT THAT IT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IDENTIFYING, SOLICITING AND QUALIFYING MBE/WBE/DVBE SUBCONTRACTORS, DISTRIBUTORS AND VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.

 

103


4.

      THE FOLLOWING INDIVIDUAL, ACTING IN THE CAPACITY OF MBE/WBE/DVBE COORDINATOR FOR SELLER, WILL:
      ADMINISTER THE MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN, SUBMIT SUMMARY REPORTS, AND COOPERATE IN ANY STUDIES OR SURVEYS AS MAY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF COMPLIANCE BY THE SELLER WITH THE PARTICIPATION PLAN.

 

NAME:     
TITLE:     
TELEPHONE NUMBER:     
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:     
DATE:     

Submit your annual plan to sbcsd@att.com

 

104


Appendix H - MBE/WBE/DVBE Results Report

For purposes of this Appendix H, Supplier refers to Motricity.

M/WBE-DVBE QUARTERLY RESULTS REPORT

FOR THE FOLLOWING AT&T AFFILIATE:

LOGO

Note: Subcontracting Results should reflect ONLY M/WBE-DVBE dollars directly traceable to sales DURING THE REPORTING QUARTER.

Results must be reported individually for each AT&T subsidiary.

 

THIS SUMMARY REPORT SHOULD BE E-MAILED TO:

   sbcsd@att.com   

1. Reporting Company:

     

Company Name:

          

Address:

        2. Contract/ Work Order Number:   

3. Report Quarter:

 

This report reflects the utilization of Minority Business Enterprises/Women Business Enterprise/Disabled Veteran Enterprise participation for period

City, State, Zip:

          

Contact Name:

          

Title:

          

E-Mail:

          

Date:

          

Telephone:

        ________________   
      (If Available)     
Signature:          Through
          
         (Please indicate dates)
PARTICIPATION GOAL    PARTICIPATION ACHIEVEMENT
4.    Annual Goal    5.    Actual for Quarter
Percent of Total Sales    MBE    WBE    DVBE       MBE    WBE    DVBE
           

Dollars paid by Prime

Supplier to Subcontractors

              
           

Total Dollars Paid to

Prime Supplier by AT&T

              
            % OF Total AT&T $ Paid by Prime Supplier to Subcontractors               

 

105


AT&T SUBCONTRACTING RESULTS

 

6. M/WBE-DVBE Subcontractors(S)    Ethnic/Gender       Total Dollars
      LOGO      
Name:              
Address:              
City, State, Zip:            Certifying Agency:   
Telephone:         select from the drop down menu to see a list of AT&T recognized agencies      q
Goods or Services:              
         If other please specify:

To add additional Subcontractors, copy the entire light gray area and paste directly below this line.

 

106


EXHIBIT N – AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

Effective date: October 21, 2006)

AT&T has a long-standing policy of protecting customer privacy.

We believe that you should know what information we collect from you, as well as how that information is used, disclosed, and protected. We have created this policy statement (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices and policies.

We will not sell or disclose your personal information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T may make available shorter or machine-readable versions of this Privacy Policy. These additional policies are intended only as summaries of this complete Privacy Policy. This Policy applies to customers who purchase and use our services and products in the United States. Collection, use, disclosure, and protection of personal information may be subject to different regulation outside the United States.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including, for example, if our practices change or if changes in the law so require. You should refer back to this page for the latest information.

QUICK PRIVACY LINKS

The following brief summaries outline our Policy and then link to further detail. We also provide you the means to communicate with us if you have any questions about this Policy. This Policy also addresses what we do with information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, and who you call.

Does AT&T Collect Personal Information About Me?

Yes, AT&T collects personal information about you so that we can deliver products or services you request.

 

107


This happens automatically when you interact with us, such as when you log into a service. Sometimes, AT&T buys commercially available marketing and sales information from third parties so we can better serve you. Tell me more

Does AT&T Collect Information About Children Under the Age of 13?

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

How Does AT&T Use Personal Information?

We use personal information for billing and collection purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, and to anticipate and resolve problems with your services. We may also use this information to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that may better meet your needs.

When Does AT&T Disclose Personal Information?

We do not sell personal information to unaffiliated third parties. We will disclose personal information to third parties to complete a transaction you have requested, as part of the terms and conditions for a particular service, to collect on an account, or when we otherwise have your consent to do so. We also may disclose personal information to third parties to protect the rights and property of the company or its subscribers.

What Happens to Information About My Telephone Usage and Who I Call?

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your device usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call.

 

108


Does AT&T Use Cookies?

Yes. AT&T uses cookies for a variety of reasons, including improving your shopping or browsing experience. In addition, cookies help us personalize the site experience for you.

Does AT&T Use Web Beacons?

Yes. AT&T uses Web beacons, also known as Web bugs, on our sites so that we can identify you and deliver you the services you request. However, AT&T does not permit third parties to use Web beacons linked to personal information on our site.

Does AT&T Place Advertising on Other Web Sites?

AT&T currently uses third-party advertising companies to place our ads on the Internet, and cookie and Web beacon technologies are used to measure the effectiveness of those ads. You should know that the use of such cookies is subject to the third parties’ privacy policies, and not the policy of AT&T.

What About Presence, Location, and Tracking Information?

Our network knows the general location of your phone whenever it is turned on. When we offer you optional services that require use or disclosure of this information, the terms and conditions for the specific service offering explain how the location information will be used. We also may provide your network location to emergency service providers if you place a 911 call.

Can I Choose Not to Receive Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties?

AT&T has implemented technology to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages but is unable to filter all marketing messages that you receive on your wireless device from third parties.

 

109


How Secure Is Information About Me?

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of your personal information is your own efforts to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and SIM card. Before discarding your device or trading it in, be sure you remove all your personal information from the device.

How can I Review Personal Information in my Account for Accuracy?

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

Will This Policy Be Updated?

AT&T expects to update this Policy periodically. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes to the Policy.

To Whom Should I Direct Privacy Questions or Concerns?

You have several ways to contact us about questions of this Policy and about your services.

AT&T PRIVACY POLICY

We have created the AT&T Privacy Policy (the “Policy”) to explain our privacy practices. When you use any AT&T product or service, you should understand when and how personal information is collected, used, disclosed and protected.

 

110


We will not sell or disclose information to unaffiliated third parties without your consent except as otherwise provided in this Policy. We may use information about who you are, where and when you browse on the Web, where your wireless device is located, and how you use our network to provide you better service and enrich your user experience when you sign up or use any of our products or services.

AT&T will revise and update this Policy if our practices change or if changes in the law so require.

Information Collected About You

We collect a variety of personal information about users of our products or services. Personal information is information that can be directly associated with a specific person or entity, such as a name, address, telephone number, email address, or information about activities directly linked to that person.

Our definition of personal information does not include “aggregate” information. Aggregate information is data we collect about a group or category of services or customers from which individual customer identities have been removed. For example, we could prepare a report that indicates that a certain number of our customers always use their wireless phones at a certain time of day at a specific location. Aggregate data helps us understand trends and customer needs so that we can better consider new services or tailor existing services to customer desires. The aggregate data also might be purchased by or shared with a third party, for example, one interested in locating a business in a particular part of town.

Here are the types of personal and other information we collect. You should refer to the rest of this Policy to see how we use, disclose, and protect that information:

 

   

Information You Give Us

We collect information you give us when you purchase an AT&T product or use services. For example, you may provide us a billing address and credit information, including your social security number or

business identifier, when signing up for service or perhaps purchasing a product through our online store. You might not have thought about it this way, but the numbers dialed from your wireless phone to make a call are an example of information you give us and that we collect and use so we can bill you appropriately and investigate fraudulent usage.

 

111


   

Automatically Collected Information

We automatically receive certain types of information whenever you interact with us. For example, when you visit an AT&T Web site, our systems automatically collect your IP address and the type of browser you use. When you browse the wireless web, our systems log the Web sites you visit. Similarly, all wireless communications systems know when your phone is turned on and approximately where the device is physically located—that’s how calls or messages are delivered to you in real time.

 

   

Information from Other Sources

We may obtain information about you from outside sources and add it to or combine it with your account information. For example, we may receive credit information for purposes of initiating service. We also may use commercially available demographic and marketing information from third parties to help us better serve you or inform you about products or services that we think will be of interest to you. We sometimes receive updated delivery and address information from our shippers or other sources so that we can correct our records and deliver your next purchase or communication more easily. And, we often receive information from the dealer from whom you purchase your wireless phone or device prior to initiating service with us.

We also may purchase email lists from third parties for advertising purposes. We only purchase lists of individuals who have allowed third-party use of their email address for marketing purposes. If you have previously requested to participate in an email advertising program, the information we receive may include your name, information on previous transactions, or any other personal information you have provided.

AT&T recognizes that parents often purchase our products and services for family use, including for use by minors. Any information collected from such usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual subscriber to the service, and will be treated as such under this Policy. If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child.

In a Business Agreement, our customer is a business or other entity purchasing service for employees or other authorized users. If you receive certain benefits through a business or government customer’s agreement with us,

this Policy will generally govern your personal information. However, if you receive service where a business or government entity pays AT&T for your account or is otherwise liable to AT&T for the charges (for example, as a guarantor if you fail to pay), we may share your account information with that entity. If you receive certain benefits tied to a Business Agreement, but you are liable for your own charges, then we may share enough account information with that entity to verify your continuing eligibility for those benefits. Please contact AT&T if you have any questions about who is the liable party on your bill.

 

112


Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act

If we make available offers and products online where a child informs us that he or she is under the age of 13, we will ask a parent to confirm his/her consent in advance of further collection, use or disclosure of personal information from that child. You should be aware, however, that wireless devices and services purchased for family use may be used by minors without the knowledge of AT&T. If that happens, any information collected from the usage will appear to be the personal information of the actual adult subscriber and treated as such under this Policy.

Use of Personal Information

 

   

Internal Use.

In general, we use personal information to serve our customers, to enhance and extend our customer relationship, and to enable our customers to take maximum advantage of products and services we think they would enjoy. For example, by understanding how you use our Web site, we are able to customize and personalize your experience. More specifically, we use personal information for billing purposes, to provide services or complete transactions you have requested, to anticipate and resolve problems with your services, and to create and inform you of products or services from AT&T or others that better meet your needs.

AT&T uses email, short text messages, telemarketing, and direct mail to inform you about products or services we think will interest you. You can modify your preferences on receiving these types of communications:

 

   

If you are currently a AT&T customer and wish to change your preferences on receiving these types of communications, you can do one of the following to tell us your preferences:

 

   

Complete an online form

 

   

Visit the “My Profile” page, if you manage your account online.

 

   

Call Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

 

113


   

If you are not a current customer of AT&T and wish to opt out of receiving marketing communications, you can complete an online form to tell us your preferences.

While you may choose not to receive marketing information from us, you will continue to receive invoices, customer service-related notifications, and other similar information from us electronically or otherwise.

 

   

Third-Party Use.

You should review the following section to understand when AT&T discloses personal information to third parties.

Disclosure of Personal Information

Information about our customers is one of our most important business assets, and therefore we strive to protect it and keep it confidential. We do not sell personal information to third parties without your consent. When and what types of information AT&T discloses depends on the service and in some cases the choices you have made.

AT&T will not disclose personal information other than in accordance with this Policy. In general, that means that you must consent to the disclosure in advance. Depending on the service, we may obtain your consent in a number of ways, including:

 

   

In writing;

 

   

Verbally;

 

   

Online by clicking a button;

 

   

Through the use of a dialing string or button on a wireless device or handset; or

 

   

At the time of initiation of a particular service offering, when your consent is part of the required terms and conditions to use that service.

For example, your consent to disclose personal information can be implied simply by the nature of your request, such as when you ask us to deliver an email or short message to another person. Your return address is disclosed as part of the service and your consent to do so is implied by your use of the service. To determine how personal information may be disclosed as part of a particular service, you should review the terms and conditions of use for that service.

 

114


We share personal information with third parties as necessary to complete a transaction, perform a service on our behalf (such as enhancing our ability to serve you better), or perform a service that you have requested. When the third party acts solely on our behalf, AT&T does not allow them to use your information for other purposes. For example, our vendors process and print your billing statement on our behalf. They can only use the personal information we give them to produce the billing statement. When we write off an account for non-payment, AT&T sometimes discloses personal information about the account to third parties such as credit bureaus. Credit bureaus may use the personal information to update their records. AT&T does not currently disclose wireless numbers in AT&T listings or published directories. If we do so in the future, you will be able to choose whether your number is listed.

Aside from our services, however, you may also want to take advantage of services and products offered by other companies utilizing our wireless service. In those cases, you will be providing information to those companies, and information about you received by those third parties will be governed by their privacy policies, not this Policy. For example, if you are roaming on the network of another carrier, information about your usage and the numbers you dial will be available to the carrier providing the service. Also, as another example, if you purchase something using our mobile Internet service, you will be disclosing personal information directly to the company facilitating the transaction, a merchant bank and the merchant. Finally, if you bought your wireless device from a third party retailer or dealer, both they and AT&T will have personal information as a result of the transaction and your ongoing service with AT&T. Whenever third parties have a role in any such transaction, you should review their privacy policies as well.

From time to time you may be able to participate in contests, giveaways, or other similar promotions we sponsor. Except as explained otherwise in the rules for a particular contest, giveaway, or promotion, any personal information you provide will be used in accordance with this Policy.

In addition, from time to time you may be able to participate in our surveys to help us improve our offerings and services. Except as explained otherwise in the survey, any personal information so collected will be used for our internal purposes.

Under federal law, you have a right, and we have a duty, to protect the confidentiality of information about your telephone usage, the services you buy from us, who you call, and the location of your device on our network when you make a voice call. This information is sometimes referred to as “Customer Proprietary Network Information,”

 

115


or “CPNI.” We share CPNI and other personal information about you with affiliates of AT&T and BellSouth Corporation (the parent companies of AT&T) that provide telecommunications services to which you also subscribe. Before sharing CPNI in any other way, we will first notify you of your rights under the law, describe how we intend to use the CPNI, and give you an opportunity to opt out of such usage (or, when required by law, to opt in).

Business Transfers:

Information about our users, including personal information, may be disclosed as part of any merger, acquisition, sale of company assets, or transition of service to another provider, as well as in the unlikely event of an insolvency, bankruptcy, or receivership in which personal information would be transferred as one of the business assets of the company.

Protection of AT&T and Others:

We release personal information when we believe release is appropriate to comply with the law or in good faith reliance on legal process (e.g., court orders, subpoenas, E911 information, etc.); enforce or apply our customer agreements; initiate, render, bill, and collect for services; protect our rights or property, or protect users of those services and other carriers from fraudulent, abusive, or unlawful use of, or subscription to, such services; facilitate or verify the appropriate calculation of taxes, fees, or other obligations due to a local, state, or federal government; or if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires disclosure of communications, or justifies disclosure of records, to a governmental entity without delay.

AT&T Use of Cookies

Cookies are small files placed on your computer’s hard drive by a Web site when you visit. These files identify your computer and record your preferences and other data about your visit so that when you return to the site, the site knows who you are and can personalize your visit. For example, cookies enable a Web site shopping cart to function so that you only have to check out once. Consequently, cookies are often tied to the use of personally identifiable information while using our site, and some functionality may be lost if you choose not to accept the use of cookies.

 

116


In general, we use cookies to collect information so that we can determine how to improve our site by seeing which areas, features and products are most popular; to personalize the site and make recommendations based on products you have liked in the past as well as to improve the site experience; and to complete transactions you have requested. Advertisers that serve ads on our site may also use their own cookies. Such outside cookies are governed by the privacy policies of the entities placing the ads, and are not subject to this Policy.

We also use a session-based cookie that maintains a user’s session for continuity of navigation while viewing the site. After closing the browser the session cookie simply terminates.

With wireless Internet service, cookies are also used by our suppliers and third-party vendors to facilitate the various services and information offered. Depending on the phone or device being used, cookies may be stored locally on the phone or device, or on servers operated by AT&T. This Internet cookie-like functionality is in place for the same reasons and designed for the same purposes as cookies placed on your computer when interacting with Internet Web sites. Our suppliers and vendors will only use this information to provision the service, but each site you visit while using the wireless Internet service is controlled by a separate company and their individual privacy policies will govern information they receive automatically from the cookie or information you voluntarily provide.

AT&T Use of Web Beacons

A Web beacon, also known as a Web bug, is a small, graphic image on a Web page, Web-based document or in an email message that is designed to allow the site owner or a third party to monitor the address and other information of the computer viewing the item. Web beacons are often invisible to the user because they are typically very small (only 1-by-1 pixel) and the same color as the background of the Web page, document, or email message. Web beacons are represented as HTML IMG tags in the Web page; users can click on “view profiles” of the Web page to see whether the page is using a Web beacon. Web beacons collect the IP address of the computer that the Web beacon is sent to, the URL of the page the Web beacon comes from, and the time it was viewed. Web beacons can also be linked to personal information.

AT&T does not place Web beacons that link to personal information on other sites, nor does it permit third parties, other than those working on our behalf, to place them on our site. AT&T does use Web beacons itself and may link a particular beacon to personal information. For example, we may use a beacon to ensure a user can flip between technical assistance, customer service and our online store and still be recognized as our customer.

 

117


AT&T Placement of Advertising on Other Web Sites

AT&T may use third-party ad serving companies to place advertisements about our products and services on other Web sites. These companies may use cookies and other technology such as Web beacons or tagging to measure the effectiveness of our ads. To measure advertising effectiveness and offer selective ad content, the ad serving companies may use anonymous information about your visits to our and other Web sites. But the ad serving companies use an anonymous number to identify you, NOT your name, address, phone number, email address, or anything that personally identifies you. The use of such cookies is subject to the ad serving company’s privacy policy, not the Policy of AT&T. If you would like more information about these companies we use, their privacy practices, or to learn your choices about not having this non-personal information used to serve ads to you, see our AT&T Ad Serving Companies.

AT&T Advertising Companies

This list contains a link to the privacy policies for the ad-serving companies used to place ads on 3rd party sites. AT&T will revise or update this as we change existing or add new ad-serving companies.

 

   

Avenue A and Atlas

Presence, Location, and Tracking

To make wireless communications possible, the network knows the general location of your phone or wireless device whenever it is turned on. Your wireless device sends out a periodic signal to the nearest radio tower/cell site so that the network will know where to route an incoming communication and how to properly bill for the service. This is necessary to make wireless communications possible.

If you dial 911 for emergency services, we may provide your network location to a public safety answering point, emergency medical service provider or emergency dispatch provider, public safety, fire service, or law enforcement official, or hospital emergency or trauma care facility. The law also permits us to disclose the location of a device on our network without a user’s consent (1) to a user’s legal guardian or members of a user’s

 

118


immediate family in an emergency situation that involves the risk of death or serious physical harm, (2) to database management services or information providers solely to assist in delivering emergency services, or (3) to a governmental entity if we reasonably believe that an emergency involving immediate danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requires or justifies disclosure of a device’s location on the network without delay. Legally required upgrades will allow us to provide a location more precise than cell site location.

In addition, we offer optional services on our GSM/GPRS network that make use of your network location. Please review the terms and conditions for each service for additional information about how the location information will be used. The location used for these services is separate from the network location information when you make a voice call.

Your wireless Internet service may also be personalized using your ZIP code or other location identifiers. We use this information to serve you relevant content, and we treat the information like any other personal information under this Policy. This service does not use the network location technology described in this section.

Receipt of Marketing Messages on My Wireless Device from Third Parties

You should be aware that not all advertisements appearing on or delivered to your mobile phone or device are authorized by AT&T. We have developed and implemented systems in our network to reduce unsolicited bulk short text messages, but we cannot at this time block all such messages. We continue to look for other options to reduce these unsolicited bulk messages. If you have an email account with AT&T, this service is subject to unsolicited messages as any other email service.

It is unlawful for any third party to make an unsolicited telemarketing call using an autodialer or to send a prerecorded message to a wireless phone or device. You should report any such unsolicited calls to the Federal Communications Commission.

 

119


Network and Information Security

We maintain a variety of physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to guard your personal information. For example, we use accepted tools and techniques to protect against unauthorized access to our systems. Also, we grant access to personal information about you to employees and contractors who need to know that information to provide products or services to you. In addition, we work to protect the security of your personal information when you are ordering new service via the AT&T Web site by using well-known Internet encryption technologies like Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). We also use encryption technologies to protect your account information when you are viewing your bill on our Web site. You should be aware that AT&T has no control over the security of other sites on the Internet you might visit, interact with, or from which you buy products or services.

What Can I Do to Protect My Personal Information?

An important part of ensuring the security of personal information is your own effort to protect against unauthorized access to your wireless device and the personal information contained in it and on your SIM card. Most phones and wireless PDA-type devices store calling information both in the phone and on the SIM card. Therefore, before discarding your phone or PDA, trading it in or giving it away, be sure you remove and retain your SIM card and follow the manufacturer’s instructions for deleting all personal information on the device itself. (This can be found in your owner’s manual or on the manufacturers’ Web site.)

In addition, use passwords to prevent unauthorized access to your wireless device, your wireless service account, and your voicemail. If you write down your passwords or user names, keep the information in a secure location. Do not give your password to someone else unless you intend them to have the same full access and ability to make changes to your account as you have. Change your passwords periodically.

Accuracy of Personal Information in Your Account

You can review the accuracy of the personal information in your account records online (go to My Account on this Web site) or by contacting Customer Service at 1-800-331-0500.

California customers: AT&T does not disclose customers’ personal information to third parties for the third parties’ direct marketing purposes, as governed by California Civil Code 1798.83.

 

120


Updating this Policy

AT&T will revise or update this Policy as it deems appropriate, including for example, if our practices change, as we change existing or add new services, as we develop better ways to inform you of products we think will be of interest, or if the law so requires. You should refer back to this page often for the latest information and the effective date of any changes.

If, however, users’ personally identifiable information will be used in a manner materially different from that stated at the time of collection, we will notify users via posting on this page for 30 days before the material change is made. Users will have a choice as to whether or not their information will be used in this materially different manner.

Contact Us

AT&T is committed to the policies set forth in this Policy.

If you have any questions, comments or concerns about this Policy, please contact privacy@att.com .

If you have questions about your AT&T service, you can call a customer service representative at 1-800-331-0500.

 

121


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

WIRELESS SERVICES AGREEMENT #00014249

This Third Amendment (this “Third Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #0001429 of July, 22, 2005 between Motricity, Inc., f/k/a InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. (“Motricity” or “Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T Mobility” or “AT&T”) (the “Agreement”), is made and entered into this 11th day of June, 2009 (“Third Amendment Effective Date”). Such parties are referred to herein individually as a “Party,” and collectively as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace has provided certain Services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Cingular Wireless LLC changed its name to AT&T Mobility LLC on January 8, 2007;

WHEREAS , InfoSpace Inc. changed its name to Motricity, Inc. on December 28, 2007 and assumed all of the rights and obligations of InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.;

WHEREAS , Motricity, Inc. and AT&T entered into that certain First Amendment to the Agreement on March 1, 2007 (the “First Amendment”);

WHEREAS , Motricity, Inc. and AT&T entered into that certain Second Amendment to the Agreement on October 1, 2008 (the “Second Amendment”); and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T desire to perpetuate and continue their relationship, by doing business under the terms of the Agreement, as amended as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Third Amendment shall govern.

 

2. Section 1 “Definitions” of the Agreement shall be amended to add/delete/modify the following definitions (as noted below). Additional definitions may be found within the Agreement and related Amendments.

“ATT.Net Active User” means a Subscriber for whom Motricity reports one or more ATT.Net Sessions during a calendar month.

“ATT.Net Portal User” means each unique profile for a Subscriber that has used the Service, which profile may be derived from information (or a combination of information) that may include screen name, user identifier, device identifier and/or MSISDN.

“ATT.Net Session” means a registered connection to the Service, as measured by Motricity.

“ATT.Net Service” means the next generation wireless internet that will allow AT&T subscribers to easily find, consume and save global web content, to find people, places and things in the local area and to browse and save popular editorial content. Further, the ATT.Net Service will also allow Subscribers to have a consistent internet experience via a fully optimized HTML browser that enables interactivity, lower latency for a richer internet experience.

 

1


“AT&T Property” means physical and non-physical property of AT&T (or provided on behalf of AT&T), including materials, equipment, software, hardware, networks, IT systems and network connectivity.

“Commercial Launch” is defined as the date where the ATT.Net Service is to be made available to Subscribers, on July 20, 2009.

Motricity’s Span of Control” means Motricity’s facilities physical infrastructure (including external power sources), supporting network elements, web-to-the-Motricity network demarcation point, support services, hardware and software associated with the Service that is under Motricity’s control (e.g. functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content). This includes the System and its components for the transmission and control, security of network and data, physical security, software and user data including backup data; all hardware and software used in connection with backing up data; and all Motricity employees and subcontractors participating in the provisioning of the Service. Motricity’s Span of Control does not include the services and systems that are under the control of AT&T or its third party suppliers and service providers, including AT&T’s MMS Center and all other elements of the AT&T network nor does it include functionality or feeds from providers of content not under a contractual relationship with Motricity .

“Device(s)” means the AT&T designated mobile device(s) that are certified or will be certified for use on the AT&T network in support of the AT&T commercial service offering (e.g.,ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service, etc.).

“Device Client” means the Software that conforms to a specific Device or set of Devices.

“Device Client Services” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-3 – Services, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

“Device Client Support Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section B (5.4.1) of Exhibit A-3 – Service.

“DCS” means Device Client Service.

“DCS Failure(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section B (5.5.1) of Exhibit A-3 – Service.

Documentation” means any user manuals, operator instructions, training material, developers’ guides and other written materials used in conjunction with the Service and/or Software and provided by Motricity, whether in printed or electronic form.

Motricity Software” is deleted and replaced with the Software” as defined in this Third Amendment.

Motricity Supported Handsets” is deleted and replaced with “Devices” as defined in this Third Amendment.

“Level of Effort” has the meaning set forth in Section B (10) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

“OEM” means original equipment manufacturer and refers to the Device manufacturer.

“Partner Integration Services” has the meaning set forth in Section B (6) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

“QA” means Quality Assurance.

 

2


“Service Agreement” is as defined in Section 19 of the Second Amendment to the Agreement.

“Software” means the software designed, developed, manufactured or provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity as part of the Service.

“Specifications” means (i) Motricity’s applicable technical and functional documents and descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) AT&T’s written requirements, technical documents and descriptions, specified in or attached to this Agreement, an executed Statement of Work, Work Order or Purchase Order, which shall control over any inconsistency with Motricity’s specifications and description.

“Statement(s) of Work” means written description of the professional services, custom development and service requests for new Services, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Services Agreement.

“Subscriber” means a unique AT&T end user of the ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service or Legacy Services as authenticated by Motricity and depending upon the context.

System” means that AT&T Property and any or all platforms, databases, software, Product and API(s) provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity that support the Service

“Web/WAP Services” has the meaning set forth in Section B (7) of Exhibit A-3 – Services.

 

3. The Agreement is amended to add a new paragraph to Section 2.1 as follows:

Motricity Grant for ATT.Net Service . Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the license grant applicable to the ATT.Net Service is as set forth within Section 5.6 of Exhibit A-3.

 

4. Limitations. Section 2.3 (a) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) AT&T shall have no right by virtue of this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Motricity Content, or Services under this Agreement to any Person, other than providing access to the Motricity Content and Services to Users.

 

5. AT&T Obligations. Section 3.2, the following language is deleted it its entirety:

“Notwithstanding the above, should AT&T choose to host this service with anyone other than Motricity, this section will no longer apply.”

And replaced with the following:

“Notwithstanding the above, as it relates to the ATT.Net Service and/or when AT&T hosts the service on its own or with anyone other than Motricity, this section will no longer apply.”

 

6. Insurance. Section 6.4 of the Second Amendment is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  6.4.1 With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  6.4.1.1 maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  6.4.1.1.1  at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

3


  6.4.1.1.2  with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims-made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.1.2 require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the time when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  6.4.1.3 procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-” or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

  6.4.1.4 deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T. Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  6.4.1.4.1  prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  6.4.1.4.2  prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and

 

  6.4.1.4.3  for any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

 

  6.4.2 The Parties agree:

 

  6.4.2.1 the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2.2 that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity, nor be deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  6.4.2.3 Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  6.4.2.4 Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

 

  6.4.3 The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  6.4.3.1 Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury – each accident

 

4


$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease – each employee

To the fullest extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees. In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  6.4.3.2 Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  6.4.3.2.1  include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal;

 

  6.4.3.2.2  include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  6.4.3.2.3  be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  6.4.3.3 Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  6.4.3.4 Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T Mobility.

 

5


  6.4.3.5 Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) insurance with limits of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each claim or wrongful act.

 

7. Term. Section 7.1(a) of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  (a) The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement, or except as provided in Section 7.1(b) or (c), shall end on April 22, 2011 (the “Initial Term”). After the Initial Term, this Agreement shall continue until terminated by either Party upon six months notice.

 

8. Termination for Convenience. Section 7.3.1 of the “Agreement” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  7.3.1 Agreement. Effective April 22, 2011, AT&T may terminate this Agreement without cause upon six (6) months advance written notice. Termination for convenience does not apply to Motricity.

 

9. Section 7.4 “Obligations upon Termination or Transition of Service” is hereby amended to add a new section 7.4.6 as follows:

 

  7.4.6. Deliver AT&T Property to AT&T with AT&T paying any fees or other costs associated with such delivery and the transfer of any service agreements to AT&T related to the AT&T Property.

 

10. Exhibit A - “Services” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit A-3 Services.

 

11. Exhibit C - “Commercial Terms” is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit C-3 Commercial Terms, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

12. Exhibit G-2 “Service Level Agreement for WEB Services” found within Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and is hereby amended to incorporate the terms described in Exhibit G-2 Supplement, attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

13. This Agreement is hereby amended to add Exhibit G-3 “Service Level Agreement for ATT.Net Services” attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

14. Exhibit J “Form of Work Order and Purchase Order” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit J “Work Order Form” to accommodate the Device Client Services.

 

15. The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T have each caused this Third Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Third Amendment Effective Date above.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T SERVICES, INC.
    On behalf of its Affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC
By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch     By:   ***
Print Name:  

Ryan Wuerch

    Print Name:  

***

Title:  

Chairman & CEO

    Title:  

President, Supply Chain and Flleet Operations

 

6/26/09

     

7-7-09

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


EXHIBIT A-3 – SERVICES

TABLE OF CONTENTS - SUPPLEMENT

Exhibit A – Services is amended to insert the table of contents to reflect updates to Section headers and numbering sequence as of the Third Amendment Effective Date:

 

A.     Services

  

B.     Description of Services.

  

1.      Platform and Services; Legacy Services

  

(a)    Platform and Services

  

(b)    Legacy Services

  

2.      Content

  

(a)    AT&T Sourced Content

  

(i)     Integration with AT&T Sourced Content

  

(b)    Motricity Sourced Content

  

(i)     Modification of Motricity Sourced Content

  

3.      PIM/Email Service

  

3.      Personalized/Customized Content

  

4.      Device Client Services in support of ATT.NET Service

  

5.      Partner Integration Services

  

6.      Web and/or WAP Services

  

7.      Service Requests and Levels of Effort

  

C.     Motricity Supported Devices

  

1.      Current Devices

  

2.      New Devices

  

a.      MEdia Net and Legacy Services

  

b.      ATT.Net Service

  

3.      AT&T Network; Gateways

  

4.      Additional Support

  

D.     Reporting

  

(a)    Usage Reports

  

(b)    Legacy Usage Reports

  

(c)    Legacy Alert Reports

  

(d)    General Services Report

  

E.     Research and Development

  

F.     Research and Development Remedies

  

G.     Securities and Fair Disclosure

  

 

8


EXHIBIT A-3 – SERVICES

Exhibit A – Services is amended to add the following terms in support of the ATT.Net Service, which is in addition to the Services Motricity is already providing to AT&T under the Agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, the terms of this Exhibit A-3 controls in the event of any conflict with other provisions of the Agreement, solely as it pertains to the ATT.Net Service.

 

A. Motricity Services that support ATT.Net Service.

Motricity will provide AT&T with the Device Client Services, Partner Integration Services, Web/WAP Service, and a System in support of the ATT.Net Service (each of which may be referred to individually as a “Service” or collectively as “Services”) and in conformance with the Specifications and Documentation and the Performance Requirements set forth within the Service Level Agreement.

 

B. Description of Services. The following provisions are hereby incorporated into Exhibit A.

 

  5. Device Client Service

Motricity will provide AT&T with device client development, integration and OEM support as set forth within this Section and pursuant to the Specifications in support of the ATT.Net Service (“Device Client Service(s)”).

 

  5.1 General .

Unless otherwise specified by AT&T, Motricity will support a minimum of twenty-eight (28) launched Devices up to maximum of sixty (60) Devices, within a given calendar year, as follows:

 

  5.1.1 Motricity will support both downloadable clients (“Downloadable Client(s)”) and embedded and integrated clients (“Preloaded Client(s)”).

 

  5.1.2 For Devices that support Downloadable Clients, Preloaded Clients or are mutually agreed upon (e.g., Research In Motion (RIM) Blackberry), Motricity will launch Devices at no cost to AT&T.

 

  5.1.3 For purposes of clarity, Devices requiring re-certification (as part of an OEM maintenance release and where there is no impact to the Device Client) will not be subject any additional fees.

 

  5.1.4 The Parties acknowledge and agree that Motricity’s ability to meet its Device Client Service responsibilities is contingent upon the cooperation of the respective OEMs . Motricity will act in good faith to provide its Device Client Services in order to fulfill its obligations to provide the Managed Service. Provided Motricity is in full compliance with its Device Client Service responsibilities, Motricity will not be held accountable for Device Client Service responsibilities outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

  5.1.5 For any mass migration of existing MEdia Net or Legacy Services to ATT.Net Service, the Parties agree to establish a baseline project schedule to handle any such migration, document the appropriate acceptance criteria and remedies (if any) that would apply to the mass migration.

 

9


  5.1.6 Test Environments . Motricity currently provides demo environments for testing. If it is determined that additional environment(s) are required for this, then AT&T will reimburse Motricity for all fees associated with building it and will agree to pay Incremental Hardware and Software fees attributed to hosting this additional test environment as business as usual.

 

  5.2 OEM Support

 

  5.2.1 Motricity shall be responsible for facilitating/maintaining the OEM relationship to allow for the successful downloading, pre-loading and/or embedding of the Device Client.

 

  5.2.2 Motricity shall be responsible for the technical integration of the Device Client.

 

  5.2.3 Motricity shall provide AT&T’s OEM partners with the following:

 

  (i) the Device Client

 

  (ii) Detailed documentation and integration tools

 

  (iii) Integrated test environment hosted by Motricity.

 

  (iv) Integration support staff

 

  (v) Device Client license to embed and distribute the Device Client for the ATT.Net Service

 

  5.2.4 Device Client shall support the following:

 

  (i) application platforms that include, but are not limited to, Java (J2ME), Symbian, Android, Qualcomm Brew and Windows Mobile (“ Application Platforms”); and

 

  (ii) AT&T OEM partners which includes but is not limited to, LG, Samsung, Nokia, SonyEricsson, Motorola, HTC, and RIM and the related Application Platforms.

 

  5.2.5 Motricity shall support native (embedded) OEM client integration upon request by AT&T to fulfill its obligations in providing the Managed Service to AT&T. AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3 when OEMs do not comport with AT&T Requirements for standard application programming interfaces and the Parties will determine what, if any additional fees are applicable.

 

  5.3 OEM Support Fees

 

  5.3.1 OEMs selected by AT&T shall not pay to Motricity any fees and/or costs for:

 

  (i) the Device Client;

 

10


  (ii) the Device Client license to embed and distribute the Device Client; or

 

  (iii) integration services

 

  5.3.2. Subject to Section 5.2.5 above, AT&T shall not pay Motricity to support native (embedded) OEM client integrations.

 

  5.4 Device Client Support

 

  5.4.1 The Parties will abide by the mutually agreed-upon Device Client Service and Device Onboarding Plan and the provisions of this Section 5 Device Client Service (hereinafter referred to as “Device Support Obligations”) to be completed no later than thirty (30) days post Commercial Launch.

 

  5.4.2 The Device Support Obligations includes the following:

 

   

Process for AT&T to provide Motricity notification of devices to be pre-loaded and/or embedded and integrated;

 

   

Process for Motricity to commence integration services with the Device OEM;

 

   

Process for Parties project planning;

 

   

Process for Motricity client porting and integration;

 

   

Process for AT&T acceptance and defect resolution; and

 

   

Status Reporting of Devices (e.g. build complete, commercially available, in progress and failures).

 

  5.5 Remedies

 

  5.5.1 Motricity shall track and report to AT&T on a monthly basis all instances where Motricity is unable to meet the Device Client Support Obligations in support of the current month’s technical acceptance Device schedule (for reasons within Motricity’s Span of Control) for each Device (“DCS Failures”).

 

  5.5.2 Remedies. If Motricity is unable to meet its Device Client Services listed in Section 5 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Company or to provide Company notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the Parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Company to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the Device Client Services set forth in Section 5. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the Device Client Services will commence. The foregoing remedy shall not be an exclusive remedy and AT&T shall continue to have all rights and remedies available to it at law and in equity.

 

11


  5.6 Motricity License Grants – ATT.Net Service .

 

  5.6.1 Motricity grants to AT&T a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable, worldwide license to use the Service provided hereunder (to include any Software on systems under AT&T’s control or AT&T supplied Device), and solely in connection with AT&T’s operation of the AT&T.Net Service and for the term of such Service and solely in accordance with the applicable instructions or documentation and any end-user license restrictions, if applicable and if provided to AT&T in writing in advance.

 

  5.6.2 AT&T agrees not to modify, disassemble, decompile, reverse engineer, create derivative works of, or make any other attempt to discover or obtain the source code for the Software. In the event any modifications are made to the Software by anyone other than Motricity or its authorized subcontractors, any and all warranties with respect to the Software and associated with such modifications shall immediately terminate.

 

  5.6.3 Unless expressly authorized by the other Party in writing, or unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, neither AT&T norMotricity shall itself, nor shall either authorize or assist any third party to, (a) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Content or Services provided hereunder or any other materials provided by the other Party.

 

  5.6.4 Motricity grants to AT&T’s OEM partners the Device Client licenses set forth in the Section 5.2 “OEM Support” of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  6. Partner Integration Services

Motricity will provide AT&T with partner integration services (e.g. integration with Yahoo! Search) as set forth within this Section (“Partner Integration Services”).

 

  6.1 Motricity will support partner integration services, subject to the Level of Effort to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

  6.2 AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  7. Web and/or WAP Services

Motricity will provide AT&T with Web and/or WAP services (e.g. updates to new templates, application control, browser updates, etc.) as set forth within this Section (“Web/WAP Services”).

 

  7.1 Motricity will support Web/WAP Services, subject to the Level of Effort to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

 

12


  7.2 AT&T and Motricity will establish Level of Effort under a separate Service Request Form, pursuant to Section 10 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

  8. Computer / Set-Top Client Services –Intentionally Omitted

 

  9. Continual Development and Custom Product – Intentionally Omitted

 

  10. Service Requests and Level of Effort

Where AT&T requests Motricity to provide new or enhanced Service(s) that requires a determination of work effort to include scope, schedule, resources and pricing (if any) (“Level of Effort”), AT&T will submit such Service Requests as described in the Service Request Process within the Service Agreement .

 

C. Services.

Section 1. Current Devices is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  1. Current Devices. Motricity will make the Services available on Devices. AT&T will provide Motricity a minimum of three Devices and up to four Devices (subject to AT&T approval for each Device type for testing purposes at no charge to Motricity. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such Devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to AT&T’s wireless network for such testing.

Section 2. New Devices is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  A. MEdia Net and Legacy Services. For Devices that support MEdia Net or Legacy Services, AT&T may request that the display of the Services made available in WML and XHTML format conform to standards for devices and/or browsers in addition to those set forth above. When this occurs, AT&T shall deliver to Motricity a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, at no charge to Motricity. Upon receipt of a prototype device that is functional in all material respects, and a Change Request from AT&T (as described in Exhibit D), Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a written response to Cingular outlining expected turn around time for device profiling and readiness for production support within ten (10) business days of such request. AT&T will provide to Motricity a minimum of four prototype devices that are functional in all material respects for use by Motricity in connection with performing such services. Motricity will then profile the devices in a manner and on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties at no additional cost to AT&T.

Such devices shall have WAP browsers that adhere to industry specifications for either WML or XHTML (aka WAP 2.0). In the event that a device does not have a browser that conforms to industry specifications, Motricity and AT&T will work together to determine how best to support the device within thirty (30) business days of Motricity learning that the device does not conform to specifications. In some instances, Motricity will require AT&T to pay for additional work required to support the device service to AT&T’s satisfaction. In such event, Motricity will provide a written quote to AT&T in response to such request within five (5) business days of coming to agreement on Motricity’s course of action to support the device. Upon AT&T’s acceptance of such quote, the Parties may enter into a mutually agreeable Work Order for such services. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to Cingular’s wireless network for such testing.

 

13


  2. ATT.Net Service. For Devices that support the ATT.Net Service, the Parties will adhere to the Device Client Service process set forth within this Exhibit A-3. AT&T will provide Motricity no less then three and up to four Devices (subject to AT&T approval) for each Device type for testing purposes at no charge to Motricity. In order to support Motricity maintaining a suitable testing environment for such Devices, AT&T will allow Motricity reasonable access to AT&T’s wireless network for such testing.

 

14


B. EXHIBIT C-3 – COMMERCIAL TERMS FOR ATT.NET SERVICE

 

1. Non Recurring Expense Fee or NRE Fee ***

The non-recurring expense / one-time fee covers the purchase of hardware, installation, integration, project management and testing of Service (“NRE Fees”) and will be paid pursuant to separate Statement of Works, Change Requests or Work Orders.

Motricity shall procure, operate and maintain the hardware in support of the Service; with AT&T maintaining ownership of hardware.

***

 

2. ATT.Net Service Fee:

The Service fees cover AT&T’s use of the Service that supports the ATT.Net Service (“ATT.Net Service Fees”). Motricity shall apply the ATT.Net Service Fees based on the total number of ATT.Net Active Users processed by Motricity with a given calendar month. ***

 

Tier

   Description   ATT.Net Service Fee

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

A. The Parties further agree to the following for the initial year of the ATT.Net Service:

***

 

3. Hosting Fees :

The Hosting fees cover the people, space and power needed to host and operate the System (“Hosting Fees”). Motricity shall apply the Hosting Fees based on the total cumulative number of ATT.Net Portal Users being maintained by Motricity with a given calendar month. ***

 

Tier

   Description   Hosting Fee

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

   ***   ***

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

15


A. For purposes of clarity, in any calendar month where a MEdia Net portal user becomes an AT&T.Net Service Portal User, Motricity will apply the Hosting Fee set forth above.

 

B. Further, Motricity will ensure that AT&T is not being double billed on Hosting Fees under the MEdia Net and ATT.Net fee structure. In the event a Subscriber is registered as both a Media Net portal user and an ATT.Net Portal User within a given calendar month, AT&T will be charged the Hosting Fees set forth in the above table.

 

C. The Parties further agree to collaborate on a method and process for which Subscriber profiles would be purged from the respective databases for MEdia Net and ATT.Net Service.

 

D. *** upon six months’ prior written notice to Motricity, AT&T may elect to host the System and make the AT&T.Net Service (excluding certain Legacy Services as described in Section B.1.b. of Exhibit A) available to Subscribers at AT&T’s expense at one or more facilities maintained by or on behalf of AT&T. AT&T acknowledges that its ability to host the Motricity Software and make the AT&T Net Service available to Users may be subject to AT&T’s ability to obtain sufficient rights in certain third party technology (e.g., any third party software used in connection with the hosting, operation and/or maintenance of the Services), content and applications. In the event that AT&T elects to host the Software, Motricity and AT&T shall enter into a mutually agreed upon license agreement prior to and as a condition of any transition of hosting to AT&T.

 

4. Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fee(s):

Upon the Parties’ determination that additional hardware is required beyond what is included within the NRE Fee above, Motricity shall provide firm quote and if AT&T accepts such firm quote, then AT&T shall pay Motricity pursuant to a separate Work Order (“Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fees”). For purposes of clarity the Incremental Hardware/Maintenance Fees includes installation and integration of the incremental System components with the overall Service. All incremental hardware shall be supported by a detailed inventory.

 

5. Partner Integration Service Fee

The application of Web/WAP Service fees (if any) are as defined in Section 6 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

6. Web/WAP Service Fees:

The application of Web/WAP Service fees (if any) are as defined in Section 7 of this Exhibit A-3.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

16


EXHIBIT G-2 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – WEB BASED SERVICES SUPPLEMENT

Appendix D of Exhibit G-2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Revised Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements set forth below.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

18


A new Exhibit G-3 is hereby added to the Agreement and shall read as follows:

EXHIBIT G-3 – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT – ATT.NET SERVICES

 

1. General Information

 

1.1. Purpose

The purpose of this SLA is to identify the levels of service that will be maintained by Motricity and to provide this information to operations personnel of both parties responsible for the monitoring and/or support of the Services.

 

1.2. Scope

This Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) describes the basic level of service that will be provided by Motricity in its support of the delivery of the Services to AT&T that enables and/or supports the ATT.Net Services. For purposes of clarity reference to Services in this SLA means the ATT.Net Services. This SLA describes the requirements for the following:

 

  a) support and maintenance of all Motricity and third-party hardware and software for the Services

 

  b) 7x24x365 support and response requirements for support calls;

 

  c) fixes, patches, and minor enhancements;

 

  d) new software releases that contain fixes to defects in production feature functionality; and

 

  e) resources to support acceptance testing, trouble shooting, and system upgrades.

This SLA also defines requirements for response (including email, telephone, remote, and on-site) and resolution timeframes related to Severity 1, Severity 2, and Severity 3 incidents, as well as non-performance financial penalties which will be owed to AT&T for failures to meet certain obligations defined herein.

This SLA also defines expectations relating to:

 

   

Motricity and AT&T Responsibilities with respect to the Services

 

   

Service Performance Objectives

 

   

Incident Management

 

   

Incident Reporting Process

 

   

Operational Reports

 

   

Change Control Management

This SLA should be used as a reference for AT&T’s Network Operations and its contracted affiliates and Motricity in support of the Services. It provides the framework for surveillance, isolation, analysis, and resolution of problems related to the Services.

AT&T acknowledges that Motricity’s provision of its Managed Service (including the availability of the System) may be impacted by the acts and/or omissions outside of Motricity’s “Span of Control” (defined below). To the extent Incidents arise during the Term for reasons outside of Motricity’s Span of Control, Motricity shall not be liable for the Non Performance Compensation set forth within this SLA.

For a complete list of the Services that are subject to this SLA, see the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below.

 

19


1.3. Out of Scope

The following items are deemed to be outside the scope of this SLA; however, both parties will make a good faith effort to establish the following independently from this SLA. ***

 

1.4. Definitions

The terms used in this SLA shall have their normal or common meaning, except that the following Capitalized terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of this SLA. Additional definitions may be found within the Agreement and related Amendments.

 

Term

  

Definition

ATT.Net Application Pages    ATT.Net Application Pages are portal pages within the ATT.Net Portal that render content wholly determined by the business logic of the particular application and are not manageable by CPS Tools.
ATT.Net Gateway    The ATT.Net Gateway is the set of transcoder servers hosted at Motricity that broker requests to and from the internet as well as the ATT.Net Portal and adapt web page content for the Device Client. The ATT.Net Gateway has certain similar capabilities as the AT&T WAP Gateway such as service binding support and redirect capability.
ATT.Net Sub- Category Pages    Each node on the Sub-Category Carousel can be associated with a specific Sub-Category page with feeds and content specific to that Sub-Category, e.g. Browsing to the Entertainment Sub-Category Carousel and then clicking on Movies will take the user to the Movies Sub-Category page.
ATT.Net Portal    The ATT.Net Portal is the set of mobile web / application pages that have the att.net-specific content and applications that have either been defined and/or published by AT&T.
ATT.Net Service    means the next generation wireless internet that will allow AT&T subscribers to easily find, consume and save global web content, to find people, places and things in the local area and to browse and save popular editorial content. Further, the ATT.NET solution will also allow subscribers to have a consistent internet experience via a fully optimized HTML browser that enables interactivity, lower latency for a richer internet experience.
ATT.Net Shortcut Tiles    Shortcuts Tiles are added to a user’s web pane as quick links to content, either hosted on the portal or by a third party site. Shortcuts can be added by the user through personalization, or by the AT&T content team as a default. Shortcuts can contain dynamic content as in the case of the My Teams tile or My Weather tile, but not necessarily. The tiles or quick links are represented as boxes with an icon image and up to two lines of text.
ATT.Net Sub-Category Carousel    Each Category on the Popular pane is associated with a Sub-Category Carousel specific to that category. This is a single multi-part page (similar to the Triptych page), which contains multiple panes: one for each Sub-Category.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

20


Term

  

Definition

ATT.Net Triptych Page    The ‘homepage’ of the ATT.Net Portal. The homepage is divided into 3 ‘panes’ (hence triptych) which are Web, Popular and Local. The current viewable pane can be changed by moving the navigation to the left or right, but all three are delivered to the device as a single multi-part web page.
Availability    *** Availability percentages shall be expressed to two decimal points with the second decimal place rounded up or down to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point.
Business Hours    Monday through Friday, 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM PST
Busy Hour    Means the highest peak of transaction activity.
Capacity    Means the transactions per second and concurrent usage as well as raw disk space of the System (measured in bytes) that is available to support the Service (in whole or in part).
Motricity’s Span of Control    means Motricity’s facilities physical infrastructure (including external power sources), supporting network elements, web-to-the-Motricity network demarcation point, support services, hardware and software associated with the Service that is under Motricity’s control (e.g. functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship, including feeds from providers of Motricity Sourced Content). This includes the System and its components for the transmission and control, security of network and data, physical security, software and user data including backup data; all hardware and software used in connection with backing up data; and all Motricity employees and subcontractors participating in the provisioning of the Service. Motricity’s Span of Control does not include the services and systems that are under the control of AT&T or its third party suppliers and service providers, including AT&T’s MMS Center and all other elements of the AT&T network nor does it include functionality or feeds from providers of content not under a contractual relationship with Motricity.
Commercial Launch    is defined as the date where the ATT.Net Service is to be made available to Subscribers for commercial use and is currently estimated to be on or around July 20, 2009.
Device    means the AT&T designated mobile device(s) that are certified or will be certified for use on the AT&T network in support of the AT&T commercial service offering (e.g.,ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service, etc.)
Device Client    Means the Software that conforms to a specific Device or set of Devices.
Down Time    ***
Emergency Maintenance    Maintenance required outside the agreed-upon Scheduled Maintenance or necessary within Scheduled Maintenance but not scheduled in advance pursuant to Section 6.
Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

21


Term

  

Definition

Incident    Any problem with the Service for which AT&T Mobility requests support in conformance with this SLA. Any impact, regardless of how minor, to AT&T Mobility subscriber s will be considered as an outage/incident and Incident Management Process will be initiated.
Incident Management Process    This facilitates incident management through the notification and escalation processes. This process alerts designated AT&T Mobility departments to Service-affecting incidents and provides a method by which succeeding levels of technical expertise and related management are engaged in restoration activities.
Latency    The time that elapses between an event and the response to that event.
Operational    The Service or any component thereof is (i) functional and available to its intended subscriber in full accordance with its documentation and all applicable specifications, and (ii) not experiencing any subscriber -impacting errors, Defects or service-limiting issues outside of those that are noted in release notes for the production version which may be resolved in subsequent releases as mutually-agreed upon by AT&T and Motricity.
Resolution    The permanent correction of the error, Defect or condition giving rise to the Incident/outage or a mutually agreed upon work-around.
Root Cause Analysis    The process of identifying the core events that resulted in failure to meet performance requirements.
Scheduled Down Time    ***
Scheduled Maintenance    ***
Service Impact Report (“SIR”)    The severity level assigned to an Incident based on the Incident classifications defined in section 4.1.3 below. SIR reflects the degree of Subscriber impact resulting from an incident, with an SIR 1 having the greatest impact and a SIR 3 having the least.
Subscriber    means a unique AT&T end user of the ATT.Net Service, MEdia Net Service or Legacy Services as authenticated by Motricity and depending upon the context.
System    Means the AT&T Property and any or all platforms, databases, software, Product and API(s), provided by, or on behalf of, Motricity that supports the ATT.Net Service.
Technical Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate technical people and their immediate supervisors and managers to focus on isolating and resolving an Incident.
Technical Control Bridge    A teleconference used by higher-level managers or executives who need to understand what has occurred, the progress made toward Incident Resolution and whether or not additional resources are needed to resolve the Incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


Term

  

Definition

Third Party Site(s)    Means a website(s) that is(are) external to AT&T or Motricity and interacts with the Service such as Facebook, MySpace, etc.
Total Time    The total number of minutes in a given calendar month.
Total Monthly Fees    ***
TPS    Transactions Per Second
Trouble Ticket    A numbered record that documents a significant event or Incident. The tracking document for an Incident or Scheduled Maintenance.

 

2. Responsibilities and Services

This Section 2 describes Motricity’s support responsibilities with respect to the Services and the corresponding responsibilities of AT&T.

 

2.1. Motricity Responsibilities

Motricity will provide day-to-day service operations, maintenance and administration in support of the Services that are within Motricity’s Span of Control, as described below.

It is the intention of Motricity to expeditiously remedy incidents that have been identified either internally by Motricity or AT&T. Corrective action by Motricity assumes that the incident is within its Span of Control and AT&T has provided all relevant information, if available, to Motricity. See the section entitled Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting for required reporting information.

Motricity will pursue the resolution of an incident with outside vendors provided Motricity has a contractual arrangement with the vendor. During the resolution period, Motricity will issue updates to AT&T pursuant to the severity of the incident, as described later in this SLA.

Any third party content provider contracted directly by AT&T is not a party to this agreement. Any loss of content from such providers is outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

 

2.2. Motricity Carrier Care

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services team is an interface between AT&T’s Level 2 Support Group (AT&T’s non-customer facing group) and Motricity for support of services provided by Motricity. This arrangement provides AT&T with access to a single point of contact for reporting incidents, receiving updates and escalation. Table 1 provides the Motricity Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information. A complete list of all contacts is also shown in Appendix A. These contacts are to be contacted per the escalation procedures outlined in Section 4.1.5.

 

Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year (7/24/365)
Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 1, Motricity Carrier Care Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


2.2.1. Motricity Support Services

The following list identifies services that are offered by Motricity Support Services to AT&T:

 

   

Telephone and email support for incident resolution

 

   

Advisory Bulletins

 

   

Notification of planned maintenance activities

 

   

Post Mortem Reports for Severity 1 (SEV1) and recurring incidents classified as Severity 2 (Sev2) including a Root Cause Analysis (RCA) upon request. Initial Reports are delivered within 24 hours of resolution with a complete Post Mortem report within three (3) business days.

 

2.3. AT&T Responsibilities

AT&T will provide support for Incident Management as detailed in Section 4.

 

3. Service Performance Objectives

 

3.1 Service Availability

Service Availability (SA) is defined as the amount of time the service is up excluding planned Maintenance and AT&T caused outages, computed as:

***

The above calculations allow a weighting for partial outages and degraded service, such that only the fraction of Users denied service contributes to negative Service Availability.

 

3.1.1 Service Availability Target

Effective as of Commercial Launch, Availability will start at *** Motricity shall provide an overall System service availability of *** for all Services listed in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below, measured at no less than the frequency shown in Appendix D and reported at monthly intervals as described in Section 6.2 below. This measurement excludes downtimes caused by AT&T and service interruptions due to planned maintenance approved in advance by AT&T.

 

3.2 Service Latency

User requests for Services shall be fulfilled in accordance with Table 2 below for each calendar month. This includes delivery of all bytes of the response (content plus protocol overhead) that Motricity controls (i.e. service requests and subsequent requests for which the browser’s URL target is hosted by Motricity).

Motricity will achieve the latency targets set forth in Table 2 below/. The parties agree to review actual performance results compared to latency targets on or before September 30, 2009 to determine whether or not new targets are required.

Prior to the end of the first period, parties will agree to either amend the existing latency targets, or agree to keep them as is.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

24


In addition to the monthly SLA reports, Motricity will provide an analysis of capacity and performance, system dimensioning (including maximum, sustainable, peak transactions per second, per hour, peak sessions per hour,) and actual traffic information (including average and peak latency, average http transaction payload, etc.) for the Services (by Service type) as input into any and all performance reviews.

Thereafter, latency shall be reviewed from time-to-time during the Term and to assess whether the latency targets need to be adjusted due to increased volumes, or new functionality that elongates the transaction time. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, these are the targets for penalties as set forth in Section 8.3.

 

          ***               

Table 2, Latency Target Ramp

These requirements are specific to the portion of end to end Latency incurred within Motricity’s Span of Control and will be measured from the network equipment at Motricity that first receives and processes a Service request from the AT&T network and transmits a response back. The design of latency monitoring infrastructure will ensure appropriate components of the request and response are adequately measured. The implementation of latency monitoring infrastructure will include the deployment of a separate and specific server(s) for the purpose of monitoring and fault management. The latency introduced by the GPRS network, the WAP Gateway and other elements of the AT&T Network are excluded from the latency measurements described above.

3.3 Intentionally Omitted

3.4 ***

3.5 Third-Party Content Providers

Motricity will be responsible for the performance, service availability and service latency of all providers of Motricity Sourced Content with whom Motricity has a contract. Where such content provider contracts exist, Motricity will perform appropriate alarming, monitoring and fault management to ensure that performance of these providers fully supports the service objectives defined in this SLA. Motricity will also identify those content providers to AT&T and provide notification of changes to such contractual relationships no less than 30 days in advance of such changes becoming effective.

Expectations for processing of third party content feeds as set forth in Appendix D are as follows: For streaming content (sports scores and stock quotes), all received content must be processed and published a maximum of *** For all other content feeds that are updated at least once a day, content must be processed and published within a maximum *** For all other content feeds (those updated less frequently than once per day), the content must be processed and published as soon as possible, and will at all times display content for the current day.

Motricity will also provide monthly reporting of service interruptions, availability measures and other data for contracted providers of Motricity Sourced Content in accordance with Section 6.

In addition, Motricity will be responsible for all degradations and service impacting issues affecting the Services that are caused by providers of Motricity Sourced Content from a Motricity SLA performance perspective.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

25


4. Incident Management

 

4.1. Incident Resolution Responsibilities

Incident resolution requires teamwork between Motricity and AT&T. A key element in this teamwork approach is AT&T’s understanding of the User service(s) offered by Motricity.

All AT&T identified incidents concerning failures of the Services that cannot be solved by AT&T representatives will be reported to Motricity Carrier Care Support Services, pursuant to the Reporting Process procedures outlined below. AT&T will assign a Severity Level per Table 4. If Motricity disagrees with the Severity assignment, both parties will negotiate in good faith after the resolution of the incident but all restoration will proceed based upon AT&T’s initial Severity assignment.

Any reported incident that is caused by a failure that is outside Motricity’s Span of Control and not directly related to its delivery of a subscriber service will be returned to AT&T with an appropriate explanation. Should Motricity determine that an incident being worked by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services is within AT&T’s control, the incident will be closed and returned to AT&T for proper resolution.

 

4.1.1. AT&T Contact Information

In order for Motricity Carrier Care to effectively resolve Incidents, it is necessary for Motricity to have an accurate list of AT&T’s designated key personnel. This information will be exchanged between the two parties and updated as changes warrant. Appendix A shows the type of contact information required, showing the current contacts at the Third Amendment Effective Date. This data will be maintained and updated by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

Mobility National Operations Center (MNOC)    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management    8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT Monday – Friday    Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

Table 3, AT&T Contact Information

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

26


4.1.2. AT&T Responsibilities

The following section identifies the responsibilities of AT&T as it relates to this SLA.

 

4.1.2.1. General Responsibilities

 

   

Acts as the primary and direct contact with the User.

 

   

Answers simple questions and resolves minor issues such as resetting passwords or creating new User accounts.

 

4.1.2.2. Incident Responsibilities

 

   

Creates a trouble ticket that clearly states the problem after gathering all pertinent information about the incident including name, User number, password and any other additional information that is important to resolution of the incident.

 

   

Records any subsequent conversation with the User relative to the incident in the same trouble ticket.

 

   

“Owns” the resolution of an incident by coordinating its resolution within AT&T operational and technical environment and with Motricity or its designees.

 

   

Resolves the incident with the User or determines that the capability is outside the scope of current functionality.

 

   

Explains the resolution of the incident to a technical peer or is capable of targeting the root technical problem for resolution.

 

   

Describes the incident in technical terms to an engineer or developer who is responsible for resolution of the incident.

 

   

Explains the resolution of particular escalated trouble tickets to AT&T’s internal staff members when such an explanation may have the potential for reducing the volume and categories of escalated trouble tickets.

 

4.1.2.3. Service Responsibilities

 

   

Uses and understands all Motricity service features that are available to the User.

 

4.1.2.4. Technical Responsibilities

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable about problems that may arise during service usage.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with respect to functionality of supported handset models.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with email notification systems, the Internet and the World Wide Web.

 

   

Understands and is knowledgeable with its network operations and is capable of discerning whether an incident is internal to its internal operations before identifying the incident as a trouble ticket for Motricity.

 

4.1.3. Incident Handling and Updates

The Motricity Carrier Care Support Services group of Motricity will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within Motricity and all contracted third party systems that are within Motricity’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will communicate incident resolution progress with AT&T based upon the times specified in Table 4. Additionally,

 

27


Motricity Carrier Care Support Services will proactively inform AT&T when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation trouble tickets.

 

Motricity Incident
Level

  

Description

  

Update
Method

  

Update

Objectives

Severity 1

(Sev1)

AT&T SIR1

  

Severity 1 problems are conditions that render the service inoperative and the inability to use the service has a critical effect on operations. The condition is generally characterized by complete system failure and requires immediate restoration. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A complete outage of critical service(s)

 

•     Loss of service or functionality feature that affects *** or more of subscribers

 

•     A recurring anomaly impacting critical service(s).

 

•     Inability to provision a service.

 

•     Device Client functionality is inoperative; inability to use has a critical impact on Subscriber.

   Email and phone   

First response within ***

 

First Update within ***

 

Subsequent updates ***, or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

28


Severity 2

(Sev2)

AT&T SIR2

  

Severity 2 problems are conditions under which the service is partially inoperative, but is still usable. The inoperative portion of the service restricts operations but has a less critical effect than a Severity 1 condition. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     Loss of service and/or functionality that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•     Loss of the ability to utilize some aspect of product features or functionality.

 

•     Device Client is partially inoperative and is considered as severely restrictive by Subscriber.

   Email or phone   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates every *** or upon change in status.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Severity 3

(Sev3)

AT&T SIR3

  

Severity 3 problems are generally non-service affecting conditions under which the service is usable and either has no material affect on operations or has very limited affect on operations. The condition is not critical to overall operations, and does not severely restrict such operations. Examples of this incident level being attained include:

 

•     A minor degradation of the service that affects *** of the subscribers.

 

•     Non-service impacting intermittent system faults.

 

•     Loss of resources / capacity / traffic measurement function.

 

•     Loss of reporting functionality.

 

•     Invalid measurement data.

   Email   

First response within ***

 

First update within ***

 

Subsequent updates *** as agreed between the two parties.

 

Motricity will update AT&T with the information outlined in Appendix C.

Table 4, Incident Handling Notification Timetable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission

 

29


4.1.4. Technical Bridge and Executive Bridge

During the resolution of a service affecting incident, AT&T may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** from AT&T for Severity 1 issues as noted in Table 5 below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by AT&T, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

Sev 1

  

Sev 2

  

Sev 3

Technical Bridge

   *** when reasonably possible)    ***(or sooner upon request from AT&T)    ***(or sooner upon request from AT&T)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

Table 5, Timelines for Technical and Executive Bridges

 

4.1.5. Escalation Procedures

 

4.1.5.1. Motricity Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at Motricity to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. If a Severity 1 (Sev1) incident is not resolved within *** Motricity was made aware of the problem, the incident will be escalated within Motricity to the dedicated Manager of Service Operations, who will drive escalation and resolution of the incident within Motricity’s Operations and Engineering groups, and ensure that AT&T is kept updated with the incident resolution process. The appropriate Business Development person will also be informed of the occurrence and status of any Sev1 incident.

If the Sev1 incident has not been resolved by the Motricity & AT&T NOC teams within ***, the Director of Commercial Operations will become directly involved with driving the incident to resolution and communicating with the appropriate AT&T personnel. The status of the incident will also be communicated to senior management within Motricity.

 

4.1.5.2. AT&T Escalation to Motricity

In the event that Motricity does not respond to AT&T within the times shown in Table 4, AT&T can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for a list of names that are current as of time of the Effective Date). All escalation requests must be initiated through the 7x24 contact information provided in Table 1, and not to the individual directly. Only in the event that the 7x24 representative does not escalate within *** of AT&T’s request, should the appropriate Motricity individual be contacted directly. AT&T must verify that escalation has not taken place prior to calling any Motricity employee directly.

For the purposes of clarification, Table 6 provides escalation timelines for Severity 1 and 2 incidents, based on time after the incident was reported. Severity 3 incidents seldom require escalation but in the event that AT&T believes that Motricity is not addressing the incident in a timely manner, the parties can mutually agree to elevate the priority of the incident, and treat it as a Severity 2 incident.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

30


Escalation Level

  

Escalation Contact

   Severity 1   Severity 2

Level 1

   Carrier Specialist    ***   ***

Level 2

   Manager – Service Operations    ***   ***

Level 3

   Director – Commercial Operations    ***   ***

Table 6, Escalation Timetable

 

4.1.5.3. Additional Escalation Information

Motricity and AT&T will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties.

Motricity and AT&T will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the escalation process in Appendix A. Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

4.2. Mobile Web Handsets for Incident and Problem Management

In order for Motricity to provide the most effective level of support, AT&T agrees to provide Motricity with two (2) testing units for each device type (touch, and non-touch) specifically for supporting Incident and Problem Management. Each such device shall be appropriately provisioned and have a valid account and password as to properly access the AT&T network. Each such unit shall be the GA (general availability) version of the handset and should be supplied to Motricity no less than 30 days prior to launch.

 

5. Incident Reporting Process

 

5.1. Communicating Incidents

AT&T will communicate incidents to Motricity in the following manner:

 

   

Phone call to Motricity SOC or sends a trouble ticket to Motricity via email using the email address of ***

 

   

Motricity sets the initial classification of their internal trouble ticket according to the AT&T notification (see “Mandatory Information” below), unless otherwise agreed between Motricity and AT&T.

 

   

Motricity will generate a single response for each trouble ticket that is received from AT&T, to confirm receipt of the incident report.

 

5.1.1. Mandatory Information for Incident Reporting

For each AT&T originated incident, AT&T will make every effort to provide as much information to Motricity that will facilitate timely problem determination and resolution. Upon notification of the incidents, the required information will be verified. When Motricity has received sufficient information, Motricity will begin resolving the incident and provide feedback to AT&T as described above in Section 5.1 Communicating Incidents.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

31


AT&T will use best efforts to provide Motricity the following information via email for all reported incidents as required:

 

   

Reference number assigned by AT&T.

 

   

Motricity Service being used.

 

   

System Identity number (usually phone number).

 

   

Time and date of the transaction in question.

 

   

Description of the incident.

 

   

Severity of the incident or problem.

 

   

List of specific steps to reproduce the problem if possible

 

   

List of those actions taken by AT&T to verify the problem and that AT&T has attempted to resolve the incident.

 

   

Other comments to provide additional information as needed.

 

   

All communications that include references to time should be expressed using a 24-hour clock format and should always utilize and reference PST as the standard time zone.

 

6. Motricity Reports

 

6.1. Post Mortem Reports

The purpose of the Post-Mortem Report is to outline the known information regarding the incident and possible root causes and to summarize the incident resolution timeline. If known, it will also identify corrective actions to prevent its reoccurrence. Motricity will create a Post-Mortem Report and provide such report to AT&T per Section 2.2.1.

 

6.2. Service Level Reporting

Each month, Motricity will provide AT&T with a “Monthly Service Level Report” indicating the service performance for the Services for the previous month (see SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below for detailed list of Services associated with this SLA). This report will contain performance reporting for the service performance objectives listed in Appendix D and a summary of the weekly incident response reports described in Section 6.3 for such month.

Motricity shall supply the Monthly Service Level Report no later than the tenth business day of the month following the immediately preceding month. It is agreed that Motricity will work towards publishing the Monthly Service Level Report on the sixth business day starting 6 months from the initial launch of Services.

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to service availability for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Total minutes in the current month

 

   

Total available minutes for the reported month for each Service

 

   

Calculated Service Availability, presented as a percentage for each Service

 

   

Target Service Level Availability for each Service

 

32


   

Variance from Target Service Level for each Service

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for the Services

The Monthly Service Level Report shall include, among other things, the following information related to latency for the Services listed in Appendix D:

***

The Monthly Service Level Report shall also include, among other things, the following information for the Services listed in Appendix D:

 

   

Appropriate performance metrics related to processing of 3 rd party content feeds

 

   

Overall Service Level Availability for Motricity contracted Third Party Content Providers

 

   

Detailed log of all service impacting incidents for the month

 

6.3. Open Issues List Reporting

Motricity shall provide a weekly Open Issues Report, to be reviewed jointly with AT&T during the weekly Operations Call. Both parties agree to periodically review the appropriateness of the frequency of the Open Issues Report and Operations Call. This report shall include the following information:

 

   

Outage report including;

 

   

Ticket Number

 

   

Start time

 

   

End time

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Severity level

 

   

Impact

 

   

Number of Reported Issues and brief summary of the issues

 

   

Date that each Reported Issue was opened

 

   

Current Reported Issue status, and if resolved, the date of the resolution.

 

   

Total number and description of unresolved issues.

 

7. Change Control Management (CCM)

 

7.1. Planned Maintenance by Motricity

Motricity will ensure that any planned maintenance events under its Span of Control will be executed in a well-coordinated manner. Proper execution includes notification to AT&T by Motricity Carrier Care Support Services.

 

7.1.1. Service Interruptions and Advanced Notification Requirements

Motricity will provide AT&T with *** advance notice (via email) of all planned maintenance activities resulting or potentially resulting in service interruptions that will have a direct impact on the Services unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. Motricity may assume that AT&T accepts the scheduled maintenance unless Motricity is advised via email within *** prior to the time of the planned event.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

33


Unless otherwise arranged, Motricity will perform planned service interruptions from *** (the “AT&T Maintenance Window”) or as otherwise communicated between the two parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon AT&T’s sole discretion, the AT&T Maintenance Window may be extended to allow for maintenance, testing and/or validation of the Services that falls outside of the AT&T Maintenance Window

***

Please Note: *** Any Motricity unplanned system downtime resulting from a AT&T maintenance activity or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s), will not be counted against the Motricity SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the AT&T maintenance activities or otherwise required on account of AT&T’s action(s) or inaction(s).

 

7.1.2. Communications Related to Planned Maintenance

Motricity notification of planned maintenance will be communicated to AT&T through use of the Maintenance Request Worksheet shown in Appendix B. Motricity will provide official notification to AT&T of the start and end of a planned maintenance activity via email to the contacts identified in Section 4.1.1. During all planned maintenance activities, AT&T will establish a technical bridge for real time communication of status and progress, and Motricity will participate in that technical bridge unless otherwise agreed by both parties.

 

7.1.3. Canceling Planned Service Interruptions

In the event of an AT&T emergency, AT&T may cancel the planned service interruption. Cancellation by AT&T may occur only if AT&T notifies Motricity within one (1) business day of the scheduled start time of the maintenance window. Any notification of cancellation must come directly from either an Operations Manager or AT&T Team Leader via voice notification by calling 866-459-4636 (425-638-8700 for local or International calls), with a follow-up email that should be sent to:

***

 

7.1.4. Restrictions Associated with AT&T’s Cancellation

In the event that AT&T cancels a maintenance activity planned by Motricity, as defined in Section 7.1.1 above, and the parties are unable to mutually agree on an alternative schedule, Motricity will not be held to the SLA service measures from the time the requested maintenance activity was scheduled through the end of that month. The outage and/or service degradation must be directly attributable to the postponed maintenance activities.

If an alternative schedule is agreed upon, but a failure occurs between the originally approved maintenance window and the rescheduled maintenance window, Motricity will not be held to the SLA services measures for that related outage and/or degradation.

 

7.1.5. Planned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will provide Motricity with advance notice (via email to *** of all planned maintenance activities requiring support from Motricity. AT&T will make every effort to provide five (5) business days advance notice and will provide at a minimum two (2) business days advance notice of such activities. Such planned activities will exclude changes to Motricity software and/or configurations as these would require additional notice.

 

7.1.6. Unplanned Service Interruptions by AT&T

AT&T will notify Motricity of any unplanned service interruptions via email to Motricity Carrier Care (*** as quickly as is reasonably possible for AT&T.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


Motricity will make all reasonable efforts to support AT&T in resolving the issue. Motricity may charge its standard professional services fees for such efforts.

 

7.1.7. Splash Page During Maintenance

The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any planned or emergency maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway and other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring customer requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to users of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute availability, but is categorized as either planned or unscheduled service interruption (in accordance with Section 7.1). AT&T will provide the static WML/xHTML content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

 

7.2. Capacity Planning Forecasts

To ensure the highest level of service, Motricity requires AT&T at least twice per year to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base (3, 6, 9 and 12 months into the future) and likely service usage. This will allow Motricity to plan the required resources to support the services for AT&T’s customers. If AT&T becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Motricity (e.g., if AT&T has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated), Motricity must be given 30 days advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If AT&T fails to provide Motricity with such notice, Motricity will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Motricity received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of AT&T for the forecasted amount.

 

8. Financial Consequences of Non-Performance

 

8.1. Financial Consequences for Failure to Meet Service Objectives

The following sections define financial penalties for non-performance related to service objectives within the Motricity Span of Control.

These non-performance penalties set forth in this Section 8 will apply commencing on the date of commercial launch of the Services, unless the parties agree in writing to delay the application of non-performance of penalties for a particular Service or Services. The total financial penalties owed to AT&T under the Agreement will be subject to the SLA penalty cap set forth in Table 7 below. For purposes of clarity the SLA penalty cap under this Exhibit G-2 is in addition to any other SLA exhibit.

 

         ***     

Table 7, Penalty Cap Phase-In Schedule

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

35


For the purposes of the SLA, Motricity “Total Revenue” shall be calculated as follows: *** For further detail regarding the non-performance penalties described below, reference SLA Penalty Calculation Model (Appendix E) below. SLA Penalty Cap means the percentage of Total Revenue for the month.

For any month for which there is an Availability and a Latency penalty due for the same period of time, Motricity shall be required to pay only the Availability penalty and the Latency penalty shall be waived when mutually agreed that there was a common or related cause.

Motricity will deduct penalties for non-performance from the subsequent month’s invoice to AT&T for the Services.

 

8.2. Service Availability

 

(a) Service availability targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in the SLA Monitoring Requirements (Appendix D) below and will be reported as required in Section 6 above.

 

     ***

Table 8, Service Availability Penalty Calculation

 

(b) Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T service availability failure fees computed on a monthly basis, as a calculation of (i) plus (ii):

***

Motricity will utilize the most recent and relevant historical user data available for the purpose of determining the percentage of users impacted during periods of unavailability.

 

8.3. Service Latency

Service latency targets apply to Services provided to AT&T as described in Appendix D and will be reported as required in Section 6 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-performance penalties will apply solely to the following portions of the Services as further described in Appendix D:

 

     ***     

Table 9, Latency Penalty Calculation

Subject to Section 8.1, Motricity agrees to pay to AT&T excessive latency fees based on performance according to Table 9 above for each month of the SLA reporting period. In the event the monthly latency measurement for a particular Service Area listed in Table 2 above ***

 

8.4 ***

 

8.5 ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


 

9. Right to Terminate

 

(a) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Monthly Service Availability Requirement .

In the event that the monthly service availability target described in Section 3.1 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.2 above in any three calendar months within any four month period during the Term, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service availability target set forth in Section 3.1. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

 

(b) Right to Terminate for Failure to Meet Latency Requirement .

In the event that the latency requirement described in Section 3.2 is not met for the Service Areas listed in Section 8.3 above in any three calendar months within any four month period, then, at the end of any such third failed month, AT&T shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the Agreement for cause upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Motricity or to provide Motricity notice of AT&T’s intent to develop a “Get Well Plan.” In the event that AT&T delivers a “Get Well Plan” notice, the parties will use good faith efforts to agree to and execute on a plan for Motricity to remedy the applicable performance failures and meet the service latency target set forth in Section 3.2. Upon implementation of any such mutually agreed plan, a new four month measurement period to determine compliance with the service availability requirement will commence.

Appendix A – Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant. This information will not be updated and kept current as part of this SLA, but will need to be maintained separately by the two parties outside of this SLA.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

37


Motricity Customer Care Contact Information

 

Primary Contact (Single Point of Contact) 24 X 7

Contact Name    Service Operations Center (SOC) / Carrier Care
Title    N/A
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 1 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 2 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

Level 3 Escalation

Contact Name    ***
Title    Sr. Director - Systems & Network Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

38


AT&T Contact Information

 

AT&T

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

Mobility National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365    Incident Management and Emergency Maintenance    ***
MMS External Partner Ops   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

   Incident Root Cause Analysis, Change Management, Performance Reports and Tier 2 Support    ***
Change Management   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm PT

Monday – Friday

   Maintenance Notification – all maintenance    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


Appendix B – Maintenance Request Worksheet

This Maintenance Request Worksheet is be sent to: *** and ***

 

1) Title of Maintenance

 

2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

AT&T service

 

3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

5) AT&T Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of AT&T service impact

 

7) Risk Assessment

 

8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

10) Maintenance Install Team

 

11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commisson.

 

40


Appendix C – Incident Notification

Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***

 

1) Title of Incident

 

2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (AT&T service impacted)

 

3) Start Date and Time

 

4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

6) AT&T Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to AT&T End Customer

 

7) Partner Ticket Number

 

8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

41


Appendix D – SLA Monitoring Requirements

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

42


Appendix E – ATT.Net SLA Calculation Model

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

47


EXHIBIT J

WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249

Motricity, Inc. (“Motricity”) will perform the Work identified below for AT&T Mobility LLC (“AT&T”), under the terms and conditions of that certain Second Amended and Restated Wireless Services Agreement #00014249, dated July 22, 2005 between Motricity and AT&T (as amended, the “Agreement”). In consideration of Work below, AT&T will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below, upon Acceptance, pursuant to Section 5 of the Agreement.

 

Work Request Name/Numbers

  

Estimated Completion Date

Work Request No.             

and/or See attached Work Request Form(s) or Device On-boarding Plan.

   Motricity will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Work by ___________. Any changes to this date will be mutually agreed upon in writing.

Amount

  

Due Date

$             

   Forty-five (45) days from receipt of valid invoice.

This Work Order is made under and incorporates the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order are in addition to and not in substitution of any terms or conditions set forth in the Agreement. Except as specifically modified by this Work Order, the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

Motricity, Inc.    AT&T Mobility LLC

 

Authorized Signature

  

 

Authorized Signature

 

Printed Name and Title

  

 

Printed Name and Title

 

Date

  

 

Date

 

48

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

Master Services Agreement

Number TJR031606

Between

MOTRICITY, Inc

And

Cingular Wireless LLC

for

Media Mall — Storefront

 

 

 


ARTICLE I

   1
                  1.1     

Preamble and Effective Date

   1
1.2     

Scope of Agreement

   1

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

   1

ARTICLE III - GENERAL CLAUSES

   4
3.1     

Affiliate

   4
3.2     

Amendments and Waivers

   4
3.3     

Assignment

   4
3.4     

Cancellation and Termination

   5
3.5     

Compliance with Laws

   6
3.6     

Conflict of Interest

   6
3.7     

Construction and Interpretation

   6
3.8     

Cumulative Remedies

   7
3.9     

Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance

   7
3.10   

Dispute Resolution

   8
3.11   

Entire Agreement

   9
3.12   

Force Majeure

   9
3.13   

Governing Law

   9
3.14   

Indemnity

   9
3.15   

Information

   10
3.16   

Infringement

   11
3.17   

Insurance

   12
3.18   

Intellectual Property

   12
3.19   

Ownership of Work Product

   12
3.20   

Invoicing and Payment

   13
3.21   

Licenses and Patents

   14
3.22   

Limitation of Liability

   14
3.23   

Liquidated Damages

   14
3.24   

***

   14
3.25   

Minority/Woman/Disabled Veteran-owned Business Enterprises (“MBE/WBE/DVBE”) and Appendices)

   15
3.26   

Non-Exclusive Market

   15
3.27   

Non-solicitation

   15
3.28   

Notices

   15
3.30   

Price

   16
3.31   

Professional Services

   16
3.32   

Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

   16
3.33   

Publicity

   17
3.34   

Records and Audits

   17
3.35   

Severability

   18
3.36   

Survival of Obligations

   18
3.37   

Taxes

   18
3.38   

Warranty and Rebates

   19

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

i


ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL CLAUSES

   20

                  4.1  

  

Access

   20

4.2  

  

Change Notices - Simple

   20

4.3  

  

Emergency Support Service

   21

4.4  

  

Government Contract Provisions

   21

4.5  

  

Independent Contractor

   21

4.6  

  

Insignia

   21

4.7  

  

Non-Intervention

   22

4.8  

  

Overdependence of Motricity

   22

4.9  

  

Releases Void

   22

4.10

  

Statement(s) of Work and Forms of Order(s)

   22

4.11

  

Strategic Technology Partnership

   22

4.13

  

Work Done By Others

   22

ARTICLE V - CLAUSES APPLICABLE TO SOFTWARE SERVICES

   23

5.1  

  

Computer Asset Protection Requirements

   23

5.2  

  

Documentation

   23

5.3  

  

Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements

   23

5.4  

  

Provisions for Software trials and Beta Testing

   23

5.5  

  

Provision for Source Code

   24

5.6  

  

Provisions for Content Catalog

   24

5.7  

  

Software Support and Maintenance

   24

Appendices:

     

Appendix 1.1  

  

-      MOTRICITY’s Applicable Price(s)

  

Appendix 1.2  

  

-      Service Level Agreement

  

Appendix 1.3  

  

-      Statement of Work

  

Appendix 1.4  

  

-      Cingular Wireless Travel Policy

  

Appendix 2.3  

  

-      Acceptance Letter

  

Appendix 2.16

  

-      Form of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion

  

Appendix 3.5  

  

-      Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

  

Appendix 3.6  

  

-      CINGULAR Security Requirements

  

Appendix 4.12

  

-      Prime Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE/ annual Participation Reporting Plan

  

Appendix 7.0  

  

-      Insurance Requirements

  
   Exhibits   

Exhibit A -

  

Template Special Projects Service Request Form

  

Exhibit B -

  

Revenue Share Rider

  

Exhibit C -

  

Motricity Rate Card

  

 

ii


ARTICLE I

1.1 Preamble and Effective Date

This Master Purchase Agreement (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made by and between CINGULAR Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal office located at 5565 Glenridge Connector, Atlanta, Georgia 30342 (hereinafter “CINGULAR”) and MOTRICITY, Inc. with its principal office located at 2800 Meridian Parkway, Durham, NC 27713 (hereinafter “MOTRICITY”). The effective date of this Agreement is the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”)

1.2 Scope of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, MOTRICITY shall provide to CINGULAR the Material and Services described in Appendix 1.3, pursuant and in conformance to Orders submitted by CINGULAR. The applicable price for the Materials and Services is specified in Appendix 1.1. MOTRICITY agrees that the Material and Services shall strictly conform to the Specifications, including those specified in Appendix 1.2.

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS

2.1 “Acceptance” or “Accept” means CINGULAR’s acceptance of the Materials or Services Ordered by CINGULAR and provided by MOTRICITY as specified in Section 3.9, Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance. CINGULAR’s Acceptance shall occur no earlier than MOTRICITY’s Delivery of Materials and/or Services in strict compliance with the Specifications.

2.2 “Acceptance Date” means the date on which CINGULAR Accepts Materials or Services.

2.3 “Acceptance Letter” means a document signed by CINGULAR substantially in the form of Appendix 2.3 indicating its Acceptance of the Materials and/or Services.

2.4 “Acceptance Tests” or “User Acceptance Test” or “UAT” means the performance and reliability demonstrations and tests that must be successfully completed by the Materials and Services during the Trial Period. These tests include: (1) CINGULAR’s routine business transactions, (2) tests, demonstrations, or transactions represented or performed by MOTRICITY, and (3) any other tests, demonstrations, or transactions included or referenced in the applicable Order or Specifications to determine whether the Materials or Services meet the Specifications.

2.5 “Affiliate” means (1) a company, whether incorporated or not, which owns, directly or indirectly, a forty percent (40%) interest in either Party (a “parent company”), and (2) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly, by: (i) either Party or (ii) a parent company.

2.6 “Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in the section called “Entire Agreement.”

2.7 “Answer Tones Storefront” means a Storefront designed for the provision and management of sounds or other content intended to replace the standard ringing sound that a caller normally hears while waiting for a Subscriber to answer the phone.

2.8 “Cancellation” or “Cancel” means the occurrence by which either party puts an end to this Agreement or Orders placed under this Agreement for breach by the other and its effect is the same as that of “Termination” and, except as otherwise provided for herein, the canceling party also retains any remedy for breach of the whole Agreement or any unperformed balance.

2.9 “Content” means any audio (e.g., ring tones, full tracks of music or voice recordings), visual (e.g., wallpapers, still or animated images, or full-motion video), textual data or other material owned, licensed or otherwise provided by CINGULAR and made available through and/or transmitted in connection with the Goods.

2.10 “Delivery” means MOTRICITY’s obligation to provide Materials and/or Services that strictly conform to the Specifications as specified in Section 3.9 Delivery, Performance and Acceptance. MOTRICITY completes Delivery: (i) upon CINGULAR’s possession of the Material if MOTRICITY is not required to provide additional Services, such as Installation, (ii) upon completing such additional Services,

 

1


if MOTRICITY is required to provide such Services in connection with providing Material, or (iii) for Services, upon completing the provision of Services. Notwithstanding the above, Delivery shall not be deemed completed until MOTRICITY causes the Materials and Services to strictly conform to the Specifications.

2.11 “Delivery Date” means the date on which the parties agree MOTRICITY is scheduled in this Agreement or an Order to complete its Delivery.

2.12 “Enhancements” means any Upgrades, other improvements or modifications to the Works, Software, or other Products (including the Fuel Core Roadmap) that provides either (i) improved operations or Subscriber experience; or (ii) substantially new functionality.

2.13 “Fixes” means any adjustments or modifications to any source code or configuration, or any other software manipulations that are intended to remedy an identified bug or other problem.

2.14 “Fuel Core Roadmap” means the functionality, scope, resources, prioritization and timing considerations that MOTRICITY plans for production release cycles for its Fuel platform.

2.15 “Goods” shall mean Materials, Products, and/or Software, and/or Services, and/or Documentation, and/or technical education, and/or spare parts (but not including end-user devices), as the context requires.

2.16 “Hardware” means all tangible materials, products and equipment provided by MOTRICITY.

2.17 “Harmful Code” means any code, device or other means or system that (a) is designed to permit unauthorized access to CINGULAR’s computers or other systems, or (b) contains any viruses, worms, back doors, and drop-dead devices.

2.18 “Information” means all ideas, discoveries, concepts, know-how, trade secrets, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, manuals, samples, tools, computer programs, technical information, and other confidential business, customer or personnel information or data, whether provided orally, in writing, or through electronic or other means.

2.19 “Installation” shall mean Products and Software mounting, placing, modification, assembly, cabling, wiring, and testing to be performed by MOTRICITY, according to MOTRICITY’s standard commercial specification, and procedures or those mutually agreed to by both parties.

2.20 “Intellectual Property Rights” means the worldwide tangible and intangible rights of authorship and/or ownership, copyrights, mask-works, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, patents, inventions, designs, algorithms, moral rights, industrial property rights and other intellectual property rights of every kind and nature, whether currently known or unknown, arising by operation of law, contract, license or otherwise, and all registrations, applications, renewals, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and re-issuances associated therewith

2.21 “Laws” shall have the meaning specified in the section called “Compliance with Laws.”

2.22 “Liability” means all losses, damages, expenses, costs, penalties, fines, fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expert witness fees arising from or incurred in connection with a claim or cause of action related to performance or omission of acts under this Agreement or any Order, including, but not limited to, claims or causes of actions brought by third parties.

2.23 “Material” means a unit of equipment, apparatus, components, tools, supplies, material, product, Hardware, or firmware thereto, or Software purchased or licensed hereunder by CINGULAR from MOTRICITY and includes third party Materials provided or furnished by MOTRICITY. Materials shall be deemed to include any replacement parts.

2.24 “Notice of Completion” means a written document provided by MOTRICITY substantially in the form of Appendix 2.16, which is provided after, and states that, MOTRICITY has completed the Delivery of the Materials or Services ordered by CINGULAR. MOTRICITY’s provision of the Notice of Completion is a representation and warranty that the Materials and Services have been tested to assure compliance and are in strict compliance with the Specifications.

 

2


2.25 “Notice of Material Defection Found” means a written document provided by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY and states that CINGULAR has determined that the Material have been tested and are not in compliance with the Specifications

2.26 “Object Code” means the fully compiled or assembled series of instructions in machine language which will guide the operation of a processor.

2.27 “Order(s)” means such purchase orders, forms, or memoranda or other written communications as CINGULAR may deliver to MOTRICITY for the purpose of ordering any Materials or Services hereunder.

2.28 Pre-Existing Materials ” means any and all Proprietary Materials (as defined below) a Party owned or had an interest in prior to the earlier of (a) the Effective Date or (b) the date on which services commenced under this Agreement.

2.29 “Program Material” or “Documentation” means all documentation, including, but not limited to, user instructions and training materials.

2.30 “Products” means Equipment, Software, Materials, and Supplies purchased hereunder.

2.31 “Proprietary Materials” means all inventions, discoveries and ideas (whether patentable or copyrightable or not), and all works and materials, including but not limited to, products, tools, devices, computer programs, source codes, processes, procedures, texts, designs, drawings, documentation, engineering materials, specifications, data or other information, in preliminary or final form, and on any media whatsoever owned or controlled (by license or otherwise) by a Party.

2.32 “Service(s)” - means any and all labor or service provided in connection with this Agreement, an applicable Order, including but not limited to, consultation, engineering, installation, removal, maintenance, training, technical support, repair, and programming.

2.33 “Service Request” means any written request from Cingular to Motricity signed by an authorized Cingular representative for Services substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

2.34 “Span of Control” is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of Motricity. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom Motricity has a contractual relationship.

2.35 “Specs” or “Specifications” mean (i) MOTRICITY’s applicable specifications and descriptions, including any warranty statements, and (ii) CINGULAR’s requirements, specifications, and descriptions specified in, or attached to, this Agreement or an applicable Order, which shall control over an inconsistency with MOTRICITY’s specifications and descriptions.

2.36 “Software” means any source code or object code MOTRICITY either develops or has developed, owns, or licenses from a third party.

2.37 “Statement of Work” or “SOW” means a document signed by duly authorized representatives of the Parties that describes the basis upon which Motricity shall provide Services to Cingular hereunder. Each Statement of Work shall be based on a Service Request and shall include the following: (a) a description of the deliverables (b) specifications for any deliverables, (c) a reference to this Agreement, (d) pricing and payment schedule for the project (which may be an estimate if the SOW is structured on a time and materials basis), (e) a Delivery schedule, (f) a description of applicable non-performance compensation, if needed, (g) a description of the ownership of the intellectual property in the resulting Works, (h) a description of the exclusive use rights, if any (i) adherence to additional details for the SOW as required in Exhibit A; and (k) roles and responsibilities of the parties.

2.38 “Storefront” means an interface, branded for Cingular, for wireless devices that enables consumers to preview and purchase mobile content, which interface is developed and maintained by Motricity

2.39 “Subscriber(s)” means a wireless subscriber of Cingular or any of its Affiliates.

2.40 “Termination” or “Terminate” means the occurrence by which either party, pursuant to the provisions or powers of this Agreement or laws and regulations, puts an end to this Agreement and/or Orders placed under this Agreement other than for breach. On “Termination” all executory obligations are discharged, but any right based on breach of performance survives except as otherwise provided herein.

 

3


2.41 “Upgrade(s)” means an improvement to or a change in the Software that alters the original functional characteristics of the Software or corrects errors but does not add substantially new features to the Software. Said Upgrade shall be deemed to be a new item of Software and subject to warranty.

2.42 “User(s)” means CINGULAR and its authorized third parties, as well as each of their respective employees, agents, representatives and customers, if any, who use goods or services relating to, resulting from, or arising out of Products and/or Services provided by MOTRICITY hereunder.

2.43 “Works” means the deliverables or work product that MOTRICITY provides to CINGULAR pursuant to a Statement of Work or Order hereunder.

ARTICLE III - GENERAL CLAUSES

3.1 Affiliate

MOTRICITY agrees that an Affiliate may place Orders with MOTRICITY which incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that the term “CINGULAR” shall be deemed to refer to an Affiliate when an Affiliate places an Order with MOTRICITY under this Agreement. An Affiliate will be responsible for its own obligations, including but not limited to, all charges incurred in connection with such Order. The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement will be construed as requiring CINGULAR to indemnify MOTRICITY, or to otherwise be responsible, for any acts or omissions of an Affiliate, nor shall anything in this Agreement be construed as requiring an Affiliate to indemnify MOTRICITY, or to otherwise be responsible, for the acts or omissions of CINGULAR.

3.2 Amendments and Waivers

This Agreement and any Orders placed hereunder may be amended or modified only by a written document signed by the authorized representative of the party against whom enforcement is sought; provided that CINGULAR may, at any time, make changes to the scope of work, and MOTRICITY shall not unreasonably withhold or condition its consent. An equitable adjustment shall be made if such change substantially affects the time of performance or the cost of the work to be performed under this Agreement. Such cost adjustment shall be made on the basis of the actual cost of the work, unless otherwise agreed in writing. No course of dealing or failure of either party to strictly enforce any term, right or condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a general waiver or relinquishment of such term, right, or condition. A waiver by either party of any default shall not be deemed a waiver of any other default.

3.3 Assignment

CINGULAR may assign this Agreement and its rights and may delegate its duties under this Agreement either in whole or in part, at any time and without MOTRICITY’s consent, to any present or future Affiliated company or successor company of CINGULAR. CINGULAR shall give MOTRICITY written notice of such assignment or delegation. The assignment shall not affect nor diminish any rights or duties that MOTRICITY or CINGULAR may then or thereafter have as to Material, Software or Services ordered by CINGULAR before the effective date of the assignment. Written notice to MOTRICITY releases and discharges CINGULAR, to the extent of the assignment, from all further duties under this Agreement, except with respect to Material, Software or Services that CINGULAR ordered before the effective date of the assignment.

MOTRICITY must have CINGULAR’s written consent before MOTRICITY assigns or otherwise delegates the provision of the Storefront under this Agreement or assigns any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder. CINGULAR agrees that MOTRICITY may use subcontractors to provide Goods hereunder without CINGULAR’s consent, provided that MOTRICITY remains obligated to CINGULAR under this Agreement for such Goods. MOTRICITY shall deliver to CINGULAR written notice of MOTRICITY’s intent to assign, at least thirty (30) days before assignment. CINGULAR shall consider void any assignment to which it has not consented, except where MOTRICITY assigns its rights to receive monies

 

4


pursuant to this Agreement. In such case, MOTRICITY only needs to notify CINGULAR in writing. However, MOTRICITY cannot assign monies due if MOTRICITY tries to transfer to the assignee any of MOTRICITY’s other rights or obligations hereunder. MOTRICITY shall not make an assignment that prevents CINGULAR from dealing solely and directly with MOTRICITY on all matters pertaining to this Agreement. Such matters include amending this Agreement and/or settling amounts due either party by the other hereunder.

3.4 Cancellation and Termination

 

a. Cancellation

If either party fails to cure a material default under this Agreement or applicable Order within thirty (30) days after written notice, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies, the party not in default may cancel this Agreement and/or the Order under which the default occurred. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, if the material default is a breach of the Compliance with Laws Section of this Agreement, the party not in default may, upon providing written notice, Cancel the Agreement immediately. Additional provisions for Cancellation of Orders hereunder are set forth in this Agreement.

 

b. Termination

(i) The term of this Agreement is effective on date provided in Section 3.1 above and, unless Terminated or Canceled as provided in this Agreement, shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the commercial launch of the Answer Tones Storefront (the “Term”). Either party may extend this Agreement with mutually agreed upon terms in writing.

(ii) After the Term, CINGULAR may Terminate an Order for the Answer Tones Storefront at any time, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon thirty (30) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(iii) CINGULAR may Terminate the any Order, other than an Order for the Answer Tones Storefront, in whole or in part, at any time after the first twelve (12) months, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(iv) CINGULAR may Terminate the Agreement, in whole or in part, at any time after the Term, for its own convenience and without cause, without any charge, liability or obligation whatsoever, upon one hundred and eighty (180) days written notice to MOTRICITY.

(v) Cingular will pay Motricity according to the payment terms set forth in any Order or this Agreement up until the effective Termination date of such Order or this Agreement, as applicable.

 

c. Bankruptcy

In addition to all other rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement or by law, CINGULAR may immediately Cancel this Agreement if: (1) MOTRICITY becomes insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) MOTRICITY admits in writing the inability to pay debts as they mature; (3) Any court appoints a trustee or receiver with respect to MOTRICITY or any substantial part of MOTRICITY’s assets; or (4) An action is taken by or against MOTRICITY under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or laws relating to the relief of debtors, including the Federal Bankruptcy Act.

 

d. Partial Cancellation and Termination

Where a provision of this Agreement or the applicable Laws permit CINGULAR to Terminate or Cancel an Order, such Termination or Cancellation may, at CINGULAR’s option, be either complete or partial. In the case of a partial Termination or Cancellation CINGULAR may, at its option, accept a portion of the Materials or Services covered by an Order and pay MOTRICITY for such Materials or Services at the unit prices set forth in such Order. The right to Cancel an Order shall also include the right to Cancel any other related Order.

 

5


e. Wind Down Period

Applicable in all situations described above - Upon request by Cingular, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with Cingular in the orderly and expeditious transfer of its commercial operations from the Software to a different Storefront solution. In such event, Cingular will provide Motricity with thirty (30) days written notice prior to execution of a wind down period, provided that the thirty (30) days does not add to the one hundred and eighty (180) days termination notice as described in Section 3.4b. Such transfer may include, but is not limited to, the migration of Subscribers, Subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations. Motricity will provide all services, information and documentation as may be reasonably needed by Cingular in connection with the transfer. The amount of time necessary to complete the transfer is referred to as the “ Wind Down Period .”. Motricity is not obligated to provide services during the Wind Down Period for a period longer than six (6) months. However, Motricity is required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of a wind down period as quickly as possible within the 6 month timeframe. Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to Cingular at the rates provided for in the Agreement. During the Wind Down Period, all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

f. ***

3.5 Compliance with Laws

MOTRICITY shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county, and local rules, including without limitation, all statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations and codes (“Laws”). MOTRICITY’s obligation to comply with all Laws, include the procurement of permits, certificates, approvals, inspections, and licenses, when needed, in the performance of this Agreement. MOTRICITY further agrees to comply with all applicable Executive and Federal regulations as set forth in “Executive Orders and Associated Regulations”, a copy of which is attached as Appendix 3.5 and by this reference made a part of this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall defend, indemnify, and hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any Liability that may be sustained by reason of MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with this section.

3.6 Conflict of Interest

MOTRICITY represents and warrants that no officer, director, affiliate, employee, or agent of CINGULAR has been or will be employed, retained or paid a fee, or otherwise has received or will receive any personal compensation or consideration, by or from MOTRICITY or any of MOTRICITY’s officers, directors, employees, or agents in connection with the obtaining, arranging, or negotiation of this Agreement or other documents entered into or executed in connection with this Agreement.

3.7 Construction and Interpretation

 

a. The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed simply, as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties agree that this Agreement has been prepared jointly and has been the subject of arm’s length and careful negotiation. Each party has been given the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel and other consultants, and each party has the requisite experience and sophistication to understand, interpret, and agree to the particular language of the provisions. Accordingly, in the event of an ambiguity in or dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement, the drafting of the language of this Agreement shall not be attributed to either party.

 

b. Article, section, or paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “include” shall mean “includes, but is not limited to.” The singular use of words shall include the plural use and vice versa. Except as otherwise specified, MOTRICITY’s price for Materials and Services includes the price for all related Materials or Services necessary for CINGULAR to use the Materials and/or Services for its intended purpose, as well as all other MOTRICITY obligations under this Agreement.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


All obligations and rights of the parties are subject to modification as the parties may specifically provide in an Order. “Services” and “Software” shall be treated as “goods” for purposes of applying the applicable Uniform Commercial Code. If there is an inconsistency or conflict between the terms in this Agreement and in an Order, the terms in the Order shall take precedence.

 

c. Whenever any party is entitled to interest under this Agreement, the amount of interest shall be determined using 12% per annum, or the highest amount allowed by law, whichever is lower.

3.8 Cumulative Remedies

Except as specifically identified as a party’s sole remedy, any rights of Cancellation, Termination, liquidated damages, or other remedies prescribed in this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies to which the injured party may be entitled. Neither party shall retain the benefit of inconsistent remedies.

3.9 Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance

 

a. Delivery

 

  1. Delivery Requirements

MOTRICITY agrees to complete all required development and acquisition of technology, according to the schedule provided in the applicable SOW or Order that meets the Specifications as described in this Agreement. MOTRICITY also agrees to allocate sufficient engineering, manufacturing and Installation capacity to provide all required Materials and/or Services to achieve the pace of deployment as described in the applicable SOW or Order. MOTRICITY understands that this forecast is subject to change and agrees to provide flexibility in the way it allocates its resources so that CINGULAR’s actual demand can be met.

Time is of the essence and the remedies for failure to perform in a timely manner are specified in Section 3.21 Liquidated Damages below. Upon receipt of each Order, MOTRICITY shall deliver the Materials and/or Services to CINGULAR and perform all of the Services on or before the date(s) specified, failing which, CINGULAR may, in addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement:

(i) terminate such Order without penalty, or

(ii) extend such delivery date(s), to a later date(s), subject however, to such termination if Delivery is not made by such extended dates.

 

  2. Expedited Delivery

 

a. “Expedited Delivery” is defined as Delivery before the delivery required under a particular SOW or Order. MOTRICITY and CINGULAR are committed to reducing the need for Expedited Deliveries while maintaining a strong commitment to customer service requirements. Should CINGULAR request Expedited Delivery, MOTRICITY will determine whether such Expedited Delivery is achievable and, if so, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY will mutually agree upon the Expedited Delivery date and the fees CINGULAR shall pay to MOTRICITY for such Expedited Delivery. MOTRICITY will keep CINGULAR apprised of its progress in meeting such Delivery dates and will promptly notify CINGULAR of any potential delays.

 

b. Performance

MOTRICITY is committed to 100% fulfillment of CINGULAR’s expectations as described in the Agreement and all executed Orders and SOWs. Any consideration from MOTRICITY for its failure to meet those expectations shall be due CINGULAR as outlined in the applicable SOW or Order.

Such consideration for any event that constitutes MOTRICITY’s failure to fulfill CINGULAR’s expectations shall not be considered a penalty. Both parties agree that any consideration represents a reasonable pre-estimate of CINGULAR’s probable loss. In addition, CINGULAR retains all other rights or remedies available to CINGULAR.

 

7


c. Acceptance

Except as otherwise provided in a SOW or Order, CINGULAR shall have a period of forty-five (45) calendar days from delivery of Goods to CINGULAR in which to perform User Acceptance Testing and to notify MOTRICITY in writing if such Goods are found not to be in material compliance with applicable Specifications. If CINGULAR does not furnish MOTRICITY a “Notice of Acceptance” or notice of material defects found (if any) within forty-five (45) days of receipt of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion, the Goods shall be deemed Accepted. Where material defects are found, MOTRICITY, at its expense, shall correct such defects within five (5) calendar days from receipt of CINGULAR’s notification and notify CINGULAR that such corrections have been made. CINGULAR shall then have the right to repeat the appropriate UAT. If a Notice of Acceptance or notice of further defects is not furnished to MOTRICITY within thirty (30) days of CINGULAR’s receipt of MOTRICITY’s notice, the corrected goods and/or Services shall be deemed Accepted.

3.10 Dispute Resolution

 

a. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall use their best efforts to settle any dispute or claim arising from or relating to this Agreement. To accomplish this, they shall negotiate with each other in good faith. Except for alleged breaches of Section 3.15 (Information) If CINGULAR and MOTRICITY do not reach agreement within 30 days of first receiving notice of dispute, instead of suing in court, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree to arbitrate any and all disputes and claims (including but not limited to claims based on or arising from an alleged tort) arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

b. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), no claim or dispute shall be submitted to arbitration if, at the time of the proposed submission, such dispute or claim involves an attempt to collect a debt owed to the CINGULAR by MOTRICITY.

 

c. The arbitration of any dispute or claim shall be conducted in accordance with the Wireless Industry Arbitration Rules (“WIA Rules”) as modified by this Agreement and as administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The WIA rules and fee information are available from CINGULAR or the AAA upon request.

 

d. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY acknowledge that this Agreement evidences a transaction in interstate commerce and that the United States Arbitration Act and Federal Arbitration law shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of, and proceedings pursuant to, this or a prior Agreement.

 

e. Unless CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree otherwise, the location of any arbitration shall be in Atlanta, Georgia.

 

f. CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree that no arbitrator has the authority to: (1) award relief in excess of what this Agreement provides; (2) award punitive damages or any other damages not measured by the prevailing party’s actual damages; or (3) order consolidation or class arbitration.

 

g. Except as otherwise provided herein, all fees and expenses of the arbitration shall equally borne by MOTRICITY and CINGULAR.

 

h. The arbitrator(s) must give effect to the limitations on CINGULAR’s liability as set forth in this Agreement, any applicable tariff, law, or regulation.

 

i. In any arbitration utilizing the rules applicable to Large/Complex cases, as defined under the WIA rules, the arbitrators must also apply the Federal Rules of Evidence, and the losing party may have the award reviewed in accordance with the review procedures set forth in the WIA rules.

 

j.

MOTRICITY agrees that CINGULAR and MOTRICITY each is waiving its respective right to a trial by jury, MOTRICITY acknowledges that arbitration is final and binding and subject to only very limited

 

8


 

review by a court. If for some reason this arbitration clause is at some point deemed inapplicable or invalid, MOTRICITY and CINGULAR agree to waive, to the fullest extent allowed by law, any trial by jury, in such case, a judge shall decide the subject dispute or claim.

CINGULAR, MOTRICITY and Arbitrator(s) shall not disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction

3.11 Entire Agreement

The terms contained in this Agreement, and any Orders or SOWs, including all appendices and subordinate documents attached to or referenced in the Agreement or any Orders, will constitute the entire integrated Agreement between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR with regard to the subject matter herein. This Agreement will supersede all prior oral and written communications, agreements, and understandings of the parties, if any, with respect hereto. Acceptance by either party of Material or Services, payments, Orders, or SOWs, or any inaction by a party with respect to the foregoing shall not constitute a party’s consent to or acceptance of any additional or different terms from that stated in this Agreement, except for terms in an Order or SOW placed by CINGULAR and signed by both parties. Estimates furnished by either party shall not constitute commitments.

3.12 Force Majeure

Neither party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or any Order to the extent that any delay or failure in the performance of its obligations results from any cause beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, or strikes (“Force Majeure”).

If any Force Majeure condition affects MOTRICITY’s ability to perform, MOTRICITY shall give immediate notice to CINGULAR and CINGULAR may elect to either: (1) Terminate the affected Order(s) or any part thereof, (2) suspend the affected Order(s) or any part for the duration of the Force Majeure condition, with the option to obtain elsewhere Materials and Services to be furnished under such Order(s) and deduct from any commitment under such Order(s) the quantity of the Materials and Services obtained or for which commitments have been made elsewhere or (3) resume performance under such Order(s) once the Force Majeure condition ceases, with an option in CINGULAR to extend any affected Delivery Date or performance date up to the length of time the Force Majeure condition endured. Unless CINGULAR gives written notice within thirty (30) days after being notified of the Force Majeure condition, option (2) shall be deemed selected.

3.13 Governing Law

THIS AGREEMENT AND PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA EXCLUSIVE OF ITS CHOICE OF LAWS PROVISIONS.

3.14 Indemnity

MOTRICITY agrees to defend, indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from any and all liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that may be made by:

 

a. Anyone for injuries of any kind, including but not limited to personal injury, death, property damage and theft, resulting from MOTRICITY’s negligent or willful acts or omissions or those of persons furnished by MOTRICITY, its agents or subcontractors, or resulting from the use of MOTRICITY’s Goods furnished hereunder or resulting from MOTRICITY’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder. The indemnity covers, but is not limited to, claims of any alleged defect or shortcoming in the design, testing, manufacture, functioning, or use of the Goods, and claims based or including alleged failure to adequately or accurately describe or warn about risks of potential injury due to product design, testing, manufacture, functioning, or use of Goods. This indemnity covers all claims brought under common law or statute, including but not limited to strict tort liability, strict products liability, negligence, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty.

 

9


b. Any of either MOTRICITY’s, its agent’s or subcontractor’s employees or former employees for which MOTRICITY’s, its agents’ or subcontractors’ liability to such employee or former employee would otherwise be subject to payments under the Workers’ Compensation laws or an Employer’s Liability policy, premises liability principles or any other law or form of legal duty or obligation; and

 

c. Either MOTRICITY’s, its agent’s or subcontractor’s employees or former employees at MOTRICITY’s job site, for any and all claims arising out of the employment relationship with respect to performing under this Agreement. This includes, but is not limited to employment discrimination charges and actions arising under Title VII of The Civil rights Act of 1964, as amended; The Equal pay Act; The Age Discrimination in Employment Act; as amended; The Rehabilitation Act; The Americans with Disabilities Act; The Fair Labor Standards Act; The National Labor Relations Act; and any other applicable law.

MOTRICITY, at its own expense, shall defend CINGULAR, at CINGULAR’s request, against any such liability, cause of action, penalty, claim, demand, administrative proceeding or lawsuit, including any in which CINGULAR is named as an “employer” or “joint employer” with MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY shall have the right to control and direct the defense of any such action. CINGULAR shall notify MOTRICITY promptly of any written claims or demands against CINGULAR for which MOTRICITY is responsible hereunder.

CINGULAR agrees to notify MOTRICITY within a reasonable time of any written claims or demands against CINGULAR for which MOTRICITY is responsible. MOTRICITY shall also (1) keep CINGULAR fully informed as to the progress of such defense, and (2) afford CINGULAR, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate with MOTRICITY in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

The foregoing indemnity shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations of MOTRICITY set forth in this Agreement.

3.15 Information

 

a. Any Information furnished by one party to the other party in connection with this Agreement shall remain the disclosing party’s property. Unless such Information was (i) previously known to the receiving party free of any obligation to keep it confidential, (ii) has been or is subsequently made public by the disclosing party or a third party, without violating a confidentiality obligation, or (iii) was independently developed by the receiving party without the use of the disclosing party’s Information, it shall be kept confidential by the receiving party. The receiving party shall use the same degree of care to prevent the unauthorized disclosure of the disclosing party’s Information as the receiving party uses to protect its own Information,, but no less than reasonable care. The receiving party shall use the Information of the disclosing party only in performing under this Agreement, and not for other purposes except as may be agreed upon between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR in writing. The receiving party is granted no rights or license to Information of the disclosing party except as otherwise provided herein. All copies of such Information, in written, graphic or other tangible form, shall be returned to the disclosing party upon the earlier of (i) the disclosing party’s request or (ii) upon Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

 

b. MOTRICITY understands and agrees that any and all field trial results prepared by CINGULAR are and shall remain the property of CINGULAR and are hereby considered CINGULAR’s proprietary Information. Therefore, it shall be CINGULAR’s option, in its sole discretion, to furnish MOTRICITY copies of such documents or to discuss such documents with MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY’s use of field trial reports furnished by CINGULAR shall be governed by the Publicity section in addition to the provisions contained in this section, Information.

 

c.

The receiving party may disclose Information of the disclosing party as required to comply with binding orders of governmental entities that have jurisdiction over it or as otherwise required by law, provided that the receiving party (i) gives the disclosing party reasonable written notice to allow the disclosing party to seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy (except to the extent the

 

10


 

receiving party’s compliance with the foregoing would cause it to violate a court order or other legal requirement), (ii) discloses only such information as is required by the governmental entity or otherwise required by law, and (iii) and uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment for any Information so disclosed.

 

d. The parties further acknowledge that irreparable injury and damage will result from unauthorized disclosure of Information and from uses of Information other than as provided herein, and monetary damages may not be sufficient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Information. Therefore, the disclosing party shall be entitled to such injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed proper by a court of competent jurisdiction, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it at law, in equity, or by statute.

3.16 Infringement

 

a. MOTRICITY

(i) MOTRICITY agrees to indemnify and hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any Liability, (including increased damages for willful infringement) that may result by reason of any infringement, or claim of infringement, of any trade secret, patent, trademark, copyright, or other proprietary interest of any third party based on the normal use or installation of any Material or Services furnished to CINGULAR, except to the extent that such claim arises from MOTRICITY’s compliance with CINGULAR’s detailed instructions. Such exception will not, however, include any infringement or claim of infringement based upon:

 

  1. products, software, or documentation which are available on the open market; or

 

  2. products, software, or documentation of MOTRICITY’s origin, design or selection.

(ii) MOTRICITY represents and warrants that it has made reasonable independent investigation to determine the legality of its right to sell or license the Material or provide Services as specified in this Agreement.

(iii) If an injunction or order is obtained against CINGULAR’s use of any Material or Service, or, if, in MOTRICITY’s opinion, any Material or Service is likely to become the subject of a claim of infringement, MOTRICITY will, at its expense:

 

  1. Procure for CINGULAR the right to continue using the Material or Service; or

 

  2. After consultation with CINGULAR, replace or modify the Material or Service to make it a substantially similar, functionally equivalent, non-infringing Material or Service.

(iv) If the Material or Service is purchased or licensed and neither (a) or (b) above is possible, in addition to CINGULAR’s other rights, CINGULAR may Cancel the applicable Order and require MOTRICITY to remove, or cause the removal and/or return of, such Material or Service from CINGULAR’s location and refund any charges paid by CINGULAR.

(v) In no event will CINGULAR be liable to MOTRICITY for any charges after the date that CINGULAR no longer uses any Material or Service because of actual or claimed infringement.

(vi) MOTRICITY agrees to defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit for which it is responsible under this section. CINGULAR agrees to notify MOTRICITY promptly of any claim of infringement and cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense. MOTRICITY shall afford CINGULAR, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with MOTRICITY in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

 

b. CINGULAR

(i) CINGULAR agrees to indemnify and hold MOTRICITY harmless from any and all Liabilities, causes of action, lawsuits, penalties, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees on account thereof) that the Content (1) infringes (including increased damages for willful infringement) on any third party’s Intellectual Property Rights; (2) violates any other third party rights; (3) violates any applicable Law; or (4) contains material that is libelous, defamatory, private, obscene, or pornographic.

 

11


(ii) CINGULAR agrees to defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or suit for which it is responsible under this section. MOTRICITY agrees to notify CINGULAR promptly of any claim of for which indemnification is sought hereunder, and cooperate in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense. CINGULAR shall afford MOTRICITY, at its own expense, an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with CINGULAR in the defense or settlement of any such claim.

3.17 Insurance

Supplier shall maintain Insurance requirements provided in Appendix 7.0 commensurate with the Services performed.

3.18 Intellectual Property

 

a. Pre-Existing Materials. Except as provided for herein, each party will retain all Intellectual Property Rights in any Pre-Existing Materials.

 

b. Ownership of Works. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in the context of a specific Statement of Work, Motricity shall own all Intellectual Property Rights to all Works arising from deliverables. Cingular also agrees not to assert any moral rights under applicable copyright law with regard to such Works.

 

c. In the event the Parties agree in writing to transfer the Intellectual Property Rights in Works created by Motricity for Cingular pursuant to a Statement of Work, such Works shall be works made for hire for Cingular, and, to the extent a Work does not qualify as a work made for hire for Cingular under applicable law, Motricity hereby assigns to Cingular all ownership of the Work, whether now existing or to be later developed and agrees to take all further steps deemed necessary or desirable by Cingular to evidence or perfect such assignment. Motricity also agrees not to assert any moral rights under applicable copyright law with regard to such Works. Motricity hereby represents and warrants that it has agreements in place with all employees to ensure that all Intellectual Property Rights in the works or inventions of such employees created pursuant to this Agreement will be transferred to Cingular as required hereunder.

 

d. Third Party Feature Work. In the event Cingular requests Motricity to provide Services and the Parties cannot agree on terms for the delivery of such Services, Cingular will have the right to have a third party provide Services (subject to approval by Motricity, not to be unreasonably withheld) and Motricity shall cooperate with and provide reasonable support to a qualified third party developer to assist in such development. Cingular shall pay Motricity for such cooperation and support on a time and materials basis according to the rates provided in Exhibit C. Motricity acknowledges that “cooperation” and “reasonable support” for such third party developers may include providing access to or creating technical documentation and application programming interfaces (“APIs”) to the extent necessary. Cingular will require any such third party developer to sign a non-disclosure agreement, prior to such third party developer providing any Services, that protects Motricity Proprietary Materials and Information no less rigorously than the Nondisclosure Agreement.

 

e. General Skills. Motricity will be free to use its general knowledge, skills and experience within the scope of its business that are used or developed pursuant to this Agreement.

3.19 Ownership of Work Product

“Custom Applications” mean software applications developed by MOTRICITY exclusively for CINGULAR which are not derivatives of any of existing Software. A derivative of Software is any computer program that is either (i) based upon underlying Software, or (ii) an add-on module, expansion module, upgrade, or other computer program the principle purpose of which is to make additional features available for users of the Software, either case where such computer program would be an infringement if created without

 

12


the authorization of MOTRICITY. Software defined as Custom Applications and all future Custom Applications will be solely owned by CINGULAR. Other terms and conditions governing Custom Applications will be set forth in a Statement of Work that provides for the development of such Custom Applications and which incorporates the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

“Joint Applications” are software applications developed by MOTRICITY for CINGULAR where the Joint Application is a derivative of the existing MOTRICITY Software. Any development of Joint Applications must be specified, documented in a Statement of Work and agreed upon in writing by both parties prior to commencement of work. Joint Applications may be owned by MOTRICITY or CINGULAR or jointly and licensed to either party, as the parties may agree in the applicable Statement of Work.

Without limiting the foregoing, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY agree that the “Fuel Platform” and any modifications and derivatives thereof shall be the sole property of MOTRICITY. Further, all software applications developed by MOTRICITY pursuant to or in connection with the Statement of Work, attached hereto as Appendix 1.3, including, but not limited to, the Storefront described therein, shall not constitute “Custom Applications” and such applications shall be solely owned by MOTRICITY.

3.20 Invoicing and Payment

 

a. For the provision of the Storefront, Cingular shall pay to MOTRICITY a revenue share as provided in Appendix 1.1. Cingular will ensure that its billing provider (QPASS) will pay Motricity such revenue share within forty-five (45) calendar days of the last day of each month in which the Total Gross Revenue as defined in Appendix 1.1) was received.

 

b. For invoices and payments other than the monthly revenue share, except as otherwise specified in an SOW, MOTRICITY shall render an invoice in duplicate promptly after the Delivery and Acceptance of Materials or performance of Services. The invoice shall specify in detail (1) quantities of each ordered item, (2) unit prices of each ordered item, (3) whether the item is taxable and the amount of tax per item, (4) item and commodity codes, (5) total amounts for each item, (6) total amount of applicable sales or use taxes, (7) discounts, (8) total amount due, and (9) software right-to-use fees as either “application” or “operational.” CINGULAR shall pay MOTRICITY in accordance with the prices set forth in this Agreement within forty-five (45) days of the date of receipt of the invoice. Payment for shortages, or Materials or Services not conforming to the Specifications, and portions of any invoice in dispute, may be withheld by CINGULAR until such problem has been resolved. If CINGULAR disputes any invoice rendered or amount paid, CINGULAR shall so notify MOTRICITY. The parties shall use their best efforts to resolve such dispute expeditiously. Invoices received by CINGULAR more than one (1) year after the provision of Materials or performance of Services are untimely and CINGULAR shall have no obligation to pay such invoices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment for any SOW for custom development services shall be subject to the Revenue Share Rider provided in Exhibit B.

 

c. All claims for money due or to become due from CINGULAR will be subject to deduction by CINGULAR for any setoff counterclaim for money due or to become due from MOTRICITY, whether under this Agreement or otherwise. Any amount due to CINGULAR that is not so applied against MOTRICITY’s invoices for any reason shall be paid to CINGULAR by MOTRICITY within thirty (30) days after written demand by CINGULAR.

 

d. If an Order or an Appendix specifies that MOTRICITY may submit invoices for progress payments prior to Acceptance, MOTRICITY is permitted to submit invoices at the end of each month and CINGULAR will make progress payments to the MOTRICITY at thirty (30) day intervals. Such progress payments shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of satisfactorily completed work at the time of billing, as determined by CINGULAR. MOTRICITY agrees to use such progress payments for expenses incurred for Services or Material used in performance of the Work Order for CINGULAR.

 

e. MOTRICITY agrees to accept standard, commercial methods of payment and evidence of payment obligation including, but not limited to CINGULAR’s purchase orders and electronic fund transfers in connection with the purchase of the Materials and Services.

 

13


f.

CINGULAR, through its billing vendor, shall pay MOTRICITY on thirty day (monthly) cycle within 45 days after Cingular receipt and confirmation of invoice from Cingular’s billing services vendor (QPass) (e.g. April billing cycle potentially received by Cingular on May 5 th , confirmed on May 10 th , payment sent by Cingular by approximately June 15 th .) Cingular will make every effort to ensure payment is made no later than 60 days after the end of the billing period.

3.21 Licenses and Patents

 

a. During the term of this Agreement, CINGULAR grants to MOTRICITY a nontransferable, nonexclusive, royalty-free license to the Content for the use, preparation, sale, distribution and delivery of such Content as anticipated by the terms of this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall have no ownership or other rights in the Content, including all updates, upgrades, modifications, enhancements, improvements and derivative works thereof and thereto, and any and all Intellectual Property Rights embodied in such Content shall remain exclusively with CINGULAR and its licensors. Except for the foregoing, no licenses express or implied, under any patents, copyrights, trademarks, or other Intellectual Property Rights are granted by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY under this Agreement.

 

b. CINGULAR shall be responsible for reviewing and approving all Content provided to MOTRICITY under this Agreement. CINGULAR shall promptly notify MOTRICITY in writing if any Content does not meet with CINGULAR’s approval. If CINGULAR does not notify MOTRICITY that any Content is not approved by CINGULAR, such Content shall be deemed approved. Upon notice to MOTRICITY that Content does not meet with CINGULAR’s approval, MOTRICITY shall not use such Content with the Services, or if such Content is already used with the Services, MOTRICITY shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remove any such Content from the Services.

3.22 Limitation of Liability

Except for obligations under Sections 3.15 (Confidentiality) and 3.16 (Infringement), neither party will not be liable for consequential, incidental, special, or punitive damages, or for loss of revenue or profit in connection with the performance or failure to perform this Agreement regardless of whether such liability arises from breach of contract, tort, or any other theory of liability.

3.23 Liquidated Damages

MOTRICITY recognizes the importance of meeting Delivery Dates and agrees to the following liquidated damage provisions and procedures:

 

a. Upon discovery of information indicating a reasonable certainty that Materials and/or Services will not be completed before the scheduled Delivery Date, MOTRICITY shall notify CINGULAR and provide information relating to the estimated length of delay. The parties shall work jointly toward resolution of a plan to resolve the delayed Delivery. If the parties reach agreement on an extended Delivery Date and MOTRICITY fails to meet the extended Delivery Date, CINGULAR may (a) Cancel such Order, (b) exercise its right to recover liquidated damages as specified in Appendix 1.2, and/or (c) further extend the Delivery Date. No payments progress or otherwise, made by CINGULAR to MOTRICITY after any scheduled Delivery Date shall constitute a waiver of liquidated damages.

 

b. CINGULAR agrees that MOTRICITY shall not be liable for liquidated damages for any delay which is caused by CINGULAR or any other matter outside of MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

3.24 ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


3.25 Minority/Woman/Disabled Veteran-owned Business Enterprises (“MBE/WBE/DVBE”) (and Appendices)

 

a. Motricity shall strive to reach goals for the participation of M/WBE and DVBE firms as follows: *** These goals apply to all annual expenditures by any entity pursuant to this Agreement with Supplier.

 

b. Supplier MBE/WBE/DVBE participation may be achieved through cost of goods content, contract specific subcontracting or the use of value-added resellers. The participation levels identified above will be renegotiated to comply with any regulatory requirements imposed on CINGULAR.

 

c. Attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 4.12(a) is Supplier’s completed Participation Plan outlining its M/WBE-DVBE goals and specific and detailed plans to achieve those goals. Supplier will submit an updated Participation Plan annually by the first week in January. Supplier will submit M/WBE-DVBE Results Reports quarterly by the end of the first week following the close of each quarter, using the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 4.12(b). Participation Plans and Results Reports will be submitted to the Prime Supplier Results Manager.

3.26 Non-Exclusive Market

It is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement does not grant MOTRICITY an exclusive privilege to provide to CINGULAR any or all Material and Services of the type described in this Agreement, nor requires CINGULAR to purchase or license any Materials or Services. It is, therefore, understood that CINGULAR may contract with other manufacturers and suppliers for the procurement or trial of comparable Materials and Services and that CINGULAR may itself perform the Services described here.

3.27 Non-solicitation

Each party agrees not to solicit during the term of this Agreement and for six (6) months thereafter the other party’s personnel, employees or contractors, for employment, without the prior written consent of such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party shall be free to solicit potential employees through solicitations and advertisements in general circulations

3.28 Notices

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, or an applicable Order, all notices or other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given when made in writing and either 1) delivered in person, or 2) when received, if provided by an overnight or similar delivery service, or 3) when received, if deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as follows:

 

To: Motricity, Inc.
  2800 Meridian Parkway, Suite 150
  Durham, NC 27713
  Attn: ***

 

To: Cingular Wireless, LLC
  5565 Glenridge Connector
  Atlanta GA, 30342
  Attn.: ***

 

  cc: Cingular Wireless, LLC
    5565 Glenridge Connector
    Atlanta GA, 30342
    Attn.: General Counsel

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

15


The address to which notices or communications may be given by either party may be changed by written notice given by such party to the other pursuant to this paragraph entitled “Notices”.

3.30 Price

Material and Services shall be furnished by MOTRICITY in accordance with the prices set forth in Appendix 1.1, attached hereto and made a part hereof, or pursuant to prices for such Material and Services as provided in any Statement of Work. The prices in Appendix 1.1 are not subject to increase during the “initial term” of this Agreement.

3.31 Professional Services

In the event that Cingular requests, in its sole discretion, that Motricity perform any development, customization, installation, conversion, integration, training or other services by Motricity, Cingular will memorialize such request in a Service Request. Cingular will use the Standard Project Service Request substantially in the form of Exhibit A. All Standard Project Service Requests must be signed by duly authorized representatives of each party. In the event that Motricity elects to perform such services, the parties will draft a Statement of Work based on the Service Request. Upon signature by duly authorized representatives of both Parties, Motricity will provide Services pursuant to the terms and conditions provided for in this Agreement and as set forth in the applicable Statement of Work. A separate Service Request and Statement of Work will be required for each project, assignment or task requested by Cingular.

3.32 Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

In the event of its failure to deliver a deliverable for Professional Services, as described in Section 3.31, on time, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section 3.31 as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Professional Services Non Performance Compensation”). The parties acknowledge that the Professional Services Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation against future payments due Motricity by Cingular. In the event no payments are due Motricity by Cingular within six (6) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay Cingular the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following table expresses the default schedule of Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each SOW:

 

Week of Delay

  

Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation

First 4 Weeks

   ***

Week 5

   ***

Weeks 6-8:

   ***

Week 9

   ***

The foregoing percentages shall be cumulative. For example, ***

For the purposes of interpreting this table, a “Week” shall mean a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days beginning the day after the date a deliverable should have been delivered. In the event that the period of non performance or late performance includes less than seven (7) calendar days (“Non-Week Days”), the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation for such Non-Week Days shall be prorated based upon the number of Non-Week Days and the applicable percentage in the table above. For example, if Motricity’ performance of a deliverable were to extend ten (10) days beyond the Delivery date, the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation would be two and six-sevenths percent (2 6/7%) of the Service fee associated with that deliverable.

 

16


In no case will the aggregated Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation exceed *** of the fees for the delayed deliverable as stated in the chart above. Cingular will not assess Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation to the extent delays or non-performance is caused by entities or factors for that are not within Motricity’s Span of Control under a specific SOW. Penalties will not be enforced if any of the following situations occur:

Cingular does not meet sign-off date(s) specified in each SOW

Cingular does not provide requirements or other inputs by date(s) specified in each SOW

Slippage outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

3.33 Publicity

Neither party shall use the other party’s name or any language, pictures, or symbols which could, in the other party’s judgment, imply the other party’s identity or endorsement by the other party or any of its employees in any (a) written, electronic, or oral advertising or presentation or (b) brochure, newsletter, book, electronic database, or other written material of whatever nature, without the other party’s prior written consent (hereafter “publicity matters”). Each party will submit to the other party for written approval, prior to publication, all publicity matters that mention or display the other party’s name and/or marks or contain language from which a connection to said name and/or marks may be inferred or implied.

Furthermore, neither party grants any license, express or implied, to the other party for any trademark, patent, copyright, trade secret or any other intellectual property or applications therefore which is now or may hereafter be owned by the other party or any Affiliate of the other party.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, MOTRICITY may include the CINGULAR in a MOTRICITY customer list, such that CINGULAR’s name with or without logo is no more prominent than any other MOTRICITY customer.

3.34 Records and Audits

 

a. MOTRICITY agrees that it will:

i. Maintain complete and accurate records related to the Material and Services provided by MOTRICITY to CINGULAR, including records of all amounts billable to and payments made by CINGULAR in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices, uniformly and consistently applied in a format that will permit audit;

ii. Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of final payment for Materials and Services;

iii. Provide reasonable supporting documentation to CINGULAR concerning any disputed invoice amount within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of written notification of such dispute; and

iv. Permit CINGULAR and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit during normal business hours the charges invoiced to CINGULAR. Should CINGULAR request an audit, MOTRICITY will make available any pertinent records and files to CINGULAR during normal business hours at no additional charge.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


b. CINGULAR agrees that it will:

 

a. Maintain complete and accurate records from its own and any third party billing systems only as related to the revenue share provided in Appendix 1.1 in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices, uniformly and consistently applied in a format that will permit audit;

 

b. Retain such records and reasonable billing detail for a period of at least three (3) years from the date of final payment hereunder;

 

c. Provide reasonable supporting documentation to MOTRICITY concerning any disputed amounts within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of written notification of such dispute; and

 

d. Permit MOTRIICTY and its authorized representatives to inspect and audit during normal business hours CINGULAR’s and any third party billing systems related to the revenue share. Should MOTRICITY request an audit, CINGULAR will make available any pertinent records and files to MOTRICITY during normal business hours at no additional charge.

3.35 Severability

If any provision or any part of provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or non-enforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other portion of this Agreement. The entire Agreement will be construed as if it did not contain the particular invalid or unenforceable provision(s) and the rights and obligations of the MOTRICITY and CINGULAR will be construed and enforced accordingly.

3.36 Survival of Obligations

Obligations and rights in connection with this Agreement which by their nature would continue beyond the Termination, Cancellation or expiration of this Agreement, including those in the sections entitled “Compliance With Laws,” “Infringement,” “Indemnity,” “Publicity,” “Severability,” “Information,” “Intellectual Property” (excluding Section 3.18 (d)), “Ownership of Work Product,” “Limitation of Liability,” “Non-solicitation,” “Independent Contractor,” “Records and Audits,’ and “Warranty and Rebates” (Sections 3.38(a), (c), and (e) only), will survive the Termination, Cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.

3.37 Taxes

 

a. MOTRICITY may invoice CINGULAR the amount of any federal excise taxes or state or local sales taxes imposed upon the sale of Material or provision of Services as separate items, if applicable, listing the taxing jurisdiction imposing the tax. Installation, labor and other non-taxable charges must be separately stated. CINGULAR agrees to pay all applicable taxes to MOTRICITY which are stated on and at the time the Material or Service invoice is submitted by MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees to remit taxes to the appropriate taxing authorities.

 

b. MOTRICITY agrees to pay, and to hold CINGULAR harmless from and against, any penalty, interest, additional tax, or other charge that may be levied or assessed as a result of the delay or failure of MOTRICITY, for any reason, to pay any tax or file any return or information required by law, rule or regulation or by this Agreement to be paid or filed by MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees to pay and to hold CINGULAR harmless from and against any penalty or sanction assessed as a result of MOTRICITY doing business with any country subject to U.S. trade restrictions.

 

c.

Following the issuance of an Order, MOTRICITY shall within twenty (20) days (but in no event later than two (2) weeks before commencement of work under the applicable Order) present CINGULAR a schedule of taxes and fees that MOTRICITY proposes to collect from CINGULAR. Upon CINGULAR’s request, the parties shall consult with respect to the basis and rates upon which MOTRICITY shall pay any taxes or fees for which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY under this Agreement. If CINGULAR determines that in its opinion any such taxes or fees are not payable or should be paid on a basis less than the full price or at rates less than the full tax rate, MOTRICITY shall make payment in accordance with such determinations and CINGULAR shall be responsible for such determinations. If collection is sought by the taxing authority for a greater amount of taxes than that so determined by CINGULAR, MOTRICITY shall promptly notify CINGULAR. MOTRICITY shall cooperate with CINGULAR in contesting such determination, but CINGULAR shall be responsible and shall reimburse MOTRICITY for any tax, interest, or penalty in

 

18


 

excess of its determination. If CINGULAR desires to contest such collection, CINGULAR shall promptly notify MOTRICITY. If CINGULAR determines that in its opinion it has reimbursed MOTRICITY for sales or use taxes in excess of the amount which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall consult to determine the appropriate method of recovery of such excess reimbursements. MOTRICITY shall credit any excess reimbursements against tax reimbursements or other payments due from CINGULAR if and to the extent MOTRICITY can make corresponding adjustments to its payments to the relevant tax authority. At CINGULAR’s request, MOTRICITY shall timely file any claims for refund and any other documents required to recover any other excess reimbursements, and shall promptly remit to CINGULAR all such refunds (and interest) received.

 

d. If any taxing authority advises MOTRICITY that it intends to audit MOTRICITY with respect to any taxes for which CINGULAR is obligated to reimburse MOTRICITY under this agreement, MOTRICITY shall (1) promptly so notify CINGULAR, (2) afford CINGULAR an opportunity to participate on an equal basis with MOTRICITY in such audit with respect to such taxes and (3) keep CINGULAR fully informed as to the progress of such audit. Each party shall bear its own expenses with respect to any such audit, and the responsibility for any additional tax, penalty or interest resulting from such audit shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section. MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with the notification requirements of this section shall relieve CINGULAR of its responsibility to reimburse MOTRICITY for taxes only if MOTRICITY’s failure materially prejudiced CINGULAR’s ability to contest imposition or assessment of those taxes.

 

e. In addition to its rights under subparagraph (d) above with respect to any tax or tax controversy covered by this Tax Section, CINGULAR will be entitled to contest, pursuant to applicable law and tariffs, and at its own expense, any tax previously billed that it is ultimately obligated to pay. CINGULAR will be entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery of amounts that it had previously paid resulting from such a contest. MOTRICITY will cooperate in any such contest, provided that all costs and expenses incurred in obtaining a refund or credit for CINGULAR shall be paid by CINGULAR.

 

f. If either party is audited by a taxing authority or other governmental entity, the other party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the party being audited in order to respond to any audit inquiries in an appropriate and timely manner, so that the audit and any resulting controversy may be resolved expeditiously.

3.38 Warranty and Rebates

 

a. MOTRICITY warrants to CINGULAR that Material furnished hereunder will be merchantable, free from defects in design, material and workmanship, fit and sufficient for the purposes intended by CINGULAR, free from all liens and encumbrances and will strictly conform to and perform in accordance with applicable Specifications, drawings and samples. In addition, if Material contains one or more original equipment or software manufacturer’s (“OEM”) warranties, MOTRICITY hereby represents that it has the authority to and does hereby assign such warranties to CINGULAR.

 

b. MOTRICITY also warrants to CINGULAR that any Services provided hereunder will be performed in a first-class, professional manner, in strict compliance with the Specifications, and with the care, skill, and diligence, and in accordance with the applicable standards, currently recognized in supplier’s profession or industry. If MOTRICITY fails to meet applicable professional standards, MOTRICITY will, without additional compensation, promptly correct or revise any errors or deficiencies in the Services furnished hereunder.

 

c.

MOTRICITY represents and warrants that: there are no actions, suits, or proceedings, pending or threatened, which will have a material adverse effect on MOTRICITY’s ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement; it will immediately notify CINGULAR if, during the term of this Agreement, MOTRICITY becomes aware of any action, suit, or proceeding, pending or threatened, which may have a material adverse effect on MOTRICITY’s ability to fulfill the obligations under this Agreement or any Order; it has all necessary skills, rights, financial resources, and authority to enter into this Agreement and related Orders and to provide or license the Material or Services, including that the Material and Services will not infringe any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property; no

 

19


 

consent, approval, or withholding of objection is required from any entity, including any governmental authority with respect to the entering into or the performance of this Agreement or any Order; the Material and Services will be provided free of any lien or encumbrance of any kind; it will be fully responsible and liable for all acts, omissions, and work performed by any of its representatives, including any subcontractor; that all representatives, including subcontractors, will strictly comply with the provisions specified in this Agreement; and it will comply with the terms of this Agreement or Order, including those specified in any Exhibits or Appendices thereto.

 

e. If the parties have identified a system on which Software will operate, MOTRICITY warrants that Software will perform on and be compatible with such system and operate satisfactorily in the system environment specified in the applicable Order or Statement of Work. System includes the hardware, operating and application Software, interfaces, and databases that interact with such Software.

 

f. MOTRICITY warrants that all Material provided to CINGULAR hereunder shall be tested prior to delivery to insure it is in strict compliance with the Specifications and that Material will not contain Harmful Code at any time. Testing will include complete regression and interaction testing and load, unit, and integration testing when applicable.

ARTICLE IV - SPECIAL CLAUSES

4.1 Access

 

a. When appropriate, MOTRICITY shall have reasonable access to CINGULAR’s premises during normal business hours and at such other times as may be agreed upon by the parties in order to enable MOTRICITY to perform its obligations under this Agreement. MOTRICITY shall coordinate such access with CINGULAR’s designated representative prior to visiting such premises. MOTRICITY insures CINGULAR that only persons employed by MOTRICITY or subcontracted by MOTRICITY will be allowed to enter CINGULAR’s premises. If CINGULAR requests MOTRICITY or its subcontractor to discontinue furnishing any person provided by MOTRICITY or its subcontractor from performing work on CINGULAR’s premises, MOTRICITY shall immediately comply with such request. Such person shall leave CINGULAR’s premises promptly and MOTRICITY shall not furnish such person again to perform work on CINGULAR’s premises without CINGULAR’s written consent. The parties agree that, where required by governmental regulations, it will submit satisfactory clearance from the U.S. Department of Defense and/or other federal, state, or local authorities.

 

b. CINGULAR may require MOTRICITY or its representatives, including employees and subcontractors, to exhibit identification credentials or sign a Nondisclosure Agreement which CINGULAR may issue in order to gain access to CINGULAR’s premises for the performance of Services. If, for any reason, any MOTRICITY representative is no longer performing such Services, MOTRICITY shall immediately inform CINGULAR. Notification shall be followed by the prompt delivery to CINGULAR of the identification credentials, if issued by CINGULAR, or a written statement of the reasons why said identification credentials cannot be returned.

 

c. MOTRICITY shall insure that its representatives, including employees and subcontractors will, while on or off CINGULAR’s premises, perform Services which (i) conform to the Specifications, (ii) protect CINGULAR’s Material, buildings, and structures, (iii) do not interfere with CINGULAR’s business operations, and (iv) perform such Services with care and due regard for the safety, convenience, and protection of CINGULAR, its employees, and property and in full conformance with the policies specified in the CINGULAR Code of Conduct, which prohibits the possession of a weapon or an implement which can be used as a weapon.

 

d. MOTRICITY shall be responsible for insuring that all persons furnished by MOTRICITY work harmoniously with all others when on CINGULAR’s premises.

4.2 Change Notices - Simple

 

a. MOTRICITY agrees to notify CINGULAR, in advance, of any change to be made in the Material furnished in accordance with the Specifications, software related documentation and/or documentation that would impact upon either reliability or the form, fit or function of the Material.

 

20


b. In order for CINGULAR to review Material changes, a minimum of thirty (30) days advance notice before installation in any end-user location will be required except for those cases where an extremely unsatisfactory condition requires immediate remedial action. The final classification of any Material change proposed by MOTRICITY will be by mutual agreement between MOTRICITY and CINGULAR.

 

c. In the event that CINGULAR and MOTRICITY fail to reach agreement on any change in Material proposed by MOTRICITY, CINGULAR will have the right without penalty to Terminate any or all Orders for Material affected by such change(s) proposed or issued by CINGULAR.

4.3 Emergency Support Service

If any natural disaster or other emergency occurs whereby Material and Service provided in connection with this Agreement is damaged and such condition materially affects CINGULAR’s ability to provide services to its subscribers, MOTRICITY agrees, at CINGULAR’s request, to assist CINGULAR as provided in Appendix 1.2

4.4 Government Contract Provisions

Orders containing a notation that the Material is intended for use under government contracts shall be subject to the then current government provisions referenced in or attached to such Orders.

4.5 Independent Contractor

MOTRICITY hereby represents and warrants to CINGULAR that:

 

a. MOTRICITY is engaged in an independent business and will perform all obligations under this Agreement as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of CINGULAR;

 

b. MOTRICITY’s personnel performing Services shall be considered solely the employees of MOTRICITY and not employees or agents of CINGULAR;

 

c. MOTRICITY has and retains the right to exercise full control of and supervision over the performance of the Services and full control over the employment, direction, assignment, compensation, and discharge of all personnel performing the Services;

 

d. MOTRICITY is solely responsible for all matters relating to compensation and benefits of all MOTRICITY’s personnel who perform Services. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, (1) timely payment of compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, overtime, medical, dental, and any other benefit, and (2) all matters relating to compliance with all employer obligations to withhold employee taxes, pay employee and employer taxes, and file payroll tax returns and information returns under local, state, and federal income tax laws, unemployment compensation insurance and state disability insurance tax laws, and social security and Medicare tax laws, and all other payroll tax laws or similar laws (all collectively hereinafter referred to as “payroll tax obligations”) with respect to all MOTRICITY personnel providing Services.

 

e. MOTRICITY will indemnify, defend, and hold CINGULAR harmless from all Liabilities, costs, expenses, and claims related to MOTRICITY’s failure to comply with the immediately preceding paragraph.

4.6 Insignia

Upon CINGULAR’s written request, certain of CINGULAR’s trademarks, trade names, insignia, symbols, decorative designs, or other similar items (hereinafter “Insignia”), shall be properly affixed by MOTRICITY to the Material furnished at no additional cost to CINGULAR. Such Insignia shall not be affixed, used, or otherwise displayed on the Material without CINGULAR’s written approval. The manner in which such Insignia will be affixed must be approved in writing by CINGULAR.

MOTRICITY agrees to remove, at no additional cost to CINGULAR, all Insignia from Material not meeting CINGULAR’s requirements. MOTRICITY agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold CINGULAR harmless from any Liability in connection with MOTRICITY’s failure to remove such Insignia. This section will in no way alter or modify MOTRICITY’s obligations under this Agreement regarding protection of CINGULAR’s confidential Information.

 

21


4.7 Non-Intervention

In connection with the provision of Material and Services by MOTRICITY to CINGULAR, MOTRICITY agrees not to influence – directly or indirectly – any regulatory, legislative, or judicial body so as to prevent, or delay the offering of Materials or Services by CINGULAR which utilize the Material or Services supplied by MOTRICITY.

4.8 Overdependence of MOTRICITY

MOTRICITY warrants to CINGULAR that as of the effective date of this Agreement MOTRICITY has (1) no contractual obligations which would adversely affect MOTRICITY’s capabilities to perform under this Agreement, (2) is not involved in any litigation which would adversely affect MOTRICITY’s ability to perform under this Agreement, and (3) has all professional licenses which are required to perform under this Agreement.

Accordingly, and because CINGULAR has no way of ascertaining MOTRICITY’s dependency on CINGULAR for revenues from sales in proportion to revenues from MOTRICITY’s other customers, and in order to protect CINGULAR from a situation in which MOTRICITY is overly dependent upon CINGULAR for said sales, MOTRICITY agrees to release and hold harmless CINGULAR from any and all claims and liabilities relating to MOTRICITY’s financial stability, which may result from CINGULAR’s termination of any Order placed under this Agreement, and/or CINGULAR’s reduced purchases hereunder, for any reason whatsoever.

4.9 Releases Void

Neither party shall require waivers or releases of any personnel or other representatives of the other in connection with visits to its premises, nor shall no such releases or waivers be pleaded by either party in any action or proceeding.

4.10 Statement(s) of Work and Form of Order(s)

This Agreement contemplates the future execution by CINGULAR and MOTRICITY of one or more written Order(s) or Statement(s) of Work. Both parties shall execute each Order(s) and/or SOW(s) and the terms of the Agreement will govern the Order(s) and/or SOW(s).

4.11 Strategic Technology Partnership

As part of this Agreement, CINGULAR and MOTRICITY shall establish a Strategic Technology Partnership with the primary goal of providing a formal technology information exchange process. This process shall be driven by an executive-level review committee that shall meet periodically (no less than twice each year) to review key technology initiatives that could have potential impact on CINGULAR’s technology strategy and future buying decisions. The process shall also be supported by the on-going exchange of key information in areas such as standards initiatives, product changes and customer requirements as defined by CINGULAR.

4.12 Technical Support

MOTRICITY will provide full and complete technical assistance to CINGULAR for the Materials and Services covered by this Agreement as provided in Appendix 1.2.

4.13 Work Done By Others

If any part of MOTRICITY’s work is dependent upon services performed by others, MOTRICITY shall inspect and promptly report to CINGULAR any defect that renders such other services unsuitable for MOTRICITY’s proper performance. MOTRICITY’s silence shall constitute approval of such other services as fit, proper and suitable for MOTRICITY’s performance of its work. All obligations hereunder and to any SOWs shall remain in full force and effect with respect to any subcontracted parties.

 

22


ARTICLE V – CLAUSES APPLICABLE TO SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

5.1 Computer Asset Protection Requirements

With respect to Software, MOTRICITY agrees to comply with the current issue of CINGULAR Wireless LLC’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”), entitled “Security Requirements for Contractual Agreements” as set forth in Appendix 3.6. This reference fully incorporates Appendix 3.6 herein. MOTRICITY agrees to cooperate fully with CINGULAR in ensuring that Software and/or computer systems MOTRICITY develops, designs, or supports under this Agreement comply with the CSSTR. MOTRICITY agrees to fully indemnify, defend at its own expense, and hold the CINGULAR harmless against any breach of the terms set forth in Appendix 3.6. [Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference to be provided at a later date]

With respect to Software or Services (other than Software Maintenance), MOTRICITY agrees to comply with the current issue of CINGULAR Wireless, LLC’s Corporate Security Standards Technical Reference (“CSSTR”), entitled “Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Vendor, Contractor and MOTRICITY Personnel” as set forth in Appendix 3.6 which is attached hereto and fully incorporated herein by this reference. The word “MOTRICITY” used in Appendix 3.6 shall mean MOTRICITY. MOTRICITY agrees that all of its personnel having access to CINGULAR’s systems will be covered on the contents of the CSSTR and will sign the certification provided to that effect. Failure of any personnel to sign the certification may be grounds for CINGULAR refusing to allow that individual system access. MOTRICITY agrees to fully indemnify, defend at its own expense, and hold CINGULAR harmless against any breach of the terms set forth in the CSSTR.

5.2 Documentation

MOTRICITY shall furnish, at no additional charge to CINGULAR, Documentation for each copy of Software delivered hereunder, including any and all succeeding changes thereto, and Documentation for Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements. This documentation will be of sufficient depth such that MOTRICITY hereby grants to CINGULAR for the term of this Agreement a, paid-up, non-exclusive, world-wide, non-transferable right and license for Users to use, execute, modify, reproduce, publicly display, and publicly perform the Documentation.

5.3 Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements

MOTRICITY shall be responsible for performing Fixes, Upgrades and Enhancements to the Software as more fully set out in the Statement of Work section (Appendix 1.3 “Statement of Work”).

5.4 Provisions for Software Trials and Beta Testing

From time to time, MOTRICITY may provide CINGULAR with Software and/or pre-production software known as “beta software”, on a trial basis at no charge for a mutually agreed upon period. Such trial shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable SOW. CINGULAR shall not be required to issue an Order or to sign a nondisclosure agreement apart from this Agreement to conduct a trial. CINGULAR shall have no obligation to license, purchase or otherwise acquire any Software and/or beta software from MOTRICITY upon the completion of any trial.

 

23


5.5 Provisions for Source Code

Upon occurrence of any of the following events, MOTRICITY shall provide CINGULAR with the Source Code for the Software:

(i) MOTRICITY ceases to provide any support for the Storefront or such Software;

(ii) MOTRICITY ceases doing business for any reason;

(iii) MOTRICITY commits any act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Federal, or any State Bankruptcy Act or if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against MOTRICITY; or

(iv) Proceedings such as receivership, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or other similar proceedings are instituted by or against MOTRICITY.

At CINGULAR’s request and expense, MOTRICITY agrees to place such Source Code in escrow with a software custodian mutually acceptable to the parties. The Source Code will be sufficiently documented such that person(s) with expertise in the area of software development may provide support and modifications for the software within a reasonable timeframe. Further, MOTRICITY will make reasonable efforts to keep the Source Code held in escrow up to date. The Source Code will be updated with each major release of Software within 30 days of the release.

CINGULAR shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the delivered Source Code from unauthorized disclosure or use and shall only permit authorize Users having a business related reason access and use of the Source Code.

5.6 Provisions for Content Catalog

Upon occurrence of any of the following events, Motricity shall provide Cingular with the Content Catalog for the Storefront

MOTRICITY ceases to provide Software Maintenance for such Software;

MOTRICITY ceases doing business for any reason;

MOTRICITY commits any act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Federal, or any State Bankruptcy Act or if bankruptcy proceedings are instituted against MOTRICITY; or

The relationship with Motricity terminates for any reason whatsoever.

Proceedings such as receivership, insolvency, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or other similar proceedings are instituted by or against MOTRICITY.

Motricity agrees to take all reasonable efforts to ensure that the Content Catalog is up to date and is no older than 7 days. Further Motricity agrees to provide the content catalog in a format that is mutually agreed between Motricity and Cingular within 10 days of the request being made. “Content Catalog” shall mean the list of Content that CINGULAR provides via the Storefront, including sufficient information to identify the individual digital Content products and correlate such Content product back to its relationship on the Storefront’s taxonomy and to Subscriber purchases past and present. Provision of the Content Catalog to Cingular does not and will not confer on Cingular any rights to any of the Content listed therein.

5.7 Software Support and Maintenance

MOTRICITY shall be responsible for performing Software support and maintenance, as more fully set out in Appendix 1.2 or the applicable SOW.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC
By:  

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

    By:  

/s/ Stan Sigman

Name:   Ryan Wuerch     Name:   Stan Sigman
Title:   Chairman and CEO     Title:   President and CEO
Date:  

7/28/2006

    Date:  

9/14/06

 

25


APPENDIX 1.1

MOTRICITY PRICING

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

26


APPENDIX 1.2

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

To adequately offer and support the Storefront, MOTRICITY and CINGULAR agree to the terms and conditions set forth in this SLA including but not limited to, the following areas.

 

   

Service availability to Subscribers.

 

   

Trouble identification and resolution process.

 

   

Ongoing support, upgrade, and change control plan for the Storefront

 

   

Content provider technical support process

 

   

Device and application testing SLA.

Definitions

Unless defined herein, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement

 

Term

  

Definition

Availability    The percentage resulting from the following calculation: [1-(Down Time/(Total Time – Scheduled Down Time))] x 100. Availability percentages shall be expressed to two decimal points with the second decimal place rounded up or down to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point.
Business Hours    Monday through Friday, 8:00 am to 7:00 pm Eastern Time
Degradation    A condition in which the system functions outside the predetermined performance limits, resulting in a lower quality of service, but not including Outages.
Down Time    During a calendar month, the sum of (i) number of minutes that the Information Service experiences an Outage, plus (ii) the number of minutes that the Information Service experiences Degradation greater than ***, pro-rated according to the percentage of Degradation as described below. Down Time does not include Outages or Degradation that occur during Scheduled Maintenance.
Emergency Maintenance    Maintenance required outside the agreed-upon Scheduled Maintenance, or necessary within Scheduled Maintenance but not scheduled in advance pursuant to Section 5.
Executive Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate senior and executive people to focus decisions resulting from an outage or incident in production.
Hours of Operation    24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.
Incident    Any Outage, Degradation, or other problem with the Information Service for which Cingular requests support in conformance with this SLA.
Incident Management Process    This facilitates incident management through the notification and escalation processes. This process alerts designated Cingular departments to Information Service-affecting incidents and provides a method by which succeeding levels of technical expertise and related management are engaged in restoration activities.
Information Service    The Storefront, which may also be referred to as the “Media Mall”

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

27


Term

  

Definition

Outage    The Information Service is not available to any Subscribers.
Resolution    The permanent correction of the error, defect or condition giving rise to the Incident.
Root Cause Analysis or RCA    The process of identifying the core events that resulted in an Incident.
Scheduled Down Time    The number of minutes of Down Time incurred during Scheduled Maintenance. Scheduled Down Time does not count against the Availability requirement.
Scheduled Maintenance    The number of minutes of maintenance that is scheduled in advance. Scheduled Down Time shall occur within the Scheduled Maintenance window.
Service Impact Report (“SIR”)    The severity level assigned to an Incident based on the Incident classifications defined in section 3.5 below. SIR reflects the degree of customer impact resulting from an incident, with an SIR 1 having the greatest impact and a SIR 3 having the least.
Span of Control    Span of Control is defined as those areas of functionality that are under the direct control of a party. This includes functionality that is provided by external vendors or suppliers with whom the party has a contractual relationship.
Technical Bridge    A teleconference that brings together appropriate technical people and their immediate supervisors and managers to focus on isolating and resolving an Incident.
Total Time    The total number of minutes in a given calendar month.
Trouble Ticket    A numbered record that documents a significant event or Incident. The tracking document for an Incident or Scheduled Maintenance.

1. Service Availability For The Cingular Storefront Service Provided By Motricity

The Availability requirement for the Storefront is ***, measured on a monthly basis, over 365 days a year, 7 days a week, and 24 hours a day (the “Service Availability Metric”).

The Incident investigation process may be triggered by Topaz monitoring, user testing or at the request of Cingular based on transaction failures or alarms. Any Degradation with an impact greater than *** to Web or WAP application will be considered as partial Availability of the Storefront and a proportion of the time will be counted against the Availability calculations as described below. The Root Cause Analysis must identify any Incident to be within the Motricity’s Span of Control for it to count against reporting or SLA calculations.

Degradation percentage will be measured by Motricity by calculating the transaction impact, based on the Motricity system transaction logs, against the average hourly transaction for the same period from the previous two like periods. Cingular may verify the Motricity transaction logs using the Cingular and/or Qpass transaction logs. In the event of a dispute regarding the Degradation percentage, Cingular will provide Motricity the Cingular and/or Qpass transaction logs for a joint review to resolve the dispute. Transaction calculating will commence on or about August 31, 2006. Until transaction numbers are available, Motricity will use revenue to determine outage impact, measured by Motricity by calculating the revenue impact against the average hourly revenue for the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks. Example of same period from previous like periods over the previous two weeks: if an outage occurs from 3:00am to 4:00 am on a Tuesday, the impact will be compared to the average transactions (or revenues, as applicable) for 3:00am to 4:00 am on Tuesdays for the previous two weeks.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

28


The degradation severity or percentage maybe calculated separately for either WAP or WEB if needed. Down Time attributable to the Degradation will then be calculated by the degradation amount period multiplied by the average hourly transaction rate for the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks. *** If the outage is either WAP or WEB only, the resulting Degradation Down Time calculations will be prorated appropriately based on the WEB or WAP percentage of total transactions. ***

For all verified Degradations, including those below the *** threshold, Motricity will provide an RCA and make all reasonable efforts to address the root cause regardless of service impact level. If Motricity encounters chronic Degradation Incidents with less then *** impact for each Degradation Incident but it results in greater then *** total drop in transactions for the entire month, as compared to the same period from the previous like periods over the previous two weeks, then *** of total minutes impacted by those Degradations will be counted against the Down Time calculations.

User requests for WAP and WEB Services shall be fulfilled in accordance to terms set out as follows. If the system does not perform within these parameters has an impact greater than ***, it will be deemed to be in a state of Degradation. Service impact could happen at any stage of the end-to-end MediaMall purchasing process, including WAP push and Content download portion that is under Motricity’s Span of Control.

For WAP page responses on the Storefront, performance response times from within the Motricity network, verified and measured via SiteScope should be no more than *** as measured on average over *** intervals. Latency issues to be triggered by Topaz monitoring with final latency determination per a mutual agreed RCA process – unless otherwise identified, Mercury SiteScope will be used to measure Motricity latency. If a WAP page does not respond within a certain period of time, or Cingular gateway receives failures, an outage or Degradation may be occurring. Degradations equal to or less than *** of WAP transactions (based on previous two similar periods) will not count against Down Time.

Performance response times from the Motricity network, verified and measured via SiteScope of no more than *** for a WEB page averaged and measured over *** increments. Performance average response times will be triggered by Topaz and confirmed by Sitescope. If a WEB page does not respond within a certain period of time, an outage or Degradation may have occurred. Degradation issues to be triggered by Topaz monitoring with final Degradation determination per a mutual agreed RCA process – unless otherwise identified, Mercury SiteScope will be used to measure Motricity Degradation. Degradations equal to or less than *** of Web transactions (based on previous two similar periods) will not count against Down Time.

For purposes of the Availability calculation, the following circumstances shall not be counted as Down Time (i.e. the Information Service shall not be considered “unavailable” under the following circumstances):

 

  (i) time allocated for Scheduled Maintenance within the maintenance window,

 

  (ii) Downtime or unavailability of the Storefront due to elements beyond MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

 

  (iii) network interruptions on the Cingular side of the demarcation point that are not caused by MOTRICITY; and

 

  (iv) Downtime caused by interruptions that are force majeure events under the Agreement, including without limitation, acts of God, acts or omissions of civil or military authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, war, terrorist acts, riots, civil commotion or civil uprisings, insurrections, fires, explosions, nuclear accidents, strikes, lockouts, power blackouts, interruptions in telecommunications or Internet services or network provider services, earthquakes, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, volcanic actions, or other similar causes beyond MOTRICITY’s Span of Control.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

29


1.1. Service Level Reporting

Motricity will provide Cingular with reporting for Availability on a monthly basis. The reports are due by the sixth (6 th ) business day following the reporting period. These reports will include:

 

  1. Availability

 

  2. Degradation (To include latency measurements)

 

  3. Minutes of Scheduled Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  4. Minutes of Emergency Maintenance and any resulting Down Time

 

  5. Total Down Time

 

  6. List of Incidents with date, start time, stop time and reason

 

  7. Traffic data for hourly intervals provided on a monthly basis or on an adhoc basis(or provide Cingular access to tool with similar data

 

  8. Capacity analysis and reports (quarterly)

 

  9. As requested, detail breakdown of transactions analysis, at 5 minute interval, after each outage

Cingular may choose to use an external tool to measure Motricity’s performance. Motricity will reasonably cooperate with Cingular to allow the proper access and connectivity such that Cingular’s external tools may be utilized.

2. Capacity Management

Forecasts of service usage are a vital part of service capacity planning and management. Motricity should use usage information received from Cingular National Service Delivery Engineering and Marketing to plan and manage the capacity on their service platform and transport facility bandwidth required to connect to Cingular network.

2.1. Forecast

Motricity will use the following Cingular design guidelines and requirements for forecasting their platform node(s) capacity and bandwidth utilization:

Motricity shall use Cingular service usage (Subscriber and MOU) forecast received from Cingular National Service Delivery Engineering and or Cingular Finance and Marketing on a quarterly basis.

Motricity will use an average of 70% processor occupancy as a trigger for growth. Maximum utilization will not exceed 80%. Once an average of 70% sustained utilization trigger is reached or if the 70% trigger is reached more than once a week, new capacity will be in place before the 80% limit is reached or 3 months, whichever is the shorter of the two.

If the bandwidth utilization average exceeds 60%, or the utilization peaks over 70% three times within any seven day period, the bandwidth capacity will be expanded. Once the average of 60% sustained bandwidth utilization trigger is reached or if the 60% trigger is reached more than once a week, new capacity will be in place before the 70% limit is reached or 3 months, whichever is the shorter of the two.

2.2. Trending Matrix

Motricity shall use actual data obtained from each service platform element to trend the capacity performance behavior of each element. A trending matrix will be provided to National Service Delivery Engineering on a monthly basis.

 

30


2.3. Build-Out Plan

Service platform and bandwidth capacity build-out ahead of anticipated growth trigger, based on trends of actual data and forecast information, is necessary in order to ensure quality of service.

Motricity will build-out capacity for service platform elements and circuits for at least six month ahead of forecasted growth.

2.4. Reports

A utilization report on all network circuits and elements will be provided to Cingular on a monthly basis. This reporting shall also include KPI reporting for that period and identified exceptions of any KPI thresholds.

Motricity shall report to Cingular NSD Engineering actual Subscriber user count and capacity utilization metrics. The report should be sent to NSD Engineering on a monthly basis.

Motricity will provide an update to the build-out plan on a monthly basis.

3. Incident Management

Cingular and Motricity collaboration and communication is a key to mutual success. All entities responsible for Information Service Availability will follow this matrix for Incident communication and Incident Management.

3.1. Patches and Fixes

Recognizing the unpredictable nature of Fixes and patch releases, to the fullest extent commercially reasonable, MOTRICITY will notify CINGULAR in writing of all such changes that will affect the use of the Storefront, at the earliest possible date prior to commercial release. Requests submitted for Fixes and patch releases will detail the Fixes and any functionality, interoperability and performance implications.

3.2. Monitoring

Motricity will monitor all functional components and all network connectivity points related to the Information Service 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and 365 days per year. Motricity will establish 24x7x365 NOC with live personnel who are technically versed in the Storefront technology.

3.3. Trouble Tickets and Updates

Motricity will coordinate Incident isolation, testing and repair work for all Incidents that are within Motricity’s span of control. Motricity will proactively inform Cingular when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential Incidents.

3.4. Cingular Notification to Motricity

Cingular may communicate Incidents to Motricity by email or telephone at any time. In each case, Cingular will open a Trouble Ticket with information to assist in Incident Resolution and will assign an SIR to the Incident. Motricity will generate a single response by email for each Trouble Ticket regardless of Trouble Ticket receipt method. The email response from Motricity will include the information supplied to Cingular per Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket.

 

31


3.5. Motricity Notification to Cingular

In the event that Motricity identifies an Incident, Motricity is responsible for notifying Cingular within 15 minutes. Cingular shall track Incidents via a common Incident or Trouble Ticket number. Motricity shall provide a first response, first update and subsequent updates for each Incident according to time periods described in table 3.5.

3.6. Incident Classifications

A distinction will be made between the handling of issues affecting a single Subscriber and issues affecting multiple customers. Single-Subscriber issues will be reported through Cingular Customer Care. In the event of an incident affecting multiple Subscribers, Cingular will assign an initial SIR. Cingular assigns SIR based on the table below:

 

Service
Impact
Report

  

Description

  

Initial
Response

  

Updates

SIR 1   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     An Outage that affects *** or more of Subscribers

 

•     A recurring temporary Outage of the Information Service

 

•     Inability to service Subscriber Technical Support requests

 

•     Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

   ***    *** or as requested
SIR 2   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     An Outage that affects *** of the Subscriber

 

•     Revenue from Content should not be immediately affected.

 

•     Results are materially different from those described in the product definition, documentation and specifications

 

•     A significant Degradation, an Outage that affects *** of Subscribers

of the Information Service occurs

   ***    *** or as requested
SIR 3   

This incident level is attained when any of the following conditions are met:

 

•     An outage that affects less than *** of the Subscribers

 

•     A network event that has no immediate impact on Subscribers or programming (by way of example, loss of redundancy).

 

•     A minor Degradation, affecting less than *** of Subscribers, of the Information Service delivery

 

•     Results that are materially different from those described in the product definition for non-essential features

   ***    *** or as requested

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


3.7. Technical Bridge

During the resolution of an Incident, Cingular may establish a Technical Bridge and/or an Executive Bridge for any Incident. Motricity shall join the Technical Bridge upon *** notice from Cingular for SIR 1 issues as noted in the table below. These bridges are used for NOC-to-NOC communication, troubleshooting, triage and escalation. Unless otherwise notified by Cingular, a Technical Bridge or Executive Bridge will be established as follows:

 

Action

  

SIR 1

  

SIR 2

  

SIR 3

Technical Bridge

   Immediately (within *** when reasonably possible)    *** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)    *** (or sooner upon request from Cingular)

Executive Bridge

   ***    ***    N/A

3.8. Root Cause Analysis

Motricity will provide written assessment of the root cause of all Incidents. The preliminary assessment is due within 24 hours of Incident closure with the completed RCA within five (5) business days. Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet has the required categories and is a suggested format.

4. Change Management – Maintenance

4.1. Scheduled Maintenance/Scheduled Downtime

MOTRICITY will notify CINGULAR of all application, communications and hosting/platform related changes, maintenance and upgrades with respect to the Storefront, except for those that would clearly not impact CINGULAR in any material way. Motricity will notify Cingular by email no less than five (5) working days before a Scheduled Maintenance event. The Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet includes the required information to request Scheduled Maintenance. Cingular will be deemed to have accepted the Motricity Scheduled Maintenance request unless Cingular responds via email at least 24 hours before the Scheduled Maintenance. Motricity will notify Cingular via email immediately prior to and after the Scheduled Maintenance is performed, or if Scheduled Maintenance is postponed or cancelled. Motricity will be available to join Technical Bridges during Scheduled Maintenance as reasonably requested by Cingular.

***

Splash Page During Maintenance - The parties will cooperate to display a “splash page” during any Scheduled Down Time or Emergency Maintenance that would otherwise result in a TCP timeout from a WAP Gateway, and during any other mutually agreed required maintenance activities requiring Subscribers’ requests to be blocked whenever reasonably technically feasible. Such a page will be presented to Subscribers of both the wired and wireless web access points, to inform them of temporary unavailability of the Services. Service of the splash page does not constitute Availability, but is categorized as either Scheduled Down Time or Down Time. Cingular will provide the static WML/xHTML Content to be displayed in the “splash page”.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

33


4.2. Maintenance Window

Motricity will perform Scheduled Maintenance and Scheduled Down Time from *** However, with both parties’ written consent on an exception basis, Motricity will be allowed extended maintenance until ***. Cingular may at times request, provided such request is reasonable under the circumstances, that Motricity close a maintenance window so that Cingular can perform maintenance on its own system.

4.3. Emergency Maintenance

Should Motricity require Emergency Maintenance, Motricity will contact Cingular Operations immediately with a completed Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet. Any Down Time resulting from Emergency Maintenance shall be included as Down Time in the Availability calculation and reports.

4.4. Holiday Network Freeze

Except for critical activities, Motricity will not conduct any maintenance activities that could impact Cingular’s services during Cingular’s holiday network freeze period, or during special promotions or events. Cingular will communicate the restrictions in advance.

5. Contacts and Hours of Operation

The following Contacts information may be updated and republished anytime by either party upon written notice to the other. Changes will not be maintained within this SLA document. Please notify Cingular of changes at: ***

 

Cingular

  

Hours of Operation

  

Role

  

Phone/Email

NSD National Operations Center    24 x 7 x 365   

Incident Management and

Emergency Maintenance

   ***
MMS External Partner Ops   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

  

Incident Root Cause

Analysis, Change

Management, Performance

Reports and Tier 2 Support

   ***
Change Management   

8:00 am – 5:00 pm

PT Monday – Friday

  

Maintenance Notification – all

maintenance

   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

34


Escalation

Level

  

Organization

  

Name

  

Phone Number and
Email Address

  

Hours of

Operation

  

Response

Time

Level 1   

Network Operations

Center

   Customer Help Desk    ***    24/7/365    ***
Level 2   

Network Operations

Center

   ***    ***    Business Hours    ***
Level 3    Production    ***    ***    Business Hours    ***

Technical Developer Support

MOTRICITY will respond within one business day to all CINGULAR developer support inquires.

Developer Care Support & Escalation Process:

 

   

Developer contacts the Cingular developer Forum. If the issue is specific to Motricity and cannot be resolved by Cingular it is escalated to tier 2 at MOTRICITY via email or and a ticket ID is issued.

 

   

If issue is resolved, close ticket.

 

   

If upon thorough investigation, issue cannot be resolved at tier 2, the issue is escalated to Motricity Engineering or Systems resource as appropriate. Issue ownership is maintained by Content & Developer Services representative to preserve developer relationship.

 

   

Upon resolution, close ticket.

 

   

At any time, developers can reopen closed tickets and process is resumed at the point in which it was closed or escalated.

Content Qualification & Review

Timeline requirements for Content Qualification and Review will be split into two sections for requirements. The first will be described as the time required having Content launch ready. The second is to have the launch ready Content fully available to Subscribers for purchasing.

Time to Launch Ready - The MOTRICITY process for testing and launching applications once they have been submitted shall conform to the following timeline requirements:

 

Content Provider Type

 

Time to launch ready

From a Trusted Content Provider   ***
From untrusted Content Provider   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

35


A Trusted Content Provider is defined as one who has an established relationship with Motricity as a Content provider. This relationship is characterized as one where the Content provider has:

 

   

Taken the Motricity prescribed training on Content onboarding, or has been providing Content for a period of *** or more and has met the detailed Content quality guidelines detailed in the trusted partner program.

A Trusted Content Provider undergoes less invasive testing of Content which has been submitted for launch

Motricity will continue to make reasonable efforts to continue moving Content providers from untrusted to Trusted Content Provider. This will be accomplished via training and technical support as detailed in this document.

Time to Availability in Production - Motricity shall also make improvements in the software platform and process such that Content which is launch ready can be deployed and made available to Subscribers within a certain time as follows:

 

Date

 

Launch Time Requirements

By July 6, 2006

  Release 2.0, Real-time Content Management, Phase 1: All Content ready for launch into production shall be available for Subscribers to discover and purchase within 6 hours – based on reasonable import volume from Content provider(s) and excluding any global caching delays outside of the Motricity’s Span of Control.

By February 28, 2007

  Release 2.0, Real-time Content Management, Phase 2: All Content ready for launch into production shall be available for Subscribers to discover and purchase within 2 hours after deployment (Real-time Content Management) – based on reasonable import volume from Content provider(s) and excluding any global cashing delays outside of Motricity’s Span of Control.

Service Credits

A) Service Outages. An Outage shall begin when the loss of capability begins or when the situation becomes known to MOTRICITY, or is either automatically or manually reported to MOTRICITY, whichever occurs earlier, and shall continue until such time as service is restored and messages are successfully transmitted. However, if Motricity is not aware of an Outage due to monitoring gaps, the start time of the Outage will be based on the log data, if available.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


Service Credits Applicable to Storefront .

For any unplanned Outages occurring within MOTRICITY’s “Span of Control” MOTRICITY will provide Cingular with service credits. The service credits will be calculated based on the following formula:

In the event of its failure to meet the performance metrics described in this Appendix 1.2 Service Level Agreement for the Storefront Availability, MOTRICITY agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Cingular Service Credits”).

Monthly Network Availability Percentages. For failures to meet the Service Availability Metric, MOTRICITY shall pay Cingular as service credits an amount equal to the product of the following equation: Average transactions per hour (based on the same period as the failures from the previous like periods over the previous two months) multiplied by amount of time offline multiplied the by Per Transaction Amount as defined in the table below

 

TOTAL MONTHLY DOWN

TIME IN EXCESS OF

SERVICE AVAILABILITY

METRIC

   PER TRANSACTION AMOUNT
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

In no case shall the total monthly penalty exceed the lower of (i) ***.

Service Credits Applicable to Motricity On-boarding of Content

In the event of Motricity’s failure to meet the performance metrics described under this Appendix 1.2 Service Level Agreement for the on-boarding of Content, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“Cingular Service Credits”).

***

Applies to single and bulk submissions. Applies in situations where the failure is a result of a failure within Motricity’s Span of Control.

Version is described as a ringtone intended for a specific handset model. For example, if the ringtone for “Yesterday” by the Beatles was late by three days and was intended for 26 handsets, ***

Service Credits Applicable to Enhancements and Releases of the Software

The following releases are subject to specific feature penalties:

Release 2.0:

Video Downloads

Client Content API Phase I

Real-Time Content Management (6 hours)

Bundles

WAP Preview

Parental Controls Phase II

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

37


Release 2.1:

 

   

Blackberry

 

   

Symbian

 

   

Offer Management: % Discount

 

   

Content Status Dashboard

 

   

Client API v2

 

   

Taxonomy Enhancements

 

   

Retail Commissioning

***

For releases not specified by the execution date of the Agreement, Motricity agrees to support five (5) mutually agreeable and reasonable features if:

 

   

*** from release UAT date, requirements need to be locked.

 

   

*** from release UAT date, scope needs to be locked.

Any change control once requirements are locked will require a review of the delivery dates per a mutually agreed change control process.

Feature or release based date slippage due to unresolved Cingular or third party dependencies beyond Motricity’s Span of Control will not be subject to non-performance compensation. This will apply to the release in question (release being worked) as well as the downstream releases affected by Motricity resources being required to work on a release beyond the planned dates due (as established in the Statement of Work, Appendix 1.3) to factors outside of Motricity’s Span of Control. In the event of slippages beyond Motricity’s Span of Control, Cingular and Motricity will identify within 30 days any delays to subsequent releases.

In the event of its failure to deliver a release on time, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described in this Section as liquidated damages sustained by Cingular (“ Non Performance Compensation ”). The parties acknowledge that the Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Non-Performance Compensation against future payments due Motricity by Cingular. In the event no payments are due Motricity by Cingular within three (3) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay Cingular the Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following expresses the default schedule of Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each enhancement:

***

Chronic Failure

If the Availability is below *** in any three (3) consecutive calendar months during the term of the Agreement (“Chronic Failure”), Cingular may treat such occurrence as a Material Breach of the Agreement and Cingular may terminate for cause as set forth therein

Cingular will be required to provide written notice of intent to terminate within 30 days after the third consecutive month.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

38


Additionally, if Motricity fails to meet the availability target for three consecutive months, then Motricity and Cingular will formally initiate performance improvement plan in order to remedy the issue(s).

CINGULAR Support . As set forth in this SLA, CINGULAR shall remedy Incidents that have been identified either internally by MOTRICITY or CINGULAR as within Cingular’s Span of Control. Corrective action by CINGULAR assumes that MOTRICITY has provided CINGULAR all Mandatory Information for incident Reporting as defined herein.

CINGULAR Obligations

 

  (a) CINGULAR will make best efforts, through MOTRICITY escalation contacts, to advise MOTRICITY of all scheduled maintenance on its network that will affect in any significant manner the number of transactions being sent to MOTRICITY for processing by the Storefront.

 

  (b) CINGULAR will make best efforts also, through MOTRICITY escalation contacts, to advise MOTRICITY of any unplanned outages on its network

 

39


Examples

The following examples are provided as a template to use for Incident Notification, Root Cause Analysis or Maintenance Requests.

Example A: Incident Notification or Trouble Ticket (send to: ***)

 

  1) Title of Incident

 

  2) Brief Description of Incident

 

   

Should include scope (Cingular service impacted)

 

  3) Start Date and Time

 

  4) Information Service Resolution Date and Time

 

  5) Duration of Outage

 

   

Provided at time of restoration

 

  6) Cingular Information Service Impact

 

   

Impact to Cingular End Customer

 

  7) Partner Ticket Number

 

  8) Partner Severity Level

 

   

Based on quantified Information Service impact

 

  9) Technical Action Take to Correct Incident

 

   

Steps taken to restore Information Service

 

  10) Initial Root Cause

 

   

Suspect root cause (brief)

 

   

Formal RCA for SIR 1 or chronic issues of lower severity

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


Example B: Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Worksheet (send to: ***)

 

  1) Executive Summary

 

   

Short description

 

   

Root Cause statement

 

   

Corrective Action

 

  2) Detailed Summary

 

   

Outage duration

 

   

Date

 

   

Start

 

   

Events / Timeline

 

   

Stop

 

   

Information Service Affected (Cingular)

 

   

Impact Assessment (Cingular)

 

   

Information Service Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

   

Customer Impact (customers affected / percentage affected)

 

   

Root Cause

 

   

Extenders

 

   

Process breakdown

 

   

Proactive / reactive problem recognition and analysis

 

   

Improvement Action

 

   

Resolution

 

   

Short term actions and timelines

 

   

Long term actions and timelines

 

   

Lessons learned

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

41


Example C: Maintenance Request Worksheet (send to: ***)

 

  1) Title of Maintenance

 

  2) Brief Description of Maintenance

 

   

Scope and full description

 

   

Cingular service

 

  3) Maintenance Start Date & Time

 

  4) Maintenance End Date & Time

 

  5) Cingular Service Impact

 

   

Impact to Cingular internal & external customers

 

   

Explanation of Information Service unavailability

 

  6) Information Service Impact Assessment (within the scheduled window)

 

   

Duration in minutes

 

   

Estimated start/end time of Cingular service impact

 

  7) Risk Assessment

 

  8) Partner Maintenance Request Number

 

  9) Point of Contact

 

   

Name, telephone numbers

 

  10) Maintenance Install Team

 

  11) Update Schedule

 

   

Cancellation of Maintenance – as soon as possible

 

   

Start of Maintenance Window

 

   

Notify when Down Time begins

 

   

Notify when Information Service is restored (Down Time ends)

 

   

Notify of Problem

 

   

Maintenance runs outside window

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

42


Appendix 3

Statement of Work

 

 

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

43


Appendix 1.4

Cingular Wireless Travel Policy

 

 

Cingular has developed this Travel Policy to give an understanding of Cingular’s rules regarding necessary business travel. The focus of the policy is to establish and communicate equitable standards and effective procedures for reducing travel costs, while ensuring consistent and fair treatment who must travel on business. It is impossible to anticipate every situation that may be encountered while traveling on business so travelers are asked to exercise good judgment when incurring travel expenses.

Business travel should be absolutely necessary and in the best interest of Cingular Wireless. Travelers should select the most economical travel arrangements to maximize effectiveness and minimize expense.

APPLICABILITY AND SCOPE

This policy applies to all contract suppliers who are assigned to travel on behalf of Cingular Wireless, unless specifically waived.

AIR TRAVEL

All suppliers should fly coach class for domestic flights . For international flights where flight time is greater than 5 hours, excluding layovers or ground time, business class can be booked. Note: booking a higher fare in order to allow an upgrade to first / business class using frequent flyer points is prohibited. All applicable fare rules and tariffs of the ticketed carrier will apply to all tickets issued.

As a general guideline, the traveler can choose the least-cost non-stop flight within a two-hour window.

Electronic ticketing saves Cingular money and is the preferred option for all domestic flights. It is no longer necessary, nor preferred for Cingular travelers to have paper tickets. An additional charge is now being incurred when paper tickets are requested by travelers.

OPEN-ENDED TICKETS

To avoid excess cost, the company makes it a policy not to issue open-ended tickets.

FREQUENT FLYER UPGRADES

Charges resulting from frequent flyer upgrades are the responsibility of the traveler and will not be reimbursed. Travelers are responsible for their own upgrades; the Travel Counselors can assist you with upgrade information, but you must obtain the upgrade from the airline directly. Deliberately causing the company to pay more than the lowest available airfare for the purpose of obtaining personal gratuities (e.g., frequent flyer awards, first/business class upgrades) is strictly prohibited. Under no circumstance may a supplier deviate from the standards set in this policy in order to accumulate travel bonuses.

HOTELS

Cingular has contracted special corporate rates with a number of hotels around the country. These contracted hotels should be used when traveling on business with Cingular. If there is no contracted hotel at your destination or the contracted hotels in the area are sold out, make reservations at a non-contracted hotel comparable in price. If you are attending a conference or meeting, which has blocked hotel rooms, it is within policy to stay in that selected hotel. Company guidelines for hotel rates are limited to $150.00/per night. Certain high cost cities (I.e., NY, DC, Seattle, LA) will require higher hotel rate and are acceptable to reserve.

A current listing of hotels with which we have special contracted rates is attached. Please use this listing as a guide for selecting a hotel in your destination city.

 

44


ROOMS

Only standard rooms at the negotiated or discounted rate available to Cingular are approved. Suites or luxury accommodations will not be reimbursed unless under written approval. Free upgrades are approved as long as they do not result in an increased cost to Cingular.

DOMESTIC SATURDAY NIGHT STAY

For domestic business travel only, the company will approve a Saturday night hotel expense and meals if the stay results in a reduced airfare. Supporting documentation must accompany the voucher to show overall expenses incurred by the Saturday night stay, including meals, hotel, and airfare, to be lower than the unrestricted round trip fare for that destination. Please ask the Travel Counselor to note the unrestricted round-trip airfare for that destination on your itinerary. The company will not reimburse personal expenses such as tours, theater tickets, etc.

GROUND TRANSPORTATION

Always select the most cost-effective ground transportation available in each location.

AIRPORT SHUTTLES AND COURTESY CARS

You should use airport shuttles and hotel courtesy cars where available. You will be reimbursed for reasonable airport shuttle service and bus fares paid for local travel while on a business trip.

RENTAL CARS

As a general rule, you should only use a rental car where a taxi and other local ground transportation costs would exceed the cost of a rental car. Auto rentals are a resource when other means of transportation are not available or reasonable. When traveling alone and your length of stay or destination warrants a car, then a mid-size/intermediate car or smaller should be rented. When suppliers are traveling together and their destination is the same, then a mid-size/intermediate car should be shared.

Your company is required to purchase insurance coverage; it is not the responsibility of Cingular Wireless.

PERSONAL EXPENSES

Cingular will not pay for personal expenses (e.g., weekend transportation, personal entertainment, health club fees, newspapers, movies) while travelers are on a business assignment; nor will the company permit the use of its property for personal benefit unless as expressly provided in this policy.

RESPONSIBILITIES

Exercise good judgment with respect to expenses. You are expected to determine the most economical means of obtaining lodging, meals and transportation.

 

 

Spend the company’s money as carefully and judiciously as you would your own.

 

 

Report all expenses promptly and accurately with the required documentation.

 

 

Claim reimbursement for business expenditures only. If a business trip includes both business and personal expenditures, only the business expenditures will be reimbursed.

APPROVAL ROUTING and BILLING EXPECTATIONS

All travel and entertainment expenses incurred on behalf of Cingular Wireless business should be itemized on an excel spreadsheet. Approval should be routed based on routing designated in the contract between Cingular Wireless and the supplier.

A detailed excel spreadsheet should accompany the supplier’s travel expense invoice.

All business and travel expenses have to be reviewed and pre-approved by Cingular in writing.

 

45


APPENDIX 2.3

ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

 

 

[Type on CINGULAR Letterhead Stationery or may be sent vie e-mail]

[Name]

[Address]

[City], [State] [Zip]

Attn:

In accordance with Section 3.9 (Delivery, Performance, and Acceptance) of that certain Master Agreement, between                                                               and CINGULAR, effective                     , 20    , the undersigned accepts the Material and/or Services described on Order              to the above-mentioned Agreement as of             , 20    .

 

CINGULAR
By:  

 

(Print Name)

Title:  

 

Date Signed:  

 

 

46


APPENDIX 2.16

NOTICE OF COMPLETION

 

 

 

[May be sent via email]

Form of MOTRICITY’s Notice of Completion

CINGULAR:

MOTRICITY hereby informs you that as of                     , we have completed Delivery as required under our Agreement. Upon receipt of this Notice, your User Acceptance Testing commences.

 

Signed:  

 

Title:  

 

 

47


Appendix 3.5

Executive Orders and Federal Regulations

Work under this Agreement may be subject to the provisions of certain Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations governing performance of this contract including, but not limited to: Executive Order 11246, Executive Order 11625, Executive Order 11701, and Executive Order 12138, Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended and the Vietnam Era Veteran’s Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974. To the extent that such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations apply to the work under this Agreement, and only to that extent, MOTRICITY (also referred to as “MOTRICITY”) agrees to comply with the provisions of all such Executive Orders, federal laws, state laws, and associated regulations, as now in force or as may be amended in the future, including, but not limited to the following:

1. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY DUTIES AND PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT MOTRICITYS

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(a), the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by that section, including but not limited to, MOTRICITY’s agreement that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The MOTRICITY will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

2. AGREEMENT OF NON SEGREGATED FACILITIES

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-1.8, MOTRICITY agrees that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any facilities segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any location, under its control, where such segregated facilities are maintained. The term “facilities” as used herein means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, rest rooms, wash rooms, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees; provided, that separate or single-user restroom and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

3. AGREEMENT OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

MOTRICITY agrees that it has developed and is maintaining an Affirmative Action Plan as required by 41 C.F.R.§60-1.4(b).

4. AGREEMENT OF FILING

MOTRICITY agrees that it will file, per current instructions, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EE0-1), or such other forms as may be required under 41 C.F.R.§60-1.7(a).

5. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS AND DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA.

In accordance with 41 C.F.R.§60-250.20, and 41 C.F.R.§60-741.20, the parties incorporate herein by this reference the regulations and contract clauses required by those provisions to be made a part of government contracts and subcontracts.

6. UTILIZATION OF SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS

As prescribed in 48 C.F.R., Ch. 1, 19.708(a):

 

  (a)

It is the policy of the United states that small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in performing contracts let by any Federal agency, including contracts and sub-contracts

 

48


 

for systems, assemblies, components, and related services for major systems. It is further the policy of the United States that its prime MOTRICITY establish procedures to ensure the timely payment amounts due pursuant to the terms of the subcontracts with small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals and small business concerns owned and controlled by women.

 

  (b) The MOTRICITY hereby agrees to carry out this policy in the awarding of subcontracts to the fullest extent consistent with efficient contract performance. The MOTRICITY further agrees to cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be conducted by the United States Small Business Administration or the awarding agency of the United States as may be necessary to determine the extent of the MOTRICITY’s compliance with this clause.

 

  (c) As used in this contract, the term small business concern shall mean a small business as defined pursuant to section 3 of the Small Business Act and relevant regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The term small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals shall mean a small business concern which is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and (2) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals. This term also means small business concern that is at least 51 percent unconditionally owned by an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock unconditionally owned by one of these entities which has its management and daily business controlled by members of an economically disadvantaged Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian Organization, and which meets the requirements of 13 CRF part 124. The MOTRICITY shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged individual include Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, Asian-Pacific Americans, Subcontinent Asian Americans, and other minorities, or any other individual found to be disadvantaged by the Administration pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small business Act. The MOTRICITY shall presume that socially and economically disadvantaged entities also include Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian Organizations.

 

  (d) The term “small business concern owned and controlled by women” shall mean a small business concern (i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more women, and (ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more women; and

 

  (e) MOTRICITY acting in good faith may rely on written representations by their sub-MOTRICITY regarding their status as a small business concern, a small business concern owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantage individuals or a small business concern owned and controlled by women.

7. SMALL, SMALL DISADVANTAGED AND WOMEN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SUB-CONTRACTING PLAN. The sub-MOTRICITY will adopt a plan similar to the plan required by 48 CFR Ch. 1 at 52.219-9.

 

49


Appendix 3.6

Security Requirements for System or Network Access by Contractors

 

 

 

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

50


Appendix 4.12(a)

PRIME SUPPLIER MBE/WBE/DVBE ANNUAL PARTICIPATION REPORTING PLAN

 

 

YEAR REPORTING:

PRIME SUPPLIER NAME:

ADDRESS:

COMPANY E-MAIL:

TELEPHONE NUMBER:

DESCRIBE GOODS / SERVICES BEING PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT:

THE FOLLOWING, TOGETHER WITH ANY ATTACHMENTS IS SUBMITTED AS AN MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION PLAN.

GOALS

 

  A. WHAT ARE YOUR MBE/WBE/DVBE PARTICIPATION GOALS?

 

  a. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)

 

  b. WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES)

 

  c. DISABLED VERTERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)

 

  B. WHAT IS THE ESTIMATED ANNUAL VAULE OF THIS CONTRACT WITH CINGULAR AFFILIATES?

Note: indicated dollar awards as it applies to this contract:

 

  C. WHAT ARE THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS OF YOUR PROJECTED MBE/WBE/DVBE PURCHASES?

 

  a. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (MBEs)

 

  b. WOMAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (WBES)

 

  c. DISABLED VERTERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DVBEs)

(SEE MBE/WBE/DVBE CANCELLATION CLAUSE IN AGREEMENT FOR DEFINITIONS OF MBE, WBE AND DVBE)

LIST THE PRINCIPAL GOODS AND SERVICES TO BE SUBCONTRACED TO MBE/WBE/DVBEs OR DELIVERED THROUGH MBE/WBE/DVBE VALUE ADDED RESELLERS.

DETAILED PLAN FOR USE OF M/WBES-DVBEs SUBCONTRACTORS

For every product and service you intend to use, provide the following information.

 

51


Company name    Classification    Products/Services    $ Value    Date to begin
   (MBE/WBE/DVBE)         

Supplier agrees that it will maintain all necessary documents and records to support its efforts to achieve its MBE/WBE/DVBE participation goal(s). Supplier also acknowledges the fact that it is responsible for identifying, soliciting and qualifying MBE/WBE/DVBE subcontractors.

The following individual, acting in the capacity of MBE/WBE/DVBE coordinator for Supplier, will:

Administer the MBE/WBE/DVBE participation plan, submit summary reports, and cooperate in any studies or surveys as may be required in order to determine the extent of compliance by the seller with the participation plan.

 

52


Appendix 4.12(b)

TIER II M/WBE-DVBE QUARTERLY RESULTS REPORT

 

 

Direct and Indirect Spend

Note: Subcontracting Results should reflect ONLY M/WBE-DVBE dollars directly traceable to sales

DURING THE REPORT QUARTER.

Results must be reported individually for each CINGULAR affiliate.

 

THIS SUMMARY REPORT SHOULD BE E-MAILED TO:    Dwan.Armstrong@cingular.com
Cc:    teresa.spann@cingular.com

Note: Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to:

Dwan Armstrong

Supplier Diversity Manager

5565 Glenridge Connector

Atlanta, GA 30342

Fax: 866-604-6679

 

  1. Reporting Company

 

Company Name:  

 

Address:  

 

City, State, Zip:  

 

Contact Name:  

 

Title:  

 

E-mail:  

 

Date:  

 

 

  2. Report Quarter:

This report reflects the utilization of Minority Business Enterprise/ Woman Business Enterprise/Disabled Veterans Enterprise participating for period:

 

Report Date Range:  

 

Signature:  

 

            Date:                     

 

53


 

PARTICIPATION GOAL

 

      

 

PARTICIPATION ACHIEVEMENT

 

     
                Actual for Quarter
     
                A. DIRECT- Payments reported to CINGULAR by a primary supplier who has subcontracted work to M/W/DVBEs on behalf of the primary supplier’s contract with CINGULAR.     
     
     Annual Goal           MBE        WBE        DVBE         
           
Percent               Total Diversity        $    $    $     
of Total    MBE       WBE       DVBE            Spend            
                      with              
Sales    ***   ***   ***        CINGULAR              
     
               

Total

Sales to

CINGULAR

             
     
                   MBE        WBE        DVBE         
                % of Total                    
                Sales                    
                to              
                CINGULAR                    
     
                B. INDIRECT-Primary supplier’s M/W/DVBE spend not related to the CINGULAR Contract.
     
                CINGULAR % of Total              
                Revenues                  
               

(U.S.

revenues

only)

             
                Total Indirect              
                Diversity       $          
                Spend (in US)              
     
                Total Diversity Contribution       $          
     
                     

Total Diversity Spend to

CINGULAR

 

       

$

 

         

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

54


 

CINGULAR - SUBCONTRACTING RESULTS

 

5. M/WBE-DVBE SUBCONTRACTOR(S)

  

Ethnic/Gender:

  

Total Dollars:

    

(Direct Spend Only)

        
Name:   

 

          
Address:   

 

   Certifying Agency:                  
City, State, Zip:   

 

          
Telephone:   

 

        
Goods or Services:         
To add additional subcontractors, copy the entire light gray area and paste directly below this line.   

 

55


APPENDIX 7.0

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

With respect to performance hereunder, and in addition to contractor’s obligation to indemnify, contractor agrees to maintain, at all times during the term of this Agreement, the following minimum insurance coverage and limits and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

Workers’ Compensation insurance with benefits afforded under the laws of the state in which the Services are to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with minimum limits of:

$100,000 for Bodily Injury- each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease-policy limits

$100,000 for Bodily Injury by disease-each employee.

Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of:

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in any one occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for Personal Injury and Advertising

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit, with a

$1,000,000 each occurrence sub-limit for Products/Completed Operations.

$300,000 Fire Legal Liability sub-limits are required for lease agreements.

Cingular Wireless and its Affiliates will be listed as an Additional Insured on the Commercial General Liability policy. For the purpose of this clause “Affiliate” means (i) a company, whether incorporated or not, which owns, directly or indirectly, a majority interest in either Party (a “parent company”) and (ii) a company, whether incorporated or not, in which a five percent (5%) or greater interest is owned, either directly or indirectly, by: (i) either Party or (ii) a parent company.

If use of a motor vehicle is required, Automobile Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage, which coverage shall extend to all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles.

Cingular Wireless requires that companies affording insurance coverage have a rating of A- or better and a Financial Size Category rating of VII or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies.

A certificate of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits provided the contractor must be received prior to commencement of any work.

The cancellation clause on the certificate of insurance will be amended to read as follows:

FACILITIES KNOWLEDGE CENTER (cont’d)

“THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER PRIOR TO CANCELLATION OR A MATERIAL CHANGE TO POLICY DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

The Contractor shall also require all subcontractors performing work on the project or who may enter upon the work site to maintain the same insurance requirements listed above.

 

56


Exhibit A

TEMPLATE SPECIAL PROJECTS SERVICE REQUEST FORM

RE: Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606

by and between Motricity Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC.

 

Special Projects Service Request
Requested By:  

 

     Service Request No:  

 

Assigned To:  

 

     Date Initiated:  

 

Request Name:  

 

      

 

Description of Request

and deliverables:

   
 
Specifications    
 
Criteria for Acceptance

of any deliverables

   
 
Delivery Schedule/Milestones    
Intellectual Property Ownership:   [The default under this Agreement is that Motricity owns the IP for all Deliverables. Please provide any requested variations from this default]
Exclusivity   [The default under this Agreement is Cingular has exclusive rights to all Deliverables as defined in this Service Request, for twelve (12) months.
Nonperformance Compensation   [The default under this Agreement is that all Deliverables are subject to NPC for late delivery. Please provide any requested variations from this default]

 

Requested by Cingular

  Received by MOTRICITY INC.
By:   By:
Name:   Name:
Title:   Title:
Date:   Date:

SPECIAL PROJECTS SERVICE REQUEST FORMs

Must also be signed by the designated

Exclusivity / IP Officer of each party

 

Cingular EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER APPROVAL     MOTRICITY INC. EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER APPROVAL
By:       By:  
Name:       Name:  
Title:   EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER     Title:   EXCLUSIVITY / IP OFFICER
Date:       Date:  

 

57


Exhibit B

Revenue Share Rider

 

 

Revenue Share Rider for Enhancements

General Terms

Cingular and Motricity agree to the following additional Revenue Share in order to fund any SOW for custom development work (“Professional Services”):

***

Funds accumulated as part of RSR will be applied to Professional Services work at rates described in Exhibit C.

MOTRICITY will be required to maintain accurate records of amounts available as RSR credits and produce monthly statements of balance to Cingular.

Professional Services paid for with RSR funds are subject to Non-Performance Compensation (NPC) as described in Appendix 1.2.

Termination of Revenue Share Rider

The use of RSR would be optional and solely under Cingular’s discretion. Cingular shall have the right, to terminate the RSR between Cingular and MOTRICITY by providing thirty (30) days notice of termination to MOTRICITY.

If upon the final date of termination of the RSR, there are existing, executed Statements of Work and sufficient funds have not yet been realized through the RSR, Cingular will pay MOTRICITY the difference upon receipt of invoice pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or as otherwise stated in the SOW. In no event shall Cingular’s liability exceed the price of the Statements of Work outstanding.

Outstanding credits in the RSR remaining at termination will be paid to Cingular immediately as cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MOTRICITY shall withhold *** or *** whichever amount is less for purposes of proper permanent wind down of the RSR.

Suspension of Revenue Share Rider

From time to time Cingular may choose to suspend the RSR for a period of time. Cingular will provide MOTRICITY thirty (30) days notice of suspension. For ease of calculation, the suspension of the RSR will only occur at the end of a calendar month. Upon suspension, unused credits would be banked for use with future Professional Services. Unused credits would also carry forward into the next fiscal year without end or until notice of the RSR termination has been given.

Re-activation of Revenue Share Rider

In the situation where Cingular wishes to reinstate the RSR revenue share after a suspension, Cingular will notify Motricity in writing of Cingular’s intent. Motricity agrees that upon notice from Cingular, the RSR revenue share will restart beginning on the next whole calendar month.

Statement of Work Requirements

SOWs that apply against the RSR must be identified as such in advance of undertaking any work beyond initial estimates and cost analysis. The application of the RSR funds to these Statements of Work will be at the mutual agreement of Cingular and Motricity.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

58


Cingular will require Motricity to substantiate the total cost of each SOW with proof satisfactory to Cingular. This will include:

Specific cost breakdown by functional area or discipline (e.g. Testing, Development, System Analyst, Project Management and others).

Specific cost breakdown by hours applied

Specific cost breakdown by enhancement or large feature component

In the event that Motricity does not provide a detailed Statement of Work, Cingular may withhold approval to authorize the Statement of Work.

 

59


Exhibit C

Motricity Rate Card

 

 

 

Area/Discipline

 

Rate

Project Management   ***
Development   ***
Operations   ***
Quality, Services & Testing   ***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

60


AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CINGULAR WIRELESS LLC AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment No. 4 (the “Amendment”) to that certain Master Services Agreement Number TJR031606 with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (the “Agreement”) as amended on or about April 27, 2007 (as amended, the “Agreement”) by and between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (“Motricity”), and Cingular Wireless, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Cingular”) is effective as of April 27, 2007 (“Amendment No. 4 Effective Date”). Motricity and Cingular may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, that Parties have agreed that Motricity will support VPN Connectivity method on an interim basis until parties jointly agree that MPLS Connectivity is established; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend the Agreement to reflect the obligations of the Parties with respect to the Service Level Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Service Level Agreement.

 

  a. Appendix 1.2, Section 1 will be amended to include the following sentence :

During this interim period where both parties agree to use VPN Connectivity, AT&T Mobility agrees that the VPN connection is not within Motricity’s Span of Control. In the event that the VPN connectivity results in a partial or complete outage of the storefront, that outage will not count against Media Mall’s monthly uptime statistics or Non-Performance Compensation calculations, except to the extent that the VPN-related outage is directly attributable to an act or omission of Motricity.

However, AT&T Mobility still expects Motricity to make a good faith effort to monitor and alarm on issues involving the VPN connections. Further, we would expect best effort cooperation in troubleshooting and resolving connectivity issues with the VPN connection.

If the VPN has not been converted to the MPLS circuit within 60 days of launch, then both parties agree to meet and discuss options for accelerating the implementation of the MPLS circuits or discuss alternatives options for replacing the VPN.

 

  2. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, by facsimile or otherwise, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

 

  3. This Amendment sets forth the entire understanding of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, discussions, and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter. In the event of an express conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Amendment will control.

 

  4. All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


SIGNED:     
MOTRICITY, INC.    CINGULAR WIRELESS, LLC

/s/ Daniel Rizer

(signature)

  

/s/ Peter Wong

(signature)

Daniel Rizer

Print Name

  

Peter Wong

Print Name

GM, Global Carrier Business

Title

  

Producer Mgr.

Title

5/1/2007

Date

  

4/27/2007

Date


ADDENDUM NO. 5 to Agreement No. TJR031606 between

Motricity, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC

This Addendum No.5 (“Addendum No.5”), effective as of May 18, 2007, (“Addendum Effective Date”) between Motricity, a Delaware corporation (“Supplier”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC.), a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T”, “Cingular” or Company”), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between Company and Supplier, as amended (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Addendum No.5

 

 

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Motricity and Cingular entered into the Agreement on September 14, 2006, and

WHEREAS, Motricity and AT&T mutually desire to amend and modify the Agreement to include professional services by which Motricity will provide the Services and pricing as stated in SOW Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

NOW therefore the parties agree that:

 

  1. The attached SOW, Exhibit A-1, setting forth Services needed to implement the 2007 Releases supporting the following: User-centered generation of targeted User Experiences that realize the potential of convergence and Global User Interface standards that provide a blueprint across and between three screens strategy of AT&T, shall be added to the Agreement

 

  2. Except as expressly set forth above all other terms of the Agreement remain unchanged and are in full force and effect.

 

  3. Motricity shall have fulfilled its obligations under this Statement of Work when Motricity accomplishes the Services as described in the SOW, Exhibit A-1.

 

  4. Except as amended by this Addendum No. 1, the Agreement is not modified, revoked or superseded and remains in full force and effect.

 

  5. This instrument may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile signature, each of which counterparts will be deemed an original and together shall constitute one instrument. In witness whereof, Motricity and AT&T have executed this Fifth Addendum by their duly authorized representatives.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.    

AT&T SERVICES, INC.

On behalf of its Affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC

By:  

/s/ Daniel Rizer

    By:  

/s/ Richard Steadman

Printed Name:  

Daniel Rizer

    Printed Name:  

Richard Steadman

Title:  

COO

    Title:  

Director GSS

Date:  

6/15/07

    Date:  

06/18/07

 

1


Exhibit A-1

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Amendment

TJR031606.A.006

Between

Motricity, Inc

And

AT&T Mobility LLC

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

AT&T MOBILITY LLC AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment No. 6 (the “Amendment”) effective on the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”), between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Motricity”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC., a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T”, ), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T and Motricity, with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Amendment No. 6. Motricity and AT&T may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS, that Parties have agreed that Motricity will develop and provide an Answer Tones Storefront, as that term is defined in the Agreement, for AT&T; and

WHEREAS, to provide the Answer Tones Storefront, Motricity must obtain certain connectivity as set forth in this Amendment No. 6, the cost of which AT&T has agreed to pay.

NOW THEREFORE the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

1. Definitions. Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

2. Appendix 1.1, Motricity Pricing is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 2:

2. Motricity shall obtain the *** Extended Native LAN connectivity for the Answer Tones Storefront ( the “Connectivity”) as that Service is described in Appendix 1.3, Statement of Work. The cost for the Connectivity for the initial twelve (12) month term (the “Initial Term”), which shall be borne solely by AT&T, shall be as follows:

***

Motricity will invoice AT&T for the Installation Fee upon submitting the order to the third party provider for the Connectivity. Thereafter, Motricity will invoice AT&T each month for the Monthly Recurring Fee. AT&T shall pay invoices subject to the payment terms of the Agreement.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


AT&T acknowledges that:

 

  (i) Motricity shall obtain the Connectivity from a third party, and such third party may impose a minimum twelve (12) month term for such Connectivity. AT&T acknowledges that cancellation of the Connectivity for any reason, other than on account of a material breach of the Agreement by Motricity may result in cancellation fees and/or penalties, Motricity may result in cancellation fees and/or penalties, and AT&T will be solely responsible for such fees and/or penalties. If such cancellation fees and/or penalties are imposed, AT&T shall pay invoices for such fees and/or penalties in accordance with the payment terms of the Agreement. Such fees and/or penalties may be in addition to and not in lieu of the Answer Tones Storefront Termination Fees provided for in Section 3.4(f) of the Agreement;

 

  (ii) AT&T shall provide Motricity with no less than forty-five (45) days written notice in the event AT&T wishes to cancel the Connectivity;

 

  (iii) The Monthly Recurring Fee may increase after the Initial Term, and AT&T shall be responsible for any such increase; and

 

  (iv) The Connectivity is outside Motricity’s Span of Control, and thus, any issues with the Connectivity will not count towards any Downtime, Degradations, or Outages as defined in Appendix 1.2, Service Level Agreement.

3. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, by facsimile or otherwise, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same document.

4. This Amendment sets forth the entire understanding of the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, discussions, and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter. In the event of an express conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Amendment will control.

5. All other provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SIGNED:

MOTRICITY, INC.

   

AT&T SERVICES, INC.

on behalf of its affiliate AT&T Mobility LLC

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

   

/s/ Richard Steadman

(signature)     (signature)

Ryan K. Wuerch

   

Richard Steadman

Print Name     Print Name

Chairman & CEO

   

Director

Title     Title

9/10/2007

   

8/29/2007

Date     Date

 

3


TJR031606.A.007

Amendment 7

Between

Motricity, Inc.

And

AT&T Mobility LLC


AMENDMENT NO. 7

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 7 (the “Amendment”) effective on the date when signed by the last Party (“Effective Date”), between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Motricity”) and AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a known as Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability company, on behalf of itself, and its Affiliates, (“AT&T’, ), amends the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T and Motricity, with an effective dated on or about September 14, 2006 (collectively the “Agreement”). Except as otherwise indicated, all terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Amendment No. 7. Motricity and AT&T may sometimes be referred to herein individually as a “Party” or jointly as the “Parties”.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T entered into Agreement No. TJR031606, on September 14, 2006 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , Motricity and AT&T desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

Now, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Storefront Revenue Share . Effective January 1, 2008, Appendix 1.1 (Motricity Pricing) is hereby amended by replacing 1(b)(i) with the following:

***

 

2. Primary Releases . Notwithstanding anything else in the Agreement to the contrary, including but not limited to any provisions in the Service Level Agreement or Statement of Work, Motricity obligated to provide two (2) major releases of the Storefront and two major releases of the Answer Tone Storefront during 2008 (each of the four a “Primary Release”). When each is Successfully Delivered, as hereafter defined, AT&T shall pay Motricity a fee of *** for each Primary Release for the Storefront and *** each Primary Release for the Answer Tone Storefront. The features and requirements for each Primary Release will be determined by mutual agreement of the parties as part of the Software Development Life Cycle process described below. Motricity shall provide *** (“PDs”) of capacity during each calendar of the Term towards the development, implementation, production support and change requests for a Primary Release or Point Release for the Storefront and *** of capacity during each contract year towards the development, implementation, production support and change requests for a Primary Release or Point Release for the Answer Tone Storefront; any excess required capacity will be invoiced to AT&T as professional services pursuant to a mutually-agreed SOW. AT&T has the right, at its option, to allocate some of the PDs towards other change requests or feature enhancements. Bug fixes done following a Primary Release or Point Release will not be counted against the available capacity.

 

3. Primary Release NPCs . The following non-performance compensation shall be associated with the Primary Releases. This section shall supersede the language currently in the MSA which allow for ***

In the event of its failure to deliver a Primary Release, Motricity agrees to pay amounts described as liquidated damages sustained by AT&T (“Professional Services

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Non Performance Compensation”). The parties acknowledge that the Professional Services. Non Performance Compensation shall not be construed as an unenforceable penalty clause. Motricity agrees to credit the Professional Services Non-Performance

Compensation against future payments due Motricity by AT&T. In the event no payments are due Motricity by AT&T within six (6) months of the end of the month that Non-Performance Compensation accrued, Motricity shall promptly pay AT&T the Professional Services Non-Performance Compensation as a cash refund.

Unless otherwise agreed to in a Statement of Work, the following table expresses the default schedule of Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation applicable to each Primary Release:

 

Week of Delay

  

Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation (NPC)

***

   ***

AT&T can choose to specify a percentage value for each enhancement in a Primary Release (Total equals 100%) or equal weighting can be applied to each enhancement in a Primary Release.

The foregoing percentages shall be cumulative and capped *** of the total price for the Primary Release. For example, if the entire Primary Release is actually delivered to AT&T two (2) weeks after the, date designated for delivery, then the Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation shall be equal to *** of the total fees paid as outlined in this amendment. However, if only (1) enhancement was delivered two (2) weeks late, then the NPC fee would be ***

For the purposes of interpreting this table, a “Week” shall mean a period of seven (7) consecutive calendar days beginning the day after the date a deliverable should have been delivered. In the event that the period of non performance or late performance includes less than seven (7) calendar days (“Non-Week Days”), the Primary Release Non-Performance Compensation for such Non-Week Days shall be prorated based upon the number of Non-Week Days and the applicable percentage in the table above.

If AT&T Mobility decides to cancel any of the enhancements prior to the delivery date, Motricity shall still be compensated for the percentage of work already completed for the cancelled enhancement. AT&T may cancel any Primary Release upon written notice at least six months prior to the scheduled delivery date without incurring any cost or liability for the release. If AT&T cancels a Primary Release without such notice, it shall compensate Motricity according to the percentage of work completed by Motricity at the time of cancellation.

Launch Date for Primary Releases is defined as the following: Upon completion of the Elaboration Phase, Motricity will provide a project plan summary outlining the major project milestones & Primary Release Launch date.

Successfully Delivered means having met AT&T User Acceptance Testing (UAT) Exit Criteria and having been successfully deployed into Production and remains deployed in Production for 30 days as described in MSA.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


4. Point Releases . Motricity shall deliver point releases to provide fixes of critical or service impacting application errors introduced by Primary Releases, as needed. Point releases will not include new features or customizations, other than minor cosmetic changes’ to the user interface. Motricity shall schedule point releases based on the severity of the bugs and the overall system impact.

 

5. Release Process . Notwithstanding anything else in the Agreement to the contrary, for all subsequent Primary Releases, the parties shall adhere to the following Software Development Lifecycle methodology, which includes system requirements, design, development, testing and deployment:

The SDLC is divided into 4 phases; each phase has a different focus and objective as described below:

1. Inception Phase — Establishes the scope of the Release development as defined by the roadmap with input from; stakeholders. Stakeholder input is addressed and documented in the Motricity Core Product Requirements Document (PRD) and AT&T Custom Requirements Document (ORD). A JAD session will be held during the Inception Phase to prioritize the PRD and ORD proposed requirements. Inception Phase is; closed when the Release Requirements Documents (PRD and OM and the Release LOI document (if required) are approved and signed by AT&T.

2. Elaboration Phase — Details and baselines the requirements using the roadmap as the foundation. This establishes the architectural basis for the specific Release functionality. AT&T facing artifacts associated with this phase are the User’ Experience Design (up) flows and wireframes that present a visual definition of the project Elaboration Phase is closed when the UXD documents, the project plan summary, launch date and the Release SOW (if required) are approved and signed by AT&T. The project; enters formal change control at the end of the Elaboration Phase.

3. Construction Phase Involves the coding and testing of the Release. The documents associated with this phase are the Quality Assurance Test Plans, which define the testing to be performed by Motricity’s QA department. QA Test Plans may be presented to AT&T upon request. Construction Phase is closed when the Software Release has been approved to launch through the User Acceptance Testing process.

4. Deployment Phase — Involves deployment of the Software Release; that is the software is presented to AT&T’s end users. Deployment Phase is closed when AT&T accepts this release into production. Release notes will be provided within 5 BD which define the features and any known issues -associated with the implementation.

During the Inception, Elaboration and Construction phases there are 3 ongoing activities. These

 

   

Managing project issues and risks

 

   

Managing changes to requirements

 

   

Ensuring common understanding/capturing a common vocabulary

AT&T change requests (submitted after the Project Plan is baselined at end of Elaboration Phase) are managed through the Motricity Change Request Process. AT&T specific features or time critical features may be implemented on top of the latest core software version by Motricity Professional Services.

 

6.

Technical Support and Escalation Process . For each potential application error that is reported to Motricity, Motricity creates an entry in its bug tracking and management program. Motricity then assigns engineers

 

4


 

to verify the existence of the application error and then to identify the root cause. Once the root cause is identified, Motricity shall create a patch for that application error and schedule the patch for inclusion in a future point release or Primary Release.

 

7. Segmentation Fees . If AT&T requests more than 25 Storefront segments (i.e. individualized Storefront views presented to an end user based on that end users particular buying history), then AT&T shall pay a *** for up to an additional 25 Storefront segments. Motricity shall invoice this fee monthly in arrears.

 

8. API Integrations . In exchange for a *** paid by AT&T to Motricity, Motricity shall support 10 standard API integrations over a twelve (12) month span, which includes current projects Media Net 4 and Media Mall. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Motricity shall waive the *** fee for each month in which Total Gross Revenue through the client API exceeds *** Motricity shall invoice any such fees monthly in arrears.

Although payment is recurring and will be made monthly starting when this amendment is signed, if an API integration is delayed due to fault of Motricity, the monthly fee would be reduced proportionally (example - if Motricity can support 3 integrations concurrently and one is delayed due to Motricity fault, the monthly fee would be reduced by one third for that month, and subsequent months, until corrected). A project plan will be mutually agreed upon by Motricity, the client application provider, and AT&T at the start of each new API integration project.

Motricity will be subject to NPCs upon failure to meet the committed number of standard integrations (10) for 2008. ***

It is estimated that a standard API integration would take *** per integration to reach a production ready state and an additional *** per month to support. The impacts by functional area are:

 

   

*** Initial Consultation

 

   

*** Integration Support

 

   

*** Configuration

The deliverables for a standard implementation are outlined in the table below:

 

Area

  

Description

Catalog

   Motricity will provide access to the current Client catalog

Catalog Maintenance

   Motricity will provide ongoing maintenance to the Client catalog to ensure fresh content

Integration Kickoff

   Motricity will chair a kick-off meeting via conference call for each integration.

Integration Support

   Motricity will provide integration support for each integration via email.

In-life Support

   Motricity will provide in-life technical support for each integration for a period of 2 years past execution of the SOW

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


Upgrade Path    Motricity will provide a smooth upgrade path for each integration for a period of 2 years past execution of the SOW
Documentation    Motricity will provide all relevant API documentation
Production Support    The production APIs will be monitored 24x7x365 via Motricity NOC personnel

The following items are assumptions, dependencies & risks associated with the AT&T Standard Client API Integrations:

 

   

As part of a standard integration, support will only cover API specific questions, not application specific questions.

 

   

Standard Integration fees apply only to the existing API specifications. Any requested change to the API will be handled via an additional Statement of Work.

 

   

API support during the Implementation Phase via email is limited to the hours of 9 am to 5 pm (Eastern Time) Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. 24x7x365 production support will be provided once the client application launches.

 

   

The AT&T Dedicated Test Environment will be utilized for pre-production testing.

 

   

Only three (3) integrations can concurrently take place through 12 month span.

The failure of any of the above assumptions, dependencies, or risks may result in project delays or increased costs for which Motricity is not responsible.

For API integration requests that fall outside of this standard integration implementation process, or for which the assumptions, dependencies, and risks prove to be untrue, Motricity provide additional evaluation of the incremental work required and a SOW will be presented to AT&T for the incremental work required.

 

9. Professional Service Rates . Motricity’s professional services rates from and after the effective date of this Amendment are:

 

Full Time Equivalent (FTE)

   Rate/Hour  
Content Operations Support    * ** 
Project / Program Management    * ** 
Engineering Services    * ** 
Design Services (UX/Graphics)    * ** 
Quality Assurance Services    * ** 
Production/Operations Support    * ** 

Contractor

      

Senor Engineer

   * ** 
Engineer    * ** 
Quality Assurance Services    * ** 

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

6


10. Updated Service Levels and NPCs . Motricity shall provide the service levels and NPCs set forth on Appendix 1 , in lieu of any conflicting or duplicative service levels or NPCs in the Agreement

 

11. Storefront In-Life Support Services . Motricity shall provide the in-life support services for the Storefront as set forth on Appendix 2 . The baseline in-life support services are included as part of the standard revenue share, except for Content Refreshes, for which AT&T shall pay *** Motricity shall invoice any such fees monthly in arrears. For additional support services, AT&T shall pay Motricity the rates set forth on Appendix 2 for such services.

 

12. Answer Tone Storefront In-Life Support Services . Motricity shall provide the in-life support services for the Answer Tone Storefront as set forth on Appendix 3. The baseline in-life support services are included as part of the standard revenue share. For additional support services, AT&T shall pay Motricity the rates set forth on Appendix 3 for such services.

 

13. Mobile Game Community . Motricity shall integrate its mobile game community functionality into the existing Media Mall Storefront on the terms set forth on Appendix 4 .

Section 3.7, Insurance and Appendix 7, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new Section 3.7:

With respect to Motricity’s performance under this Agreement, and in addition to Motricity’s obligation to indemnify, Motricity shall at its sole cost and expense:

 

  a. maintain the insurance coverages and limits required by this Section and any additional insurance and/or bonds required by law:

 

  1. at all times during the term of this Agreement and until completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later; and

 

  2. with respect to any coverage maintained in a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later. If a “claims- made” policy is maintained, the retroactive date must precede the commencement of Work under this Agreement;

 

  b. require each subcontractor who may perform Work under this Agreement or enter upon the Work site to maintain coverages, requirements, and limits at least as broad as those listed in this Section from the tune when the subcontractor begins Work, throughout the term of the subcontractor’s Work and, with respect to any coverage maintained on a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years thereafter;

 

  c. procure the required insurance from an insurance company eligible to do business in the state or states where Work will be performed and having and maintaining a Financial Strength Rating of “A-“ or better and a Financial Size Category of “VII” or better, as rated in the A.M. Best Key Rating Guide for Property and Casualty Insurance Companies, except that, in the case of Workers’ Compensation insurance, Motricity may procure insurance from the state fund of the state where Work is to be performed; and

 

  d. deliver to AT&T, certificates of insurance stating the types of insurance and policy limits. Motricity shall provide or will endeavor to have the issuing insurance company provide at least 30 days advance written notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or reduction in coverage, terms, or limits to AT&T Motricity shall deliver such certificates:

 

  1. prior to execution of this Agreement and prior to commencement of any Work;

 

  2. prior to expiration of any insurance policy required in this Section; and for any coverage maintained on, a “claims-made” policy, for two (2) years following the term of this Agreement or completion of all Work associated with this Agreement, whichever is later.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

7


The Parties agree:

 

  e. the failure of AT&T to demand such certificate of insurance or failure of AT&T to identify a deficiency will not be construed as a waiver of Motricity’s obligation to maintain the insurance required under this Agreement;

 

  f. that the insurance required under this Agreement does not represent that coverage and limits, will necessarily be adequate to protect Motricity; norbe deemed as a limitation on Motricity’s liability to AT&T in this Agreement;

 

  g. Motricity may meet the required insurance coverages and limits with any combination of primary and Umbrella/Excess liability insurance; and

 

  h. Motricity is responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention.

The insurance coverage required by this Section includes:

 

  i. Workers’ Compensation insurance With benefits afforded under the laws of any state in which the Work is to be performed and Employers Liability insurance with limits of at least:

$500,000 for Bodily Injury — each accident

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease — policy limits

$500,000 for Bodily Injury by disease — each employee

To the fullest, extent allowable by Law, the policy must include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and, their directors, officers and employees.

In states where Workers’ Compensation insurance is a monopolistic state-run system, Motricity shall add Stop Gap Employers Liability with limits not less than $500,000 each accident or disease.

 

  j. Commercial General Liability insurance written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) Form CG 00 01 12 04 or a substitute form providing equivalent coverage, covering liability arising from premises, operations, personal injury, products/completed operations, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with limits of at least

$2,000,000 General Aggregate limit,

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for all bodily injury or property damage incurred in anyone (1) occurrence

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Personal Injury and Advertising Injury

$2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate limit

$1,000,000 each occurrence limit for Products/Completed Operations

$1,000,000 Damage to Premises Rented to You (Fire Legal Liability)

The Commercial General Liability insurance policy must:

 

  1. include AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers, and employees as Additional Insureds. Motricity shall provide a copy of the Additional Insured endorsement to AT&T. The Additional Insured endorsement may either be specific to AT&T or may be “blanket” or “automatic” addressing any person or entity as required by contract. A copy of the Additional Insured endorsement must be provided within 60 days of execution of this Agreement and within 60 days of each Commercial General Liability policy renewal; include a waiver of subrogation in favor of AT&T, its Affiliates, and their directors, officers and employees; and

 

  2. be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self- insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

  k Business Automobile Liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury and property damage, extending to all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles.

 

  l. Umbrella/Excess Liability insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each occurrence with terms and conditions at least as broad as the underlying Commercial General Liability, Business Auto Liability, and Employers Liability policies. Umbrella/Excess Liability limits will be primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance that is maintained by AT&T.

 

8


  m. Fidelity or Crime insurance covering employee dishonesty, including but not limited to dishonest acts of Motricity, its employees, agents, subcontractors and anyone under Motricity’s supervision or control. The Motricity shall be liable for, money, securities or other property of AT&T. Motricity shall include a client coverage’ endorsement written for limits of at least $1,000,000 and shall include AT&T as Loss Payee.

 

  n. Professional Liability (Errors It Omissions) insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each claim or wrongful act.

 

  o. Internet Liability and Network Protection (Cyberrisk) insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000 each claim or wrongful act.

Background Checks is hereby added as Section 4.14 to the Agreement

Section 4.14, Background Checks

1. Motricity, with respect to the following requirements in this Section (collectively, “Background Checks”) and subject to any laws, rules or regulations which may limit any Motricity action otherwise required by this section, (i) shall make all reasonable efforts, including checking the background, and verifying the personal information to determine and verify all information necessary to represent, and warrant to AT&T that no Motricity employee, contractor or subcontractor and no employee or agent of any Supplier contractor or subcontractor (“Supplier Person”) who Motricity proposes to have perform any Service that permits physical, virtual or other access to AT&T ‘s or its customer’s premises, systems, networks, or Information (“Access”) at any time during the Term (a) has been arraigned or convicted of (i) any felony, (ii) any misdemeanor involving violence, sexually related criminal conduct, theft or computer crimes, fraud or financial crimes, or crimes involving unlawful possession or use of a dangerous weapon, or (b).is identified on any government registry as a sex offender; and (ii) Motricity shall not permit any such Person presenting a positive Drug Screen, so arraigned or convicted, or so identified to perform any Service that permits such Access during the Term.

2. Motricity represents and warrants to AT&T that no Supplier Person has (i) falsified any of his or her Identification Credentials, or (ii) failed to disclose any material information in the hiring process relevant to the performance of any Service. Motricity shall not permit any Supplier Person who has falsified such Identification Credentials or failed to disclose such information to perform any Service that permits Access.

3. The following definitions apply:

 

   

“Identification Credentials” includes, with respect to each Supplier Person, his or her Social Security number, driver’s license, educational credentials, employment history, home address, and citizenship indicia.

 

   

“Drug Screen” means the testing for the use of illicit drugs (including opiates, cocaine, cannabinoids, amphetamines, and phencyclidine (PCP)) of any Supplier Person who (i) has unsupervised (or badged) physical Access to AT&T’s or its customer’s premises, or (ii) has regular or recurring supervised physical access to AT&T’s or its customer’s premises for more than thirty (30) days in the aggregate annually.

 

4. The failure of Motricity to comply with the requirements of this Section, and/or if any Person who fails such Background Check or who has falsified Identification Credentials does perform any Service that permits such Access, shall each be considered a material breach of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, exceptions for individual Supplier Persons may be granted by AT&T on a case-by-case basis.

 

9


5. If an Supplier Person is providing any Service (e.g. software development) that permits or requires Access to AT&T’s software source or origin code or encrypted software, Motricity shall conduct an initial, and thereafter an annual, search, in each case to verify that such Supplier Person is not identified, on the Denied Person List or Specially Designated Nationals List by the U.S. Dept of Commerce-Bureau of Industry & Security.

Reimbursable Expenses is hereby added as Section 4.15 to the Agreement:

Section 4.15, Reimbursable Expenses

AT&T is responsible for any travel, meal or other business related expense incurred by Supplier in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with AT&T’s Vendor Expense Policy attached hereto and incorporated herein as Appendix 5: provided, however, that requirements set forth in Appendix 5 shall apply only to the limitations on the reimbursable amount of expenses that are eligible to be passed through to AT&T, and it is understood and agreed by the Parties that actual expenses of Supplier will be in accordance with Supplier’s expense policy.

Third Party Administration is hereby added as Section 4.16 to the Agreement:

Section 4.16, Third Party Administration

Motricity acknowledges that a third party administrator will perform certain administrative functions for AT&T in relation to this Agreement. Such administrative functions may include:

 

  a. Collecting and verifying certificates of insurance;

 

  b. Providing financial analysis;

 

  c. Verifying certifications under the Section entitled “Utilization of Minority, Women, and Disabled Veteran Owned Business-Enterprises”; and

 

  d. Collecting and verifying Motricity profile information.

Motricity shall cooperate with such third party administrator in its performance of such administrative functions and shall provide such data as from time to time the third party administrator may request Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Motricity agrees that AT&T may provide Confidential Information regarding Motricity to such third party administrator provided that AT&T is responsible for ensuring that the third party administrator maintains the confidentiality of such Confidential Information to the same extent as is required of AT&T. Motricity agrees to pay the third party administrator an annual fee for the performance of these administrative functions, which annual fee shall not exceed three hundred dollars ($300.00) and a onetime set-up fee of thirty dollars ($30.00).

The terms and conditions of Agreement No. TJR031606 in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. TJR031606 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.

 

10


MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T SERVICES, INC
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

    By:  

***

Printed Name:  

Ryan K. Wuerch

    Printed Name:  

***

Title:   Chairman & CEO     Title:   Vice President, Global Strategic Sourcing
Date:  

12/13/2007

    Date:  

12/07/2007

      On behalf of its affiliates AT&T Mobility LLC

 

11


Appendix 1

Update Service Levels and NPCs

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

12


Appendix 3

Storefront In-Life Support Services

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

13


Appendix 3

Answer Tone Storefront In-Life Support Services

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

16


Appendix 4

Mobile Game Community

AT&T shall pay Motricity *** for set up and integration to expand AT&T’s current game community as detailed in a mutually executed SOW. *** AT&T, at its sole discretion, can choose to move forward with the currently deployed Mobile Game Community product or decide to shelf until a later date. AT&T must give indication to deploy the Mobile Game Community prior to the completion of Release 3.2 Elaboration Phase. Should AT&T decide to deploy the Mobile Game Community product, AT&T and Motricity will mutually agree on a project plan and launch date.

Enhancements to Community

 

   

The roadmap and future enhancements for the Game Community will be maintained under a separate release schedule

 

   

AT&T agrees to specify that the community API must be included by the game publisher for the game to be deployed on the storefront and the game community

 

   

***

Content OnBoarding

 

   

Utilize existing submission process for content

 

   

Provide assistance for one-time bulk upload of content

 

   

Provide on-going support

 

   

Manage a launch project for Community as it pertains to content providers content

 

   

Provide game publishers with the assistance and documentation required to include the Community API in game during development and test

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

18


Appendix 5

1.0 GENERAL

AT&T Vendor Expense Policy (VEP) provides guidelines to be followed by all vendors of AT&T in requesting reimbursement for business travel, meals and other business related expense. Expenses outside this policy are not reimbursable.

The following principles apply to requests for expense reimbursement:

When spending money that is to be reimbursed, vendors must ensure that an AT&T Company (“Company”) receives proper value in return. Prudent and proper judgment must be used in reporting and approving business expenses.

The concept that a vendor and their employees are ‘entitled’ to certain types or amounts of expenditures while conducting business with the Company is erroneous. Personal expenditures reported for reimbursement should be billed exactly as they were incurred. The use of averages for any type expenditure or combination of expenditures is not permitted except as specifically provided or documented in a contract.

Every vendor and AT&T employee who certifies or approves the correctness of any voucher or bill should have reasonable knowledge the expense and amounts are proper and reasonable. In the absence of the adoption of such policy, or existing contractual agreements, these guidelines are considered the minimum requirements for requesting reimbursement of Company funds.

These policies should be included in any new or renewed contract with a contractor or consultant.

Deviations from this VEP must be approved in writing by the sponsoring Senior Manager or Officer of an AT&T company.

Employees should refer to ‘the Section entitled “Payments” in the Schedule of Authorizations For Affiliates of AT&T, Inc. for appropriate vendor invoice authorization approval levels.

Receipts should be requested and reviewed for any unusual or out of the ordinary expenses or where the approver cannot make a reasonable determination on the propriety of the transaction without a receipt.

The origination of a given expenditure for business purposes is the responsibility of the vendor incurring the expense and the authorization of that expense is the responsibility of the appropriate level of AT&T management in accordance with the Schedule of Authorizations For Affiliates of AT&T, Inc.

 

20


1.1 Non-Reimbursable Expenses

The following expenses are considered non-reimbursable:

 

   

Airline club membership fees, dues, or upgrade coupon

 

   

Meals not consistent with AT&T employee policy

 

   

Annual credit card fees

 

   

Barber/Hairstylist/Beautician Expenses

 

   

Car rental additional fees associated with high speed toll access programs

 

   

Car Washes

 

   

Entertainment expenses

 

   

Health Club and Fitness facilities

 

   

Hotel Safe rental

 

   

Upgrades on airline fees

 

   

Excessive tips, i.e., in excess of 15% of cost of meal or services, excluding tax

 

   

PC, cell phone, and other vendor support expenses

 

   

Meals not directly required to do business on the AT&T account (e.g. vendors cannot

 

   

voucher lunch with each other simply to talk about AT&T)

 

   

In-flight drinks

 

   

Magazines & newspapers

 

   

Personal entertainment

 

   

Expenses associated with spouses or other travel companions

 

   

Office’ expenses of vendors

 

   

Surcharges for providing fast service not related to delivery charges such as Fedex, UPS, etc.). AT&T expects all vendors to complete the terms of contracts in the shortest period practicable. Charges for shortening the timeframe’ in which contracts are fulfilled are not permissible.

 

   

Vendors may not submit expenses to cover meals or expenses for an AT&T employee, whether in a home location or on official travel

 

   

Travel purchased with prepaid air passes.

 

   

Birthday cakes, lunches, balloons, and other personal celebration/recognition costs

 

   

Break-room supplies for the vendor, such as coffee, creamer, paper products, soft drinks, snack food

 

   

Water (bottled or dispensed by a vendor)

 

   

Clothing, personal care, and toiletries

 

   

Laundry (except when overnight travel is required for 7 or more consecutive nights)

 

   

Flight or rental car insurance

 

   

Flowers, cards and gifts

 

   

Hotel pay-per-view movies, Video Games and/or mini bar items

 

   

High speed internet access in hotels (added to 3.5)

 

   

Lost luggage

 

   

Traffic or Parking Fines

 

   

Tobacco Products

 

   

Medical supplies

 

   

Membership fees to exercise facilities or social/country clubs

 

21


   

Movies purchased while on an airplane

 

   

Phone usage on airline unless business emergency

Failure to comply with the above mentioned restrictions will result in the Company refusing payment of charges or pursuing restitution from the vendor.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

2.1 Vendor’s Responsibility

AT&T’s sponsoring client managers will ensure that vendors have, been covered on this policy prior to incurring any expenditures. Vendors and their sponsoring client managers are responsible for clarifying any questions or uncertainties they may have relative to reimbursable business expenses.

It is mandatory that financial transactions are recorded in a timely manner . Out-of-pocket business expense(s) for vendors that are not submitted for reimbursement within 90 calendar days from the date incurred are considered non-reimbursable . Company managers who are responsible for approving reimbursable expenses of vendors should ensure they are submitted and approved in a timely manner.

2.2 AT&T Sponsoring Management Responsibility

Prior to authorizing reimbursement to the vendor for expenditures, it is the responsibility of the AT&T managers authorizing the payment to determine that:

 

   

The expenditure is reasonable and for a legitimate business purpose.

 

   

The expenditure complies with the policies contained in this document, the Code of Business Conduct, and other applicable Company practices.

 

   

All expenses are reviewed through Payment.Net or on form AT&T-4472APA and those expenses are prepared in accordance with proper accounting details.

In addition, the sponsoring AT&T managers are responsible for ensuring the Vendor Expense Policy has been communicated to each vendor and that the information contained herein is proprietary/confidential information and ensures its security and confidentiality. The Vendor must agree to maintain this information in confidence.

3.0 TRAVEL POLICY

Vendors must first consider the feasibility of using videoconferencing or teleconferencing as an alternative to travel. Travel that is to be reimbursed by AT&T should be incurred only as necessary.

AT&T reserves the right to dispute any expense submittal and if not verifiable as valid may reject reimbursement. Reimbursements will be made to vendor only after expenses are verified as valid.

 

22


3.1 Travel Authorization

Travel requiring overnight stays must be approved by the sponsoring AT&T senior manager (5 level or above) and should be approved only if it is necessary for the vendor to travel to perform required work.

3.2 Travel Reservations

Vendors are expected to procure the most cost efficient travel arrangements, preferably equivalent to the AT&T discount rate. AT&T does not reimburse for travel purchased with prepaid air passes.

3.3 Travel Expense Reimbursement

Vendor travel expenses incurred for company business are reimbursable only as specified in these guidelines. Travel expenses may include the following:

 

   

transportation (airfare or other commercial transportation, car rental, personal auto mileage, taxi and shuttle service)

 

   

meals and lodging

 

   

parking-and tolls

 

   

tips/porter service (if necessary and reasonable)

Vendors who stay with friends or relatives or other vendor employees while on a Company business trip will NOT be reimbursed for lodging, nor will they be reimbursed for expenditures made to reciprocate their hospitality by buying groceries, being host at a restaurant, etc.

The expense must be ordinary and necessary, not lavish or extravagant, in the judgment of the AT&T sponsoring management. Any reimbursement request must be for actual expenditures only.

3.4 Air Travel Arrangements

Vendors must select lowest logical airfare (fares available in the market at the time of booking, preferably well in advance of trip to attain lowest possible airfare). Vendors shall book coach class fares for all domestic travel at all times. First class bookings are not reimbursable. Vendors can request business class when a single segment of, flight time (“in air time” excluding layovers or ground time) is greater than 5 hours, or when flights are intercontinental.

3.5 Hotel Arrangements

AT&T has established Market-Based Room Rate Guidelines for vendors to reference when making hotel reservations (see Addendum A). Vendors are expected to abide by these guidelines when making hotel arrangements. AT&T will only reimburse vendors up to the established room rate guideline in, each market, or for actual hotel lodging charges incurred, whichever is less. There must be a strop business justification for incurring any cost for Unmet access, and a request for reimbursement must be accompanied by a detailed explanation regarding reason for charge.

Note : Vendors must indicate the number of room nights on the transaction line when invoicing for reimbursement of hotel expenses. Copies of all hotel bills must be made available for any invoice containing lodging charges.

 

23


3.6 Ground Transportation

While away from their home location overnight, vendors are expected to utilize rapid transit or local shuttle service. If the hotel provides a complimentary shuttle, vendors are to use this service before paying for transportation. If complimentary service is not provided a taxi or other local transportation is reimbursable as a business expense. Tips provided to taxi drivers cannot exceed 15% of the value of the total fare

A rental car is appropriate when the anticipated business cost is less than that of other available public transportation. Except to the extent necessary to accommodate several traveler§ and/or luggage requirements, vendors will not be reimbursed for automobile rentals other than economy or mid-sized/intermediate models.

“Loss Damage Waiver” and “Extended Liability Coverage” are not considered reimbursable. Prepaid fuel or refueling charges at the time of return are not reimbursable. Rental cars should be refueled before returning to the rental company, since gas purchased through the rental company carries an expensive refueling service charge.

3.7 Use of Personal Vehicle

When use of personal vehicle is required, the currently applicable IRS mileage rate for miles driven for the business portion of the trip should be the maximum used to determine the amount to be reimbursed.

3.8 Parking

If airport parking is necessary, vendors must use long term parking facilities. Additional costs for short term, valet or covered parking are not reimbursable.

3.9 Entertainment

Entertainment expense is not reimbursable to vendors. Entertainment includes meal expense involving AT&T personnel, golf fees, tickets to events and related incidental expenses. Hotel charges for a pay-per-view movie, individual sightseeing tours, or other individual activities (i.e., golf, sporting event, movie, etc.) are not reimbursable.

3.10 Laundry and Cleaning

Reasonable laundry charges during business trips of seven or more consecutive nights are reimbursable based on actual expenses incurred.

3.11 Communications

The actual cost of landline telephone calls for AT&T business are reimbursable. The use of AT&T products is required when available.

AT&T will not reimburse vendors for cell phone bills. With prior consent of the sponsoring AT&T Senior Manager, only individual calls that exceed a vendor’s rate plan that are necessary to conduct business for AT&T may be reimbursed.

Charges for high speed internet access are not reimbursable.

 

24


3.12 Business Meals (Travel and Non-Travel)

Vendors are expected to find reasonably priced dining alternatives. As a general rule, vendors are expected to spend, $42.00 or less per day inclusive of tax and gratuity. This includes all meals, beverages and refreshments purchased during the day. Requests for reimbursement should break out the amount for, meals and list the related number of travel days. If breakfast is offered as part of the hotel accommodation rate, no additional reimbursement will be permitted for breakfast. Vendors may not submit expenses lo cover meals or expenses for an AT&T employee, whether in a home location or on official travel.

AT&T managers authorizing invoices will be held accountable for ensuring that vendors are following this policy and are spending Company funds economically.

3.13 Flowers, Greeting Cards, Gifts and Incentive Awards

The cost of gifts, flowers, birthday lunches, or greeting cards is considered a personal expense and is not reimbursable. For example, vendors making a donation or providing a gift for a fund-raiser for AT&T may not submit such an expense to AT&T for reimbursement

3.14 Loss or Damage to Personal Property

The Company assumes no responsibility for loss or damage to a vendor’s personal property during business functions or hours.

3.15 Publications

Subscriptions to or purchases of magazines, newspapers and other publications are not reimbursable.

 

25


ADDENDUM A

AT&T 2007 Hotel Room Rate Only Guidelines

 

City    St    2007
Guideline
   City    St    2007
Guideline
   City    St    2007
Guideline

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***    ***

***

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

26


TJR031606.A.008

Amendment 8

Between

Motricity, Inc.

And

AT&T Mobility LLC

 

1


AMENDMENT NO. 8

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 8 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AT&T ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the 1st day of June, 2008 (“ Amendment No. 8 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Motricity provides certain wireless infrastructure products and services to AT&T pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, AT&T and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to (i) modify the NPC Cap for availability of the Services under the Service Level Agreement; and (ii) establish certain understandings with respect to the eventual wind down or transfer of the Services.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

2. NPC Cap Applicable to Storefront Availability. The last sentence of the section of the Service Level Agreement (Appendix 1.2 of the Agreement) entitled “Service Credits Applicable to Storefront” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

***

3. Wind Down Period. Section 3.4(e) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice from AT&T, Motricity shall reasonably cooperate with AT&T in the orderly and expeditious wind down and/or transition of its Services (in whole or in part) to a different service provider (“Transfer”). For purposes of clarification, such prior written notice shall not extend the six-month period for termination for convenience.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


  (i) The Transfer will be performed by the Parties in accordance with a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work that will address such items as transition responsibilities (such as migration of subscribers, subscriber data, premium digital content, transaction data, and/or Merchant integrations), key resources, Transfer timelines, related fees (such as operating expenses to sustain Services from the Cut-Over Date, defined below), until the Transfer is complete (“Sustainment Fees”).

 

  (ii) With respect to Sustainment Fees the Parties acknowledge and agree to the following:

 

  A) Sustainment Fees may include :

***

 

  B) Sustainment Fees will not include :

***

 

  (iii) Motricity will provide all services as may be reasonably be needed by AT&T in connection with the Transfer.

 

  (iv) Unless otherwise specified by AT&T the minimum period of time to affect such a Transfer will be *** and may be extended upon mutual agreement of the Parties (“Wind Down Period”). Both Parties are required to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirements of the Transfer as quickly as possible within the Wind Down Period.

 

  (v) Services provided by Motricity during the Wind Down Period shall be provided to AT&T at the rates provided for in this Agreement and all terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4. ***

5. The terms and conditions of the Agreement (including but not limited to the terms and conditions of Amendment No 7 to the Agreement) in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Amendment to Agreement No. TJR031606 to be executed, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the date the last Party signs.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.     AT&T MOBILITY LLC, by its authorized agent, AT&T SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

    By:  

***

Printed Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch     Printed Name:  

***

Title:   Chairman & CEO     Title:   Sr. Contract Manager, Global Strategic Sourcing
Date:   8/21/2008     Date:   8/13/2008

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


AMENDMENT NO. 9

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 9 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.T1R031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LL liability company (“ AT&T Mobility ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “Agreement”), is made and entered into (“ Amendment No. 9 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Motricity provides certain wireless AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Agreement expires October 8, 2009; and

WHEREAS , AT&T Mobility and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to give AT&T Mobility the option to extend the Terms of the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Definitions; Order of Precedence . Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and the conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

2. Option to Extend . In exchange for a one-time option fee of ***, payable upon execution of the Amendment, Motricity hereby grants to AT&T Mobility the right to extend the term of the Agreement through October 31, 2009 (the “Extension Option’). If AT&T Mobility has not exercised the Extension Option in writing on or before September 15, 2009, the Extension Option will automatically expire.

3. Term . If AT&T Mobility exercises the Extension Option, then the term of the Agreement will be extended through October 31, 2009 (the “Extended Term”).

4. Extension Fees . Upon exercise of the Extension Option, AT&T Mobility shall pay Motricity *** for providing the Storefront during the Extended Term. Motricity shall provide a credit to AT&T Mobility in the amount of *** against future work in a fashion consistent with the internal accounting requirements of Motricity.

5. Storefront Operations . During the Extended Term, Motricity shall provide the Storefront with the same functionality and reporting as currently provide to AT&T Mobility under the Agreement. ***

6. Service Level Agreement . Upon execution of this Amendment Number 9 AT&T agrees that effective August 10, 2009, the Service Level Agreement (SLA) relating to content and device onboarding, merchandising, support, and maintenance will no longer apply. As such, beginning August 10, 2009 and for the duration of this Agreement Motricity will not be subject to any penalties related to SLAs pertaining to these operational functions.

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 1 -


7. No Other Modifications . The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Amendment No. 9 Effective Date.

 

AT&T Mobility LLC     Motricity, Inc
By:  

***

    By:  

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

Name:  

***

    Name:  

Ryan Wuerch

Title:  

Sr. Chr

    Title:  

Chairman & CEO

 

- 2 -


AMENDMENT NO. 10

TO

AGREEMENT NO. TJR031606

This Amendment No. 10 (“ Amendment ”) to the Master Services Agreement No.TJR031606 between AT&T Mobility LLC, f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AT&T Mobility ”) and Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Motricity ”) (as amended, the “Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date the last party signs (“ Amendment No 10 Effective Date ”). Such parties are referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Motricity provides certain wireless infrastructure products and services to AT&T Mobility pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Agreement was to expire October 8, 2009 and the Parties have extended the Term to October 31, 2009 by AT&T Mobility’s exercise of the Extension Option under Amendment 9; and

WHEREAS , AT&T Mobility and Motricity desire to amend the Agreement to further extend the term and to give AT&T Mobility an additional extension option.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

 

1. Definitions; Order of Precedence . Except as provided herein, all of the terms, covenants and conditions used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions hereof, and the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the specific terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment shall govern.

 

2. Further Extension/Option to Extend .

 

  (a) Further Extension . The Extended Term set forth in Amendment 9 is hereby extended an additional six months, now expiring at 11:59 p.m. eastern time, April 30, 2010 (“Further Extension”).

 

  (b) Option to Extend . Motricity hereby grants to AT&T Mobility the right to extend the term of the Agreement through October 31, 2010 (the “Further Extension Option”). AT&T Mobility must provide notice of intent to invoke the Further Extension Option by December 1, 2009. ***

 

  (c) Termination for Convenience . If AT&T elects the Further Extension Option, then AT&T will have the right to terminate the agreement with 90 days prior notice, with such notice not to be given earlier than April 30, 2010. Upon termination, AT&T will not be obligated for the monthly invoice fees described herein after the effective date of termination.

 

3. Term . The term of the Agreement will be extended through April 30, 2010 (the “Further Extension”) and, if the Further Extension Option is exercised, the term may be extended through October 31, 2010 (the “Further Extension Option”).

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 1 -


4. Extension Fees .

 

  (a) AT&T Mobility shall, pay fees for the Further Extension to April 30, 2010 of ***

 

  (i) ***

 

  (ii) ***

 

  (iii) ***

 

  (iv) ***

 

  (v) ***

 

5. Storefront Operations . During the Further Extension, Motricity shall provide the Storefront with the same functionality and reporting as currently provided AT&T Mobility under the Agreement. ***

 

6. Service level Agreement . The existing service Level Agreement (SLA) relating to content and device onboarding, merchandising, support, and maintenance will apply during the Further Extension and any Further Extension Option period, however any service credits or non-performance credits applicable to these or any other service levels/metrics in the Agreement will be waived during both such periods. For purposes of clarity, this Section does not modify any other service level agreements between the parties under any other agreement, except for the Media Mall services provided Agreement set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Amendment. ***

 

7. No Other Modifications . The terms and conditions of the Agreement in all other respects remain unmodified and in full force and effect. They shall not be further modified except by a written agreement between the Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Motricity and AT&T Mobility have each caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized representative, which may be in duplicate counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original instrument, as of the Amendment No. 10 Effective Date.

 

Motricity, Inc.     AT&T Services, Inc
By:  

/s/ James Smith

    By:  

/s/ ***

Printed Name:  

James Smith

    Printed Name:  

***

Title:  

President & COO

    Title:  

Vice President, Consumer Supply, Chain AT&T Operations

Date:  

10/1/2009

    Date:  

10/1/2009

      On behalf of its affiliates AT&T Mobility LLC

***This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.4

Contract No. 750-67761-2004

LOGO

WAP 2.0 H OSTING A GREEMENT

 

 

P REMIUM W IRELESS S ERVICES USA, I NC .

D / B / A I NFO S PACE M OBILE

AND

C ELLCO P ARTNERSHIP

d/b/a

V ERIZON W IRELESS

June 24, 2004


WAP 2.0 HOSTING AGREEMENT

This WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of June 24, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. (“InfoSpace”), with offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024, and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“Verizon Wireless”), a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921. InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party” and may be collectively referred to as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

A. InfoSpace is in the business of, among other things, providing wireless infrastructure products and services to its customers.

B. Verizon Wireless is in the business of, among other things, providing wireless telecommunications services to its customers.

C. Verizon Wireless desires that InfoSpace provide access to the products and services more particularly described on Exhibit B (collectively, the “Portal Services”), and InfoSpace is willing to provide access to the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1 Definitions and Exhibits

All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Exhibit A or as otherwise defined in this Agreement. All exhibits attached to this Agreement are hereby incorporated into, and are an integral part of this Agreement.

 

2 Rights and Obligations of the Parties

2.1 InfoSpace Services. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the Portal Services described in Exhibit B.

2.2 Verizon Wireless Materials. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and during the Term, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to InfoSpace the right to include and implement the Verizon Wireless Materials on the Portal Services.

2.3 Access to Adult Content. If Verizon Wireless elects to make available adult content under the terms of this Agreement, the Parties shall mutually agree on the terms and conditions governing such availability.

 

PAGE 1


2.4 Limitations.

 

  a. Other than as explicitly set forth herein, Verizon Wireless and its Affiliates shall have no right to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Portal Services to any Person except that Verizon Wireless may distribute the Portal Services through its direct distribution channel including its communication stores, websites and its indirect distribution channel, including its authorized agents, retailers and subagents, provided that such distribution and/or sub-distribution is solely within the United States.

 

  b. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall not authorize or assist any Third Party to: (i) remove, obscure, or alter any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Portal Services or any other materials provided by InfoSpace, or (ii) insert any interstitial advertisements, pop-up windows, or other items or techniques that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Portal Services.

 

  c. InfoSpace shall not itself, and neither shall it authorize nor assist any Third Party in: (i) removing, obscuring, or altering any legal notices, including notices of Intellectual Property Rights present on or in the Verizon Wireless Materials or any other materials provided by Verizon Wireless, or (ii) insert any interstitial advertisements, pop-up windows, or other items or techniques that would alter the appearance or presentation of the Verizon Wireless Materials or the Verizon Wireless Services.

 

  d. Other than in connection with its performance under this Agreement, InfoSpace and its Affiliates shall have no right under this Agreement to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of the Verizon Wireless Materials to any Person.

 

  e. Each Party shall comply with all then-current applicable laws, rules, and regulations in connection with the exercise of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any law, rule or regulation related to individual privacy).

 

  f. Neither Party will reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or trade secrets for any of the technology belonging to the other Party.

2.5 Technical Cooperation. Each of the Parties agree to provide reasonable technical cooperation to the other Party in order to implement the Portal Services. In addition, Verizon Wireless shall allow InfoSpace to implement, and/or shall cooperate with InfoSpace upon its request to assist with its implementation of any bug fixes or updates to the Portal Services.

2.6 Project Management. Each Party will appoint a single primary point of contact for project management and coordination. This individual will be responsible for coordinating internal teams and activities associated with the deployment of the Portal Services; prioritizing issues and change requests; providing internal communication of project schedule and status; and coordinating meetings and other joint activities between the Parties.

 

PAGE 2


2.7 Training. As stated in Exhibit G hereto, on a mutually acceptable timeline to be determined by the Parties, InfoSpace will, as requested by Verizon Wireless, provide training and any associated documentation for Verizon Wireless employees who will train the Verizon Wireless customer service (WDSC) and technical support (WDTS) teams; Verizon Wireless operations employees (ATAC and Maintenance Engineering); Verizon Wireless Marketing and Business Development employees; and Verizon Wireless Technology Development employees. InfoSpace will provide up to one (1) week of such training that will be covered by the Setup Fee defined in Exhibit D. This training shall be conducted at a location to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties. Additional training sessions and documentation for Verizon Wireless Operations (ATAC and Maintenance Engineering), Marketing, Business Development, and Technology Development employees will be billed at InfoSpace’s then-current standard billing rates.

2.8 Attribution. Overall, InfoSpace is providing white label (no InfoSpace branding) Portal Services for Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless is the service provider as seen by the User. Verizon Wireless will take all calls from Users on any issues related to the Portal Service. InfoSpace will not display any attribution on the Portal Services systems.

2.9 Nonexclusivity. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the rights granted to the other Party in this Agreement are non-exclusive, and that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to prohibit either Party from participating in similar business arrangements as those described herein.

2.10 Verizon Wireless Portal, “Look and Feel.” . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Verizon Wireless acknowledges and agrees that InfoSpace has created, acquired, or otherwise has rights in, and may, in connection with the performance of the services contemplated hereunder, employ, provide, modify, create, acquire or otherwise obtain rights in, various concepts, ideas, methods, methodologies, procedures, processes, know-how, techniques, models, templates, and generalized features of the structure, sequence, and organization of software, user interfaces, and screen designs, general purpose software tools, utilities, routines, logic, coherence, and methods of operation of systems. To the extent that InfoSpace uses its intellectual or other property in connection with the performance of the services set forth herein, InfoSpace shall retain all right, title and interest in and to such property. Verizon Wireless shall acquire no right, title or interest in or to such property. InfoSpace shall have the right, and shall otherwise be free, to design, develop, and deploy for itself or third parties deliverables, substantially similar to the deliverables provided to Verizon Wireless in connection with this Agreement, subject only to the following sentence. *** The Verizon Wireless portal ‘look and feel’ shall include the presentation (but not the

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 3


underlying functionality) of each of the Verizon Wireless Persistent Toolbar present on all InfoSpace hosted WAP pages; Verizon Wireless Dynamic Content window present on select Verizon Wireless hosted WAP pages (Homepage, News, Sports, Weather, Entertainment, Business); Verizon Wireless Vtext.com Text Alerts ‘View My Text Alerts’, ‘Modify My Text Alerts’ and ‘Set My Text Alerts’ WAP pages; and Verizon Wireless Premium Services Subscription WAP pages. The prohibition set forth in the previous sentence shall be applicable to design specifications proposed or created by InfoSpace, and shall not be deemed to prohibit InfoSpace from building to design specifications created by independent third parties.

2.11 Work Orders. Unless otherwise agreed, the Parties shall use the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Work Order”) to document all modifications to the Portal Services. The Work Order shall set forth the work to be performed, the associated fees for such work, and any other applicable terms and conditions. InfoSpace will perform the tasks set forth on each Work Order and will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete such tasks according to the estimated timeline (if any) set forth on each such Work Order. To the extent reasonably possible, Verizon Wireless will cooperate with InfoSpace and provide such assistance as InfoSpace may reasonably request to fulfill its obligations under each such Work Order. InfoSpace’s obligation to complete the tasks specified in each such Work Order by the corresponding dates (if any) shall be subject to InfoSpace’s receipt from Verizon Wireless of all necessary Verizon Wireless Materials and/or technical specifications, if any, by the date set forth in each such Work Order for delivery of such materials, or if no date is set forth, by a date to be mutually agreed by the Parties. Unless otherwise specifically noted, all Work Orders shall be made under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3 Payments

3.1 Payment Terms. Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace for undisputed amounts within forty-five (45) days from Verizon Wireless’ receipt of InfoSpace’s monthly invoice for services rendered. If Verizon Wireless disputes any charge shown on an InfoSpace invoice, Verizon Wireless shall pay the undisputed amounts per the terms of this Agreement and notify InfoSpace within *** of Verizon Wireless’ receipt of the invoice containing the disputed amounts. The Parties will work together to resolve any disputed amounts. InfoSpace shall send all invoices via courier service, with confirmation of receipt requested, to:

Verizon Wireless

2785 Mitchell Drive, ***

Walnut Creek, CA 94598

Attention: ***

3.2 Fees and Payments. Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace the fees set forth on Exhibit D in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as set forth herein and on Exhibit D.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 4


3.3 No Additional Fees for Link Changes. For a period of *** following the Commercial Service Date, the Parties agree that Verizon Wireless shall pay InfoSpace no additional fee for adding or changing links using Deck Manager.

3.4 Verizon Wireless Audit of InfoSpace’s Obligations

 

  a. During the Term of this Agreement and *** thereafter, InfoSpace agrees to keep all usual and proper books and records relating to its performance under this Agreement. All such records shall be maintained in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practices (GAAP). To verify InfoSpace’s compliance with this Agreement, Verizon Wireless may, during the Term of this Agreement and for ***, review copies of InfoSpace’s books and records strictly relating to reports and/or payments due under this Agreement. Any audit or inspection under this Section will be conducted *** by Verizon Wireless, and in manner that does not unreasonably interfere with InfoSpace operations. InfoSpace agrees to provide Verizon Wireless’ designated audit and/or inspection team with copies of all relevant books and records strictly relating to reports and/or payments due under this Agreement.

 

  b. If any audit or inspection conducted under this Section reveals that InfoSpace’s reporting has caused Verizon Wireless to materially over-pay fees due hereunder, InfoSpace will pay the costs incurred by Verizon Wireless as the result of its conducting such audit or inspection. Otherwise, Verizon Wireless will pay the costs incurred by Verizon Wireless as the result of its conducting such audit or inspection.

 

  c. For purposes of this Section, “materially” shall mean that the actual amount that Verizon Wireless should have paid, as disclosed by the audit, is more than *** less than that which Verizon Wireless has actually paid for the audited payment period.

 

  d. Verizon Wireless shall be entitled to conduct an audit or inspection under the terms of this Section ***.

 

  e. The results of any inspection or audit hereunder will be subject to the confidentiality obligations referenced in Section 14 of this Agreement.

3.5 Remuneration; Collection

InfoSpace may accept any check or payment without prejudice to its rights to recover the balance due or to pursue any other right or remedy. No endorsement or statement on any check or payment or letter accompanying any check or payment or elsewhere will be construed as an accord or satisfaction. Unless explicitly stated on Exhibit D, all amounts payable under this Agreement are denominated in United States dollars. In the event Verizon Wireless fails to make timely payment of any undisputed amount due and owing, InfoSpace shall have the right, in addition to all other remedies, to escalate the issue as per the terms outlined in Section 10 of this Agreement.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 5


3.6 Taxes.

 

  a. Subject to Section 3.6(c), if the Party receiving an amount paid pursuant to this Agreement (“Payee”) from the other Party (“Payor”) is required by law to collect any federal, state or local sales, excise or other similar tax from Payor (or if Payee is permitted by law to collect such tax from Payor and such tax is of a type which is customarily collected from buyers by sellers), then: (i) Payee shall bill such tax to Payor in the manner and for the amount required by law, (ii) Payor shall pay such billed amount of tax to Payee, and (iii) Payee shall remit such billed amount of tax to the appropriate tax authorities as required by law.

 

  b. Except as provided in Section 3.6(a), each Party shall bear its own liability under applicable law for all import and export duties and other governmental fees and taxes of whatever nature (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any penalty, addition to tax or interest imposed with respect to such duties, fees or taxes) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  c. Payee shall not bill to or otherwise attempt to collect from Payor any tax with respect to which Payor has provided Payee with an exemption certificate, direct pay number, or other reasonable basis for relieving Payee of its responsibility to collect such tax from Payor.

 

  d. If a Party is required by law to collect any federal, state or local sales, excise or other similar tax from its customer with respect to an amount to be paid by such customer for goods or services sold by such Party which incorporate one or more service or other elements furnished by the other Party, then, as between the Parties, the Party with the customer relationship shall be responsible for: (i) billing such tax to such customer in the manner and for the amount required by law, (ii) collecting such billed amount of tax from such customer, and (iii) remitting such billed amount of tax to the appropriate tax authorities as required by law.

 

  e. Each Party will cooperate, to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with any refund claims for taxes and in connection with any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to taxes which involves the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  f.

Except with respect to taxes described in Section 3.6(a), if any payments made by or on behalf of Payor under this Agreement are subject to any taxes, levies, customs, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings, or are subject to any other governmental liability or charge, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any penalty, addition to tax or interest (each, a “Governmental Charge”), and Payor actually pays such Governmental Charge as required by law, then, to the extent that the payment of such Governmental Charge by Payor reduces a direct liability of Payee, Payor shall receive full credit from Payee for such payment as if it was an amount paid directly by Payor to Payee with respect to the amounts payable by Payor to Payee under this Agreement. Upon Payee’s

 

PAGE 6


 

request, Payor shall promptly take, at Payee’s expense, all actions reasonably requested by Payee to mitigate the aggregate amount of Governmental Charges (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the accurate completion of forms, certificates and documents and the provision of accurate, non-confidential information to the relevant taxing authority); provided, however, that Payor shall not be required to take any such action which would subject Payor to any un-reimbursed expense. If Payor receives a receipt with respect to a Governmental Charge, then Payor shall furnish to Payee the original or a certified copy of such receipt.

 

4 User Data.

4.1 Ownership of User Data. Subject to the terms of applicable user agreements and this Section 4, Verizon Wireless shall own all rights in the User Data which it collects, or which is collected on its behalf during the Term of this Agreement.

4.2 Security of User Data. InfoSpace will use its best efforts to sufficiently protect the User Data from disclosure to or unauthorized access by any Third Party, or from becoming corrupt. These efforts shall include data encryption, application and network security and/or restricted access controls. InfoSpace shall abide by the policies and security standards described in Exhibit O, “Computing Security Policy.” With reference to Exhibit O, as it applies to Verizon Wireless Portal Services: Data Type is defined as Customer Information; Data Access is defined as Limited Group; and Data Type Owner is defined as User Manager and Deck Manager. All of the systems that make up the Verizon Wireless Portal Services are deemed business critical systems and are within the scope of the InfoSpace Disaster Recovery Plan, as defined in Exhibit O. InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with prior written notice of any major changes to Exhibit O, as defined therein.

4.3 Ownership of MIN and MDN. The Parties further agree that Verizon Wireless shall own and retain control over each User’s mobile identification number (“MIN”) and mobile dialing number (“MDN”). Should InfoSpace capture a User’s MIN or MDN, InfoSpace shall be entitled to use said information only in providing the Portal Services to Users under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

4.4 Aggregate Information Generated in the Portal Services. With respect to Aggregate Information generated specifically by use of the Portal Services by Users, the Parties agree that each may collect the Aggregate Information, and that subject to the terms of any applicable user agreements and of this Section 4, Verizon Wireless shall own the rights thereto. Any use of Aggregate Information generated by the Portal Services: (a) must be used in accordance with the Verizon Wireless privacy policy, (b) must be used in accordance with applicable law, and (c) may not be provided or made available, in any form or manner, to any Third Party during the Term without the prior written approval of Verizon Wireless. Notwithstanding the foregoing, InfoSpace may track and use Aggregate Information about use of the Portal Services, including, but not limited to usage patterns and other aggregate data for statistical analysis, internal product analysis and development, de-bugging, system maintenance purposes, and for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. InfoSpace may report such Aggregate Information to Third Parties solely for purposes of promoting InfoSpace and/or InfoSpace products and services in connection with marketing, investor relations and/or advertising-related activities, provided that InfoSpace shall not specify that the Aggregate Information is attributable to Verizon Wireless.

 

PAGE 7


4.5 User Data Obtained by InfoSpace.

Except as set forth in Section 4.4, User Data that is obtained by InfoSpace:

 

  a. from the provision or operation of the Portal Services, or

 

  b. during User’s use of the Portal Services, or

 

  c. during User’s registration for Portal Services,

may only be used by InfoSpace:

 

  i. Consistent with the Verizon Wireless privacy policy attached as Exhibit K,

 

  ii. consistent with all applicable law,

 

  iii. solely in connection with the provision of the Portal Services, and

 

  iv. at the User’s option and consent, to promote products/services other than the Portal Services, provided Verizon Wireless also gives its prior written consent.

 

5 Service Level Agreement; Adverse Impact; Operational Obligations; Viruses.

5.1 Service Level Agreement. Attached as Exhibit H is a Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) setting forth the respective responsibilities of the Parties regarding support of the Portal Services.

5.2 Adverse Impact. Should an Adverse Impact occur:

 

  a. Verizon Wireless:

 

  i. will use its best efforts to notify InfoSpace immediately of such Adverse Impact,

 

  ii. may ***, to the extent Verizon Wireless determines such is necessary to halt the Adverse Impact,

 

  iii. may ***, to the extent Verizon Wireless determines such is necessary to halt the Adverse Impact.

 

  b. InfoSpace:

 

  i. will use its best efforts to notify Verizon Wireless upon becoming aware of any indication that the Portal Services may have caused the Adverse Impact,

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 8


  ii. will, upon becoming aware of any indication that the Portal Services may have caused the Adverse Impact, ***:

***

(C) promptly remedy any negative condition caused by the Adverse Impact, and/or

***

 

  c. As promptly as practical after the occurrence of the Adverse Impact, the Parties agree to meet in order to discuss the Adverse Impact, its causes, ***, and possible long-term remedial steps.

 

  d. The Parties agree to use best efforts to ***, consistent with the goal of avoiding any further Adverse Impact.

 

  e. If, after implementing the remedies set forth in this Section, the Adverse Impact persists, then Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement ***.

 

  f. To the extent the process for addressing an Adverse Impact set forth in this Section conflicts with the Service Level Agreement,***.

5.3 Other Operational Obligations.

 

  a. Network. During the Term, Verizon Wireless shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Verizon Wireless Network, and shall provide Users with access to the Portal Services via such Verizon Wireless Network.

 

  b. Portal Services Security.

To the extent a component of the Portal Services is owned by or under the control of either of the respective Parties, and in addition to the Parties’ specific obligations with regard to viruses (as stated in Section 5.4 of this Agreement), each Party agrees to use reasonable and good faith efforts to maintain the security and integrity of said components.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 9


  i. In the event that the security and/or integrity of the Portal Services, or any component thereof, is somehow compromised, the Parties agree to notify the other Party of such security compromise as ***, and to use their best efforts to cure said compromise ***.

 

  ii. As a part of using their best efforts to cure any compromise, the Parties shall:

(A) ***,

(B) promptly remove from the Portal Services element(s) affected by the compromise,

(C) promptly remedy any adverse condition caused by the compromise,

(D) ***,

(E) ***

(F) *** reinstate any such Portal Services elements that have been removed ***, consistent with the goal of avoiding any further compromise.

 

  iii. With respect to compromises for which InfoSpace is solely responsible, if the compromise persists after implementing the remedies set forth in this Section, Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement ***.

 

  iv. To the extent the process for addressing a compromise set forth in this Section conflicts with the Service Level Agreement, ***.

 

  c. Unsolicited Data or Messaging (“Spam”). The Parties agree to implement procedures and to use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent Third Parties from sending or transmitting unsolicited WAP push or SMS messages to Users. Each Party agrees to notify the other Party if it knows or has reason to know that Spam is being sent to Users by Third Parties, and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent and/or block

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 10


 

any such Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services from being sent to Users by way of their Wireless Devices. The Parties agree to promptly notify the other Party if it knows or has reason to know that Users are being sent an unusual or abnormal flow, number or type of Spam. In the event that a User is being sent Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services, or one Party notifies the other Party that Users are being sent Spam originated in connection with the Portal Services, the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent continuing transmission of such Spam.

5.4 Viruses.

The Parties agree that each will use its reasonable and good faith efforts to ensure that it does not introduce a Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code into the other Party’s system or network. InfoSpace agrees that it will use reasonable and good faith efforts to ensure that all Electronically Transmitted Information does not contain and/or will not contain any Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code. InfoSpace further agrees that in the normal course of business, it will continually monitor the Electronically Transmitted Information for the presence of any Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code. In the event either Party detects the presence of any such Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, it will use its best efforts to: (a) notify the other Party of such, (b) promptly as reasonably appropriate remove the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, to the extent such removal is within the control of the respective Party, and (c) promptly remedy any condition caused by the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code, to the extent a remedy is within the control of the respective Party. In the event a Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code is discovered by one Party (the “Discovering Party”), the other Party (the “Non-discovering Party”) will use all available commercially reasonable efforts, to assist the Discovering Party in its efforts to remove the Virus, Self-Help Code, or Unauthorized Code as is required hereinabove.

 

6 Foreign Based Services. InfoSpace represents, warrants and covenants that no service performed by InfoSpace pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided, directed, controlled, supervised, or managed, and no data or Verizon Wireless customer communication (voice or data) relating to any such service shall be stored or transmitted at, in, or through a site located outside of the United States without the advance written consent of Verizon Wireless.

 

PAGE 11


7 CALEA Compliance. To the extent the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (Pub L. 103-414, Title 1, October 25, 1994, 108 Stat 4279, as amended) (“CALEA”) is directly applicable to the services provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, InfoSpace represents and warrants to Verizon Wireless that at the time of delivery and throughout the Term, all products, Portal Services and software delivered hereunder shall be “CALEA Compliant,” meaning that they will comply with the provisions of CALEA, as well as any regulations or industry standards implementing the provisions of the law. To the extent CALEA is directly applicable to the services provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, InfoSpace shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Verizon Wireless and Verizon Wireless’ customers for any loss, cost, or damages (including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees) sustained because of InfoSpace’s CALEA noncompliance.

 

8 Term and Termination

8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end on the third anniversary of the Commercial Service Date (the “Term”); provided that the Term shall be automatically renewed for successive 6 month periods unless either party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the then-current Term.

8.2 Termination. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, either Party may terminate this Agreement under the following conditions:

 

  a. For Cause. Either Party may terminate this Agreement if the other Party is in material breach hereof, and with the exception of breaches involving violations of the law, provided the allegedly breaching Party has not cured such alleged material breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching Party within thirty (30) days after having been notified, in writing, of the alleged material breach.

 

  b. For Bankruptcy/Insolvency. Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately following written notice to the other Party, if the noticing Party: (a) ceases to do business in the normal course, (b) becomes or is declared insolvent or bankrupt, (c) is the subject of any proceeding related to its liquidation or insolvency (whether voluntary or involuntary) which is not dismissed within ninety (90) calendar days, or (d) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

  c. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 12


8.3 Effect of Termination. Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, and in each case subject to the respective Party’s continuing obligations with respect to the Transition Period:

 

  a. Both Parties shall cease, ***, all use of the Intellectual Property of the other Party, other than Intellectual Property which may be covered by a separate license agreement,

 

  b. ***, both Parties shall return to the other Party all materials containing any Intellectual Property of the other Party, other than those materials containing Intellectual Property which may be covered by a separate license agreement,

 

  c. ***, both Parties shall return to the other Party all materials identifying or otherwise relating to the other Party’s business,

 

  d. ***, both Parties shall immediately cease representing themselves as a marketing, branding or service affiliate of the other,

 

  e. ***.

 

  f. ***,

 

  g. ***

 

  h. Termination of this Agreement shall not affect any separate contractual obligations or commitments, existing or made prior to the termination date of this Agreement, that either Party may have to Users.

8.4 Survival. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or upon expiration of the Term, the rights and obligations of the Parties under Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.5, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, and 14 shall survive any termination or expiration of the Term.

 

9 Transition Period

9.1 Transition Period Generally.

 

  a. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement and subject to Section 9.1(d) below, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement ***, InfoSpace will continue to provide the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless for a specific period of time to be agreed by the Parties ***. In addition, during the Transition Period, InfoSpace agrees to provide reasonable Transition Services that Verizon Wireless may reasonably request to transition the Portal Services provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless or a Third Party (the “Transition Services”), subject to Section 9.1(d) below.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 13


  b. ***.

 

  c. InfoSpace agrees that during the Transition Period, it will permit Verizon Wireless to include on Wireless Devices a link to the Portal Services, in order to permit Users to have direct access to the Portal Services.

 

  d. ***. In the event that Verizon Wireless requests Transition Services, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall agree to a statement of work and an associated fee structure before any transition work is started.

 

  e. During the Transition Period, the obligations of the Parties as set forth hereunder shall survive.

 

  f. Any communications made to Users following the termination or expiration of the Agreement relating to wireless data shall be mutually agreed to by the Parties. ***.

 

10 Committees, Designated Managers, Plan Updates and Escalation of Disputes.

10.1 Executive Committee. The Parties agree that in order to facilitate the meeting of all terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement, and to further the anticipated cooperation hereunder, they shall form an executive steering committee (the “Executive Committee”) which will review and resolve issues and disputes which have been escalated from the Steering Committee.

 

  a. Structure of the Executive Committee. The Parties will designate executives from their respective companies, to serve as members of the Executive Committee. The Executive Committee will be comprised of one (1) member appointed by Verizon Wireless and one (1) member appointed by InfoSpace. Each of the committee members shall act in the interests of the Party who appointed that member.

 

  b. Executive Committee Meetings. The Executive Committee shall meet as often as necessary, at mutually acceptable times and locations. The Parties agree that Steering Committee members and Designated Managers may attend meetings of the Executive Committee as deemed appropriate by the Executive Committee.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 14


10.2 Steering Committee. The Parties agree that in order to facilitate the meeting of all terms, conditions and obligations of this Agreement, and to further the anticipated cooperation hereunder, they shall form a steering committee (the “Steering Committee”) which will: (a) review the performance of the Project, and (b) identify performance metrics for monitoring performance pursuant to the Project.

 

  a. Structure of the Steering Committee. The Parties will designate executives from their respective companies to serve as members of the Steering Committee. The Steering Committee will be comprised of four (4) members, two (2) appointed by Verizon Wireless and two (2) appointed by InfoSpace. Each of the committee members shall act in the interests of the Party who appointed that member.

 

  b. Meetings. The Steering Committee shall meet as often as necessary, either in person or by telephone, at mutually acceptable times and locations. At such meetings, the Parties shall provide reports on their company’s performance pursuant to the Project.

10.3 Designated Managers. Each Party shall designate managers (the “Designated Managers”) who shall coordinate the Parties’ respective obligations under this Agreement and the implementation of all terms and conditions contained herein. The Designated Managers shall be employees of Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace tasked to oversee the performance of the Project and to periodically report to the Steering Committee. Each Party may change its Designated Manager(s) from time-to-time, but shall inform the other Party of such a change.

10.4 Escalation of Disputes. In the event any dispute, claim, question or difference between the Parties (a “Dispute”) arises with respect to the Agreement or the Parties’ performance, enforcement, breach, or termination thereof, the Parties shall use their best efforts to settle the Dispute as follows:

 

  a. First the Designated Managers shall consult and negotiate with each other for at least ten (10) business days [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments], in good faith and understanding of their mutual interests, in an attempt to reach a just and equitable solution satisfactory to all Parties.

 

  b. If the Designated Managers are unable to resolve the Dispute in the aforesaid time, either Party may escalate the Dispute to the Steering Committee for a further ten (10) business day [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments] consultation and negotiation.

 

  c. If the Steering Committee is unable to resolve the Dispute in the aforesaid time, either Party may escalate the Dispute to the Executive Committee for a further ten (10) business days [five (5) business days in the case of late or disputed payments], of consultation and negotiation.

 

  d. Only after exhausting their efforts under this Section may either Party invoke the arbitration procedures under Section 15.6 of this Agreement.

 

  e.

However, either Party may at any time, give notice and seek injunctive relief, including, but not limited to a temporary restraining order against the other Party for alleged breaches of this Agreement in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each Party acknowledges that monetary damages

 

PAGE 15


 

may not be a sufficient remedy for unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information or misuse of Intellectual Property, and that the disclosing Party shall be entitled, without waiving any other rights or remedies, to seek such injunctive or equitable relief as may be deemed proper by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

11 Warranties, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

11.1 Mutual Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that:

 

  a. It has the full corporate right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform the acts required of it hereunder;

 

  b. The execution of this Agreement by such Party and performance of its obligations hereunder, do not and will not violate any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound;

 

  c. Such Party has obtained, and shall maintain in full force during the Term hereof, such federal, state and local authorizations as are necessary to operate and to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement, and shall be in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations governing such performance.

 

  d. When executed and delivered, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;

 

  e. It has the authority to grant the other Party all of the rights granted in this Agreement;

 

  f. It shall conduct its efforts under this Agreement in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations and shall promptly comply with any notices received from any governmental entity having authority or jurisdiction over such Party regarding compliance with any federal, state or local laws.

11.2 InfoSpace Warranties. InfoSpace represents and warrants to Verizon Wireless that:

 

  a.

The execution of this Agreement by InfoSpace and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party. However, in the event that the Portal Services become the subject of a claim that the Portal Services infringe any copyright, trade secret or United States patent, InfoSpace may, at its option: (i) procure for Verizon Wireless the right to use the Portal Services free of any liability; or (ii) replace or modify, in whole or in part, the Portal Services to make them non-infringing. Notwithstanding the warranty stated in the first sentence of this Section, in the event that the Portal Services become the subject of a claim that the Portal Services infringe any copyright, trade secret or United States patent and in the event InfoSpace can not or will not perform the action described in

 

PAGE 16


 

Section 11.2 a. (i) and (ii), Verizon Wireless may, at its option, terminate this Agreement. InfoSpace’s resolution of any actual or alleged infringement pursuant to (i) or (ii) above will not constitute a breach of the warranty set forth in this Section.

 

  b. InfoSpace itself will not knowingly include in the Portal Services, any obscene, threatening, abusive, harassing, defamatory, libelous, infringing or unlawful content or code, whether or not readily discernable or capable of detection by the average user. In the event that Verizon Wireless determines that certain content is objectionable in contravention of the preceding sentence, InfoSpace will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement provided that InfoSpace removes the offending content as soon as is reasonably possible following notification by Verizon Wireless of such offending content. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Verizon Wireless acknowledges that InfoSpace does not have an obligation to review content provided to Users by Third Parties via the Portal Services and that InfoSpace will not incur any liability whatsoever with respect to the nature of such content.

 

  c. It will perform its obligations under this Agreement in a workman-like manner.

 

  d. It will not make any representations or warranties as to the quality of the Verizon Wireless Services or the Verizon Wireless Network, except as may be specifically authorized, in writing, by Verizon Wireless as to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

  e. InfoSpace represents and warrants that the Portal Services shall operate in substantial conformity with the specifications contained in Exhibit J.

11.3 Verizon Wireless Warranty. Verizon Wireless represents and warrants to InfoSpace that the Verizon Wireless Materials that Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace for use in connection with the Portal Services under the terms of this Agreement do not and will not infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any Third Party.

11.4 Disclaimer. EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING, NEITHER PARTY MAKES, AND EACH PARTY HEREBY SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS, ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ITS PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS OR MERCHANTABILITY, AND WARRANTIES ARISING BY COURSE OF PERFORMANCE OR TRADE USAGE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, VERIZON WIRELESS ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PORTAL SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY EXHIBIT HERETO, VERIZON WIRELESS MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY CONCERNING THE AVAILABILITY OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS SERVICES OR THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK,

 

PAGE 17


ITS FACILITIES OR CAPACITY; AND NEITHER DOES VERIZON WIRELESS WARRANT OR REPRESENT THAT ACCESS TO OR USE OF THE VERIZON WIRELESS SERVICES OR THE VERIZON WIRELESS NETWORK SHALL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE.

11.5 Indemnification.

 

  a. InfoSpace shall, at its own expense and at the request of Verizon Wireless, defend any Third Party claim or action brought against Verizon Wireless, and/or its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, licensees, agents and independent contractors, to the extent such claim or action is based upon:

 

  i. a claim that any material supplied by InfoSpace or its authorized representative with respect to or in the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless, but including, without limitation, the InfoSpace Marks, links provided by InfoSpace or its authorized representative, and the InfoSpace Content accessed by such links:

(A) infringes the copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, or trade secrets, or violates any privacy or publicity rights of any Third Party, or that InfoSpace is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the Portal Services and all other materials provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement,

(B) is factually inaccurate in any material respect, or

(C) contains information, instructions or formulas that are injurious to a Third Party’s physical well-being, or that defames or disparages a Third Party,

 

  ii. a claim that any act or omission by InfoSpace or its authorized representative in connection with its performance under this Agreement violates any applicable law or regulation,

 

  iii. a claim that, if true, would constitute a breach of a warranty, representation or covenant of InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and/or

 

  iv. a claim that InfoSpace has misused any Verizon Wireless User Data.

 

  b. Verizon Wireless shall, at its own expense and at the request of InfoSpace, defend any Third Party claim or action brought against InfoSpace, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, licensees, agents and independent contractors, to the extent such claim or action is based upon:

 

  i. a claim that any material supplied by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representative with respect to the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace, but including, without limitation, the Verizon Wireless Marks, links provided by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representative, the Verizon Wireless Content accessed by such links, and any content provided by Verizon Wireless or its authorized representatives:

(A) infringes the copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, or trade secrets, or violates any privacy or publicity rights of any Third Party, or that Verizon Wireless is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the Verizon Wireless Services and all other materials provided by Verizon Wireless under the terms of this Agreement,

 

PAGE 18


***

 

  iv. to the extent Verizon Wireless receives such indemnification from its Third Party Content providers, a claim (including civil or criminal penalties levied by any governmental agency): (i) arising from, or related to, any Third Party content, links or materials provided by Verizon Wireless or its vendors in connection with the Portal Services, including without limitation any claims based on the obscene, pornographic, profane, fraudulent, libelous or defamatory nature of any Third Party content, links or materials supplied by Verizon Wireless or its vendors to InfoSpace in connection with the Portal Services, or (ii) arising from, or related to, any User information that InfoSpace discloses to Third Parties at Verizon’s request.

 

  c. For the purposes hereof, the “Indemnifying Party” shall mean the Party having indemnification obligations pursuant to Sections 11.5(a) and/or 11.5(b) above. The “Indemnified Party” shall mean the Party and/or all applicable Third Parties being indemnified pursuant to and identified in Sections 11.5 (a) or 11.5(b) above. “Indemnified Claims” shall mean those claims for which the Indemnified Party is to be indemnified pursuant to Sections 11.5(a) or 11.5(b) above.

 

  d. In such cases where a Third Party claim or action is brought against either Party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party, in writing, specifying the nature of the claim or action, including the total monetary amount sought or other such relief as stated therein. The

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 19


 

Indemnified Party shall (i)cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, in all reasonable respects in connection with the defense of any such claim or action and (ii) at the Indemnified Party’s expense, be entitled to participate in the defense of any such claim.

 

  e. The Indemnified Party agrees that the Indemnifying Party shall have sole and exclusive control over the defense and settlement of any such third party claim.

 

  f. In the event the Indemnifying Party elects not to undertake to control and conduct all proceedings or negotiations in connection with the defense of any claim or action under this Section, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to enter a reasonable and good faith settlement with respect to any such claim or action upon providing the Indemnifying Party with 10 days notice of the Indemnified Party’s intent to enter such reasonable and good faith settlement agreement. With respect to the foregoing: (i) an Indemnified Party shall not settle any claim or action under this Section without first seeking the Indemnifying Party’s permission, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall issue payment, if applicable, to the Third Party claimant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subject settlement agreement.

 

  g. In consultation with and subject to the approval of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, to employ separate counsel to provide input into the defense, at the Indemnified Party’s own cost. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party, within 60 days of demand, for any payments made or loss suffered by it at any time after the date of tender, based upon the judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a reasonable, good faith and bona fide compromise or settlement of claims, demands, or actions, in respect to any damages to which the foregoing relates.

 

  h. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to enter a reasonable and good faith settlement or compromise with respect to any claim or action under this Section, provided that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle any such claim or action under this Section on the Indemnified Party’s behalf without first obtaining the Indemnified Party’s written permission, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  i. The Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold the Indemnified Party harmless from and against any reasonable costs, damages and fees reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party, including but not limited to reasonable fees of attorneys and other professionals, that are attributable to such Indemnified Claims. The Indemnified Party shall not settle any Indemnified Claims without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

PAGE 20


11.6 Limitation of Liability.

EXCEPT IN CONNECTION WITH THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT *** FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT ***, EVEN IF *** HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING SENTENCE SHALL NOT APPLY TO *** BREACH OF THE CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS REFERENCED IN SECTION 14 OR EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS REFERENCED IN SECTION 11 ***

 

12 Intellectual Property.

12.1 Verizon Wireless. As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the Verizon Wireless Marks and Verizon Wireless Materials, along with all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith. Additionally, Verizon Wireless reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to all Intellectual Property created by Verizon Wireless, provided that such Intellectual Property does not constitute an Enhancement (as defined in Section 11.9(a)) of InfoSpace Intellectual Property.

12.2 InfoSpace. As between the Parties, InfoSpace reserves and retains all right, title and interest in and to the InfoSpace Marks, the Portal Services (excluding the Verizon Wireless Materials and rights retained by Verizon Wireless as described in Section 11.1 above) and the Technology utilized under or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to all Intellectual Property Rights associated therewith.

12.3 Verizon Wireless Marks License. Subject to Section 12.5 and Exhibit C, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to Premium Wireless Services and it’s parent company InfoSpace, Inc the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the Verizon Wireless Marks in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Portal Services.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 21


12.4 InfoSpace Marks License. Subject to Section 12.5 and Exhibit C, InfoSpace hereby grants to Verizon Wireless the right to use, reproduce, publish, perform and display the InfoSpace Marks: (a) in connection with the development, use, reproduction, modification, adaptation, publication, display and performance of the Portal Services; and (b) in promotional and marketing materials, content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Verizon Wireless and its relationship with InfoSpace and the Portal Services.

12.5 Use of Trademarks. Prior to the first use of any of the other Party’s Trademarks in a manner permitted herein, the Party using such Trademarks shall submit a sample of such proposed use to the other Party for its prior written approval. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall strictly comply with all standards with respect to the other Party’s Trademarks which may be furnished by such Party from time to time, and all uses of the other Party’s Trademarks in proximity to the trade name, trademark, service name or service mark of any other Person shall be consistent with the standards furnished by the other Party from time to time. Further, neither Party shall create a combination mark consisting of one or more Trademarks of each Party. All uses of the other Party’s Trademarks and goodwill therein shall inure to the benefit of the Party owning such Trademark. Each Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as between the Parties, the other Party is the owner of the Trademarks identified as its Trademarks on Exhibit C. Either Party may update or change the list of Trademarks usable by the other Party hereunder at any time by written notice to the other Party. Any materials, activities, products, or services distributed or marketed by a Party in conjunction with the other Party’s Marks shall: (i) meet all terms of this Agreement, (ii) meet or exceed standards of quality and performance generally accepted in the telecommunications industry, and (iii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. Each Party shall fully correct and remedy any deficiencies in its use of the other Party’s Marks and/or the quality of any materials, activities, products, or services it offers or markets in conjunction with the other Party’s Marks, upon reasonable notice from the other Party.

12.6 Copyright Notices . InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless acknowledge that the Portal Services may contain copyright and patent notices of copyrighted or copyrightable works, including those of InfoSpace and its affiliates, Verizon Wireless and its affiliates, and Third Parties.

12.7 Other Trademarks. InfoSpace shall not register or attempt to register any of the Verizon Wireless Marks or any Trademarks that Verizon Wireless reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the Verizon Wireless Marks. Verizon Wireless shall not register or attempt to register any of the InfoSpace Marks or any Trademarks that InfoSpace reasonably deems to be confusingly similar to any of the InfoSpace Marks.

12.8 Further Assurances. Each Party shall take, at the other Party’s expense, such action (including, without limitation, execution of affidavits or other documents) as the other Party may reasonably request to effect, perfect or confirm such other Party’s ownership interests and other rights as set forth in this Section 12.

12.9 No Joint Development. The Parties contemplate that there will be no ad hoc joint development of Intellectual Property under this Agreement. The Parties shall not engage in joint development except as they may separately agree, in writing, in advance.

 

PAGE 22


  a. In no event shall enhancements, adaptations, improvements, modifications and/or derivative works (“Enhancements”) created from one Party’s pre-existing Intellectual Property be considered to be jointly owned by the Parties, regardless of which Party creates the Enhancement, it being understood that, subject to any licenses granted herein, such Enhancements shall be the sole and exclusive property of the owner of the Intellectual Property upon which such Enhancements are based.

12.10 Ownership of Intellectual Property.

 

  a. Any Intellectual Property now owned or subsequently developed by InfoSpace or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered for use as part of the Portal Services will continue to be owned by InfoSpace.

 

  b. Any Intellectual Property now owned or subsequently developed by Verizon Wireless or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered for use as part of the Verizon Wireless Services, the Verizon Wireless Network, and/or the Portal Services, will continue to be owned by Verizon Wireless.

 

  c. Neither Party shall attempt to register, with a state or federal agency, any Intellectual Property developed by the other Party, or its Third Party suppliers, that is offered as part of the Portal Services.

12.11 Rights. Neither Party shall have any rights to any materials, content or technology provided by the other Party hereunder, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither shall alter, modify, copy, edit, format, translate, create derivative works of or otherwise use any materials, content or technology provided by the other Party except as explicitly provided for herein, or as approved in advance, in writing, by the other Party.

 

  a. To the extent that InfoSpace provides Verizon Wireless with any written technical specifications or documentations with respect to the Portal Services, such specifications are licensed to Verizon Wireless on a nonexclusive, non-assignable, non-sublicenseable basis, and may be used by Verizon Wireless solely for the purpose of providing input to InfoSpace (unless otherwise agreed to, in writing, by the Parties).

 

  b. To the extent that Verizon Wireless provides InfoSpace with any written technical specifications or documentations with respect to the Verizon Wireless Network or the Verizon Wireless Services (“Verizon Wireless Specifications”), such Verizon Wireless Specifications are licensed to InfoSpace on a nonexclusive, non-assignable, non-sub-licenseable basis, and may be used by InfoSpace solely for the purpose of providing input to Verizon Wireless (unless otherwise agreed to, in writing, by the Parties).

12.12 Developed Technology. The Parties contemplate that, from time-to-time, one Party may agree to develop Developed Technology for the other pursuant to a separate written agreement. The ownership and/or license rights in such Developed Technology, compensation for its development, and other terms regarding Developed Technology shall be as set forth in such separate agreement.

12.13 Reservation of Rights. Each Party reserves all rights not expressly granted herein.

 

PAGE 23


12.14 Consumer Clear Disclosure/Spam. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, InfoSpace agrees that its collection, use and disclosure of Verizon Wireless User Data will comply with: (i) all applicable laws and regulations, and (ii) Verizon Wireless’ standard privacy policies, attached as Exhibit K. InfoSpace will not disclose Verizon Wireless User Data collected hereunder to any Third Party in a manner that identifies Users or Verizon Wireless Users: (A) as end users of the Portal Services, (B) as users of Verizon Wireless products or services, or, (C) unless with the consent of Users, as users of InfoSpace’s products or services. InfoSpace will not send, via SMS or WAP push, any Spam or advertising through the Verizon Wireless Network to any User absent Verizon Wireless’ prior written approval.

 

13 Best Practices Guide

13.1 Use of Best Practices Guide. InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless the right to use the InfoSpace Best Practices Guide (the “Guide”), attached hereto as Exhibit N, as may be updated by InfoSpace from time to time, for the limited purpose of distributing portions or all of the Guide to Third Party content providers that will provide content via the Portal Services, subject to the following:

 

  (a) such use shall be non-exclusive;

 

  (b) Verizon Wireless’ use of the Guide shall be subject in all cases to the disclaimer set forth in Section 13.2 below and Verizon Wireless shall include a substantially similar disclaimer within any document embodying all or portions of the Guide; and

 

  (c)

Verizon Wireless shall include the following attribution within any document embodying all or portions of the Guide: “portions © [current year] InfoSpace.”

13.2 Disclaimer. INFOSPACE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE GUIDE IS ERROR-FREE. INFOSPACE IS PROVIDING THE GUIDE TO YOU “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS.” INFOSPACE DOES NOT WARRANT, BY VIRTUE OF THIS DOCUMENT, OR BY ANY COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE OF TRADE, OR ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE GUIDE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF DESIGN, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE GUIDE IS APPLICABLE TO OR INTEROPERABLE WITH ANY SYSTEM, DATA, HARDWARE, OR SOFTWARE OF ANY KIND. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 24


14 Confidential Information

During the course of this Agreement and the negotiation hereof, either Party may be given access to Confidential Information (orally, in hardcopy and/or electronic form) belonging to the other Party (the Disclosing Party”). In connection therewith, the following shall apply:

14.1 The Party receiving the Confidential Information (the “Receiving Party”) shall not disclose any Confidential Information to Third Parties for five (5) years following the date of its disclosure by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, except to the Receiving Party’s consultants as provided for below. However, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information in accordance with judicial or other governmental order, provided the Receiving Party shall first give the Disclosing Party reasonable notice prior to making such disclosure, and shall comply with any applicable protective order or equivalent,

14.2 The Parties agree to protect the Confidential Information of the other Party in the same manner in which it protects its own proprietary and confidential information of like kind, but in no event, shall either Party exercise less than reasonable care in protecting the Confidential Information of the other Party,

14.3 Access to Confidential Information shall be restricted to the Receiving Party’s employees, agents and contractors who have a need to know and shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. The Receiving Party shall take reasonable steps to ensure that all employees, agents and contractors are bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement,

14.4 Confidential Information may be disclosed, reproduced, summarized or distributed only in pursuit of the Receiving Party’s business relationship with the Disclosing Party under the terms of this Agreement,

14.5 Receiving Party may not reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble any software disclosed to Receiving Party,

14.6 All Confidential Information made available hereunder, including copies and summaries thereof, shall be returned to the Disclosing Party or destroyed upon: (a) expiration or termination of this Agreement, or (b) request by the Disclosing Party, unless the Receiving Party is otherwise allowed to retain such Confidential Information in accordance with this Agreement,

14.7 Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit or limit either Party’s use of information that: (a) was previously known to the Receiving Party, absent any obligation to maintain the confidentiality thereof, (b) was independently developed by or for the Receiving Party, provided that such can be verified, (c) was acquired by the Receiving Party from a Third Party which is not, to the Receiving Party’s knowledge (after having made commercially reasonable inquiry thereof), under an obligation of confidence with respect to such information, or (d) is or becomes publicly available through no breach of this Agreement,

 

PAGE 25


14.8 If either Party receives a subpoena or other validly issued administrative or judicial process (“Notice to Produce”) requiring the production of the Confidential Information of the other Party, it shall provide prompt notice to the other of such receipt. The Party receiving the Notice to Produce shall thereafter be entitled to comply with such Notice to Produce to the extent permitted by law without being in breach of this Agreement,

14.9 The Receiving Party shall notify the Disclosing Party as soon as is reasonably possible under the circumstances, upon discovery of any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, and will cooperate with the Disclosing Party in every reasonable way to help the Disclosing Party regain possession of the Confidential Information and prevent its further unauthorized use,

14.10 All information which a Disclosing Party discloses to a Receiving Party and which is to be protected hereunder as Confidential Information, shall: (a) if disclosed in writing or in some other tangible form, be conspicuously labeled as Proprietary, Confidential, or the like, at the time of delivery, and (b) if disclosed orally, be identified as being Proprietary, Confidential, or the like, prior to or following disclosure. Either Party shall have the right to correct any inadvertent failure to designate information as Confidential Information by written notification, as soon as practical after disclosure is made, but in any event, no later than sixty (60) days after such error is determined. The Party receiving said notification shall, from that time forward, and to the extent said Confidential Information is not in the public domain, treat such information as Confidential under the terms of this Agreement, and

14.11 The terms of confidentiality under this Agreement shall not be construed to limit either Party’s right to independently develop or acquire products without use of the other Party’s Confidential Information.

 

15 Miscellaneous

15.1 Publicity. Except for legally mandated disclosures or rules of the applicable stock exchanges on which the securities of the Parties are traded, no Party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement(s) disclosing the terms or the existence of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

  a. The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the launch of the Portal Services, a joint press release announcing the launch of the Portal Services and mutually agreed upon publicity and general marketing communications concerning their relationship and other mutually agreed upon matters. Neither Party shall issue any other such publicity or general marketing communications concerning their relationship without prior written consent of the other Party.

15.2 Independent Contractors. Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace are independent contractors under this Agreement, and nothing herein shall be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, franchise, agency or relationship of any other kind between Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace. Neither Party has any authority to enter into agreements of any kind on behalf of the other Party, and neither Party will attempt to or create any license, warranty or other obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other Party or any of its Affiliates.

 

PAGE 26


15.3 Professionalism. InfoSpace shall remove from the work, at Verizon Wireless’ request, any employee furnished by InfoSpace who, in Verizon Wireless’ opinion is incapable, uncooperative, or otherwise unacceptable in the execution of the work to be performed under this Agreement.

15.4 Assignment; Merger. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without the other Party’s consent, to its parent company or to any purchaser of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets, or to any successor by way of merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, enforceable by, and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective parents, successors, assigns, affiliates and future

15.5 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to its choice of law rules.

15.6 Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, shall be settled by a sole arbitrator in accordance with the CPR Non-Administered Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. Punitive and exemplary damages shall not be awarded. Process may be served on either party by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by such other method as is authorized by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may institute formal proceedings at any time with a court of competent jurisdiction to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or as provided in 15.6(b) (“Injunctive Relief”) below.

 

  (b) Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the dispute resolution process set forth in Section 15.6(a) above, if (i) a Party determines that a breach (or potential breach) of the terms of this Agreement by the other Party may result in damages or consequences that would be immediate, severe and incapable of adequate redress after the fact, so that a temporary restraining order or other immediate injunctive relief is the only adequate remedy; or (ii) a Third Party necessary to the resolution of any dispute cannot be joined in the arbitration proceedings, that Party may institute proceedings for appropriate equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.

15.7 Nonwaiver. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving Party.

 

PAGE 27


15.8 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, terrorism, wars, strikes or other labor disputes, fires, flood, storm, explosions, or any other cause which is beyond the reasonable control of such Party and such causes a Party to be unable to perform hereunder, resulting in a material or adverse effect on this Agreement, and provided that such Party makes reasonable efforts to promptly remedy the failure or delay when such cause is eliminated. If a Party’s failure or delay of performance is excused by this Section for thirty (30) days or more, the other Party may, but shall not be obligated to, immediately terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the non-performing Party.

15.9 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered in person, mailed via confirmed facsimile or e-mail, or delivered by recognized courier service, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the applicable Party at its address specified below and shall be deemed effective upon receipt. Either Party may from time to time change the individual to receive notices or its address by giving the other Party notice of the change in accordance with this section.

To Verizon Wireless:

Notices To Verizon Wireless:

Verizon Wireless

Address: 180 Washington Valley Road

Address: Bedminster, New Jersey 07921

Attn.: ***, Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer

Fax: ***

Copy to:

***,

Associate General Counsel

Sales, Marketing and

Consumer Law

30 Independence Blvd

Warren, New Jersey 07059

Telephone: ***

Fax: ***

Email Address: ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 28


To InfoSpace:

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: ***

Attention: Legal Department              Attention: EVP - Wireless

with a copy to:

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: ***

Attention: VP – Legal Affairs

15.10 Savings . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall, for any reason, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad or unreasonable as to scope or subject, such provision shall be enforced to the extent necessary to be reasonable under the circumstances and consistent with applicable law while reflecting as closely as possible the intent of the Parties as expressed herein.

15.11 Integration . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Parties hereto with respect to the transactions and matters contemplated hereby, it supersedes all previous agreements or negotiations between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless concerning the subject matter hereof, and it cannot be amended except by a writing signed by both Parties.

15.12 Counterparts; Electronic Signature . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

15.13 PLANT AND WORK RULES AND RIGHT OF ACCESS

15.13.1. Anyone acting on behalf of one Party, while on the premises of the other, shall comply with all plant rules, regulations and premises owner’s standards for security, including (when required by U.S. government regulations) submission of satisfactory clearance from U.S. Department of Defense and other federal authorities concerned.

15.13.2. Each Party shall permit reasonable access during normal working hours to its facilities in connection with the Portal Services. Reasonable prior notice shall be given when access is required.

15.13.3. InfoSpace shall provide, upon reasonable advance notice from Verizon Wireless, its employees, subcontractors, and agents and work vehicles with identification in accordance with current Verizon Wireless requirements.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 29


15.13.4. If InfoSpace is given access, whether on-site or through remote facilities, to any Verizon Wireless computer or electronic data storage system in order for InfoSpace to accomplish the Portal Services called for in this Agreement, InfoSpace shall limit such access and use solely to perform Portal Services within the scope of this Agreement and shall not access or attempt to access any computer system, electronic file, software or other electronic services other than those specifically required to accomplish the work required under this Agreement. InfoSpace shall limit such access to those of its employees who are authorized by Verizon Wireless to have such access in connection with this Agreement, and shall follow all Verizon Wireless’ reasonable security rules and procedures for use of Verizon Wireless’ electronic resources, provided that such rules and procedures are furnished to InfoSpace at the time of such access or in advance. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed to InfoSpace and any information obtained by InfoSpace as a result of InfoSpace’s access to and use of Verizon Wireless’ computer and electronic data storage systems shall be deemed to be, and shall be treated as, Verizon Wireless Confidential Information under applicable provisions of this Agreement. Verizon Wireless reserves the right to monitor such actions by InfoSpace and InfoSpace agrees to cooperate with Verizon Wireless in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless’ computer or electronic data storage systems or unauthorized release of Verizon Wireless’ Confidential Information by InfoSpace.

15.14 Insurance.

15.14.1 As of the Effective Date and throughout the Term, InfoSpace shall maintain the insurance coverage set forth below:

 

  a. Worker’s Compensation and related insurance as prescribed by the law of the state in which the work is performed;

 

  b. Employer’s liability insurance with limits of at least ***;

 

  c. Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) covering services and/or intellectual property risks of copyright, trademark and patent infringement with limits of not less than ***; and

 

  d. Commercial general liability insurance (including, but not limited to, premises operations, broad-form property damage, products/completed operations, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury) and, if the use of automobiles is required, comprehensive automobile liability insurance, each with limits of at least ***.

The limits above may be satisfied through a combination of primary and/or umbrella excess coverage.

15.14.2 The insuring carriers shall be rated at least A- by AM Best. Such policies shall be primary and non-contributory by Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless shall be named as an additional insured on all liability policies in Section 15.14.1 (d). InfoSpace shall furnish to Verizon

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 30


Wireless certificates of such insurance within ten (10) days of the execution of this Agreement and with each policy renewal. The certificates shall provide that at least ten (10) days prior written notice of cancellation or material change of the insurance to which the certificates relate shall be given to Verizon Wireless. The fulfillment of the obligations hereunder in no way modifies InfoSpace’s obligations to indemnify Verizon Wireless under this Agreement.

15.15 NO COMPETITOR ADVERTISING

The Parties agree that InfoSpace shall not be entitled to advertise via the Portal Services, nor shall it place advertisements of third parties on the Portal Services without written consent of Verizon Wireless.

15.16 Subcontracting. InfoSpace shall not, without the prior written consent of Verizon Wireless, subcontract to a Third Party any material portion of the Service provided under this Agreement.

15.17 Post Execution Cooperation. At any time, and from time-to-time within the thirty (30) day period following the Effective Date, the Parties agree to cooperate in good faith to amend and/or amend and restate this Agreement, including all Exhibits and attachments, (in each case, in writing, signed by both Parties) as may be necessary in order toensure that the provisions hereof are internally consistent, do not conflict with any other provisions hereof, that the section references are accurate, and that this Agreement otherwise accurately reflects the agreement of the Parties. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date the Parties shall develop Exhibit L, Content Hosting and update Exhibit F-1, Service Level Agreement, which will include provisions for the service level requirements related to the interfaces described in Exhibits B and J. If said exhibits are not developed within said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

15.18 Entire Agreement. The terms and provisions herein contained constitute the entire understanding between the Parties with regard to the terms hereof, the Exhibits hereto and the SLA, and shall supersede all previous communications, whether oral or written, and no agreements or understandings varying or extending this Agreement, the Exhibits hereto or the SLA shall be binding upon any Party hereto unless agreed to in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer or representative thereof. This Agreement is specifically intended to terminate and supercede the Letter Agreement between the Parties dated March 2, 2004.

 

  a. Should the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) or any state or federal law, render any opinion, term, covenant, restriction, representation or warranty of this Agreement to be illegal, void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the Parties agree to enter into good faith negotiations designed to resolve any discrepancy (whether a business or legal issue) which may have arisen as a result of the court’s order, and/or to fill any gap in the contract (again, whether business or legal) which the court order or change in law may have brought about.

 

PAGE 31


15.19 Testimony. Matters relating to this Agreement may be in issue before various regulatory bodies. InfoSpace, including senior members of its firm, agrees to have appropriate members of its firm available to testify at reasonably appropriate times and for reasonable fees, at Verizon Wireless’ sole cost and expense, regarding any material aspect of this Agreement as known to InfoSpace or its employees. Nothing set forth in this Section 15.19 shall restrict or prohibit InfoSpace or any of its agents or employees from asserting applicable claims of confidentiality, trade secrets or legal privilege.

15.20 InfoSpace, Inc. Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. is a subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. To the extent that Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. is unable or unwilling to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, InfoSpace, Inc. agrees to fulfill such obligations on Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.’s behalf.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
***     ***
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     ***
Name     Name
President & CEO     President
Title     Title
    InfoSpace, Inc.
    ***
    By (signature)
    ***
    Name
    CAO
    Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 32


LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Definitions

Exhibit B – Portal Services

Exhibit C – Trademarks

Exhibit D – Commercial Terms

Exhibit E – Form of Work Order

Exhibit F – Modalyst System Diagram

Exhibit G – Training

Exhibit H – Service Level Agreement

Exhibit I – Acceptance Test Plan

Exhibit J – Statement of Work and Reporting

Exhibit K – Verizon Wireless Privacy Policy

Exhibit L – Content Hosting

Exhibit M – Intentionally omitted

Exhibit N – InfoSpace Best Practices Guide

Exhibit O – InfoSpace Computing Security Policy

Exhibit P – Application Validation Process

 

PAGE 33


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

1. “Adult Content” shall mean any obscene, profane, pornographic, sexually suggestive or nude content.

2. “Adverse Impact” shall mean a Verizon Wireless Network circuit-switched outage (excluding any outages for scheduled maintenance) that lasts *** within a particular Verizon Wireless market (i.e., a Metropolitan Service Area or Rural Service Area as designated by the Federal Communications Commission), and that is caused by the Portal Services.

3. “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Party to this Agreement, any Person, that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Party to this Agreement. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, or has ownership of at least ten percent (10%) of the voting securities of such Person.

4. Aggregate Information ” shall mean usage data or other information about multiple Users that does not contain Personally Identifiable Information.

5. “Commercial Mobile Radio Service” (“CMRS”) shall mean a radio service in which common carriers are, as of the Effective Date, authorized by the Federal Communications Commission under the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47, Part 22 and licensed under CFR Title 47, Part 22, Subpart H, to offer and provide service for hire to the general public through a cellular system utilizing the channels and frequency bandwidths assigned under CFR Title 47, Part 22, Subpart H, Section 22.905.

6. “Commercial Service Date” means the earlier of: (i) June 25, 2004, or (ii) the date of Verizon Wireless’ written acceptance of the Portal Services in accordance with Section 1(b) of Exhibit D.

7. “Confidential Information” shall mean nonpublic information (in whatever form), that the disclosing Party designates as being confidential or which, under reasonable circumstances surrounding disclosure would be treated as confidential. “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, reports, plans, forecasts, current or historical data, computer programs, documentation, market research, market plans, business plans, information relating to released or unreleased disclosing Party products or services, information relating to the marketing or promotion of any disclosing Party product or service, the disclosing Party’s business policies or practices, information received from others that the disclosing Party knows it is obligated to treat as confidential, and all other nonpublic, technical, financial or business data, which is disclosed to one Party hereunder by the other Party. Confidential Information shall not include any information that: (a) is or subsequently becomes publicly available without the receiving Party’s breach of any obligation owed to the disclosing Party, (b) became known to the receiving Party prior to the disclosing Party’s disclosure of such

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 34


information to the receiving Party, provided such can be verified, (c) became known to the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party other than by the breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing Party, provided such can be verified, or (d) is independently developed by the receiving Party, provided such can be verified. Confidential Information disclosed to the receiving Party by any disclosing Party Affiliate and/or agents shall be considered Confidential Information under the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with this definition.

8. “Effective Date” shall mean the last date upon which this Agreement is signed by both Parties.

9. “Electronically Transmitted Information” shall mean all information exchanged between the Parties by means of electronic transfer as per the terms of this Agreement, as well as any service that either Party may provide to the other Party under this Agreement by means of electronic transfer, including the media upon which the information is stored or from which the service is rendered.

10. “Implementation Schedule” means a schedule for the development and delivery of the Portal Services, to be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, in writing, including milestones to be met by each Party in connection with the development and delivery of the Portal Services.

11. “InfoSpace Marks” means those Trademarks of InfoSpace set forth on Exhibit C hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as InfoSpace may from time to time notify Verizon Wireless in writing to be “InfoSpace Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

12. “InfoSpace Pages” means the “PC Pages” and the “Phone Pages.”

13. “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean: (a) copyright rights (including, without limitation, the exclusive right to use, reproduce, modify, distribute, publicly display and publicly perform the copyrighted work), (b) trademark rights (including, without limitation trade names, trademarks, service marks, and trade dress), (c) patent rights (including, without limitation, the exclusive right to make, use, offer to sell, and sell, (d) trade secrets, (e) moral rights, (f) inventions, (g) software applications, and (h) software rights, as such rights arise under the laws of the United States.

15. “Intellectual Property Rights” means any patent, copyright, rights in Trademark, trade secret, moral right, mask work and any other intellectual property or proprietary right of any kind, whether arising under the laws of the United States or any other nation, state or jurisdiction.

16. “Mobile Virtual Network Operator” shall mean a Person that offers CMRS services to customers, including its own mobile network code, SIM card, and mobile switching center, but does not necessarily own the radio frequency (spectrum) allocation on which it operates.

17. “Page View” means a display of a Phone Page on a Wireless Device.

18. “PC” means a personal computer.

19. “PC Pages” means web pages that are hosted by InfoSpace and prepared using HTML and intended for presentation to Users using PCs as their display device.

 

PAGE 35


20. “Person” means any natural/individual person, corporation, subsidiary, partnership, co-partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, or other entity, however organized.

21. “Personally Identifiable Information” shall mean: (a) information about a User that identifies him or her as a unique individual (e.g., stating his or her name, credit card number, social security number, user ID, or electronic serial number), or (b) contact information identifying the User as a unique individual (e.g., his or her phone number, mobile directory number, physical address, email address or alias email address).

22. “Phone Pages” means web pages that are hosted by InfoSpace and prepared using XHTML and intended for presentation to Users using Wireless Devices as their display device.

27. “Portal Services” means the products and services that will be made available to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement and pursuant to the specifications of Exhibit B.

23. “Premium Content” means content accessible to Users via the Verizon Wireless Services for which InfoSpace provides authorization services via Subscription Manager as described in Section A(1)(b) of Exhibit B.

24. “Project” shall mean the work required by and the cooperation anticipated between the Parties under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

25. “Retail Revenue” means all subscription revenue generated by Verizon Wireless from Premium Content.

26. “Self-Help Code” means any back door, “time bomb,” drop dead device, or other software routine intentionally designed to disable a computer program automatically with the passage of time or under the positive control of a person other than an owner or licensee of the program. Self-Help Code does not include software routines in a computer program, if any, designed to permit the owner or licensor of the computer program (or other person acting by authority of the owner or licensor) to obtain access to a licensee’s computer system(s) (e.g., remote access via modem) for purposes of maintenance or technical support.

28. “Statement of Work” means functional requirements for the Portal Services to be mutually agreed upon, in writing, by the Parties.

29. “Technology” means any know-how, graphics, techniques, methods, formulae, drawings, designs, source code, concepts, ideas, documentation, or any improvement or upgrade thereto, whether or not patentable or copyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice related to or used by or on behalf of InfoSpace or any of its affiliates in connection with the Portal Services or any portion thereof or to provide access to the Services.

30. “Term” shall mean the period of time from the Effective Date until the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including any renewal and transition periods, as stated in Section 8.1.

31. “Territory” shall mean the United States of America.

32. “Third Party” means any Person not a Party to this Agreement.

 

PAGE 36


33. “Trademarks” means trademarks, service marks, trade names, proprietary logos or indicia, and other source or business identifiers.

34. “Unauthorized Code” shall mean any virus, Trojan horse, worm, or any other software routines or hardware components intentionally designed to permit unauthorized access, to disable, erase, or otherwise harm software, hardware, or data, or to perform any other such actions. The term Unauthorized Code does not include Self-Help Code.

35. “User” means any customer of Verizon Wireless that is authorized by Verizon Wireless to access the Verizon Wireless Services.

36. “User Data” means all information, whether Aggregate Information or Personally Identifiable Information (including, but not limited to the MIN and the MDN), generated or collected by or for Verizon Wireless: (a) under the terms of any Verizon Wireless customer agreement, (b) in connection with a Verizon Wireless User’s use of the Verizon Wireless Services and/or the Portal Services, and/or (c) under stand-alone terms and conditions, the terms and conditions of a Verizon Wireless customer agreement or under a similar agreement.

37. “Verizon Wireless Competitor” shall mean any mobile network operator or any Mobile Virtual Network Operator.

38. “Verizon Wireless Content” means any content owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless that Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace for use in connection with the Portal Services.

39. “Verizon Wireless Marks” means those Trademarks of Verizon Wireless set forth on Exhibit C hereto and such other Trademarks (if any) as Verizon Wireless may from time to time notify InfoSpace in writing to be “Verizon Wireless Marks” within the meaning of this Agreement.

40. “Verizon Wireless Materials” means the Verizon Wireless Marks and any other graphical or other content, specifications or materials, including, without limitation: (a) user interface design components, owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless and supplied by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for inclusion in the Portal Services, and (b) any applications, technologies or services owned or licensed by Verizon Wireless and supplied by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for inclusion in the Portal Services.

41. “Verizon Wireless Network” shall mean the CMRS switching equipment, cell site transceiver equipment and other equipment and systems which are owned, operated and/or managed by Verizon Wireless for the provision of the Verizon Wireless Services in any part of the Territory in which Verizon Wireless is licensed by the FCC to provide the Verizon Wireless Services, and as may be configured and reconfigured at anytime and from time-to-time by Verizon Wireless in its sole discretion.

42. “Verizon Wireless Services” shall mean the package of wireless network services offered by Verizon Wireless (which may change from time-to-time at the sole discretion of Verizon Wireless), including the Verizon Wireless Network, that, among other things, enables voice and/or data Verizon Wireless Users to access the Portal Services via a Wireless Device.

 

PAGE 37


43. “Virus” shall mean disabling or Unauthorized Code, Self Help Code or other software routines designed to cause data or information, systems or applications, or any portion thereof, and without the control of the user thereof: (a) to become lost or erased, (b) to become inoperable, or (c) to operate in an unauthorized manner.

44. “Wireless Device” means those devices supported in accordance with the technical specifications set forth in this Agreement that contain a WAP 2.0 browser as referenced in Section B of Exhibit B, plus any new devices the Parties may agree upon in the future.

 

PAGE 38


EXHIBIT B

PORTAL SERVICES

 

A. Description of Portal Services.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, InfoSpace will, in cooperation with Verizon Wireless, design, develop, implement, host and maintain the Portal Services. Verizon Wireless will design and supply the graphical content and Verizon Wireless Marks to be used in connection with the Portal Services, and InfoSpace will be responsible for implementing the graphical user interface and related design elements for the Portal Services.

***

As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall be solely responsible for: (i) setting and collecting fees from Users for access to the Portal Services, and (ii) direct communications with Users regarding telecommunications services enabling InfoSpace to provide the Portal Services.

The Portal Services will be comprised of the following Content Management Tools and Hosting Services:

 

B. Content Management Tools

(a) ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 39


***

 

1. Hosting Services

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 40


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 41


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 42


***.

 

C. Wireless Devices Supported.

1. InfoSpace will optimize the Portal Services for presentation on the following Wireless Devices, ***

Throughout the contract period InfoSpace will continue to optimize the Portal Services for each new Wireless Device that Verizon Wireless makes available to end customers on a commercial basis. ***.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 43


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 44


EXHIBIT C

TRADEMARKS

Verizon Wireless Marks

Verizon Wireless reserves any and all intellectual property rights that it has established in any of its product, feature or service names or logos, even if such name or logo does not appear on this list.

LOGO

InfoSpace Marks

InfoSpace reserves any and all intellectual property rights that it has established in any of its product, feature or service names or logos, even if such name or logo does not appear on this list.

100Hot ®

ActiveShopper ®

Adfocus TM

AirPay TM

AprilFools.com ®

Audiocub TM

Authorize.Net ®

Authorize.Net ® Where the World Transacts

LOGO

Authorize.Net Where the World Does Business on the Web & Design ®

Classifieds2000 ®

CoolNotify ®

 

PAGE 45


Discover What You Can Do TM

Dogpile ®

Dogpile (Stylized) ®

LOGO

E-Cash ®

eCheck.Net ®

E-Vote ®

EZStore TM

Fraudscreen.Net ®

Giant Bear TM

LOGO

Giantbear.com ®

Go2Net ®

Go2Net (& Design) SM

LOGO

Haggle Online ®

HyperMart ®

InfoSpace ®

InfoSpace (& Design) ®

LOGO

InfoSpace XG TM

InfoSpace Mobile Zone TM

IntelliShopper ®

Jango ®

Kidcash ®

MetaCrawler ®

MetaSpy ®

Mobilezone TM

MyAgent ®

PageGreetings ®

Pocket Authorize.Net ®

Powered by InfoSpace ®

RubberChicken.com ®

Saraide TM

 

PAGE 46


Search the Search Engines! ®

Syncnow TM

Valentine.com ®

Virtual Avenue Free Virtual Domain Hosting (& Design) ®

LOGO

Virtual Outlet ®

WAM! TM

WebMarket ®

Web 21

Webcrawler

© 2004 InfoSpace, Inc.

All rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.

 

PAGE 47


EXHIBIT D

COMMERCIAL TERMS

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 48


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 49


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 50


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No.             

to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc. (“InfoSpace”) will perform the following additional services for                              (“Verizon Wireless”) under the terms and conditions of that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, Contract No. 750-67761-2004, dated                                  between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless. In consideration of the additional services described below, Verizon Wireless will pay to InfoSpace the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description

   Target Date
  
  

Amount

   Due Date
  
  

 

Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
           
By (signature)     By (signature)
           
Name     Name
           
Title     Title

 

PAGE 51


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 52


EXHIBIT G

TRAINING

1. InfoSpace Training. InfoSpace will provide its standard training and documentation to Verizon Wireless employees as listed in the following table:

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 53


EXHIBIT H

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

The Service Level Agreement is attached here to as Exhibit H-1 and shall be updated within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date to include provisions for the service level requirements related to the interfaces described in Exhibits B and J. If the service level requirements are not developed and agreed to after said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

 

PAGE 54


EXHIBIT I

ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 55


EXHIBIT J

STATEMENT OF WORK

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 56


EXHIBIT K

VERIZON WIRELESS PRIVACY POLICY

Verizon Wireless’ Privacy Policy is attached hereto as Exhibit K-1, which may be modified by Verizon Wireless from time to time.

 

PAGE 57


EXHIBIT L

CONTENT HOSTING

This Content Hosting exhibit shall be developed and agreed to by both Parties within thirty (30) calendar days of the Effective Date. If the exhibit is not developed and agreed to after said thirty (30) days, the Parties shall use the escalation process outlined in Section 10.4 of the Agreement for resolution.

 

PAGE 58


EXHIBIT M

Intentionally omitted.

 

PAGE 59


EXHIBIT N

INFOSPACE BEST PRACTICES GUIDE

InfoSpace’s Best Practices Guide is attached hereto as Exhibit N-1. This Guide may be updated from time to time by InfoSpace.

 

PAGE 60


EXHIBIT O

INFOSPACE SECURITY POLICY

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 61


EXHIBIT P

APPLICATION VALIDATION PROCESS

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

PAGE 62


Verizon Wireless

WAP 2.0 Portal Services

Service Level Agreement

June, 2004

This document contains confidential information. No part of this document may be reproduced in

any form without the written consent of Verizon Wireless. Information in this document is for

use by Verizon Wireless, its employees, and customers under license only.

 

Page i


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

Table of Contents

 

1

   Overview    1
   1.1    Introduction    1
   1.2    Referenced Documents    1
   1.3    Purpose and Scope    1
   1.4    Products and Services    1
   1.5    Definitions    2

2

   Roles and Responsibilities    4
   2.1    Overview    4
   2.2    Stakeholders    4
   2.3    Role Assignments    4

3

   Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times    6
   3.1    Overview    6
   3.2    Service Availability Metrics    6
   3.3    Service Performance Metrics    6
   3.4    Response/Restore Times    7
   3.5    Service Availability Requirements    7
   3.6    Service Performance Requirements    7
   3.7    Response and Restore Time Requirements    7

4

   Credits    7
   4.1    Service Availability    7
   4.2    Service Performance    8
   4.3    ***    8
   4.4    Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit    8

5

   Incident Management    9
   5.1    InfoSpace Carrier Care    9
   5.2    Incident Response    9
   5.3    Incident Notification Process    15

6

   InfoSpace Generated Reports    16
   6.1    Post Incident Review Reports    16
   6.2    Service Level Reporting    16
   6.3    Open Issues List Reporting    17

7

   Change Management    17
   7.1    InfoSpace Changes & Maintenance    17
   7.2    Capacity Planning Forecasts    18
   7.3    Verizon Wireless Changes    18

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page i


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix A – Support Contact & Escalation List

   20

Appendix B – WAP 2.0 End Device List

   22

 

Page ii


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

List of Tables

 

Table 1 – Scope of Products and Services

   1

Table 2 – RACI Model

   4

Table 3 – Roles and Responsibilities

   5

Table 4 – Service Availability Requirements

   7

Table 5 – Service Performance Requirements

   7

 

Page iii


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

1 Overview

 

1.1 Introduction

This Service Level Agreement (SLA) defines the services to be provided by InfoSpace in its support of Verizon Wireless’ WAP 2.0 portal. Additional details include performance targets, measurements, reports, processes, roles, and responsibilities required to achieve mutually agreed upon service level targets.

 

1.2 Referenced Documents

The following documents are referenced by this document:

***

 

1.3 Purpose and Scope

This SLA sets forth the terms agreed to between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless with respect to the basic level of service that InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will provide in order to support the delivery of services to Users contemplated in the Agreement. This includes the following:

 

   

Definitions

 

   

Roles and Responsibility

 

   

Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times

 

   

Credits

 

   

Incident Management & Service Restoration

 

   

Change Management and Maintenance

 

   

Contact and Escalation Information

 

1.4 Products and Services

The scope of this SLA encompasses the products and services listed below in Table 1, designed to support Verizon Wireless’ WAP 2.0 portal and related services. The intent of this SLA is to define services, reports, processes, roles, and responsibilities designed to meet service level targets and user expectations.

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 1


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

1.5 Definitions

“Available Time in Month” means the total number of days in the month times 1,440 minutes.

***

“Response ” means the Vendor’s engineer or technician has contacted Verizon Wireless regarding the applicable request for assistance with respect to a defect. The response time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the Vendor until the time the Vendor’s engineer or technician responds, by telephone or email, to the Verizon Wireless’ Data NOC or specified incident contact.

Restore or Restoration ” means a condition where an item acknowledged as having a Defect is operative within the specifications, but a permanent resolution has not yet been implemented. Restoration may take the form of a software patch, which has been implemented to temporarily correct the Defect, or a work-around, which has been mutually agreed upon by the Parties. The Restoration time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the vendor until Restoration of the applicable defect.

Resolve or Resolution ” means that a permanent solution to the Defect has been implemented. The Resolution will cause the previously defective item to operate within the specifications. For service requests, Resolve means that the applicable question has been answered. The Resolution time will be measured from the time of the Verizon Wireless’ initial call to the Vendor until Resolution of the applicable defect, *** wherein the response time will begin from the point of failure.

***

“Platform” is the Vendors hardware and software that provide the Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 portal services.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 2


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

“Technical Support” shall have the meaning set forth in the Vendor’s Responsibilities and Services Section hereto.

***

“Vendor” means InfoSpace, Inc or any InfoSpace subsidiaries.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 3


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

2 Roles and Responsibilities

 

2.1 Overview

This section defines the roles and responsibilities of the Vendor and Verizon Wireless of the services described in this SLA.

InfoSpace has adopted the RACI Model as a means of defining, documenting, and communicating roles and responsibilities. The RACI Model describes four (4) roles as described in Table 2 below.

 

Role

  

Description

Accountable ( A )    Full accountability for the success or failure of a task, project, or program.
Responsible ( R )    Assigned authority, executes defined work, and held responsible for success or failure of assignment(s).
Consult ( C )    Facilitates and contributes as needed (consultant).
Inform ( I )    Potential for contribution, but primary purpose is to maintain a line of communication to outside group.

Table 2 – RACI Model

With the identification and agreement of services, stakeholders, tasks/activities, the RACI Model provides a means to define a set of roles for each task/activity. Each task/activity should be assigned a single accountable, however may involve multiple responsible, consulted, and informed participants.

 

2.2 Stakeholders

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 4


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 5


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

3 Service Availability, Service Performance and Response/Restore Times

 

3.1 Overview

Recognizing the impact to Users as a result of limited availability and poor performance of the WAP 2.0 system, InfoSpace is committed to supplying reliable service with sufficient capacity designed to provide an enriching and satisfying experience. In order to meet this objective, InfoSpace will implement appropriate tools and processes intended to support the management of service level targets. This Section describes the metrics, targets, and reports intended to provide the appropriate visibility of availability, performance and response trends.

This section identifies the service levels InfoSpace is expected to consistently achieve throughout the Term of this Agreement. If and when problems arise that effect service levels, InfoSpace is expected to make every effort to restore service and correct underlying faults. ***

 

3.2 Service Availability Metrics

Service availability is measured as described with the following formula:

***

 

3.3 Service Performance Metrics

Service performance measures

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 6


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

4 Credits

 

4.1 Service Availability

In the event that Service Availability of the elements or aspects of the Portal and Hosting Service within the InfoSpace Span of Control fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 4), during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 7


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Monthly Fees otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

***

 

4.2 Service Performance

In the event that Service Performance of the elements or aspects of the Portal and Hosting Service within the InfoSpace Span of Control fails to meet the targeted Service Level Requirements (as listed on Table 5) during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Monthly Fees otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

In no event shall the cumulative monthly credit exceed *** .

***

***

 

4.3 ***

 

4.4 Cumulative Maximum Monthly Credit

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 8


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

5 Incident Management

 

5.1 InfoSpace Carrier Care

InfoSpace’s Carrier Care within the Network Operations Center (NOC) will serve as the primary interface between Verizon Wireless’ Support Group and InfoSpace for support of services provided by InfoSpace. This arrangement provides Verizon Wireless with access to a 24x7 single point of contact (SPOC) to report incidents, receive updates, and escalate as needed. Table 9 provides InfoSpace’s Carrier Care hours of operation and contact information.

 

***   

***

Contact Phone Number    ***
Email Address    ***

Table 9 - InfoSpace Carrier Care Contact Information

 

5.1.1 InfoSpace Carrier Care Services

The following list describes Carrier Care services provided to Verizon Wireless:

 

   

24x7 telephone and email support for incident management.

 

   

Advisory Bulletins provided on an as needed basis.

 

   

Notification before and after planned maintenance activities.

 

   

Post Incident Review Reports (PIRR) for incidents classified as Severity 1 (Sev-1). PIR Reports are delivered within 5 business days of service restoration.

 

5.2 ***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 9


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

5.2.1 ***

 

 

5.2.2 Incident Handling and Updates

The InfoSpace Carrier Care will coordinate incident isolation, testing and repair work within InfoSpace and all third party systems that are within InfoSpace’s Span of Control. During the incident isolation and troubleshooting process, InfoSpace’s Carrier Care will communicate incident resolution progress with Verizon Wireless based upon the times specified in Table 10 . Additionally, InfoSpace’s Carrier Care will proactively inform Verizon Wireless when an issue or condition arises that may cause potential system anomalies and be a potential source for the creation of trouble tickets.

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 10


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 11


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 12


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 13


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

5.2.3 ***

Table 11 – Severity Level Response Times

 

5.2.4 Escalation Procedures

InfoSpace Internal Escalation

Escalation procedures are in place at InfoSpace to manage the resolution of incidents when they occur. ***

Verizon Wireless Escalation to InfoSpace

In the event that InfoSpace does not respond to Verizon Wireless within the times shown in Table 11 , Verizon Wireless can request that the incident be escalated to the next level, based on the contact information shared between the two companies (see Appendix A for an example list of names that are current).***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 14


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

Table 12 – Escalation Timetable

***

Additional Escalation Information

InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will ensure that any additional processes that are required to ensure the smooth escalation of incidents within each organization are clearly communicated to one another in writing, so that the escalation processes within each organization and between the two organizations are clearly understood by both parties. InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless will exchange the names and contact information of the personnel who need to be kept informed of progress during the Escalation process. Both Parties are responsible for ensuring that the contact information is updated and exchanged when circumstances warrant.

 

5.3 Incident Notification Process

 

5.3.1 Communicating Incidents

To provide the most expeditious response, InfoSpace requests Verizon Wireless report all incidents to InfoSpace in the following manner:

***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 15


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

6 InfoSpace Generated Reports

 

6.1 Post Incident Review Reports

The purpose of the Post Incident Review Report (PIRR) is to report the results of InfoSpace’s formal review of an incident, intended to identify root cause, review the teams’ response, and document corrective actions to improve response and prevent reoccurrence. InfoSpace will create and submit a PIRR to Verizon Wireless within ***

 

6.2 Service Level Reporting

Each month, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless a report summarizing Service Availability, Service Performance, and Response/Restore times for the previous month.***

 

Page 16


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

6.3 Open Issues List Reporting

Each month, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless with a Reported Incidents Report. ***

 

7 Change Management

InfoSpace is committed to supporting formal change and release management process intended to mitigate risk of adversely impacting service delivery to Users. In accord with Verizon Wireless, InfoSpace will participate in the coordination and communication of necessary maintenance activities, ensuring maintenance is completed at appropriates times, with the appropriate visibility and awareness.

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 17


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 18


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 19


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix A – Support Contact & Escalation List

Both parties are responsible for ensuring support contact information is maintained and communicated as needed. Support contact information will not be maintained as part of this SLA. Contact information will be maintained independent of this document by the stakeholders.

InfoSpace Support Contact Information

 

Single Point of Contact Name    ***
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Manager, Service Desk Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations and Internal Support
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fourth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Carrier Sales
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fifth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Vice President, Carrier Sales
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 20


Verizon Wireless Support Contact Information

 

Single Point of Contact Name    ***
Title   
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    ***
Phone    ***
Phone    ***
Phone (After Hours)    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 21


Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Service Level Agreement

 

Appendix B – WAP 2.0 End Device List

 

Phones

 

PDAs and Handsets

Manufacturer

 

Model

 

Manufacture

 

Model

***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
***   ***    
     

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 22


FIRST AMENDMENT TO WAP 2.0 HOSTING AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement (this “ First Amendment ”), dated as of August __, 2004 (the “ Amendment Date ”), is made by and between Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc. (“ InfoSpace ”), with offices at 10940 Wilshire Blvd., 9 th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90024, and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“ Verizon Wireless ”), a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921, to amend that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement executed by and between the Parties on or about June 24, 2004 (the “ Agreement ”). InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “ Party ” and may be collectively referred to as the “ Parties .” Unless specifically designated otherwise, the capitalized terms herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Agreement and any Amendment.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless desire to incorporate terms related to certain content hosting services provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless in connection with the provision of Portal Services pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

B. WHEREAS, Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace have agreed to amend the Agreement as per the terms and conditions set forth below.

C. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Amendment to Section 15.14.1.c. (Insurance).

The Parties agree that the words “and patent” shall be deleted from Section 15.14.1.c., and that the word “or” shall be inserted between the words “copyright” and “trademark.”

2. Content Hosting Services. A new section is hereby added to the Agreement, Section 16, as follows:

16 Content Hosting Services.

16.1 Description of Content Hosting Services.

16.1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the satisfaction of Verizon Wireless’ obligations set forth in Section 16.1.2 below, InfoSpace will exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop, test and publish within *** of this Amendment Date or as otherwise agreed to by Verizon Wireless, the following applications *** to the dedicated hosting environment:

16.1.1.1 General News (as provided ***);

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


16.1.1.2 Weather (as provided ***);

16.1.1.3 Sports (as provided ***);

16.1.1.4 Sports News (as provided ***);

16.1.1.5 Market News (as provided ***);

16.1.1.6 Finance (as provided ***).

Attached to this Agreement as Exhibit Q, are the content hosting service descriptions.

16.1.2 Verizon Wireless will perform the following tasks with respect to the above applications:

16.1.2.1 Obtain the applicable content (the “ Hosted Content ”) from third-party content providers for each of the applications set forth in Section 16.1.1 above, and

16.1.2.2 Obtain all necessary rights, privileges, permission, and authority necessary for InfoSpace to host and distribute the Hosted Content as contemplated by this Agreement.

16.2 Content Services Set Up Fee. ***, Verizon Wireless will pay InfoSpace a one-time fee of *** (the “ Content Services Set Up Fee ”) for the Configuration Services (as defined below) and the Integration Services (as defined below) provided by InfoSpace to Verizon Wireless.

16.2.1 For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Configuration Services ” means the configuration of a pre-production and production hosting environment, including all required hardware, software, monitoring/alarm systems, 24-7-365 support processes, network infrastructure components, firewalls, release management process, phase I of the content entry tool and feed viewing process for Vindigo, and the content management system.

16.2.2 For the purposes of this Section, “ Integration Services ” means, with respect to each content feed, the following:

16.2.2.1 the creation of technical specifications and/or application based on InfoSpace and Vindigo designs;

16.2.2.2 the integration of backend feeds as appropriate;

16.2.2.3 the creation of application logic for each content application;

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 2


16.2.2.4 the creation of the WAP user interface template;

16.2.2.5 the creation and execution of test plans to ensure application functionality;

16.2.2.6 support of a User Acceptance testing period and Revenue Assurance testing period;

16.2.2.7 publishing of code to each success environment including production; and

16.2.2.8 adherence to SLA targets.

16.3 Content Hosting. InfoSpace will provide the following hosting services with respect to content feeds in the production environment (regardless of whether the content is sourced by InfoSpace or Verizon Wireless):

16.3.1 content feed monitoring for timeliness and quality;

16.3.2 resources and systems to manage content providers and content feeds listed in section 16.1.1;

16.3.3 feed integration maintenance to ensure that databases and APIs function within acceptable parameters;

16.3.4 hardware, software, and network scaling as volume ramps up;

16.3.5 rendering of WAP and web pages for the applications listed in section 16.1.1;

16.3.6 resources and systems to manage content feeds and the application hosting environment;

16.3.7 24-7-365 production support;

16.3.8 content usage reporting; and

16.3.9 performance monitoring and reporting.

16.4 Fees. In addition to the fees set forth in Exhibit D (Section I.3.) of the Agreement, Verizon Wireless shall pay to InfoSpace a Premium Page View Fee (as defined below) for each Content Page View hosted by InfoSpace.

 

16.5 ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 3


16.6 Ownership. Subject to Section 2.10 and Section 12 of this Agreement, Verizon Wireless shall own the source code to the above listed applications; provided , however , InfoSpace will retain all right, title and interest to all of its pre-existing Intellectual Property, including but not limited to designs, tools, source code, object code, software, applications, modules and interfaces.

16.7 Page view reports, detailing all Page Views, must be delivered within 15 days of the end of the month for which the reporting is being made.

3. Minimum Page View Fee. The definition of “Minimum Page View Fee” set forth in Paragraph 3 of Exhibit D (Section I.3.) of the Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety by the following:

Minimum Page View Fee means, for any calendar month during the Term of the Agreement, a sum in the amount of *** This applies to the sum of the Page View Fee and the Premium Page View Fee.

4. Third-Party Contact Information. Within ten (10) days of the later of the Amendment Date or the execution of a contract between Verizon Wireless and a third-party for the purposes of providing content under the Agreement or this Amendment (the “ Third-Party Content Provider ”), Verizon Wireless agrees to provide to InfoSpace the contact information of each Third-Party Content Provider, consisting of the company name, an individual contact name, and the applicable address, phone number, and facsimile number.

5. IT SLA. The Parties agree that the Agreement shall be amended to include an IT SLA which shall be attached to the Agreement as Exhibit H-2

6. Existing Provisions. For emphasis, the Parties agree that, except as amended herein, all provisions of the Agreement, including, but not limited to the following Sections, shall apply to all terms of this Amendment:

 

  a. Warranties (Sections 11.1 through 11.3),

 

  b. Disclaimer (Section 11.4),

 

  c. Indemnification (Section 11.5), and

 

  d. Limitation of Liability (Section 11.6).

7. Confidentiality. The Parties agree that the definition of “Confidential Information” in Exhibit A, Section 7, shall be amended, for clarification purposes only and for the avoidance of doubt, to include the term “Wireless Devices.” More specifically, “Wireless Devices” shall be inserted between the words “samples” and “reports.”

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 4


8. Security. The Parties agree that, for clarification purposes only and for the avoidance of doubt, a new Section shall be added to the Agreement, Section 17. Section 17 shall state the following:

The Parties agree that each is responsible for the actions and omissions of its respective officers, employees, contractors, representatives and agents (for the purposes of this Section only “Representatives”). Each Party agrees to promptly notify the other Party in the event it discovers that one of its Representatives has violated any provision of this Agreement, or that any such Representative has violated any law, rule or regulation.

The Parties agree to cooperate with each other to remedy any act or omission caused by one of their Representatives. This shall include, but not be limited to the exchange of information relative to any such act or omission, ***.

***

Except as specifically amended herein, the Agreement, including any amendments, shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

If there are any inconsistencies between a provision of this Amendment and a provision of the Agreement, the provision of this Amendment shall control, however, only with regard to the subject of the inconsistency.

The Parties have executed this Amendment as of the day and year written above.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 5


Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.
/s/ ***     /s/ M. Dean Newton
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     M. Dean Newton
Name     Name
VP - Tech Dev.     VP Entertainment Media & Business Affairs InfoSpace Mobile
Title     Title
    InfoSpace, Inc.
      /s/ M. Dean Newton
    By (signature)
      M. Dean Newton
    Name
      VP Entertainment Media & Business Affairs InfoSpace Mobile
    Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 6


AMENDMENT NUMBER 2

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

 

1. PARTIES .

This Amendment Number 2 (“Second Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004 (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90024 (“InfoSpace”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”).

 

2. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT .

 

A. Section 2.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

  2.1. InfoSpace Services.

 

  a. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the Portal Services described in Exhibit B.

 

  b. In addition, InfoSpace shall furnish Portal Services as set forth in Work Orders in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Agreement issued from time to time by Verizon Wireless and accepted by Infospace, in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Agreement.

 

  c. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and this Second Amendment, during the Term, InfoSpace will make available to Verizon Wireless the services described in the Work Order attached hereto as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment (the “FlashCast Services”). The FlashCast Services shall constitute Portal Services under the Agreement.

 

1


  d. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in a Work Order, Verizon Wireless may terminate Portal Services for convenience, in whole or in part, without obligation or liability for future monthly support fees, by providing written notice to Infospace *** before the Portal Services are made commercially available. In the event of such termination, Verizon Wireless shall pay InfoSpace all outstanding fees due and payable under the applicable Work Order through the date of termination. InfoSpace shall invoice Verizon Wireless for such fees and Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with the Agreement. If the charges for such terminated Portal Services were paid in advance, Infospace shall promptly refund to Verizon Wireless those fees paid for services not rendered prior to the date of termination. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of termination by Verizon Wireless of the FlashCast Services, in whole or in part, as set forth in this Section 2.1(d), InfoSpace shall be entitled to retain *** set forth in Attachment 3 to Exhibit A.

 

B. Section 2.7 and Section 2.10 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the beginning of such Sections:

“With respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement”

 

C. Section 5.1 shall be amended by inserting the words “set forth in Exhibit B” after the words “Portal Services”.

 

D. Section 5.3(c) of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the words “or FlashCast Wireless Devices” after the reference to “Wireless Devices”.

 

E. Section 8.1 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

  8.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end March 1, 2010 (the “Term”), provided that the Term shall be automatically renewed for successive one (1) year periods unless either Party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the then-current Term.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


F. Section 8.2 of the Agreement shall be amended by adding:

 

  d. For Convenience. Verizon Wireless may terminate Portal Services for convenience, in whole or in part, without obligation or liability for future monthly support fees by providing Infospace with *** prior written notice.

 

  e. For Uncured Security Vulnerability. Verizon Wireless may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.3(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

G. Section 9 of the Agreement shall be amended by

 

  1. inserting the following at the beginning of such Section:

“This Section 9 applies solely to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement. Transition Services to be provided in connection with any Portal Services provided pursuant to a Work Order, shall be set forth in such Work Order.” ; and

 

  2. deleting subsection 9.1(b) and replacing it with the following:

The Parties agree that (a) during the Transition Period, additional Users shall be permitted to subscribe to the Portal Services and (b) following the Transition Period no additional User shall be permitted to subscribe to the Portal Services.

 

H. With respect to Section 10.2, the Parties acknowledge and agree that separate Steering Committees, with different members from each Party, may be formed for each Project set forth in a Work Order or an amendment to this Agreement.

 

I. Section 11.2(e). of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

11.2(e). InfoSpace represents and warrants that (i) the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B shall operate in substantial conformity with the specifications contained in Exhibit J and (ii) additional Portal Services shall operate as set forth in the applicable Work Order.

 

J.

Section 11.6 of the Agreement shall be modified to clarify its original intent by inserting a period in the eleventh (11 th ) line down after the words “Section 11” and ***. In addition, the penultimate sentence of Section 11.6 shall be amended by inserting the following after subsection (v):

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


K. Section 12.2 shall be amended to clarify its original intent by changing the reference to “Section 11.1” to “Section 12.1”.

 

L. Section 12.12 of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Section 12.12 Developed Technology. The Parties contemplate that, from time-to-time, one Party may agree to develop Developed Technology for the other Party pursuant to a Work Order or an amendment to this Agreement. The ownership and/or license right in such Developed Technology, compensation for its development and other terms regarding Developed Technology shall be as set forth in such Work Order or amendment.

 

M. Section 15.1.a. of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the beginning of such Section:

“With respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement”

 

N. Section 15.5 of the Agreement shall be amended by inserting the following at the end of such Section:

“The application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is specifically excluded from this Agreement. Furthermore, in no event shall this Agreement become subject to the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act (UCITA) even if passed by the state of governing law.”

 

O. Section 15.6(a) shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

In addition, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity thereof, may, if the parties so elect, be settled by a sole arbitrator in accordance with the CPR Non-Administered Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be New York, New York. Punitive and exemplary damages shall not be awarded. Process

 

4


may be served on either party by U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by such other method as is authorized by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may institute formal proceedings at any time with a court of competent jurisdiction to avoid the expiration of any applicable limitations period, to preserve a superior position with respect to other creditors, or as provided in 15.6(b) (“Injunctive Relief”) below.

 

P. Section 15.9 of the Agreement shall be modified to update the Notice contacts as follows:

To Verizon Wireless:

Verizon Wireless

One Verizon Way

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

Attn: *** Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer

Copies to:

Assistant General Counsel – Sourcing

One Verizon Way, VC33E270

Basking Ridge, NJ 07920

To InfoSpace:

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

10960 Wilshire Blvd., Suite 800

Los Angeles, CA 90024

Fax: (310) 481-6838

Attention: President, Mobile and Online Media

With a copy to:

InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.

601 108 th Ave. NE

Suite 1200

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attention: Senior Corporate Counsel,

Entertainment Media & Business Affairs

Fax: (425) 201-6110

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

5


Q. The Agreement shall be amended by deleting Exhibit D to the Agreement and replacing it with the pricing set forth in the revised Exhibit D attached to this Second Amendment with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B.

 

R. The Agreement shall be amended such that all references to Exhibit D in the Agreement shall be deemed references to Exhibit D with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, and with respect to Portal Services other than those set forth in Exhibit B, references to Exhibit D in the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the commercial terms set forth in the applicable Work Order.

 

S. Section 6 of Exhibit A of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6. “Commercial Service Date” means, with respect to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, the earlier of (a) June, 25, 2004, or (b) the date of Verizon Wireless’ written acceptance of the Portal Services in accordance with Section 1(b) of Exhibit D.

 

T. Section 27 of Exhibit A of the Agreement shall be amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

27. “Portal Services” means the products and services that will be made available to Verizon Wireless by InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and pursuant to (i) the specifications of Exhibit B or (ii) the specifications set forth in the applicable Work Order or written amendment entered into by the Parties.

 

U. Exhibit H-1 to the Agreement shall be amended as set forth in the revised Exhibit H-1 attached to this Second Amendment.

 

V. Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement shall be amended as set forth in the revised Exhibit H-2 attached to this Second Amendment.

 

W. The Agreement shall be amended by adding a new Exhibit S, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit S.

 

X. The Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) Exhibits D, F, G, H-1, H-2, I, J, L, N, O, P and Q apply only to the Portal Services set forth in Exhibit B, and Amendment 1 and Exhibits A, C, E, K, and S apply to any Portal Services .

 

Y. InfoSpace shall provide the services set forth in the Work Order attached as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment as set forth therein.

 

6


Z. The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the execution of this Second Amendment, a joint press release announcing the extension of the Mobile Web 2.0 Services, provided that neither Party shall issue any such press release without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

3. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT .

This Second Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Second Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Second Amendment shall control, but only to the extent of such inconsistencies.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

4. SIGNATURES .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

7


CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a    
Verizon Wireless     INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.
By:         By:   ***
Name:         Name:   ***
Title:         Title:   Chr./CEO
Date:         Date:   4/4/07
    INFOSPACE, INC.
    Solely for the purpose of Section 15.20 hereunder
      By:   ***
      Name:   ***
      Title:   Chr./CEO
      Date:   4/4/07

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

8


revised Exhibit D

Amendments to Exhibit D of WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Exhibit D of the Agreement shall hereby be amended as follows:

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

9


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

10


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

11


revised Exhibit H-1

Amendments to Verizon Wireless

WAP 2.0 Portal Services Service Level Agreement

The Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 Portal Services Service Level Agreement (Exhibit H-1 to the Agreement) shall hereby be amended as follows:

 

1. Section 4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

4 Credits

 

4.1 Service Availability

In the event that Service Availability of the Service Components of the Portal Services within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 4 fails to meet the Availability Target (as listed in Table 4), during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: *** (as shown on Table 7 below).

***

Table 7 – Credit Structure Service Availability

 

***   

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

12


***

 

4.2 Service Performance

In the event that Service Performance of the Service Components of the Portal Services within the InfoSpace Span of Control set forth in Table 5 fails to meet the Performance Targets (as listed on Table 5) during any calendar month of the Term, InfoSpace shall make all reasonable efforts to remedy the situation during this “grace period”. If a measure continues to fail to meet targeted services for a second consecutive month, Verizon Wireless shall receive a credit of a portion of the Mobile Web 2.0 Fee otherwise due to InfoSpace during such month for delivery and for all consecutive subsequent months that the target is missed. This one month “grace period” shall apply only one time during the life of the contract.

The credit shall be calculated as follows: ***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

13


***

Table 8 – Credit Structure Service Performance

 

***         

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

14


4.3 ***

 

4.4 ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

15


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

16


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

17


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

18


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

19


***

 

2. Table 11 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

***

 

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 1

  

***

into InfoSpace’s Carrier Care

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 2

  

***

into InfoSpace’s Carrier Care

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 3

  

*** of

Verizon Wireless’ e-mail or phone notification

   ***     

***

Severity Level

  

Response Time

  

Restore Time

    

Resolve time-Permanent Fix

Severity 4

  

***

Verizon Wireless’ e-mail or phone notification

   ***     

***

Table 11 – Severity Level Response Times

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

20


Revised Exhibit H-2

Amendment to Exhibit H-2 (WAP 2.0 IT Interface Service Level Agreement)

The Verizon Wireless WAP 2.0 IT Interface Service Level Agreement (Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement) shall hereby be amended as follows:

 

1. Section 4 shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

4. Credits

System Availability Credits

***

 

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

21


***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

22


***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

23


***

 

First Level Contact Name    Carrier Care
Phone    1-425-201-8700
Email    ***
Second Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Service Operations Manager
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Third Level Contact Name    ***
Title    Director, Commercial Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***
Fourth Level Contact Name    ***
Title    VP IT Operations
Phone    ***
Email    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

24


EXHIBIT S

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

25


EXHIBIT A TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO

AGREEMENT NO. 750-67761-2004 BETWEEN VERIZON WIRELESS AND

INFOSPACE

WORK ORDER

for

FLASHCAST SERVICES

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

In addition to the terms set forth in the Agreement, the terms defined in this Section 1 shall have the meanings set forth below whenever they appear in this Work Order unless the context in which they are used clearly requires a different meaning or a different definition is described for a particular Section or provision:

 

1.1 “Active User” means any User who (a) has a FlashCast Wireless Device, and (b) has successfully registered with Verizon Wireless and remains authorized by Verizon Wireless to use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service and (c) is receiving updates to one or more Channels. Verizon Wireless business records shall be conclusive in determining whether a User is an Active User. For greater certainty, the term “Active User” includes any User who subscribes to Verizon Wireless Services and registers to use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service, either directly with Verizon Wireless or indirectly through an Indirect Channel Entity.

 

1.2 “Background Materials” means InfoSpace’s tangible and intangible materials and intellectual property, including without limitation the InfoSpace platform and messaging gateway, reports, documentation, drawings, computer programs (source code, object code and listings), inventions, know-how, creations, works, devices, masks, models and work-in-process, and any improvements, enhancements or modifications thereto, that InfoSpace uses to develop and/or provide the FlashCast Services.

 

1.3 “Channel” means a single grouping of distinct information, displayed on a FlashCast Wireless Device, that (i) can be independently downloaded or added by the Active User, or (ii) can independently receive periodic updates, or (iii) can be controlled and configured by the Active User independently from other Channels.

 

1.4 “Documentation” means the documentation listed on Schedule 4 and all amendments and updates thereto issued by InfoSpace.

 

1.5 “FlashCast Content” means digital media objects that (i) are owned by Verizon Wireless or licensed to Verizon Wireless by third parties and that (ii) Active Users may preview, download, display, store or otherwise use via the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. For greater certainty, FlashCast Content may include audio, pictures, images, text, graphics, video or other media objects.

 

1.6 “FlashCast Content Provider” means any third party who has licensed FlashCast Content to Verizon Wireless.

 

26


1.7 “FlashCast Deliverables” means all Documentation and other materials and work product, and all updates thereto, that InfoSpace provides or agrees to provide to Verizon Wireless in performing the FlashCast Services under this Work Order.

 

1.8 “FlashCast Launch Date” means the first date that Verizon Wireless makes the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service commercially available to its Users. Verizon Wireless shall have the right to determine the FlashCast Launch Date in its sole discretion, provided however, that the FlashCast Launch Date shall be no earlier than the Effective Date and no later than 12/31/07.

 

1.9 “FlashCast Service Level Agreement” or “FlashCast SLA” means the service level agreement setting forth the respective responsibilities of the Parties regarding support of the FlashCast Services, attached hereto as Attachment 2 and made a part hereof.

 

1.10 “FlashCast Statement of Work” or “FlashCast SOW” means the document attached to this Work Order as Attachment 1 (“Statement of Work”) that describes the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Deliverables that InfoSpace will provide, Verizon Wireless deliverables and related obligations, milestones for implementation, delivery schedules, payment schedules, additional terms and conditions, and other matters establishing the requirements applicable to the initial project hereunder.

 

1.11 “FlashCast Wireless Device” for purposes of this Work Order, means the wireless handset devices that Verizon Wireless has approved for use on the Verizon Wireless Network and which has had the Flashcast application submitted to NSTL for certification to enable Active Users to access and use the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. Such devices are set forth on Schedule 3 to this Second Amendment. The Parties may amend Schedule 3 from time to time upon written agreement.

 

1.12 “Hardware” means the hardware set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 to this Work Order, as such may be modified from time to time by the parties.

 

1.13 “Indirect Channel Entity” means an Affiliate, agent, distributor, reseller, MVNO or other Person whom Verizon Wireless has authorized in writing to offer, promote, market and resell the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service indirectly or through one or more tiers of indirect distribution, under the Verizon Wireless Marks or the Trademarks of such Indirect Channel Entity.

 

1.14 “Premium Channel Content” means FlashCast Content obtained by Active Users from one or more Channels for which Active Users pay fees in addition to standard subscription fees, which Verizon Wireless may determine in its sole discretion.

 

1.15 “Software” means the software set forth on Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 to this Work Order, as such may be modified from time to time by the parties.

 

1.16 “System” means all Hardware and Software and used by InfoSpace to make available to Verizon Wireless the FlashCast Services as provided in the FlashCast SOW.

 

27


1.17 “Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service” means an on-line digital media service to be offered by Verizon Wireless that will incorporate the FlashCast Services to be provided by InfoSpace hereunder that will enable Active Users to obtain FlashCast updates. 1.19 “Web Site” means any point of presence maintained on the Internet or on any other public data network accessed via a computing device. With respect to any Web Site maintained on the World Wide Web, such Web Site includes all HTML Pages (or similar relevant data protocol) that are either identified by the same second-level domain (such as www.verizonwireless.com) or by an equivalent level identifier in any relevant address scheme.

 

2. SCOPE.

 

2.1 Verizon Wireless desires to market and sell a new service offering (the Handset Portal Service a/k/a Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service), that will enable customers who have a FlashCast Wireless Device to select, preview, purchase and view digital media content updates to a FlashCast Wireless Device. InfoSpace has expertise in implementing, hosting and providing digital media content services, and as such provides the services and has the capability necessary to host a system that will enable Verizon Wireless to provide this new service offering to its subscribers. Accordingly, InfoSpace shall implement and operate the System, and provide the FlashCast Services in accordance with the FlashCast Statement of Work.

 

2.2 Subject to the terms of this Work Order and the Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants to Verizon Wireless a worldwide right and license to access and use the FlashCast Services provided by InfoSpace to offer, market, promote, sell, operate, provide, enhance, support and maintain the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service, in any manner and on any terms (provided such manner and terms are not in breach of Verizon Wireless’ representations or obligations under this Work Order and the Agreement), and at any prices as determined by Verizon Wireless from time to time in its sole discretion. Verizon Wireless may exercise such rights directly and through one or more Indirect Channel Entities, at the same time and from time to time as Verizon Wireless may determine in its sole discretion, subject to Verizon Wireless’ representations and obligations under this Work Order and the Agreement and provided that as between Verizon Wireless and Infospace, Verizon Wireless shall be responsible, and remain liable to InfoSpace, for any such exercise of rights authorized by Verizon Wireless through any Indirect Channel Entity and further provided that default by one Indirect Channel Entity shall no affect Verizon Wireless or any other Affiliate party to this Agreement. 2.3 InfoSpace shall provide, perform, and deliver, to the extent set forth herein, the FlashCast Services described in this Exhibit A. InfoSpace acknowledges and agrees that:

 

  2.3.1 The FlashCast Services are important to Verizon Wireless and InfoSpace must deliver the FlashCast Services in compliance with the FlashCast Statement of Work;

 

28


  2.3.2 InfoSpace has and must maintain an organization staffed by qualified personnel, including key personnel with the knowledge, skill and resources to perform and complete the FlashCast Services;

 

  2.3.3 To InfoSpace’s knowledge, there are no impediments or commitments, legal, contractual or otherwise that impede InfoSpace’s timely performance and completion of the FlashCast Services or its capacity or capability to do so;

 

2.4 InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless personnel with the training described on Attachment 6.

 

3. PORTAL SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

 

3.1 Facility Requirements .

 

  3.1.1 InfoSpace shall install, configure, maintain and support the System, and provide the FlashCast Services as described in this Section 3 and in compliance with Attachment 1 and in compliance with Attachment 2.

 

  3.1.2 Verizon Wireless acknowledges that Schedule 1 and Schedule 2 set forth the hardware and software necessary to support the capacity requirements for the FlashCast Services desired by Verizon Wireless and as described in the Statement of Work. To the extent Verizon Wireless desires to increase or decrease the capacity requirements as detailed in Attachment 3, Pricing, of the FlashCast Services, the Parties shall mutually agree in writing upon any corresponding modifications to the System, including (without limitation) the addition of Hardware or Software. All Hardware and Software purchased by Verizon Wireless set forth on Schedule 1 shall be owned by Verizon Wireless. Verizon Wireless shall obtain all necessary rights (including any necessary sublicense rights) for InfoSpace to use the Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1 as contemplated by this Work Order. All Hardware purchased by InfoSpace set forth on Schedule 2 shall be owned by Verizon Wireless. Unless otherwise agreed, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, all Hardware shall be delivered to Verizon Wireless or its designee, and Verizon Wireless shall cover all actual costs associated with such delivery, including but not limited to, personnel, packing, shipping, insurance and delivery costs. To the extent InfoSpace licenses any Software set forth on Schedule 2 directly from licensors thereof, InfoSpace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer such licenses upon termination or expiration of this Work Order or in the event Verizon Wireless elects to transfer the support of the Verizon FlashCast Service to Verizon Wireless’ facilities as set forth in Section 3.1.4. To the extent Verizon Wireless has obtained authorization(s) for InfoSpace to directly provide support and maintenance with respect to any Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1, Infospace shall work directly with the providers of such Hardware and Software to resolve support and maintenance issues which may arise.

 

29


  3.1.3 InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with current mutually agreed performance and monitoring data for the preceding three calendar months within *** of the end of each calendar month. In addition, upon *** written notice, InfoSpace shall provide Verizon Wireless with physical access to the facilities and systems used by InfoSpace and its subcontractors to provide the FlashCast Services.

 

3.1.4

   (a) InfoSpace shall provide the FlashCast Services to Verizon Wireless during the Term of this Agreement; provided, however, that, subject to 3.1.4(b) below, at any time upon *** prior written notice to InfoSpace, Verizon Wireless may elect to provide and operate the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service internally through its own equipment and facilities or through the equipment and facilities of a Third Party. In such event, subject to Section 3.1.4(b) below, Infospace will continue to provide the FlashCast Services for a specific period of time to be agreed by the Parties in writing not to exceed *** (the “FlashCast Transition Period”), and at Verizon Wireless’ request, shall transfer to Verizon Wireless all aspects of the System owned by Verizon Wireless, including Hardware and Software licenses, to the extent the Software licenses are transferable to Verizon Wireless. In addition, during the FlashCast Transition Period and subject to Section 3.1.4(b) below, InfoSpace shall work with Verizon Wireless to provide support, training and assistance Verizon Wireless deems necessary to establish the capability for Verizon Wireless to provide the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service without the continued involvement of InfoSpace.

 

       (b) ***. In the event that Verizon Wireless requests transition services as described in Section 3.1.4(a) above, InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall agree to a statement of work and associated fees prior to the commencement of the FlashCast Transition Period.

 

       (c) During the FlashCast Transition Period, the obligations of the Parties as set forth in the Agreement, including but not limited to this Second Amendment, shall survive.

 

3.2 Performance Requirements

 

  3.2.1 InfoSpace shall configure Hardware, Software and connection capacity and services for the FlashCast Services described in Attachment 1.

 

  3.2.2 Each Party shall fully comply with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Second Amendment and this Work Order, including all Exhibits and attachments.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

30


  3.2.3 As of the FlashCast Launch Date, and as more fully described in this Agreement and this Work Order, InfoSpace will integrate the FlashCast Content on the FlashCast Service as set forth in the FlashCast SOW. Other than the FlashCast Content, no other data, text or information will be integrated on the FlashCast Service.

 

3.3 Security Requirements . InfoSpace shall put in place and shall maintain commercially reasonable physical and electronic measures and operational procedures to protect the security of the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Wireless Devices in order to (i) comply with Verizon Wireless’ security requirements as set forth in Exhibit S to the Agreement; and (ii) regularly monitor the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service and all connections between the Verizon Wireless Network and facilities or equipment controlled or maintained by InfoSpace. In the event InfoSpace becomes aware of any breach of security of the FlashCast Services or FlashCast Wireless Devices, InfoSpace shall notify Verizon Wireless as provided in Attachment 2.

 

3.4 As between the Parties, Verizon Wireless shall have the sole right to adopt and communicate to Users statements about and descriptions of policies and practices related to User privacy and the collection, storage and use of User Data. To the extent Verizon Wireless adopts new policies (i.e., following the Effective Date of the Second Amendment) with respect to User privacy and User Data, InfoSpace will comply with such policies. ***.

 

3.5 Verizon Wireless may, at any time, request that InfoSpace make additions, deletions or other modifications to the FlashCast Services by submitting a Work Order, substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Agreement. All additions, deletions or other modifications to the FlashCast Services shall be handled pursuant to a mutually defined change process.

 

3.6 Capacity Forecast

To ensure the highest level of service, Infospace requires Verizon Wireless at least *** to provide a forecast estimating the growth of their customer base *** and likely service usage. This will allow Infospace to plan the required resources to support the services for Verizon Wireless’ customers. If Verizon Wireless becomes aware of any material changes that would impact any forecast previously provided to Infospace (e.g., if Verizon Wireless has a special promotion plan in which a high number of new customers are anticipated for either a specified time period or for the remainder of the term), Infospace must be given *** advance notice of any change in the forecast to prepare for such additional capacity. If Verizon Wireless fails to provide Infospace with such notice, for a period of *** following such increase Infospace will not be held responsible for any failures to the performance objectives that could have been avoided had Infospace received such notice. A forecast provided pursuant to this section is only a forecast and is not a commitment on behalf of Verizon Wireless for the forecasted amount.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

31


4. FEES/PAYMENT

 

4.1 During the Term of this Work Order Wireless shall pay InfoSpace for the FlashCast Services in accordance with the rates set forth in Attachment 3. All payments are due in U.S. Dollars.

 

4.2 In the event Verizon Wireless terminates services set forth in this Work Order for convenience prior to the FlashCast Launch Date as set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Second Amendment, InfoSpace shall immediately curtail all activities hereunder upon receipt of a notice of termination. Verizon Wireless’ sole liability to InfoSpace will be the payment of the unpaid balance of the Setup Fee, if any, and all Monthly Sustainment Fees due through such date of termination and any other amounts (e.g., professional services fees) due InfoSpace for work completed before the date of termination by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall invoice Verizon Wireless for such fees and Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with the Agreement. Verizon Wireless shall have no obligation or liability to InfoSpace for future monthly support fees, and if the charges for such cancelled Order were paid in advance, InfoSpace shall promptly refund such charges to Verizon Wireless. For purposes of clarification, upon termination by Verizon Wireless of the FlashCast Services as set forth in this Section 4.2, InfoSpace shall be entitled to retain 100% of the Setup Fee.

 

4.3 There shall be no charge to Verizon Wireless for the installation and implementation of the FlashCast Services except as set forth in Attachment 3. All Hardware (other than equipment necessary for Infospace to provide telecommunications connectivity) required for the FlashCast Services as set forth in Schedule 1 will be owned by Verizon Wireless upon payment by Verizon Wireless of amounts due for such Hardware and maintained by InfoSpace at a location owned or leased by InfoSpace (“InfoSpace Facilities”). Any dedicated connections (frame relay, VPN or otherwise) as may be required by Verizon Wireless for the connection between InfoSpace and Verizon Wireless shall be procured and maintained at Verizon Wireless’ expense.

 

4.4 Verizon Wireless shall remit payment to InfoSpace in accordance with Section 3 of the Agreement.

 

4.5 InfoSpace shall not be responsible for the payment of any licensing fees associated with FlashCast Content.

 

5. TESTING, EVALUATION AND APPROVAL.

 

5.1 Test Phones . Within *** of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Verizon Wireless will provide to InfoSpace *** pre-commercial test devices for each type of FlashCast Wireless Device on which Verizon Wireless desires InfoSpace to make the FlashCast Services available on the FlashCast Launch Date. InfoSpace will use such devices for the purpose of testing the FlashCast Services and FlashCast Content delivery to the FlashCast Wireless Devices. Any additional devices required beyond the initial test devices shall be

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

32


 

procured at InfoSpace’s cost. To the extent Verizon Wireless desires InfoSpace to make the FlashCast Services available on any FlashCast Wireless Device(s) in addition to the devices initially provided by Verizon Wireless within forty five (45) days of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Verizon Wireless will provide, *** test phones for each such additional device. Verizon Wireless shall deliver such additional test device(s) at least *** in advance of the date that Verizon Wireless wishes the FlashCast Services to be made commercially available on such device.

 

5.2 Inspection and Approval . FlashCast Services will be subject to inspection by Verizon Wireless prior to the FlashCast Launch Date. During the Testing Period, InfoSpace will provide Verizon Wireless access to the FlashCast Services in accordance with this Work Order and the Agreement. During the Testing Period, InfoSpace shall use its reasonable efforts to promptly correct any part of the FlashCast Services that is within InfoSpace’s Span of Control, as defined in the SLA attached hereto as Attachment 2-A, that do not meet the specifications set forth in the FlashCast SOW or terms of this Agreement at its expense within *** of receipt of written notice of nonconforming FlashCast Service from Verizon Wireless, or immediately following such notice if such nonconforming services are deemed by Verizon Wireless to cause an emergency condition. Verizon Wireless shall submit a written acceptance or rejection of the FlashCast Services within *** of InfoSpace making the FlashCast Services available to Verizon Wireless for testing (the “Review Period”). If Verizon Wireless fails to submit a written acceptance or rejection of the FlashCast Services within the Review Period, within *** after the Review Period, Infospace shall notify Verizon Wireless in writing, and Verizon Wireless shall have *** to respond. ***. To the extent Verizon Wireless rejects the FlashCast Services (or any portion thereof), Verizon Wireless shall provide InfoSpace with a comprehensive list of any nonconforming component(s) of the FlashCast Services that it desires InfoSpace to remedy and InfoSpace shall do so as described above. Acceptance of the FlashCast Services by Verizon Wireless shall be a condition precedent to the right of InfoSpace to receive payment of the Monthly Sustainment Fees specified in Attachment 3 ***. In addition to the foregoing, Infospace shall assist Verizon Wireless as requested to complete the testing and acceptance process applicable to the Flashcast Software provided by ***, the third party responsible for developing and delivering the Flashcast Software to Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace may require additional fees for such assistance. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Verizon Wireless elects not to launch the FlashCast Services, Verizon Wireless shall not be entitled to a refund of all, or any portion of, the Setup Fee.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

33


5.3 Content Validation . After the FlashCast Launch Date InfoSpace shall test all existing Channels on one type of FlashCast Wireless Device for each display size each day to ensure receipt of FlashCast Content and that the FlashCast Services operate in accordance with the FlashCast SOW.

 

5.4 Quality Assurance for Content . Verizon Wireless shall be responsible for all quality assurance testing of the FlashCast Content. Upon completion of such testing, Verizon Wireless will supply the FlashCast Content, together with a certification of compliance, to InfoSpace for inclusion in the FlashCast Services in accordance with the FlashCast SOW.

 

5.5 Nonconformance After FlashCast Launch Date . After the FlashCast Launch Date, if the FlashCast Services do not conform to the FlashCast SOW, Verizon Wireless shall be entitled to the remedies set forth in the Service Level Agreement set forth as Attachment 2-A.

 

5.6 Master Test Plan . In addition to the foregoing, the Master Test Plan, attached hereto as Attachment 4 shall apply.

 

6. VERIZON WIRELESS’ PROPERTY.

 

6.1 Title

Title to all materials and property Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace in connection with this Agreement shall remain in Verizon Wireless or, if applicable, its licensors or lessors. Any materials or property Verizon Wireless provides to InfoSpace, and any materials or property of Verizon Wireless or its Users or Indirect Channel Entities that otherwise comes into InfoSpace’s possession or control in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be used only in the performance of this Agreement, unless otherwise authorized in writing by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall adequately protect all such material and property, and shall deliver or return it to Verizon Wireless or otherwise dispose of such property as directed by Verizon Wireless. InfoSpace shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to materials or property owned by Verizon Wireless, or its licensors or lessors while in InfoSpace’s possession or control.

Title to all materials and property InfoSpace provides to Verizon Wireless in connection with this Agreement shall remain in InfoSpace or, if applicable, its licensors or lessors. Any materials or property InfoSpace provides to Verizon Wireless, and any materials or property of InfoSpace that otherwise comes into Verizon Wireless’ possession or control in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be used only in the performance of this Agreement, unless otherwise authorized in writing by InfoSpace. Verizon Wireless shall adequately protect all such material and property, and shall deliver or return it to InfoSpace or otherwise dispose of such property as directed by InfoSpace. Verizon Wireless shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to materials or property owned by InfoSpace, or its licensors or lessors while in Verizon Wireless’ possession or control.

 

34


6.2 Hardware and Software.

Verizon Wireless has obtained all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the Hardware and Software set forth on Schedule 1 as contemplated by this Work Order. Subject to the terms of this Work Order and the Agreement, Verizon Wireless hereby grants to InfoSpace a limited worldwide right and license to access and use the Hardware and Software for the sole purpose of providing the FlashCast Services as provided herein.

 

6.3 Content

 

  6.3.1. FlashCast Content License .

Verizon Wireless shall obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the FlashCast Content as described in this Work Order including all attachments. Verizon Wireless grants to InfoSpace a limited, nonexclusive, non-transferable license to copy, store, display, transmit, distribute and sell FlashCast Content solely for the purpose of providing the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service to Users in accordance with this Agreement, expressly without the right of further sublicense of any of the foregoing.

 

  6.3.2 Content License Restrictions .

 

  6.3.2.1 Nothing in Section 6.3.1 above shall be interpreted as granting InfoSpace any greater rights or authorizations than are granted to Verizon Wireless pursuant to its licensing agreements with Content Providers. InfoSpace shall have no right to reproduce or sub-license, re-sell or otherwise distribute all or any portion of FlashCast Content to any person in any form or any manner other than as necessary or appropriate in providing access to the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service in accordance with this Work Order, including its attachments, and the Agreement.

 

  6.3.2.2

Unless authorized by Verizon Wireless in writing, InfoSpace shall not alter or modify any FlashCast Content, engage in framing of FlashCast Content, insert or allow or enable others to insert any pop-up windows, tool bars, consoles or other visual or audio items or use or allow or enable others to use any other techniques that alter the placement, appearance or presentation of FlashCast Content on any Web Site or any FlashCast Wireless Device or the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Service. As used in this paragraph, “framing” means a method of constructing a web page such that the FlashCast Content within the frame may operate independently of the content outside the frame, and “pop-up window” means a new window that contains content not expressly authorized or provided by Verizon Wireless that is launched on top of the FlashCast Content. 6.3.2.3 Subject to the terms set forth in Section 4 and Exhibit S of the Agreement, except to the extent required to meet the specifications set forth in the FlashCast SOW,

 

35


 

InfoSpace will not record, monitor or disclose any User’s use of any FlashCast Content unless instructed to do so in writing by Verizon Wireless, or as required by law, regulation, or court order or as necessary to cooperate with a lawful order or demand of law enforcement officials.

 

  6.3.2.3 Infospace shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no unauthorized third parties are able to gain access to and/or utilize the Verizon Wireless Flashcast Service to generate and send content of any kind, including, but not limited to, unsolicited commercial messages. For purposes of this section, “commercially reasonable efforts” include, by way of example and not limitation, the prompt removal by Infospace of any content it learns violates this section, with written notice to Verizon Wireless of such removal(s).

 

  6.3.2.4 Infospace shall not itself place any advertisements on the FlashCast Services without the prior written consent of Verizon Wireless. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that InfoSpace shall not control, nor be obligated to control, the content (including advertising content) provided to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless or third parties at Verizon Wireless direction for distribution via the FlashCast Services .

 

6.4 Work Product

 

  6.4.1 InfoSpace agrees that the deliverables set forth in the FlashCast SOW, including but not limited to all notes, designs, reports and drafts thereof, constitute “Verizon Wireless Work Product”. InfoSpace hereby agrees that all such Verizon Wireless Work Product are works made for hire exclusively for Verizon Wireless under the copyright laws of the United States and shall become and remain the exclusive property of Verizon Wireless, and Verizon Wireless shall have the rights to use such for any purpose without any additional compensation to InfoSpace.

 

  6.4.2 In the event any Verizon Wireless Work Product shall not be deemed to be a work made for hire exclusively for Verizon Wireless under the copyright laws of the United States, InfoSpace hereby assigns and agrees to assign to Verizon Wireless its entire right, title and interest in and to (including the right to reproduce, modify, display, produce derivative works of, translate, publish, sell, use, dispose of, and to authorize others so to do, and the right to copyright and to register such copyright in Verizon Wireless’ or its nominee’s name) all Verizon Wireless Work Product. InfoSpace further agrees to assist Verizon Wireless in every proper way to protect Verizon Wireless Work Product, including, but not limited to, signing patent and copyright applications, oaths or declarations, and assignments in favor of Verizon Wireless relating to the

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

36


Work Product, as well as such ancillary and confirmatory documents as may be required or appropriate to insure that such title is clearly and exclusively vested in Verizon Wireless, within the United States and in any and all foreign countries. InfoSpace further agrees to assist and cooperate with all efforts to enforce the rights of Verizon Wireless in such property against any third parties.

 

  6.4.3 Background Materials . Verizon Wireless acknowledges and agrees that Verizon Wireless Work Product does not include any Background Materials. InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless a nonexclusive, royalty free, non-transferable, limited license to use the Background Materials set forth on Schedule 5 during the Term as necessary to use the Verizon Wireless Work Product in connection with the FlashCast Services. To the extent that InfoSpace develops Verizon Wireless Work Product that requires the use of Background Materials in the future, InfoSpace will identify such Background Materials in the applicable Work Order and will grant Verizon Wireless an appropriate license to use such Background Materials in connection with such Verizon Wireless Work Product.

 

  6.4.4 InfoSpace warrants and represents that it has or will have the right, through written agreements with all employees performing FlashCast Services under or in connection with this Agreement, to secure for Verizon Wireless the rights called for in this Section 6. Further, in the event InfoSpace uses any subcontractor, consultant or other third party to perform any of the Services contracted for by this Agreement, InfoSpace agrees to enter into such written agreements with such third party, and to take such other steps as are or may be required to secure for Verizon Wireless the rights called for in this Section.

 

  6.4.5 With the exception of the Verizon Wireless Work Product which shall be owned by Verizon Wireless as set forth above, the ownership of all Intellectual Property used or developed by either Party in connection with the FlashCast Services shall be governed by Section 12.1 and Section 12.2 of the Agreement.

 

7. USE OF MARKS.

 

7.1 Subject to the terms of Section 12.5 of the Agreement, InfoSpace hereby grants Verizon Wireless the personal, non-exclusive, limited-term, non-transferable revocable (upon 30 days written notice) right to use, reproduce, publish and

 

37


 

display the InfoSpace Trademarks in connection with the development, use, reproduction in promotional and marketing materials, FlashCast Content directories and indices, and electronic and printed advertising, publicity, newsletters and mailings about Verizon Wireless and its relationship with InfoSpace.

 

7.2 Subject to the terms of section 12.5 of the Agreement Verizon Wireless hereby grants InfoSpace the personal, non-exclusive, limited-term, non-transferable, revocable (upon 30 days written notice) right to use, reproduce, publish, and display Verizon Wireless Trademarks in connection with the provisioning of the FlashCast Services.

 

8. Indemnification .

With respect to the FlashCast Services, the following shall apply in place of Section 11.5 of the Agreement.

Indemnification

(a) InfoSpace shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Verizon Wireless, its parents, subsidiaries and Affiliates, and its and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (“Verizon Indemnified Parties”) from any third party claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and court costs), judgments, settlements (provided such settlements have been approved by InfoSpace) and penalties of every kind that may be (i) based on any material supplied by InfoSpace or its authorized representative with respect to or in the Portal Services, excluding material supplied to InfoSpace by Verizon Wireless, including claims (A) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising from or in connection with any material or service supplied by InfoSpace with respect to the FlashCast Services (excluding the Hardware and Software, unless such Claim arises from InfoSpace’s use of such Hardware or use of Software other than in accordance with the licenses granted) under this Work Order, (B) that InfoSpace is not the sole and exclusive owner of, or that it does not have the express written right to the FlashCast Services and all other materials provided by InfoSpace under the terms of this Agreement, (C) that materials are factually inaccurate in any material respect, or (D) that materials contain information, instructions or formulas that are injurious to a Third Party’s physical well-being, or that defames or disparages a Third Party, (ii) arising from any act or omission by InfoSpace or its authorized representative in connection with its performance under this Work Order violates any applicable law or regulation; (iii) a claim that, if true, would constitute a breach of a warranty, representation or covenant of InfoSpace as set forth in this Agreement, and/or (iv) a claim that InfoSpace has misused any Verizon Wireless User Data . The foregoing indemnification shall apply whether InfoSpace or a Verizon Indemnified Party defends such Claim and

 

38


whether the Claim arises or is alleged to arise out of the sole acts or omissions of InfoSpace (and/or any subcontractor of InfoSpace) or out of the concurrent acts or omissions of InfoSpace (and/or any subcontractor of InfoSpace) and any Indemnified Parties. InfoSpace further agrees to bind its subcontractors, if any, to similarly indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Indemnified Parties.

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, if sale, use or if applicable, distribution, of the products or FlashCast Services becomes subject to an infringement Claim as set forth in subsection (i) above, InfoSpace shall, at InfoSpace’s option and InfoSpace’s expense,:

 

  i. Procure for Verizon Wireless the right to use the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder);

 

  ii. Replace the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder) with equivalent, non-infringing products and/or FlashCast Services; or

 

  iii. Modify the FlashCast Services (including related products furnished hereunder) so they become non-infringing.

 

  iv. In the event that it is not commercially reasonable for InfoSpace to achieve (i), (ii) or (iii) above, InfoSpace may remove the infringing component(s) of the FlashCast Services and refund the corresponding fees paid by Verizon Wireless to InfoSpace for such component(s).

(c) Verizon Wireless shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless InfoSpace its parents, subsidiaries, and its and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (“Infospace Indemnified Parties”) from and against third party claims, demands, lawsuits, liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and court costs), judgments and settlements (provided such settlements have been approved by Verizon Wireless) (i) arising from or relating to any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or any actual or alleged violation of any other intellectual property or proprietary rights arising from or in connection with the FlashCast Content and any other materials provided by Verizon Wireless for use in connection with the FlashCast Services (including the Hardware and Software, except where Infospace is obligated to indemnify Verizon Wireless as set forth above), ***

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

39


***. The foregoing indemnification shall apply whether Verizon Wireless or an Infospace Indemnified Party defends such Claim and whether the Claim arises or is alleged to arise out of the sole acts or omissions of Verizon Wireless (and/or any subcontractor of Verizon Wireless) or out of the concurrent acts or omissions of Verizon Wireless (and/or any subcontractor of Verizon Wireless) and any Indemnified Parties.

(d) For purposes of this subsection (d) Indemnifying Party shall mean the Party having indemnification obligations pursuant to Sections 8(a) and/or 8(c) above and “Indemnified Party” shall mean as applicable, Verizon Indemnified Party or Infospace Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party will provide the Indemnifying Party with prompt, written notice of any written Claim covered by this indemnification and will cooperate appropriately with the Indemnifying Party in connection with its evaluation of such Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall defend any Indemnified Party, at the indemnified Party’s request, against any Claim. Promptly after receipt of such request, the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such Claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. In consultation with and subject to the approval of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, to employ separate counsel to provide input into the defense, at the Indemnified Party’s own cost. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party, ***, for any payments made or loss suffered by it at any time after the date of tender, based upon the judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a reasonable, good faith and bona fide compromise or settlement of claims, demands, or actions, in respect to any damages to which the foregoing relates. The Indemnifying Party shall not settle or compromise any such Claim or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Party and without an unconditional release of all claims by each claimant or plaintiff in favor of each Indemnified Party.

 

9. Press Release . The Parties agree to issue, promptly upon the launch of the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Services, a joint press release announcing the launch of the Verizon Wireless FlashCast Services and their relationship, provided that neither Party shall issue any such press release without the prior written consent of the other Party. Requests for consent of Verizon Wireless shall be sent to

Vice President — Corporate Communications

Verizon Wireless

One Verizon Way

VC43E062

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

40


List of Attachments, attached hereto and incorporated herein

 

Attachment Reference

  

Attachment Name

Attachment 1    Statement of Work
Attachment 2-A    Network Service Level Agreement
Attachment 2-B    Information Technology Service Level Agreement
Attachment 2-C    Information Technology Interface Terms & Conditions
Attachment 3    Pricing
Attachment 4    Master Test Plan
Attachment 5    FlashCast Release Process
Attachment 6    Training
Schedule 1    Hardware & Software Purchased by Verizon Wireless
Schedule 2    Hardware & Software Purchased by InfoSpace
Schedule 3    FlashCast Wireless Devices
Schedule 4    Documentation
Schedule 5    Background Materials

 

41


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

AMENDMENT NUMBER 3

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

 

1. PARTIES

This Amendment Number 3 (“Third Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“InfoSpace”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”).

 

2. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

a. Exhibit A shall be amended by adding the following definitions:

“Advertisement” shall mean a notice displayed as a banner on Phone Pages designed to attract public attention, or to promote the sale of a product or service.

*** or *** means the Third Party providing Advertisements that InfoSpace will make accessible through the Mobile Web 2.0 deck and display on Phone Pages in accordance with Work Order No. 29 agreed to by the parties on or about December 14, 2006.

 

b. Section 1.4 (“Products and Services”) of Exhibit H-1 shall be amended by adding the following to Table 1 – Scope of Products and Services.

 

***      
     

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

***

“*** System” means the platform, including all hardware, software and associated networking capabilities, owned or licensed and used by *** to send the *** Content to the Phone Pages.

 

d. The terms of Work Order No. 29 shall be modified, so as to provide additional clarification, as set forth below:

 

  1. All uses of the term “Ad” or “Ads” shall be deemed references to the term “Advertisement” as defined in the Agreement.

 

  2. The term “Advertisement Id” shall mean the unique identifier assigned to a Phone Page hosted by InfoSpace.

 

  3. The phrase “Updating of *** Ads on Image Server” shall mean that InfoSpace shall provide *** write access to the *** Advertising Servers hosted at InfoSpace in order to enable *** to update the available Advertisements.

 

  4. References to the term “Apps”, “applications” “application pages” and “pages” shall be deemed references to the term Phone Pages as defined in the Agreement.

 

  5. The requirement that InfoSpace provide “Unique Ad Ids per Page” shall mean the obligation of InfoSpace to assign a unique Advertisement ID to each category of Phone Page, to enable *** to identify the content and type of page in order to target the Advertisements to be sent to Subscribers by content type.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

  6. Section 2, Requirements, of the SOW shall be modified by adding an introductory section as follows:

In the initial deployment InfoSpace will host the *** Advertising servers within the same platform from which InfoSpace provides the WAP 2.0 Portal Service, as outlined in the diagram below . InfoSpace will host the *** servers at the InfoSpace’s Data Center until the InfoSpace Data Center is migrated to a new data center at the Savvis facility located in Boston, Massachusetts. Following such migration, InfoSpace shall then connect to the *** System via a direct network connection located within the same data center. In the final deployment phase, the *** servers shall no longer be hosted on InfoSpace’s premises. Verizon Wireless will obtain all necessary rights for InfoSpace to use the *** System as contemplated by this Work Order No. 29.

The Advertisements will be provided by *** and InfoSpace shall provide *** with access to the Advertising Servers to enable *** to update the available Advertisements as needed, subject to InfoSpace’s network security policies. InfoSpace shall work with *** and Verizon Wireless to ensure effective delivery of the Advertisements. InfoSpace shall also notify *** of any planned or unplanned outages consistent with SLA notification procedures set forth in Exhibit H-1 of the Agreement.

Each time a Subscriber requests a Phone Page view, InfoSpace will call the *** Advertising server, by invoking the *** API and *** will indicate which Advertisement to serve. Advertising images shall be retrieved dynamically for each Subscriber and InfoSpace will place the *** designated Advertisement within the Phone Page the Subscriber requested to be served.

If InfoSpace does not receive notification from *** within Verizon Wireless’ approved time-out period, InfoSpace shall serve a Verizon Wireless Advertisement, provided by Verizon Wireless (a “VZW House Ad”) instead.

InfoSpace will provide monthly tracking of (i) how many *** Advertisements are served and (ii) how many times *** did not respond within the Verizon Wireless approved time-out period resulting in InfoSpace providing a VZW house ad. InfoSpace shall provide the monthly tracking report to Verizon Wireless’ ASP Operations team and Technology Development.

InfoSpace is not responsible for, and shall have no liability with respect to, any interruptions of service or any other performance issues caused by *** or *** hardware and/or software.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

3


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

***

 

3. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT .

Unless otherwise explicitly amended herein, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment Number 2 to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP

d/b/a Verizon Wireless

   

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc.

A Wholly Owned Subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc.

By:   ***     By:   /s/ David Binder
Name:   ***     Name:   David Binder
Title:   VP     Title:   VP Finance
Date:   11/20/07     Date:   11/19/07

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

4


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

AMENDMENT NUMBER 4

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.

f/k/a PREMIUM WIRELESS SERVICES USA, INC.

A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF INFOSPACE, INC.

This Amendment Number 4 (“ Fourth Amendment ”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004 and the Second Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated April 4, 2007, and the Third Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated November 20, 2007 by and between InfoSpace Mobile, Inc. f/k/a Premium Wireless Services USA, Inc., a California corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of InfoSpace, Inc., with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 1200, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“ InfoSpace ”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“ Verizon Wireless ”) (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), is by and between InfoSpace, Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham, NC 27701 (“ Motricity ”) and Verizon Wireless, and is made and entered into on and as of the last date signed by the parties hereto.

WHEREAS, InfoSpace, Inc. and Motricity are entering into an Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to which certain assets of InfoSpace, including the Agreement, are expected to be transferred to Motricity (the “ Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Transaction, Motricity wishes to assume the rights, and obligations of InfoSpace under the Agreement arising after the closing of the Transaction and to continue to provide the Portal Services to Verizon Wireless in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement;

WHEREAS , all liabilities prior to the closing of the Transaction shall remain with InfoSpace; and

WHEREAS, upon the closing of the Transaction, Verizon Wireless wishes InfoSpace to assign the Agreement to Motricity and for Motricity to replace InfoSpace as the contracting entity to the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Assignment . Subject to the closing of the Transaction and effective as of the closing date of the Transaction (the “ Transaction Closing Date ”), InfoSpace hereby assigns to Motricity, and Motricity hereby accepts, all of InfoSpace’s rights, title and interest in and to the

 

1


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

 

Agreement. In addition, Motricity hereby assumes all of the obligations duties, responsibilities and undertakings to be performed by InfoSpace under the Agreement occurring, arising, accruing or to be accrued from and as of the Transaction Closing Date (the “ Assumed Obligations ”) and shall fully and timely perform all of the Assumed Obligations in accordance with the Agreement. Verizon Wireless hereby waives all claims against InfoSpace in connection with the Agreement that arise on or after the Transaction Closing Date. InfoSpace represents and acknowledges that it is and shall remain responsible for all matters, of whatever type or character, occurring, arising, accrued or to accrue under the Agreement on or before the Transaction Closing Date and that Verizon Wireless’ consent is without prejudice to any claim pertaining to such matters.

2. Amendment to Agreement. As of the Transaction Closing Date, the Parties hereby agree that Motricity shall replace InfoSpace as the contracting entity to the Agreement and all references to “InfoSpace Mobile, Inc.” or “InfoSpace” shall be deleted and replaced with “Motricity, Inc.” or “Motricity”, respectively. In the event that the Transaction does not close, the Parties agree that this Fourth Amendment shall be of no force or effect.

3. Effect of Amendment. This Fourth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Fourth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Fourth Amendment shall control, but only to the extent of such inconsistencies. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

Verizon Wireless

    INFOSPACE MOBILE, INC.
By:   ***     By:   /s/ David Binder
Name:   ***     Name:   David Binder
Title:   VP     Title:   VP Finance
Date:   11/20/2007     Date:   11/19/2007

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Contract Number: AGR-000431-2007

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:   /s/ Ryan K. Wuerch
Name:   Ryan K. Wuerch
Title:   CEO
Date:   11/17/2007

 

3


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

AMENDMENT NUMBER 5

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND MOTRICITY, INC.

This Amendment Number 5 (the “Fifth Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, dated August 31, 2004, the Second Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated May 14, 2007, the Third Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated November 20, 2007, and the Fourth Amendment to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated November 20, 2007 (as amended, (the “Agreement”), by and between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 601 108th Avenue NE, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004 (“Motricity”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a/ Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless”), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party but taking retroactive effect to and including December 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”).

 

1. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

1.1 The purpose of this Fifth Amendment is to modify the Page View forecast set forth in Table 2 of Section 3(1) of revised Exhibit D as set forth in the Second Amendment (#710-30429-2007) to the Agreement.

 

1.2 The aforementioned Table 2 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

***

   ***    ***
4Q06    ***    ***
1Q07    ***    ***
2Q07    ***    ***
3Q07    ***    ***
4Q07    ***    ***
1Q08    ***    ***
2Q08    ***    ***
3Q08    ***    ***
4Q08    ***    ***
1Q09    ***    ***
2Q09    ***    ***
3Q09    ***    ***
4Q09    ***    ***
1Q10    ***    ***

***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

 

2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.

This Fifth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Fifth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Fifth Amendment shall control.

Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3. SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

Verizon Wireless

    Motricity, Inc.
By:   ***     By:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
Name:    ***     Name:    Ryan Wuerch
Title:   ***     Title:   Chairman & CEO
Date:   10/2/2009     Date:   4/22/2009

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

AMENDMENT NUMBER 6

TO

AGREEMENT NUMBER 750-67761-2004

BETWEEN CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

AND

MOTRICITY, INC

This Amendment Number 6 (“Sixth Amendment”) to the WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement dated June 24, 2004, as amended by the First Amendment, dated August 31, 2004 and the Second Amendment, dated May 14, 2007, and the Third Amendment, dated November 20, 2007 and the Fourth Amendment, dated November 20, 2007 and the Fifth Amendment, dated June 13, 2009 (as amended, the “Agreement”), by and between Motricity, Inc. a Delaware corporation, with offices at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA (“Motricity”) and Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, A Delaware general partnership, having an office and principal place of business at One Verizon Way, Basking Ridge, NJ 07920 (“Verizon Wireless “), is made and entered into on and as of the date of execution by the last signing Party (“Sixth Amendment Effective Date”).

 

1. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

 

  1.1 Section 8.1 of the Agreement “Term” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the follows:

“Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall end July 31, 2010 (the “Term”). The Term shall be automatically renewed for successive 6-month periods unless either Party provides written notice of termination to the other Party at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Term or any subsequent renewal period.”

 

  1.2 A new Section B.2 is added as follows:

 

  2. SELF-HOSTING

Upon *** prior written notice to Motricity, and subject to the execution of a mutually agreed license agreement, which may be in the form of an amendment to this Agreement, Verizon Wireless, may elect to host the Motricity proprietary software that supports the Portal Services at one or more facilities maintained by Verizon Wireless (“Self-Host”). If Verizon Wireless elects to Self-Host it will be responsible for all expenses associated with procuring the necessary hardware and third party software and all expenses associated with licensing, installing, configuring, and operating the Motricity software. The transition of hosting will be performed by the parties in accordance with a schedule and commercial terms to be mutually agreed in a Work Order.

 

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


Matter Number: AGR-001660-2009

 

Within *** of receiving Verizon Wireless’ notice of its desire to Self-Host, Motricity will deliver a list of Motricity proprietary software components to be licensed. Verizon Wireless acknowledges that its ability to Self-Host and make Portal Services available to users may be subject to Verizon Wireless’ ability to obtain sufficient rights in third party technology (such as any third-party software used in connection with the hosting), content and applications.

The parties shall endeavor to negotiate a license agreement for the software within *** of Verizon Wireless’ notice. The license will include the right to use the software in object code only. Each party shall use good faith efforts to reach agreement on licensing terms. If the parties cannot reach agreement, this Agreement will remain in effect unless terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT.

This Sixth Amendment is an integral part of the Agreement. Terms used herein which are defined or specified in the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth therein. If there are any inconsistencies between a specific term or condition of this Sixth Amendment and a specific term or condition of the Agreement, the specific term or condition of this Sixth Amendment shall control. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3. SIGNATURES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Sixth Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representative

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a

V ERIZON W IRELESS

    M OTRICITY , I NC
BY:   ***     BY:   /s/ Ryan Wuerch
NAME:    ***     NAME:    Ryan Wuerch
TITLE:   ***     TITLE:   Chairman & CEO
DATE:   10/2/2009     DATE:   8/21/2009

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

FORM OF WORK ORDER

Work Order No. 84

to WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement

Motricity Inc., (“Motricity”) will perform the following additional Portal Services for Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (“Verizon Wireless”) under the terms and conditions of that certain WAP 2.0 Hosting Agreement, Contract No. 750-67761-2004, dated 6/24/04, as amended, between Motricity and Verizon Wireless (the “Agreement”). In consideration of the additional Portal Services described below, Verizon Wireless will pay to Motricity the amount(s) set forth below on or before the date(s) set forth below.

 

Task Description - Mobile Web 3.0 User Subscription Fee

   Target Date

Motricity shall provide access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services provided by Motricity to Verizon Wireless under Work Order No. 77. Such services shall be referred to herein as the “Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services.”

 

Motricity agrees to provide access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services per the volume schedule below:

 

Launch Internet Explorer Browser.lnk

   Production launch
targeted on or before
Sept 8th, 2009.

Month

  

Maximum Users

         
October 2009    ***      
November 2009    ***      
December 2009    ***      
January 2010    ***      
February 2010    ***      
March 2010    ***      
April 2010    ***      
May 2010    ***      
June 2010    ***      
July 2010    ***      
August 2010    ***      
Sept 2010    ***      

For purposes of this Work Order No. 84, a User is defined as a unique subscriber, as identified by his/her Mobile Directory Number (“MDN”), who has accessed the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services provided as part of Work Order 77 during a calendar month of the Term.

 

Unforseen Volume Protection. In the case the actual Users in a given month exceeds the Maximum users forecast in the table above, the parties agree to work together in good faith to agree upon terms for supporting the incremental Users.

  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


Matter Number 710-30079-2007

 

Amount:

   Payment Terms:
In consideration for Motricity providing Users with access to the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services, Verizon Wireless shall pay Motricity the subscription fees outlined below for each calendar month during the Term that the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services are made available under Work Order No. 77 (“User Subscription Fee”). For clarity, the User Subscription Fee is not an additional hosting fee as described in Section 8, Exhibit D of the Agreement, but provides a term license to Motricity’s Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services.    In accordance with Section 3 Payments of the Agreement
    

Month

   Monthly User
Subscription Fee
    
   Launch through December 2009    ***   
   January through April 2010    ***   
   May through July 31, 2010    ***   
  

Motricity shall invoice Verizon Wireless the user Subscription Fee following each calendar month of the Term that the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services are made available, and Verizon Wireless shall pay such invoice in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

Motricity shall commence invoicing Verizon Wireless the User Subscription Fee following the delivery of the Mobile Web 3.0 Portal Services described in Work Order 77.

  

 

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a Verizon Wireless     Motricity, Inc.
***     /s/ Ryan Wuerch
By (signature)     By (signature)
***     Ryan Wuerch
Name     Name
Executive Director     Chairman & CEO
Title     Title

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2

Exhibit 10.5

OFFICE LEASE

KEY CENTER

601 108 TH  AVENUE, N.E.

BELLEVUE, WASHINGTON

WA—THREE BELLEVUE CENTER, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

as Landlord,

and

MOTRICITY, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1

   PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS; RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER    3

ARTICLE 2

   LEASE TERM    6

ARTICLE 3

   BASE RENT; SECONDARY RENT    6

ARTICLE 4

   ADDITIONAL RENT    9

ARTICLE 5

   USE OF PREMISES    13

ARTICLE 6

   SERVICES AND UTILITIES    14

ARTICLE 7

   REPAIRS    15

ARTICLE 8

   ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS    16

ARTICLE 9

   COVENANT AGAINST LIENS    17

ARTICLE 10

   INSURANCE    17

ARTICLE 11

   DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION    19

ARTICLE 12

   NONWAIVER    20

ARTICLE 13

   CONDEMNATION    21

ARTICLE 14

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    21

ARTICLE 15

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES    24

ARTICLE 16

   HOLDING OVER    25

ARTICLE 17

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES    25

ARTICLE 18

   SUBORDINATION    25

ARTICLE 19

   DEFAULTS; REMEDIES    26

ARTICLE 20

   COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT    28

ARTICLE 21

   LETTER OF CREDIT    29

ARTICLE 22

   INTENTIONALLY DELETED    31

ARTICLE 23

   SIGNS    31

ARTICLE 24

   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW    31

ARTICLE 25

   LATE CHARGES    31

ARTICLE 26

   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT    32

ARTICLE 27

   ENTRY BY LANDLORD    32

ARTICLE 28

   TENANT PARKING    33

ARTICLE 29

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    33

EXHIBITS

 

A OUTLINE OF PREMISES
B INTENTIONALLY DELETED
C FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
D RULES AND REGULATIONS
E FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
F FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

(i)


INDEX

 

 

     Page(s)

Abatement Event

   28

Alterations

   16

Bank

   29

Bankruptcy Code

   8

Base Rent

   6

Brokers

   36

Building

   3

Building Common Areas

   3

Building Hours

   14

Common Areas

   3

Comparable First Offer Deals

   5

Contemplated Effective Date

   23

Contemplated Transfer Space

   23

Control

   24

Cost Pools

   12

Cutoff Date

   4

Direct Expenses

   9

Eligibility Period

   28

Estimate

   12

Estimate Statement

   12

Estimated Direct Expenses

   12

Existing Tenant

   6

Expense Year

   9

First Offer Build Out Period

   5

First Offer Commencement Date

   5

First Offer Notice

   4

First Offer Space

   3

Force Majeure

   35

Holidays

   14

HVAC

   14

Identification Requirements

   37

Intention to Transfer Notice

   23

Issuing Bank

   7

Landlord

   1

Landlord Parties

   17

Landlord Repair Notice

   19

LC Expiration Date

   29

Lease

   1

Lease Commencement Date

   6

Lease Expiration Date

   6

Lease Term

   6

Lease Year

   6

Letter of Credit

   29

Letter of Credit Amendment

   4

Letter of Credit Amount

   29

Lines

   37

Mail

   35

Nine Month Period

   23

Notices

   35

Operating Expenses

   9

Original Tenant

   3

Premises

   3

Project

   3

 

(i)


     Page(s)

Reduction Amount

   30

Reduction Date

   30

Renovations

   37

Requesting Party

   25

Secondary LC Expiration Date

   7

Secondary Letter of Credit

   7

Secondary Letter of Credit Amount

   7

Security Deposit Laws

   8

Statement

   12

Subject Space

   21

Summary

   1

Superior Right Holders

   3

Tax Expenses

   11

Tenant

   1

Tenant Improvements

   18

Tenant’s Share

   9

Transfer Notice

   21

Transfer Premium

   22

Transferee

   21

 

(ii)


KEY CENTER

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between WA—THREE BELLEVUE CENTER, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and MOTRICITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE

   DESCRIPTION

1.      Date:

   December 21, 2007

2.      Premises ( Article 1 ):

  

2.1    Building:

   601 108 th  Avenue, N.E., Bellevue, Washington 98004-4383

2.2    Premises:

   Subject to the terms hereof, 65,436 rentable square feet of space located on the 8 th , 9 th , and 10 th floors of the Building (comprised of (i) 21,831 rentable square feet located on the 8 th floor, (ii) 21,811 rentable square feet on the 9 th floor, and (iii) 21,794 rentable square feet of the 10 th floor) and commonly known as Suites 800, 900 and 1000, as further set forth in Exhibit A to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective as of March 1, 2013, the Premises shall be deemed to contain 66,634 rentable square feet of space located on the 8 th , 9 th , and 10 th floors of the Building (comprised of (i) 22,230 rentable square feet located on the 8 th floor, (ii) 22,211 rentable square feet on the 9 th floor, and (iii) 22,193 rentable square feet of the 10 th floor).

3.      Lease Term ( Article 2 ):

  

3.1    Length of Term:

   Six (6) years.

3.2    Lease Commencement Date:

   December 21, 2007.

3.3    Lease Expiration Date:

   December 20, 2013.

4.      Base Rent ( Article 3 ):

  

 

Period During

Lease Term

  

Annual Base Rent

  

Monthly Installment of

Base Rent

  

Annual Base Rent

per Rentable Square

Foot

  

Approximate

Monthly Base Rent

per Rentable Square

Foot

Lease Commencement Date – ***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

***

   ***    ***    ***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.


5.      Tenant’s Share ( Article 4 ):

   ***provided that as of March 1, 2013, Tenant’s Share shall be deemed to equal ***

6.      Permitted Use ( Article 5 ):

   General office use, including a customary computer/data center room and network operating room to service Tenant’s general office use, all consistent with a first-class office building.

7.      Letter of Credit ( Article 21 ):

   ***

8.      Parking Pass Ratio ( Article 28 ):

   Two and one-half (2.5) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, subject to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease.

9.      Address of Tenant ( Section 29.18 ):

  

Motricity, Inc.

210 West Pettigrew Street

Durham, NC 27701

Attention: Mr. Nathan Gooden

10.    Address of Landlord ( Section 29.18 ):

   See Section 29.18 of the Lease.

11.    Broker(s) ( Section 29.24 ):

  

Unico Properties, LLC

10900 N.E. 4 th  Street, Suite 800

Bellevue, Washington 98004

  

and

 

GVA Kidder Mathews

601 Union Street, Suite 4720

Seattle, Washington 98101

12.    Tenant Improvement Allowance:

   None.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-2-


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS; RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (which shall not be subject to re-measurement or modification (except as specifically provided for in Section 2.2 of the Summary)). The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall accept the Premises in its existing, “as is” condition and that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The Building is part of an office project currently known as “Key Center.” The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, and (iii) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “ Project Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “ Building Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that in no event shall such alterations, addition or changes adversely effect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s access to the Premises.

1.2 Right of First Offer . Landlord hereby grants to the Tenant named in this Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”) a one-time right of first offer with respect to all of rentable square feet of space located on the seventh (7 th ), eleventh (11 th ) and twelfth (12 th ) floors of the Building (the “ First Offer Space ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing leases of the First Offer Space (including renewals of any such lease, irrespective of whether any such renewal is expressly set forth in such lease, and regardless of whether such renewal is consummated pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease). In addition, such right of first offer shall be subordinate to all rights of other tenants of the Project, which rights relate to the First Offer Space and are set forth in leases of space in the Project existing as of the date hereof, including any expansion, first refusal, first offer, first negotiation, renewal and other rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease. All such tenants of the First Offer Space, and all such tenants in the Project with a right to lease the First Offer Space, are collectively referred to as the “ Superior Right Holders ”. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.2 .

 

-3-


1.2.1 Procedure for Offer . Subject to the terms of this Section 1.2 , Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ First Offer Notice ”) at such time as Landlord intends to market the First Offer Space for lease to third parties, provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease such space. Pursuant to such First Offer Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available First Offer Space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth the “First Offer Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.3 below, and the other economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have the obligation to deliver a First Offer Notice (and Tenant have no right to exercise its right under this Section 1.2) to the extent that the “First Offer Commencement Date,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.5, below, is anticipated by Landlord to occur at any time during the last two (2) years of the Lease Term.

1.2.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within five (5) business days of delivery of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice on the terms contained in such notice. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within the five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.2.3 First Offer Space Rent .

1.2.3.1 First Offer Commencement Date On or Before to December 31, 2008 . In the event that the First Offer Commencement Date is to occur on or before December 31, 2008 (the “ Cutoff Date ”), then (i) the terms of Section 1.2.3.2, below, shall be inapplicable, and (ii) the “First Offer Rent” shall be as follows: (a) Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the First Offer Space in the amount determined based upon the schedule set forth below in this Section 1.2.3.1 , (b) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the First Offer Space in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided that Tenant’s Share with respect to the First Offer Space shall be calculated by dividing the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space by the rentable square footage of the Building (which equals 487,791), (c) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvements with respect to the First Offer Space and Tenant shall accept the same in their then existing, “as is” condition, and (d) Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any free rent or other concessions with respect to the First Offer Space. Further, in the event that the First Offer Commencement Date is to occur on or before the Cutoff Date, then (x) within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s exercise, Tenant shall cause an amendment to the “Letter of Credit”, as that term is defined in Section 21.1 of this Lease (the “ Letter of Credit Amendment ”), to be issued, which Letter of Credit Amendment increases the Letter of Credit Amount by an amount equal to the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space for the last year of the Lease Term, and (y) effective as of the second “Reduction Date,” as that term is defined in Section 21.6 of this Lease, to occur during the Lease Term, the “Reduction Amount” shall be increased by an amount equal to one month of the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space during the last year of the Lease Term. The form and substance of the Letter of Credit Amendment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Period of Lease of First Offer Space

  

Annual Base Rent/RSF

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-4-


1.2.3.2 First Offer Commencement Date After December 31, 2008 . In the event that the First Offer Commencement Date is to occur after the Cutoff Date, (i) the terms of Section 1.3.2.1, above, shall be inapplicable, and (ii) the “First Offer Rent” payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space shall be equal to the rent, including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the First Offer Commencement Date, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the First Offer Space for a similar lease term (“ Comparable First Offer Deals ”), which comparable space is located in the Building, taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the First Offer Space, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a general office user, and (c) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The foregoing First Offer Rent determination under this Section 1.2.3.2 shall give due consideration to the “First Offer Build Out Period,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.5, below. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses in connection with any First Offer Space leased by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided that Tenant’s Share with respect to the First Offer Space shall be calculated by dividing the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space by the rentable square footage of the Building (which equals 487,791). Comparable First Offer Deals which are not “triple net” in nature shall be equitably modified (based upon reasonable estimates of operating and taxes expenses for the subject project) in order to adjust the same to reflect a “triple net” transaction. The First Offer Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s rent obligations during with respect to the First Offer Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable First Offer Deals from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

1.2.4 Construction In First Offer Space . Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as is” condition, and the construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease.

1.2.5 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease for such First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 1.2 . The rentable square footage of any First Offer Space leased by Tenant shall be calculated by Landlord using Landlord’s then current measurement standards for the Building. Tenant shall commence payment of Rent for the First Offer Space, and the term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date (the “ First Offer Commencement Date ”) that is the earlier to occur of (i) the date Tenant commences the conduct of business from the First Offer Space, and (ii) the date that is sixty (60) days following the date of Landlord’s delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant (the period under this (ii) shall be referred to herein as the “ First Offer Build Out Period ”). The term of Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space shall terminate concurrently with Tenant’s lease of the initial Premises on the Lease Expiration Date.

1.2.6 Termination of Right of First Offer . The rights contained in this Section 1.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies the entire Premises. The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate as to particular First Offer Space upon the failure by Tenant to exercise its right of first offer with respect to such First Offer Space as offered by Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.2 , if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary or material nonmonetary default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable cure period hereunder.

 

-5-


ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 In General . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof (provided that in the event that Tenant shall in good faith believe that such notice is not factually correct, Tenant shall, in lieu of executing the notice, provide Landlord the detailed basis for such belief within the foregoing 10-business day period).

2.2 Delivery of Premises; Existing Tenant . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has a business relationship with the existing tenant of the Premises (the “ Existing Tenant ”), and, in connection therewith, some or all of the employees and personal property of the Existing Tenant may be in the Premises and/or remain in the Premises as of and/or after the Lease Commencement Date. Based upon the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to “deliver” the Premises to Tenant, nor any obligation to require the Existing Tenant to cause its employees to leave the Premises or to remove its personal property, Tenant herby agreeing that Tenant shall coordinate the same with the Existing Tenant and shall be solely responsible therefor.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT; SECONDARY RENT

3.1 In General . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall to Landlord pay Base Rent in an amount equal to ***, which amount equals, and shall be applied to, the sum of (i) the Base Rent and Secondary Rent due for the period of the Lease Term prior to January 1, 2008, and (ii) the Base Rent due for the first month of the Lease Term following the expiration of the free Base Rent period described in Section 3.2, below. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Free Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1, above, to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not in default of this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay an amount equal to *** of the monthly Base Rent attributable to the Premises for each of the months of January, 2008, February, 2008, March, 2008 and April, 2008.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-6-


3.3 Secondary Rent . Tenant shall be obligated to pay monthly “Secondary Rent,” in the amount set forth in Section 3.3.2, below, which Secondary Rent shall be paid to Landlord (except as otherwise specifically set forth herein) by Landlord’s monthly draw upon the “Secondary Letter of Credit,” as that term is defined in Section 3.3.1 , below.

3.3.1 Delivery of Secondary Letter of Credit . On or before January 31, 2008, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, for payment to Landlord of the Secondary Rent an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby Secondary Letter of Credit (the “ Secondary Letter of Credit ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and containing the terms required herein, payable in the City of Bellevue, Washington, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized money-center bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) which is acceptable to Landlord, in the amount of *** (the “ Secondary Letter of Credit Amount ”). The Secondary Letter of Credit shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect for the period from the date hereof and continuing until the Lease Expiration Date (the “ Secondary LC Expiration Date ”), and Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be for such entire period upon Tenant’s delivery thereof to Landlord (i.e., the Secondary Letter of Credit shall be for a six year period and shall not be for a one year period and then renew), (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Secondary Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the “ Issuing Bank ”)) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant may cause the applicant under the Secondary Letter of Credit to be *** provided that the foregoing shall not alter or amend any of the terms of this Section 3.3.

3.3.2 Draws of Secondary Letter of Credit .

3.3.2.1 Secondary Rent . Landlord shall have the right to draw upon the Secondary Letter of Credit, on the first day of each month during the Lease Term (or any subsequent date as determined by Landlord), in the amount of the applicable “Secondary Rent”, as set forth below.

 

Lease Year

  

Secondary Rent

***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***
***    ***

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3.3 to the contrary, as provided for in Section 3.1, above, Tenant shall pay the Secondary Rent due for the period of the Lease Term prior to January 1, 2008 concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease (and the same shall not be paid through a draw by Landlord of the Secondary Letter of Credit).

In the event that Landlord cannot obtain the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as permitted hereunder at any time during the Lease Term (for any reason whatsoever), then Tenant shall be obligated to pay to Landlord the Secondary Rent set forth herein upon demand by Landlord.

3.3.2.2 Other Draws . Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Secondary Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) Tenant is in default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable cure period; (B) Tenant has

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-7-


filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Secondary Letter of Credit will not remain in effect for any reason through the Secondary LC Expiration Date. The Secondary Letter of Credit will be honored by the Issuing Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Secondary Letter of Credit.

3.3.3 Transfer of Secondary Letter of Credit . The Secondary Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Secondary Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Secondary Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Secondary Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Secondary Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Issuing Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Issuing Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

3.3.4 No Obligation to Restore Secondary Letter of Credit . Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Secondary Letter of Credit following any draw by Landlord thereunder.

3.3.5 Other Terms . Tenant covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Secondary Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. If Landlord determines that the Secondary Letter of Credit will not remain in effect through the Secondary LC Expiration Date for any reason (in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 3.3 ), Landlord shall have the right to present the Secondary Letter of Credit to the Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.3 , and the proceeds of the Secondary Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against the Secondary Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Secondary Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Secondary Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute of any kind exists between Tenant and Landlord. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Secondary Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Secondary Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Secondary Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Secondary Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Issuing Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Secondary Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Secondary Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

3.3.6 Secondary Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Secondary Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under applicable law. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Secondary Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and any and all laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

3.4 Free Secondary Rent . Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1, above, to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not in default of this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay an amount equal to *** of the monthly Secondary Rent attributable to the Premises for each of the months of January, 2008, February, 2008, March, 2008 and April, 2008.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the amount set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires.

4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses, or to enhance the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, (B) that are required to comply with present or anticipated conservation programs, (C) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, or (D) that are required under any governmental law or regulation; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5 , below, (xv) cost of tenant relation programs reasonably established by Landlord, and (xvi) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses (except as otherwise set forth above), and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

 

-9-


(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, costs of capital repairs and alterations, and costs of capital improvements and equipment;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a Project management fee, overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) Intentionally omitted;

 

-10-


(m) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(o) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services; and

(p) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year.

4.2.5 Taxes .

4.2.5.1 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, real estate excise taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises or the improvements thereon.

 

-11-


4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred. Tax refunds shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1 , above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease.

4.3 Cost Pools . Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give to Tenant within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “ Estimated Direct Expenses ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “ Estimated Direct Expenses ”). The failure of Landlord to furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time (but Landlord shall not deliver a revised Estimate Statement following Landlord’s delivery of the new Estimate Statement for an Expense Year more than one time in any Expense Year)), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Direct Expenses delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

 

-12-


4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 , above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 6 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of Washington, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project.

 

-13-


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 7:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M (collectively, the “ Building Hours ”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays which are observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, the “ Holidays ”).

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment, provided that (i) the connected electrical load of the incidental use equipment does not exceed an average of ***watts per usable square foot of the Premises during Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for incidental use equipment will be at a nominal ***volts and no electrical circuit for the supply of such incidental use equipment will require a current capacity exceeding ***amperes, and (ii) the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of ***watt per usable square foot of the Premises during Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal ***volts, which electrical usage shall be subject to applicable laws and regulations, including Title 24. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall bear the cost of the equipment capable of providing up to ***watts connected load, per usable square foot of the Premises to the ***of the Premises, provided that Tenant shall bear the expense of (A) horizontally distributing such electricity to the Premises, including costs related to transformers and disconnect switches necessitated by Tenant’s electrical requirements in excess of that provided in items (i) and (ii), above, and (B) any electrical usage by Tenant to the extent such usage exceeds the wattage available to Tenant under items (i) and (ii), above. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be obligated to separately meter and to pay for all electricity utilized by any heat pumps, computer rooms, supplemental HVAC systems, rooftop equipment, and other nonstandard office equipment as designated by Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Subject to the foregoing limitations regarding the electrical wiring and facilities to be provided by Landlord, Landlord shall only provide electricity for Tenant’s lighting fixtures during the Building Hours, excluding Holidays. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays, and shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger escalator service during Building Hours only.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-14-


6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the actual cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of installing, testing and maintaining of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.31 , below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost per zone to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish.

6.3 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5 of this Lease) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5 of this Lease) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 .

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, furnishings, and systems and equipment therein (including, without limitation, plumbing fixtures and equipment such as dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot dispensers), and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for repairs to the exterior walls, foundation and roof of the Building, the structural portions of the floors of the Building, and the base building systems and equipment of the Building, except to the extent that such repairs are required due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; provided, however, that if such repairs are due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, or, if covered by Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any deductible in connection therewith. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives and releases any and all rights it may have at law or in equity to make repairs at the expense of Landlord.

 

-15-


ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises (including any work that may affect ACM in the Project or the Premises) or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations are decorative only ( i.e. , installation of carpeting or painting of the Premises).

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant from a list provided and approved by Landlord, the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the city in which the Building is located (or other applicable governmental authority), all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations (including with respect to ACM); provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues (including with respect to ACM). In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . If payment is made by Tenant directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such work to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and

 

-16-


agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any personal injuries resulting from a slip and fall in, upon or about the Premises) and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or

 

-17-


negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as reasonable appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Tenant hereby agrees that it shall not assert any industrial insurance immunity rights pursuant to Title 51 RCW (as the same may be amended, substituted or replaced) if such assertion would be inconsistent with or otherwise impair Landlord’s right to indemnification under this Section 10.1 , and, accordingly, hereby waives all such industrial insurance immunity rights. The foregoing waiver of industrial insurance immunity rights was specifically negotiated by Landlord and Tenant and is solely for the benefit of the Landlord and Tenant, and their successors and assigns, under the Lease, and is not intended as a waiver of Tenant’s rights of immunity under such industrial insurance for any other purposes. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

Landlord’s Initials      Tenant’s Initials

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities (covering the performance by Tenant of its indemnity agreements) including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, for limits of liability not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and

Property Damage Liability

    

$5,000,000 each occurrence

$5,000,000 annual aggregate

Personal Injury Liability     

$5,000,000 each occurrence

$5,000,000 annual aggregate

0% Insured’s participation

10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) any improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises (items (i) and (ii) to be referred to herein as the “ Tenant Improvements ”). Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.

10.3.3 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations.

 

-18-


10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-:X in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of Washington; (iv) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the

 

-19-


extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease; and (c) as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of Washington with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

 

-20-


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If a material portion of the Premises (i.e., such portion as shall cause Tenant not be able to reasonably conduct its business from the Premises) is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord.

 

-21-


14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

14.2.6 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the three (3) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14 , their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord *** of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the aggregate Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any advertising costs reasonably incurred by Tenant, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) legal fees reasonably incurred in connection with the Transfer. “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-22-


money, bonus money or other cash consideration actually paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer. Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any portion of the Transfer Premium to Landlord in connection with any assignment or sublease under Section 14.8 of this Lease.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “ Intention to Transfer Notice ”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. Such recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4 , then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14 , for a period of nine (9) months (the “ Nine Month Period ”) commencing on the last day of such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14 . If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Section 14.4 . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to recapture space under this Section 14.4 to the extent that a proposed sublease, by itself and when aggregated with all other then existing subleases, relates to less than twenty-five percent of the rentable square footage of the Premises and is for less than all or substantially all of the remainder of the Lease Term.

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Intentionally Deleted .

14.7 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all

 

-23-


payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Non-Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , neither (i) an assignment to a transferee of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant, (ii) an assignment of the Premises to a transferee which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity, (iii) an initial public offering of Tenant’s stock on a nationally recognized stock exchange in accordance with applicable law, (iv) any transfer of Tenant’s stock on a nationally recognized stock exchange, nor (v) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), shall be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be deemed a tenancy by sufferance only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to *** of the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord or Tenant, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party (the “ Requesting Party ”) an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by the Requesting Party, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other commercially reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof, or any assignee or sublessee), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by the Requesting Party or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or Tenant’s Transferee, as the case may be. Appropriate modification shall be made to Exhibit E when Tenant is the Requesting Party. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project or by any Transferee, as the case may be. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

18.1 In General . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. In consideration of, and as a condition precedent to, Tenant’s agreement to permit its interest pursuant to this Lease to be subordinated to any particular future ground or underlying lease of the Building or the Project or to the lien of any mortgage or trust deed, first encumbering the Building or the Project following the date of this Lease and to any renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement executed by the landlord under such ground lease or underlying lease or the holder of such mortgage or trust deed. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-25-


such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

18.2 SNDA from Current Lender . Landlord hereby agrees that, following the full execution and unconditional delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall request Landlord’s lender that holds a first mortgage or first deed of trust with respect to the Project to execute a subordination, nondistrubance and attornment agreement in favor of Tenant on such lender’s standard form (provided that failure to obtain any such agreement shall not be a default by Landlord). Any costs incurred in connection with such request shall be paid for by Tenant.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 , 14 , 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than two (2) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.5 Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within ten (10) business days after the Lease Commencement Date.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

-26-


(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus ***

19.2.2 If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may continue the Lease in effect (whether or not Tenant has abandoned or vacated the Premises) and, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord may re-enter and attempt to relet the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all persons and property from the Premises (which property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the sole cost and risk of, and for the account of, Tenant), all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass, or any liability of Landlord for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby. If Landlord, without terminating this Lease, either (i) elects to re-enter the Premises and attempts to relet the Premises, (ii) takes possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceedings, or (iii) takes possession of the Premises pursuant to any notice provided by law, then Landlord may, from time to time, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Lease Term) and at such rent and other terms as Landlord in its reasonable discretion deems advisable. Upon such reletting, all rent received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied, first to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord (other than for any rent due hereunder); second, to the payment of any costs and expenses of obtaining possession and any such reletting, including the expense of alterations and repairs, brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees; third, to the payment of any rent due and unpaid hereunder. If such rents and any other amounts received from such reletting during any month are less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant, then Tenant shall immediately pay such deficiency to Landlord. No such re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless a notice of such intention is given by Landlord to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous default. Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any default, in addition to any other remedies it may have, Landlord shall be entitled to the remedy set forth in Section 19.2.1 above, and may recover all damages it may incur by reason of such default, including the cost of recovering the Premises, reimbursement of any brokerage fees incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease and all rent (accrued or to accrue during the Lease Term) which, at Landlord’s election, shall be accelerated and be due in full on demand.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-27-


19.2.4 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 , 19.2.2 and 19.2.3 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant . Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any “Renovations”, as that term is defined in Section 29.29 of this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or (iii) any failure to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease (either such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i), (ii) or (iii), above, to be known as an “ Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “ Eligibility Period ”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.5 , nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

-28-


ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit . On or before January 31, 2008, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease, and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit ”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and containing the terms required herein, payable in the City of Bellevue, Washington, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized money-center bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) which is acceptable to Landlord, in the amount set forth in Section 7 of the Summary (the “ Letter of Credit Amount ”). The Letter of Credit shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the date hereof and continuing until the date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”) that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. In addition to the foregoing, the form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same (the Bank”)) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code, or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant may cause the applicant under the Letter of Credit to be ***., provided that the foregoing shall not alter or amend any of the terms of this Article 21 . Landlord hereby further agrees that Tenant shall be permitted to provide two (2) Letters of Credit under this Article 21 (rather than one Letter of Credit) so long as such Letters of Credit, together, provide for the full Letter of Credit Amount required hereunder and that both of such Letters of Credit otherwise comply with, and shall be subject to, all of the terms of this Article 21 .

21.2 Transfer of Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.3 In General . If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21 , and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 , above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period). Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-29-


than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 21 , Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 21 , and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.4 Application of Letter of Credit . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease, or otherwise be in default hereunder, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease, or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.5 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under applicable law. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and any and all Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.6 Reduction of Letter of Credit Amount . Provided that Tenant is not in default of this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period as of any applicable “Reduction Date,” as that term is defined, below, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be reduced as of each the first five (5) anniversaries of the Lease Commencement Date (each, a “ Reduction Date ”) by an amount equal *** (the “ Reduction Amount ”).

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-30-


ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors . If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Building Directory . A directory shall be located in the lobby of the Building and Tenant’s name shall be entered on such directory.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated. At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24 . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to *** of the overdue amount plus any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-31-


paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus *** percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5 of this Lease), except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

 

-32-


ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall have the right to rent from Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to increase or decrease the number of parking passes rented upon not less than thirty (30) days notice to Landlord. The location of the reserved parking spaces, if any, shall be designated by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for automobile parking passes on a monthly basis the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Project’s parking facilities), Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to

 

-33-


such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

-34-


29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

11755 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 1770

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attention: ***

and

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

200 State Street, 5 th  Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: General Counsel

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars

Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

***

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several. In the event that the Tenant is a married individual, the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon the marital community of which the Tenant is a member.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

-35-


29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of Washington and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY WASHINGTON LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 11 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name, Address and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name and/or address of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

-36-


29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

29.29 Building Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5 of this Lease). Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations.

29.30 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Lines ”), provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “ Identification Requirements ”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-37-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:       TENANT:

WA—THREE BELLEVUE CENTER, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company

      MOTRICITY, INC., Delaware corporation
By:  

 

    By:    

 

  Its:  

 

      Its:  

 

        By:  

 

          Its:  

 

 

-38-


NOTARY PAGE

 

STATE OF _______________    )   
   )    ss.
COUNTY OF _____________    )   

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                      is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the                                  of MOTRICITY, INC., Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated:                     

_________________________________________

(Signature)

(Seal or stamp)

Title:                                                                          

Notary Public in and for the State of                       

My appointment expires:                                         

 

STATE OF _______________    )   
   )    ss.
COUNTY OF _____________    )   

I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that                      is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that (he/she) signed this instrument, on oath stated that (he/she) was authorized to execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the              of MOTRICITY, INC., Delaware corporation, to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument.

Dated:                     

_________________________________________

(Signature)

(Seal or stamp)

Title:                                                                          

Notary Public in and for the State of                       

My appointment expires:                                         

 

-39-


STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )  
   )   ss.
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES    )  

On                      , before me,                          , a Notary Public, personally appeared Jeremy B. Fletcher, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature                                               (Seal)

 

-40-


EXHIBIT A

KEY CENTER

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

***

 

-1-


***

 

-2-


***

 

-3-


EXHIBIT B

KEY CENTER

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

-4-


EXHIBIT C

KEY CENTER

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To: _____________________________________
  _____________________________________
  _____________________________________
  _____________________________________

 

  Re:

Office Lease dated                          , 200_ between                                  , a                                                       (“ Landlord ”), and                                  , a                                                                           (“ Tenant ”) concerning Suite               on floor(s)               of the office building located at 601 108 th  Avenue, N.E., Bellevue, Washington 98004-4383.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

  1. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                                      for a term of                                      ending on                                      .

 

  2. Rent commenced to accrue on                                  , in the amount of                                  .

 

  3. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  4. Your rent checks should be made payable to                                  at                                  .

 

  5. The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is                  square feet.

 

  6. Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is          %.

 

“Landlord”:
__________________________________________,
a   _______________________________________
By:    
  Its:    

Agreed to and Accepted as of                          , 200_.

__________________________________________,
a   _______________________________________
By:    
  Its:    

 

EXHIBIT C

-1-


EXHIBIT D

KEY CENTER

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

-2-


19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in city in which the Building is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

27. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

28. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

 

EXHIBIT D

-3-


29. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

30. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D

-4-


EXHIBIT E

KEY CENTER

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) made and entered into as of                          , 200_ by and between                                  as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                                  floor(s) of the office building located at                                  , Washington                                  , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                                  , and the Lease Term expires on                                  , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                                  .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                                  . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                                  .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of Washington and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                                  on the          day of                          , 200_.

 

“Tenant”:
__________________________________________,
a   _______________________________________
By:    
  Its:    
By:    
  Its:    

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

 

FAX NO. [(___) ___-____]

SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]

  [Insert Bank Name And Address]
  DATE OF ISSUE:                                         

BENEFICIARY:

WA-Three Bellevue Center, L.L.C.

c/o Beacon Capital Partners

200 State Street, 5 th Floor

Boston, MA 02109

Attn: ***

 

APPLICANT:

[Insert Applicant Name And Address]

  LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                     

EXPIRATION DATE:

                             AT OUR COUNTERS

 

AMOUNT AVAILABLE:

USD[Insert Dollar Amount]

(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                           IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON         (Expiration Date)         AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW) HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                          IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT UNDER SUCH LEASE TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

EXHIBIT F

-1-


“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                       AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

 

-2-


ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL BANKING CHARGES OTHER THAN ISSUING BANK’S ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF         (Expiration Date)         .

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE OR IN PART ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY BENEFICIARY. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTOMATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                           .”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time – ( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time – ( e.g. , 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number – (                   -              ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number – (                   -              ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY

 

-3-


CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH PRECEDING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT,         (Expiration Date)         .

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Issuing Bank)
By:    

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

May 20th, 2009

Chris Dorr

Dear Chris,

We are pleased to extend to you this contingent confidential offer of a new position with Motricity (the “Company”) at our office located at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004.

This letter explains the details of the employment opportunity offered.

 

Position:    Your position will be VP - Chief Human Resources Officer, reporting to the CEO with the duties and responsibilities generally associated with such position, and such other reasonable additional responsibilities as may be added from time to time by the Company.
Base Compensation:    Your position is exempt from overtime payment under the Fair Labor Standards Act, with a semi- monthly compensation rate of seven thousand nine hundred sixteen dollars and sixty-six cents (USD $7,916.66). This is an annual compensation of one hundred ninety thousand dollars (USD $190,000) payable in twenty-four equal installments at the 15 th and the last day of each month.
Signing Bonus:    You will receive a $20,000 “signing bonus” payable upon the effective date of your new position.
Bonus:    You are eligible to participate in the Company’s Corporate Incentive Plan. Currently, under the plan, your target annual discretionary incentive is twenty-eight percent (28%) (1) of your base compensation and you can potentially earn up to 150% of the 28% target annual discretionary incentive.

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

   Any bonus granted shall be prorated for time worked in the position during the bonus period and you must be an active employee on the date the bonus is paid. Full terms of the plan will be provided to you in the Company’s Incentive Plan document, which is subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion
Restricted Stock:    You are eligible for an award of one hundred fifty thousand (150,000) shares of restricted stock, with a vesting schedule stated in the restricted stock award agreement. The shares will be granted at the August 2009 Meeting of the Compensation Committee of the Motricity Board of Directors. For vesting schedule purposes, the commencement of any vesting shall be retroactive to the Effective Date of your employment with the Company. All of these shares are granted according to the 2004 Stock Option Plan of Motricity, Inc., including the vesting provisions thereto and are subject to approval by the Motricity Board of Directors.
Performance Reviews/ Annual Merit Increases:   

 

 

The Company may require managers to conduct formal employee performance reviews annually. The performance period runs from January 1 through December 31. The Company may award discretionary annual merit increases, based on the employee’s review score and current position in the assigned salary range. Merit increases, if granted, generally are effective March 1 st following the performance period and are prorated for your time of employment if you were hired after the beginning of the performance period. Merit increase awards are at the sole discretion of the Company.

Benefits:    As a full-time regular employee, you will be eligible for participation the Motricity Welfare Benefits Plans. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage you elect. At this time the Motricity benefits offered includes:
  

¡       Group health insurance

  

¡       Health Insurance Premium Conversion Privileges

  

¡       Employee Assistant Program

  

¡       FSA: Medical Savings Account

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

  

¡       FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement

  

¡       HSA: Health Savings Account

  

¡       Group dental insurance

  

¡       Group vision insurance

  

¡       Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment (AD&D): 2x’s your annual salary not to exceed $800,000

  

¡       Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents

  

¡       Long term disability – Employer Paid

  

¡       Short term disability – Employer Paid

  

¡       401(k) retirement savings

  

¡       Eight (8) paid holidays plus two floating holidays

  

¡       Fifteen (15) accrued Paid Time Off (PTO) days

  

¡       Five (5) sick days prorated your first year of hire

  

¡       Health Club Membership at $30 per month

  

¡       N.B.: Parking is available in the Bellevue Office building to all employees at a monthly cost of $175.00

Effective Start Date:    Should you accept our offer the effective date of your new position will be June 15, 2009 (the “Effective Date”).
Employment at Will:    Employment with Motricity is “At Will”. This means that you may resign, or the Company may terminate your employment with or without cause, and with or without notice at any time.
Company Policies:    You agree to comply with all the policies of the Company, including, without limitation, such policies with respect to confidentiality, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, business ethics, travel, vacation, and sexual harassment, as are from time to time in effect. You will also be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Employee Handbook and general Management Policies, copies of which will be provided to you upon your commencement of employment.
Covenant Not to Compete:   

 

For a period of six (6) months following the last day of employment with the Company, you shall not, either directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, owner, employee, partner, investor, shareholder (other than solely as a holder of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any public corporation), consultant, advisor or

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

   otherwise howsoever own, operate, carry on or engage in the operation of or have any financial interest in or provide, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to or lend money to or guarantee the debts or obligations of any Person carrying on or engaged in any business that is a competitor with the business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether with respect to customers, sources of supply or otherwise.
   You covenant and agree with the Company that during your employment with the Company and for two (2) years thereafter you shall not directly, or indirectly, for yourself or for any other Person: (i) solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any customer or client; (ii) attempt to direct or solicit any customer or client away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) interfere with, entice away or otherwise attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his/her employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.
   You represent to and agree with the Company that the enforcement of the restrictions contained in this offer letter and in the Company’s Non-Disclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) are necessary to protect the proprietary rights of the Company and the confidential information described in the Non-Disclosure Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you further agree that the aforementioned representations would not be unduly burdensome to you and that such restrictions are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company.
   You also agree that the remedy of damages for any breach by you of the provisions of either this offer letter or the Non-Disclosure Agreement may be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and you agree not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate the Company. These agreements constitute an independent and separable covenant which shall be enforceable notwithstanding any right or remedy that the Company may have under any other provision of this agreement or otherwise.

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement:   

 

 

You will be subject to the Company’s Nondisclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement that is enclosed with this letter and must be signed and returned before employment can begin.

Exclusive Full-Time Engagement:   

 

 

You acknowledge, agree and understand that the implementation and performance of the Company’s business plan is a critical and time sensitive process and that full and complete implementation of the business plan is essential to the long-term survival, continuation and preservation of the business of the Company and that any termination by you of your performance of your duties hereunder will result in substantial costs and damages to the Company. During the term of your employment, you shall devote your time, attention and efforts, on a Full-Time basis at the Company’s Bellevue headquarters or on Company approved business travel to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use your best efforts to achieve the full and complete implementation of the Company’s business plan. During your employment with the Company, you shall not serve as a member of a board or similar governing body without the prior approval of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer and provided that such activities in connection with such service (i) do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder; (ii) do not violate or potentially violate any law; and (iii) take place only during PTO days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that, in the event that the Company determines, in its sole and exclusive judgement, but acting reasonably under the circumstances, that you are, or will likely be, engaged in, or about to engage in, any activity or activities that could violate the aforementioned provisions, the Company may require that you resign, discontinue, and/or recuse yourself from such activities.

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

Employee Covenants:    You covenant and represent that (i) you are not a party to any contract, commitment or agreement, nor are you subject to, or bound by, any order, judgment, decree, law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other restriction of any kind or character, which would prevent or restrict you from entering into and performing your obligations under this offer letter; (ii) you are free to enter into the arrangements contemplated herein; (iii) you are not subject to any agreement or obligation that would limit your ability to act on behalf of the Company; and (iv) your termination of your existing engagements, your entry into the engagement contemplated herein and your performance of your duties in respect thereof, will not violate or conflict with any agreement or obligation to which you are subject. You have delivered to the Company true, complete and unaltered copies of any currently effective Non-Disclosure Agreement, to which you are subject.
Complete Agreement:    This offer letter and Non-Disclosure Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous written, and all previous or contemporaneous oral negotiations, understandings, arrangements, and agreements, and may be amended, modified or changed only by a written instrument executed by you and the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, service for eligibility and vesting purposes under all of the Company’s plans and programs (including those outlined in this offer letter) will be counted from your Effective Date.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning it to Richard Leigh, Esq. by Friday, May 28 th , 2009. If you do not sign and return an unaltered offer letter by the aforementioned date, this offer will be rescinded and will no longer be offered.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

Ryan Wuerch
CEO/Chairman

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200


LOGO

 

Accepted:      

/s/ Chris Dorr

    Date:  

6/16/2009

Chris Dorr      

(1) For the 2009 Plan year, the Corporate Incentive Plan is budgeted to payout at 70% of target upon achievement of Company goals

 

601 108 th Avenue NE, Bellevue WA98004 Phone: 425-957-6200

Exhibit 10.7

LOGO

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

May 22 nd , 2009

Jim Ryan

Dear Jim,

We are pleased to extend to you this revised offer (“the Employment Agreement”) with Motricity (the “Company”) at our offices located at 601 108 th Avenue N.E., Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004.

This letter explains the details and terms of the employment opportunity offered.

 

Position:    Your position will be Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer with the duties and responsibilities generally associated with such position, and such other reasonable additional responsibilities as may be added from time to time by the Company. It is understood that the duties and responsibilities of this position will require that you travel extensively.
Base Compensation:    Your position is exempt from overtime payment under the Fair Labor Standards Act, with a semi-monthly compensation rate of eleven-thousand four-hundred fifty-eight U.S. dollars and thirty-three cents (USD $ 11,458.33). This is an annual compensation of two-hundred seventy five thousand U.S. dollars and no cents (USD $275,000.00) payable in twenty-four (24) equal installments at the 15 th and the last day of each month.
Bonus:    You are eligible to participate in the Company’s Corporate Incentive Plan. Currently, under the plan, your target annual discretionary incentive is fifty percent (50%) of your base compensation. Any bonus granted shall be prorated for time worked in the position during the bonus period and you must be an active employee on the date the bonus is paid. Full terms of the plan will be provided to you in the company’s Incentive Plan document, which is subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

1


LOGO

 

Restricted Stock:    On the Effective Date, provided that you continue to be employed in good standing at such time, you will be eligible for an award of three million and five-hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares of restricted stock, with a vesting schedule stated in the restricted stock award agreement. All of these shares are granted according to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan as amended, including the vesting provisions thereto and are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.
Carve Out:    During the term of your employment with the Company and upon the sale of the Company, you will be entitled to a completion sale bonus as follows:
   Company Sale Price    Bonus
   Less than $100M    zero
   $100M to $300M    $500,000
   $300M+    0.25% of the sales price*
   *Note: To the extent the value of your common stock ownership resulting from the sale of the Company is greater than the completion sale bonus described above, you will not be entitled to the completion sale bonus.
Performance Reviews /   
Annual Merit Increases:    The Company may require managers to conduct formal employee performance reviews annually. The performance period runs from January 1 st through December 31 st . The Company may award discretionary annual merit increases, based on the employee’s review score and current position in the assigned salary range. Merit increases, if granted, generally are effective on March 1 st following the performance period and are prorated for your time of employment if you were hired after the beginning of the performance period. Merit increase awards are at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

2


LOGO

 

Benefits:    As a full-time regular employee, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s Welfare Benefits Plans as in effect (and subject to amendment) from time to time. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage you elect. At this time, the Company’s benefits offered include:
      ¡    Group health insurance;
      ¡    Employee Assistant Program;
      ¡    FSA: Medical Savings Account;
      ¡    FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement;
      ¡    HSA: Health Savings Account;
      ¡    Group dental insurance;
      ¡    Group vision insurance;
     

 

¡

   Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment; 3X your annual base salary not to exceed $800,000;
      ¡    Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents;
      ¡    Long term disability-Employer paid;
      ¡    Short term disability-Employer paid;
      ¡    401(k) plan;
      ¡    Eight (8) paid holidays plus two (2) floating holidays;
      ¡    Twenty (20) accrued Paid Time Off (“PTO”) days;
      ¡    Five (5) sick days prorated your first year of hire.
Effective Start Date:    Should you accept our offer; the effective date of your new position will begin on June 1 st , 2009 (the date on which you actually commence your employment duties, the “Effective Date”). Your employment is contingent upon the satisfactory results of a required employment background check and the execution of the documents requested in this letter.
Employment at Will:    Employment with the Company is “At Will”. This means that you may resign, or the Company may terminate your employment with or without cause, and with or without notice at any time.
Company Policies:    You agree to comply with all the policies of the Company, including, without limitation, such policies with respect to confidentiality, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, business ethics, travel, vacation, and sexual harassment, as are from time to time in effect. You shall also be subject to

 

3


LOGO

 

   the terms and conditions of the Company’s Employee Handbook and general Management Policies as in effect from time to time, copies of which will be provided to you upon your commencement of employment.
Severance Pay:    In the event your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), you will be entitled to receive severance pay equal to nine (9) months of your annual base salary in effect at the time of your termination (the “Severance Amount”). The Severance Amount shall be paid over nine (9) months (the “Severance Period”) (in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices) commencing fifteen (15) days following your signing the Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement (as defined below). The Severance Amount shall be contingent upon the execution of a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company (the “Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement”) which must be executed and delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of your termination. If you fail to execute and deliver the Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement on or before the thirtieth day following your termination you shall forfeit any and all rights to the Severance Amount. If your employment is terminated for Cause or you resign without Good Reason, you will only be entitled to your earned and accrued compensation through the date that your employment is terminated and such bonus or incentive compensation or benefits as may be earned and/or accrued through the termination date and consistent with the terms of the relevant plans.
   For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Cause” is defined as your: (i) failure to perform substantially all of the duties of the Chief Strategy and Marketing Officer of the Company; (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or

 

4


LOGO

 

   state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by you of any securities or employment laws or regulations; (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs your ability to carry out your duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation by you of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and you.
   For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties, annual base salary or responsibilities; (ii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Employment Agreement; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which you perform your services; provided, however, Good Reason shall not exist unless and until you satisfy the notice and cure period provisions set forth below. You must provide a notice of termination, to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall have thirty (30) days during which it may remedy the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. If the Company remedies such condition, event or circumstance, then you shall not be entitled to terminate employment with the Company for Good Reason.
Covenant Not   
to Compete:    For a period of nine (9) months following the last day of employment with the Company, you shall not, either directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, owner, employee, partner, investor, shareholder (other than solely as a holder of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any public corporation), consultant, advisor or otherwise howsoever own, operate, carry on or engage in the operation of or have any financial interest in or provide, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to or lend money to

 

5


LOGO

 

  or guarantee the debts or obligations of any Person carrying on or engaged in any business that is a competitor with the business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether with respect to customers, sources of supply or otherwise.
  You covenant and agree with the Company that during your employment with the Company and for two (2) years thereafter you shall not directly, or indirectly, for yourself or for any other Person: (i) solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any customer or client; (ii) attempt to direct or solicit any customer or client away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) interfere with, entice away or otherwise attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his/her employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.
  You represent to and agree with the Company that the enforcement of the restrictions contained in this Employment Agreement and in the Company’s Non-Disclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) are necessary to protect the proprietary rights of the Company and the confidential information described in the Non-Disclosure Agreement Notwithstanding the foregoing, you further agree that the aforementioned representations would not be unduly burdensome to you and that such restrictions are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate Interests of the Company.
  You also agree that the remedy of damages for any breach by you of the provisions of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and you agree not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate the Company. These Agreements constitute an independent and separable covenant which shall be enforceable notwithstanding any right or remedy that the Company may have under any other provision of this agreement or otherwise.

 

6


LOGO

 

Confidentiality and

Non-Disclosure

  
Agreement:    You shall be subject to the Company’s Nondisclosure Agreement that is enclosed with this letter and must be signed and returned unaltered before employment can begin.
Exclusive Full-Time   
Engagement:    You acknowledge, agree and understand that the implementation and performance of the Company’s business plan is a critical and time sensitive process and that full and complete implementation of the business plan is essential to the long-term survival, continuation and preservation of the business of the Company and that any termination by you of your performance of your duties hereunder will result in substantial costs and damages to the Company. During the term of your employment, you shall devote your time, attention and efforts, on a Full-Time basis at the Company’s Bellevue headquarters, RTP office, Atlanta office or on Company approved business travel for the business and affairs of the Company and shall use your best efforts to achieve the full and complete implementation of the Company’s business plan. During your employment with the Company, you shall not serve as a member of a board, advisory group or similar governing body without the prior approval of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer and provided that such activities in connection with such service (i) do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder; (ii) do not violate or potentially violate any law; and (iii) take place only during PTO days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that, in the event that the Company determines, in its sole and exclusive judgement, but acting reasonably under the circumstances, that you are, or will likely be, engaged in, or about to engage in, any activity or activities that could violate the aforementioned provisions, the Company may require that you resign, discontinue, and/or recuse yourself from such activities. Accordingly, you will resign and discontinue your activities as President & CEO of CMWare. Subject to the aforementioned terms, you may continue as: (i) Chairman of the Board of Mobile Campus/hookupfeed.com; (ii) Board Member of Vringo; (iii) Board Member of CMWare; and (iv) advisor to Mvenue.

 

7


LOGO

 

Employee Covenants:    You covenant and represent that (i) you are not a party to any contract, commitment or agreement, nor are you subject to, or bound by, any order, judgment, decree, law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other restriction of any kind or character, which would prevent or restrict you from entering into and performing your obligations under this Employment Agreement; (ii) you are free to enter into the arrangements contemplated herein; (iii) you are not subject to any agreement or obligation that would limit your ability to act on behalf of the Company; and (iv) your termination of your existing engagements, your entry into the engagement contemplated herein and your performance of your duties in respect thereof, will not violate or conflict with any agreement or obligation to which you are subject. You have delivered to the Company true, complete and unaltered copies of any currently effective Non-Disclosure Agreement, to which you are subject.
Complete Agreement:    This Employment Agreement and Non-Disclosure Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous written, and all previous or contemporaneous oral negotiations, understandings, arrangements, and agreements, and may be amended, modified or changed only by a written instrument executed by you and the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, service for eligibility and vesting purposes under all of the Company’s plans and programs (including those outlined in this offer letter) will be counted from your Effective Date.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this Employment Agreement by signing below and returning it to Richard Leigh, Esq. by May 25 th , 2009. If you do not sign and return an unaltered Employment Agreement by May 25 th , 2009, this offer will be rescinded and will no longer be offered.

 

8


LOGO

 

Sincerely,      
Ryan Wuerch      
CEO/Chairman      
Accepted:      

/s/ Jim Ryan

    Date:  

5/23/09

Jim Ryan      

 

9

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

January 7 th , 2009

James R. Smith, Jr.

Dear Jim,

We are pleased to extend to you this amended and restated confidential offer (“the Employment Agreement”) of a new position with Motricity (the “Company”) at our office located at 601 108 th Avenue N.E., Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004.

This letter explains the details and terms of the employment opportunity offered.

 

Position:   Your position will be Chief Operating Officer & President reporting to the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, with the duties and responsibilities generally associated with such position, and such other reasonable additional responsibilities as may be added from time to time by the Company.
Base Compensation:   Your position is exempt from overtime payment under the Fair Labor Standards Act, with a semi-monthly compensation rate of thirteen-thousand eight-hundred thirty-three U.S. dollars and thirty-three cents (USD $13,833.33). This is an annual compensation of three-hundred thirty-two- thousand U.S. dollars and no cents (USD $332,000.00) payable in twenty-four (24) equal installments at the 15 th and the last day of each month.
Bonus:   You are eligible to participate in the Company’s Corporate Incentive Plan. Currently, under the plan, your target annual discretionary incentive is fifty-five percent (55%) of your base compensation. Any bonus granted shall be prorated for time worked in the position during the bonus period and you must be an active employee on the date the bonus is paid. Full terms of the plan will be provided to you in the Company’s Incentive Plan document, which is subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

1


LOGO

 

Restricted Stock:   Upon completing your permanent relocation to Bellevue, Washington, and satisfying the Relocation Commitments set forth in the “Relocation” section below (the “Satisfaction Date”), you will be eligible for an award of five million (5,000,000) shares of restricted stock, with a vesting schedule stated in the restricted stock award agreement, provided that you continue to be employed in good standing at such time. For vesting schedule purposes, the commencement of any vesting shall be retroactive to the Effective Date of your employment with the Company. In addition, on the date which is twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, provided that you continue to be employed in good standing at such time, you will be eligible for an award of one million (1,000,000) shares of restricted stock over a different vesting schedule, as more fully described in the restricted stock award agreement. All af these shares are granted according to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan as amended, including the vesting provisions thereto and are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.
Carve Out:   During the term of your employment with the Company and upon the sale of the Company, you will be entitled to a completion sale bonus as follows:

 

Company Sale Price    Bonus
Less than $100M    zero
$100M to $300M    $750,000
$300M+    0.65% of the sales price*
 

 

*Note: To the extent the value of your common stock ownership resulting from the sale of the Company is greater than the completion sale bonus described above, you will not be entitled to the completion sale bonus.

 

2


LOGO

 

Performance Reviews /  
Annual Merit Increases:   The Company may require managers to conduct formal employee performance reviews annually. The performance period runs from January 1 through December 31. The Company may award discretionary annual merit increases, based on the employee’s review score and current position in the assigned salary range. Merit increases are effective on March 1 st following the performance period and are prorated for your time of employment if you were hired after the beginning of the performance period. Merit increase awards are at the sole discretion of the Company.
Benefits:   As a full-time regular employee, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s Welfare Benefits Plans as in effect (and subject to amendment) from time to time. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage you elect. At this time, the Company’s benefits offered include:
 

¡       Group health insurance;

 

¡       Health Insurance Premium Conversion Privileges;

 

¡       Employee Assistant Program;

 

¡       FSA: Medical Savings Account;

 

¡       FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement;

 

¡       HSA: Health Savings Account;

 

¡       Group dental insurance;

 

¡       Group vision insurance;

 

¡       Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment; 3X your annual base salary not to exceed $800,000;

 

¡       Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents;

 

¡       Long term disability-Employer paid;

 

¡       Short term disability-Employer paid;

 

¡       401(k) plan;

 

¡       Eight (8) paid holidays plus two (2) floating holidays;

 

¡       Twenty (20) accrued Paid Time Off (“PTO”) days;

 

¡       Five (5) sick days prorated your first year of hire.

 

3


LOGO

 

Relocation:   You will be eligible for participation in the Company’s relocation program to relocate from your current residence to the Bellevue, Washington area. As a condition to your being able to participate in this relocation program, you agree to be bound by the terms of the Company’s Relocation Policy dated May 28 th , 2008 (the “Relocation Policy”) as well as the following relocation commitments collectively the Relocation Policy and the relocation commitments, (the “Relocation Commitments”):
 

¡       You agree to relocate to Bellevue, Washington, by no later than August 31 st , 2009;

 

¡       You agree to list your home as per the Relocation Policy by no later than May 30 th , 2009.

  Appendix A: “Agreement to Repay Relocation Costs” (the “Relocation Agreement”) must be signed and returned before employment can begin. (SEE PAGE 17 & 18 of Rev Agreement for Edit)
  LOGO
  You further agree that if you (i) fail to adhere to the Relocation Commitments; (ii) you are terminated by the Company for Cause; (iii) you otherwise resign without Good Reason prior to August 31, 2009; or (iv) you otherwise resign without Good Reason within eighteen (12) months after you relocate to Bellevue, Washington, then, you shall pay back to the Company any relocation costs incurred or paid to you by the Company (the “Refund Amount”). The Refund Amount shall be payable by you to the Company as set forth in the Relocation Agreement.
  LOGO
  The Company agrees that the temporary lodging expenses set forth in the Relocation Policy shall be extended until either (i) August 31 st , 2009; or (ii) the date you actually relocate to Bellevue, Washington, whichever ((i) or (ii)) is earlier in time. Your weekly travel and living expenses during this time (e.g. airfare to and from Seattle) consistent with the Company’s corporate travel policy will be reimbursed by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, these temporary lodging expenses shall not be considered as part of any obligation you may otherwise have to repay relocation costs herein.

 

4


LOGO

 

Effective Start Date:   Should you accept our offer; the effective date of your new position will begin on January 5 th , 2009 (the “Effective Date”). Your employment is contingent upon the satisfactory results of a required employment background check and the execution of the documents requested in this letter.
  LOGO
Employment at Will:   Employment with the Company is “At Will”. This means that you may resign, or the Company may terminate your employment with or without cause, and with or without notice at any time.
Company Policies:   You agree to comply with all the policies of the Company, including, without limitation, such policies with respect to confidentiality, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, business ethics, travel, vacation, and sexual harassment, as are from time to time in effect. You will also be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Employee Handbook and general Management Policies, copies of which will be provided to you upon your commencement of employment.
Severance Pay:   In the event your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), you will be entitled to receive severance pay equal to nine (9) months of your annual base salary in effect at the time of your termination (the “Severance Amount”). The Severance Amount shall be paid over nine (9) months (the “Severance Period”) (in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices) commencing thirty (30) days following your termination. The Severance Amount shall be contingent upon the execution of a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company (the “Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement”) which must be executed and delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of your termination. If you fail to execute and deliver the Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement on or before the thirtieth day following your termination you shall forfeit any and all rights to the Severance Amount. As part of your severance benefits associated with a without Cause termination or resignation for Good Reason and should you elect continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), you will also be entitled to continued group health insurance coverage upon

 

5


LOGO

 

  the same terms as were in existence at the time of your termination for the duration of the Severance Period or until you become covered under another employer’s group health insurance plan, whichever occurs first. If your employment is terminated for Cause or you resign without Good Reason, you may only be entitled to your earned and accrued compensation through the date that your employment is terminated and such bonus or incentive compensation or benefits as may be earned and/or accrued through the termination date and consistent with the terms of the relevant plans. For the avoidance of doubt, failure to adhere to the Relocation Commitments as set forth above shall hereby be deemed to constitute your resignation without Good Reason and you shall thereby forfeit any and all rights to the Severance Amount. For the avoidance of further doubt, if, however, your employment is terminated without Cause or you resign for Good Reason, in either case, prior to August 31, 2009, you will be entitled to receive the Severance Amount.
  For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Cause” is defined as your: (i) failure to perform substantially all of the duties of the Chief Operating Officer & President of the Company; (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by you of any securities or employment laws or regulations; (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs your ability to carry out your duties and responsibilities; (xi) material violation by you of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and you; or
  LOGO

 

6


LOGO

 

  For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties, annual base salary or responsibilities; (ii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Employment Agreement; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which you perform your services; provided, however, Good Reason shall not exist unless and until you satisfy the notice and cure period provisions set forth below. You must provide a notice of termination, to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall have thirty (30) days during which it may remedy the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. If the Company remedies such condition, event or circumstance, then you shall not be entitled to terminate employment with the Company for Good Reason.
Covenant Not  
to Compete:  

For a period of nine (9) months following the last day of employment with the Company, you will not, either directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, owner, employee, partner, investor, shareholder (other than solely as a holder of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any public corporation), consultant, advisor or otherwise howsoever own, operate, carry on or engage in the operation of or have any financial interest in or provide, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to or lend money to or guarantee the debts or obligations of any Person carrying on or engaged in any business that is a competitor with the business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether with respect to customers, sources of supply or otherwise.

 

You covenant and agree with the Company that during your employment with the Company and for nine (9) months thereafter you shall not directly, or indirectly, for yourself or for any other Person: (i) solicit, interfere with or endeavor to

 

7


LOGO

 

 

entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any customer or client; (ii) attempt to direct or solicit any customer or client away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) interfere with, entice away or otherwise attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his/her employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

You represent to and agree with the Company that the enforcement of the restrictions contained in this Employment Agreement, Relocation Agreement and in the Company’s Non-Disclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) are necessary to protect the proprietary rights of the Company and the confidential information described in the Non-Disclosure Agreement. Notwithstanding the Foregoing, you further agree that the aforementioned representations would not be unduly burdensome to you and that such restrictions are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company.

 

You also agree that the remedy of damages for any breach by you of the provisions of either the Employment Agreement, the Relocation Agreement or the Non-Disclosure Agreement may be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and you agree not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate the Company. These Agreements constitute an independent and separable covenant which shall be enforceable notwithstanding any right or remedy that the Company may have under any other provision of this agreement or otherwise.

Confidentiality and

Non-Disclosure

 
Agreement:   You will be subject to the Company’s Nondisclosure Agreement that is enclosed with this letter and must be signed and returned before employment can begin. (SEE EDIT PAGE 4 of NON DISCLOSURE)
  LOGO

 

8


LOGO

 

Exclusive Full-Time  
Engagement:   You acknowledge, agree and understand that the implementation and performance of the Company’s business plan is a critical and time sensitive process and that full and complete implementation of the business plan is essential to the long-term survival, continuation and preservation of the business of the Company, During the term of your employment, you shall devote your time, attention and efforts, on a Full-Time basis at the Company’s Bellevue headquarters or on Company approved business travel, to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use your best efforts to achieve the full and complete implementation of the Company’s business plan. During your employment with the Company, you shall not serve as a member of a board or similar governing body without the prior approval of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that you may continue to serve in your capacity as a director of Agile Software Corporation and as an advisor of Nuance Communications, Inc. provided that such activities do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your duties and responsibilities hereunder and that participation in such activities takes place only during PTO days.
  LOGO
  LOGO
Employee Covenants:   You covenant and represent that (i) you are not a party to any contract, commitment or agreement, nor are you subject to, or bound by, any order, judgment, decree, law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other restriction of any kind or character, which would prevent or restrict you from entering into and performing your obligations under this Employment Agreement; (ii) you are free to enter into the arrangements contemplated herein; (iii) you are not subject to any agreement or obligation that would limit your ability to act on behalf of the Company; and (iv) your termination of your existing engagements, your entry into the engagement contemplated herein and your performance of your duties in respect thereof, will not violate or conflict with any agreement or obligation to which you are subject. You have delivered to the Company true, complete and unaltered copies of any currently effective (i) Relocation Agreement; and (ii) Non-Disclosure Agreement, to which you are subject.

 

9


LOGO

 

Complete Agreement:   This Employment Agreement, Relocation Agreement and Non-Disclosure Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous written, and all previous or contemporaneous oral negotiations, understandings, arrangements, and agreements, and may be amended, modified or changed only by a written instrument executed by you and the Company.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this Employment Agreement by signing below and returning it to Richard Leigh, Esq. by January 9 th , 2009. If you do not sign and return an unaltered Employment Agreement by January 9 th 2009, this offer will be rescinded and will no longer be offered.

 

Sincerely yours
/s/ Ryan Wuerch
Ryan Wuerch
CEO/ Chairman

Accepted:

 

/s/ James R. Smith Jr.

    Date:  

1/8/09

 
James R. Smith Jr.        

 

10

Exhibit 10.9

LOGO

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

March 6, 2009

Allyn Hebner

Dear Allyn,

We are pleased to extend to you this offer (“the Employment Agreement”) with Motricity (the “Company”) at our office located at 601 108 th Avenue N.E., Suite 900, Bellevue, WA 98004.

This letter explains the details and terms of the employment opportunity offered.

 

Position:    Your position will be Chief Financial Officer with the duties and responsibilities generally associated with such position, and such other reasonable additional responsibilities as may be added from time to time by the Company.
Base Compensation:    Your position is exempt from overtime payment under the Fair Labor Standards Act, with a semi-monthly compensation rate of eleven-thousand four-hundred and fifty-eight U.S. dollars and thirty-three cents (USD $11,458.33). This is an annual compensation of two-hundred seventy five thousand U.S. dollars and no cents (USD $275,000.00) payable in twenty-four (24) equal installments at the 15 th and the last day of the month.
Bonus:    You are eligible to participate in the Company’s Corporate Incentive Plan. Currently, under the plan, your target annual discretionary incentive is fifty-five percent (55%) of your base compensation. Any bonus granted shall be prorated for time worked in the position during the bonus period and you must be an active employee on the date the bonus is paid. Full terms of the plan will be provided to you in the Company’s Incentive Plan document, which is subject to change at any time in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

1


LOGO

 

 

Restricted Stock:    On March 6 th , 2009, provided that you continue to be employed in good standing at such time, you will be eligible for an award of two million and five-hundred thousand (2,500,000) shares of restricted stock, with a vesting schedule stated in the restricted stock award agreement. All of these shares are granted according to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan as amended, including the vesting provisions thereto and are subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.
Carve Out:    During the term of your employment with the Company and upon the sale of the Company, you will be entitled to a completion sale bonus as follows:

 

Company Sale Price    Bonus
Less than $100M    zero
$100M to $300M    $500,000
$300M+    0.25% of the sales price*
*Note: To the extent the value of your common stock ownership resulting from the sale of the Company is greater than the completion sale bonus described above, you will not be entitled to the completion sale bonus.

 

Performance Reviews / Annual Merit Increases:   

 

 

The Company may require managers to conduct formal employee performance reviews annually. The performance period runs from January 1 through December 31. The Company may award discretionary annual merit increases, based on the employee’s review score and current position in the assigned salary range. Merit increases, if granted, generally are effective on March 1 st following the performance period and are prorated for your time of employment if you were hired after the beginning of the performance period. Merit increase awards are at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

2


LOGO

 

 

Benefits:    As a full-time regular employee, you will be eligible for participation in the Company’s Welfare Benefits Plans as in effect (and subject to amendment) from time to time. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage you elect. At this time, the Company’s benefits offered include:
  

¡       Group health insurance;

  

¡       Employee Assistant Program;

  

¡       FSA: Medical Savings Account;

  

¡       FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement;

  

¡       HSA: Health Savings Account;

  

¡       Group dental insurance;

  

¡       Group vision insurance;

  

¡       Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment; 3X your annual base salary not to exceed $800,000;

  

¡       Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents;

  

¡       Long term disability-Employer paid;

  

¡       Short term disability-Employer paid;

  

¡       401(k) plan;

  

¡       Eight (8) paid holidays plus two (2) floating holidays;

  

¡       Twenty (20) accrued Paid Time Off (“PTO”) days;

  

¡       Five (5) sick days prorated your first year of hire.

Effective Start Date:    Should you accept our offer; the effective date of your new position will begin on March 6, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). Your employment is contingent upon the satisfactory results of a required employment background check and the execution of the documents requested in this letter.
Employment at Will:    Employment with the Company is “At Will”. This means that you may resign, or the Company may terminate your employment with or without cause, and with or without notice at any time.
Company Policies:    You agree to comply with all the policies of the Company, including, without limitation, such policies with respect to confidentiality, legal compliance, conflicts of interest, business ethics, travel, vacation, and sexual harassment, as are from time to time in effect. You will also be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Employee Handbook and general Management Policies, copies of which will be provided to you upon your commencement of employment.

 

3


LOGO

 

 

Severance Pay:   

In the event your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined below) or you resign for Good Reason (as defined below), then you will be entitled to receive severance pay equal to nine (9) months of your annual base salary in effect at the time of your termination (the “Severance Amount”). The Severance Amount shall be paid over nine (9) months (the “Severance Period”) (in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices) commencing thirty (30) days following your signing the Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement (as defined below). The Severance Amount shall be contingent upon the execution of a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company (the “Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement”) which must be executed and delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days of your termination. If you fail to execute and deliver the Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement on or before the thirtieth day following your termination you shall forfeit any and all rights to the Severance Amount. If your employment is terminated for Cause or you resign without Good Reason, you will only be entitled to your earned and accrued compensation through the date that your employment is terminated and such bonus or incentive compensation or benefits as may be earned and/or accrued through the termination date and consistent with the terms of the relevant plans.

 

For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Cause” is defined as your: (i) failure to perform substantially all of the duties of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company; (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii)

 

4


LOGO

 

 

   conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by you of any securities or employment laws or regulations; (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs your ability to carry out your duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation by you of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and you.
   For purposes of this Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in your authority, duties, annual base salary or responsibilities; (ii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Employment Agreement; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which you perform your services; provided, however, Good Reason shall not exist unless and until you satisfy the notice and cure period provisions set forth below. You must provide a notice of termination, to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall have thirty (30) days during which it may remedy the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. If the Company remedies such condition, event or circumstance, then you shall not be entitled to terminate employment with the Company for Good Reason.
Covenant Not to Compete:   

 

For a period of nine (9) months following the last day of employment with the Company, you will not, either directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, owner, employee, partner, investor, shareholder (other than solely as a holder of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any public corporation), consultant, advisor or otherwise howsoever own, operate, carry on or engage in the operation of or have any financial interest in or provide, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to or lend money to or guarantee the debts or obligations of any Person carrying on or engaged in any business that is a competitor with the

 

5


LOGO

 

  

business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether with respect to customers, sources of supply or otherwise.

 

You covenant and agree with the Company that during your employment with the Company and for two (2) years thereafter you shall not directly, or indirectly, for yourself or for any other Person: (i) solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any customer or client; (ii) attempt to direct or solicit any customer or client away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) interfere with, entice away or otherwise attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his/her employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

You represent to and agree with the Company that the enforcement of the restrictions contained in this Employment Agreement and in the Company’s Non-Disclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) are necessary to protect the proprietary rights of the Company and the confidential information described in the Non-Disclosure Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you further agree that the aforementioned representations would not be unduly burdensome to you and that such restrictions are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company.

 

You also agree that the remedy of damages for any breach by you of the provisions of either the Employment Agreement or the Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond, and you agree not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate the Company. These Agreements constitute an independent and separable covenant which shall be enforceable notwithstanding any right or remedy that the Company may have under any other provision of this agreement or otherwise.

 

6


LOGO

 

Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement:   

 

 

 

You will be subject to the Company’s Nondisclosure Agreement that is enclosed with this letter and must be signed and returned unaltered before employment can begin.

Exclusive Full-Time Engagement:   

 

 

You acknowledge, agree and understand that the implementation and performance of the Company’s business plan is a critical and time sensitive process and that full and complete implementation of the business plan is essential to the long-term survival, continuation and preservation of the business of the Company and that any termination by you of your performance of your duties hereunder will result in substantial costs and damages to the Company. During the term of your employment, you shall devote your time, attention and efforts, on a Full-Time basis at the Company’s Bellevue headquarters or on Company approved business travel, to the business and affairs of the Company and shall use your best efforts to achieve the full and complete implementation of the Company’s business plan. During your employment with the Company, you shall not serve as a member of a board or similar governing body without the prior approval of the Chairman & Chief Executive Officer provided that such activities do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your duties and responsibilities. hereunder and that participation in such activities takes place only during PTO days.

Employee Covenants:    You covenant and represent that (i) you are not a party to any contract, commitment or agreement, nor are you subject to, or bound by, any order, judgment, decree, law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other restriction of any kind or character, which would prevent or restrict you from entering into and performing your obligations under this Employment Agreement; (ii) you are free to enter into the arrangements contemplated herein; (iii) you are not subject to any agreement or obligation that would limit your ability to act on behalf of the Company; and (iv) your termination of your existing engagements, your entry into the engagement contemplated herein and your performance of your duties in respect thereof, will not violate or conflict with any

 

7


LOGO

 

 

   agreement or obligation to which you are subject. You have delivered to the Company true, complete and unaltered copies of any currently effective Non-Disclosure Agreement, to which you are subject.
Complete Agreement:    This Employment Agreement and Non-Disclosure Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous written, and all previous or contemporaneous oral negotiations, understandings, arrangements, and agreements, and may be amended, modified or changed only by a written instrument executed by you and the Company.

For the avoidance of doubt, service for eligibility and vesting purposes under all of the Company’s plans and programs (including those outlined in this offer letter) will be counted from your Effective Date.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this Employment Agreement by signing below and returning it to Richard Leigh, Esq. by March 6, 2009. If you do not sign and return an unaltered Employment Agreement by March 6, 2009, this offer will be rescinded and will no longer be offered.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

Ryan Wuerch

CEO/Chairman

Accepted:

 

/s/ Allyn Hebner

    Date:  

3/6/09

 
Allyn Hebner        

 

8

Exhibit 10.10

LOGO

PERSONAL AND CONFIDENTIAL

August 8, 2008

Richard Leigh

Dear Richard,

We are pleased to extend to you this contingent confidential offer of a new position with Motorcity at our office located at 601 108 th Avenue NE, Suite 900 Bellevue, WA 98004. This offer of employment is contingent on a clear criminal background check.

This letter explains the details of the employment opportunity offered.

 

Position:    Your position will be Senior Vice President, General Counsel with the duties and responsibilities generally associated with such position, and such other reasonable additional responsibilities as may be added from time to time by the Company.
Base Compensation:    Your position is exempt from overtime payment under the Fair Labor Standards Act, with a semi- monthly compensation rate of $12,083.33. This is a annual compensation of $290,000 payable in twenty-four equal installments at the 15 th and the last day of each month.
Bonus:    You are eligible to participate in Motricity’s 2008 Corporate Incentive Plan. Under the plan, your target annual incentive is 50%. Full terms of the plan will be provided to you in the Corporate Incentive Plan document.
Restricted Stock:    You are eligible for an award of 2,000,000 shares of restricted stock, with a vesting schedule stated in the restricted stock award agreement. These shares are granted according to the 2004 Stock Option Plan of Motricity, Inc., and are subject to approval by the Motricity Board of Directors.

210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham NC 27701 Phone: 919-287-7400


LOGO

 

Carve Out:    During the term of your employment with the Company and upon the sale of the Company, you will be entitled to a completion sale bonus as follows:

 

Company Sale Price

   Bonus

Less than $100M

   Zero

$100M to $300M

   $500,000

$300M+

   .25% of the sales
   price*
*Note: When the value of our common stock ownership resulting from the sale of the Company is greater than the completion sale bonus described above, you will no longer be entitled to the completion sale bonus.

 

Performance Reviews/   
Annual Merit Increases:    Motricity requires managers to conduct formal employee performance reviews annually. The performance period runs from January 1 through December 31. The Company typically awards annual merit increases, based on the employee’s review score and current position in the assigned salary range. Merit increases are effective on March 1 st following the performance period and are prorated for your time of employment if you were hired after the beginning of the performance period. Annual merit increase awards are at the sole discretion of the Company.
Benefits:    As a full-time regular employee, you will be eligible for participation the Motricity Welfare Benefits Plans. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage you elect. At this time the Motricity benefits offered includes:
  

¡       Group health insurance

  

¡       Health Insurance Premium Conversion Privileges

  

¡       Employee Assistant Program

  

¡       FSA: Medical Savings Account

  

¡       FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement

  

¡       HSA: Health Savings Account

  

¡       Group dental insurance

 

210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham NC 27701 Phone: 919-287-7400


LOGO

 

  

¡       Group vision insurance

  

¡       Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment (AD&D): 3x’s your annual salary not to exceed $800,000

  

¡       Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents

  

¡       Long term disability – Employer Paid

  

¡       Short term disability – Employer Paid

  

¡       401(k) retirement savings

  

¡       Eight paid holidays plus two floating holidays

  

¡       Fifteen accrued Paid Time Off (PTO) days

  

¡       Five sick days prorated your first year of hire

Effective Start Date:    Should you accept our offer the effective date of your new position will be mutually agreed upon.
Employment at Will:    Employment with Motricity is “At Will”. This means that you may resign, or the Company may terminate your employment with or without cause, and with or without notice at any time. You will also be subject to the terms and conditions of Motricity’s Employee Handbook and general Management Policies, copies of which will be provided to you prior to your commencement of employment.
Severance Pay:    In the event your employment is terminated Without Cause [Cause is defined as your breach of the Company’s Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement, violation of the Company’s Code of Ethics policy, commission of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement in connection with the Company’s business or other breach of your fiduciary duty, commission of any felony or crime involving moral turpitude, failure to carry out the duties of your position after receipt of written notice of the deficiency of your performance with a thirty (30) day cure period, or gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Reason is defined as: (1) any involuntary reduction in your base salary that does not correspond to either (a) a material change or reduction in your duties which is at your request or consent or (b) any Board approved equal percentage

 

210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham NC 27701 Phone: 919-287-7400


LOGO

 

   reduction not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) in the base salaries of all the Company’s executive officers and board members;(2) any non-consensual required relocation of your principal place of employment within the U.S. and beyond a thirty (30) mile radius of your principal place of employment that is permanent or exceeds ninety (90) days; or any involuntary material change in your duties], you will be entitled to receive severance pay equal to your monthly base salary in effect at the time of your termination for a period of twelve (12) months (the “Severance Period”) contingent upon the execution of a Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement. As part of your Severance benefits associated with a Without Cause termination or resignation for Good Reason, and should you elect continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) you will also be entitled to continued group health insurance coverage upon the same terms as were in existence at the time of your termination for the duration of the Severance Period or until you become covered under another employer’s group health insurance plan, whichever occurs first. If your employment is terminated for Cause or you resign without Good Reason, you will only be entitled to your earned and accrued compensation through the date that your employment is terminated and such bonus or incentive compensation or benefits as maybe earned and/or accrued through the termination date and consistent with the terms of the relevant plans.
Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure Agreement:   

 

You will be subject to the Company’s Nondisclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement that is enclosed with this letter and must be signed and returned before employment can begin.

 

210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham NC 27701 Phone: 919-287-7400


LOGO

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer by signing below and returning to Nathan Gooden by August 15, 2008. If you do not sign and return the offer letter by the date mentioned this offer will be rescinded and will no longer be offered.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

     
Ryan Wuerch      
CEO/Chairman      
Accepted:      

/s/ Richard Leigh

    Date:  

August 12, 2008

Richard Leigh      

 

210 West Pettigrew Street, Durham NC 27701 Phone: 919-287-7400

Exhibit 10.11

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of January 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between MOTRICITY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and RYAN WUERCH (“Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS , the Company desires to continue to secure the services of Executive, and Executive desires to continue his employment with the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated April 9, 2004 (the “Original Agreement”), as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2004 (the “Amended Agreement”);

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive desire to amend and restate the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continued employment by the Company as hereinafter set forth.

WHEREAS , Executive has executed that certain Nondisclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement with the Company, dated as of April 2004 (the “NDA”).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises, the mutual agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment . The Company hereby agrees to continue employing Executive, and Executive accepts such continued employment and agrees to perform services for the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Position and Duties .

(a) Service with the Company . During his employment with the Company, Executive agrees to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and to perform such reasonable employment duties as the Board shall assign to him from time to time and as are reasonably consistent with his position. Executive shall have all of the typical rights and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of a corporation the size and nature of the Company, including, but not limited to, the ability to hire and terminate all employees of the Company other than (i) the President and Chief Operating Officer, who may only be hired or terminated by the Executive with the approval of the Board, (ii) the Chief Financial Officer, who may only be hired and terminated by the Executive after consultation with the Audit Committee of the Board and (iii) other officers who report directly to the Executive, who may only be hired and terminated by the Executive

 

1


after consultation with the Executive Committee of the Board. In addition, Executive shall have the right to appoint the Company’s General Counsel and outside legal counsel with the concurrence of the Executive Committee of the Board. Executive’s services pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed primarily in Raleigh, North Carolina, or at such other locations as the Company and Executive may agree upon from time to time.

(b) Performance of Duties . Executive agrees to serve the Company faithfully and to perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a reasonably diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient manner. Executive further agrees to devote all of his business time, attention and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company during his employment with the Company, except for vacations, authorized leaves of absence and holidays; provided, however, that Executive may engage in other activities, such as activities involving charitable, educational, religious and similar types of organizations, membership on the board of directors of other organizations (as the Executive Committee of the Board may from time to time reasonably agree to), and similar type activities to the extent that such other activities do not inhibit or prohibit the performance of his duties under this Agreement, or conflict in any material way with the business of the Company and its subsidiaries. Executive hereby confirms that he is under no contractual commitment inconsistent with his obligations set forth in this Agreement, and that, during his employment with Company, he will not render or perform services for any other corporation, firm, entity or person that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Code of Ethics . The Company has previously adopted the Code of Ethics (the “Code”) attached hereto as Exhibit A. Any modifications, amendments or alterations of the Code of Ethics shall require the approval of the Executive and the Board; provided, however, that such modifications, amendments or alterations may be made without the approval of the Executive when such modifications, amendments or alterations are required by applicable law.

3. Compensation .

(a) Base Compensation . During his employment with the Company, Executive’s base salary shall be paid at a rate of $15,208.33 twice monthly, for an annualized compensation of $365,000 (as may be increased from time to time, “Base Salary”), which Base Salary shall be paid in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices, including those related to withholding for taxes, insurance and similar items. Any increase to the Base Salary payable to Executive shall be established by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board following an annual performance review, but such Base Salary shall not be less than $365,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Salary may be reduced if the Board approves and implements an equal percentage reduction in the base salaries of all of the Company’s executive officers, but in no event will such reduction be greater than Fifteen Percent (15%) of the Base Salary.

(b) Participation in Benefits Plans . During his employment with the Company, Executive shall be eligible to participate in all of the Company’s benefit plans or programs that have been established for executive officers of the Company, to the extent that Executive meets the requirements for each individual plan. The Company provides no assurances

 

2


as to the adoption or continuance of any particular benefit plan or program, and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program shall be subject to the terms, provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto as in effect from time to time. Executive shall be entitled to business class air travel (or first class air travel, if business class air travel is unavailable) on any business travel outside of North America.

(c) Expenses. During his employment with the Company, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies in effect from time to time. Company shall reimburse the Executive for all dues of professional associations and organizations to which Executive belongs.

(d) Vacation and Sick Leave . During his employment with the Company, Executive shall be entitled to such vacation and sick leave as are consistent with the Company’s vacation and sick leave policies that are in effect from time to time, but in no event shall Executive be entitled to less than six (6) weeks paid vacation annually to be taken at such times and intervals as shall be reasonably determined by Executive, five (5) days of paid sick leave annually and ten (10) days of paid holiday leave annually. Executive shall be entitled to accrue, carry over or be paid for such vacation and sick leave to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the Company’s vacation and sick leave policies in effect from time to time.

(e) Bonuses . Executive shall be eligible for an annual cash bonus of Seventy-Five percent (75%) of his Base Salary. At the start of each fiscal year, the Board after consultation with Executive shall determine the factors on which Executive shall be evaluated during that year. Attached hereto as Exhibit F are the factors and performance objectives on which Executive shall be evaluated for the 2008 calendar year. The determination of the achievement of such factors shall be made by the Board in good faith. If Executive meets the factors and objectives set out in Exhibit G (as determined by the Board in good faith), such annual cash bonus will be awarded to Executive and paid within the deadlines established in Exhibit G.

(f) 2007 Bonus . In consideration of the Executive’s services to the Company during 2007, the Company shall pay Executive a bonus in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), to be paid promptly after the execution of this Agreement.

(g) Health Insurance . During his employment, the Company shall provide Executive, at no cost to Executive, full family coverage for health, vision and dental insurance, which insurance shall have coverage, deductibles and copays substantially similar to those in the health insurance polic(ies) maintained by the Company.

(h) Life Insurance . During his employment with the Company, Executive shall obtain a term life insurance policy, effective no later than the date of this Agreement, with a face value of at least $6,000,000 for the benefit of beneficiary selected by Executive, and the Company shall reimburse Executive for all premiums related to such term life insurance policy.

 

3


(i) Attorney’s Fees . The Company agrees to directly and promptly pay Executive’s reasonable legal fees associated with entering this Agreement upon receiving invoices for the same in an amount up to $15,000.

4. Termination .

(a) Employment At Will . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive understands and agrees that this Agreement does not create an obligation on the part of the Company, Executive or any other person or entity to continue Executive’s employment. Executive acknowledges and agrees that he is an at will employee of the Company, and that either party to this Agreement may terminate Executive’s employment with or without Cause and/or with or without Good Reason, as applicable, or for any or no reason and at any time. Except as expressly provided in Section 4(f) below, Executive shall not be entitled to any salary, bonus, benefits or other compensation with respect to any period subsequent to the termination of his employment.

(b) Termination . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate prior to the expiration of the Term in the event that at any time during such term:

(i) Executive dies;

(ii) Executive becomes Disabled (as hereinafter defined);

(iii) The Board elects to terminate this Agreement for Cause (as hereinafter defined) and notifies Executive in writing of such election;

(iv) The Board elects to terminate this Agreement without Cause and notifies Executive in writing of such election;

(v) Executive elects to terminate this Agreement for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined) and notifies the Company in writing of such election; or

(vi) Executive elects to terminate this Agreement without Good Reason and notifies the Company in writing of such election 60 days prior to the effective date of such termination.

(c) Term of Agreement . Executive’s employment with the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue, unless otherwise terminated earlier as provided in this Section 4, for a term of two (2) years, and unless notice has been provided as set forth in the following sentence, shall be automatically renewed for successive two (2) year terms thereafter (the initial term and any extensions thereof are referred to herein as the “Term”). Not later than ninety (90) days before the end of the then-current Term, either party shall have the right to provide written notice of his or its intention to have the Agreement expire at the end of the then-pending Term without automatic renewal.

(d) Effect of Termination . Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Company and Executive, in consideration of Executive’s employment hereunder to the date of such termination, shall remain bound by the provisions of this Agreement which specifically relate to periods, activities or obligations upon or subsequent to the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4


(e) Surrender of Records and Property . Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, manuals, books, blank forms, emails, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, data, tables, calculations or copies thereof, whether in tangible or electronic form, that relate in any way to the business, products, practices or techniques of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as hereinafter defined), and all other property, trade secrets and confidential information of the Company or any of its Affiliates, including, but not limited to, all documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential information of the Company or any of its Affiliates, which in any of these cases are in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control.

(f) Compensation Payable to Executive on Termination . The rights of Executive to compensation upon termination of employment are as follows:

(i) In the case of the termination of the Executive’s employment at of after the expiration of the Agreement in accordance with Section 4(c), the Company shall pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary, any accrued bonus, vacation, and benefits accrued to the date of expiration of the Agreement.

(ii) If Executive dies, the Company shall pay to Executive’s beneficiary or beneficiaries designated in writing to Company, or to Executive’s estate in the absence or lapse of such designation, the Base Salary, as in effect at the date of Executive’s death, through the last day of the month in which death occurred and any accrued bonus, vacation, and benefits as of the last day of the month in which death occurred.

(iii) If Executive becomes Disabled, Company shall pay to Executive the Base Salary, as in effect on the date Executive becomes Disabled, through the last day of the month in which it is determined that Executive is Disabled and any accrued bonuses, vacation, and benefits as of the last day of the month in which Executive became Disabled. The Company is currently evaluating the establishment of a short term disability policy, and upon the Company’s implementation of any short term disability policy for the Company’s executives, the Company agrees that such policy will include Executive. In addition, if established for other executive employees of the Company, the Company agrees that any long-term disability policy will also include Executive.

(iv) If Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Company’s only obligation to Executive shall be payment of Executive’s then-current Base Salary, vacation, and any bonuses or benefits accrued on the date on which such termination occurs.

 

5


(v) If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or if Executive resigns for Good Reason, then in addition to payment of any then-current Base Salary, bonus and benefits accrued to the date of such termination, (A) Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive’s monthly Base Salary in effect as of the date of termination for a period of eighteen (18) months (twelve (12) months if such termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date) following the date of termination, to be paid monthly following his termination, (B) to the extent approved by the Board in its sole discretion, Executive shall be entitled to receive the annual cash bonus the Executive would have earned for the year of termination based on the Company’s actual performance for such year pro-rated to the date of termination, with such pro-rated amount to be calculated by multiplying the current year’s annual cash bonus by a fraction with a numerator equal to the number of days inclusive between the start of the current calendar year and the date of termination and a denominator equal to 365, such amount to be paid at the time the Company does or otherwise would pay bonuses to senior executives, and (C) the Company shall continue to provide to the Executive at its cost and expense health and life insurance benefits at substantially the same level of benefits as the Executive has at the date of termination of employment for a period of eighteen (18) months (12 months if such termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date) following the date of termination or if earlier such time as the Executive becomes eligible for such coverage from a subsequent employer; provided however , that this Section 4(f)(v) shall not become effective unless and until Executive executes and delivers a general release in favor of the Company of any and all liability that the Company and its officers, directors, employees, consultants, subsidiaries and affiliates may have to Executive in connection with this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company and Executive’s termination, which release shall be in substantially the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit H, and which release must be executed by Executive within 45 days of the date on which Executive’s termination occurs. Moreover, the payment of the compensation referenced in this subsection shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with his obligations contained in Section 6 below.

(vi) In the event Executive voluntarily terminates his employment on the last day of the Term after receipt of a notice from the Company delivered pursuant to Section 4(c) electing not to renew this Agreement, then in addition to payment of any then-current Base Salary, bonus and benefits accrued to the date of such termination, (A) Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive’s monthly Base Salary in effect as of the date of termination for a period of three (3) months following the last day of the Term, to be paid monthly following his termination and (B) the Company shall continue to provide to the Executive at its cost and expense health and life insurance benefits at substantially the same level of benefits as the Executive has at the date of termination of employment for a period of three (3) months following the end of the Term; provided , however , that this Section 4(f)(vi) shall not become effective unless and until Executive executes and delivers a general release in favor of the Company of any and all liability that the Company and its officers, directors, employees,

 

6


consultants, subsidiaries and affiliates may have to Executive in connection with this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company and Executive’s termination, which release shall be in substantially the form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit H, and which release must be executed by Executive within 45 days of the date on which Executive’s termination occurs. Moreover, the payment of the compensation referenced in this subsection shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with his obligations contained in Section 6 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after receipt of the non-renewal notice from the Company and prior to Executive’s date of termination, Executive may elect in writing to forego receipt of the post-termination payments referred to in clauses (A) and (B) above, in which case Section 6(a) shall cease to apply to Executive as of his date of termination.

(vii) It is understood and agreed that a termination without Cause for the purposes of this Section 4 shall not include a termination due to Executive’s death or Disability.

(g) Compensation Payable to Executive on Termination after Current Term . Executive agrees that in any subsequent employment agreement executed after the Term, the severance benefits to which he will be entitled upon his termination will be limited to the continuation of his Base Salary for a period of twelve (12) months.

5. Stock Compensation .

(a) Restricted Stock . As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall receive 4,132,778 shares of restricted common stock of the Company, and the issuance of such restricted stock will be made pursuant to a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. Any issuance pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement attached as Exhibit B and the terms of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall receive 1,419,325 shares of restricted common stock of the Company, and the issuance of such restricted stock will be made pursuant to a Restricted Stock Grant Agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C. Any issuance pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement attached as Exhibit C and the terms of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall receive an option to purchase 5,552,103 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of eighty cents ($.80) per share, and the grant of the option will be made pursuant to a Grant of Incentive Stock Option, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Any issuance pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Grant of Incentive Stock Option attached hereto as Exhibit D and the terms of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

7


6. Non-Competition Commitment .

(a) Covenant Not to Compete . Executive agrees that during the Non-Competition Period (as defined below) he shall not, directly or indirectly, either for the benefit of himself or for the benefit of any other person, firm, corporation, governmental or private entity, without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld by the Company, in its sole discretion, compete with the Company in the Business in any manner or capacity through any form of ownership or as an advisor, principal, agent, consultant, partner, joint venturer, officer, director, stockholder, lender, executive, or member of any association engaged in the Business. The Company may at any time in its sole discretion upon the vote of its Board followed by written notice to Executive elect to reduce the Non-Competition Period following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company. “Non-Competition Period” means the period of Executive’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and the following applicable period following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason: (i) eighteen (18) months if such termination occurs before the second anniversary of the Effective Date, (ii) twelve (12) months if such termination occurs on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date and prior to the expiration of the Term and (iii) three (3) months following the expiration of the Term if such termination occurs on or after the expiration of the Term.

(b) Geographic Extent of Covenant . The obligations of Executive under Section 6(a) above shall apply to the Territory (as hereinafter defined). Executive hereby acknowledges that the Territory, scope of prohibited activities and the time duration of the provisions of this Section 6 are reasonable and are no broader than necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of Company, and Executive agrees and acknowledges that the Company conducts its business and provides services worldwide and internationally.

(c) Indirect Competition . Executive further agrees that, during the Non-Competition Period, he will not, directly or indirectly, assist or encourage any other person in carrying out, directly or indirectly, any activity that would be prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 if such activity were carried out by Executive either directly or indirectly.

(d) Limitation on Covenant . Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than Five Percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock, outstanding debt instruments or other securities convertible into capital stock or debt instruments of any privately held corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded on any nationally recognized over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 6 .

(e) Agreement Not To Interfere . During the Non-Competition Period, Executive agrees that he will not take any action to interfere with the relationships between the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, and their respective suppliers, vendors, clients or customers. He further agrees that he will not induce or attempt to induce any suppliers, vendors, clients, customers or other business relation of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to withdraw, curtail or cease doing business with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, as applicable.

(f) Non-solicitation Agreement . During the Non-Competition Period, Executive further agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, (i) induce or attempt to induce

 

8


any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to leave the employ of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable or (ii) hire or attempt to hire for any person or entity engaged in the Business any person who was, within six months of such action, an employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(g) Survival . The provisions of this Section 6 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and/or any termination of Executive’s employment.

(h) Excise Taxes . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payments to be made to or for the benefit of Executive are deemed to be “parachute payments” as that term is defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Executive may elect to receive the full payment hereunder or to have the Company reduce such payment(s) to the minimum extent necessary to avoid imposition of any excise tax on Executive under Section 4999 of the Code or the disallowance of a deduction to the Company under Section 280G of the Code.

7. Settlement of Disputes .

(a) Arbitration . Except as provided in Section 7(c) , any claims or disputes of any nature between the Company and Executive arising from or related to the performance, breach, termination, expiration, application or meaning of this Agreement or any matter relating to Executive’s employment and the termination of that employment by the Company, shall be resolved exclusively by arbitration in Raleigh, North Carolina , in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then existing of the American Arbitration Association. In the event of submission of any dispute to arbitration, each party shall, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the date set for hearing, provide to the other party and to the arbitrator(s) a copy of all exhibits upon which the party intends to rely at the hearing and a list of all persons each party intends to call at the hearing. The fees of the arbitrator(s) and other costs incurred by Executive and the Company in connection with such arbitration shall be paid by the party who or which is unsuccessful in such arbitration.

(b) Binding Effect . The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon both parties. Judgment of the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

(c) Resolution of Certain Claims-Injunctive Relief . Section 7(a) shall have no application to claims by the Company asserting a violation of Sections 4(e) or 6 or seeking to enforce, by injunction or otherwise, the terms of Sections 4(e) or 6 . Such claims may be maintained by the Company in a lawsuit subject to the terms of Section 7(d) . Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for damages resulting from any breach by him of the provisions of this Agreement. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, in addition to, but not to the exclusion of any other available remedy, the Company shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Sections 4(e) or 6 by applying for and seeking temporary and permanent restraining orders or injunctions from a court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity of proving actual damages, and, the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs in enforcing the provisions of Sections 4(e) or 6 if (i) the Company substantially prevails in such action or (ii) Executive asserts or claims that the provisions of Section 4(e) or 6 are unreasonable or unenforceable.

 

9


(d) Venue . Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding arising directly, indirectly, or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to or from this Agreement, or any provision hereof, shall be litigated only in the courts of the State of North Carolina. Executive and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts over the subject matter set forth in Section 7(c) . Executive waives any right Executive may have to transfer or change the venue of any litigation brought against Executive by the Company.

8. Representations .

(a) Executive’s Representations . Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Executive does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound, (ii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, covenant not to compete or confidentiality agreement (each, a “Prior Agreement”) with any other person or entity that would interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, or would limit Executive’s ability to perform this duties hereunder and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(b) Company’s Representations . Company hereby represents and warrants to Executive that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company does not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment, or decree to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, and (ii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9. Inventions . Executive acknowledges that he has concurrently herewith executed and delivered to the Company the NDA.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Affiliate” means, with respect to a person or entity, any person or entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person or entity, or any member of the immediate family, including parents, spouse, children or siblings, of such person.

(ii) “Business” means the business of distributing, or designing, providing and operating software platforms facilitating the distribution of, software, ebooks, and other content for handhelds and other mobile devices.

 

10


(iii) “Cause” means: (A) Executive has breached the material provisions of this Agreement or the Company’s Nondisclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement, and, if curable as determined by the Board, fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Company specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such breach; (B) Executive has violated the Company’s Code of Ethics, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C, and as amended from time to time; (C) Executive has committed fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement in connection with the Company’s business or has otherwise breached his fiduciary duty to the Company; (D) Executive has been convicted of or has pled guilty or nolo contendere to, any act constituting a felony under the laws of any state or of the United States of America, or any crime involving moral turpitude; (E) Executive continues to fail to carry out his duties in accordance with the reasonable directions of the Board within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice from the Company specifying in reasonable detail the nature of such failure; or (F) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company.

(iv) “Change of Control Transaction” means (A) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (B) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change of Control Transaction” if immediately after such merger or consolidation at least a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by the persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

(v) “Disabled” means any mental or physical condition that renders Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, as is consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act and the Family and Medical Leave Act, for a period in excess of ninety (90) consecutive days or more than one hundred twenty (120) days during any period of any three hundred sixty-five (365) calendar days.

(vi) “Good Reason” shall mean Executive’s termination of employment within thirty (30) days following the end of the Cure Period (as defined below) as a result of the occurrence of any of the following without the Executive’s consent: (A) the Company’s failure to pay Executive his Base Salary as set out in this Agreement or annual bonus due and owing under Section 3(e) hereof and/or any involuntary reduction in Executive’s Base Salary (that does not correspond to either (x) a material change or reduction in the duties of Executive which is at the request or consent of Executive or (y) any Board approved equal percentage reduction in the base salaries of all of the Company’s executive officers, but in no event will such reduction be greater than Fifteen Percent (15%)

 

11


of the Base Salary); (B) any material reduction in benefits as provided in Section 3 hereof (that does not correspond to any material change or reduction in the duties of Executive which is at the request or consent of Executive); (C) any required relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment within the U.S. and beyond a thirty (30) mile radius of Executive’s then principal place of employment that is permanent or lasts for longer than ninety (90) days; (D) if at any time during his employment under this Agreement, the Board fails to elect or reelect Executive as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or removes Executive from such office, or if at any time Executive is not elected or reelected as the Chairman of the Board of the Company; (E) termination of, or any material change in, the Code of Ethics (other than changes required by applicable law); (F) Executive has a material reduction in position, status, duties or responsibilities, or is assigned duties materially inconsistent with his position.

(vii) “Territory” means (1) the world, or (2) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any country in which a customer of the Company, either directly or indirectly through a subsidiary or sublicensee, conducts Business, or (3) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, the countries of Europe and North America, or (4) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any country in which the Company has an office, or (5) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, the United States of America, or (6) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any State in the United States of America in which a customer of the Company, either directly or indirectly through a subsidiary or sublicensee, conducts Business, or (7) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any State in the United States of America in which the Company has an office, or (8) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, the State of North Carolina, or (9) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, the Counties of Durham, Orange and Wake in the State of North Carolina or (10) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any County in the State of North Carolina in which the Company has its headquarters and principal office.

(b) Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the exhibits, schedules and other documents referred to herein) contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations, written or oral, relating to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, the Original Agreement and the Amended Agreement; provided however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the NDA shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

12


(d) Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under any applicable law or rule, the validity, legality and enforceability of the other provision of this Agreement will not be affected or impaired thereby.

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives and, to the extent permitted by Section 10(f) , successors and assigns.

(f) Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable (including by operation of law) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party to this Agreement, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any corporation, firm or other business entity with or into which the Company may merge or consolidate, or to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets. After any such assignment by the Company, the Company shall be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee shall thereafter be deemed to be the Company for the purposes of all provisions of this Agreement including this Section 11 .

(g) Modification, Amendment, Waiver or Termination . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, amended, waived or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. No course of dealing between the parties will modify, amend, waive or terminate any provision of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any party under or by reason of this Agreement. No delay on the part of the Company in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right. No waiver, express or implied, by the Company of any right or any breach by Executive shall constitute a waiver of any other right or breach by Executive.

(h) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source reduce any such payment.

(i) Notices . All notices, consents, requests, instructions, approvals or other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and delivered by personal delivery, overnight courier, mail, electronic facsimile or e-mail addressed to the receiving party at the address set forth herein. All such communications shall be effective when received.

Notices to Executive :

Ryan K. Wuerch

Notices to Company :

Motricity, Inc

210 West Pettigrew Street,

Durham, NC, 27701

Attn: Nathan Gooden

 

13


Any party may change the address set forth above by notice to each other party given as provided herein.

(j) Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) Governing Law . All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, validity and enforcement of this agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to any choice of law provisions thereof.

11. Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company reasonably determines that Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) will result in the imposition of interest and additional tax, Executive shall not be paid any compensation or benefits hereunder upon a separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) until the date which is six (6) months after the date of such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Executive). Such severance or other benefits otherwise due to Executive on or within the six (6) month period following Executive’s termination of employment will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination. All subsequent payments, if any, will be payable as provided in this Agreement. It is the intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank}

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth in the first paragraph.

 

COMPANY:
By:  

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden

Name:   Nathan A. Gooden
Title:  

Senior Vice President

Corporate Development

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

RYAN K. WUERCH

 

15


FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”), dated as of July 25 th , 2008 (“Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and between MOTRICITY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and RYAN WUERCH (“Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated April 9, 2004 (the “Original Agreement”), as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated September 29, 2004 (the “First Amended Agreement”), as amended and restated again by that certain Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 2008 (the “Second Amended Agreement”).

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive desire to amend the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment by the Company as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises, the mutual agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . The Term, as defined in Section 4(c) of the Second Amended Agreement, is hereby extended for a period of two (2) years from the Effective Date hereof, and unless notice has been provided as set forth in Section 4(c) of the Second Amended Agreement, shall be automatically renewed for successive two (2) year terms thereafter.

2. Relocation Package .

(a) Cost of Living Adjustment . The Company hereby agrees to pay to Executive, in addition to his Base Salary, a monthly cost of living adjustment equal to Twenty Percent (20%) of Executive’s then-current monthly Base Salary (as that term is defined in Section 3(a) of the Second Amended Agreement) (the “ Cost of Living Adjustment ”) beginning on the date Executive’s primary residence is relocated to (and when he resides on a full time basis in), and for so long as Executive’s services pursuant to the Second Amended Agreement, as amended hereby, continue to be performed primarily in, Bellevue, Washington, or surrounding areas. The Cost of Living Adjustment shall not be included in the definition of Base Salary in the Second Amended Agreement, including, but not limited to, for the purpose of the calculation of any bonus due under Section 3(e) of the Second Amended Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt and nothwithstanding anything to the contrary, Executive shall bear any and all tax liability related to the Cost of Living Adjustment and no tax assistance/gross up shall be applicable thereto.

(b) Executive’s North Carolina Residence . The Company hereby agrees that Executive will be allowed to participate in the Guaranteed Offer Program as set forth in the Company’s Relocation Policy as in effect on the Effective Date, a copy of which is

 

1


attached hereto and fully incorporated by reference as Exhibit A (the “ Relocation Policy ”) with respect to Executive’s primary residence, located at 10805 Ashland Mill Court, Raleigh, North Carolina 27617; provided, however, that the requirement for Executive to list his home for sale for a sale price within 105% of the Appraised Value Price (as defined in Appendix B of the Relocation Policy) as set forth in Appendix B of the Relocation Policy shall be deemed satisfied if by no later than August 15 th , 2008, Executive’s primary residence is relocated to (and he resides on a full time basis in), and Executive’s services pursuant to the Second Amended Agreement, as amended hereby, are performed primarily in, Bellevue, Washington, or surrounding areas.

(c) Executive’s Washington Residence . The Company hereby agrees to pay all of the closing costs incurred with the Executive’s purchase of a new residence in Bellevue, Washington, or surrounding areas in accordance with the Home Purchase Assistance provisions set forth in the Relocation Policy.

(d) Cash Moving Allowance . The Company hereby agrees to pay Executive a cash moving allowance of an aggregate of Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) in lieu of the Miscellaneous Relocation Allowance, including any tax assistance/gross-up to which Executive would otherwise be entitled, in each case pursuant to the Relocation Policy.

(e) Other Miscellaneous Expenses. In addition to any and all expenses addressed in the Relocation Policy and not otherwise addressed in this First Amendment, the Company hereby agrees to pay the following costs and expenses of Executive:

(i) transportation of an additional car of Executive (in addition to the two cars provided under the terms of the Relocation Policy) and Executive’s 24 foot boat from Raleigh, North Carolina to Executive’s new residence in Seattle, Washington;

(ii) temporary living expenses in accordance with the Relocation Policy;

(iii) transportation costs of all Executive’s household items in accordance with the Relocation Policy.

All expenses paid by the Company pursuant to the Relocation Policy and Sections 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e) of this First Amendment shall be referred to herein as “Relocation Costs.” In the event of any conflict between the Relocation Policy and this First Amendment, this First Amendment will control.

3. Termination . Executive hereby agrees that in the event Executive resigns from the Company without Good Reason or is terminated by the Company for Cause (as such terms are defined in the Second Amended Agreement), Executive shall promptly reimburse the Company for any and all Relocation Costs in accordance with the Relocation Policy and in connection therewith, Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company Appendix A to the Relocation Policy simultaneously with Executive’s execution of this First Amendment; provided , however , that: (a) the term “resign” in Paragraph 1 of Appendix A will not include any resignation by Executive for “Good Reason” as defined in Section 10(a)(v) of the Second Amended Agreement; and (b) the term “cause” in Paragraph 1 of Appendix A will have the same

 

2


meaning as in Section 10(a)(ii) of the Second Amended Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if Executive is employed by the Company for more than 2 years after the Effective Date, Executive will not be required to reimburse the Company for any portion of the Relocation Costs.

4. Carve Out Bonus .

(a) If, at any time during the 28 month period immediately following the Effective Date, (1) the Company enters into a legally binding, definitive agreement for a Company Sale and (2) (A) at such time Executive is then employed by the Company or (B) Executive’s employment by the Company was terminated without Cause or the Executive resigned for Good Reason, in each case, within 4 months prior to the date on which the Company entered into such legally binding, definitive agreement for a Company Sale, then Executive shall be entitled to receive the following cash bonus (the “ Carve-Out Bonus ”) upon consummation of such Company Sale (and contingent upon such consummation):

(i) If the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale is three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) or less, the Carve-Out Bonus shall be two million dollars ($2,000,000) or, in the case of a Company Sale that is a sale (other than an initial public offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity, two million dollars ($2,000,000) multiplied by the applicable percentage of the Company’s equity sold in such Company Sale; or

(ii) If the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale is greater than three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000), the Carve-Out Bonus shall be equal to one percent (1%) of the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale or, in the case of a Company Sale that is a sale (other than an initial public offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity, one percent (1%) of the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale multiplied by the applicable percentage of the Company’s equity sold in such Company Sale.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Carve-Out Bonus shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate Equity Proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Equity Proceeds exceed the Carve-Out Bonus payable under subsection 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(ii) above, as applicable, no Carve-Out Bonus shall be owed.

(c) For purposes of this Section 4, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(i) The term “Company Sale” shall mean a sale (other than an initial public offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity or all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets, through any form of transaction, including, without limitation, merger, equity purchase, asset purchase, recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, or other transaction, or any complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; provided ,

 

3


however , that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transaction or series of transactions whose primary purpose is financing of the Company and does not involve payments or distributions to the stockholders of the Company shall not be treated as a “Company Sale” hereunder.

(ii) The term “Aggregate Value” shall mean, with respect to any Company Sale transaction, the aggregate value of the consideration paid in respect of the applicable equity securities of the Company or, in the case of a sale of assets, the consideration paid for such assets, in each case, which shall include the assumption of liabilities, plus (without duplication) the value of any debt, capital lease, and preferred stock obligations of the Company directly or indirectly assumed, retired, or defeased in connection with the applicable transaction. The value of any securities (whether debt, equity, options or warrants) or other property included in such consideration shall be determined as follows: (A) the value of securities that are freely tradable in an established public market shall be the last closing market price of such securities prior to the public announcement of the applicable transaction; and (B) the value of securities which are not freely tradable or which have no established public market, or if the consideration consists of property other than securities, the value of such securities or other property shall be the fair market value thereof as reasonably determined by unanimous vote of the Company’s Board of Directors, in consultation with its financial advisor. Consideration shall also be deemed to include the risk-adjusted present value (as reasonably determined by the Company’s Board of Directors) of any future (whether contingent or deferred) payments receivable or to be received by the Company or its security holders in connection with the applicable transaction (including, but not limited to, consideration placed in escrow and earn-out consideration). If the consideration to be paid is computed in any foreign currency, the value of such foreign currency shall, for purposes hereof, be converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate on the date or dates on which such consideration is payable.

(iii) The term “Equity Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate gross value of cash, securities and other property that Executive and his wife receive in a Company Sale as a result of their ownership of Company common stock, options or any other equity securities of the Company, convertible or otherwise, or any other compensation or bonus paid to Executive in connection therewith less the aggregate exercise price, if any, payable by Executive and his wife in respect of stock options held by such parties in connection therewith.

5. Location of Services . The last sentence of Section 2(a) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following sentence: “Executive’s services pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed primarily in Bellevue, Washington, or at such other locations as the Company and Executive may agree upon from time to time.”

6. Settlement of Disputes . The first sentence of Section 7(a) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following sentence:

 

4


“Except as provided in Section 7(c) , any claims or disputes of any nature between the Company and Executive arising from or related to the performance, breach, termination, expiration, application or meaning of this Agreement or any matter relating to Executive’s employment and the termination of that employment by the Company shall be resolved exclusively by arbitration in the State of Delaware, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules then existing of the American Arbitration Association.” The first sentence of Section 7(d) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following sentence: “Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding arising directly, indirectly, or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to or from this Agreement, or any provision hereof, shall be litigated only in the courts of the State of Delaware.”

7. Definition of “Territory” . Subparagraps (8), (9) and (10) of Section 10(a)(vii) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following subparagraphs: “(8) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, the State of Washington, or (9) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, King County in the State of Washington or (10) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines the foregoing to be unenforceable, any County in the State of Washington in which the Company has its headquarters and principal office.”

8. Notices . Section 10(i) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “ Notices . All notices, consents, requests, instructions, approvals or other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by personal delivery, overnight courier, mail, electronic facsimile or email addressed to the receiving party at the following respective addresses:

Notices to Executive :

Ryan K. Wuerch

Motricity, Inc.

601 108 th Avenue NE

Bellevue, WA 98004

Notices to Company :

Motricity, Inc.

Attention: Nathan A. Gooden

601 108 th Avenue NE

Bellevue, WA 98004

All such communications shall be effective when received. Any party may change the address set forth above by notice to each other party given as provided herein.

 

5


9. Governing Law . Section 10(k) of the Second Amended Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “ Governing Law . All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, validity and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law provisions thereof.”

10. Second Amended Agreement . Except as herein specifically amended, all terms and provisions of the Second Amended Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Except as specifically defined herein, capitalized terms in this First Amendment have the same meanings and definitions as set forth in the Second Amended Agreement.

11. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

{Remainder of page intentionally left blank}

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
By:  

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden

Name:   Nathan A. Gooden
Title:   Senior Vice President
  Corporate Development
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Ryan K. Wuerch

RYAN K. WUERCH
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

7

Exhibit 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 19, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Ryan Wuerch (“Executive”), an individual, and Motricity, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive on a full-time basis and Executive desires to be so employed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and to supersede in their entirety the terms of that certain Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive, dated as of January 1, 2008 and that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive, dated as of July 25, 2008 (together, the “Prior Employment Agreements”);

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

1. Position and Title . During the Term (as defined below), (a) the Company will employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and (b) Executive shall serve as a member of the Board. Executive accepts employment and service, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Duties . Executive shall have such authority, power, duties and responsibilities as are commensurate with such positions and as are customarily exercised by a person holding such positions in a company of the size and nature of the Company and also as may be reasonably assigned to Executive by the Board. Subject to and consistent with Section 7 below, Executive shall perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his abilities and shall devote his full business efforts and time exclusively to the Company and any of its affiliates, as may be requested from time to time by the Board.

3. Term . Subject to the provisions for earlier termination set forth in Section 5 below, the term of Executive’s employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue through the twenty-fourth month anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term will automatically renew for additional, successive one year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and such Renewal Terms, together with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless either party provides written notice of such party’s intent not to continue this Agreement no less than 90 days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term.

4. Compensation .

 

  (a)

Salary . Effective as of the Effective Date and continuing until the occurrence of a Public Offering (as defined below) (the “Pre-IPO Period”), the Company shall pay to Executive an annualized base salary, payable in


 

accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time, at the rate of $375,000 per year (the “Pre-IPO Base Salary”), provided that Executive shall receive a 20% increase in such Pre-IPO Base Salary (the “Temporary Adjustment”) for the period commencing with the Effective Date and ending on the earlier to occur of (a) the effective date of a Public Offering (“IPO Effective Date”) and (b) July 25, 2010; provided, however, that the increase reflected in the Temporary Adjustment shall not be included in the calculation of Executive’s Base Salary for purposes of determining any incentive, bonus awards, severance or change in control severance payments and including without limitation any employee benefit plan. Effective as of the IPO Effective Date and continuing until the expiration of the Term (the “Post-IPO Period”), the Company shall pay to Executive an annualized base salary, payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices in effect from time to time, at the rate of $450,000 per year, provided that such salary shall be pro-rated for the year in which a Public Offering occurs, based on the date of the Public Offering (the “Post-IPO Base Salary”) (the Pre-IPO Base Salary and the Post-IPO Base Salary shall be referred to generally herein, as applicable, as the “Base Salary”). In no event shall Executive be entitled to any tax gross-up arising from or otherwise related to the Temporary Adjustment.

 

  (b) Annual Bonus . Executive will be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus (“Annual Bonus”) (a) during the Pre-IPO Period targeted at 75% of his Pre-IPO Base Salary and (b) during the Post-IPO Period targeted at 100% of his Post-IPO Base Salary, provided that the Annual Bonus target percentage shall be pro-rated for the year in which a Public Offering occurs, based on the IPO Effective Date. The Annual Bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Corporate Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “Corporate Incentive Plan”) or similar plan as may be applicable from time to time. In the event that the terms of this Agreement conflict with those of the Corporate Incentive Plan, the Corporate Incentive Plan shall control; provided, however, that in no event shall the Pre-IPO Period and Post-IPO Period target award percentages set forth in this Section 4(b) be less than 75% of his Pre-IPO Base Salary and 100% of his Post-IPO Base Salary, respectively.

 

  (c)

Equity Participation . Subject to approval by the Board, Executive shall be granted, effective as of the Effective Date, a stock option to purchase 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”), par value $0.01 (“Company Common Stock”), which shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “LTIP”), pursuant to which the Option is granted and the governing stock option agreement. If both (i) a Public Offering occurs on or prior to July 25, 2010 and (ii) Executive continues to be an employee in good standing with the Company on the applicable

 

2


 

vesting date, the Option shall vest in equal installments of 25% on each of the four anniversaries of the IPO Effective Date. If no Public Offering occurs on or prior to July 31, 2010, the Option shall be null and void ab initio . The exercise price applicable to the Option shall be the per share fair market value of the Company Common Stock as of the date of grant of the Option, based on the per share value of the Company’s Common Stock as determined in accordance with a valuation to be performed by Acuitas as soon as administratively practicable following the review and acceptance by the Board of the Company’s audited financial statements for 2009. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive will not be eligible for additional options or other grants of equity until the expiration of the Initial Term. In the event that the terms of this Agreement conflict with those of the LTIP, the LTIP shall control; provided, however, that the vesting schedule of the Option set forth in this Section 4(c) shall not be subject to modification, except with respect to forfeiture or claw-back provisions set forth in the LTIP.

 

  (d) Employee Benefits . As a full-time regular employee, Executive will be eligible for participation in the Company’s welfare benefits plans as in effect from time to time. The cost of participating in the plans (if any) will depend upon the type of benefit and level of coverage Executive elects. At this time, the Company’s benefits offered include:

 

   

Group health insurance

 

   

Employee Assistant Program

 

   

FSA: Medical Savings Account

 

   

FSA: Dependent Care Reimbursement;

 

   

HSA: Health Savings Account

 

   

Group dental insurance

 

   

Group vision insurance

 

   

Life Insurance and Accidental Death and Dismemberment (3X Executive’s annual base salary not to exceed $800,000)

 

   

Voluntary Life & AD&D for Employee and Dependents

 

   

Long term disability – Employer paid

 

   

Short term disability – Employer paid

 

   

401(k) plan

 

   

Eight paid holidays plus two floating holidays

 

   

20 accrued Paid Time Off (“PTO”) days

 

   

Five sick days

For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits other than those typically available to employees and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing plan as well as the sole discretion of the Company to amend or terminate any such plan, policy or program at any time with or without notice.

 

3


  (e) Carve-Out Bonus . If, at any time during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the IPO Effective Date and (ii) July 25, 2010, (A) the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Company Sale (as defined below) and (B) (1) at such time Executive is then employed by the Company or (2) Executive’s employment by the Company was terminated without Cause or the Executive resigned for Good Reason, in each case, within four (4) months prior to the date on which the Company entered into such legally binding, definitive agreement for a Company Sale, then Executive shall be entitled to receive the following cash bonus (the “Carve-Out Bonus”) upon consummation of such Company Sale (and contingent upon such consummation):

 

  (i) If the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale is three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) or less, the Carve-Out Bonus shall be two million dollars ($2,000,000) or, in the case of a Company Sale that is a sale (other than a Public Offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity, two million dollars ($2,000,000) multiplied by the applicable percentage of the Company’s equity sold in such Company Sale; or

 

  (ii) If the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale is greater than three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000), the Carve-Out Bonus shall be equal to one percent (1%) of the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale or, in the case of a Company Sale that is a sale (other than a Public Offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity, one percent (1%) of the Aggregate Value of the Company Sale multiplied by the applicable percentage of the Company’s equity sold in such Company Sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Carve-Out Bonus shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate Equity Proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Equity Proceeds exceed the Carve-Out Bonus payable under subsection 4(e)(i) or 4(e)(ii) above, as applicable, no Carve-Out Bonus shall be owed. For purposes of this Section 4, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

The term “Company Sale” shall mean a sale (other than a Public Offering) of at least 75% of the Company’s equity or all or substantially all of the Company’s consolidated assets, through any form of transaction, including, without limitation, merger, equity purchase, asset purchase, recapitalization, reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, or other transaction; provided , however , that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transaction or series of transactions whose primary purpose is financing of the Company and does not involve payments or distributions to the stockholders of the Company shall not be treated as a “Company Sale” hereunder.

 

4


The term “Aggregate Value” shall mean, with respect to any Company Sale transaction, the aggregate value of the consideration paid in respect of the applicable equity securities of the Company or, in the case of a sale of assets, the consideration paid for such assets, in each case, which shall include the assumption of liabilities, plus (without duplication) the value of any debt, capital lease, and preferred stock obligations of the Company directly or indirectly assumed, retired, or defeased in connection with the applicable transaction. The value of any securities (whether debt, equity, options or warrants) or other property included in such consideration shall be determined as follows: (A) the value of securities that are freely tradable in an established public market shall be the last closing market price of such securities prior to the public announcement of the applicable transaction; and (B) the value of securities which are not freely tradable or which have no established public market, or if the consideration consists of property other than securities, the value of such securities or other property shall be the fair market value thereof as reasonably determined by unanimous vote of the Board, in consultation with its financial advisor. Consideration shall also be deemed to include the risk-adjusted present value (as reasonably determined by the Board) of any future (whether contingent or deferred) payments receivable or to be received by the Company or its security holders in connection with the applicable transaction (including, but not limited to, consideration placed in escrow and earn-out consideration). If the consideration to be paid is computed in any foreign currency, the value of such foreign currency shall, for purposes hereof, be converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate on the date or dates on which such consideration is payable.

The term “Equity Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate gross value of cash, securities and other property that Executive and Shawntel Wuerch receive in a Company Sale as a result of their ownership of Company common stock, options or any other equity securities of the Company, convertible or otherwise, or any other compensation or bonus paid to Executive in connection therewith less the aggregate exercise price, if any, payable by Executive and Shawntel Wuerch in respect of stock options held by such parties in connection therewith.

 

  (f) Relocation . Executive shall remain subject to the Agreement to Repay Relocation Costs attached to the Relocation Policy that was executed on or about July 25, 2008, the obligations under which shall terminate on July 25, 2010, as set forth in First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Executive, dated as of July 25, 2008.

 

  (g) Legal Fees . The Company will pay Executive an amount of $10,000 for his legal fees incurred in negotiating and drafting this Agreement.

 

5


5. Termination of Employment .

 

  (a) Termination of Employment Not in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below) other than during the period commencing on (i) the earlier of (A) a public announcement by the Company of a transaction which, when consummated, will constitute a Change in Control and (B) the execution of a definitive transaction agreement to which the Company is a party which, when consummated, will constitute a Change in Control and ending on (ii) the earlier of (X) any decision by the Company that it is no longer pursuing the transaction contemplated by clause (A) of this Section 5(a), (Y) the termination of the executed definitive transaction agreement that would have effected a Change of Control contemplated by clause (B) of this Section 5(a) and (Z) the 12-month anniversary of a Change in Control (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled to: (i) a severance payment in an amount equal to one times his Base Salary (if termination occurs before the IPO Effective Date, the Pre-IPO Base Salary, or after the IPO Effective Date, the Post-IPO Base Salary), paid over the 12-month period following the termination of his employment in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices, which payments shall commence 15 days following and shall be subject to Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of the Company’s form of Release and Waiver of Claims Agreement as in effect on the Effective Date (the “Release”), provided that execution and delivery of the Release shall occur no later than 45 days following the date Executive’s employment terminates and such Release has not been revoked, (ii) the Annual Bonus Executive would have earned for the year in which Executive’s employment terminates based on the Company’s actual performance for such year and pro-rated to the date of termination, with such pro-rated amount to be calculated by multiplying the current year’s Annual Bonus by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days inclusive between the start of the then current calendar year and the date of termination and a denominator equal to 365, such amount to be paid at the time the Company does or otherwise would pay annual cash bonuses to its senior executives, subject to the terms and conditions of the Corporate Incentive Plan and (iii) acceleration of vesting and/or exercisability of fifty percent (50%) of any outstanding options issued pursuant to the Option and unvested as of the date of Executive’s termination.

 

  (b)

Termination of Employment in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason during the period commencing on (i) the earlier of (A) a public announcement by the Company of a transaction which, when consummated, will constitute a Change in Control and (B) the execution of a definitive transaction agreement to which the Company is a party which, when consummated, will constitute

 

6


 

a Change in Control and ending on (ii) the earlier of (X) any decision by the Company that it is no longer pursuing the transaction contemplated by clause (A) of this Section 5(b), (Y) the termination of the executed definitive transaction agreement that would have effected a Change of Control contemplated by clause (B) of this Section 5(b) and (Z) the 12-month anniversary of a Change in Control, then in lieu of the benefits described in Subsection (a) above, Executive shall be entitled to: (i) a severance payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) his Base Salary (if termination occurs before the IPO Effective Date, the Pre-IPO Base Salary, or after the IPO Effective Date, the Post-IPO Base Salary) as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination and (B) the average of the annual bonuses paid to Executive during the three completed years preceding the date of termination, paid over the 12-month period following the termination of his employment in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices, which payments shall commence 15 days following and shall be subject to Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of the Release, provided that execution and delivery of the Release shall occur no later than 45 days following the date Executive’s employment terminates and such Release has not been revoked and (ii) acceleration of vesting and/or exercisability of fifty percent (50%) of any outstanding options issued pursuant to the Option and unvested as of the date of Executive’s termination.

 

  (c) Release Required . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event Executive fails to execute and deliver the Release within the time period described above, Executive shall forfeit any and all rights to the severance benefits described in Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

  (d) Termination on Death or Disability . In the event that Executive dies or becomes Disabled or is terminated for any other reason other than a reason set forth above in Sections 5(a) and (b), the Company shall pay to Executive, or Executive’s beneficiary or beneficiaries designated in writing to the Company, or to Executive’s estate in the absence or lapse of such designation, only the Base Salary, as in effect at the date of such occurrence, through the last day of the month in which death or Disability occurred and any accrued and unpaid bonus, vacation, and benefits as of the last day of the month in which death or Disability occurred provided that nothing in this Section 5(d) or otherwise in this Agreement shall limit any rights or entitlements Executive may have to benefits under applicable law or the terms of any disability, life insurance or other benefit plans, policies or programs of the Company.

 

  (e) Other Terminations . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, by Executive other than for Good Reason or by reason of non-renewal of this Agreement, Executive will be entitled to only his earned and accrued Base Salary through the date of termination and employee benefits as may be earned and/or accrued through the termination date subject to and consistent with the terms of the relevant employee benefit plans and/or applicable law.

 

7


  (f) Surrender of Records and Property . Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall deliver promptly to the Company all records, manuals, books, blank forms, emails, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, data, tables, calculations or copies thereof, whether in tangible or electronic form, that relate in any way to the business, products, practices or techniques of the Company or any of its affiliates, and all other property, trade secrets and confidential information of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, but not limited to, all documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential information of the Company or any of its affiliates, which in any of these cases are in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control.

 

  (g) Equity Awards . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5(a) and (b) above, in the event of the Executive’s termination by the Company, the Executive’s rights to outstanding stock options and restricted stock shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable governing plan and award agreement as then in effect. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall not be entitled to any accelerated vesting of outstanding stock options and restricted stock, except as provided in Sections 5(a) and (b) above or as otherwise provided in the terms and conditions of the award agreements and applicable governing plan(s) as then in effect.

 

  (h) Deemed Resignation . Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or no reason, including with or without Cause or for Good Reason, whether by the Company or by Executive, and unless the Board otherwise expressly determines, Executive agrees that he automatically shall have been deemed to have resigned from all positions as an officer, director and employee of the Company or any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof without any further action on the part of the Executive. In connection therewith, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Release (if applicable) , the Executive shall deliver a resignation letter effecting his resignation in a form acceptable to the Company.

 

  (i) COBRA . For the avoidance of doubt, upon termination of this Agreement in accordance with any of the provisions of this Section 5, notwithstanding that Executive may elect continuation of benefits coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), Executive shall not be entitled to payment or reimbursement from the Company with respect to the cost of such continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

8


6. Restrictive Covenants .

 

  (a) For a period of 12 months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive covenants and agrees that he shall not, either directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, owner, employee, partner, investor, shareholder (other than solely as a holder of not more than one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of any public corporation), consultant, advisor or otherwise howsoever own, operate, carry on or engage in the operation of or have any financial interest in or provide, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to or lend money to or guarantee the debts or obligations of any Person carrying on or engaged in any business that is a competitor with the business conducted by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether with respect to customers, sources of supply or otherwise.

 

  (b) During the Term and continuing for a period of two (2) years following the date of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive covenants and agrees that he shall not directly, or indirectly, for himself or for any other Person: (i) solicit, interfere with or endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, any customer or client; (ii) attempt to direct or solicit any customer or client away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; or (iii) interfere with, entice away or otherwise attempt to induce any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate his/her employment with the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

  (c) Executive represents to and agrees with the Company that the enforcement of the restrictions contained in this Agreement and in the Company’s Non-Disclosure, Noncompetition, and Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (the “Non-Disclosure Agreement”) is necessary to protect the proprietary rights of the Company and the confidential information described in the Non-Disclosure Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive further agrees that the aforementioned representations would not be unduly burdensome to Executive and that such restrictions are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company.

 

  (d) Executive also agrees that the remedy of damages for any breach by Executive of the provisions of either this Agreement or the Non-Disclosure Agreement shall be inadequate and that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without posting any bond (to any and all remedies the Company may have in law and equity), and Executive agrees not to oppose granting of such relief on the grounds that the damages would adequately compensate the Company. These Agreements constitute an independent and separable covenant which shall be enforceable notwithstanding any right or remedy that the Company may have under any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

9


7. Full-Time Commitment .

 

  (a) Executive acknowledges, agrees and understands that the implementation and performance of the Company’s business plan is a critical and time sensitive process and that full and complete implementation of the business plan is essential to the long-term survival, continuation and preservation of the business of the Company and that any termination by Executive of Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder will result in substantial costs and damages to the Company. During the term of Executive’s employment, he shall devote his time, attention and efforts, on a full-time basis at the Company’s Bellevue headquarters or on Company approved business travel for the business and affairs of the Company and shall use his best efforts to achieve the full and complete implementation of the Company’s business plan. Executive agrees to serve the Company faithfully and to perform Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the best of Executive’s abilities in a diligent, trustworthy, businesslike and efficient matter. During Executive’s employment with the Company, he shall not serve as a member of a board, advisory group or similar governing body without the prior approval of the Board and provided that such activities in connection with such service (i) do not conflict or interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder and (ii) do not violate or potentially violate any law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive agrees that, in the event that the Company determines, in its sole and exclusive judgment, but acting reasonably under the circumstances, that he is, or will likely be, engaged in, or about to engage in, any activity or activities that could violate the aforementioned provisions, the Company may require that Executive resign, discontinue, and/or recuse himself from such activities, notwithstanding that the Board may have previously approved Executive’s service on an outside board of directors. Executive hereby confirms that he is under no contractual commitment inconsistent with his obligations set forth in this Agreement, and that, during his employment with the Company, he will not render or perform services for any other corporation, firm, entity or person that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Code of Ethics . The Company and the Executive have previously agreed to and adopted the Code of Ethics attached hereto as Exhibit A.

8. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

  (a)

“Cause” shall mean Executive’s (i) willful failure to perform substantially all of the duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by

 

10


 

imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty toward the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Board based on opinion of its counsel, of any securities or employment laws or regulations; (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs Executive’s ability to carry out his duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation of the Company’s policies and procedures or breach of any agreement between the Company and Executive.

 

  (b) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

  (i) During any 24 month period, individuals who, as of the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the beginning of such period whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director;

 

  (ii) Any Person is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (ii) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any Subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction, as defined in paragraph (iii), or (E) any Person or Persons acting as a group acquire Voting Securities from the Company, if immediately prior to such acquisition, such Person or Persons acting as a group owned, collectively or individually, if applicable, 30% or more of Company Voting Securities by such person;

 

11


  (iii) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (1) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (2) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

 

  (iv) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than to a Person or Persons acting as a group then owning, collectively or individually, if applicable, 30% or more of Company Voting Securities.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if

 

12


 

after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur or as (B) as the result of either the acquisition of more than 30% of the Company Voting Securities or of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets by any of the following or their affiliates: Advanced Equities, Inc., Carl C. Icahn, New Enterprise Associates or Technology Crossover Ventures.

 

  (c) “Disability” shall mean any mental or physical condition that renders Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his position, with or without reasonable accommodation, as is consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act and the Family and Medical Leave Act, for a period in excess of ninety (90) consecutive days or more than one hundred twenty (120) days during any period of any three hundred sixty-five (365) calendar days.

 

  (d) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

  (e) “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in Executive’s authority, duties, annual base salary or responsibilities (in no event shall Executive ceasing to serve as Chairman of the Board or on any committee of the Board at any time after April 15, 2010 be deemed to be a material diminution in authority, duties or responsibilities that would otherwise constitute “Good Reason”); (ii) any action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive performs his services; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not exist unless and until Executive has satisfied the notice and cure period provisions set forth below. Executive must provide a notice of termination to the Company within 90 days of the initial existence of the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. Upon receipt of such notice, the Company shall have 30 days during which it may remedy the condition, event or circumstance that constitutes Good Reason. If the Company remedies such condition, event or circumstance, then Executive shall not be entitled to terminate employment with the Company for Good Reason.

 

  (f) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

13


  (g) “Public Offering” shall mean the sale of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and where the Common Stock is listed for trading on a national securities exchange.

9. General Provisions .

 

  (a) Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement and any disputes or claims arising hereunder shall be construed in accordance with, governed by and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without regard for any rules of conflicts of law. Any action at law, suit in equity or judicial proceeding arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection with, out of, related to, or from this Agreement, or any provision hereof, shall be litigated only in the courts of the State of Delaware and the parties each hereby waive the right to a trial by jury of any claim, demand, action or causes of action under this Agreement. Executive and the Company consent to the jurisdiction of such courts over the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive waives any right Executive might have to transfer or change the venue of any litigation brought against Executive by the Company. In no event shall any dispute arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement be submitted to arbitration or mediation.

 

  (b) Withholding/Taxes .

 

  (i) The Company will withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

  (ii) Executive may satisfy tax withholding obligations by surrendering to the Company shares of Company Common Stock subject to Executive’s restricted stock grants made to him prior to a Public Offering that become vested upon the effective date of a Public Offering and which have a value on the effective date of the Public Offering equal to the statutory minimum withholding obligation in respect of such restricted stock grants.

 

  (iii) The Company will not pay or otherwise gross-up the Executive for any Federal, state, local or foreign taxes related to or arising with respect to any benefit provided or payment made under this Agreement.

 

14


  (c) Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A. This Agreement will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, Executive and the Company agree to work together in good faith in an effort to comply with Section 409A and any provision that would cause this Agreement to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Executive shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Agreement, and no payments shall be due to Executive under this Agreement which are payable upon termination of Executive’s employment, until Executive would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Agreement during the six-month period immediately following Executive’s termination of employment shall instead be paid within 30 days following the first business day after the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9(c), the Company shall not be responsible for any additional taxes or interest imposed on Executive pursuant to Section 409A.

 

  (d) No Waivers . The failure of either party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent such party thereafter from enforcing such provision or any other provision of this Agreement. Rights granted the parties hereto herein are cumulative and the election of one shall not constitute a waiver of such party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available under the circumstances.

 

  (e) Notices . All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered personally or by local courier, (ii) upon confirmation of receipt when such notice or other communication is sent by facsimile, or (iii) one day after timely delivery to an overnight delivery courier. The addresses for such notices shall be as follows:

TO THE COMPANY :

Motricity

601 108th Avenue NE

Suite 900

Bellevue, WA 98004

Attn: General Counsel

 

15


TO EXECUTIVE :

At the most recent address on file with the Company.

 

  (f) Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder of the provisions, or enforceable parts thereof, shall not be affected thereby unless as a result of such severing the remaining provisions or enforceable parts do not substantially reflect the intention of the parties in entering into this Agreement.

 

  (g) Successors and Assigns . This is an agreement for personal services and may not be assigned by Executive. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon their successors, heirs and assigns, including the survivor upon any merger, consolidation or combination of the Company with any other entity.

 

  (h) Entire Agreement and Amendments . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, including without limitation the Prior Employment Agreements, negotiations, understandings and covenants with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended, modified or canceled only by mutual agreement of the parties and only in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the invention assignment and non-disclosure agreement Executive previously executed in favor of the Company and all outstanding stock option and restricted stock agreements between the Company and Executive shall remain in full force and effect and subject to the terms therein.

 

  (i) No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no other person shall be a third-party beneficiary hereof.

 

  (j) Headings . The headings of the sections, paragraphs, subsections and subparagraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof.

 

  (k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Richard E. Leigh, Jr.

Name:   RICHARD E. LEIGH, JR.
Title:   SENIOR VP, GENERAL COUNSEL
RYAN WUERCH
By:  

/s/ Ryan Wuerch

SIGNATURE PAGE – RYAN WUERCH AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.13

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF

MOTRICITY, INC.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Thirty-Four Million Three Hundred Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (34,307,999) shares.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by written consent on the      day of July, 2006.

 

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden
Nathan A. Gooden, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF

MOTRICITY, INC.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Twenty-Six Million Three Hundred Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (26,307,999) shares.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by written consent on the 9th day of November, 2005.

 

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden
Nathan A. Gooden, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF

MOTRICITY, INC.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Twenty-Four Million Five Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (24,557,999) shares.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by written consent on the 4th day of August, 2005.

 

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden
Nathan A. Gooden, Secretary


AMENDED AND RESTATED

2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

OF MOTRICITY, INC.

As amended through: August 4, 2005


AMENDED AND RESTATED

2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

OF MOTRICITY, INC.

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Motricity, Inc. adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. on March 19, 2004 (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Board amended the Plan on April 29, 2004.

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is amended and completely restated as set forth herein.

 

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Motricity, Inc. (the “ Plan ”) is to encourage and enable selected employees, directors and independent contractors of Motricity, Inc. (Motricity, Inc., together with any successor corporation thereto, being referred to herein as the “ Corporation ”) and its related entities to acquire or to increase their holdings of common stock of the Corporation, $0.001 par value (such common stock, together with the voting common stock of any successor to the Corporation, being referred to herein as the “ Common Stock ”), in order to promote a closer identification of their interests with those of the Corporation and its stockholders, thereby further stimulating their efforts to enhance the efficiency, soundness, profitability, growth and stockholder value of the Corporation. This purpose will be carried out through the granting of benefits (referred to herein individually as an “ Award ” and collectively as “ Awards ”) to selected Participants. Awards granted under the Plan may include incentive stock options (“ Incentive Options ”) intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), nonqualified stock options (“ Nonqualified Options ”) and stock awards in the form of bonus stock (“ Bonus Stock ”) and restricted stock awards (“ Restricted Stock Awards ”). Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options shall be referred to herein collectively as “ Options ” Bonus Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Awards shall be referred to herein collectively as “ Stock Awards .”

 

2. Administration of the Plan

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ” or the “ Board of Directors ”) or, upon its delegation, by a committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”). In the event that the Corporation shall become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), the Committee shall be comprised solely of “non-employee directors,” as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or as may otherwise be permitted under Rule 16b-3, unless the Board determines otherwise. Further, in the event that the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code or related regulations become applicable to the Corporation, the Plan shall be administered by a committee comprised of “outside directors” (as such term is defined in Section 162(m) and related regulations) or as may otherwise be permitted under Section 162(m) and related regulations. For the purposes herein, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board and, upon its delegation to the Committee of all or part of its authority to administer the Plan, to the Committee.


(b) In addition to action by meeting in accordance with applicable law, any action of the Administrator with respect to the Plan may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members of the Board or Committee, as appropriate, and any such action so taken by written consent shall be as fully effective as if it had been taken by a majority of the members at a meeting duly held and called. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have full and final authority in its discretion to take any action with respect to the Plan including, without limitation, the authority (i) to determine all matters relating to Awards, including selection of individuals to be granted Awards, the types of Awards, the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, subject to an Award, and all terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of an Award; (ii) to prescribe the form or forms of the Award Agreements evidencing any Awards granted under the Plan; (iii) to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (iv) to construe and interpret the Plan, Awards and Award Agreements made under the Plan, to interpret rules and regulations for administering the Plan and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. The Administrator shall also have the authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise exercisable, vested or earned shall become exercisable, vested or earned in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Award granted to any recipient. In addition, the Administrator shall have the authority and discretion to establish terms and conditions of Awards (including but not limited to the establishment of subplans) as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to conform to the applicable requirements or practices of jurisdictions outside of the United States. All determinations of the Administrator with respect to the Plan and any Award or Agreement will be final and binding on the Corporation and all persons having or claiming an interest in any Award granted under the Plan. No member of the Board or Committee, as applicable, shall be liable while acting as Administrator for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement. The members of the Board or Committee, as applicable, shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.

 

3. Effective Date

The effective date of the Plan shall be March 19, 2004 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan shall continue in effect until March 18, 2014, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board pursuant to Section 11(a) herein; provided, however, that Awards which are outstanding at the time of termination of the Plan shall (unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise) continue in accordance with their terms.

 

4. Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan; Award Limitations

(a) Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Twenty-Four Million Five Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (24,557,999) shares. To the extent required pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, during any 12-month period, no Participant may be granted Awards for more than Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Common

 

-2-


Stock (or the equivalent value thereof based on the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 6(c)(ii)) per share of the Common Stock on the date of grant of an Award); provided, however, that the Award limitation imposed pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) herein. Shares issuable under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares or shares acquired on the open market or in private transactions.

(b) The corporation hereby reserves sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock to meet the grant of Awards hereunder. To the extent that any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant (or his beneficiary) because the Award expires, is forfeited, canceled, settled in cash or used to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations, such shares shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If the purchase price of an Award granted under the Plan is satisfied by tendering or withholding shares of Common Stock, only the number of shares issued net of the shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld shall be deemed issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) If there is any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock because of a merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Corporation, or if the Board of Directors of the Corporation declares a stock dividend, stock split distributable in shares of Common Stock or reverse stock split, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or if there is a similar change in the capital stock structure of the Corporation affecting the Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation (excluding conversion of convertible securities of the Corporation), then the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be correspondingly adjusted, and the Administrator shall make such adjustments to Awards or to any provisions of this Plan as the Administrator deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of Awards or as may otherwise be advisable.

 

5. Eligibility

An Award may be granted only to an individual who satisfies all of the following eligibility requirements on the date the Award is granted:

(a) The individual is either (i) an employee of the Corporation or a related entity, (ii) a director of the Corporation or a related entity, or (iii) an independent contractor, consultant or advisor (each, an “ independent contractor ”) providing services to the Corporation or a related entity. For this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an “ employee ” only if there exists between the individual and the Corporation or a related entity the legal and bona fide relationship of employer and employee.

(b) With respect to the grant of Incentive Options, the individual does not own, immediately before the time that the Incentive Option is granted, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Corporation or a related corporation may be granted an Incentive Option if the Option Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 6(c)(ii) herein), and the Option Period (as defined in Section 6(d)(i) herein) does not exceed five years. For this purpose, an individual will be deemed to own stock which is attributable to him under Section 424(d) of the Code.

 

-3-


(c) With respect to the grant of substitute awards or assumption of awards in connection with a merger, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Corporation or a related entity, the recipient is otherwise eligible to receive the Award and the terms of the Award are consistent with the Plan and applicable law (including, to the extent necessary, the federal securities laws registration provisions and Section 424(a) of the Code).

(d) The individual, being otherwise eligible under this Section 5, is selected by the Administrator as an individual to whom an Award shall be granted (a “ Participant ”).

 

6. Options

(a) Grant of Options : Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may in its sole and absolute discretion grant Options to eligible individuals in such numbers, subject to such terms and conditions, and at such times as the Administrator shall determine. Both Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options may be granted under the Plan; provided, however, that Incentive Options may only be granted to employees of the Corporation or a related corporation. To the extent that an Option is designated as an Incentive Option but does not qualify as such under Section 422 of the Code, the Option (or non-qualifying portion thereof) shall be treated as a Nonqualified Option.

(b) Option Price : The price per share at which an option may be exercised (the “ Option Price ”) shall be established by the Administrator and stated in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of the Option; provided, that (i) the Option Price of an Incentive Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock, as determined in accordance with Section 6(c)(ii) on the date the Option is granted (or 110% of the Fair Market Value with respect to Incentive Options granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation, as provided in Section 5(b) herein); and (ii) in no event shall the Option Price per share of any Option be less than the par value per share of the Common Stock.

(c) Date of Grant; Fair Market Value :

(i) An Incentive Option shall be considered to be granted on the date that the Administrator acts to grant the Option, or on any later date specified by the Administrator as the effective date of the Option. A Nonqualified Option shall be considered to be granted on the date the Administrator acts to grant the Option or any other date specified by the Administrator as the date of grant of the Option.

(ii) For the purposes of the Plan, the “ Fair Market Value ” per share of the Common Stock shall be established in good faith by the Administrator and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions: (A) if the shares of Common Stock are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price per share of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange (as applicable) on the date immediately

 

-4-


preceding the date the Option is granted or other determination is made (each, a “ valuation date ”), or, if there is no transaction on such date, then on the trading date nearest preceding the valuation date for which closing price information is available, and, provided further, if the shares are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market but are not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such system on the date immediately or nearest preceding the valuation date for which such information is available; or (B) if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or reported in any of the foregoing, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 20.2031-2 of the Federal Estate Tax Regulations, or in any other manner consistent with the Code and accompanying regulations.

(iii) In no event shall there first become exercisable by an employee in any one calendar year Incentive Options granted by the Corporation or any related corporation with respect to shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an Incentive Option is granted) greater than $100,000; provided that, if such limit is exceeded, then the first $100,000 of shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be Incentive Options and the Options (or portion thereof) for shares with a value in excess of $100,000 that first became exercisable in that calendar year will be Nonqualified Options. In the event the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of this Plan to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Options, then such different limit shall be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Incentive Option granted after the date of such amendment.

(d) Option Period and Limitations on the Right to Exercise Options :

(i) The term of an Option (the “ Option Period ”) shall be determined by the Administrator at the time the Option is granted and stated in the Award Agreement. With respect to Incentive Options, the Option Period shall not extend more than 10 years from the date on which the Option is granted (or five years with respect to Incentive Options granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation, as provided in Section 5(b) herein). Any Option or portion thereof not exercised before expiration of the Option Period shall terminate. The period or periods during which and the terms and conditions pursuant to which an Option may vest and become exercisable shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to the terms of the Plan.

(ii) An Option may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation in form acceptable to the Administrator at such place and subject to such conditions as may be established by the Administrator or its designee. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to an Option and the aggregate purchase price to be paid therefor and shall be accompanied by payment of such purchase price. Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, such payment shall be in the form of cash or

 

-5-


check; provided that, where expressly permitted by the Administrator and applicable law, payment may also be made:

(A) By delivery (by either actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant for a time period determined by the Administrator and otherwise acceptable to the Administrator;

(B) By shares of Common Stock withheld upon exercise;

(C) With respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option after a public market for the Common Stock exists, by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Corporation and delivery to a broker of written notice of exercise and irrevocable instructions to promptly deliver to the Corporation the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the Option Price;

(D) By such other payment methods as may be approved by the Administrator and which are acceptable under applicable law; or

(E) By any combination of the foregoing methods.

Shares tendered or withheld in payment on the exercise of an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, as determined by the Administrator by applying the provisions of Section 6(c)(ii). For the purposes herein, a “ public market ” for the Common Stock shall be deemed to exist (i) upon consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or (ii) if the Administrator otherwise determines that there is an established public market for the Common Stock.

(iii) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, no Option granted to a Participant who was an employee at the time of grant shall be exercised unless the Participant is, at the time of exercise, an employee as described in Section 5(a), and has been an employee continuously since the date the Option was granted, subject to the following:

(A) An Option shall not be affected by any change in the terms, conditions or status of the Participant’s employment, provided that the Participant continues to be an employee of the Corporation or a related corporation.

(B) The employment relationship of a Participant shall be treated as continuing intact for any period that the Participant is on military or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, as long as the Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. The employment relationship of a Participant shall also be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is not in active service because of disability. For the purposes of the Plan, “ disability ” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term in any employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement to which the Participant is a party, or if no

 

-6-


such agreement applies, “disability” shall mean the inability of the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The Administrator shall have sole authority to determine whether a Participant is disabled and, if applicable, the date of a Participant’s termination of employment or service for any reason (the “ termination date ”).

(C) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant is terminated because of disability or death, the Option may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the Participant’s termination date, except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date. The Option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (X) the close of the period of one year next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. In the event of the Participant’s death, such Option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

(D) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of the Participant is terminated for any reason other than disability, death or for “cause,” his Option may be exercised to the extent exercisable on his termination date, except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date. The Option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the Participant dies following such termination of employment and prior to the earlier of the dates specified in (X) or (Y) of this subparagraph (D), the Participant shall be treated as having died while employed under subparagraph (C) immediately preceding (treating for this purpose the Participant’s date of termination of employment as the termination date). In the event of the Participant’s death, such Option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

(E) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of the Participant is terminated for “cause,” his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. For purposes of the Plan, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, a Participant’s termination shall be for “cause” if such termination results from the participant’s (X) termination for “cause” under the Participant’s employment, consulting or other agreement with the Corporation or a related entity, if any; or (Y) if the Participant has not entered into any such employment, consulting or other agreement, then the Participant’s termination shall be for “cause” if

 

-7-


termination results due to the Participant’s (i) dishonesty or conviction of a crime; (ii) failure to perform his duties for the Corporation or a related entity to the satisfaction of the Corporation; or (iii) engaging in conduct that could be damaging to the Corporation without a reasonable good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interest of the Corporation. The determination of “cause” shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final and conclusive.

(F) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have authority, in its discretion, to extend the period during which an Option may be exercised or modify the other terms and conditions of exercise, or both.

(iv) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, an Option granted to a Participant who was a non-employee director of the Corporation or a related entity at the time of grant may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of service to the Corporation or a related entity (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the services of such a Participant are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 6(d)(iii)(E) herein), his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date, extend the period during which an Option may be exercised, modify the other terms and conditions to exercise, or any combination of the foregoing.

(v) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, an Option granted to a Participant who was an independent contractor of the Corporation or a related entity at the time of grant (and who does not thereafter become an employee, in which case he shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6(d)(iii) herein) may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of service to the Corporation or a related entity (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the services of such a Participant are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 6(d)(iii)(E) herein), his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date, extend the period during which an Option may be exercised, modify the other terms and conditions to exercise, or any combination of the foregoing.

(vi) A Participant and his legal representatives, legatees or distributes shall not be deemed to be the holder of any shares subject to an Option and shall not have any rights of a stockholder unless and until certificates for such shares have been issued and

 

-8-


delivered to him or them under the Plan. A certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant (or his beneficiary) and distributed to the Participant (or his beneficiary) as soon as practicable following receipt of notice of exercise and payment of the purchase price (except as may otherwise be determined by the Corporation in the event of payment of the Option Price pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii)(C) herein). Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to any restrictions applicable under the Plan (including but not limited to the provisions of Section 12), the Award Agreement or any other applicable agreements.

(vii) If shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Option are disposed of within two years following the date of grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to a Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Corporation in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Administrator may reasonably require.

(e) Nontransferability of Options : Incentive Options shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession. Nonqualified Options shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession, except as may be permitted by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Except as may be permitted by the preceding sentence, an Option shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or by his guardian or legal representative. The designation of a beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.

 

7. Stock Awards

(a) Grant and Vesting of Stock Awards : Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may in its sole and absolute discretion grant Stock Awards to such eligible individuals, for such numbers of shares, upon such terms and at such times as the Administrator shall determine. Stock Awards shall be payable in shares of Common Stock. The Administrator may grant Stock Awards in the form of shares of Bonus Stock that vest immediately upon grant and that are not subject to any forfeiture conditions. The Administrator also may grant Stock Awards in the form of Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to certain conditions, which conditions must be met in order for the Stock Award to vest and be earned (in whole or in part) and no longer subject to forfeiture. Such conditions may include but are not limited to continued service for a certain period of time, attainment of performance objectives, retirement, displacement, disability, death, or a combination of these factors. Performance objectives may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants and shall be based on such corporate, business unit or division and/or individual performance factors and criteria as the Administrator in its sole discretion may deem appropriate, which factors may include but are not limited to one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“ EBITDA ”)); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per share; (v) book value per share; (vi) return on stockholders’ equity; (vii) return on investment; (viii) return on capital; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) expense management; (xi) profitability of an identifiable business unit or

 

-9-


product; (xii) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xiii) stock price or total stockholder return; (xiv) market share; (xv) revenues or sales; (xvi) costs; (xvii) cash flow; (xviii) working capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) economic wealth created; and (xxi) strategic business criteria. The Administrator also shall determine the nature, length and starting date, if any, during which a Stock Award may vest (the “restriction period”). The Administrator shall have sole authority to determine whether and to what degree Stock Awards have vested and been earned (collectively, “vested”) and to establish and interpret the terms and conditions of Stock Awards and the provisions herein. The Administrator shall also have authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise vested shall become vested in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Award granted to any recipient.

(b) Forfeiture of Stock Awards : Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment or service of a Participant shall terminate for any reason and all or part of a Stock Award has not vested pursuant to the terms of the Plan and related Award Agreement, such Award, to the extent not then vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon such termination and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

(c) Share Certificates : Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as practicable after the Stock Award has vested (in whole or in part). The Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of any shares subject to the Stock Award and shall not have any rights of a stockholder unless and until certificates for all or a portion of the shares have been issued to him. The Administrator may require, as a condition to the grant of the Award and the issuance of the shares, that the Participant deposit certificates representing the shares subject to a Stock Award, together with stock powers or other instruments approved by the Corporation, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Corporation or an agent designated by the Corporation to hold in escrow until such restrictions or any other conditions established by the Administrator have lapsed or terminated, and the Corporation may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder : Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, upon the issuance of a certificate for the shares to a Participant, the Participant shall have such rights and incidents of ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Stock Award, including the right to vote and to receive dividends when and if paid by the Corporation and to exercise such additional rights with respect to the shares, as are permitted by the Plan, the Award Agreement and applicable law; provided, however, that (i) any unvested shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award (and any related dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder) shall be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 8 herein, and (ii) shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Award shall be subject to any restrictions applicable under the Plan (including but not limited to the provisions of Section 12), the Award Agreement or any other applicable agreements.

(e) Nontransferability of Stock Awards : Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Stock Awards that have not vested shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession.

 

-10-


8. Withholding

The Corporation shall withhold all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority or law from any amount payable in cash with respect to an Award. Prior to the delivery or transfer of any certificate for shares or any other benefit conferred under the Plan, the Corporation shall require any recipient of an Award to pay to the Corporation in cash the amount of any tax or other amount required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over by the Corporation to such authority for the account of such recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may establish procedures to permit a recipient to satisfy such obligation in whole or in part, and any other local, state, federal or foreign income tax obligations relating to such an Award, by electing (the “election”) to have the Corporation withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares to which the recipient is entitled. The number of shares to be withheld shall have a Fair Market Value as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined as nearly equal as possible to (but not exceeding) the amount of such obligations being satisfied. Each election must be made in writing to the Administrator in accordance with election procedures established by the Administrator.

 

9. Amendment and Termination of the Plan

(a) General : The Plan and any Award granted under the Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, that (i) approval of an amendment to the Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be required to the extent, if any, that stockholder approval of such amendment is required by applicable law; and (ii) amendment or termination of an Award shall not, without the consent of a recipient of an Award, materially adversely affect the rights of the recipient with respect to an outstanding Award.

(b) Adjustment of Awards upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events : The Administrator shall have authority to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Corporation or any related entity, or the financial statements of the Corporation or any related entity, or of changes in applicable law or accounting principles, if the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law.

(c) Cash Settlement : Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, an Award or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may in its discretion cause any Award granted under the Plan to be canceled in consideration of an alternative award or cash payment of an equivalent cash value, as determined by the Administrator, made to the holder of such canceled Award.

 

10. Restrictions on Awards and Shares

(a) General : As a condition to the issuance and delivery of Common Stock hereunder, or the grant of any benefit pursuant to the Plan, the Corporation may require a

 

-11-


Participant or other person to become a party to an Award Agreement, stockholder’s agreement, other agreement(s) restricting the transfer, purchase or repurchase of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, voting agreement or such other agreements imposing such restrictions as may be required by the Corporation. In addition, without in any way limiting the effect of the foregoing, each Participant or other holder of shares issued under the Plan shall be permitted to transfer such shares only if such transfer is in accordance with the terms of Section 12 herein, the Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements. The acquisition of stock under the Plan by a Participant or any other holder of shares shall be subject to, and conditioned upon, the agreement of the Participant or other holder of such shares to the restrictions described in this Section 12, the Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements.

(b) Compliance with Applicable Law, Rules and Regulations : The Corporation may impose such restrictions on Awards and shares representing Awards hereunder as it may deem advisable, including without limitation restrictions under the federal securities laws, the requirements of any stock exchange or similar organization and any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such securities. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue, deliver or transfer shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan, or take any other action, unless such delivery, distribution or action is in compliance with applicable law (including but not limited to the requirements of the Securities Act). The Corporation may cause a restrictive legend to be placed on any certificate issued pursuant to an Award hereunder in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by applicable law or as may be advised by legal counsel.

 

11. Agreement

The grant of any Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by the execution of an Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ” or the “ Award Agreement ”) between the Corporation and the Participant. Such Agreement may state terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award and may state such other terms, conditions and restrictions including but not limited to terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to shares subject to an Award, as may be established by the Administrator.

 

12. No Right or Obligation of Continued Employment or Service

Neither the Plan, the grant of an Award nor any other action related to the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or a related entity as an employee, director or independent contractor or to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a related entity to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Administrator, (i) all rights of a Participant with respect to an Award shall terminate upon the termination of the Participant’s employment or service; and (ii) Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in the duties or position of the Participant, as long as such individual remains an employee of, or in service to, the Corporation or a related entity as the case may be.

 

-12-


13. Section 16(b) Compliance

To the extent that any Participants in the Plan are or become subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, it is the intention of the Corporation that transactions under the Plan shall comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the Plan shall be construed in favor of Plan transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rules thereto. If any Plan provision is later found not to be in compliance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the provisions shall be deemed null and void. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan to Participants who are individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Participants.

 

14. Code Section 162(m) Performance-Based Compensation

To the extent to which Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable, the Corporation intends that compensation paid under the Plan to covered employees (as such term is defined in Section 162(m) and related regulations) will constitute qualified “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and related regulations, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Accordingly, the provisions of the Plan shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) and related regulations to the extent to which Section 162(m) is applicable.

 

15. Unfunded Plan; Other Compensation and Benefit Plans

(a) Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Corporation or any related entity, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets or other property which the Corporation or any related entity, in its discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Common Stock or amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Corporation or any related entity. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of such corporations shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

(b) The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Participant are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically provided by the terms of such plan or as may be determined by the Administrator.

(c) The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other stock incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Corporation or any related entity, nor shall the Plan preclude the Corporation from establishing any other forms of stock incentive or other compensation for employees or service providers of the Corporation or any related entity.

 

-13-


16. Applicable Law

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Stockholder Approval

The Plan is subject to approval by the stockholders of the Corporation, which approval must occur, if at all, within 12 months of the Effective Date of the Plan. Awards granted prior to such stockholder approval shall be conditioned upon and shall be effective only upon approval of the Plan by such stockholders on or before such date.

 

18. Deferrals

The Administrator may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the delivery of shares of Common Stock or other benefit that would otherwise be due pursuant to the exercise, vesting or earning of an Award. If any such deferral is required or permitted, the Administrator shall, in its discretion, establish rules and procedures for such deferrals.

 

19. Beneficiary Designation

The Administrator may permit a Participant to designate in writing a person or persons as beneficiary, which beneficiary shall be entitled to receive settlement of Awards (if any) to which the Participant is otherwise entitled in the event of death. In the absence of such designation by a Participant, and in the event of the Participant’s death, the estate of the Participant shall be treated as beneficiary for purposes of the Plan, unless the Administrator determines otherwise. The Administrator shall have sole discretion to approve and interpret the form or forms of such beneficiary designation.

 

20. Dividend Equivalents

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that Awards granted under the Plan may earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to a Participant’s account. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

 

21. Certain Definitions

Terms defined in the Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them for purposes of the Plan. In addition to other terms defined in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(a) ‘ Parent ” or “ parent corporation ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation if each corporation other than the Corporation owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

 

-14-


(b) “ Predecessor ” or “ predecessor corporation ” means a corporation which was a party to a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (or which would be so described if a substitution or assumption under Section 424(a) had occurred) with the Corporation, or a corporation which is a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation, or a predecessor of any such corporation.

(c) “ Related corporation ” means any parent, subsidiary or predecessor of the Corporation, and “ related entity ” means any related corporation or any other business entity which is an affiliate controlled by the Corporation; provided, however, that the term “related entity” shall be construed in a manner in accordance with the registration provisions under applicable federal securities laws.

(d) “ Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary corporation ” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if each corporation other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

 

22. Gender and Number

Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

23. Successors and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding upon the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and the Participants, their executors, administrators, guardians and permitted transferees and beneficiaries.

 

24. Severability

If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

25. Rules of Construction

Headings are given to the sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

 

-15-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF

POWER BY HAND, INC.

The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of Power By Hand, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Twenty Million Five Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-Nine (20,557,999) shares.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company by written consent on the 21st day of October, 2004.

 

/s/ Nathan A. Gooden

Nathan A. Gooden, Secretary


AMENDED AND RESTATED

2004 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

OF POWERBYHAND, INC.

Recitals

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of PowerByHand, Inc. adopted the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of PowerByHand, Inc. on March 19, 2004 (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS , the Board amended the Plan on April 29, 2004.

NOW THEREFORE , the Plan is amended and completely restated as set forth herein.

 

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan of PowerByHand, Inc. (the “ Plan ”) is to encourage and enable selected employees, directors and independent contractors of PowerByHand, Inc. (PowerByHand, Inc., together with any successor corporation thereto, being referred to herein as the “ Corporation ”) and its related entities to acquire or to increase their holdings of common stock of the Corporation, $0.001 par value (such common stock, together with the voting common stock of any successor to the Corporation, being referred to herein as the “ Common Stock ”), in order to promote a closer identification of their interests with those of the Corporation and its stockholders, thereby further stimulating their efforts to enhance the efficiency, soundness, profitability, growth and stockholder value of the Corporation. This purpose will be carried out through the granting of benefits (referred to herein individually as an “ Award ” and collectively as “ Awards ”) to selected Participants. Awards granted under the Plan may include incentive stock options (“ Incentive Options ”) intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), nonqualified stock options (“ Nonqualified Options ”) and stock awards in the form of bonus stock (“ Bonus Stock ”) and restricted stock awards (“ Restricted Stock Awards ”). Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options shall be referred to herein collectively as “ Options .” Bonus Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Awards shall be referred to herein collectively as “ Stock Awards

 

2. Administration of the Plan

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ” or the “ Board of Directors ”) or, upon its delegation, by a committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”). In the event that the Corporation shall become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), the Committee shall be comprised solely of “non-employee directors,” as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or as may otherwise be permitted under Rule 16b-3, unless the Board determines otherwise. Further, in the event that the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code or related regulations become applicable to the Corporation, the Plan shall be administered by a committee comprised of “outside directors” (as such term is defined in Section 162(m) and related regulations) or as may otherwise be permitted under Section 162(m) and related regulations. For the purposes herein, the term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board and, upon its delegation to the Committee of all or part of its authority to administer the Plan, to the Committee.


(b) In addition to action by meeting in accordance with applicable law, any action of the Administrator with respect to the Plan may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members of the Board or Committee, as appropriate, and any such action so taken by written consent shall be as fully effective as if it had been taken by a majority of the members at a meeting duly held and called. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall have full and final authority in its discretion to take any action with respect to the Plan including, without limitation, the authority (i) to determine all matters relating to Awards, including selection of individuals to be granted Awards, the types of Awards, the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, subject to an Award, and all terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of an Award; (ii) to prescribe the form or forms of the Award Agreements evidencing any Awards granted under the Plan; (iii) to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (iv) to construe and interpret the Plan, Awards and Award Agreements made under the Plan, to interpret rules and regulations for administering the Plan and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. The Administrator shall also have the authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise exercisable, vested or earned shall become exercisable, vested or earned in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Award granted to any recipient. In addition, the Administrator shall have the authority and discretion to establish terms and conditions of Awards (including but not limited to the establishment of subplans) as the Administrator determines to be necessary or appropriate to conform to the applicable requirements or practices of jurisdictions outside of the United States. All determinations of the Administrator with respect to the Plan and any Award or Agreement will be final and binding on the Corporation and all persons having or claiming an interest in any Award granted under the Plan. No member of the Board or Committee, as applicable, shall be liable while acting as Administrator for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement. The members of the Board or Committee, as applicable, shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.

 

3. Effective Date

The effective date of the Plan shall be March 19, 2004 (the “ Effective Date ”). The Plan shall continue in effect until March 18, 2014, unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board pursuant to Section 11(a) herein; provided, however, that Awards which are outstanding at the time of termination of the Plan shall (unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise) continue in accordance with their terms.

 

4. Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan; Award Limitations

(a) Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 4(c), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be Ten Million Six Hundred Ninety-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Sixty-Seven (10,697,867) shares. To the extent required pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, during any 12-month period, no Participant may be granted Awards for more than Four Million (4,000,000) shares of Common Stock (or the equivalent value thereof based on the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 6(c)(ii)) per share

 

- 2 -


of the Common Stock on the date of grant of an Award); provided, however, that the Award limitation imposed pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) herein. Shares issuable under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares or shares acquired on the open market or in private transactions.

(b) The corporation hereby reserves sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock to meet the grant of Awards hereunder. To the extent that any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant (or his beneficiary) because the Award expires, is forfeited, canceled, settled in cash or used to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations, such shares shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If the purchase price of an Award granted under the Plan is satisfied by tendering or withholding shares of Common Stock, only the number of shares issued net of the shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld shall be deemed issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) If there is any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock because of a merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Corporation, or if the Board of Directors of the Corporation declares a stock dividend, stock split distributable in shares of Common Stock or reverse stock split, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or if there is a similar change in the capital stock structure of the Corporation affecting the Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Corporation (excluding conversion of convertible securities of the Corporation), then the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be correspondingly adjusted, and the Administrator shall make such adjustments to Awards or to any provisions of this Plan as the Administrator deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of Awards or as may otherwise be advisable.

 

5. Eligibility

An Award may be granted only to an individual who satisfies all of the following eligibility requirements on the date the Award is granted:

(a) The individual is either (i) an employee of the Corporation or a related entity, (ii) a director of the Corporation or a related entity, or (iii) an independent contractor, consultant or advisor (each, an “ independent contractor ”) providing services to the Corporation or a related entity. For this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an “ employee ” only if there exists between the individual and the Corporation or a related entity the legal and bona fide relationship of employer and employee.

(b) With respect to the grant of Incentive Options, the individual does not own, immediately before the time that the Incentive Option is granted, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Corporation or a related corporation may be granted an Incentive Option if the Option Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (as defined in Section 6(c)(ii) herein), and the Option Period (as defined in Section 6(d)(i) herein) does not exceed five years. For this purpose, an individual will be deemed to own stock which is attributable to him under Section 424(d) of the Code.

 

- 3 -


(c) With respect to the grant of substitute awards or assumption of awards in connection with a merger, reorganization or similar business combination involving the Corporation or a related entity, the recipient is otherwise eligible to receive the Award and the terms of the Award are consistent with the Plan and applicable law (including, to the extent necessary, the federal securities laws registration provisions and Section 424(a) of the Code).

(d) The individual, being otherwise eligible under this Section 5, is selected by the Administrator as an individual to whom an Award shall be granted (a “ Participant ”).

 

6. Options

(a) Grant of Options: Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may in its sole and absolute discretion grant Options to eligible individuals in such numbers, subject to such terms and conditions, and at such times as the Administrator shall determine. Both Incentive Options and Nonqualified Options may be granted under the Plan; provided, however, that Incentive Options may only be granted to employees of the Corporation or a related corporation. To the extent that an Option is designated as an Incentive Option but does not qualify as such under Section 422 of the Code, the Option (or non-qualifying portion thereof) shall be treated as a Nonqualified Option.

(b) Option Price: The price per share at which an option may be exercised (the “ Option Price ”) shall be established by the Administrator and stated in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of the Option; provided, that (i) the Option Price of an Incentive Option shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock, as determined in accordance with Section 6(c)(ii) on the date the Option is granted (or 110% of the Fair Market Value with respect to Incentive Options granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation, as provided in Section 5(b) herein); and (ii) in no event shall the Option Price per share of any Option be less than the par value per share of the Common Stock.

(c) Date of Grant; Fair Market Value:

(i) An Incentive Option shall be considered to be granted on the date that the Administrator acts to grant the Option, or on any later date specified by the Administrator as the effective date of the Option. A Nonqualified Option shall be considered to be granted on the date the Administrator acts to grant the Option or any other date specified by the Administrator as the date of grant of the Option.

(ii) For the purposes of the Plan, the “ Fair Market Value ” per share of the Common Stock shall be established in good faith by the Administrator and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions: (A) if the shares of Common Stock are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price per share of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange (as applicable) on the date immediately preceding the date the Option is granted or other determination is made (each, a “ valuation date ”), or, if there is no transaction on such date, then on the trading date nearest preceding the valuation date for which closing price information is available, and,

 

- 4 -


provided further, if the shares are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market but are not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such system on the date immediately or nearest preceding the valuation date for which such information is available; or (B) if the shares of Common Stock are not listed or reported in any of the foregoing, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 20.2031-2 of the Federal Estate Tax Regulations, or in any other manner consistent with the Code and accompanying regulations.

(iii) In no event shall there first become exercisable by an employee in any one calendar year Incentive Options granted by the Corporation or any related corporation with respect to shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an Incentive Option is granted) greater than $100,000; provided that, if such limit is exceeded, then the first $100,000 of shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be Incentive Options and the Options (or portion thereof) for shares with a value in excess of $100,000 that first became exercisable in that calendar year will be Nonqualified Options. In the event the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date of this Plan to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Options, then such different limit shall be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Incentive Option granted after the date of such amendment.

(d) Option Period and Limitations on the Right to Exercise Options:

(i) The term of an Option (the “ Option Period ”) shall be determined by the Administrator at the time the Option is granted and stated in the Award Agreement. With respect to Incentive Options, the Option Period shall not extend more than 10 years from the date on which the Option is granted (or five years with respect to Incentive Options granted to an employee who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation, as provided in Section 5(b) herein). Any Option or portion thereof not exercised before expiration of the Option Period shall terminate. The period or periods during which and the terms and conditions pursuant to which an Option may vest and become exercisable shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to the terms of the Plan.

(ii) An Option may be exercised by giving written notice to the Corporation in form acceptable to the Administrator at such place and subject to such conditions as may be established by the Administrator or its designee. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to an Option and the aggregate purchase price to be paid therefor and shall be accompanied by payment of such purchase price. Unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, such payment shall be in the form of cash or check; provided that, where expressly permitted by the Administrator and applicable law, payment may also be made:

(A) By delivery (by either actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant for a time period determined by the Administrator and otherwise acceptable to the Administrator;

 

- 5 -


(B) By shares of Common Stock withheld upon exercise;

(C) With respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option after a public market for the Common Stock exists, by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Corporation and delivery to a broker of written notice of exercise and irrevocable instructions to promptly deliver to the Corporation the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the Option Price;

(D) By such other payment methods as may be approved by the Administrator and which are acceptable under applicable law; or

(E) By any combination of the foregoing methods.

Shares tendered or withheld in payment on the exercise of an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, as determined by the Administrator by applying the provisions of Section 6(c)(ii). For the purposes herein; a “public market” for the Common Stock shall be deemed to exist (i) upon consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or (ii) if the Administrator otherwise determines that there is an established public market for the Common Stock.

(iii) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, no Option granted to a Participant who was an employee at the time of grant shall be exercised unless the Participant is, at the time of exercise, an employee as described in Section 5(a), and has been an employee continuously since the date the Option was granted, subject to the following:

(A) An Option shall not be affected by any change in the terms, conditions or status of the Participant’s employment, provided that the Participant continues to be an employee of the Corporation or a related corporation.

(B) The employment relationship of a Participant shall be treated as continuing intact for any period that the Participant is on military or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed 90 days, or, if longer, as long as the Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. The employment relationship of a Participant shall also be treated as continuing intact while the Participant is not in active service because of disability. For the purposes of the Plan, “ disability ” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term in any employment agreement, consulting agreement or other similar agreement to which the Participant is a party, or if no such agreement applies. “disability” shall mean the inability of the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to

 

- 6 -


result in death, or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The Administrator shall have sole authority to determine whether a Participant is disabled and, if applicable, the date of a Participant’s termination of employment or service for any reason (the “ termination date ”).

(C) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of a Participant is terminated because of disability or death, the Option may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the Participant’s termination date, except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date. The Option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (X) the close of the period of one year next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. In the event of the Participant’s death, such Option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

(D) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of the Participant is terminated for any reason other than disability, death or for “cause,” his Option may be exercised to the extent exercisable on his termination date, except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date. The Option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the Participant dies following such termination of employment and prior to the earlier of the dates specified in (X) or (Y) of this subparagraph (D), the Participant shall be treated as having died while employed under subparagraph (C) immediately preceding (treating for this purpose the Participant’s date of termination of employment as the termination date). In the event of the Participant’s death, such Option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

(E) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment of the Participant is terminated for “cause,” his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. For purposes of the Plan, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, a Participant’s termination shall be for “cause” if such termination results from the participant’s (X) termination for “cause” under the Participant’s employment, consulting or other agreement with the Corporation or a related entity, if any; or (Y) if the Participant has not entered into any such employment, consulting or other agreement, then the Participant’s termination shall be for “cause” if termination results due to the Participant’s (i) dishonesty or conviction of a crime; (ii) failure to perform his duties for the Corporation or a related entity to the

 

- 7 -


satisfaction of the Corporation; or (iii) engaging in conduct that could be damaging to the Corporation without a reasonable good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interest of the Corporation. The determination of “cause” shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final and conclusive.

(F) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have authority, in its discretion, to extend the period during which an Option may be exercised or modify the other terms and conditions of exercise, or both.

(iv) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, an Option granted to a Participant who was a non-employee director of the Corporation or a related entity at the time of grant may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of service to the Corporation or a related entity (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the services of such a Participant are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 6(d)(iii)(E) herein), his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date, extend the period during which an Option maybe exercised, modify the other terms and conditions to exercise, or any combination of the foregoing.

(v) Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, an Option granted to a Participant who was an independent contractor of the Corporation or a related entity at the time of grant (and who does not thereafter become an employee, in which case he shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6(d)(iii) herein) may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of service to the Corporation or a related entity (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (X) the close of the period of three months next succeeding the termination date (or such other period stated in the Award Agreement); or (Y) the close of the Option Period. If the services of such a Participant are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 6(d)(iii)(E) herein), his Option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of his termination date, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an Option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date, extend the period during which an Option may be exercised, modify the other terms and conditions to exercise, or any combination of the foregoing.

(vi) A Participant and his legal representatives, legatees or distributees shall not be deemed to be the holder of any shares subject to an Option and shall not have any rights of a stockholder unless and until certificates for such shares have been issued and delivered to him or them under the Plan. A certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant (or his beneficiary) and distributed to the Participant (or his beneficiary) as

 

- 8 -


soon as practicable following receipt of notice of exercise and payment of the purchase price (except as may otherwise be determined by the Corporation in the event of payment of the Option Price pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii)(C) herein). Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to any restrictions applicable under the Plan (including but not limited to the provisions of Section 12), the Award Agreement or any other applicable agreements.

(vii) If shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Option are disposed of within two years following the date of grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to a Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Corporation in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Administrator may reasonably require.

(e) Nontransferability of Options: Incentive Options shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession. Nonqualified Options shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession, except as may be permitted by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. Except as may be permitted by the preceding sentence, an Option shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or by his guardian or legal representative. The designation of a beneficiary does not constitute a transfer.

 

7. Stock Awards

(a) Grant and Vesting of Stock Awards: Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may in its sole and absolute discretion grant Stock Awards to such eligible individuals, for such numbers of shares, upon such terms and at such times as the Administrator shall determine. Stock Awards shall be payable in shares of Common Stock. The Administrator may grant Stock Awards in the form of shares of Bonus Stock that vest immediately upon grant and that are not subject to any forfeiture conditions. The Administrator also may grant Stock Awards in the form of Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to certain conditions, which conditions must be met in order for the Stock Award to vest and be earned (in whole or in part) and no longer subject to forfeiture. Such conditions may include but are not limited to continued service for a certain period of time, attainment of performance objectives, retirement, displacement, disability, death, or a combination of these factors. Performance objectives may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants and shall be based on such corporate, business unit or division and/or individual performance factors and criteria as the Administrator in its sole discretion may deem appropriate, which factors may include but are not limited to one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (‘EBITDA”)); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv) earnings per share; (v) book value per share; (vi) return on stockholders’ equity; (vii) return on investment; (viii) return on capital; (ix) improvements in capital structure; (x) expense management; (xi) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xii) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xiii) stock price or total stockholder return; (xiv) market share; (xv) revenues or sales; (xvi) costs; (xvii) cash flow; (xviii) working capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) economic wealth created; and (xxi) strategic business criteria. The Administrator also shall determine the nature, length and starting date, if

 

- 9 -


any, during which a Stock Award may vest (the “restriction period”). The Administrator shall have sole authority to determine whether and to what degree Stock Awards have vested and been earned (collectively, ‘vested”) and to establish and interpret the terms and conditions of Stock Awards and the provisions herein. The Administrator shall also have authority, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the date that any Award which was not otherwise vested shall become vested in whole or in part without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to any other Award granted to any recipient.

(b) Forfeiture of Stock Awards: Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, if the employment or service of a Participant shall terminate for any reason and all or part of a Stock Award has not vested pursuant to the terms of the Plan and related Award Agreement, such Award, to the extent not then vested, shall be forfeited immediately upon such termination and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

(c) Share Certificates: Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as practicable after the Stock Award has vested (in whole or in part). The Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of any shares subject to the Stock Award and shall not have any rights of a stockholder unless and until certificates for all or a portion of the shares have been issued to him. The Administrator may require, as a condition to the grant of the Award and the issuance of the shares, that the Participant deposit certificates representing the shares subject to a Stock Award, together with stock powers or other instruments approved by the Corporation, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Corporation or an agent designated by the Corporation to hold in escrow until such restrictions or any other conditions established by the Administrator have lapsed or terminated, and the Corporation may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder: Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, upon the issuance of a certificate for the shares to a Participant, the Participant shall have such rights and incidents of ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Stock Award, including the right to vote and to receive dividends when and if paid by the Corporation and to exercise such additional rights with respect to the shares, as are permitted by the Plan, the Award Agreement and applicable law; provided, however, that (i) any unvested shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award (and any related dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder) shall be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 8 herein, and (ii) shares issued upon exercise of a Stock Award shall be subject to any restrictions applicable under the Plan (including but not limited to the provisions of Section 12), the Award Agreement or any other applicable agreements.

(e) Non transferability of Stock Awards: Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Stock Awards that have not vested shall not be transferable (including by sale, assignment, pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession.

 

8. Withholding

The Corporation shall withhold all required local, state, federal, foreign and other taxes and any other amount required to be withheld by any governmental authority or law from any amount payable in cash with respect to an Award. Prior to the delivery or transfer of any

 

- 10 -


certificate for shares or any other benefit conferred under the Plan, the Corporation shall require any recipient of an Award to pay to the Corporation in cash the amount of any tax or other amount required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over by the Corporation to such authority for the account of such recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may establish procedures to permit a recipient to satisfy such obligation in whole or in part, and any other local, state, federal or foreign income tax obligations relating to such an Award, by electing (the “election”) to have the Corporation withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares to which the recipient is entitled. The number of shares to be withheld shall have a Fair Market Value as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined as nearly equal as possible to (but not exceeding) the amount of such obligations being satisfied. Each election must be made in writing to the Administrator in accordance with election procedures established by the Administrator.

 

9. Amendment and Termination of the Plan

(a) General: The Plan and any Award granted under the Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, that (i) approval of an amendment to the Plan by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be required to the extent, if any, that stockholder approval of such amendment is required by applicable law; and (ii) amendment or termination of an Award shall not, without the consent of a recipient of an Award, materially adversely affect the rights of the recipient with respect to an outstanding Award.

(b) Adjustment of Awards upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events: The Administrator shall have authority to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Corporation or any related entity, or the financial statements of the Corporation or any related entity, or of changes in applicable law or accounting principles, if the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law.

(c) Cash Settlement: Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, an Award or an Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may in its discretion cause any Award granted under the Plan to be canceled in consideration of an alternative award or cash payment of an equivalent cash value, as determined by the Administrator, made to the holder of such canceled Award.

 

10. Restrictions on Awards and Shares

(a) General: As a condition to the issuance and delivery of Common Stock hereunder, or the grant of any benefit pursuant to the Plan, the Corporation may require a Participant or other person to become a party to an Award Agreement, stockholder’s agreement, other agreement(s) restricting the transfer, purchase or repurchase of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, voting agreement or such other agreements imposing such restrictions as may be required by the Corporation. In addition, without in any way limiting the effect of the foregoing, each Participant or other holder of shares issued under the Plan shall be permitted to transfer such shares only if such transfer is in accordance with the terms of Section 12 herein, the

 

- 11 -


Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements. The acquisition of stock under the Plan by a Participant or any other holder of shares shall be subject to, and conditioned upon, the agreement of the Participant or other holder of such shares to the restrictions described in this Section 12, the Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements.

(b) Compliance with Applicable Law, Rules and Regulations: The Corporation may impose such restrictions on Awards and shares representing Awards hereunder as it may deem advisable, including without limitation restrictions under the federal securities laws, the requirements of any stock exchange or similar organization and any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such securities. Notwithstanding any other Plan provision to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue, deliver or transfer shares of Common Stock under the Plan, make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan, or take any other action, unless such delivery, distribution or action is in compliance with applicable law (including but not limited to the requirements of the Securities Act). The Corporation may cause a restrictive legend to be placed on any certificate issued pursuant to an Award hereunder in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by applicable law or as may be advised by legal counsel.

 

11. Agreement

The grant of any Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by the execution of an Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ” or the “ Award Agreement ”) between the Corporation and the Participant. Such Agreement may state terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Award and may state such other terms, conditions and restrictions, including but not limited to terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to shares subject to an Award, as may be established by the Administrator.

 

12. No Right or Obligation of Continued Employment or Service

Neither the Plan, the grant of an Award nor any other action related to the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Corporation or a related entity as an employee, director or independent contractor or to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a related entity to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Administrator, (i) all rights of a Participant with respect to an Award shall terminate upon the termination of the Participant’s employment or service; and (ii) Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in the duties or position of the Participant, as long as such individual remains an employee of, or in service to, the Corporation or a related entity as the case may be.

 

13. Section 16(b) Compliance

To the extent that any Participants in the Plan are or become subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, it is the intention of the Corporation that transactions under the Plan shall comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and the Plan shall be construed in favor of Plan transactions meeting the requirements of Rule I 6b-3 or any successor rules thereto. If any Plan provision is later found not to be in compliance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the provisions shall be deemed null and void. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict,

 

- 12 -


limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan to Participants who are individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Participants.

 

14. Code Section 162(m) Performance-Based Compensation

To the extent to which Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable, the Corporation intends that compensation paid under the Plan to covered employees (as such term is defined in Section 162(m) and related regulations) will constitute qualified “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) and related regulations, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator. Accordingly, the provisions of the Plan shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 162(m) and related regulations to the extent to which Section 162(m) is applicable.

 

15. Unfunded Plan; Other Compensation and Benefit Plans

(a) Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Corporation or any related entity, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets or other property which the Corporation or any related entity, in its discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Common Stock or amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Corporation or any related entity. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of such corporations shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

(b) The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute compensation with respect to which any other employee benefits of such Participant are determined, including, without limitation, benefits under any bonus, pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan, except as otherwise specifically provided by the teams of such plan or as may be determined by the Administrator.

(c) The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other stock incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Corporation or any related entity, nor shall the Plan preclude the Corporation from establishing any other forms of stock incentive or other compensation for employees or service providers of the Corporation or any related entity.

 

16. Applicable Law

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.

 

17. Stockholder Approval

The Plan is subject to approval by the stockholders of the Corporation, which approval must occur, if at all, within 12 months of the Effective Date of the Plan. Awards granted prior to such stockholder approval shall be conditioned upon and shall be effective only upon approval of the Plan by such stockholders on or before such date.

 

- 13 -


18. Deferrals

The Administrator may permit or require a Participant to defer receipt of the delivery of shares of Common Stock or other benefit that would otherwise be due pursuant to the exercise, vesting or earning of an Award. If any such deferral is required or permitted, the Administrator shall, in its discretion, establish rules and procedures for such deferrals.

 

19. Beneficiary Designation

The Administrator may permit a Participant to designate in writing a person or persons as beneficiary, which beneficiary shall be entitled to receive settlement of Awards (if any) to which the Participant is otherwise entitled in the event of death. In the absence of such designation by a Participant, and in the event of the Participant’s death, the estate of the Participant shall be treated as beneficiary for purposes of the Plan, unless the Administrator determines otherwise. The Administrator shall have sole discretion to approve and interpret the form or forms of such beneficiary designation.

 

20. Dividend Equivalents

The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide that Awards granted under the Plan may earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to a Participant’s account. Any crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents may be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

 

21. Certain Definitions

Terms defined in the Plan shall have the meanings ascribed to them for purposes of the Plan. In addition to other terms defined in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(a) “ Parent ” or “ parent corporation ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation if each corporation other than the Corporation owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

(b) “ Predecessor ” or “ predecessor corporation ” means a corporation which was a party to a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (or which would be so described if a substitution or assumption under Section 424(a) had occurred) with the Corporation, or a corporation which is a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation, or a predecessor of any such corporation.

(c) “ Related corporation ” means any parent, subsidiary or predecessor of the Corporation, and “ related entity ” means any related corporation or any other business entity which is an affiliate controlled by the Corporation; provided, however, that the term “related entity” shall be construed in a manner in accordance with the registration provisions under applicable federal securities laws.

 

- 14 -


(d) “ Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary corporation ” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if each corporation other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

 

22. Gender and Number

Where the context admits, words in any gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

23. Successors and Assigns

The Plan shall be binding upon the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and the Participants, their executors, administrators, guardians and permitted transferees and beneficiaries.

 

24. Severability

If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

25. Rules of Construction

Headings are given to the sections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

 

- 15 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE 1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN OF

PINPOINT NETWORKS, INC.

The 1999 Stock Option Plan of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  1. The second sentence of Section 4 of the Plan is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“The shares of common stock that may be issued and sold pursuant to options shall not exceed in the aggregate 5,743,745 of the authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation, including shares purchased on the open market.”

Adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company by written consents, on the 15 th day of October, 2002.

 

/s/ N. Taylor Brockman

N. Taylor Brockman, Secretary


1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

PINPOINT NETWORKS, INC.

As amended through: March 27, 2002


1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN

OF

PINPOINT NETWORKS, INC.

 

1. Purpose

The purpose of the 1999 Stock Option Plan of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. (the “plan”) is to encourage and enable selected key employees, directors and independent contractors in the service of Pinpoint Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), or its related corporations to acquire or to increase their holdings of common stock of the Corporation (the “common stock”) in order to promote a closer identification of their interests with those of the Corporation and its stockholders, thereby further stimulating their efforts to enhance the efficiency, soundness, profitability, growth and stockholder value of the Corporation. This purpose will be carried out through the granting of incentive stock options (“incentive options”) and nonqualified stock options (“nonqualified options”). Incentive options and nonqualified options shall be referred to herein collectively as “options.” To the extent that any option is designated as an incentive stock option and such option (or part of such option) does not qualify as an incentive stock option, it shall constitute a nonqualified stock option.

 

2. Administration of the Plan

(a) The plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) or, at the discretion of the Board, by a committee (the “Committee”) appointed by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that transactions in common stock by directors or officers of the Corporation are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), then the Committee shall include no fewer than the minimum number of “non-employee directors,” as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated under the 1934 Act, as may be required by Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule. The term “Administrator” shall mean the party responsible for the administration of the plan pursuant to this Section 2(a).

(b) Any action of the Administrator may be taken by a written instrument signed by all of the members of the Board or Committee, as the case may be, and any action so taken by written consent shall be as fully effective as if it had been taken by a majority of the members at a meeting duly held and called. Subject to the provisions of the plan, the Administrator shall have full and final authority, in its discretion, to take any action with respect to the plan including, without limitation, the following: (i) to determine the individuals to receive options, the nature of each option as an incentive option or a nonqualified option, the times when options shall be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each option, the option price (determined in accordance with

 

2


Section 6), the option period, the time or times when each option shall be exercisable and the other terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations of an option; (ii) to prescribe the form or forms of the agreements evidencing any options granted under the plan; (iii) to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the plan; and (iv) to construe and interpret the plan, the rules and regulations, and the agreements evidencing options granted under the plan, and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have complete authority, in its discretion, to accelerate the date that any option which is not otherwise exercisable shall become exercisable in whole or in part, without any obligation to accelerate such date with respect to other options granted to the optionee (as defined below) or to accelerate such date with respect to options granted to any other optionee or to treat all optionees similarly situated in the same manner.

 

3. Effective Date

The effective date of the plan is September 1, 1999. Options may be granted under the plan on and after the effective date, but not after August 31, 2009.

 

4. Options; Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan

Both incentive options and nonqualified options, as designated by the Administrator, may be granted under the plan. The shares of common stock that may be issued and sold pursuant to options shall not exceed in the aggregate 3,333,014 of the authorized but unissued shares of the common stock of the Corporation, including shares purchased on the open market. The Corporation hereby reserves sufficient authorized shares of common stock to provide for the exercise of options granted hereunder. Any shares of common stock subject to an option which, for any reason, expires or is terminated unexercised as to such shares may again be subject to an option granted under the plan.

 

5. Eligibility

An option may be granted only to an individual who satisfies the following eligibility requirements on the date the option is granted:

(a) The individual is either (i) a key employee of the Corporation or a related corporation, (ii) a member of the Board or (iii) an independent contractor providing services to the Corporation or a related corporation. For this purpose, an individual shall be considered to be an “employee” only if there exists between the individual and the Corporation or a related corporation the legal and bona fide relationship of employer and employee. In determining whether such a relationship exists, the regulations of the United States Treasury Department relating to the determination of the employment relationship for the purpose of collection of income tax on wages at the source shall be applied.

 

3


Also, for this purpose, a “key employee” is an employee of the Corporation or a related corporation whom the Administrator determines is in a position to affect materially the profits of the Corporation or a related corporation by reason of the nature and extent of such employee’s duties, responsibilities, personal capabilities, performance and potential, or any combination of the foregoing.

(b) With respect to the grant of an incentive option, the individual is an employee who does not own, immediately before the time that the incentive option is granted, stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation; provided, that an individual owning more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or a related corporation may be granted an incentive option if the price at which such option may be exercised is greater than or equal to 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted and the period of the option does not exceed five years. For this purpose, an individual will be deemed to own stock which is attributed to him under Section 424(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(c) The individual, being otherwise eligible under this Section 5, is selected by the Administrator as an individual to whom an option shall be granted (an “optionee”).

 

6. Option Price

The price per share at which an option may be exercised (the “option price”) shall be established by the Administrator at the time the option is granted and shall be set forth in the terms of the agreement evidencing the grant of the option; provided, that in the case of an incentive option, the option price shall be equal to or greater than the fair market value per share of the shares on the date the option is granted. In addition, the following rules shall apply:

(a) An incentive option shall be considered to be granted on the date that the Administrator acts to grant the option, or on any later date specified by the Administrator as the effective date of the option. A nonqualified option shall be considered to be granted on the date the Administrator acts to grant the option or any other date specified by the Administrator as the effective date of the option.

(b) The fair market value of the shares shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 20.2031-2 of the Federal Estate Tax Regulations, or in any other manner consistent with the Code and accompanying regulations; provided, that if the shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or included in the NASDAQ National Market System, the fair market value shall be the closing sales price of the shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or as reported in the NASDAQ National Market System (as applicable) on the date immediately preceding the date the option is granted, or, if there is no transaction on such date, then on the trading date nearest preceding the date the option is granted for which closing price

 

4


information is available; and, provided further, if the shares are quoted on the NASDAQ System but are not included in the NASDAQ National Market System, the fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked quotations in the NASDAQ System on the date immediately preceding the date the option is granted for which such information is available.

(c) In no event shall there first become exercisable by the optionee in any one calendar year incentive stock options granted by the Corporation or any related corporation with respect to shares having an aggregate fair market value (determined at the time an option is granted) greater than $100,000.

 

7. Option Period and Limitations on the Right to Exercise Options

(a) The period during which an option may be exercised (the “option period”) shall be determined by the Administrator when the option is granted and shall not extend more than ten years from the date on which the option is granted. An option shall be exercisable on such date or dates, during such period, for such number of shares, and subject to such conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator and set forth in the agreement evidencing such option, subject to the rights granted herein to the Administrator in specified circumstances to accelerate the time when options may be exercised. Any option or portion thereof not exercised before the expiration of the option period shall terminate.

(b) An option may be exercised by giving written notice of at least ten days to the Administrator at such place as the Administrator shall direct. Such notice shall specify the number of shares to be purchased pursuant to an option and the aggregate purchase price to be paid therefor, and shall be accompanied by the payment of such purchase price. Such payment shall be in the form of (i) cash; (ii) shares owned by the optionee at the time of exercise; (iii) shares of common stock withheld upon exercise; (iv) delivery of a properly executed written notice of exercise to the Corporation and delivery to a broker of written notice of exercise and irrevocable instructions to promptly deliver to the Corporation the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the option price; or (v) any combination of the foregoing methods. Shares tendered or withheld in payment upon the exercise of an option shall be valued at their fair market value on the date of exercise, as determined by the Administrator by applying the provisions of Section 6(b).

(c) No option granted to an optionee who was an employee at the time of grant shall be exercised unless the optionee is, at the time of exercise, an employee as described in Section 5(a), and has been an employee continuously since the date the option was granted, subject to the following:

(i) An option shall not be affected by any change in the terms, conditions or status of the optionee’s employment, provided that the optionee continues to be an employee of the Corporation or a related corporation.

 

5


(ii) The employment relationship of an optionee shall be treated as continuing intact for any period that the optionee is on military or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence, provided that the period of such leave does not exceed ninety days, or, if longer, as long as the optionee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by statute or by contract. The employment relationship of an optionee shall also be treated as continuing intact while the optionee is not in active service because of disability. For purposes of this Section 7(c)(ii), “disability” shall mean the inability of the optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. The Administrator shall determine whether an optionee is disabled within the meaning of this paragraph.

(iii) If the employment of an optionee is terminated because of disability within the meaning of subparagraph (ii), or if the optionee dies while he is an employee or dies after the termination of his employment because of disability, the option may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the optionee’s termination of employment or death while employed (the “termination date”), except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date. The option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (A) the close of the period of twelve months next succeeding the termination date; or (B) the close of the option period. In the event of the optionee’s death, such option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

(iv) If the employment of the optionee is terminated for any reason other than disability (as defined in subparagraph (ii)) or death or for “cause,” his option may be exercised to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination of employment, except that the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of the option which was not otherwise exercisable on the date of such termination of employment. The option must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, whichever shall be applicable: (A) the close of the period of 90 days next succeeding the termination date; or (B) the close of the option period. If the optionee dies following such termination of employment and prior to the earlier of the dates specified in (A) or (B) of this subparagraph (iv), the optionee shall be treated as having died while employed under subparagraph (iii) immediately preceding (treating for this purpose the optionee’s date of termination of employment as the termination date). In the event of the optionee’s death, such option shall be exercisable by such person or persons as shall have acquired the right to exercise the option by will or by the laws of intestate succession.

 

6


(v) If the employment of the optionee is terminated for “cause,” his option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of the effective time and date of his termination of employment as determined by the Administrator. For purposes of this subparagraph (v) and subparagraph (iv), the optionee’s termination shall be for “cause” if such termination results from the optionee’s (A) misappropriation of the Corporation’s funds or assets, (B) conviction of a felony, (C) causing the Corporation to commit a violation of local, state or federal laws, (D) gross neglect or gross malperformance of duty, (E) intentional damage to substantial property of the Corporation, (F) engaging in acts involving moral turpitude, (G) the performance of any act (including any dishonest or fraudulent act) materially detrimental to the interests of the Corporation or (H) material breach of his or her obligations under an employment, consulting or similar agreement. The determination of “cause” shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final and conclusive.

(d) An option granted to an optionee who was an independent contractor of the Corporation or a related corporation at the time of the grant (and who does not thereafter become an employee, in which case he shall be subject to the provisions of Section 7(c) above) may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the optionee’s termination of service to the Corporation or a related corporation (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (A) the close of the period of 90 days next succeeding the termination date; or (B) the close of the option period. If the services of the optionee are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 7(c)(v) above) his option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of the effective time of his termination of services, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date.

(e) An option granted to an optionee who was a member of the Board at the time of the grant may be exercised only to the extent exercisable on the date of the optionee’s termination of service as a director of the Corporation (unless the termination was for cause), and must be exercised, if at all, prior to the first to occur of the following, as applicable: (A) the close of the period of 90 days next succeeding the termination date; or (B) the close of the option period. If the services of the optionee as a director are terminated for cause (as defined in Section 7(c)(v) above) his option shall lapse and no longer be exercisable as of the effective time of his termination of services, as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may in its discretion accelerate the date for exercising all or any part of an option which was not otherwise exercisable on the termination date.

(f) An optionee or his legal representative, legatees or distributees shall not be deemed to be the holder of any shares subject to an option unless and until certificates for such shares are issued to him or them under the plan.

 

7


(g) Nothing in the plan shall confer upon the optionee any right to continue in the service of the Corporation or a related corporation as an employee, director or independent contractor, as the case may be, or to interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a related corporation to terminate the optionee’s employment or service at any time.

 

8. Nontransferability of Options and Shares

Incentive options granted pursuant to the plan shall not be transferable (including by pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the rules thereunder. Nonqualified options granted pursuant to the plan shall not be transferable (including by pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined by the Code or Title I of ERISA or the rules thereunder, except as may be permitted by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the registration provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). An option shall be exercisable during the optionee’s lifetime only by him. To the extent required by Section 16 of the 1934 Act, shares acquired upon the exercise of an option shall not, without the consent of the Administrator, be transferable (including by pledge or hypothecation) until the expiration of six months after the date the option was granted.

 

9. Dilution or Other Adjustments

If there is any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation as a result of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split to holders of shares that is distributable in shares, or other change in the capital stock structure of the Corporation, the Administrator shall make such adjustments to options, to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan, and to any provisions of this plan as the Administrator deems equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of options or otherwise advisable to reflect such change.

 

10. Withholding

The Corporation shall require any recipient of shares pursuant to the exercise of an option to pay to the Corporation in cash the amount of any tax or other amount required by any governmental authority to be withheld and paid over by the Corporation to such authority for the account of such optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the optionee may satisfy such obligation in whole or in part, and any other local, state or federal income tax obligations relating to the exercise of an option, by electing (the “Election”) to have the Corporation withhold shares of common stock from the shares to which the optionee is entitled. The number of shares to be withheld shall have a fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6(b)) as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined (the “Tax Date”) as nearly equal as possible to (but not exceeding) the amount of the obligations being satisfied. Each Election must be made in writing to the Administrator prior to the Tax Date.

 

8


11. Certain Definitions

For purposes of the plan, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:

(a) “Related corporation” means any parent, subsidiary or predecessor of the Corporation.

(b) “Parent” or “parent corporation” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation if, at the time that the option is granted, each corporation other than the Corporation owns stock possessing fifty percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

(c) “Subsidiary” or “subsidiary corporation” means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if, at the time that the option is granted, each corporation other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in another corporation in the chain.

(d) “Predecessor” or “predecessor corporation” means a corporation which was a party to a transaction described in Section 424(a) of the Code (or which would be so described if a substitution or assumption under that section had occurred) with the Corporation, or a corporation which is a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation, or a predecessor of any such corporation.

(e) In general, terms used in the plan shall, where appropriate, be given the meaning ascribed to them under the provisions of the Code applicable to incentive stock options.

 

12. Stock Option Agreement

The grant of any option under the plan shall be evidenced by the execution of an agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Corporation and the optionee. Such Agreement shall set forth the date of grant of the option, the option price, the option period, the designation of the option as an incentive option or a nonqualified option, and the time or times when and the conditions upon the happening of which the option shall become exercisable. Such Agreement shall also set forth the restrictions, if any, with respect to which the shares to be purchased thereunder shall be subject; restrictions, if any, on the repurchase of the shares by the Corporation; and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine which are consistent with the provisions of the plan and applicable law and regulations.

 

13. Restrictions on Shares

The Corporation may impose such restrictions on any shares acquired upon exercise of options granted under the plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation,

 

9


restrictions necessary to ensure compliance with the 1933 Act and restrictions required by any applicable self-regulatory organization or any blue sky or securities laws applicable to such shares. The Corporation may cause a restrictive legend to be placed on any certificate issued pursuant to the exercise of an option in such form as may be prescribed from time to time by applicable laws and regulations or as may be advised by legal counsel.

 

14. Amendment or Termination

The plan may be amended or terminated by action of the Board; provided, that:

(a) Any amendment which would (i) materially increase the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the plan (other than changes as described in Section 9), or (ii) materially change the requirements for eligibility to receive options under the plan shall be made only with the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.

(b) No outstanding option shall be amended or terminated (i) without the consent of the optionee if such amendment or termination would adversely affect the optionee’s rights with respect to such option; and (ii) if the option is an incentive option, without the opinion of legal counsel to the Corporation that such amendment will not constitute a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code if the Administrator determines such an opinion is necessary.

 

15. Compliance with Section 16(b)

To the extent that participants in the plan are subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, it is the intention of the Corporation that transactions under the plan shall comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act and, if any provision of the plan is subsequently found not to be in compliance with Rule 16b-3, such provision shall be deemed null and void. In all events, the plan shall be construed in favor of plan transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any applicable successor rule.

 

16. Applicable Law

Except as otherwise provided herein, the plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this 1999 Stock Option Plan of Pinpoint Networks, Inc., as amended through March 26, 2001, has been executed on behalf of the Corporation as of the 26 th day of March 2002.

 

PINPOINT NETWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Judson S. Bowman

  Judson S. Bowman
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

ATTEST:

/s/ N. Taylor Brockman

N. Taylor Brockman
Secretary

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

11


STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made the      day of                     , 20    , between Pinpoint Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                                         , an employee of the Corporation or a related corporation (the “Optionee”);

R E C I T A L S :

In furtherance of the purposes of the 1999 Stock Option Plan of Pinpoint Networks, Inc. (the “Plan”), the Corporation and the Optionee hereby agree as follows:

1. The rights and duties of the Corporation and the Optionee under this Agreement shall in all respects be subject to and governed by the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which has been delivered to Optionee and the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference.

2. The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee pursuant to the Plan, as a matter of separate inducement and agreement in connection with his employment with or service to the Corporation, and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his services, the right and option (the “option”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of                      (            ) shares (the “shares”) of the common stock of the Corporation, at the purchase price of                                          Dollars ($            ) per share. The option to purchase                      (            ) of the shares shall be designated as an incentive option. The option to purchase                      (            ) of the shares shall be designated as a nonqualified option. To the extent that any option is designated as an incentive option and such option does not qualify as an incentive option, it shall be treated as a nonqualified option. Except as otherwise provided in the plan, the option will expire if not exercised in full before                     , 20    .

3. The option shall become exercisable on the date or dates set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof. To the extent that an option which is exercisable is not exercised, such option shall accumulate and be exercisable by the Optionee in whole or in part at any time prior to expiration of the option. The minimum number of shares that may be purchased under the option at one time shall be      (    ). Upon the exercise of an option in whole or in part, the Optionee shall pay the option price to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Plan, and the Corporation shall as soon thereafter as practicable deliver to the Optionee a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased.

4. Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Plan shall require the Corporation or a related corporation to continue to employ the employment or service of the Optionee for any particular period of time, nor shall it require the Optionee to remain in the Corporation or such related corporation for any particular period of time. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all rights of the Optionee under the Plan with respect to the unexercised portion of his option shall terminate upon termination of the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation or a related corporation.

 

12


5. This option shall not be transferable (including by pledge or hypothecation) other than by will or the laws of intestate succession or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or the rules thereunder). This option shall be exercisable during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee.

6. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, next-of-kin, successors and assigns.

7. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by the written agreement of the parties hereto.

8. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on behalf of the Corporation and by the Optionee on the day and year first above written.

 

PINPOINT NETWORKS, INC.
By:  

 

  President

 

ATTEST:

 

Secretary

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

OPTIONEE  

 

  (SEAL)

 

14


SCHEDULE A

TO

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Name of Optionee:                                                               .

Date option granted:                                                   , 19      .

Date option expires:                                                   , 20      .

Number of shares subject to option:              shares.

Option price (per share): $              .

 

Date Installment

First Exercisable

 

Number of Shares

in Installment

 

Incentive or

Nonqualified Stock Option

   
   
   

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO  

2009 Corporate Incentive Plan

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

January 1 st , 2009 through December 31 st , 2009

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) Corporate Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to drive a culture focused on organizational performance. The Plan delivers “pay-for-performance” through annual incentive payments based on overall company performance. The Plan is intended to provide all eligible employees (the “Participants”) with additional compensation for their contribution to the achievement of the Company’s objectives, encouraging and stimulating superior performance by such individuals, and assisting and retaining highly qualified employees.

2. Definitions

 

  A. “Adjusted EBITDA” means the Company’s Fiscal Year 2009 consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, stock compensation and other income/expense as defined and calculated in accordance with its currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its 2009 Budget. Adjusted EBITDA includes expenses associated with payments under this Plan, the Sales Incentive Plan, spot bonuses as well as all other incentive plans.

 

  B.

“Base Salary” will be equal to the Participant’s annual base salary paid effective December 3l st for the year in which the Bonus Award is earned. Base Salary is determined before reductions for contributions under Section 401 (k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If a Participant’s bonus level or Base Salary changes during the year, then the Base Salary will be pro-rated for the portion of the year to reflect the change in bonus level and/or Base Salary. Participants currently eligible for the Plan receiving a promotion with an increase and/or change in their target Bonus Award will have their target Bonus Award pro-rated accordingly. Base Salary does not include, without limitation, (i) financial awards under the Plan; (ii) variable compensation such as incentive awards, commissions or spot bonuses; (iii) imputed income from such programs as life insurance, auto allowance, or non-recurring earnings such as moving or relocation expenses, allowances or perquisites; (iv) stock-related compensation; or (v) overtime, unless required to be included in Base Salary for purposes of the Plan, in accordance with applicable law.

 

  C. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  D. “Bonus Award” is the cash payment that may be earned by Participant, subject to the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 3 and the achievement by the Company of Financial Targets.

 

  E. “Budget” means the Company’s budget as approved by the Board.

 

  F. “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which has the authority to approve and amend the Plan if it deems such change(s) is/are in the interest of the Company.

 

  G. “Financial Targets” are the financial targets of the Company established by the Board for the 2009 Plan year as described in Section 5.

 

  H.

“Fiscal Year” means the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1 st and ending December 31 st .


  I. “Management Committee” consists of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel and the Vice President of Human Resources.

 

  J. “Non-Exempt Employee” means an employee who receives hourly wages as determined under the Fair Labor and Standards Act and the wage and hours law of the applicable state.

 

  K. “Revenue” means the Company’s Fiscal Year 2009 revenue in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its 2009 Budget.

 

  L. “Working Capital” means the Company’s monthly average of (i) accounts receivable minus (ii) account payable minus (iii) other accrued liabilities for the Company’s Fiscal Year 2009 expenses, in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of their respective consolidated financial statements and in the Company’s 2009 Budget.

3. Eligibility

In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and receive a Bonus Award, a Participant must be a Full-Time employee and working in a bonus eligible position for at least 90 days during that Fiscal Year. “Full-Time” is defined as working 35 or more hours per week. Contingency workers, including temporaries, part-time employees, contractors, consultants and outsourced work teams are not eligible for participation in the Plan. Employees who transfer into or out of a Bonus Award eligible position during the Plan year will be eligible for a pro-rated Bonus Award as described in Section 4 below as long as all other criteria under this Plan are met. In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and/or to receive any payout, Participants will not be able to participate in the Plan while simultaneously participating in the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or other incentive plans (with the exception of eligibility for spot bonuses). To the extent that there is any conflict between this Plan and the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or any other incentive plans, this Plan shall govern.

 

 

Good Standing : Participants must be actively employed and in good standing (and otherwise in compliance with the Company’s policies and procedures) on the actual bonus pay date in order to receive a payout. Participants placed on a performance improvement plan or in corrective action status as a result of poor performance during the Plan year, but that return to “Good Standing” status prior to the bonus payment date will only be eligible for a prorated incentive payout for that Plan year at the discretion of the Management Committee. If the employee’s status returns to “Good Standing” in the new year, eligibility for full participation in the Plan will be reinstated for the new year going forward.

 

 

Voluntary Separation : If a Participant voluntarily separates from Motricity after the end of the Plan year, but prior to the payout date, then the award is forfeited.

 

 

Involuntary Separation : Participants terminated for cause prior to the payout date will irrevocably forfeit any Bonus Award under the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, “Cause” will have the meaning defined in an employee’s employment agreement with the Company, if any, or as such term is defined in the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan which is, “an employee’s termination shall be for “cause” if such termination results from the employee’s (x) termination for “cause” under the employee’s employment, consulting, or other agreement with the Company or a related entity, if any; or (y) if an employee has not entered into any such employment, consulting or other agreement, then the employee’s termination shall be for “cause” if such termination

 

Corporate Incentive Plan   page 2 of 6  


 

results due to the employee’s (i) dishonesty or commission of a crime; (ii) failure to perform employee’s duties for the Company or a related entity to the satisfaction of the Company; or (iii) engaging in conduct that could be damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief that such conduct was in the best interest of the Company. The determination of “cause” shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. In the event employees are separated from the Company, as a result of Company action, such as a reduction in force or redundancy action, then such payouts will be forfeited and any severance payments received will be considered payment in full.

 

 

Forfeiture of Bonus: If a Participant’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of the Bonus Awards are actually paid out, then the Participant will not be entitled to any bonus payment for the Fiscal Year during which the termination occurs, except as may otherwise be provided under the terms of the Plan or as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Bonus Awards are not considered earned until they are approved by the Compensation Committee and are actually paid by the Company. Consequently, a Participant whose employment with the Company is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to the actual Bonus Award payment date will be deemed ineligible for payment of the Bonus Award.

 

 

Sales Incentive Plan: Sales Representatives are not eligible under this Plan, however, they may be eligible under the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan. “Sales Representatives” means an employee whose primary function is directly engaged in “selling” the Company’s products and services to its customers.

Participation in this Plan is at the Company’s discretion and the Compensation Committee may, at its sole and absolute discretion, decide to alter, modify or amend the Plan.

4. Pro-Rated Bonus Awards

A Participant will earn a Bonus Award based on the amount of time the eligible Participant is actively and continuously employed full-time in an eligible position during the Fiscal Year subject to meeting the eligibility requirements under Section 3.

 

 

New Hires and Rehires: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon actual salary earned during the Fiscal Year relative to annual salary. For example, a Participant initially hired on July 1 st would be eligible for 50% of the annual Bonus Award. In the case of rehires, there is no credit for prior service and the rehire date must occur on or before October 3 rd in order for the Participant to be eligible under the Plan for the Fiscal Year.

 

 

Leaves of Absence: Time taken during a leave of absence is not credited toward eligibility for a Bonus Award; therefore, awards will be prorated for the length of time on leave of absence. Furthermore, payments of Bonus Awards are not considered earned and payable unless and until the Participant returns to work, with the exception of military leave. If the leave of absence lasts nine months or more during the Fiscal Year, then the Participant will not have met the 90-day eligibility required to earn a bonus for that Fiscal Year.

 

 

Promotions and Demotions: If the action results in a movement from one bonus-eligible position to another bonus-eligible position (with either a higher or lower bonus target) a pro-rated Bonus Award will be calculated. The Bonus Award will be calculated separately by factoring the time in each bonus eligible position by the corresponding bonus target and base pay during the Participant’s tenure in each position. However, if a Participant is both promoted and later demoted during the fiscal year, the Participant’s entire bonus eligibility and bonus target percent will be determined by the lower grade.

 

 

Move from Bonus-Eligible Position to a Non-Bonus Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon the time in a bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the position for a minimum of 90 days during the Fiscal Year. The Bonus Award will be based upon the base salary and the annual bonus target while in the bonus-eligible position.

 

Corporate Incentive Plan   page 3 of 6  


 

Move from Non-Bonus-Eligible Position to a Bonus-Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based on the time worked, the corresponding bonus target, and the base salary in effect while in the bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the eligible position for a minimum of 90 days during the Fiscal Year.

5. Financial Targets and Minimum Financial Targets

The Financial Targets established for the 2009 Plan consist of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Plan year. The Company must achieve the Minimum Financial Targets consisting of the Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Plan year in order for any payout to occur under the Plan (the “Minimum Financial Targets”).

The Financial Targets and Minimum Financial Targets for the 2009 Plan year are set forth at (i) Exhibit A for Participants who are Senior Director level and below and (ii) Exhibit B for Participants who are Vice President level and above.

In the event of extraordinary or non-recurring events, including without limitation, changes in applicable accounting rules or principles, changes in the Company’s methods of accounting, changes in applicable law, changes due to consolidation, or acquisitions, then the Compensation Committee, upon consultation with the Board and the Management Committee, at any time prior to the final determination of Bonus Awards, may consider changes, including termination of the Plan and exercise of its discretion to either reduce, increase or eliminate a Bonus Award if such change(s) is/are desirable in the interests of equitable treatment of the Participants and the Company. The Management Committee will implement such change(s) for immediate incorporation into the Plan.

6. Computation and Disbursement of Funds

The Plan is designed to result in annual Bonus Awards for each Participant equal to each Participant’s annual Target Bonus percentage if the Company meets but does not exceed the Financial Targets for the full year. Further, the aggregate amount of Bonus Awards for all Participants for the full year would equal the amount contained in the 2009 Budget for payout under this Plan.

Company performance will be assessed and measured after the end of the Plan Fiscal Year in order to determine each Participant’s annual Bonus Award. Subject to achievement of the Minimum Financial Targets set forth in Exhibits A and B, Bonus Awards will be determined by the Company’s performance relative to the Financial Targets also set forth in Exhibits A and B. In the event the Company fails to achieve the Minimum Financial Targets, then Participants will not receive a Bonus Award for the year.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital will be based upon the Company’s audited financial statements for the year, subject to review and approval by the Board in its sole discretion. Solely on an exception basis in the event that the Company’s audited financial statements are not available before March 31 st of the subsequent Plan year and only with the prior approval of the Board, unaudited financials may be used to measure achievement of the Financial Targets.

 

Corporate Incentive Plan   page 4 of 6  


The Management Committee will calculate the Company’s actual achieved performance relative to the Financial Targets and the proposed Bonus Award under the Plan. The proposed Bonus Award will be presented to the Compensation Committee by no later than 60 days of the end of the Fiscal Year and once approved, the Bonus Award will be paid to Participants within 90 days (by March 31) of the end of the Fiscal Year. If the approval from the Compensation Committee occurs more than 90 days after the end of the Fiscal Year, then the Bonus Award payouts will occur on the next scheduled pay cycle following approval, but no later than June 30 th , 2010.

Income, employment and any other applicable taxes will be withheld from any Bonus Award payments required under the Plan to the extent determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law and remitted to the appropriate tax authority.

7. Target Bonus Percentages

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are provided in Exhibit C.

8. Administration

Subject to Section 6, the Management Committee will have the authority to administer, interpret and make all decisions and exercise all rights of the Company with respect to this Plan, including, without limitation, the authority (i) to determine eligibility hereunder; (ii) to adopt, amend and rescind rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (iii) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and decide any questions and settle controversies and disputes with employees that may arise in connection with the Plan. The Management Committee will provide the Compensation Committee, no less than once during the Plan year, a summary of significant recurring questions, controversies and disputes (if any) that may have arisen in connection with the Plan during the preceding Plan year. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to rely upon any reports prepared by the auditors and conclusively determine whether Participants have earned Bonus Awards hereunder. The members of the Board and Compensation Committee will not be liable for any actions or determinations made with respect to their duties under this Plan.

In the event of a claim or dispute brought forth by a Participant, the decision of the Management Committee as to the facts in the case and meaning and intent of any provision of the Plan, or its application, will be final, binding, and conclusive. In the case of claims or disputes brought by a Participant that is a member of the Management Committee, such decisions will be made by the Compensation Committee.

 

Corporate Incentive Plan   page 5 of 6  


9. General Provisions

A Participant’s rights under the Plan will not be assignable, either voluntarily or in-voluntarily by way of encumbrance, pledge, attachment, level or charge of any nature (except as may be required by state or federal law).

Nothing in the Plan will require the Company to segregate or set aside any funds or other property for the purpose of paying any portion of a financial award. No Participant, beneficiary or other person will have any right, title or interest in any amount awarded under the Plan prior to the payment of such award to him or her, or in any property of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Participation in this Plan will not confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time. The Company is under no obligation to continue the Plan in future Fiscal Years.

 

Corporate Incentive Plan   page 6 of 6  


Exhibit A

Motricity 2009 Plan Financial Targets for Senior Director Level and Below

The Financial Targets for Fiscal Year 2009 Plan shall be as follows:

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

WORKING CAPITAL: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of no less than ***; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of ***.

Subject to achievement of the Minimum Targets, a Participant’s Bonus Award shall equal:

(x) Participant’s target Bonus Award multiplied by

(y) Payout % which shall be the sum of:

 

  i) 60% of Adjusted EBITDA Payout % for all eligible Participants

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA is below ***. Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 30% if actual Adjusted EBITDA exceeds ***, but is less than ***. Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 70% if actual Adjusted EBITDA exceeds ***, but is less than ***. Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA is equal to ***. For each additional *** of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond ***, the Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall increase by 5%. Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA Payout % exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

Adjusted EBITDA    Adjusted EBITDA Payout %

***

   0%

***

   30%

***

   70%

***

   100%

***

   125%

***

   150%

 

  ii) 40% of Revenue Payout % for all eligible Participants

Revenue Payout % shall be 0% if actual Revenue is below ***. Revenue Payout % shall be 70% if actual Revenue exceeds ***, but is less than ***. Revenue Payout % shall be 100% if actual Revenue is equal to ***. For each additional *** of actual Revenue achieved beyond the ***, Revenue Payout % shall increase 5%. Under no circumstance will Revenue Payout % exceed 150%.

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


Illustrative Table:

 

Revenue    Revenue Payout %

***

   0%

***

   70%

***

   100%

***

   125%

***

   150%

Payout Calculation Examples:

 

      Adj. EBITDA   Revenue  

Payout of

Target Bonus

Weighting

  60%   40%    
 

Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA below Minimum Target

Results

 

***

 

***

  0%

Payout %

  0%   0%  
 

Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA meets Budget, Revenue exceeds Budget

Results

 

***

 

***

  110%

Payout %

  100%   125%  
 

Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA above Budget, Revenue maxes out

Results

 

***

 

***

  129%

Payout %

  115%   150%  
 

Scenario 4 Adjusted EBITDA  & Revenue below Budget

Results

 

***

 

***

  70%

Payout %

  70%   70%  

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Exhibit B

Motricity 2009 Plan Financial Targets for Vice President Level and Above

The Financial Targets for Fiscal Year 2009 Plan shall be as follows:

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

WORKING CAPITAL: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of no less than ***; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of ***.

Subject to achievement of the Minimum Targets, a Participant’s Bonus Award shall equal:

(x) Participant’s target Bonus Award multiplied by

(y) Payout % which shall be the sum of:

 

  i) 60% of Adjusted EBITDA Payout % for all eligible Participants

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA is below ***. Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 70% if actual Adjusted EBITDA exceeds ***, but is less than ***. Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA is equal to ***. For each additional *** of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond ***, the Adjusted EBITDA Payout % shall increase by 5%. Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA Payout % exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

Adjusted EBITDA    Adjusted EBITDA Payout %

***

   0%

***

   70%

***

   100%

***

   125%

***

   150%

 

  ii) 20% of Revenue Payout % for all eligible Participants

Revenue Payout % shall be 0% if actual Revenue is below ***. Revenue Payout % shall be 70% if actual Revenue exceeds ***, but is less than ***. Revenue Payout % shall be 100% if actual Revenue is equal to ***. For each additional *** of actual Revenue achieved beyond the ***, Revenue Payout % shall increase 5%. Under no circumstance will Revenue Payout % exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

Revenue    Revenue Payout %

***

   0%

***

   70%

***

   100%

***

   125%

***

   150%

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

1


  iii) 20% of Working Capital (“WC”) Payout % for all eligible Participants

WC Payout % shall be 0% if actual WC exceeds ***. WC Payout % shall be 70% if actual WC is below ***, but is greater than ***. WC Payout % shall be 100% if achievement of WC Target is equal to ***. For each additional *** of WC reductions achieved below ***, WC Payout % shall increase 5%. Under no circumstance will WC Payout % exceed 150%. In the event that the Company accesses the Accounts Receivables revolver (from SVB or any other lender), then no WC Payout % shall be earned.

Illustrative Table:

 

Working Capital    WC Payout %

***

   0%

***

   70%

***

   100%

***

   125%

***

   150%

Payout Calculation Examples:

 

      Adj. EBITDA   Revenue   Working Capital  

Payout of

Target Bonus

Weighting

  60%   20%   20%    
 

Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA below Minimum Target

Results

 

***

 

***

 

***

   

Payout %

  0%   0%   0%   0%
 

Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA meets Budget, Revenue and WC exceed Budget

Results

 

***

 

***

 

***

   

Payout %

  100%   125%   125%   110%
 

Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA above Budget, Revenue and WC max out

Results

 

***

 

***

 

***

   

Payout %

  115%   150%   150%   124%
 

Scenario 4 – Adjusted EBITDA & Revenue below Budget, WC max out

Results

 

***

 

***

 

***

   

Payout %

  70%   70%   150%   86%

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

2


Exhibit C

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are as follows:

 

Position/Job Level    Target Bonus %

Chief Executive Officer

   75%

Chief Operating Officer/Chief Financial Officer

   55%

SVP General Counsel

   50%

SVP Corporate Development

   ***

SVP New Product Strategy

   ***

SVP Solutions and Services

   ***

Vice Presidents

   ***

Directors / Sr. Directors

   ***

Sr. Managers / IC Advisors

   ***

Managers

   ***

Individual Contributors

   ***

Support (Non-Exempt Employees) and All Others

   ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO   

2010 Corporate Incentive Plan

COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL

2010 Fiscal Year

 

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Motricity, Inc. (the “Company”) Corporate Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to drive a culture focused on organizational performance. The Plan is intended to deliver “pay-for-performance” through annual incentive payments based on overall Company performance. The Plan is intended to provide all eligible employees (the “Participants”) with additional compensation for their contribution to the achievement of the Company’s objectives, encouraging and stimulating superior performance by such individuals, and assisting and retaining highly qualified employees.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

Definitions for specific terms used within this Plan document are identified below.

 

  A. Adjusted EBITDA ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year consolidated net income before interest income and expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, fair value adjustments for warrants and stock compensation as defined and calculated in accordance with its currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its Budget. For the avoidance of doubt, Adjusted EBITDA will be identical to EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) with the sole two exceptions being that Adjusted EBITDA excludes (i) expenses associated with the Company’s stock compensation; and (ii) fair value adjustments for warrants. For clarification purposes, Adjusted EBITDA includes, without limitation, (i) restructuring costs; (ii) other income/expense, with the sole exception being income/expense for fair value adjustments for warrants; and (iii) expenses associated with payments under this Plan, the Sales Incentive Plan, as well as all other incentive plans.

 

  B.

Base Salary ” will be equal to the Participant’s annual base salary paid effective December 31 st for the year in which the Bonus Award is earned. Base Salary is determined before reductions for contributions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If a Participant’s bonus level or Base Salary changes during the year, then the Base Salary will be prorated for the portion of the year to reflect the change in bonus level and/or Base Salary. Participants currently eligible for the Plan receiving a promotion with an increase and/or change in their target Bonus Award will have their target Bonus Award prorated accordingly. Base Salary does not include, without limitation and to the extent applicable, (i) financial awards under the Plan; (ii) variable compensation such as incentive awards, commissions or spot bonuses if any; (iii) imputed income from such programs as life insurance, auto allowance, or non-recurring earnings such as moving or relocation expenses, allowances or perquisites; (iv) stock-related compensation; or (v) overtime, unless required to be included in Base Salary for purposes of the Plan, in accordance with applicable law.

 

Page 1 of 14


  C. Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

  D. Bonus Award ” is the cash payment that may be earned by Participant, subject to the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 3 and the, achievement by the Company of Financial Targets.

 

  E. Budget ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year budget as approved by the Board.

 

  F. Cause ” means with respect to a Participant: (i) failure to perform substantially all of his or her duties, (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by Participant of any securities or employment laws or regulations (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs Participant’s ability to carry out Participant’s duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation by a Participant of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and Participant.

 

  G. Company ” means Motricity, Inc. and its subsidiaries and their successors and assigns.

 

  H. Compensation Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which has the authority to approve and amend the Plan if it deems such change(s) is/are in the interest of the Company.

 

  I. Financial Targets ” are the financial targets of the Company established by the Board for the Fiscal Year as described in Section 5.

 

  J.

Fiscal Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1 st and ending December 31 st .

 

  K. Management Committee ” consists of the Company’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii) President & Chief Operating Officer, (iii) Chief Financial Officer, (iv) General Counsel and (v) Chief Human Resources Officer.

 

  L. Non-Exempt Employee ” means an employee who receives hourly wages as determined under the Fair Labor and Standards Act and the wage and hours law of the applicable state.

 

Page 2 of 14


  M. Revenue ” means the Company’s Fiscal Year revenue in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and its Budget.

 

  N. Working Capital ” means the Company’s monthly average of (i) accounts receivable minus (ii) account payable minus (iii) other accrued liabilities for the Company’s Fiscal Year expenses, in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by the Company (consistent with GAAP) and the preparation of their respective consolidated financial statements and in the Company’s Budget.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY

In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and receive a Bonus Award, a Participant must be a full-time active employee and working in a bonus eligible position for at least ninety (90) consecutive days during that Fiscal Year. “Full-Time” is defined as working thirty-five (35) or more hours per week, and have executed all required Company documents. Contingency workers, including, without limitation, temporaries, part-time employees, contractors, consultants and outsourced work teams are not eligible for participation in the Plan. Employees who transfer into or out of a Bonus Award eligible position during the Fiscal Year will be eligible for a prorated Bonus Award as described in Section 4 below as long as all other criteria under this Plan are met. In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan and/or to receive any payout, Participants will not be able to participate simultaneously in the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or other incentive plans (with the exception of eligibility for spot bonuses). To the extent that there is any conflict between this Plan and the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan and/or any other incentive plans, this Plan will govern.

 

   

Good Standing : Participants must be actively employed and in good standing (and otherwise in compliance with the Company’s policies and procedures) on the actual bonus pay date in order to receive a payout. Participants placed on a performance improvement plan or in corrective action status as a result of poor performance during the Fiscal Year, but that return to “Good Standing” status prior to the bonus payment date will only be eligible for a prorated incentive payout for that Fiscal Year at the discretion of the Management Committee. If the employee’s status returns to “Good Standing” in the new year, eligibility for full participation in the Plan will be reinstated for the new year going forward, but the employee will not be entitled to a Bonus Award for any period while not in “Good Standing”.

 

   

Voluntary Separation : If a Participant voluntarily separates from Motricity after the end of the Fiscal Year, but prior to the payout date, then the award is forfeited.

 

   

Involuntary Separation : Participants terminated for Cause prior to the payout date will irrevocably forfeit any Bonus Award under the Plan. The determination of “Cause” will be made by the Company in its sole discretion. In the event Participant employees are separated from the Company, as a result of Company action, such as a reduction in force or redundancy action, then such payouts will be forfeited and any severance payments received will be considered payment in full.

 

Page 3 of 14


   

Forfeiture of Bonus: If a Participant’s termination of employment occurs prior to the date of the Bonus Awards are actually paid out, then the Participant will not be entitled to any bonus payment for the Fiscal Year during which the termination occurs, except as may otherwise be provided under the terms of the Plan or as determined by the Compensation Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Bonus Awards are not considered earned until they are approved by the Compensation Committee and are actually paid by the Company. Consequently, a Participant whose employment with the Company is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated prior to the actual Bonus Award payment date will be deemed ineligible for payment of the Bonus Award.

 

   

Sales Incentive Plan: Sales Representatives are not eligible under this Plan, however, they may be eligible under the Company’s Sales Incentive Plan. “Sales Representatives” means an employee whose primary function is directly engaged in “selling” the Company’s products and services to its customers.

 

   

Other Cash Incentives and/or Plans: Without exception, Participants will not be eligible to receive any cash incentive other than those contemplated in this Plan without approval of the Management Committee within limitations of the Budget.

Participation in this Plan is at the Company’s discretion and the Compensation Committee may, at its sole and absolute discretion, decide to alter, modify or amend the Plan.

 

4. PRORATED BONUS AWARDS

A Participant will earn a Bonus Award based on the amount of time the eligible Participant is actively and continuously employed full-time in an eligible position during the Fiscal Year subject to meeting the eligibility requirements under Section 3.

 

   

New Hires and Rehires: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon actual salary earned during the Fiscal Year relative to annual salary. For example, a Participant initially hired on July 1 st would be eligible for 50% of the annual Bonus Award. In the case of rehires, there is no credit for prior service and the rehire date must occur on or before October 3 rd in order for the Participant to be eligible under the Plan for the Fiscal Year.

 

   

Leaves of Absence: Time taken during a leave of absence is not credited toward eligibility for a Bonus Award; therefore, awards will be prorated for the length of time on leave of absence. Furthermore, payments of Bonus Awards are not considered earned and payable unless and until the Participant returns to work, with the exception of military leave. If the leave of absence lasts nine months or more during the Fiscal Year, then the Participant will not have met the 90-day eligibility required to earn a bonus for that Fiscal Year.

 

Page 4 of 14


   

Promotions and Demotions: If the action results in a movement from one bonus-eligible position to another bonus-eligible position (with either a higher or lower bonus target) a prorated Bonus Award will be calculated. The Bonus Award will be calculated separately by factoring the time in each bonus eligible position by the corresponding bonus target and base pay during the Participant’s tenure in each position. However, if a Participant is both promoted and later demoted during the fiscal year, the Participant’s entire bonus eligibility and bonus target percent will be determined by the lower grade.

 

   

Move from Bonus-Eligible Position to a Non-Bonus Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based upon the time in a bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the position for a minimum of ninety (90) consecutive days during the Fiscal Year. The Bonus Award will be based upon the base salary and the annual bonus target while in the bonus-eligible position.

 

   

Move from Non-Bonus-Eligible Position to a Bonus-Eligible Position: The Bonus Award will be prorated based on the time worked, the corresponding bonus target, and the base salary in effect while in the bonus-eligible position as long as the Participant was in the eligible position for a minimum of ninety (90) consecutive days during the Fiscal Year.

 

5. FINANCIAL TARGETS AND MINIMUM FINANCIAL TARGETS

The Financial Targets established for the Plan consist of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Fiscal Year. The Company must achieve the Minimum Financial Targets consisting of the Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue amounts approved by the Compensation Committee for the Fiscal Year in order for any payout to occur under the Plan (the “Minimum Financial Targets”).

The Financial Targets and Minimum Financial Targets for the Plan Year are set forth in (i)  Exhibit A for Participants who are Senior Director level and below and (ii)  Exhibit B for Participants who are Vice President level and above.

The Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the final determination of Bonus Awards, increase, decrease, otherwise adjust performance measures, targets, and payout ranges used hereunder as a result of extraordinary or non-reoccurring events, changes in applicable accounting rules or principles, changes in the Company’s methods of accounting, changes in applicable law, changes due to consolidation, acquisitions or reorganization affecting the Company and its subsidiaries or such other material change in the Company’s business or eliminate a Bonus Award if such change(s) is/are desirable in the interests of equitable treatment of the Participants and the Company. The Management Committee will implement such change(s) for immediate incorporation into the Plan.

 

Page 5 of 14


6. COMPUTATION AND DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS

The Plan is designed to fund annual Bonus Awards if the Company meets but does not exceed the Financial Targets for the full year. Further, the aggregate amount of Bonus Awards for all Participants for the full year would equal the amount contained in the Budget for payout under this Plan.

Company performance will be assessed and measured after the end of the Plan Fiscal Year in order to determine annual Bonus funding and Awards. Subject to achievement of the Minimum Financial Targets set forth in Exhibits A and B , Bonus funding and Awards will be determined by the Company’s performance relative to the Financial Targets also set forth in Exhibits A and B . In the event the Company fails to achieve the Minimum Financial Targets, then Participants will not receive a Bonus Award for the year.

The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and Working Capital will be based upon the Company’s audited financial statements for the year, subject to review and approval by the Board in its sole discretion. Without exception, unaudited financials will not be used to measure achievement of the Financial Targets.

For positions below the level of Vice President, the Company will provide differentiated bonus awards based on performance achievement against each employee’s personal goals. It will execute bonus awards inside of the bonus pool funding thresholds defined inside this Plan as approved by the Compensation Committee. The Management Committee will conduct a full performance calibration process as part of the Company’s annual performance review which will yield an aggregated and individualized view into the achievements of the prior fiscal year.

As soon as practical after the close of the Fiscal Year, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer will calculate the Company’s actual audited achieved performance relative to the Financial Targets and the proposed Bonus Awards under the Plan. The proposed Bonus Award, a list of eligible Participants and their Bonus eligible Base Salary and their proposed Bonus Award will be presented to the Compensation Committee by no later than sixty (60) days of the end of the Fiscal Year and once approved, the Bonus Award will be paid to all Participants by March 31 st of the calendar year following the Fiscal Year for which the Bonus Awards are earned. If the approval from the Compensation Committee occurs after March 31 st of the following Fiscal Year, then the Bonus Award payouts will occur on the next scheduled pay cycle following approval, but no later than June 30 th of the calendar year following the Fiscal Year for which the Bonus Awards are earned. If prorated Bonus Awards are granted, then such Bonus Awards will be paid in the same manner at the same time as all the other Bonus Award payouts.

Income, employment and any other applicable taxes will be withheld from any Bonus Award payments required under the Plan to the extent determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law and remitted to the appropriate tax authority.

 

Page 6 of 14


7. TARGET BONUS PERCENTAGES

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are provided in Exhibit C .

 

8. ADMINISTRATION

Subject to Sections 3, 5 and 6, the Management Committee will have the authority to administer and make all decisions and exercise all rights of the Company with respect to this Plan, including, the authority (i) to determine eligibility hereunder; (ii) related to rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (iii) to decide any questions and settle controversies and disputes with employees that may arise in connection with the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Compensation Committee will have the sole authority to interpret the provisions of the Plan. The Management Committee will provide the Compensation Committee, no less than once during the Fiscal Year, a summary of significant recurring questions, controversies and disputes (if any) that may have arisen in connection with the Plan during the preceding Fiscal Year. The Compensation Committee will have the authority to rely upon any reports prepared by the auditors and conclusively determine whether Participants have earned Bonus Awards hereunder. The members of the Board and Compensation Committee will not be liable for any actions or determinations made with respect to their duties under this Plan.

In the event of a claim or dispute brought forth by a Participant, the decision of the Management Committee as to the facts in the case and meaning and intent of any provision of the Plan, or its application, will be final, binding, and conclusive. In the case of claims or disputes brought by a Participant that is a member of the Management Committee, such decisions will be made by the Compensation Committee.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

A Participant’s rights under the Plan will not be assignable, either voluntarily or in-voluntarily by way of encumbrance, pledge, attachment, level or charge of any nature (except as may be required by state or federal law).

Nothing in the Plan will require the Company to segregate or set aside any funds or other property for the purpose of paying any portion of a financial award. No Participant, beneficiary or other person will have any right, title or interest in any amount awarded under the Plan prior to the payment of such award to him or her, or in any property of the Company or its subsidiaries.

Participation in this Plan will not confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company nor interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time. The Company is under no obligation to continue the Plan in future fiscal years.

 

Page 7 of 14


EXHIBIT A

Plan Financial Targets for Senior Director Level and Below

The Financial Targets for Fiscal Year will be as follows (the “Financial Target(s)”):

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of 80% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of 95% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Revenue.

Bonus Pool

Subject to achievement of Minimum Targets, the funding of the Bonus Award pool (the “Bonus Pool”) for Participant’s will be calculated as described below. Actual bonus awards for each Participant will be determined based on fiscal year achievement of personal and Company goals. Company will calibrate talent to ensure differentiated rewards based on performance.

 

  i) 60% of Bonus Pool will be funded based on Adjusted EBITDA

 

   

Pool funding % will be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is below 80% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding will be 30% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 80% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 60% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

For each additional 3% of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, the Adjusted EBITDA bonus pool funding will increase by 5%. Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA pool funding exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial
Target Achieved

  

Adjusted EBITDA

Bonus Pool Funding %

<80%

   0%

>=80%

   30%

>=90%

   60%

>=100%

   100%

>=115%

   125%

>=130%

   150%

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 8 of 14


  ii) 40% of the Bonus Pool will be funded based on Revenue

 

   

Pool funding % will be 0% if actual Revenue achieved is below 95% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 60% if actual Revenue achieved exceeds 95% but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Pool funding % will be 100% if actual Revenue achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

For each additional 1% of actual Revenue achieved beyond the Financial Target for Revenue, the Revenue bonus pool funding will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Actual Revenue pool funding exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial
Target Achieved

  

Revenue Bonus

Pool Funding%

<95%

   0%

>=95%

   60%

>=100%

   100%

>=105%

   125%

>=110%

   150%

Bonus Pool Funding Examples:

 

     Adj. EBITDA     Revenue     Bonus Pool
Funding %
 

Weighting

   60   40  
Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue below Minimum Target   

Results

   85   90  

Pool Funding%

   0   0   0
Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue meets Financial Target   

Results

   100   100  

Pool Funding %

   100   100   100
Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA meets Financial Target
                       and Revenue exceeds Financial Target
   

Results

   100   105  

Pool Funding %

   100   125   110
Scenario 4 – Adjusted EBITDA exceeds Financial Target and Revenue
                       slightly below Financial Target (but above Minimum Target)
   

Results

   115   95  

Pool Funding %

   125   60   99

 

Page 9 of 14


Participant’s Bonus Award

Subject to the achievement of the Minimum Targets and the Bonus Pool, actual Bonus Awards for each Participant will be determined based on Fiscal Year achievement of personal and Company goals. The Company will calibrate talent to ensure differentiated rewards based on performance. It is intended that variations (i.e. increases or decreases) in Participant’s Bonus Awards which result from personal performance ratings will not result in an increase in the aggregate Bonus Pool available to all eligible Participants.

Personal goals for each Participant are to be developed jointly by the Participant and his/her supervisor for the Fiscal Year. Attainment of such goals and other performance criteria, both quantifiable and non-quantifiable, may be used to arrive at an overall individual performance rating. Such criteria will be applied consistently to Participants with similar duties pursuant to an evaluation process to be reviewed and approved by the Chief Human Resources Officer. The Management Committee reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to accept the personal performance and bonus recommendation for each Participant or to modify any personal performance and bonus recommendation for any Participant, as the Management Committee deems appropriate.

 

Page 10 of 14


EXHIBIT B

Plan Financial Targets for Vice President Level and Above

The Financial Targets for the Fiscal Year Plan will be as follows (the “Financial Target(s)”):

ADJUSTED EBITDA: ***

REVENUE: ***

WORKING CAPITAL: ***

Minimum Targets

No payout will be made to Participants unless the Company achieves (i) a minimum Adjusted EBITDA of 90% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA; and (ii) a minimum Revenue of 95% of the aforementioned Financial Target for Revenue (the “Minimum Targets”).

Subject to achievement of the Minimum Targets, a Participant’s Bonus Award will equal:

 

(x) Participant’s target Bonus Award multiplied by

 

(y) Payout % which will be the sum of:

 

  i) 60% of payout will be based on Adjusted EBITDA for all eligible Participants

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % will be 0% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is below 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Adjusted EBIDTA Payout % will be 60% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved exceeds 90% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA Payout % will be 100% if actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA.

 

   

For each additional 3% of actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved beyond 100% of the Financial Target for Adjusted EBITDA, the Adjusted EBITDA payout will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Adjusted EBITDA payout exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial
Target Achieved

  

Adjusted EBITDA

Payout %

<90%

   0%

>=90%

   60%

>=100%

   100%

>=115%

   125%

>=130%

   150%

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 11 of 14


  ii) 20% of Payout will be based on Revenue for all eligible Participants

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 0% if actual Revenue achieved is below 95% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 60% if actual Revenue achieved exceeds 95% but is less than 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

Revenue Payout % will be 100% if actual Revenue achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for Revenue.

 

   

For each additional 1% of actual Revenue achieved beyond the Financial Target for Revenue, the Revenue payout will increase by 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will Revenue payout exceed 150%.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial
Target Achieved

  

Revenue

Payout %

<95%

   0%

>=95%

   60%

>=100%

   100%

>=105%

   125%

>=110%

   150%

 

  iii) 20% of payout will be based on Working Capital (“WC”) for all eligible Participants

 

   

WC Payout % will be 0% if actual WC achieved exceeds 105% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

WC Payout % will be 60% if actual WC achieved is less than 105% of the Financial Target for WC but greater than 100% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

WC Payout % will be 100% if actual WC achieved is equal to 100% of the Financial Target for WC.

 

   

For each additional 5% of WC reductions achieved below 100% of the Financial Target for WC, WC Payout % will increase 5%.

 

   

Under no circumstance will WC Payout % exceed 150%.

 

   

In the event that the Company accesses the Accounts Receivables revolver (from SVB or any other lender), then no WC Payout % will be earned.

Illustrative Table:

 

% of Financial
Target Achieved

  

WC Payout %

>105%

   0%

<=105%

   60%

<=100%

   100%

<=75%

   125%

<=50%

   150%

 

Page 12 of 14


Payout Calculation Examples:

 

     Adj. EBITDA     Revenue     Working Capital     Payout of
Target Bonus
 

Weighting

   60   20   20  
Scenario 1 – Adjusted EBITDA, Revenue and WC below Minimum Target   

Results

   85   90   110  

Payout %

   0   0   0   0
Scenario 2 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue slightly below Financial Target
                      (but above Minimum Target) and WC meets Financial Target
   

Results

   95   95   100  

Payout %

   60   60   100   68
Scenario 3 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue meets Financial Target
                      and WC exceeds Financial Target
   

Results

   100   100   75  

Payout %

   100   100   125   105
Scenario 4 – Adjusted EBITDA and Revenue exceed Financial Target
                      and WC meets Financial Target
   

Results

   115   105   100  

Payout %

   125   125   100   120

 

Page 13 of 14


EXHIBIT C

Target Bonus Percentages by Job Title

Target Bonus Percentages by position or job level are as follows:

 

Position / Job Level

   US Tgt %     UK Tgt %    NL Tgt%    SGD Tgt %

Chief Executive Officer

   75   n/a    n/a    n/a

President & Chief Operating Officer

   55   n/a    n/a    n/a

Chief Marketing & Strategy Officer

   50   n/a    n/a    n/a

Chief Financial Officer

   55   n/a    n/a    n/a

General Counsel

   50   n/a    n/a    n/a

Chief Human Resources Officer

   ***      ***    ***    ***

VP/SVP, Product Strategy

   ***      ***    ***    ***

VP/SVP, Product Development

   ***      ***    ***    ***

VP/SVP, Solutions & Services

   ***      ***    ***    ***

VP/SVP, Operations & IT

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Senior Director

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Director

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Senior Manager/IC Advisor

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Manager

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Individual Contributors

   ***      ***    ***    ***

Support (Non-Exempt Employees) and All Others

   ***      ***    ***    ***

 

*** This redacted material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment, and the material has been filed separately with the Commission.

 

Page 14 of 14

Exhibit 10.19

MOTRICITY, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of             , 20            , by and between Motricity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”, which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company), and             (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for companies to attract and retain such persons;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee’s rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or revocation of any provision of the Company’s by-laws or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its Board of Directors); and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in accepting Indemnitee’s position as a director and/or officer of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, including as a member of any committee thereof, or as an officer of the Company, (ii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iii) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iii) of this Section 1(a), an officer or director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary (as defined below) shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

(b) “ Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

(c) “ Expenses ” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 7 and 10(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses.

(d) “ Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.


(e) “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.

(f) “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past two years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee or any of their respective affiliates in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Liabilities ” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(i) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

(j) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity.

2. Services of Indemnitee . In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

3. Agreement to Indemnify . The Company agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,” respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”).

(b) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

-2-


4. Exceptions to Indemnification . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above in all circumstances other than the following:

(a) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a) and it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(b) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and

(i) it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

(ii) it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, including, without limitation, a claim that Indemnitee received an improper personal benefit, no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court of law or another court (or regulatory authority or arbitral body) in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

5. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice of the commencement of any Proceeding for which Indemnitee is entitled to payment under Section 3 of this Agreement, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 5(c). The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee within ten (10) business days following receipt of the request.

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee under this Agreement with

 

-3-


respect to such defense except as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding and such determination has been affirmed by any then existing Independent Counsel, or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which case all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement or to the extent that the Company’s lack of such opportunity did not prejudice the Company.

6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

7. Effect of Certain Resolutions . Neither the settlement nor termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions . The Company shall pay to Indemnitee all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as the same are incurred. To the extent required by Delaware corporate law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited and unsecured general obligation of Indemnitee and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

-4-


9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses . Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than ten (10) business days after the Company’s receipt of such request.

10. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Right to Petition Court . In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 3 and 5 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and 9 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition a court of law to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Burden of Proof . In any judicial proceeding brought under Section 10(a) above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(c) Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith.

(d) Validity of Agreement . The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under Section 10(a) above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Failure to Act Not a Defense . The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

11. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

(b) Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

-5-


12. Insurance . The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to maintain requisite directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage in effect at all times (subject to appropriate cost considerations) and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws shall at all times provide for indemnification and exculpation of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of coverage available for any officer, director, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. The Company shall hereafter take all necessary or desirable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all Indemnifiable Amounts in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall affect the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or the Company’s obligations to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner as provided.

13. Contract Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company’s by-laws or certificate of incorporation, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a director of the Company.

14. Successors . This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

15. Subrogation . In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request and expense of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such subrogation rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

16. Change in Law . To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the certificate of incorporation and/or by-laws of the Company and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended to such extent.

17. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

 

-6-


18. Indemnitee as Plaintiff . Except as provided in Section 10(c) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless such Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

19. Modifications and Waiver . Except as provided in Section 16 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

20. General Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

(i)    If to Indemnitee, to:   
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
(ii)    If to the Company, to :   
   601 108 th Avenue, NE, Suite 900   
   Bellevue, WA 98004   
   Attn: Richard E. Leigh, Jr.,   
   General Counsel   
   Phone: (425) 957 6200   
   Fax: (425) 957 6201   
   or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law.

*  *  *  *  *

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

MOTRICITY, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

INDEMNITEE
   
[Print Name]

Exhibit 10.20

Approved 12/8/09

Page 1 of 6

 

MOTRICITY

Long-Term Incentive Plan Term Sheet

Type of Plan : “Omnibus” incentive plan providing for grants of both equity and cash awards; i.e., stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), performance awards (shares, share units and cash-denominated awards), restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other share-based awards (e.g., deferred stock units)

Plan Term : 10 years or earlier termination by the Board

Administration : By the Compensation Committee

 

  Each Committee member must be (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), no later than the expiration of the 162(m) IPO transition rule, and (iii) an “independent” director under the listing requirements of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the shares are listed (“Stock Exchange”), no later than the expiration of the Stock Exchange’s IPO transition rule

Eligible Participants : Employees, non-employee directors and consultants/advisors

Share Reserve :

 

  [                      ] shares on the Plan’s effective date

Share Reserve Counting Features :

 

  Shares subject to awards that expire or are forfeited, cancelled, or settled in cash return to share reserve

 

  Shares not issued on settlement of awards (e.g., on payment in shares on exercise of an SAR) return to share reserve

 

  Shares tendered or withheld in payment of option price or for withholding taxes also return to share reserve

 

  Shares issued in connection with awards that are assumed, converted or substituted pursuant to a merger or an acquisition (“Substitute Awards”) do not reduce share reserve


Approved 12/8/09

Page 2 of 6

 

  Shares available under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for awards under the Plan to individuals who were not employees or directors of the Company prior to the transaction and do not reduce share reserve, subject to the Stock Exchange’s listing requirements

Stock Options : Nonqualified options and incentive stock options

 

  Maximum term – 10 years

 

  Minimum exercise price – 100% of fair market value (“FMV”) on grant date (with exception for Substitute Awards)

 

  Definition of FMV – Stock Exchange closing price on grant date or, if the Company’s stock is not trading, then as determined by the Committee

 

  Prohibition against repricing or similar exchange without shareholder approval – reducing exercise price, cancellation and re-grant, and exchange of options for cash or another award

 

  Vesting schedule shall be set forth in governing award agreements

 

  Exercise price payment methods – cash (or equivalents), shares, share withholding (i.e., net share settlement), cashless exercise (i.e., same-day sales through a broker), or combination

 

  Payment other than in cash may be made only if permitted by award agreement

 

  Award agreement may provide for automatic exercise on last day of term if option is “in the money” by means of a net exercise

Stock Appreciation Rights : Both tandem with options and freestanding grants

 

  Freestanding SARs to have generally same terms as options regarding maximum term, minimum exercise price, prohibition against repricing without shareholder approval and vesting

 

  Payment in shares or cash as determined by the Committee

 

  Award agreement may provide for automatic exercise on last day of term if freestanding SAR is “in the money”


Approved 12/8/09

Page 3 of 6

 

Performance Awards : Both share-based and cash-based grants

 

  Performance periods – as determined by the Committee

 

  Performance goals – revenue, earnings or loss before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable. Each of the foregoing shall be calculated in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) then in effect, and in accordance with the currently employed accounting policies, methods and practices employed by Company (consistent with GAAP) in the preparation of their Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  Measurement of performance against goals may exclude, if Committee provides in individual grant agreements and resolutions approving awards, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles and as identified in the financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or other SEC filings

 

  Performance goals may be established on a corporate-wide basis; with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments; and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or an index covering multiple companies

Restricted Stock/Units : In the form of either actual shares or share units; may be granted as a form of payment of earned performance awards or other incentive compensation under this plan or other Company plans

 

  Vesting schedule shall be set forth in governing award agreements

Other Share-Based Awards : In the form of shares or share units, primarily for freestanding grants of deferred stock for director compensation and deferral (either mandatory or voluntary) of vested/earned stock-based grants

 

  Vesting schedule to be in individual award agreements

Annual Incentive Awards : Cash-based awards intended to comply with the performance-based compensation requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m)

 

  Eligible performance measures are the same as those described under “Performance Awards” above


Approved 12/8/09

Page 4 of 6

 

  Plan shall provide the Committee with “negative discretion” to adjust bonus payments as permitted by Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and treasury regulations issued thereunder

Maximum Individual Award Limits :

 

  Share award limits – [__] million options/SARs granted in any 12-month period; [___,000] share-based performance awards earned for each 12-month period in the performance period

 

  Cash award limit – $[__] million payment value of cash-based performance awards earned for each 12-month period in the performance period

 

  Annual incentive award limit – $[          ] million

Termination Treatment : To be in individual award agreements

Change in Control : Unless otherwise provided in individual award agreements (except as necessary to meet Internal Revenue Code Section 409A deferred compensation rules)

 

  Acquisition of 50% or more of voting power of Company by any person or group, other than an acquisition of additional voting power by a person or group that immediately prior to the acquisition owned, collectively, at least 30% or more of the voting power of the Company

 

  During any 12-month period, incumbent directors at beginning of period (and directors elected or nominated by majority of incumbent directors) cease to be a majority of the Board

 

  Consummation of merger, reorganization, consolidation or similar transaction unless Company’s voting stock represents more than 50% of voting power of surviving entity

 

  Shareholder approval of sale of all or substantially all assets or plan of liquidation

Other :

 

  Dividends and dividend equivalents – Committee may provide in grant agreements for vested awards to contain additive right to receive regular cash dividends and dividend equivalents

 

  Payments may be made currently or deferred/reinvested and subject to same vesting or performance conditions as underlying award

 

  Settlement of awards – in shares, cash or deferred delivery, as determined by the Committee


Approved 12/8/09

Page 5 of 6

 

  Expectation is for share payments of equity awards to preserve fixed grant date accounting treatment

 

  The governing award agreements shall provide that if the recipient of an award breaches his or her restrictive covenants (i.e., noncompetition, non-solicitation and confidentiality) or is terminated for cause for misappropriation of company funds or financial fraud)– then outstanding awards will be cancelled, and Company may clawback (i.e., recapture) realized option/SAR gains and realized value for vested restricted shares or earned performance awards within 24 months preceding violation.

 

  For cause termination shall result in forfeiture of both vested and unvested awards. “Cause” is defined as the employee’s : (i) failure to perform substantially all of his or her duties, (ii) commission of, or indictment for a felony or any crime involving fraud or embezzlement or dishonesty or conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to a misdemeanor (other than a traffic violation) punishable by imprisonment under federal, state or local law; (iii) engagement in an act of fraud or of willful dishonesty towards the Company; (iv) willful misconduct or negligence resulting in a material economic harm to the Company; (v) violation of a federal or state securities law or regulation; (vi) dishonesty detrimental to the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates; (vii) conduct involving any immoral acts which is reasonably likely to impair the reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; (viii) willful disloyalty to the Company; (ix) violation, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors based on opinion of its counsel, by employee of any securities or employment laws or regulations (x) use of a controlled substance without a prescription or the use of alcohol which impairs employee’s ability to carry out their duties and responsibilities; or (xi) material violation by an employee of the Company’s policies and procedures or any breach of any agreement between the Company and employee.

 

  Financial restatements – Committee shall provide in award agreements that, in event of a financial restatement that reduces amount of previously awarded bonus or incentive compensation that would not have been earned had results been properly reported, outstanding awards will be cancelled and Company shall clawback (i.e., recapture) of realized option/SAR gains and realized value for vested restricted stock/units or earned performance awards within 24 months preceding financial restatement

 

  Foreign employees – grants to employees in foreign locations may have different terms than specified in the plan as appropriate for local legal and tax considerations

 

  Transferability – under the laws of descent and distribution, or as may be permitted by the Committee for transfers to immediate family members or trusts or other entities on behalf of participant or family members, and for charitable donations


Approved 12/8/09

Page 6 of 6

 

  Tax withholding – may at the discretion of the Committee be satisfied through share tendering (actual or by attestation) or share withholding (at minimum statutory rate or such other rate that will not trigger a negative accounting impact)

 

  Adjustments – Equitable adjustments will be made to the share reserve, maximum individual award limits, shares subject to outstanding awards, and option and SAR exercise prices to reflect changes in corporate structure, including a stock split, spin-off, merger, reorganization, extraordinary cash dividend or other asset distribution

 

  Accountants should confirm that adjustment language will avoid FAS 123R expense in event of a nonreciprocal equity restructuring

 

  Plan amendment – Board may amend the Plan except that shareholder approval is required for each of the following:

 

  When required to comply with applicable laws, regulations or Stock Exchange rules.

 

  Amendments that would effect any of the following changes to the Plan: provide for accelerated vesting, alter the definition of change of control, alter or modify the performance goal metrics (i.e., EBITDA, Revenue and Net Working Capital) for awarding of a performance award, delete the “negative discretion” for adjustment of Annual Incentive Awards, increase the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan or add an “evergreen” provision or otherwise alter, amend or modify the ability of the Board to amend the Plan.

 

  Amendments may not materially impair rights of participants under outstanding awards without their consent

 

  Amendments may not modify repricing prohibition

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Motricity, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

  

Name Under Which the

Subsidiary Conducts Business

Power By Hand, LLC    Oklahoma    Power By Hand, LLC
Motricity Limited    United Kingdom    Motricity (UK) Limited
GSM Information Network B.V.    Netherlands    GSM Information Network B.V.
Motricity Pte. Ltd.    Singapore    Motricity Pte, Ltd.
Motricity Canada Ltd.    Ontario, Canada    Motricity Canada Ltd

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 21, 2010 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Motricity, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

January 21, 2010

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Motricity Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated August 7, 2009 related to the combined financial statements of the Mobile Data Infrastructure Business, a division of InfoSpace, Inc., as of December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 1, 2007 to December 28, 2007, and the year ended December 31, 2006, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Seattle, Washington

January 21, 2010